THE JOUBNAL OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL
INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
archaeological institute of America
AMERICAN
JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY
£>econ&
THE JOURNAL OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL
INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
VOLUME X
1906
NORWOOD, MASS.
PUBLISHED FOR THE INSTITUTE BY
Wqt Norfoooli ^ress
NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., LTD.
American Journal of Archaeology
SECOND SERIES
THE JOURNAL OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
Vol. X, 1906
editorial 315oarD
Editor-in-Chief
HAROLD NORTH FOWLER,
Professor in Western lieserve University.
Associate Editors
J. R. S. STERRETT (for the American School at Athens),
Professor in Cornell University.
ALLAN MARQUAND (for the American School in Rome),
Professor in Princeton University.
JOHN P. PETERS (for the American School in Palestine) ,
Kector of St. Michael's Church, New York.
CHARLES PEABODY (for American Archaeology),
Cambridge, Mass.
Honorary Editors
THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR (President of the Institute),
Processor in Yale University.
JAMES R. WHEELER (Chairman of the Managing Committee
of the School at Athens),
Professor in Columbia University.
ANDREW F. WEST (Chairman of the Managing Committee
of the School in Rome),
Professor in Princeton University.
J. DYNELEY PRINCE (Chairman of the Managing Committee
of the School in Palestine),
Professor in Columbia University.
Managing Editor
JAMES MORTON PATON,
Cambridge, Mass.
lEUitortal Contributors
Miss MARY H. BUCKINGHAM, Professor FRANK G. MOORE,
Classical Archaeology. Roman Archaeology.
Professor HARRY E. BURTON,
Roman Archaeology. Mr- CHARLES R. MOREY,
Christian and Mediaeval
Mr. HAROLD R. HASTINGS, Archaeology.
Classical Archaeology.
Professor ELMER T. MERRILL, Professor LEWIS B. PATON,
Numismatics. Oriental Archaeology.
CONTENTS
Council of the Archaeological Institute of America . . . . ix
Officers of the Affiliated Societies xiii
Managing Committee of the School at Athens xxi
Managing Committee of the School in Rome xxiii
Committees of the School in Palestine xxvi
Committee on American Archaeology xxviii
Committee on Mediaeval and Renaissance Studies . . . xxviii
Foreign Honorary Members of the Institute . . . . . xxix
ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA :
Report on Researches conducted by the Southwest Society in 1905.
-F. M. PALMER 21
Magical Formulae on Lintels of the Christian Period in Syria.
— WILLIAM K. PRENTICE 137
Latin Inscriptions — Inedited or Corrected. — GEORGE N. OLCOTT 154
On the Terms Cyma Recta and Cyma Reversa. — ALLAN MARQUAND 282
A Greek Inscription from the Hauran. — G. M. WHICHER . . 289
Notes on Dr. D. M. Robinson's Inscriptions from Sinope.
— ALBERT W. VAN BUREN 295
Examination of the Contents of a Mycenaean Vase found in Egypt.
— AUGUSTUS H. GILL 300
The Date of Damophon of Messene. — IDA CARLETON THALLON . 302
A Bronze Statue of Heracles in Boston (Plates XIV, XV).
— J. R. WHEELER 377
A Panathenaic Amphora with the Name of the Archon Theio-
phrastos (Plate XV). — JOSEPH CLARK HOPPIN . . . 385
Mr. Van Buren's Notes on Inscriptions from Sinope.
— DAVID M. ROBINSON 429
An Act Incorporating the Archaeological Institute of America . 174
Editorial Notes and News 72, 174
Addendum to Supplement to the Journal . . . . . . 250
Fellowships at the School at Athens 330
Announcement of Index 489
AMERICAN SCHOOL OF CLASSICAL STUDIES AT ATHENS :
The Building Inscriptions of the Erechtheum —
I. The Text of the Inscriptions (Plates I-III).
— OLIVER M. WASHBURN 1
II. Beitrage zur Erklarung (Plate IV). — AUGUST FRICKENHAUS 4
Excavations in Corinth in 1905 : Preliminary Report (Plate V).
— OLIVER M. WASHBURN 17
iii
iv CONTENTS
PAGE
AMERICAN SCHOOL OF CLASSICAL STUDIES AT ATHENS — (Continued) :
The East Wall of the Erechtheum (Plates VI-IX).
— G- P. STEVENS 47
The Charioteer of Delphi. — OLIVER M. WASHBURN . . . 151
Terra-cottas from Corinth (Plates X-XIII).
— DAVID M. ROBINSON 159
On Dating Early Attic Inscriptions. — LEILA CLEMENT SPAULDING 394
A Doryphorus on a Red-figured Lecythus (Plate XVII).
— ROBERT CECIL MACMAHON 405
Ointment- Vases from Corinth. — DAVID M. ROBINSON . . . 420
AMERICAN SCHOOL OF CLASSICAL STUDIES IN ROME :
Report of the Director, 1904-05. — R. NORTON 41
Roman Church Mosaics of the First Nine Centuries with Especial
Regard to their Position in the Churches.
— WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP 251
A Bronze Statuette from Norba. — ALBERT W. VAN BUREN . . 415
Inscriptions from Rome. — C. R. MOREY 427
ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS AND DISCUSSIONS (July, 1905-June, 1906). —
HAROLD N. FOWLER, Editor:
NOTES ON RECENT EXCAVATIONS AND DISCOVERIES ; OTHER NEWS 89, 331
Oriental and Classical Archaeology: — General and Miscellaneous,
89, 331 ; Egypt, 93, 333 ; Babylonia and Assyria, 95, 335 ; Syria
and Palestine, 97, 336 ; Asia Minor, 99, 337 ; Greece, 101, 341 ;
Italy, 107, 349 ; Spain, 116, 355 ; France, 116, 355 ; Germany,
118; Austria-Hungary, 118, 358; Great Britain, 119, 359;
Africa, 120, 362 ; United States, 124, 364.
Early Christian, Byzantine, Mediaeval, and Renaissance Art: — Gen-
eral and Miscellaneous, 124, 366 ; Italy, 125, 366 ; Spain, 370 ;
France, 128, 371; Belgium, 130; Holland, 372; Germany, 372;
Hungary, 373 ; Great Britain and Ireland, 130 ; England, 373 ;
Africa 132, 374; United States, 375.
American Archaeology: — General and Miscellaneous, 133, 376.
SUMMARIES OF ORIGINAL ARTICLES CHIEFLY IN CURRENT PERI-
ODICALS 177,435
Oriental and Classical Archaeology: — General and Miscellaneous,
177, 435 ; Egypt, 179, 438 ; Babylonia and Assyria, 182, 439 ;
Syria and Palestine, 184, 440; Asia Minor, 187, 441; Greece,
188, 443 (Architecture, 188, 443 ; Sculpture, 189, 444 ; Vases and
Painting, 191,448; Inscriptions, 194, 450; Coins, 197,454; Gen-
eral and Miscellaneous, 198, 455) ; Italy, 200, 459 (Architecture,
200, 459 ; Sculpture, 200, 460 ; Vases and Painting, 201, 462 ;
Inscriptions, 201, 462; General and Miscellaneous, 202, 463);
Spain, 466 ; France, 203, 467; Austria-Hungary, 468 ; Great Bri-
tain, 469 ; Africa, 204, 470.
CONTENTS
ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS AND DISCUSSIONS — (Continued):
Early Christian, Byzantine, and Mediaeval Art: — General and Mis-
cellaneous, 204, 471 ; Italy, 206, 472 ; Spain, 208 ; France, 208,
476 ; Germany, 211 ; England, 211, 476 ; Africa, 477.
Renaissance Art: — General and Miscellaneous, 212, 477; Italy,
214, 480; France, 216, 483; Germany, 485; England, 217, 485;
United States, 218, 488.
American Archaeology : — General and Miscellaneous, 219, 488.
BIBLIOGRAPHY or ARCHAEOLOGICAL BOOKS (1905).
— HAROLD N. FOWLER, Editor 221
General and Miscellaneous . . . 221
Egyptian Archaeology 226
Oriental Archaeology 227
Classical Archaeology 228
Greek and Roman • . . 228
Greek, 230 (I, General and Miscellaneous, 230; II, Architecture,
232 ; III, Sculpture, 232 ; IV, Vases and Painting, 233 ; V, In-
scriptions, 233 ; VI, Coins, 233).
Roman, 233 (I, General and Miscellaneous, 233 ; II, Architecture,
236 ; III, Sculpture, 236 ; IV, Inscriptions, 236 ; V, Coins, 236).
Christian Art 237
(I, General and Miscellaneous, 237 ; II, Early Christian, Byzan-
tine, and Mediaeval, 243; III, Renaissance and Modern, 245.)
Abbreviations used in the News, Discussions, and Bibliography . . 135
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SEVENTH GENERAL MEETING OF THE ARCHAE-
OLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA, ITHACA, December 27-29,
1905 . 73
Preliminary Statement 73
Abstracts of Papers read at the Meeting : —
A Panathenaic Amphora with the Name of the Archon Theophrastus.
— JOSEPH C. HOPPIN 74
An Unpublished Amphora and Eye-cylix, signed by Amasis, in the
Boston Museum. — ALICE WALTON 75
The Pedimental Groups of the Hekatompedon on the Acropolis.
— PAUL BAUR 76
Magic on Lintels arrd Amulets. — WILLIAM K. PRENTICE ... 76
The Dome of SS. Sergius and Bacchus at Constantinople.
— ALLAN MARQUAND 77
The Form of the Chlamys. — FRANK B. TARBELL . . . .78
On the Date of Notitia and Curiosum. — ELMER T. MERRILL . . 78
Philological Aspects of Problems of American Anthropology and
Archaeology. — FRANZ BOAS 78
The Preservation of American Antiquities ; Progress during the Past
Year ; Proposed Legislation. — EDGAR L. HEWETT .... 79
Abstract Deities in Ancient Koman Religion. — JESSE B. CARTER . 79
Vl CONTENTS
PAGE
GENERAL MEETING — (Continued) :
Some Unpublished Terra-cotta Figures in the Boston Museum of Fine
Arts. —GEORGE H. CHASE 79
The Imperial Atrium Vestae. — ESTHER B. VAN DEMAN ... 80
The Tychaion at is-Sanamen as a Prototype of Early Churches in
Syria. — HOWARD CROSBY BUTLER 80
Chronological Survey of the Forms of Egyptian Stools, Chairs, and
Couches. — CAROLINE L. RANSOM 81
Notes on the Hekatompedon Inscription. — BERT HODGE HILL . . 82
Archaeological Notes. — ARTHUR S. COOLEY 82
Terra-cottas and Ointment Vases found at Corinth in 1902.
— DAVID M. ROBINSON. 83
The East Wall of the Erechtheum. — GORHAM P. STEVENS . . 83
The Designs of Cretan Bronze- Age Vases. — EDITH H. HALL . . 83
The Evidence for Strabo's Travels in Greece. — CHARLES H. WELLER 84
The Terms Cyma Recta and Cyma Reversa. — ALLAN MARQUAND . 85
Ancient Sinope. — DAVID M. ROBINSON 85
Members of the Institute and Others Present 85
Notice of the Next General Meeting 87
PLATES
I. New Readings of the Erechtheum Inscriptions.
II. Inscriptions? Graecae, I, 321, recto.
III. Inscriptiones Graecae, I, 321, verso ; unpublished.
IV. Die Friessteine des Erechtheions.
V. Excavation Area at Corinth in 1905.
VI. The Erechtheum : General Plan.
VII. East Wall of the Erechtheum, showing Stones in situ or Identifiable.
VIII. East Wall of the Erechtheum, showing what was found of the Window-
linings and their Decoration.
IX. The Erechtheum : East Elevation, Restored.
X. Terra-cottas from Corinth : Nos. 1-3, 5-7.
XI. Terra-cottas from Corinth: Nos. 8, 13-16.
XII. Terra-cottas from Corinth : Nos. 17-21.
XIII. Terra-cottas from Corinth : Nos. 22-24.
XIV. Bronze Statue of Heracles in Boston.
XV. Head of Statue of Heracles in Boston.
XVI. A Panathenaic Amphora.
XVIL Doryphorus on a Red-figured Lecythus.
ILLUSTRATIONS IN TEXT
PAGE
Sketch-plan of the Excavations in Corinth in 1905 17
Camp at Ruin No. 1 27
Room Excavated at Ruin No. 1 .29
Room Excavated at Juniper Ridge Ruins 31
Bowls and Ladles for serving Food, Juniper Ridge Ruins . . .33
Unique Forms of Pottery, Juniper Ridge Ruins 34
Handled Jugs and Pitchers, Juniper Ridge Ruins 35
Pictoglyphs of the Snake Cult : Box Canyon 37
Erechtheum, Plan : Present State 48
East Elevation, Present State . ' 49
South Elevation, Present State 50
North Anta Base, East Portico 51
Stone E 52
Stone F 54
Stone a 55
Largest Lintel Fragment found : Isometric .60
Largest Lintel Fragment found : Photographic 62
A Second Lintel Fragment 63
Data from the Largest Lintel Fragment and Top and Bottom Jamb Pieces 64
East Wall, Restored 67
Plan of the North Wing of the Propylaea of the Acropolis ... 69
Entrance to North Wing of the Propylaea : Elevation .... 70
The Statue of Da-udu, found at Bismaya 96
Terra-cotta Torso 160
Terra-cotta Head . . . . ' 162
Terra-cotta Mask 162
vii
viii CONTENTS
PAOK
Terra-cotta Mask . ... 163
Terra-cotta Head 163
Mosaic in the Church of S. Sabina, Rome 254
Mosaics in the Church of S. Paolo fuori le Mura, Koine .... 258
Mosaics in the Church of S. Lorenzo in Agro Verano, Rome . . . 260
Centre of Apse Mosaic, Church of SS. Cosmo e Damiano, Rome . . 262
Mosaic in the Church of S. Maria in Domnica, Rome 265
Mosaic on Arch in the Church of SS. Nereo ed Achilleo, Rome . . . 267
Mosaic in the. Church of S. Pudenziana, Rome 268
Mosaic in the Exedra of SS. Rufina e Secunda, Rome .... 270
Mosaic in the Church of S. Costanza, Rome 273
The Cyma Recta 282
The Cyma Reversa 282
The Lesbian Cyma . 283
The Doric Cyma 283
The Gulula 286
The Undula 286
Greek Inscription from the Hauran 289
Head of Aphrodite from Aphrodisias 338
Large Amphora from the Royal Tomb, Isopata, Crete .... 343
Portico of Philip at Delos 347
Painted Shards from Elche 3">5
Villa at Val Catena 359
Plan of the Baths at Silchester 361
Bezel of a Bronze Ring in Boston 380
Details of Obverse of Panathenaic Amphora 386
Inscriptions on Obverse of Amphora . . . • 3«7
Group on Reverse of Amphora 388
Olympias 392
Early Attic Inscription : Poros 395
Early Attic Inscription : Marble 396
The Hekatompedon Inscription . . 398
The Salaminian Decree 400
The Timarchus Inscription 402
Dedication by 'E6/mos and '000-idSes 402
Early Inscription on Marble 403
Early Inscription on Poros . . 403
Boustrophedon Inscription on Marble 404
Attic Inscription from the Period of the Persian Wars .... 404
Lecythus: Athens, Museum, 12133 410
Palmette Ornament : Athens, Museum, 12133 411
Bronze Statuette from Norba : Actual Size 416
Ointment Vase from Corinth : Owl . . 420
Ointment Vase from Corinth : Helmeted Head 421
Ointment Vase from Corinth : Male Squatting Figure .... 423
Ointment Vase from Corinth : Female Figure .... . 425
Ointment Vase from Corinth : Ram 425
Statuette from Anticythera 445
Diadem from Michalkdw ... 463
archaeological ^Institute of America
COUNCIL OF THE INSTITUTE
1906-1907
President
PROFESSOR THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR, LL.D., Yale University, of the Con-
necticut Society.
Honorary Presidents
PROFESSOR CHARLES ELIOT NORTON, LITT.D., LL.D., D.C.L., Harvard
University, of the Boston Society.
HON. SETH LOW, LL.D.', New York, of the New York Society.
PROFESSOR JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, PH.D., LL.D., LITT.D., JZammZ Uni-
versity, of the Boston Society.
Vice-Presidents
MR. CHARLES P. BOWDITCH, A.M., Boston, of the Boston Society.
PROFESSOR GEORGE F. MOORE, D.D., LL.D., Harvard University, of the
Boston Society.
MR. EDWARD ROBINSON, LL.D., New York, of the New York Society.
PROFESSOR FRANK B. TARBELL, PH.D., University of Chicago, of the
Chicago Society.
PRESIDENT BENJAMIN IDE WHEELER, PH.D., LL.D., University of Cali-
fornia, of the Southwest Society.
Secretary
PROFESSOR FRANCIS W. KELSEY, PH.D., University of Michigan, of the
Detroit Society.
Associate Secretary
PROFESSOR MITCHELL CARROLL, PH.D., George Washington University,
of the Washington Society.
Recorder
PROFESSOR WILLIAM N. BATES, PH.D., University of Pennsylvania, of the
Pennsylvania Society.
Treasurer
MR. WILLIAM SLOANE, New York, of the New York Society.
X ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
Editor-in-Chief of the Journal
PROFESSOR HAROLD NORTH FOWLER, PH.D., Western Reserve University,
of the Cleveland Society.
Business Manager of the Journal
PROFESSOR JAMES M. PATON, PH.D., Cambridge, of the Boston Society.
Other Members of the Council
PROFESSOR FRANK FROST ABBOTT, PH.D., University of Chicago, of the
Chicago Society.
MR. CYRUS ADLER, PH.D., Smithsonian Institution, of the Washington
Society.
PROFESSOR FRANK COLE BABBITT, PH.D., Trinity College, of the Con-
necticut Society.
HON. SIMEON E. BALDWIN, LL.D., Yale University, President of the Con-
necticut Society.
MR. FREDERIC C. BARTLETT, Chicago, President of the Chicago Society.
PROFESSOR GEORGE A. BARTON, PH.!)., Bryn Mawr College, of the Penn-
sylvania Society.
MR. GEORGE W. BATES, A.M., Detroit, of the Detroit Society.
MR. W. K. BIXBY, St. Louis, President of the St. Louis Society.
HON. THOMAS BURKE, LL.D., Seattle, of the Northwest Society.
PROFESSOR HENRY FAIRF1ELD BURTON, A.M., University of Rochester,
of the Rochester Society.
MR. HENRY WHITE CALLAHAN, PH.D., Boulder, President of the Colorado
Society.
PROFESSOR GEORGE H. CHASE, PH.D., Harvard University, of the Boston
Society.
PROFESSOR EDWARD BULL CLAPP, PH.D., University of California, of the
San Francisco Society.
PROFESSOR FRANK LOWRY CLARK, Washburn College, of the Kansas
City Society.
PROFESSOR THEODORE B. COMSTOCK, Sc.D., Los Angeles, of the South-
west Society.
RT. REV. THOMAS J. CONATY, J.C.D., D.D., Los Angeles, of the Southwest
Society.
REV. ROB ROY M. CONVERSE, D.D., Rochester, President of the Rochester
Society.
PROFESSOR BYRON CUMMINGS, Salt Lake City, of the Utah Society.
PROFESSOR MARTIN L. D'OOGE, PH.D., LL.D., LITT.D., University of Michi-
gan, of the Detroit Society.
MR. HOWARD P. EELLS, A.B., Cleveland, President of the Cleveland
Society.
PROFESSOR ROBERT BYRNS ENGLISH, Washington and Jefferson College,
of the Pittsburgh Society.
PROFESSOR ARTHUR FAIRBANKS, PH.D., University of Michigan, of the
Detroit Society.
PROFESSOR JAMES A. FOSHAY, A.M., Los Angeles, of the Southwest Society.
COUNCIL OF THE INSTITUTE xi
HON. JOHN W. FOSTER, LL.D., Washington, President of the Washington
Society.
Miss MARY E. TOY, Garvanza, of the Southwest Society.
MR. CHARLES L. FREER, A.M., Uetroit, President of the Detroit Society.
PROFESSOR ARTHUR L. FROTHINGHAM, JR., PH.D.. Princeton, of the
Baltimore Society.
PROFESSOR BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE, PH.D., LL.D., D.C.L., Johns Hop-
kins University, President of the Baltimore Society.
DR. JOHN GREEN, St. Louis, of the St. Louis Society.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM FEN WICK HARRIS, A.M., Harvard University, of the
Boston Society.
PROFESSOR JOSEPH E. HARRY, PH.D., University of Cincinnati, of the Cin-
cinnati Society.
PROFESSOR HENRY WILLIAMSON HAYNES, A.M., Boston, of the Boston
Society.
PROFESSOR EDGAR LEE HEWETT, Smithsonian Institution, of the Colorado
Society.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM HENRY HOLMES, Smithsonian Institution, of the
Washington Society.
PROFESSOR JOSEPH CLARK HOPPIN, PH.D., Washington, of the Washington
Society.
MRS. WILLIAM H. HOUSH, Los Angeles, of the Southwest Society.
MR. JOHN B. JACKSON, A.M., Pittsburgh, President of the Pittsburgh
Society.
RT. REV. JOSEPH H. JOHNSON, D.D., Los Angeles, of the Southwest Society.
MR. J. V. C. KARNES, A.M., Kansas City, President of the Kansas City
Society.
MR. J. O. KOEPFLI, Los Angeles, President of the Southwest Society.
DR. A. L. KROEBER, Affiliated Colleges, of the San Francisco Society.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM A. LAMBERTON, Lirr.D., University of Pennsylvania,
President of the Pennsylvania Society.
PROFESSOR ABBY LEACH, A.M., Vassar College, of the New York Society.
MR. CHARLES FLETCHER LUMMIS, Lirr.D., Los Angeles, of the South-
west Society.
PRESIDENT J. H. T. MAIN, PH.D., Iowa College, of the Iowa Society.
MR. THEODORE MARBURG, A.M., Baltimore, of the Baltimore Society.
PROFESSOR ALLAN MARQUAND, PH.D., L.H.D., Princeton University, of
the New York Society.
DR. W J McGEE, St. Louis, of the St. Louis Society.
MR. B. K. MILLER, JR., Milwaukee, of the Wisconsin Society.
PROFESSOR WILFRED P. MUSTARD, PH.D., Haverford College, of the Penn-
sylvania Society.
DR. F. M. PALMER, Los Angeles, of the Southwest Society.
PROFESSOR EDWARD DELAVAN PERRY, PH.D., LL.D., Columbia Uni-
versity, President of the New York Society.
MR. JAMES D. PHELAN, San Francisco, President of the San Francisco
Society.
PROFESSOR SAMUEL BALL PLATNER, PH.D., Western Reserve University,
of the Cleveland Society.
Xii ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
PROFESSOR JOHN DYNELEY PRINCE, PH.D., Columbia University, of the
New York Society.
MR. EDWARD KIRBY PUTMAN, A.M., Davenport, President of the Iowa
Society.
PROFESSOR JOHN C. ROLFE, PH.D., University of Pennsylvania, of the Penn-
sylvania Society.
MR. C. E. RUMSEY, Riverside, Gal., of the Southwest Society.
PROFESSOR JULIUS SACHS, PH.D., New York, of the New York Society.
DR. ELLSWORTH E. SHAW, Walla Walla, of the Northwest Society.
PROFESSOR F. W. SHIPLEY, PH.D., Washington University, of the St. Louis
Society.
PROFESSOR PAUL SHORE Y, PH.D., University of Chicago, of the Chicago
Society.
PROFESSOR CHARLES FORSTER SMITH, PH.D., University of Wisconsin,
President of the Wisconsin Society.
PROFESSOR GERRIT S. SYKES, Cincinnati, President of the Cincinnati Society.
PROFESSOR FITZGERALD TISDALL, PH.D., College of the City of New York,
of the New York Society.
PROFESSOR CHARLES C. TORRE Y, PH.D., Yale University, of the Connecti-
cut Society.
MR. FRANK TRUMBULL, Denver, of the Colorado Society.
COLONEL E. A. WALL, Salt Lake City, President of the Utah Society.
PROFESSOR ALICE WALTON, PH.D., Wellesley College, of the Boston Society.
MR. J. FOSTER WARNER, Rochester, of the Rochester Society.
MR. WILLIAM A. WAY, Pittsburgh, of the Pittsburgh Society.
PROFESSOR ANDREW F. WEST, PH.D., LITT.D., LL.D., Princeton University,
of the New York Society
PROFESSOR JAMES R. WHEELER, PH.D., Columbia University, of the New
York Society.
PROFESSOR A. M. WILCOX, University of Kansas, of the Kansas City Society.
MRS. EMILE F. WILLIAMS, Boston, of the Boston Society.
PROFESSOR JOHN HENRY WRIGHT, LL.D., Harvard University, President
of the Boston Society.
PROFESSOR THEODORE F. WRIGHT, PH.D., Cambridge, of the Boston
Society.
PROFESSOR CLARENCE H. YOUNG, PH.D., Columbia University, of the New
York Society.
.Societies of tfje Archaeological Institute of
America
OFFICERS OF THE SOCIETIES
1906-1907
BOSTON SOCIETY
President
PROFESSOR JOHN H. WRIGHT, LL.D.
Vice-President
MR. CHARLES P. BOWDITCH, A.M.
Secretary
MR. ERNEST JACKSON, A.M.
Treasurer
MR. GARDNER M. LANE, A.B.
NEW YORK SOCIETY
President
PROFESSOR EDWARD DEL A VAN PERRY, PH.D., LL.D.
Vice-President
REV. JOHN P. PETERS, PH.D., Sc.D., D.D.
Secretary
PROFESSOR NELSON G. McCREA, PH.D.
Treasurer
MR. EDWARD L. TILTON.
XIV ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
BALTIMORE SOCIETY
President
PROFESSOR BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE, PH.D., LL.D., D.C.L.
Vice-Presidents
MR. MENDES COHEN.
Miss ALICE C. FLETCHER.
PRESIDENT DANIEL C. GILMAN, LL.D.
MR. WILLIAM W. SPENCE.
Secretary
PROFESSOR KIRBY F. SMITH, PH.D.
Treasurer
MR. EDGAR G. MILLER.
PENNSYLVANIA SOCIETY
President
PROFESSOR WILLIAM A. LAMBERTON, Lirr.D.
Vice-Presidents
MR. ECKLEY B. COXE, SR.
MR. ALDEN SAMPSON.
Secretary
PROFESSOR WILLIAM N. BATES, PH.D.
Treasurer
PROFESSOR WILFRED P. MUSTARD, PH.D.
CHICAGO SOCIETY
President
MR. FREDERIC C. BARTLETT.
Vice-Presidents
HON. FRANKLIN MACVEAGH, A.B., LL.B.
MRS. WILLIAM R. LINN.
Secretary
PROFESSOR FRANK B. TARBELL, PH.D.
Treasurer
PROFESSOR EDWARD CAPPS, PH.D.
OFFICERS OF THE AFFILIATED SOCIETIES
XV
DETROIT SOCIETY
President
MR. CHARLES L. FREER, A.M.
Vice-Presidents
MR. GEORGE WILLIAMS BATES, A.M.
PROFESSOR MARTIN L. D'OOGE, PH.D., LL.D., LITT.D.
MR. HERSCHEL H. HATCH.
HON. WILLIAM E. QUINBY.
MR. FRANKLIN H. WALKER.
Secretary
MR. EDWARD W. PENDLETON.
Treasurer
MR. PERCY IVES.
WISCONSIN SOCIETY
President
PROFESSOR CHARLES FORSTER SMITH, PH.D.
Vice-President
Miss ALICE C. CHAPMAN.
Secretary and Treasurer
PROFESSOR GRANT SHOWERMAN, PH.D.
CLEVELAND SOCIETY
President
MR. HOWARD P. EELLS, A.B.
V ice-President
MR. MALCOLM S. GREENOUGH, A.B.
Secretary and Treasurer
PROFESSOR HAROLD NORTH FOWLER, PH.D.
xvi ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
CONNECTICUT SOCIETY
President
HON. SIMEON E. BALDWIN, LL.D.
Vice-Presidents
PROFESSOR TRACY PECK, LL.D.
REV. CHARLES RAY PALMER, D.D.
Secretary and Treasurer
PROFESSOR PAUL V. C. BAUR, PH.D.
WASHINGTON SOCIETY
President
HON. JOHN W. FOSTER, LL.D.
Vice-Presidents
PRESIDENT CHARLES W. NEEDHAM, LL.D.
MGR. DENNIS J. O'CONNELL, D.D.
MR. HERBERT PUTNAM, LL.D.
MRS. ELIZABETH J. SOMERS, A.M.
Secretary
PROFESSOR MITCHELL CARROLL, PH.D.
Treasurer
MR. JOHN B. LARNER, LL.B.
IOWA SOCIETY
President
MR. EDWARD KIRBY PUTNAM, A.M.
Vice-Presidents
MR. J. D. EDMUNDSON.
PROFESSOR W. S. EBERSOLE.
Secretary and Treasurer
PROFESSOR CHARLES H. WELLER, PH.D.
OFFICERS OF THE AFFILIATED SOCIETIES
XVII
PITTSBURGH SOCIETY
President
MR. JOHN B. JACKSON, A.M.
V ice-Presidents
PROFESSOR WILLIAM R. CRABBE.
REV. WILLIAM J. HOLLAND., D.D., LL.D.
PRESIDENT JAMES D. MOFFAT, D.D., LL.D.
HON. HENRY KIRKE PORTER, LL.D.
Secretary
PROFESSOR ROBERT BYRNS ENGLISH.
Treasurer
MR. WILLIAM A. WAY.
SOUTHWEST SOCIETY
President
MR. J. O. KOEPFLI.
Vice-Presidents
GEN. HARRISON GRAY OTIS.
MR. HENRY W. O'MELVENY.
REV. GEORGE H. BOVARD, D.D.
NORMAN BRIDGE, M.D.
Secretary
MR. CHARLES F. LUMMIS, LITT.D.
Treasurer
MR. W. C. PATTERSON.
Recorder and Curator
DR. F. M. PALMER.
COLORADO SOCIETY
President
MR. HENRY WHITE CALLAHAN, Pn.D.
xviii ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
Vice-Presidents
DR. A. J. FYNN.
PRESIDENT JAMES H. BAKER, LL.D.
PRESIDENT WILLIAM F. SLOCUM, D.D., LL.D.
DR. R. W. CORWIN.
PRESIDENT Z. X. SNYDER, PH.D.
PRESIDENT BARTON O. AYLESWORTH, LL.D.
Secretary
MRS. W. S. PEABODY.
Treasurer
MR. U. S. HOLLISTER.
CINCINNATI SOCIETY
President
PROFESSOR GERRIT SMITH SYKES.
Vice-Presidents
MRS. SUSAN LONGWORTH.
MRS. MELVILLE E. INGALLS.
MR. FRANK WIBORG.
Miss SARAH SULLIVAN.
Treasurer
MR. CHARLES T. GREVE.
Secretary
PROFESSOR JOSEPH EDWARD HARRY, PH.D.
ST. LOUIS SOCIETY
President
MR. W. K. BIXBY.
Vice-Presidents
DR. JOHN GREEN.
PROFESSOR HALSEY C. IVES.
PROFESSOR JOHN PICKARD, PH.D.
MR. D. I. BUSHNELL.
Secretary
PROFESSOR F. W. SHIPLEY, PH.D.
Treasurer
MR. J. M. WULFING.
OFFICERS OF THE AFFILIATED SOCIETIES xix
ROCHESTER SOCIETY
President
KEY. ROB ROY M. CONVERSE, D.D.
Vice-Presidents
MR. JOSEPH T. ALLING.
REV. EDWARD J. HANNA, D.D.
Secretary
PROFESSOR CHARLES HOEING.
Treasurer
MR. J. FOSTER WARNER.
UTAH SOCIETY
President
COLONEL E. A. WALL.
Vice-Presidents
PRESIDENT J. T. KINGSBURY.
PRESIDENT WILLARD YOUNG.
Treasurer
MR. MATHONIHAH THOMAS.
Secretary
PROFESSOR BYRON CUMMINGS, A.M.
SAN FRANCISCO SOCIETY
President
MR. JAMES D. PHELAN.
Vice-Presidents
PRESIDENT DAVID STARR JORDAN, M.D., PH.D., LL.D.
PRESIDENT BENJAMIN IDE WHEELER, PH.D., LL.D.
Secretary
DR. A. L. KROEBER.
Treasurer
MR. M. B. KELLOGG.
XX ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
KANSAS CITY SOCIETY
President
MR. J. V. C. KARNES, A.M.
Vice-Presidents
BISHOP E. R. HENDRIX, D.D., LL.D.
CHANCELLOR FRANK STRONG, Pn.D.
MRS. J. F. DOWNING.
MRS. HENRY CORWIN FLOWER.
Secretary
MR. JAMES P. RICHARDSON, M.A.
Treasurer
REV. PAUL B. JENKINS.
THE NORTHWEST SOCIETY
WALLA WALLA BRANCH
President
DR. ELLSWORTH SHAW.
Secretary
PROFESSOR LOUIS F. ANDERSON.
Corresponding Secretary
PROFESSOR ARCHER W. HENDRICK.
Treasurer
HON. ANDREW J. GILLIS.
SEATTLE BRANCH
President
HON. THOMAS BURKE, LL.D.
Secretary
PROFESSOR DAVID THOMSON.
American <&d)ooi
of dassucai
at
MANAGING COMMITTEE
1906-1907
Chairman
PROFESSOR JAMES R. WHEELER, PH.D., of Columbia University.
Secretary
PROFESSOR HORATIO M. REYNOLDS, A.M., of Yale University.
Treasurer
MR. GARDINER M. LANE, A.B., of Boston.
* PROFESSOR H. M. BAIRD, DD., LL.D., of New York University.
PROFESSOR SAMUEL ELIOT BASSETT, PH.D., of the University of Vermont.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM N. BATES, PH.D., of the University of Pennsylvania.
PROFESSOR CLARENCE P. BILL, PH.D., of Western Reserve University.
PROFESSOR MITCHELL CARROLL, PH.D., of George Washington University.
PROFESSOR A. C. CHAPIN, A.M., of Wellesley College.
PROFESSOR EDWARD B. CLAPP, PH.D., of the University of California.
PROFESSOR MARTIN L. D'OOGE, PH.D., LL.D., Lixi.D., of the University of
Michigan.
PROFESSOR EDGAR A. EMENS, A.M., of Syracuse University.
PROFESSOR HAROLD N. FOWLER, PH.D., of Western Reserve University.
PROFESSOR HENRY GIBBONS, PH.D., of the University of Pennsylvania.
PROFESSOR BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE, PH.D., LL.D., D.C.L., of Johns
Hopkins University.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM W. GOODWIN, PH.D., LL.D., D.C.L., of Harvard
University.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM GARDNER HALE, LL.D., of the University of Chi-
cago.
PROFESSOR ALBERT HARKNESS, PH.D., LL.D., of Brown University.
PROFESSOR W. A. HEIDEL, PH.D., of Wesleyan University.
PROFESSOR JOHN H. HEWITT, LL.D., of Williams College.
MR. BERT HODGE HILL, A.M. (ex officio, as Director of the School),
Athens, Greece.
PROFESSOR JOSEPH CLARK HOPPIN, PH.D., of Washington.
* Deceased,
xxi
xxii AMERICAN SCHOOL AT ATHENS
PROFESSOR GEORGE E. HOWES, PH.D., of Williams College.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM A. LAMBERTON, LiTT.D., of the University of
Pennsylvania.
PROFESSOR ABBY LEACH, A.M., of Vassar College.
PROFESSOR GEORGE DANA LORD, A.M., of Dartmouth College.
PROFESSOR J. IRVING MANATT, LL.D., of Brown University.
Miss ELLEN F. MASON, of Boston.
PROFESSOR CHARLES ELIOT NORTON, LITT.D., LL.D., D.C.L., of Harvard
University.
PROFESSOR JAMES M. PATON, PH.D., Cambridge, Mass.
PROFESSOR BERNADOTTE PERRIN, PH.D., LL.D., of Yale University.
PROFESSOR EDWARD DELAVAN PERRY, PH.D., LL.D., of Columbia
University.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM CAREY POLAND, A.M., of Brown University.
PROFESSOR W. K. PRENTICE, PH.D., of Princeton University.
PROFESSOR J. DYNELEY PRINCE, PH.D. (ex officio, as Chairman of the
Managing Committee of the School in Palestine), of Columbia University.
PROFESSOR LOUISE F. RANDOLPH, of Mount Holyoke College.
PROFESSOR CAROLINE L. RANSOM, of Bryn Mawr College.
PROFESSOR RUFUS B. RICHARDSON, PH.D., of Woodstock, Conn.
MR. EDWARD ROBINSON, LL.D., of New York, N.Y.
PROFESSOR THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR, LL.D. (ex officio, as President of the
Institute) , of Yale University.
PROFESSOR H. DsF. SMITH, A.M., of Amherst College.
PROFESSOR HERBERT WEIR SMYTH, PH.D., of Harvard University.
PROFESSOR J. R. SITLINGTON STERRETT, PH.D., LL.D., of Cornell Uni-
versity.
PROFESSOR FRANK B. TARBELL, PH.D., of the University of Chicago.
PROFESSOR FITZGERALD TISDALL, PH.D., of the College of the City of
New York.
PROFESSOR HENRY M. TYLER, A.M., of Smith College.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM R. WARE, LL.D., of Milton, Mass.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM E. WATERS, PH.D., of New York University.
PROFESSOR ANDREW F. WEST, PH.D., D.LITT., LL.D. (ex officio, as Chair-
man of the Managing Committee of the School in Rome), of Princeton
University.
PRESIDENT BENJAMIN IDE WHEELER, PH.D., LL.D., of the University of
California.
'PROFESSOR JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, PH.D., LL.D., LITT.D., of Harvard
University.
PROFESSOR SAMUEL ROSS WINANS, PH.D., of Princeton University.
PROFESSOR JOHN HENRY WRIGHT, LL.D. (Professor of the School), of
Harvard University.
American .School
of Classical
in iEome
MANAGING COMMITTEE
1906-1907
Chairman
PROFESSOR ANDREW F. WEST, PH.D., D.LITT., LL.D., of Princeton Uni-
versity.
Secretary
PROFESSOR SAMUEL BALL PLATNER, PH.D., of Western Reserve Uni-
versity.
Treasurer
MR. CORNELIUS CUYLER CUYLER, A.B., of New York.
PROFESSOR FRANK FROST ABBOTT, PH.D., of the University of Chicago.
PROFESSOR HAMILTON FORD ALLEN, A.M., of Princeton University.
MR. ALLISON V. ARMOUR, A.B., of New York.
MR. GEORGE A. ARMOUR, A.B., of Princeton.
PROFESSOR HENRY H. ARMSTRONG, of Juniata College.
PROFESSOR SIDNEY G. ASHMORE, L.H.D., of Union University.
MR. ROBERT BACON, A.B. (ex officio, as Trustee of the School), of
Washington.
PROFESSOR G. E. BARBER, A.M., of the University of Nebraska.
PROFESSOR CHARLES E. BENNETT, A.B., of Cornell University.
PROFESSOR D. BONBRIGHT, LL.D., of Northwestern University.
PROFESSOR J. EVERETT BRADY, PH.D., of Smith College.
MR. EDWARD D. BRANDEGEE, A.B., of Brookline.
MR. WILLIAM H. BUCKLER, of Baltimore.
PROFESSOR HENRY F. BURTON, A.M., of the University of Rochester.
PROFESSOR W. L. COWLES, A.M., of Amherst College.
PROFESSOR A. N. CURRIER, LL.D., of the State University of Iowa.
HON, HORACE DAVIS, LL.D., of San Francisco.
PROFESSOR S. C. DERBY, A.M., of the Ohio State University.
PROFESSOR JAMES C. EGBERT, PH.D., of Columbia University.
PROFESSOR ROBERT B. ENGLISH, of Washington and Jefferson College.
PROFESSOR HAROLD N. FOWLER, PH.D., of Western Reserve University.
PROFESSOR ARTHUR L. FROTHINGHAM, JR., PH.D., of Princeton Uni-
versity.
His EMINENCE JAMES CARDINAL GIBBONS, S.T.D., of Baltimore.
MR. SAMUEL S. GREEN, A.M., of Worcester.
xxiii
xxiv AMERICAN SCHOOL IN ROME
PROFESSOR WILLIAM GARDNER HALE, LL.D., of the University of
Chicago. ,
PROFESSOR ALBERT G. HARKNESS, A.M., of Brown University.
PROFESSOR SAMUEL HART, D.D., D.C.L., of the Berkeley Divinity School.
PROFESSOR ADELINE BELLE HAWES, A.M., of Wellesley College.
PROFESSOR G. L. HENDRICKSON, A.B., of the University of Chicago.
PROFESSOR CHARLES G. HERBERMANN, PH.D., LL.D., of the College of
the City of New York.
PROFESSOR JOHN H. HEWITT, LL.D., of Williams College.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM A. HOUGHTON, A.M., of Bowdoin College.
MR. CHARLES L. HUTOHINSON, LL.D., of Chicago.
PROFESSOR GEORGE E. JACKSON, A.M., of Washington University.
PROFESSOR J. C. JONES, PH.D., of the University of Missouri.
PROFESSOR FRANCIS W. KELSEY, PH.D., of the University of Michigan.
HON. ERNEST B. KRUTTSCHNITT, A.M., of New Orleans, La.
COMMEND ATORE PROFESSOHE RODOLFO LANCIANI, LL.D., of the University
of Rome.
MR. GARDINER M. LANE, A.B., of Boston.
MR. ELLIOT C. LEE, A.B. (ex officio, as Trustee of the School), of Boston.
REV. CHARLES STANLEY LESTER, D.D., of Milwaukee.
PROFESSOR T. B. LINDSAY, PH.D., of Boston University.
PROFESSOR GONZALEZ LODGE, PH.D., of the Teachers College, New York
City.
PROFESSOR JOHN K. LORD, PH.D., of Dartmouth College.
PROFESSOR ALLAN MARQUAND, PH.D., L.H.D., of Princeton University.
PROFESSOR WILLIAM A. MERRILL, PH.D., L.H.D., of the University of
California.
PROFESSOR J. LEVERETT MOORE, PH.D., of Vassar College.
MR. CLEMENT NEWBOLD (ex officio, as Trustee of the School), of Phila-
delphia.
PROFESSOR RICHARD NORTON, A.B. (ex officio, as Director of the School),
Rome, Italy.
RT. REV. MGR. DENNIS J. O'CONNELL, S.T.D., of the Catholic University
of America.
PROFESSOR E. M. PEASE, PH.D., of New York.
PROFESSOR TRACY PECK, LL.D., of Yale University.
PROFESSOR JOHN WINTHROP PLATNER, D.D., of Andover Theological
Seminary.
PROFESSOR EDWIN POST, PH.D., of De Pauw University.
PROFESSOR J. DYNELEY PRINCE, PH.D. (ex officio, as Chairman of the
Managing Committee of the School in Palestine), of Columbia University.
PROFESSOR JOHN C. ROLFE, PH.D., of the University of Pennsylvania.
PROFESSOR HELEN M. SEARLES, PH.D., of Mount Holyoke College.
PROFESSOR EDWIN R. A. SELIGMAN, LL.B., PH.D., of Columbia Uni-
versity.
PROFESSOR THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR, LL.D. (ex officio, as President of
the Institute), of Yale University.
PROFESSOR F. W. SHIPLEY, PH.!)., of Washington University.
PROFESSOR EDGAR S. SHUMWAY, PH.D., of Brooklyn.
MANAGING COMMITTEE XXV
PROFESSOR M. S. SLAUGHTER, PH.D., of the University of Wisconsin.
PROFESSOR FRANK SMALLEY, PH.D., of Syracuse University.
PROFESSOR CLEMENT L. SMITH, LL.D., of Harvard University.
PROFESSOR KIRBY F. SMITH, PH.D., of Johns Hopkins University.
MRS. CORNELIUS STEVENSON, Sc.D., of Philadelphia.
MR. WALDO STORY, A.M., of Rome.
MR. THOMAS THACHER, LL.D. (ex officio, as Trustee of the School), of
New York.
PROFESSOR ARTHUR T. WALKER, A.M., of the University of Kansas.
PROFESSOR MINTON WARREN, PH.D., LL.D., of Harvar<} University.
HON. H. B. WENZEL, A.B., LL.B., of St. Paul.
PROFESSOR ARTHUR L. WHEELER, PH.D., of Bryn Mawr College.
PROFESSOR JAMES R. WHEELER, PH.D. (ex officio, as Chairman of the
Managing Committee of the School at Athens), of Columbia University.
American -Scijooi
for Oriental StiiUs ann
in
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
1905
Chairman
PROFESSOR JOHN DYNELEY PRINCE, PH.D., of Columbia University.
Secretary
PROFESSOR CHARLES C. TORRE Y, PH.D., of Yale University.
Treasurer
PROFESSOR JAMES HARDY ROPES, PH.D., of Harvard University.
EEV. JOHN P. PETERS, PH.D., Sc.D., D.D., of New York.
PROFESSOR THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR, LL.D. (ex officio, as President of the
Institute), of Yale University.
REV. WILLIAM HAYES WARD, D.D., LL.D., of New York.
PROFESSOR BENJAMIN W. BACON, PH.D., of Yale University.
MANAGING COMMITTEE
REPRESENTATIVES OF THE FOLLOWING INSTITUTIONS:
ANDOVER THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY.
AUBURN THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY.
BOSTON UNIVERSITY.
BROWN UNIVERSITY.
BRYN MAWR COLLEGE.
COLGATE UNIVERSITY.
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY.
EPISCOPAL THEOLOGICAL SCHOOL, Cambridge.
GENERAL THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, New York.
HARTFORD THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY.
HARVARD UNIVERSITY.
HEBREW UNION COLLEGE, Cincinnati.
JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY.
McCORMICK THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY.
PRINCETON THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY.
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY.
PROTESTANT EPISCOPAL DIVINITY SCHOOL, Philadelphia.
xxvi
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE xxvii
TRINITY COLLEGE.
UNION THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, New York.
UNIVERSITY OF CHICAGO.
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA.
WELLESLEY COLLEGE.
YALE UNIVERSITY.
AND THE FOLLOWING INDIVIDUALS :
PROFESSOR WILLIS J. BEECHER, D.D., of Auburn Theological Seminary.
MR. ROBERT FULTON CUTTING, A.B., of New York.
MRS. WILLARD HUMPHREYS, of Princeton.
MR. JAMES LOEB, A.B., of New York.
REV. DANIEL MERRIMAN, D.D., of Boston.
MR. J. PIERPONT MORGAN, of New York.
REV. PHILIP S. MOXOM, D.D., of Springfield.
MR. F. A. SCHERMERHORN, of New York.
MR. JACOB H. SCHIFF, LL. IX, of New York.
MR. ISAAC N. SELIGMAN, of New York.
MR. JAMES SPEYER, of New York.
THE PRESIDENT OF THE INSTITUTE, ex officio.
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE MANAGING COMMITTEE OF THE SCHOOL
AT ATHENS, ex officio.
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE MANAGING COMMITTEE OF THE SCHOOL
AT ROME, ex officio.
Director of the School (1906-07)
PROFESSOR DAVID GORDON LYON, PH.D.
Institute
of America
COMMITTEE ON AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY
Chairman
MR. CHARLES P. BOWDITCH, A.M., of Boston.
PBOFESSOR FRANZ BOAS, PH.D., of Columbia University.
MR. JESSE WALTER FEWKES, PH.D., of the Smithsonian Institution.
Miss ALICE C. FLETCHER, of Washington, D.C.
PROFESSOR FRANCIS W. KELSEY, PH.D., of the University of Michigan.
MR. CHARLES F. LUMMIS, LITT.D., of Los Angeles.
PROFESSOR FREDERICK W. PUTNAM, Sc.D., of the Peabody Museum,
Harvard University.
PROFESSOR THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR, LL.D. (ex officio, as President of the
Institute), of Yale University.
COMMITTEE ON MEDIAEVAL AND RENAISSANCE
STUDIES
Chairman
PROFESSOR ALLAN MARQUAND, PH.D., L.H.D., of Princeton University.
Secretary
PROFESSOR ALICE V. V. BROWN, of Wellesley College.
PROFESSOR A. D. F. HAMLIN, of Columbia University.
PROFESSOR LOUISE ROGERS JEWETT, of Mount Holyoke College.
PROFESSOR WARREN P. LAIRD, of the University of Pennsylvania.
PROFESSOR RICHARD AUSTIN RICE, of Williams College.
MR. C. HOWARD WALKER, of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston.
PROFESSOR HERBERT LANGFORD WARREN, of Harvard University.
PROFESSOR JOHN C. VAN DYKE, of Rutgers College.
xxviii
Institute
of America
FOREIGN HONORARY MEMBERS
PROFESSOR ALEXANDER CONZE, PH.D., German Imperial Archaeological
Institute, Berlin.
PROFESSOR WILHELM DORPFELD, PH.D., LL.D., German Imperial Archaeo-
logical Institute, Athens.
ARTHUR JOHN EVANS, Lrrr.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Oxford.
PROFESSOR PERCY GARDNER, Lrrr.D., University of Oxford.
M. THEOPHILE HOMOLLE, Director of the Museums of the Louvre, Paris.
PROFESSOR GASTON MASPERO, V.C.L., College de France, Paris.
PROFESSOR ADOLF MICHAELIS, PH.D., LL.D., University of Strasburg.
xxix
Volume X
1906
No. 1
AMERICAN
JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY
THE JOURNAL OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL
INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor-in-Chief
JOHN HENRY WRIGHT
Associate Editors
J. R. S. STERRETT
ALLAN MARQUAND
JOHN P. PETERS
HAROLD N. FOWLER
CHARLES PEABODY
Business Manager
CLARENCE H. YOUNG
Honorary Editors
THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR
JAMES R. WHEELER
ANDREW F. WEST
J. DYNELEY PRINCE
CONTENTS
THE ERECHTHEUM
EXCAVATIONS IN CORINTH IN 1905
RESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY IN 1905
THE AMERICAN SCHOOL IN ROME
THE GENERAL MEETING OF THE INSTITUTE AT ITHACA
ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS (July-December, 1905)
NORWOOD, MASS.
PUBLISHED FOR THE INSTITUTE BY
&f)e Nortoooli Press
NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
64-66, FIFTH AVENUE
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., LTD.
Annual Subscription, $5.00 Single Numbers, $1.50
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY
CONTENTS
PAGE
AMERICAN SCHOOL AT ATHENS:
THE BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS OF THE ERECHTHEUM —
I. THE TEXT OF THE INSCRIPTIONS [Plates I-III]
Oliver M. Washburn 1
II. BEITRAGE ZUR ERKLARUNG [Plate IV]
August Frickenhaus 4
EXCAVATIONS IN CORINTH IN 1905 : PRELIMINARY EEPORT
[Plate V] Oliver M. Washburn 17
THE EAST WALL OF THE ERECHTHEUM [Plates VI-IX] .
G. P. Stevens 47
AMERICAN SCHOOL IN ROME:
EEPORT OF THE DIRECTOR, 1904-05 . . . R. Norton 41
ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA:
EEPORT ON RESEARCHES CONDUCTED BY THE SOUTHWEST
SOCIETY IN 1905 F. M. Palmer 21
NOTES 72
PROCEEDINGS OF THE SEVENTH GENERAL MEETING OF THE
ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA, Ithaca, Decem-
ber 27-29, 1905 ... .73
Preliminary Statement 73
Abstracts of Papers read : —
A Panathenaic Amphora with the Name of the Archon Theo-
phrastus Joseph C. Hoppin 74
An Unpublished Amphora and Eye-cylix, signed by Amasis,
in the Boston Museum .... Alice Walton 75
The Pedimental Groups of the Hekatompedon on the
Acropolis Paul Baur 76
Magic on Lintels and Amulets . . William K. Prentice 76
The Dome of SS. Sergius and Bacchus at Constantinople
Allan Marquand 77
The Form of the rhlamys . . . Frank B. Tarbell 78
On the Date of Notitia and Curiosum . Elmer T. Merrill 78
Philological Aspects of Problems of American Anthropology
and Archaeology Franz Boas 78
The Preservation of American Antiquities ; Progress during
the Past Year ; Proposed Legislation Edgar L. Hewitt 79
iii
IV CONTENTS
PAGE
Abstract Deities in Ancient Roman Religion
Jesse B. Carter 79
Some Unpublished Terra-cotta Figures in the Boston Museum
of Fine Arts George H. Chase 79
The Imperial Atrium Vestae . . Esther B. Van Deman 80
The Tychaion at is-Sanamen as a Prototype of Early Churches
in Syria Howard Crosby Butler 80
Chronological Survey of the Forms of Egyptian Stools,
Chairs, and Couches . . Caroline L. Ramson 81
Notes on the Hekatompedon Inscription Bert Hodge Hill 82
Archaeological Notes .... Arthur S. Cooley 82
Terra-cottas and Ointment Vases found at Corinth in 1902 .
David M. Robinson 83
The East Wall of the Erechtheum Gorham P. Stevens 83
The Designs of Cretan Bronze-Age Vases Edith H. Hall 83
The Evidence for Strabo's Travels in Greece
Charles H. Weller 84
The Terms Cyma recta and Cyma reversa Allan Marquand 85
Ancient Sinope David M. Robinson 85
Members of the Institute and Others Present . . . .85
Notice of the Next General Meeting 87
ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS (July-December, 1905)
Harold N. Fowler, Editor 89
Oriental and Classical Archaeology : — General and Miscellaneous,
89 ; Egypt, 93 ; Babylonia and Assyria, 95 ; Syria and Palestine,
97 ; Asia Minor, 99 ; Greece, 101 ; Italy, 107 ; Spain, 116 ; France,
116; Germany, 118; Austria-Hungary, 118; Great Britain, 119;
Africa, 120 ; United States, 124.
Early Christian, Byzantine, Mediaeval, and Renaissance Art : —
General and Miscellaneous, 124 ; Italy, 126 ; France, 128 ; Bel-
gium, 130 ; Great Britain and Ireland, 130 ; Africa, 132.
American Archaeology : — General and Miscellaneous, 133.
PLATES
I. New Readings of the Erechtheum Inscriptions.
II. Inscriptiones Graecae, I, 321 recto.
III. Inscriptiones Graecae, I, 321 verso; unpublished.
IV. Die Friessteine des Erechtheions.
V. Excavation Area at Corinth in 1905.
VI. The Erechtheum : General Plan.
VII. East Wall of the Erechtheum, showing Stones in situ or Identifiable.
VIII. East Wall of the Erechtheum, showing what was found of the Window-
linings and their Decoration.
IX. The Erechtheum : East Elevation, Restored.
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE I
/io POAr
C IA.IV 7.322 1 p. i s 2), 2 OS'/sOS'/ioAnoj-P/ia '. ATA/20 \EK/24 POS
CIA. I. i8i. il^NA..v .\.xON Ei' i A m^£HiPAi/3AS..A/4<:
'i./Vs'^ATE.Op/ii 'A1K
CIA.IV./ 32.cp.m8),3PAXOS/i \INAI utuidetur/ioPANEl/i3, .,<:A/s III:
. l^KO^A IHAI/35 KA .
2i FEP/w
\Tr .iP/
CIA.IV./.?2.<p.iso), col. l|.s ANE MYN/blE/?/^ \T« PPO*a 'E
io>AO/ii ..liOI/nKAl/ /is .Oh/iaKOIUEI/i«:APK'/z^ lONE/ssPOAl/nsuar.
33
.. E.OI 1/37 1: HF»/»IEMM^«|I. NT/Mo A.vPO/m P. vlTE
vLO/H3T..LTO/Ms^A^^/Mb"1IO/ col. II, isanNlan Nldis-
.cemi uonpotest/i7P.O</i8. ^NT/is . . AX/i^ AIG/^ >IEP/2i AlMET/2_^a
23^.Al..AI^/2HN.,:AAAi/25.OtA/2b-|T..T/27E.AA/28 x.AIEY/28 PlO
33 •^OME/37k$AI...AIEX/j8 K. hi ... 'MO/wAXI/Mi KOUI ..ITI/ulON/
MB NIFYM/ col. Ill, 3 recentiore lapidis iniuria hums uersus lectio difficillinuest; litter am Umen
/sPE^EN/bM-'c . xE/sE! 'C^EPA/^ :AAi/-/o \AiOl
// TAT , \lA$/2o _.H-:T/2i PIC A/22 ^.E
ClA.IV/.33ic(P.3q),3lKlONI:v;
CIA.I.32Hb,iTA.~A/ /btOAN/g :." 'K/col.ll'.i v
CIA.-I. aiMa,col.l. i_,:lOYi/z?.-l|c/j-i lKONT/soXAAX/s«AH
co, . M
.CIA.1. 3iMC. col.L 2b lAO€/Hb JA. : .As 1 TON/si I S
col. II. 30 H-M-hlll/y^r-^OT/Z/.^Nr/fiM o1 f
, ClA.l.amd.col.l. u O^.-P/of-Vh11©
CIA.IV. r uif (p..s.). col. II, z BOI/s Phi l-r
' CIA.1.311 e,M EKA:
NEW READINGS OF THE ERECHTHEUM INSCRIPTIONS
LG. I, and Suppl. [C.LA. I, and IV, i]
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE II
PTENThTP/ A NHEK
APYU HI HA A A! 'I AA'
,<osHY<t ^AIP' ASPAXo^poAIA
6>£NTI5IMo vAP'r 01 n\ \API-HIHi
^AP AO£MEKo£- \PY Oil l-Hii
iTIoEMATA" o^TO sl O £10
3PENTEUEIKAMI • . A E£AEO O^TEII
ToNTETTAPoMP^A $L HOA HEP
10 PAXoSTPJnAtASJAOtN I I IOBO
ONAEO^ON IONHEKA^ ^i^ 'I
XPYlloI'liP1 -FTEPAANT MATA A
iM'NAI ©OTO
<O^TETPA OAAiHY
15 POA A>oCTPIEMIPOAIAoENT|0
,oNEKA€~
rATETP/\P AI\€_I'|ITETAPTOEMI
AvMoTEf- TPAPOAIANHEKA^TEN
20 kPo|EAI/oUo|AAAAPhhhhEPIT I
CEOTOIXOITOIPPOSTOBOMOMEKOC K
AH^^o^AlP^ A XXO^POAI^'O
PI-SI, UAI'AU O hMllANTloE
0X~0|TON P "ExxFOX Ml
25 POA A I A"1" AIPOZ: \PAXO<~P
.T^GENTliC \IAI:A OPEO|:||:li
PAA ^NOITAYTA TD\PO/|A
ONKAIE/ ^Y^MIAI UOPEOI
PPO^Bop~^TO| KO OKTOPO
so Y^OIAIPO/ PAA ~OAIAIO
AKPOn .ANFJII
~ <~ V0 PENTEI
TC ' *TETP/
\PAX TPIPA
35 -ON4>A \KPO|h.
• TI0EMAT M \$'
I oUooTol \PoiExs
OAA
OB ONTPI
40 o KA^ \ P I-PAIA
IIIEPEPAA \ENOITAYTAT
AIIII:4AI,AKPOII NIEIK/
AAAPhl-hl-EPITOl.TolXc
INSCR1PTIONES GRAECAE [C.I.A.] I, 321 recto
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE
J
INSCRIPTIONS GRAECAE [C'./.A] I, 321 wrso. Unpublished
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE IV
Suoen
DIE FRIESSTEINE DES ERECHTHEIONS
American <Srf)0ol
of Classical Statues
at
THE BUILDING INSCRIPTIONS OF THE
ERECHTHEUM
[PLATES I-IV]
I. THE TEXT OF THE INSCRIPTIONS
PART I of the present joint article had its inception in work
upon certain inscriptions dealing with the Erechtheum which
I undertook in the National Museum at Athens for my friend,
Dr. A. Frickenhaus. It falls into three sections, as follows :
PLATE I is a collation of all important places in the Erech-
theum inscriptions in Athens (except I.Gr. \_O.I.A.~\ I, 321)
in which my reading of the stones differs from those hitherto
published. The inscription and line in which a correction is
made are given in each instance, and enough of the neighboring
letters appended to guarantee easy orientation. In one or two
instances the stones seem to have suffered slightly since the
previous publications were made. In such places I have given
the readings as they now appear on the stones. In certain
other places the inscriptions, although they have suffered abso-
lutely no injury since the previous collations, do not seem to
exhibit as much as has been supposed. I have included those
places where I have seen less than previous collators with those
where I have deciphered more. In this plate, points between
letters and parts of letters indicate the approximate number
of letters in each lacuna, and should be taken as the basis of
restorations, rather than the actual space left vacant in the
drawing. The sign // is used to separate readings.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 1
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 1.
2 AUGUST FRICKENHAUS
PLATE II is the majuscule text of the inscription on the
obverse side of stone 1.0. I, 321.1 Here an endeavor has been
made to indicate, by spacing, the actual extent of each lacuna.
Study of this inscription, which, like the one on the reverse
(see below), is indeed "valde detrita lectuque plerumque difficil-
lima" has been facilitated by the use of a photographic nega-
tive, without which some of the results would hardly have
been reached. The majuscule text has been subjected to
repeated comparison with the original and, as the reproduc-
tion of it is from a drawing and done by a mechanical process,
errors in the proof are excluded.
PLATE III reproduces a hitherto unpublished Erechtheum
inscription, the existence of which, on the reverse face of
stone 1. 0. I, 321 (Schone, Hermes, IV, pp. 37 ff.), I was
fortunate enough to discover while engaged in the above-
mentioned work. To Dr. B. Leonardos, Curator of Inscrip-
tions in the National Museum at Athens, our thanks are due
for kind permission to publish this new inscription. Further-
more, since completing the study of this inscription, I have
learned that Professor Heberdey, of the Austrian Archaeo-
logical Institute, and the late Dr. Heermance, of the American
School, had each independently discovered its existence some
months ago. More recently, from the evidence of the stones,
Professor Heberdey also discovered that the fragments LGr.
I \_C.I.A. IV], Suppl. 321, p. 148, and 1.0. I, Suppl. p. 75,
are parts of a single inscription and may be fitted together,2
— a fact of which Dr. Frickenhaus had already become aware
from the internal evidence of the inscriptions. Professor He-
berdey and Dr. Heermance were kind enough to waive their
rights of priority of discovery in our favor, for which we wish
here to make acknowledgment.
The height of the fragment (PLATE III) is 55 cm.; its
1 For the restored text, cf. Part II, pp. 4, 5.
2 The surface of juncture is small ; but from the line of direction of the
top of the fragments, from their thickness, and from their nature at the
back, there can be no doubt, to one who examines the actual stones, that
they belong together.
INSCRIPTIONS OF THE ERECHTHEUM 3
breadth, 27.5 cm.; its thickness, 15.5 cm. The stone had
apparently been used in a doorway or path (as is also re-
ported for the obverse face) and was, at a later period in
its history, built into a wall. This is evidenced by a coat-
ing of mortar, much of which was still clinging to the stone,
and which had to be removed before the letters of the inscrip-
tion could be made out.
That the inscription is an Erechtheum building inscription
seems certain. The forms of the letters agree with those of
the other Erechtheum inscriptions. The names 30^[iat (or
%0%[dv8pot or ^0^[rpaTot), 1. 40 (cf. Jahn-Michaelis, Arx
Athenarum, p. 112), and especially KAEON, 1. 6 (ibid.
Appendix Epigraphica 28 <?, 1. 51), are familiar, and the phrase
7r/)o?] TO B0[/io, 1. 11, appears on the obverse of this same
stone, which contains an inscription referring to the Erechtheum
and which was, in consequence, set up with the other like
inscriptions. Furthermore, the use of re]TPANA[zm, 1. 4,
and of e/>7a<r]IA[V] KE<t>A[Xatoz>, 1. 7, and of fyax/i]ON
[Ae/earJEPON, 1. 5, make it certain that the inscription has
to do with the construction of the building and that it was
not added at a later time by, let us say, the stewards of the
treasure kept in the temple. Owing to the small proportion
of its letters that are still legible, no attempt is made to offer
a restoration of this inscription.
Of the other Erechtheum inscriptions none is opistho-
graphic. I. Gr. I, Suppl. 321, pp. 148 and 75, have been split on
a plane parallel with the plane of their inscription. Their
back half is not preserved, but the stones may very well
have, at some time, contained an inscription on this side.
I.G-. I, Suppl. 321, p. 150, which is the same thickness as the
opisthographic fragment (15.5 cm.), is quite smooth behind,
and probably never had an inscription on that side. The
other fragments are appreciably thinner than these, and pre-
sent smooth surfaces at the back.
OLIVER M. WASHBTJRN.
ATHENS.
4 AUGUST FEICKENHAUS
II. BEITRAGE ZUR ERKLARUNG
Die Uberlieferung der Baurechnungen des Erechtheions 1st
durch Oliver Washburns Bemiihangen jetzt vollstandig be-
kannt. Ich beabsichtige nicht, die neuen Kollationen voll
auszunutzen; die vorgelegten Beitrage zum Verstandniss der
Texte beziehen sich vor allem auf die Baugeschichte und die
bauliche Rekonstruktion. Die einzige zusammeiifassende Be-
handlung in Choisy's etudes epigraphiques sur V architecture
grecque ist fast noch schlechter als Fabricius Berl. Philol.
Woch. 1884, 1145-46 urteilte; eine Anzahl guter Bemerk-
ungen enthalten die Aufsatze von Michaelis Ath. Mitt. XIV
und Kolbe Ath. Mitt. XXVI. Die Insehriften werden nach
der letzten Ausgabe in der Appendix Epigraphica von Jahn-
Michaelis' Arx Athenarum citiert.
1. DIE FRIESSTEINE
Die Erganzung von AE 24 = I& [C.LA.~] I. 321 ist seit
Richard Schones Ausgabe (Hermes IV. 37-54) nicht gefordert
worden; Schones Abschrift mit eiiiigen Berichtigungen von
Kohler und Kumanudis war die Textgrundlage. Die neue
Washburnsche Vergleichung (s. TAFEL II) ergibt folgenden
Text :
CTTI rot Trpos vorov
errcpyaa-a/xeVot At'flo? — /cat /icrc/oos /U,€]KOS [T€T/3a(?)7ro8as, 7l]v<^>o-os |
2[8tVo8as: A I A] P : TCI/ TeT/oa[7ro]8[ia]i/ 7ieK[a|3o-r£v,
'Aypt;X: [o]n IIIAAA, PI[fA'AA]AA
5 \* [/U]KOS (/^WoSas) Av'<£[o-]os 8tVo[8]as Tra^os 7ro8ta[to||5s
'A]ypv[A..] ot. PAAAPhhll(l)
'A]ypv[A.]ou Ihhlll
| 7[ai/]Tt0€>aTa TO (TTo[iXo? TOV a7r]o [TC(S)] o-To|8[a]s
8[t]7ro8||10[a] TTOXOS TptTraAaaTa ^[TI 8vo]r[«/] o^o n[A]o[r]v
INSCRIPTIONS OF THE ERECHTHEUM
15 TO[V a7ro|14re]s o-r[oa]s [/u,e]/cos T£T/>a[7r]oSa : 7iu'
0eVri o|16[/8oA]o Seoo-oV r[p]tov e*ca0T[ov :]
: ™: PIN : AA[K]HIII
€7T£p[y]ao-a;u,eVoi TJ18[aS]ra T£Tpa7r[o]8ias All 1 1, Tf.ra.pTO €/u|19[S/o]ax/u,o
20 rev [TejrpaTroSuxv /ieKacrrei/ || ^...Kpoi ey KoA : ot. AAAAPhhl-h
€7Tt T[O]I | 21[7Tpo]s €0 TOtXOt TOt 7T/OOS TO /?O/AO
<s 8nro[S]a M^X09 7ro8ta[i]o[v
ai: 'AXo[7rei] o[t. IP] HUM
25 di/rt^€'[/x 24ara T]OVTOI TOI/ [i]«r[a] res o-roa[s] JU,[CKOS T||2
[7r]Aar[os] StVoSa TTOIXO? T/o[t|267raAa]crTa OevTi : 2[i/x]tat : 'A[A]o7re.
oi\ 111 [Ph?
e|277re]/Dya[(ra/z]€Vot raOra [re]r/3a7ro8ta[s II, | 28rpi]oi/ /cai ![/U]OT; :
Si/xuxt ['A]Ao7re. 01 [i Phh
CTTI | ^rot] TTpos /3o/o
30 /Af]Ko[s] 6KT07ro[8a||30s 7i]u'<
4>aAaKpoi [na]iavtct I l[l IAAAA ?
dvTt^€'|3>]ara T[O] O-T[OI']XO(?) IIcvTefAetKa TOV aTro T^CS a]ro[a
35 T£T/oa[7ro8a hv<f)oro<; 8jK4t7ro8]a Tra^o? Tpt7ra[Aaa-ra ^e
, 4>a[A]a/c/oot [Ilaiavtet : IIPH
| ^dvjTi^e/xar^ /xera]^^ [TOV \avXtvov \ 37At]y[ij/ai]o At
TO[V] ttTro [r]e5 o-[roas /xe/cos | ^TCT/aotTroSa 7iv<^(7O? 8tV]o8a [TTCI
40 T/OU ^/xtTToSia ^€VTI], o/?[oAo 8eoo-]6v rpi[6v Spa^H */*]$V
*aX]«£[ic]p[o]i : n«ua[v«r PI I I|41AA hh]l[l] 1 1
€7repya[(ra/x,]€vot TCLVTO. r[eTpa7ro|428ta5] ANN : <I>aAaK/oot
Ka[l trwepl^yoi A]AAAPhh|-h
€7Tt TOl TOt'xoft TOt 7T/OOS TO II a V 8/3 OO" t t'o
Alle hier vorkommenden Steine haben zwei Fuss Hohe,1
gehoren also entweder zum Epistyl oder Fries, denn die
Wandquadern, das Wandkapitel und das Geison des Erech-
theions haben andre Hohenmasse. Die Epistylsteine sind
aber dicker als alle hier genannten Steine {AE 22 i. 34):
also wird vom Fries gehandelt, was zuerst Choisy S. 100
vermutet hat.
Der erhaltene Inschriftblock ist der Rest der Steinrech-
1 ^0(ros, nur in 25 TrXdros. Es war der Grundfehler in Schones Behandlung,
dass er (S. 41) {tyos als Steindicke fasste.
6 AUGUST FRICKENHAUS
nung einer einzigen Prytanie ; geordnet 1st nach den Wanden
des Gebiiudes. Nur von den beiden Langswanden (im Siiden
und Norden) and der Ostwand sind Angaben erhalten. Wenn
wir von den drei ersten Zeilen 1 absehen, werden auf alien
Wanden zuniichst fussdicke Blocke versetzt : 2 das 1st der
schwarze 'EXetmwa/eo? \fflo? TT/JO? an ra £&ia (AE 22 I. 41);
Hohe und Dicke der gefundenen Steine stimmen auch wirk-
lich mit den angegebenen.3 An der Nordwand sind es 2-4
Steine von 8 Fuss Lange (Z. 29), an der Ostwand einer von
6 Fuss.4 An der Siidwand sind Steine verschiedener Grosse
versetzt worden, deren Langenmass beidemal versehentlich
ausgelassen ist. Der Versatz von fiinf gleicben Steinen
kostet 37£ Dr.;6 das macht fur den einzelnen 7J Dr. Ein
andrer einzelner Stein erfordert 2| Dr. (Z. 5. 6), ist also
anscheinend dreimal so klein. Die ersten fiinf Steine werden
nun sechs Fuss Lange gehabt haben, weil ihr Versatz das-
selbe kostet wie der des sechsfiissigen Steins der Ostwand;6
das ergibt zwei Fuss fur den einzelnen Stein.7 Erne Bestati-
gung der bereclmeten Zahlen wird sich spater auf anderem
Wege ergeben.
Hinter dem eleusinischen Stein liegen " Gegensetzer," avri-
1 Die Verrechnung nach Tetrapodien beweist eine tirepya.<rLa ; vgl. das unten
dariiber bemerkte. Weil die Steinmasse notiert werden, sind die Steine schon
in einer friiheren Prytanie versetzt worden. Es scheinen 3 Tetrapodien zu je
10, 6 zu je 15 Drachmen verrechnet zu werden. Jede Tetrapodie der Frieslage
von je 1£ Fuss Breite kostet 3* Drachmen (s.u.) ; es muss sich also hier um
breitere Bl5cke handeln. Vielleicht sind es die 2} Fuss dicken Epistyle.
2 Z. 4-6, 21-23, 29-31, stets im ace. masc. (scil. \lBov oder \l0ovs).
» Dorpfeld Ath. Mitt. 1890, 170, wo ein Friesblock von 4 Fuss Lange ver-
messen ist. Dass damit ein schwarzer Eleusinischer Stein gemeint sei, teilte mir
Herr Professor Dorpfeld freundlichst mit.
4 Z. 21. 22, wo nur [€]/c[7ro5]a, nicht [6]/c[r67ro8]a, in den Raum passt.
Vernachlassigung der Aspiration auch 16 f^ao-Toy, 18 <?/u5paxM°» 28 €(J.HTV.
6 Z. 4, 6. Die Zahl P hat erst Washburn gelesen ; Schones Berechnung
(S. 52) auf 6 Steine hatte falsche Grundlagen. Bei dem Gesamtpreis habe
ich einen Obol hinzugefugt, um eine glatt teilbare Zahl zu erhalten.
6 In Z. 23 kann man wegen des Raumes o[i IP]|-HII: oder o[t I HI-] hhl II :
erganzen ; jenes wird eben durch Z. 5 bezeugt.
7 D<-r Genitiv dl-n-oSos hatte auch Schone (S. 49) Anstoss erregt ; er ist durch
Ausfall zu erklaren. Im Text sind die ausgefallenen Worte erganzt ; Hohe und
Dicke sind ja selbstverstandlich.
INSCRIPTIONS OF THE ERECHTHEUM 1
die samtlich TWV CLTTO r^? 0-roa? sind.2 Auf der
Ostwand, wo ein einziger Vorderstein versetzt wurde, heissen
sie avTide^ara T]OUTOH und sind | Fuss dick (Z. 23-26);
ihr Material wird nicht angegeben. Gleichdicke pentelische
Hintersteine gibt es auf den Langswanden (Z. 7-12, 31-35);
die Blocklange betragt im Siiden 3J Fuss, im Norden 4 Fuss.
Der Versatz kostet im Siiden je 2| Dr., im Norden etwa
3 Drachmen. Diese f Fuss dicken Hintersteine der Langs-
wande heissen anscheinerid avTiOe^ara TO crro[t]^o:3 die zum
<7To[Z]^o? gehorigen Steine.
Diese genauere Bezeichnung war notig, weil es auf densel-
ben Langswanden noch doppelt so dicke avriOe/jLara [/^er]a-
%av TOV xavX^ivov] gibt.4 Sie bestehen aus dem gemeinen
aginetischen Stein, sind 4 Fuss lang und beanspruchen fur
ihren Versatz nur 2| Dr. Im Siiden sind es 8 Steine ; der
Rest des Gesamtpreises macht fur die Nordwand dieselbe
Zahl wahrscheinlich, so dass Z. 35-41 gahz nach Z. 12-17
ergiinzt werden konnten.
Zuletzt auf jeder Wand wird die eTrepyacria berechnet; das
ist, wie Schone (S. 39-42) gut darlegte, die Bearbeitung der
obern Flache zur Aufnahme der dariiber liegenden Stein-
schicht. Diese Arbeit wird nach Tetrapodien berechnet,
deren Gesamtzahl im Siiden und Norden dieselbe ist. Daraus
folgt, dass die Oberflachen der auf diesen Wiinden versetzten
1 Man darf nicht avn.6-fifj.ci.Ta umschreiben : das beweist die didymeische
Inschrift Rev. de Philol. XXII (1896), 46 Z. 12 ; vgl. auch Frankel zu IG. IV.
823, 68.
2 Z. 7, 13, 24, 37, erganzt 32. Dorpfelds Hypothese (Ath. Mitt. 1897, 166),
die ffroA sei die Ringhalle des alten Tempels, ist mit Recht von Furtwangler
(Sitzungsber. Bayr. Ak. 1898 I. 351 Anm. 1) und Keil (Anon. Arg. 93 Anm. 1)
abgewiesen worden ; vgl. auch Michaelis Jahrbuch XVII. 13 Anm. 41. Die
Steine rQ>v curb TT)S (rroas konnen an sich sowohl T&V £K rrjs ffroas Ka0a.ipovtJ.tvwv
(wie Dittenberger Syll. 538, 13) oder Kad^ip^^v^v (ebd. 541, 7) sein als auch
T&V vvv vTroKeifj.tv(i}v virb TTJI crroai (ebd. 538, 19). Ich glaube an die letztere
Auffassung: die Stoa diente als Magazin. Man kann also getrost aufhoren,
Hypothesen iiber ihre Lage zu machen.
3 In Z. 32 hatte Schone nur ATA < gelesen ; Washburn leugnet das
Schlusssigma und erganzte o-To[f]x° nach den Buchstabenresten in Z. 7 und 32.
ffroxo scheint den Raum nicht zu fiillen.
4 Z. 12-17, 35-41. fj.eTaX<rt fand Washburn.
8 AUGUST FRICKENHAUS
Steine gleich sind, ja es ware eiri Zufall, wenn nicht auch
die Einzelposten auf beiden Seiten gleich waren. Fur die
aginetischen Steine ist das ziemlich sicher, fiir die penteli-
schen moglich, wenn auch nicht streng zu beweisen.1 Fur
die Vordersteine aber berechneten wir im Siiden fiinf von 6
und einen von 2 Fuss Lange; das ergibt 32 Fuss Gesamt-
liinge. Andrerseits waren es im Norden 2-4 achtflissige
Steine: 4 ergeben dieselbe Strecke. Bedenkt man ferner,
dass die Reihen- aginetischer Steine beiderseits 8 x 4 = 32
Fuss Ausdehnung hatten, so konnen die errechneten Zahlen
als gesichert gelten.2
Auf Nord- und Siidwand wurden 32 laufende Fuss Vorder-
steine mit den aginetischen avnOe^ara versetz.t. Weil die
Wande des Erechtheions nur 2 Fuss stark sind, ragen die
Hintersteine einen halben Fuss nach innen vor. Ihr Name
(/ierafu rwv £v\iva>v) beweist, dass bei ihnen Holzwerk liegt.
Wenn man Liicken fiir Balken zwischen ihnen annahme,
wiirde die Gesamtlange der Reihe grosser als die der Vor-
dersteine werden ; also wurden Balkenlocher in die Steine
eingelassen. Die Balken konnen aber nur die der Decke sein.
Den " zwischen dem Holzwerk " liegenden aginetischen Hiii-
tersteinen werden die pentelischen " von der Reihe " (crrot^o?)
gegeniiber gestellt. Ich bekenne den Namen nicht zu ver-
stelien und will keine unwahrscheinlichen Erklarungen vor-
bringen ; aber aus dem Gegensatz ist sicher, dass diese Steine
keine Balkenlocher trugen. Wenn man sie paarweis hinter-
1 Allerdings sind die beiden siidlichen Steine um je \ Fuss ktirzer. Nimmt
man eine Anzahl von zweien auch im Norden an, so habeii die zwei siidlichen
Steine zusammen 5|, die nordlichen 6 Quadratfuss Oberflache. Diese geringe
Differenz glaubte auch Schone S. 52 vernachlassigen zu durfen.
2 Das Breitenmass einer Tetrapodie kann jetzt festgestellt werden ; es ist
gleichmassig, well die Preise auf alien Mauern gleich sind: rerdpro ^t[5/)]dxM<>
Z. 18, \_rpt~\ov ical e[>t]<™ Z. 28 ; derselbe Preis folgt aus Z. 41-43. Bei den
gefundenen Massen hat die Siidwand 32 -f 5| + 48 = 85f, die Nordwand
32 + 6 + 48 = 86 Quadratfuss Oberflache. Jede von den 14 Tetrapodien hat
also (reichlich) 6 Quadratfuss Inhalt, also H Fuss Breite. , Das ist aber die
einfache Breite der aginetischen und doppelte Breite der pentelischen Hinter-
st.'ine. Die Zahlen an der Ostwand sind jetzt auf 2 Tetrapodien und 7
i>r...i,,m,n zn erganzen (Z. 27, 28).
INSCRIPTIONS OF THE EEECHTHEUM 9
einander legte, konnte man die Dicke der aginetischen Steine
auch hier erreichen, aber das 1st technisch unwahrscheinlich.
Die Zeichnung TAFEL IV l zeigt die Frieslage des Erech-
theions mit der Vorhalle A, der Athenacella B, und den durch
eine Pfeilerstellung getrennten Westraumen C und D. Ring-
sum lauft der fussdicke eleusinische Stein. Auf der Ostwand
und einem Stuck der Langswande deckt er pentelische Hinter-
steine von |- Fuss Dicke ; diese Steine liegen offenbar bei der
marmornen Kassettendecke der Vorhalle A. Die 32 laufenden
Fuss mit den iiberkragenden aginetischen Hintersteinen sind
auf die westliche Halfte der Nord- und Siidwand verlegt
worden, weil im 3. Abschnitt gezeigt wird, dass die Cella B
wahrscheinlich west-ostlich verlaufende Deckenbalken erhielt.
Die avnOe/jLciTa dieses Raumes konnten also nie peragv TWV %v\C-
vcov heissen, werden auch nicht iiber die Mauer vorgesprungen
sein ; denn bei den Westraumen hat das Vorkragen der Hinter-
steine doch wohl den Zweck, den 32 Fuss langen Decken-
balken eine grossere Auflagerungsflache zu gewahren.
Von Hintersteinen der Frieslage ist bisher nichts gefunden
worden ; unsre Inschrift ist also eiii wichtiges Hilfsmittel zur
baulichen Rekonstruktion. Der Versuch, den Platz der in ihr
bezeichneten Steine zu ermitteln, wird hoffentlich durch Unter-
suchungen an Ort und Stelle, wie wir sie von dem amerikani-
schen Erechtheionwerk erwarten, gepriift werden konnen.
Und darum harren wir auf den Spruch des Architekten!
2. DAS GEISON
Die erste Kolumne von AE 26 wird in folgender Weise
erganzt :
CTTt TOL TOLUOL r]6t TTjOO? T-
20. o TlavBpoaeio TroJSa, TrXaro-
? TraXaJcrra Bevr-
1 Der Plan beruht auf der Aufnahrae in den Upa/crnca TTJS tiri TOV 'EpexOetov
twLTpoTTTjs = Abh. d. bayr. Ak. VIII (1858) T. 1. Die Masse sind in attischen Fuss
angegeben (vgl. Dorpfeld Ath. Mitt. 1890, 168-171 und 1904, 105). Der Plan
soil nur zur allgemeinen Veranschaulichung dienen ; genan konnte er nicht sein,
weil die zugrunde liegende Aufnahme veraltet ist und weil nicht alle eingetrage-
nen Strecken restlos in attischen Fuss aufzugehn scheinen.
10 AUGUST FRICKENHAUS
22. i 'A/xemaSJet: ey Kot : ol.
o]?
24. . ". r\i '
doei: ey Koi: ol yojwata rov
26 ]7rXaro? re-
TpciTroSa, Tra'^o? ]7raXa<7T-
28 * Afj.eividB~\€L : ey Kot. ol.
K~\al €fJLL7T-
30. ooio KOI ifu]woB£o
Michaelis Ath. Mitt. XIV. 360 hat verumtet, dass die Z. 25
genannten Ecksteine Eckgeisa seien. Diese Ansicht lasst sich
exakt beweisen. Wir kennen ja die Masse samtlicher Eck-
geisa des Erechtheions (AE 22 n. 53-72). Die zwei der Ost-
wand messen 6 x 3J x 1^, der eine der Westwand 7| x 3J x 1^,
der andre 6 x 3| x 1^ Fuss. Diese Masse lassen sich zwanglos
in den verstiimmelten Text einsetzen und bringen die notige
Zeilengrosse von etwa 30 Buchstaben hervor. In Z. 26-27
lasst sich ein Stein der Ostwand unterbringen :
26. [ ........... /-te/eo? heicTrov], TrXaro? re-
27. [rdpTo he/AtTToBio, ird^o^ Trez/re
28. [oi/,]
oder auch beide zusammen (26 heicTroSa, 27
Dagegen kann in Z. 29-30 nur der erste Stein der Westwand
gestanden haben :
29. [ ........ /Lte/co? hcTrra TTO&OV K~\al epnr-
30. [o8to, TrXaro? rpiov TroSov KOI e
31.
Wo aber der Hirt ist, sind auch die Schafe nicht weit : die
gewcihnlichen Geisa, die ayeXata, passen in die vorausgehenden
Zeilen. Nach AE 22 n. 25-52 haben sie teils keine nahere
Bezeichnung und gehoren teils zu den Steinen airb re? o-roa? ;
alle aber sind 4 x 3 x 1J Fuss gross. Diese Masse verwenden
wir zur Erganzung der Zeilen 20-24 :
INSCRIPTIONS OF THE EBECUTIIEUM 11
20. pe/cos Ter/oaTro] Sa, TrXaro-
21. 5 T/ot7ro6a, Tra^o? 7rez>Te7raXa] <rra fleW-
22. t, TOP aTTo re? o-roa?, 'A/uetwaSJet : ey Kot: ot.
23. - fjL€/co<; Terpdirov, TrXaro]?
24. Tra^o? 7revTeTrd\a<nov 6evr~\i
25. aSet €7 Kot". ot. —
Nach dem Namen des Handwerkers sind stets die Steinzahl
und der Gesamtpreis zu erganzen.
Die genannten Steine wurden auf einer einzigen Wand ver-
setzt, entweder eVt roi TOLUOL T~\OI jrpos r[6 HavSpo&cto oder
eTTt rot Trpo? eo TOLUOL r]6t TTjOo? r[6 /3o/jio. Es ist ungewiss,
ob die Eckgeisa zu derselben Uberschrift gehorten. Werin
das der Fall war, so ist ein Irrtum untergelaufen ; derm in
den Zeilen 26-30 kann nur dami von den Eckgeisa einer ein-
zigen Wand gehandelt werden, wenn in AE 22 11. 68 die
Breite des einen Eckgeisons irrtiimlich als 3J statt 3| Fuss
angegeben ist1 und somit in Z. 26-30 unserer Inschrift die
Eckgeisa der Westwand zu erkennen sind.
Der ganze Stein ist also ziemlich vollstandig herzustellen.
An ihn schliesst gleich, wie Wasliburn bestatigte, AE 25 an,
so dass die aus zwei Stiicken aufgebaute Kolumne, soweit
sie von Steinarbeiten handelt, jetzt etwa folgendermassen zu
lauten hat :
AE 26. I. eVl rot TOLUOL T~]OI TT/DO? r-
20. o HavBpo<r€fo(?)* ne/cos rerpaTro^Sa, TrXaro-
9 T/3t7roSa, Tra^o? Tre^TevraXaJo-Ta Oevr-
4, rov CLTTO re? <rroa?, 'A//-etwaS]ei: €7 Kot7: ol.
/jL€Kos rerpciTrov, 7rXaroj9 rpiirov,
Tra^o? TrevreTrdXacTTOV 6evr~\i 'A/JLCLVL-
25. d&ei ey Kot. ol. yeicra y<f\viala TOV
CLTTO re? a-Toa<?(?)8 /te/co? AeWoz^, JTrXaro? re-
rdpro eyLttTToStb, Tra^o? TreWe] irdXaa-T-
1 Das ist allerdings um so leichter anzunehmen, als dann alle vier Eckgeisa
gleich breit waren. 2 irpbs T[O /3o^5 yewa ?
3 Die Erganzung fiillt so vorziiglich den Raum, dass sie als sicher erscheint,
obwohl die Eckgeisa bei der Aufzahlung AE 22 n. 53-72 (aus Nachlassigkeit ?)
diese Provenienzangabe nicht tragen.
12 AUGUST FRICKENHAUS
ov eKTroiea-avTi (7)1 'A/^emaS] ei : €7 Kot'. ot.
__ ^e/eo? Ae-TTTa, TroSov K~\al
30. 0810, TrXaro? r/otoz/ TroSoi/ /cat
67
, TrXaro?
TO
5 ........ • ............. ] hhhh . . <&a\d/c-
poi Haiaviel ..... ]9 apyvp(o /cal eV[ .
.............. JHHHAAAAPHIII: \C-
0ov aptO/Jibs ...... , ~\avTL0 \_e~\fJLara (yacaf)
9. Ile^reXei/ca-, \i6o A.l~\yivafo [....] 1 1 (vacat)
Michaelis' Vermutung (Ath. Mitt. XIV. 359), class in den
letzten Zeilen " von der Fortsetzung, vielleicht der Vollen-
dung des Frieses die Rede war," ist jetzt durch die neue
Lesung und Erganzung von Z. 9 aufs schonste bestatigt.
Denn der AljLvalos Xt0o?, aus dem ja ein Teil der Fries-
hintersteine hergestellt war, weist noch bestimmter auf den
Fries, als die Steindicke und der Steinmetz ; andrerseits
miissen aber die verrechneten Friessteine die letzten sein,
weil schon in derselben Prytanie mit dem dariiberliegenden
Geison begonnen wurde.
3. DIE DECKE DER POLIASCELLA
Gleich nach den eben besprochenen Steinabrechnungen wer-
den Sagearbeiten aufgefiihrt. Zuerst zwolfmaliger Tagelohn
fur zwei Sager, dann (AE 25, 13-19) :
ia[7rpicravTi /o]u/xo? 6«:T07roSa? : A 1 1 1 1 • ro[/>ta9 f^A AA I] III:
Bvolv oftoXoiv TC[I>] rofjiev \heicd(rTe]v: 'PaiMoi ey KoXXur.
ol. AAPI-[hl-
bia-TrpicravTi, ^v\ov /^e/co? .... aicaieiicocri TTO&OV ro-
/ia?: P: re[v Tope]v hetcdaTev: h : 'Pat8tot 67 KoXX : o:: P
1 etrri ist zu kurz, auch waren die Eckgeisa bei der Inventarisierung AE 22
n. f,3-72 samtlich unfertig.
'2 TO TO \lffo Vlllgo.
INSCRIPTIONS OF THE ERECHTIIEUM 13
Der Text 1st soweit sicher. Ich habe oben pvfuk erganzt,
unten TrptcrreL. Nach der zweiten Liicke wurde bislier I : I
gelesen. Die zuerst genannten 14 Balken von 8 Fuss werden
zu Leisten von gleicher Lange zersagt. Nach der Preisangabe
von AATH folgt, wie Washburn versichert, das Zeilenende;
also konnen am Anfang der folgenden Zeile vor Tr/oio-rejt noch
einige Drachmen verloren gegangen sein. Die Gesamtzahl
der Leisten muss offenbar durch 14 teilbar sein : das fiihrt
auf 84 Leisten und 28 Drachmen.1 So bleibt nur noch eine
Unsicherheit : wie lang waren die fiinf grossen Balken ?
Nur [ewe] aicaieiicoai (Kirchhoff) und [rer/a] aKaLeUoa-i sind
moglich ; letztere Erganzung habe ich aus Michaelis' [rerra-
p^ajccue^coa-i geklirzt. Eine archaologische Erwagung kann
hier die Entscheidung geben.
Nach Michaelis Ath. Mitt. XIV. 359 sind diese Balken fur
das Dach bestimmt. Aber dem widerspricht die ungerade
Zahl, denn sonst waren auf beiden Dachseiten gleichviel Holzer
notig. Also werden die Balken der wagrechten Decke eines
Tempelraums gemeint sein. Ein Blick auf TAFEL IV zeigt,
dass Holzer von 29 Fuss Lange nirgends zu gebrauchen sind,
denn fur die Breite des Gebaudes langen sie nicht und sind zu
gross fur die Tiefe der einzelnen Raume. Balken von 24 Fuss
konnen aber nur iiber der 22 Fuss tiefen Poliascella (B) ange-
setzt werden, die also in der Richtung von Osten nach Westen
gedeckt war. Wenn man nun die vier Balken so iiber das
Gemach verteilt, wie es der Plan zeigt, so entstehen vier zu
iiberdeckende Felder von je bald acht Fuss Breite. 84, also
4 x 21 achtfiissige pu/W fanden wir aber neben den grossen
Balken erwahnt : sie bilden offenbar die Sprossen der vier
/eXt//,a/a£e?, die hier anzunehmen sind. Wir diirfen jetzt mit
einigem Recht die Rekonstruktion von Michaelis (Jahrbuch
XVII. 15 = Arx, T. xxvi), der die Hauptbalken der Ostcella
von Siiden nach Norden verlaufen liess, in diesem Punkte
berichtigen.
1 Bisher hielt man die Drachmenzahl fiir vollstandig und berechnete daher
78
14 AUGUST FEICKEN HAUS
4. DIE JAHRESRECHNUNG 409/8
Nachdem Kolbe (Ath. Mitt. XXVI. 225) AE 28 endgiiltig
auf das Jahr 408/7 datiert hat, 1st es klar dass AE 24-27
(und dazu wahrscheinlich noch Id I. 326) dem vorher-
gehenden Jahre angehoren. Bei der Anordnung dieser Frag-
mente hat Michaelis schon meist das richtige getroffen (Ath.
Mitt. XIV. 356 ff.), nur muss der Steinbefund starker beriick-
sichtigt werden. Weil zwei Fragmente der Rechnung 409/8
auf dreikolumnigen Steinen stehen {AE 26. 27), ist diese
Aufzeichnungsart fur die ganze Rechnung anzunehmen.
In der ersten Prytanie waren erst drei Friessteine versetzt
{AE 22 I. 40-43). Nach Ausfiillung der iibrigcn Liicken
kam also zunachst der Fries an die Reihe. AE 24 hat
gezeigt, dass wahrend einer bestimmten Prytanie etwa die
halbe Frieslage versetzt wurde. Von diesem Fragment ist
der linke Rand erhalten ; von seiner zweiten Kolumne sind
einige Buchstaben vorhanden,1 von der dritten nichts. Die
beiden verlorenen Kolumnen enthielten die Rechnung von
1-2 Prytanien, in denen wahrscheinlich am Fries weiter
gearbeitet wurde.
Die erste Kolumne des folgenden dreigeteilten Steins {AE
26 -f- 25, s.o. Abschnitt 2) handelt wahrscheinlich von der
Vollendung des Frieses und sicher von Arbeiten am Geison,
also der gleich iiber dem Fries befindlichen Steinlage. Schon
in der nachsteii Prytanie {AE 26 IT., vgl. Michaelis Ath.
Mitt. XIV. 349-354) werden die Giebelsteine fertig behauen.
Sie brauchten dann nur noch versetzt und mit dem Giebel-
gesims (vgl. AE 22 n. 80) gekront zu werden.
So bleiben noch die Fragmente AE 27, zu dessen erster
Kolumne etwa I& I. 326 gehoren konnte, und 28 f., das
K'»lbe Ath. Mitt. XXVI. 229 dieser Jahresrechnung zuweist.
Da letzteres, das den obern Rand erhalten hat, nicht iiber
AE 27 angesetzt werden kann, so wird es der Rest eines
1 HEP ist anscheinend der Anfang eines Namens ; AE 27 HI. 9 war ein
Schreiner genannt dessen Vater Herakleides hiess.
INSCRIPTIONS OF THE ERECHTHEUM 15
vierten dreikolumnigen Steins sein (wahrscheinlich von seiner
II. und in. Kolumne), wahrend AE 27 von dem dritten
herstammt.
Es bleiben noch die Holzarbeiten zu besprechen. In der-
selben Prytanie, in der der Fries vollendet und das Geison
versetzt wurde, werden die Deckenbalken der Ostcella und
ihre Querholzer zurechtgesagt (s.o. Abschnitt 3). Kurz
darauf wird gewaltig an einer Kassettendecke gearbeitet
(AE 26 in.?, 27 i. n. in.); in einer einzigen Prytanie wer-
den iiber 1100 Drachmen dafiir ausgeworfen (AE 27 in. 14).
Schon in derselben Prytanie, in der die Decke fertig gezim-
mert ist, wird sie bemalt, und bei dieser Notiz erfahren wir,
dass es sich ura die Decke der Ostcella handelt (AE 27 in.
42 if. eTrl TTjV 6po(f)r)i> ETTt ra? creXiSas ra? virep rov a^yaX/LtaTO?).
Mit der Errichtung des Dachs wurde in derselben Prytanie erst
ein geringer Anfang gemacht ( AE 27 in. 28-31, vgl. 15-25),
denn fur die ausgegebenen 14 Drachmen konnte es nicht fertig
gezimmert werden. Fertig wurde aber der ostliche Teil des
Daches und nur dieser, denn nur " oberhalb der Decke " wurden
die Dachziegel gelegt (AE 27 in. 26 ff. Kepa/jLaicravTi vTrep T?}?
opotyfjs ejrl rov vea) — A A I- r- HI-). Also man wartete nicht die
1-2 Prytanien bis zur Vollendung des iibrigen Dachs ab, so
dringend war die Anfertigung der Malerei " iiber dem Gotter-
bild " und der Ziegeldeckung zu ihrem Schutze. Dafiir gibt es
nur eine Erklarung : Athena muss gleich danach in ihre Cella
eingezogen seiri, noch vor Vollendung des iibrigen Baus.1
In der letzten Prytanie des Jahres 409/8 begannen dann
bereits die Bildhauerarbeiten (AE 28/ 11), die sich bis zur
siebten des folgenden Jahres hinzogen (AE 285 i). Was
1 Die Darstellung beruht auf der konsequenten Durchftihrung der zuerst
von Choisy gemachten Beobachtung, dass 6po<f>Ji Decke und tirupoQla Sattel-
dach bedeutet. Choisy S. 115 hat allerdings die eigene Erklarung selbst
wieder umgeworfen, indem er behauptet, ausserhalb der Ostcella sei 6po<f>^
das Dach. Die Kepd/jiwa-is vwtp rf)s dpoQrjs hat Fabricius Berl. Philol. Woch. 1884,
1145 rich tig erklart. Wegen des geringen Preises von 24 Drachmen handelt es
sich vielleicht nur um eine vorlaufige Abdeckung, wie wir sie auch von der
Tholos in Epidauros kennen (IG IV. 1485, 60 <TTeyd<r<rios ras irepiffraffios :: III,
dazu Bruno Keil Ath. Mitt. 1895, 88).
16 AUGUST FRICKENHAUS
sonst bis zur sechsten Prytanie dieses Jahres gearbeitet wurde,
wissen wir nicht. Jedenfalls wird in seiner Mitte wieder
eine Kassettendecke errichtet (AE 28 a I. 4); weil die
Decke der Ostcella lange fertig war, kann sie nur zu einem
der Westriiume gehoren.1 Alle im folgenden erwahnten
K.ak'Xai und Ka\v^^ara werden auch hier anzusetzen sein.
Fiir die Baugeschichte ergibt sich :
Split sommer 409: die kahlen Wande bis zum Epistyl sind
im Rohen fertig.
Fruhjahr oder Sommer 408 : die Ostcella wird vollendet und
wahrscheinlich bezogen. Zunachst wird sie allein unter
Dach gebracht. Beginn der Bildhauer arbeiten.
Fruhjahr 407: der bildnerische Schmuck ist vollendet, die
Westraume erhalten eine Kassettendecke. An die
architektonischen Teile wird die letzte Hand gelegt.
Sommer 407 : der Tempel ist im wesentlichen vollendet.
AUGUST FKICKENHAUS.
BONN.
1 Wegen der falschen Datierung von AE 28 hatte Michaelis Ath. Mitt.
XIV. 360 irrtiimlich die creXtfes von AE 26. in. 39 init denen von 28 a i. 5
identificieit.
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE V
American <Sct)ool
of Classical
at
EXCAVATIONS AT CORINTH IN 1905
PRELIMINARY REPORT
[PLATE V]
THE excavations on the site of ancient Corinth carried on in
1905 by the American School began on July 4 and were con-
tinued until Au-
gust 20. First, the
road leading in
from the west (Am.
J. Arch. VIII, pi.
vii) was shifted
and a broad space,
to the east and
north of " Glauce,"
as shown in the
accompanying
sketch-plan (Fig.
1), was cleared,
with the following
results. The whole
precinct seems to
have been origi-
nally a quarry,
marks of the quarry
cuttings appearing
at various places
(A on the Plan).
Immediately above the rock was a thick layer of quarry
rubbish, from the top of which were gathered sherds of
FIGURE 1. — SKETCH-PLAN OF THE EXCAVATIONS IN
CORINTH IN 1905.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the
Archaeological Institute of America. Vol. X (1906), No. 1.
17
18 O. M. WASHBUEN
what may well be a local pottery, dating somewhat later
than the "Old Corinthian" fabric, and characterized by the
copious use of garlands of palmettes ; of a black-painted ware,
and of terra sigillata. In the same stratum an obsidian blade
was also found. To the north of the wall marked B there was
evidently in antiquity a public square, for on top of the quarry
rubbish was found a series of successive Greek pavements, one
of which was followed by the Trench C, dug to the northeast
until it ended in the natural rock, which here reaches a higher
level. Immediately in front of Glauce these pavements had
been broken through in Roman times for the laying of water-
conduits. A little to the east of the track cut was found a
hoard of Byzantine copper coins.
We had hoped, in attempting this digging in the neighbor-
hood of Glauce, to find traces of an ancient road leading from
the Agora toward Sicyon, but were disappointed. Such a road,
if it ever existed, must still lie buried closer to the temple. If
it can be found in some later campaign, the hypothesis that the
temple on the hill and the rock-cut reservoir are respectively
the Temple of Apollo and the Spring of Glauce will rest on a
broader basis than is now the case.
A short distance north of the northern limit of excavation of
1903, on the line of the Greek wall (Am. J. Arch. VIII, pi.
xvii, B), were found remains of what appears to be a prostyle
tetrastyle portico on the east side of the wall in question.
A part of the column at the southeast corner was still in
situ, although badly damaged. In front of the portico was a
pavement.
Before the work described above was entirely completed
most of the force of workmen had been transferred to the
field south of the " South " Stoa, it being deemed advisable to
make assurance doubly sure by laying bare a considerable por-
tion of what previous excavation had led us to call the Agora,
since some people were still found who seemed inclined to
question the correctness of that designation. The accompany-
ing PLATE V gives the final result of this part of the season's
EXCAVATIONS AT CORINTH IN 1905 19
work. Very few walls of any period were found here, those
that were unearthed being near the surface. But on getting
down about 5 m., pavements of crushed stone began to appear,
forming successive strata, which mark the general levels of the
Agora at successive Hellenistic and Roman periods. Except
for the foot of a colossal figure, probably forming a part of the
group published in this Journal (VII, pp. 7—22, and pis. i-iv),
there were no single finds here deserving of special mention.
Trial trenches were sunk in several places. In the expro-
priated land southwest of A in the sketch-plan of 1904 (ibid.
VIII, pi. xvii) numerous pre-Mycenaean sherds were found
at a depth of 4.50 m. (ibid. VIII, p. 440), while 1.50 m. farther
down virgin soil was reached with no additional results.
A trench dug in land belonging to J. Giampourannes showed
that the Stoa on the south side of the Agora, a part of which
was uncovered last year, did not extend west across the road,
but ended beneath it. By tunnelling from the east the stylo-
bate of the Stoa was found with two drums of a column in situ
upon it, thus confirming the deductions made in last year's
report. In the excavation journal, under date of August 8,
Dr. Heermance wrote : " Back of the column is a stylobate, or
a foundation with step to the west. The conclusion is obvious
that the Stoa was prostyle, not ev Trapaa-rdcri. Whether the
Stoa along the west end of the Agora was columnar or not is
uncertain."
It remains to mention a trench opened and afterward filled
up in the field of E. Sakellariou at the foot of Akro-Corinth,
near the spring of Hadji Mustapha. In this neighborhood
virgin soil is reached at a depth of about 3.50 m. One of the
numberless water channels of Old Corinth was found and
numerous vase fragments, none older than Proto-Corinthian ;
also three large, undecorated amphorae and, at a depth of
2.5 m. below the modern surface, a floor-level with excellent
pebble mosaic.
After the completion of the season's work at Corinth a suc-
cessful attempt was made to locate the place of deposit of the
20 O. M. WASHBURN
well-known votive tablets to Poseidon, most of which are now
in the Berlin Museum. It was situated northwest of the citadel
of Pente Skuphia, about an hour's ride from Old Corinth in the
direction of "Tria Spitia." Six men were able to dig the site
anew in three days, during which 350 fragments of the pinakes,
mostly worthless from the severe weathering they had received,
and numerous fragments of Proto-Corinthian and Old Corin-
thian vases, as well as one or two archaic terra-cottas were
found. It is my intention to send in before the end of the
year for publication a paper dealing especially with these finds
from Pente Skuphia.
O. M. WASHBURN, Fellow of the School.
ATHENS, GREECE,
November, 1905.
Institute
of America
REPORTS ON RESEARCHES CONDUCTED BY THE
SOUTHWEST SOCIETY OF THE ARCHAEO-
LOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA1
I. REDONDO BEACH, CALIFORNIA: 1905
THIS research was the first undertaken by the Southwest
Society operating under the auspices of the Archaeological
Institute of America. It consisted of an examination and
exploration of an ancient quarry from which the Indians that
formerly inhabited this part of California obtained the mate-
rial from which they fashioned their spear- and arrow-points,
knives, scrapers, drills, etc., etc. The research also included
an investigation of an extensive village site situated on a bluff
overlooking the ocean, the distance between the quarries and
village site being about one and one-half miles. Unmistakable
evidences exist, however, identifying the former inhabitants of
the village as among those who had drawn their supplies from
the quarry.
The quarry is located on the eastern or land side of the
Palos Verdes Mountain, and in its present aspect presents what
appears to be a naturally formed deep and narrow gorge, ex-
tending from the base of the mountain up its nearly perpen-
dicular side to a height of about 175 feet, when it terminates
in a broad tableland. This tableland constitutes one of the con-
spicuous features in the elevation of the Palos Verdes Mountain.
Evidences of the work performed by the primitive workmen
are found in the fact that immediately at the apex of the gorge
1 These reports were originally submitted to the Executive Committee of the
Southwest Society. — ED.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 21
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 1.
22
F. M. PALMER
the soil on the tableland has been excavated to a depth of from
3 to 5 feet over an area of about six acres. These excavations
were made in a search for nodules of various minerals : chalced-
ony, chert, jasper, and agate. All these, save the chalcedony,
occur in various forms of stratification, the intermediate strata
being limestone. The gorge to which reference has been made
was probably caused by an impounding of rainfall in these
excavations, from which it possibly forced its own outlet over
the mountain side, or, what is more likely, a way for its escape
was prepared by the quarry workers. At the present time the
gorge is more or less filled with nodules whose formation is
so irregular, or obstinate in fracture, as to have been rejected.
Many of them show evidences of repeated blows struck with
stone hammers in an attempt to detach flakes from which
implements might be wrought.
The investigation of this ancient quarry resulted in a fine
collection of wrought and unwrought nodules, flakes, and chips,
and thirty -three stone hammers.
The village site, which is due west from the quarry, occupies
a commanding location on the western shore line of the Palos
Verdes Mountain, where it terminates in a vertical bluff about
125 feet high. The character of the soil on the top of the bluff
is very largely beach sand, which even to-day whips up over
the bluff whenever a westerly wind is blowing. This sand
forms low, spreading hills which become gradually overgrown
with scant vegetation. Thus, in time, there is formed a thin
layer of vegetable mold which, in a measure, prevents the sand
from being blown farther inland. These sand hills, wherever
found in Southern California, were invariably utilized as a loca-
tion for a village, provided only that fresh water was near at
hand. Indeed, it sometimes happened that water was found
near a point where it was desired to locate a village, but
there being no sand on the intended location, it is known that
the Indians laboriously carried from the beach and deposited
upon the proposed site the desired foundation of sand. There
are sufficient reasons why the abode of primitive man in Southern
RESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY 23
California, when built upon sand, possessed advantages over an
abiding place situated on a heavier and more compact soil.
First, during the rainy season, which lasts usually for two
or three months of the year in this locality, sand is dis-
tinctly warmer than a heavier soil; further, the sand readily
absorbs the downpour, the surface quickly dries, and no mud
is formed. Secondly, long-continued observation had taught
these people the sanitary advantages of a village built upon
sand, the absorbent properties of which would make less pro-
nounced, and the sooner mitigate, the combined abomination of
smells that are the invariable accompaniment of an Indian
town. Indeed, so well had the Southern California Indian
learned this lesson that he not infrequently brought fresh sand,
and, spreading it over all the accumulated waste surrounding
his home, at once improved his surroundings. At the same
time he laid the corner-stone of one of those mysterious struc-
tures composed of alternate layers of sand and camp refuse
which we denominate shell mounds. It is well known that a
very considerable part of the diet of these people consisted of
shellfish, ^the shells, after their contents had been removed,
being thrown to one side on the ground. In time the whole
camp site would be more or less covered by the accumulated
shells and bones of various animals, particularly of fishes ;
while here and there were small beds of ashes and charcoal,
indicating the sites of the ancient campfires. In this mass of
debris various objects of utility and of native art became buried.
After a while a general renovation was inaugurated. Fresh
sand was brought and all this debris was buried out of sight.
A repetition of these processes resulted in the making of shell
mounds many feet high. I have one in mind at this moment
that was excavated to a depth of 14 feet before we reached the
original surface of the earth.
The village site which is the subject of this report is a typical
shell mound which was formed as here described. This mound
occupies a conspicuous position upon the bluff about two and
one-half miles south of Redondo Beach ; the mound and the
24 F. M. PALMER
immediately contiguous territory showing evidences of occu-
pancy cover about twenty acres.
Twenty-eight years ago 1 located a burial place right at the
margin of the bluff. I found only about thirty burials, and
concluded that the major portion of the cemetery must have
gone down into the sea at some time when a portion of the
bluff had crumbled and fallen. In fact, the ocean is making
continual inroads upon this portion of the Southern California
mainland.
Influenced by this thought, I had for years ceased to look
upon this locality as being likely to reward further research.
The remarkable find, however, at Redondo Beach, two and
one-half miles to the north, in the year 1903, had inspired me
with a renewed interest. I am, however, reluctantly obliged
to record my inability to find a burial place at this village site.
Considering the small number of burials found immediately
associated with this village site, I am convinced that the ceme-
tery found at Redondo Beach in 1903 was the principal burial
place, not only for the village under consideration, but also
for a number of lesser villages that were situated at points of
vantage, for about seven miles, along the coast line of this
part of the Southern California mainland. I put down 138
prospect holes, and ran three trenches, the total proceeds
being eight bone implements, three of which are of interest as
illustrating the making of whistles from the bones of birds'
wings; also 150 stone implements, spear-heads, arrow-points,
knives, scrapers and drills, implements used in manufacturing
shell ornaments, tools used in manipulating steatite and ser-
pentine, etc., etc. All of these objects were taken from the
mound, and all, save one obsidian spear-head (a beautiful speci-
men 5| inches long), had no relation to any burial, but had
been lost and buried in the camp debris. The obsidian spear-
In-ad lay just to the right of the head of the remains of a man ;
the remains had been cremated, and at the time I found them
were only 10 inches below the surface. The skill displayed
by these "First Southern Californians " in the making of
RESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY 25
implements and utensils for daily use and ceremonial pur-
poses entitles them to a high place among the primitive work-
men of America. Their chipped stone implements easily rank
among the finest found in any part of the world ; some of
their ceremonial knives being 8 to 12 inches in length, 1 inch
in width, and often not more than J inch in thickness, of
perfectly symmetrical proportions, with an edge as straight
and true as a line drawn by rule.
What I have said of their skill in making chipped stone
implements applies with equal emphasis to their manipulation
of the mineral variously known as steatite, serpentine, and
soapstone.
Their cooking pots, baking stones, cups, bowls, handled
dippers or ladles, made of steatite, are in a class Ly them-
selves. They are more finely wrought and better adapted
for their intended use than similar objects found elsewhere.
Their smoking pipes, beads, pendants, charms, and ceremo-
nial objects, made of dense, fine-grained serpentine of various
colors, show the same excellence of workmanship.
As to the antiquity of the objects of primitive art incident
to this particular locality, I can only say that, in my opinion,
the men who made them surely lived, died, and were buried
before the advent of the Spaniards in the year 1542. On
September 28 of that year, Cabrillo discovered (and brought
his ships, the San Salvador and La Vittoria to an anchorage
in) a bay twelve miles south of the village site under consid-
eration. To this bay Cabrillo gave the name San Miguel.
It is the same that we now know as the bay of San Pedro.
To the Indians whom he met, upon that and subsequent land-
ings on the mainland and islands of Southern California, he
gave presents of glass beads, buttons of copper and of brass,
iron fish hooks, knives, axes, and many other articles of Euro-
pean manufacture. Other early voyagers along this coast
sought the good will of the natives by similar means ; the
result being that, in burials subsequent tb this European con-
tact, objects of European and native manufacture are found
26
F. M. PALMER
associated together in the graves. Considermg the proximity
of this village site to the bay of San Pedro, and the fact
that neither in the burials found at this site nor in those at
Redondo Beach was there found a single article of European
manufacture, it appears to be conclusively demonstrated that
the people whose artifacts we are considering must have lived
and passed away before the year 1542. More than this we
possibly may never know -and guesswork is not the provin
of the archaeologist.
II. NAVAJOE COUNTY, ARIZONA TERRITORY: 1905
I have the honor to report that the Arizona expedition en-
trusted to my supervision arrived at Snowflake, Navajoe County,
Arizona, on August 27, 1905. It had previously been deter-
mined to make this place a base from which to conduct opera-
tions, for the reason that it seemed to possess advantages over
any other point with relation to such portions of the Territory
as we were permitted to explore.
Finding that more difficulty was experienced than was antici-
pated in securing transportation for my party, I finally delegated
that matter to one of my assistants, Mr. T. J. Worthington ;
and in the meantime I visited several near-by ruins, notably
one which is locally known as " Four-Mile Ruin." This ruin
has been explored, and a full report of the same has been
written, by Dr. Hough of Washington, D.C. In visiting this
ruin, I of course had no thought of making any further inves-
tigation ; I merely wished to see what had been done, and how
it had been done.
An hour's search over the surface of the ground resulted
in the finding of 2 grooved stone hammers, 3 arrow-points,
1 crystal used as a drill, 2 metates, 1 stone disk, 1 knife made
of a beautiful piece of silicated wood from the petrified forest,
3 disks ground into shape from broken pieces of pottery.
I also made a trip to a box canyon three miles north of
Snowflake. This canyon has here and there engraved upon
its walls rude figures of men, other animals, birds, reptiles, and
RESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY
27
various symbolical designs. I was able to obtain but a single
photograph, the light being unfavorable.
September 4, everything being in readiness, we started for
a very large ruin twenty-five miles south of Snowflake. This
ruin is located on patented land, surrounded on three sides by
Forest Reserves. We reached our objective point on the 5th,
FIGURE 1. — CAMP AT RUIN No. 1.
made our camp (Fig. 1) beneath an immense pine tree,
employed three men to assist in the digging, and started
operations on the 6th.
This ruin is situated on an outcropping of sandstone, which
has an elevation of about 20 feet above the surrounding coun-
"try. Judging from the amount of fallen stone, the pueblo must
certainly have been two and possibly three stories high ; the
destruction is, however, complete, not one stone resting in posi-
tion upon another above the present surface of the ground.
The stone of which the pueblo had been constructed was prob-
ably taken from the very outcropping upon which it was built.
These stones were of varying thickness — 2J to 8 inches, the
28
F. M. PALMER
sides and ends being rudely squared. They had originally been
held in proper position in the building by a mortar which ap-
pears to be a mixture of clay and sand. This description may
be taken as typical of all ruins in this locality, save only in
size, and the probable number of stories.
I examined more than eighty ruins, and in no case did I find
any part of the wall standing above ground. But only in part
is this utter devastation to be attributed to natural causes. Men
now living in the section where these ruins are found have told me
that the destruction has been greater in the last ten than in the
preceding twenty years. Vandal relic hunters, ravages of stock,
and last, but by no means least, the despoliation of these ancient
monuments by people living near them. The walls are thrown
down, the stones hauled away and used in private residences,
and even for public buildings. It is lucky that the people are
not permitted to lay their sacrilegious hands upon any part of
what still remains under control of the National Government.
I have designated the particular ruin under consideration as
Ruin No.l.
On the morning of September 6, I put two men at work
clearing away the debris at a point where I was able to locate
what appeared to be outlines of two rooms. I also put three
men at work running trenches in what seemed a likely location
for the burial place. Both surmises proved to be correct. In
the collapsing of the walls of the building, a part had fallen
in upon the lower story, a part outwardly and banked up on
the outside ; the elements had disintegrated the mortar, which,
with drifting soil, and the accumulation of vegetable mold, has
finally effected such a change that at this moment the ruin pre-
sents the appearance of an elongated, irregularly shaped mound,
partially covered with rudely squared blocks of sandstone.
After clearing away so as to be able to define the outlines of the
rooms selected for examination, excavation was carried on until
everything they contained was brought to light.
In the meanwhile the work in the trenches was progressing,
and toward sundown the burial place was located. But so far as
RESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY
29
adding anything to the collection for our Museum is concerned,
we might as well not have found it. Most of the bones were
crumbled almost to the point of annihilation, and the semi-
sandy clay and ashes in which the burials were made had
hardened into what was practically concrete. After two days
of hard work, without being able to save a single specimen, I
took the men away from the trenches and had them assist in ex-
cavating rooms. In the rooms the conditions were little, if any,
better than in the burial place. Shovels were absolutely useless,
FIGURE 2. — ROOM EXCAVATED AT RUIN No. 1.
(Showing fireplace and articles found in the room.)
except for throwing out the dirt which had first been laboriously
detached by use of the pick-axe. As will be seen by the list
appended, we secured a number of specimens in these rooms,
but every one of them was cut out of its hard resting-place
with a butcher knife.
One of these rooms is 8 feet 7 inches long, 6 feet 9 inches
wide, 5 feet 3 inches high. The one shown in the illustration
(Fig. 2) is 10 feet 6 inches long, 9 feet 4 inches wide, 4 feet
11 inches high, all being inside measurements. The walls are
30 F. M. PALMER
about 20 inches thick, and have, of course, lost something of
their height. The fireplace was found placed in the centre of
each room. I found no evidence of doors or windows ; the
entrance was probably placed originally at the top. The floors
in these rooms were of rough sandstone slabs, covered with a
mixture of clay and ashes to a depth of about 6 inches. This
ruin measures over all 320 feet in length, 80 feet in width, with
what now appears to have been a large central court. The
difficulty of doing the work at this ruin was so great, and the
proceeds for our Museum so small, that I concluded to look for
a more promising field. The entire appropriation at our dis-
posal would not do one-half the work required for a thorough
investigation.
The objects taken from these rooms consist of 5 implements
made from deer horns, 3 implements made from leg bones of
deer, 4 other bones, 1 large bone chisel, 2 stones used in smooth-
ing pottery, 10 stone knives, 1 grooved arrow-shaft straightener.
In the rooms and burial place we found 60 pieces of pottery,
but were unable to save any of it. On the surface of the
ground one bead made of what appears to be catlinite was
found, also 30 arrow-points.
No regularity with relation to position was observed in the
burials. The graves had been made about 3| feet in depth.
Pottery was invariably found near the head, sometimes at one
side only, again on both, yet again on both and at the top.
Sometimes, though more rarely, an additional piece was found
near the hips, or at the feet.
From September 11 to 15 I visited a number of ruins, but
found in each instance that I had been preceded by others who
had made more or less thorough search. In every case the
burial place had been looted; in fact, the only apparent object
of those who had committed these depredations was to obtain
pottery from the graves. There were no evidences whatever
of any scientific work, save only that which I was informed had
been performed by representatives of the Government.
September 15, we located two small ruins that are situated
RESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY
31
on a sandstone ridge about five miles long, and having an ele-
vation of about 80 feet. The ridge is now covered with a
dense growth of junipers. Many of these trees are more than
3 feet in diameter. One of my photographs shows such a tree
growing in the centre of a room. These two ruins are separated
by about 1500 feet. I have designated them as " The Juniper
Ridge Ruins." Less stone and more of adobe appears to have
been used in their construction. In fact, I was able to find but
FIGURE 3. — ROOM EXCAVATED AT JUNIPER RIDGE RUINS.
(Showing sandstone "stove cover" in middle background.)
a single room of which enough remained to warrant investiga-
tion. This room was photographed (Fig. 3). Its preservation
is owing to the fact that in its construction it had been placed
below the original level of the surrounding territory. A cir-
cular excavation 4 feet in depth, and 10 feet in diameter had
been made : this excavation was then lined with a wall of thin
sandstone slabs 3J or 4 feet in length by 18 to 20 inches i'n
width, placed vertically around the inner dimensions of the ex-
cavation. Notwithstanding the small dimensions of this room
32 F. M. PALMER
it contained three fireplaces built against the walls. Two of
these fireplaces can be seen in the illustration ; the other is not
visible, being concealed by the foreground. In one of these fire-
places was found a fine grooved stone hammer. At a depth of
3J feet, and seemingly near the original floor level, we encoun-
tered a skeleton ; the bones, however, were in the last stages of
decay, and quickly crumbled to dust upon exposure. No pot-
tery or other artifacts had been placed with the deceased. I
incline to the opinion that the Grim Reaper exacted the last
FIGURE 4.— BOWLS AND LADLES FOR SERVING FOOD, JUNIPER RIDGE RUINS.
tribute from this individual suddenly and violently, and in all
probability at a time when he was peacefully pursuing his usual
vocation.
Leaning against the wall of this room were two sandstone
slabs; they are about 1 inch in thickness, roughly squared to
about 18 by 22 inches in outline. A circular hole 6 inches in
diameter has been wrought in the centre of each. They plainly
show evidence of long-continued use in connection with fire.
Doubtless they were placed across the top of the fireplaces
during culinary operations. The central hole, over which a
cooking pot was placed, facilitated the process of cooking,
exactly as do the holes in a modern range, and for the same
reason. One of these perforated slabs is shown in the illustration
(Fig. 3).
RESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY 33
The burial place pertaining to these ruins was located by my
son, F. L. Palmer. The observations made of the burials at
Ruin No. 1 are equally applicable here. The ground, however,
was a little less hard, and we were able to save all the pottery
which had not been destroyed at time of burial. I am of the
opinion that the burials at this ruin must have been made at a
very remote period, even when considered in their relation to
similar ruins in this section. This conclusion is based upon
the almost total disintegration of bones found associated with
the pottery in the burial place. It was an absolute impossi-
bility, even by an exercise of the utmost patience and care, to
obtain a photograph of the contents of a single grave in situ.
The material for our Museum obtained from the rooms, burial
place, and surface of the ground at these ruins consists of :
2 mortars ;
2 perforated stone slabs ;
2 arrow-shaft polishers ;
2 grooved hammers ;
1 stone ball (grooved) ;
5 grooved axes ;
14 hammer stones ;
1 circular baking stone (18 inches in diameter) ;
4 metates ; 18 hand-stones (manos) for use with same ;
21 pieces of pottery ; cooking pots ; ladles ; cups ; bowls ;
handled jugs, etc., etc. A part of these 21 pieces
are represented in Figs. 4-6.
There are specimens of coiled ware, plain and decorated
ware — white and red :
1 hour-glass-shaped stone tube 4J inches long ;
3 paddle-shaped implements ;
3 pottery polishers ;
1 crystal drill ;
10 ornaments or charms ;
33 pottery disks ;
1 paint-pot;
18 implements of chipped stone, use unknown ;
13 stone knives ;
54 arrow-points.
34
F. M. PALMER
On September 21 I started on a forty-mile trip north across
the desert to examine a ruin which is, from report, one of the
largest in this part of Arizona. I was, however, unable to reach
the ruin, prevented by lack of water. A guide that I had em-
ployed confidently expected there would be water in the tanks
of Black Canyon, five miles from the ruin. It had been my
purpose to haul water from these tanks; the nearest supply of
water we had left fifteen miles to the rear, at what is known as
FIGURE 5. — UNIQUE FORMS OF POTTERY, JUNIPER EIDGE RUINS.
"Dry Lake." It was, of course, impossible to think of under-
taking to make a round trip of forty miles for a water supply.
It is probable that an exploration of this ruin would be possible
only during the winter season, using melted snow water.
September 28, I located a large ruin twenty miles southwest
of Snowflake. It is situated on a sandstone butte about 250
feet long, 100 feet wide, and 125 feet high. A dense growth
of pine and juniper trees now surround and cover the greater
part of the butte. Time and the elements have here produced
utter ruin. It is only with difficulty that any part of the
foundation wall can be traced. The superstructure was, I am
convinced, of adobe. The sides of the butte are seamed and
EESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY 35
gashed by the erosive power of water, which, during the fright-
ful storms incident to this locality, is slowly but surely oblit-
erating every evidence that the butte had ever afforded refuge
and a home for man.
I ran a trench about thirty feet in length at a point that
seemed favorably situated for a burial place, and discovered
bones indicating an interment.
Unhappily, the deposit in which the burial had been made
was so hard (ashes, sand, and clay) that it was not possible to
FIGURE 6. — HANDLED JUGS AND PITCHERS, JUNIPER RIDGE RUINS.
save enough of the bones in situ to make a photograph. We
had to resort to the butcher knife again, and it took an entire
afternoon to cut out the articles found in the grave. The
skeleton was lying on its left side, the knees drawn up and
clasped between the hands. Near the wrist of the right fore-
arm were found beads of white spar and turquoise, no doubt
the remains of a bracelet. Lying over the ribs of the right
side was found a well-wrought perforator (of bone). From
about the neck and shoulders were taken about 700 beads
made of white spar ; the beads are nearly ^ inch long, -| inch
thick. Back of the head, and lying on a level with it, there
36 F. M. PALMER
was found a cup about the size of an ordinary teacup ; a bowl
of about 1| pints capacity; a handled jug that will hold about
1 pint. Fortunately I was able to secure the skull, though it
was unavoidably much broken up. I can, however, restore it
perfectly. One interesting feature in this skull is that the
flattening of the occiput, which is so conspicuous a feature usually
in skulls of these ancient pueblo dwellers, is not seen in this one.
On the contrary, it is of fairly symmetrical form, being neither
(disproportionately) long nor broad. Another very interesting
feature is found in the teeth. The teeth are all present, but
they show every condition that the modern dentist is ever called
upon to correct ; calculus that has produced a partial absorp-
tion of the alveolus, caries that have in one molar produced
death of the pulp, and abscess. The right upper and lower
cuspids present a characteristic irregularity, the upper being
almost directly over the first bicuspid.
In addition to the objects obtained from this burial, we found
a number of very interesting specimens on the surface :
2 grooved hammers ;
1 grooved axe ;
1 broken axe, showing new groove commenced ;
26 chipped stone implements;
4 bone implements ;
1 baking stone ;
4 hand stones for use with nictates ;
1 sandstone boulder having on one face three Dictates ;
1 stone disk 3£ inches diameter ;
25 miscellaneous objects ;
2 ceremonial stones, which are the finest objects of this char-
acter which I have ever seen ; description would fail to
give any idea of their interesting features; they should
be photographed and made the subject of a special
report.
On October 4 I made another trip to the Box Canyon already
mentioned, and the light being good, I secured a series of seven
photographs of engravings illustrating fully the ceremonial
known as the Snake Dance (Fig. 7). These engravings are
RESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY
37
upon the vertical faces of sandstone which constitute the nearly
perpendicular walls of the Canyon, which at this point are about
175 feet in height. I also consider these engravings of such
FIGURE 7. — PICTOGLYPHS OF THE SNAKE CULT: Box CANYON.
interest as to be worthy of being made the subject of a special
report.
Having by this time accomplished all that I thought possible
under the restrictions placed upon my field for research, I re-
turned to Snowflake, procured lumber, made boxes, and packed
for shipment nearly a ton of material for our Museum.
The concrete results are as follows :
170 chipped stone implements, spears, arrow-points, knives,
scrapers, drills, others — use unknown ;
6 grooved axes ;
6 grooved hammers ;
40 pieces of pottery ; cups ; bowls ; cooking pots and spoons
or ladles ;
1 lot pottery fragments ;
1 broken axe showing interesting features ;
2 fossil shells ;
gg F. M. PALMER
1 lot so-called meteoric stones j
1 bracelet ;
1 necklace;
34 ornaments, pendants, and charms ;
1 skull ;
3 paint-pots ;
20 hammer stones ;
1 perforated stone tube ;
1 stone ball — grooved ;
2 ceremonial stones ;
1 fine lot illustrating the making of chipped stone imple-
ments ;
6 metates ;
27 hand stones for use with the metates ;
39 pieces of pottery fragments re- wrought ;
17 bone implements ;
7 implements used in pottery making ;
3 arrow straighteners ;
3 mortars ;
2 stone disks ;
2 baking stones ;
2 perforated tops for fireplaces ;
400; a total of about 1800 Ibs., and enough to fill at least
three museum cases.
In attempting to assign to its proper chronological position
the culture pertaining to the ancient pueblo- and cliff-dwellers
of the Southwest, the investigator is seriously hampered by the
total absence of any inscription, of whatever character, that
might, by a correct interpretation, shed light upon the subject.
The facts are that we have here, first, a civilization that
required for its evolution a length of time sufficiently great
to have developed an architectural understanding manifested
in many-storied buildings, constructed of squared blocks of
stone that were securely held in place by a mortar made of
sand and clay ; secondly, a knowledge of agricultural processes
that involved a system of irrigation, necessitating the making
of reservoirs, canals, and conduits which are marvels of skilful
engineering; thirdly, a knowledge of manufacturing fabrics,
RESEARCHES OF THE SOUTHWEST SOCIETY 39
evidenced by cords, strings, belts, sandals, and woven cloth;
also hand spindles and looms, — all of which have been found
in the cliff-dwellings ; and fourthly, a knowledge of the potter's
art that enabled these people (without the use of the wheel)
to fashion vessels of clay that are of symmetrical and artistic
design and finish, many being ornately decorated in contrasting
colors, with geometric and symbolic figures.
The burial places associated with the pueblos and the sepul-
chral rooms of the cliff-dwellings furnish strongly presump-
tive evidence of the remote antiquity of this civilization. The
carefully swathed, mummified human remains, taken from the
securely walled-up sepulchral rooms, present every appearance
of age pertaining to similar remains from the Egyptian tombs.
Thoroughly protected from any possible deterioration by action
of the elements (as they were), there is no apparent reason why
they should not have remained practically intact for thousands
of years past.
Many of the pueblo burial places are now covered with dense
forests of pine, pinon, and juniper trees, some of which are more
than three feet in diameter. Trees of like dimensions are fre-
quently found growing within the rooms of the ruined pueblos.
There are also abundant evidences that successive generations
of similar growths have lived, matured, and fallen into decay
above these " silent cities of the dead."
A considerable part of the pottery taken from these ancient
cemeteries is covered with a deposit of lime, sometimes fully
one-eighth inch in thickness.
The above constitute the principal facts within my own
knowledge, from which an inference can be drawn as to the
antiquity of the objects of primitive art rewarding this re-
search. The careful observer — " one who sees what he looks
at" —is irresistibly led to assign them to a very early period.
No information of any value in the premises is found in the
Spanish records of the discovery and conquest of this terri-
tory. Fray Marcos de Nizza, who in 1539 made the discovery,
is found the next year guiding Francisco Vasquez de Coronado
40 F. M. PALMER
to its conquest. " The Seven Cities of Cibola, filled with gold,"
of which Fray Marcos had informed Coronado, were their objec-
tive point.
The ancient pueblo of Zuiii is the only one of these " Seven
Cities " whose name appears in the record. We are told that
it was surrounded by the other six. It might also have been
written that it was, and is, surrounded by hundreds of other
unnamed pueblos. And it is with these that, in this instance,
we have to do.
When Ave consider the unlimited opportunities possessed by
these " Soldiers of the Cross and Fortune " for obtaining in-
formation concerning these unnamed pueblos, many of which
were of vastly greater proportions than any of the so-called
cities with whose names — Acoma, Jemez, Moqui, and Tiguex
— we are more or less familiar, it is significant that no ray of
light beams from the record.
The conclusion appears to be inevitable that not only were
these unnamed pueblos in ruins at the time of the Spanish
conquest, but also that, of their builders and former inhabitants,
nothing was known by the conquered peoples who, in 1539 and
following years, sacrificed their lives in a vain effort to protect
their own pueblos from invasion.
F. M. PALMER, Director-in- charge.
October 19, 1905.
American .Sdjool
of Classical &tulites
in i&otne
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR1
1904-1905
To the Managing Committee of the American School of Classical
Studies in Rome :
GENTLEMEN, I have the honor to submit to you the follow-
ing report of the work done at the School during the year
1904-05.
Again this year, as last, the School has been attended by as
many students as it can comfortably accommodate. The chief
difficulties that we have to deal with in this regard are that
the library, which is the only room in the School building for
the students to work in, or in which lectures can be given, is
not large enough for any number greater than the twenty or
twenty-five who have used it the last few years. Then, too,
while not every course of lectures given in the museum or out-
of-doors is attended by all the students, still some courses,
such as those on topography and epigraphy, are apt to attract
most of them, and the difficulty of showing to any such num-
ber of students special points in an inscription or other monu-
ment are obvious. The simple fact is that the School has
outgrown its quarters.
The students were unusually hard working. The Reports
of the Fellows have been submitted at regular intervals, and I
need add only that the work they are pursuing promises excel-
lent results. Of the other students, Miss Bruce continued,
among other occupations, to work at inscriptions, and has pre-
1 Owing to a misunderstanding not due to the Director this report was re-
ceived too late to be published in the Supplement to the ninth volume of the
Journal of the Institute. — ED.
41
42 AMERICAN SCHOOL AT ROME
pared an article for publication. Mr. Curtis has finished his
work on Roman Arches, which will, I hope, appear in the sec-
ond volume of Supplementary Papers of the School. Mr. Jef-
fers and Professor Clark busied themselves particularly with
inscriptions, and found some which I believe they desire to
publish.
The work of the staff of instructors was much as in previous
years. That of Professor Carter and of Mr. DeCou is best
described by their own reports, which I herewith transcribe.
To the Chairman of the Managing Committee of the American School of
Classical Studies in Rome:
SIR, I herewith beg to submit my report as Annual Professor of Latin
for the year 1904-05.
By far the most effective teacher connected with the American School is
the City of Rome itself. She teaches more, and teaches more effectively,
than all other teachers do. Of the various things worth doing, those are
most worth doing which can be done here better than anywhere else. This
is the first principle on which our courses of instruction should be selected ;
the second principle is a regard for the general character of the students
and their specific needs. If this year was no exception to the general rule,
it may be said that the students fall into two classes : 1. Those who have
been more especially trained and have distinctly scholarly qualification; 2.
and those who have come here to pass a year, which shall enable them
to teach Latin and Roman history in our schools and colleges with a greater
sense of reality. There ought, therefore, to be certain courses of distinctly
general character for all the students, and certain more technical courses for
smaller numbers. Mr. Norton's out-door course in topography for the first
half of the year, and his course in the museums for the second half, are
precisely the sort of courses which all the students need and want. Mr.
DeCou's course on archaeology throughout the year is also of distinctly gen-
eral interest, while his courses on " Greek Epigraphy " and " Modern Greek "
are in the nature of things more technical, and supply the need of the
small number who demand special attention.
It has been customary for the " Professor of Latin " to give a course on
epigraphy one half of the year, and one on palaeography the other half.
I ventured to deviate from this practice, because it seemed to me that a
course of historical character was distinctly needed. In order to combine
history with topography I chose the "Early History of Roman Religion,"
lecturing two hours a week throughout the year and carrying the discussion
from the early beginnings down to the end of the Second Punic War. In a
measure, this course supplemented Mr. Norton's course in topography and
left him free, therefore, to devote himself to greater detail.
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR, 1904-05 43
In addition to this course I read Roman Inscriptions two hours a week
with a small group of students. We read nearly two hundred inscriptions,
picking out the most important, historically, in the museums of the Terme,
the Capitol, the Conservator!, and the Vatican. The interest of the students
was most gratifying, and was a great revelation to me of the value of
inscriptions when read for their content rather than their form.
I did not give the traditional course in palaeography; not because I do
not believe in the distinct usefulness of this course, but because in addition
to my course on Roman Religion only one other course was physically pos-
sible, and in that case there seemed to be no question of the place-value of
inscriptions over against manuscripts, in the face of the numerous success-
ful reproductions of manuscripts which render the study of palaeography
in America more and more easy.
Respectfully submitted,
JESSE BENEDICT CARTER.
September, 1905.
To the Chairman of the Managing Committee of the American School of
Classical Studies in Rome:
SIR, The following is a statement of my work as Instructor in Greek
Archaeology during the year 1904-05.
Throughout the first part of the year, that is, from October to March, I
gave two courses, a lecture course in archaeology, and a reading course in
Greek epigraphy and inscriptions. Two hours a week were devoted to each.
In the first course thirty-four lectures were given : eight in the Museo
Kircheriano, four in the Museo Etrusco-Gregoriano, two each in the Museo
Papa Giulio and the Palazzo dei Conservator}, and the remainder at the
School. As in previous years, an attempt was made to treat the primitive
and archaic art of the Mediterranean peoples with especial reference to
Greece and Italy, but from the standpoint of general archaeology.
For the work in Greek epigraphy, Roehl, Imagines Inscriptionum Grae-
carum, was used as a basis. Nearly all the texts contained in it, together
with a few inscriptions of the later Attic and Roman periods (these last in
the Capitoline Museum), were read. Two lectures on the Greek alphabet
were given by way of introduction to the course.
Besides the above courses, instruction in Modern Greek was given one
hour a week -during January and February.
My time from March 12 to April 28 was occupied with the management
of the annual excursion of the School to Greece. In this trip eleven per-
sons, of whom nine were members of the School, took part. The principal
places and sites visited wrere Olympia, Bassae, Megalopolis, Ithome, Sparta,
Tegea, the Argolid (Nauplia, Epidaurus, the Heraeum, Tiryns, Argos,
Mycenae), Corinth, Delphi, Daulis, Panopeus, Chaeroneia, Lebadea, Orcho-
menus, and Athens (including Eleusis and Marathon). Lectures or informal
explanations were given at all these places, particularly at Olympia, Delphi,
and Athens.
44 AMERICAN SCHOOL AT ROME
In connection with the Greek trip, thanks are due to Mr. A. J. B. Wace,
of the British School, for his scholarly exposition of the antiquities in the
ROME,
August (>, 1905.
But one word remains for me to add to the foregoing reports,
which is that the zeal, and discrimination, and patience dis-
played by both these scholars made their work unusually
effective.
Lectures by friends of the School were given by Professor
Warren of Harvard, who spoke of his work on manuscripts of
Terence ; by Comm. Boni, in the Forum ; and by Signor Can-
nizzaro, on the Ara Pacis. Doubtless there would have been
more such lectures, had not the Archaeological Congress held
in Athens drawn students thither rather than to Rome, or had
it seemed worth while to try to secure more. Unless there is
some special reason for such lectures, it is best not to add them
to the tempting calls made on the time of the students, who
have quite enough to do with their regular work.
The working material of the School has continued to increase.
In no previous years have the gifts been so numerous or so
generous.
Several thousand dollars have been added to the permanent
fund ; Messrs. Allison Armour, James Loeb, Stephen Palmer,
and Richard Mortimer subscribing $5000 each.
Other gifts were made to the library and to the museum.
To the latter several inscriptions were given by Mr. Armour,
the Director, Mr. Curtis, and Mr. Van Buren. While none of
them are of any historical importance, they were all selected
for their epigraphical peculiarities, in order to serve as exam-
ples for students who are beginning the study of epigraphy.
The gifts to the library were large; Miss Bainbridge-Bell,
Messrs. Allison Armour, George Armour, Van Buren, Curtis,
James Loeb, Charles Eliot Norton, I. N. P. Stokes, and Gren-
ville Winthrop gave books or money. One of the most impor-
tant additions was the Corpus Imcriptionum Grraecarum. In
REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR, 1904-05 45
all, the volumes added to the shelves numbered eleven hundred.
The greatest change that the School Has gone through this year
is the acceptance by the Committee of the plan of enabling
such students as wanted to do so to pursue studies in subjects
connected with the epoch of the Renaissance. A Fellowship
has been provided, and Professor Everett of the University of
Pennsylvania has been appointed as the first holder thereof.
It is unnecessary for me to repeat from earlier reports how
beneficial to the general welfare of the School this new depart-
ment will be, but I must draw attention to the accuracy of my
frequently repeated forecast that the opening up of this branch
of work would not be an added drain to the funds already pro-
vided for running the School, but that persons who had no par-
ticular interest in the classical studies pursued here would be
found to contribute to this new work. Scarcely a month had
passed after the notification of the foundation of the Renaissance
Department when Mr. James Speyer made it possible for me to
arrange for lectures by Italian scholars; and Mr. Brandegee,
already a large subscriber to the fund, placed at my disposal a,
collection of some two thousand capitally selected volumes on
Rome and the arts and artists of Italy, and a collection of some
five or six thousand drawings and plans, by artists and archi-
tects of the last three hundred years, of the buildings and ruins
of Italy, and also many original designs, both architectural and
decorative, of all sorts. The extreme importance of such a col-
lection need not be emphasized. Not only will it form an almost
endless field for work by our students, but the students of the
American Academy will have to come to us to study this col-
lection. Though the Academy is nobly endowed and has a
large house, it will hardly be able ever to have any such collec-
tion as this. In fact, for real students there are things far
more important than large fellowships and elaborate housing,
and of these more necessary things we have, thanks to the great
generosity of certain persons, a large and increasing store.
It has long seemed to many of us that it was a pity the
Academy and the School were not allied and the nucleus for
46 AMERICAN SCHOOL AT ROME
a species of university for graduate study here. A vague
but none the less persistent fear seems to have affected certain
minds that we had designs on the Academy's millions or desired
to use their house ; while others have suffered from a dread
lest the influence of artists on would-be scholars might be
undesirable. So far as the money is concerned, there is no
more reason for us to ask the Academy for assistance than for
the Law School at Harvard to expect help from the Observa-
tory. So far as the house is concerned, no student such as
comes to us, whose time cannot be spent in pleasant and per-
haps art-begetting dawdling, would for one instant think of
using the Academy's building. Only persons who had much
spare time could use a building so far outside the walls and
distant from everything that one comes to Rome to study.
So far as the influence of one set of men on the other goes, it
is certain that it would be beneficial, as that of any gentleman
on any other always is, especially when they are working on
allied subjects. No, let the Academy have its funds and its
teachers and let us do the same ; but let them have common
libraries and rooms for lectures or study, and let them have
their superior officers in common. If possible, let them gather
round a common set of buildings and work with sympathy and
understanding towards the common end of elevating the taste
and maintaining superior standards of art and scholarship in
America.
It is to be hoped that the long-delayed first volume of
Supplementary Papers of the School will have appeared before
this report sees print, and I desire to express the warmest
thanks to all connected with it, especially to Professor J. H.
Wright, without whose untiring assistance the volume would
have remained an idea rather than an actual fact.
Before closing, I desire to express my sincerest gratitude
to my colleagues here in Rome, to whose efforts this year's
success has been largely due.
Respectfully submitted,
RICHARD NORTON", Director.
ROME,
October 1, 1905.
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE VI
THE ERECHTHEUM : GENERAL PLAN
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE VII
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE VIII
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE IX
American School
of Classical
at
THE EAST WALL OF THE ERECHTHEUM
[PLATES VI-IX]
DURING the recent restoration of the Erechtheum, conducted
by the Greek Archaeological Society, certain peculiar blocks of
that temple were, for the first time, carefully examined, in the
attempt to ascertain their original positions. They were found
inside the temple, and are now lying in front of the east
portico. The peculiarities of these stones would seem to in-
dicate that they belonged to the wall directly behind the east
columns. If this point can be established, it will follow that
the east wall had a central door with a window on either side
of it.1
PLATE VI is a general plan of the Erechtheum. On the
north one sees its relation to the Acropolis wall and on the south
to the Old Athena Temple. To the east is an open space, and
to the west are the scanty remains of the Pandroseum ; these
consist of rock cuttings and a few poros foundation blocks.
We reconstruct the east wall as pierced with three openings,
— a large central door, with a window on either side. These
windows would throw a better light upon objects placed
along the northern and southern walls than would the door
1 Acknowledgment is here made of the courtesy of M. Balanos, the architect
in charge of the reconstruction, who has assisted us in every possible way ;
Dr. Dorpfeld, too, has always been most willing to help with his kind and
valuable advice.
This investigation would have been entirely impossible without the direct
supervision and assistance of Dr. Heermance, the late Director of the
American School at Athens, whose lamented death has come as a great
blow to the cause of archaeology and as an irreparable personal loss to all
who knew him.
American Journal of A rchaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 47
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. I.
48 GOBBAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
alone. The columns of the east portico do not stand at a
great distance from the wall behind them.
' Figure 1 shows, in plan, the present state of the temple.
The east wall was demolished to make way for the apse of a
mediaeval church, and the poros foundation blocks under t
FIGURE 1. — ERECHTHEUM, PLAN: PRESENT STATE.
Greek east wall were also taken away to provide space for
the circular part of the apse ; these were used as foundation
stones in the middle of the church, and were laid upon a bed of
mortar and broken stones, in which one may still see fragments
that belong to the east wall.
The next illustration (Fig. 2) shows us, in elevation, the
present state of the east portico. The preservation of the
THE EAST WALL OF THE EEECHTHEUM
49
marble is admirable. The north column is now in London.
The anta behind it was rebuilt in 1838, as an inscription on
one of the wall blocks states. Moreover, the stones of this
anta, above the lowest course, are not in their original places.
FIGURE 2. — EAST ELEVATION, PRESENT STATE.
Figure 3 gives us the present condition of the south anta.
It is still in situ, a fact of great importance in the study of
the east wall. Note here the bonding of the anta stones —
alternate long and short blocks.
The interior of the temple seems to have suffered from dis-
astrous fires, if we may judge from the damaged condition of
the marble. Literary evidence of this has been adduced.1
From certain ancient building inscriptions concerning the
Erechtheum,2 we know that the roof was of marble tiles,
supported by a wooden construction, and that, below the
roof proper, came a flat wooden ceiling heavily coffered.
This mass of combustible material, once ignited by accident or
by lightning, would fall inside the temple, and would develop
1 In 395-4 B.C. payment was made for repairs made necessary apparently
by a fire, which injured the walls, especially to the west ; cf. LG. II, 829. The
temple mentioned by Xenophon (Hellen. I, 6,1) as burned in 406-5 B.C. was
probably the Hecatompedon. See Judeich, Topogr. von Athen, p. 244, note 6.
2 /. G. I, 321 and 322, and Suppl. See also above, pp. 1-16.
50
GOEHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
sufficient heat to change the inside face of the marble walls
into line, but not the outside. This fact has greatly assisted
in the identification of stones. There is additional confirma-
tion of such a fire in the entire reconstruction of the west
facade from the bases of the columns up, in the restoration of
the lintel over the big door in the north portico, in the re-use
of certain parts of the eastern ceiling where pieces of damaged
beams were used again in short lengths, in the restoration of
the coffers of the east portico, in the repairs of the inside face
FIGURE 3. —SOUTH ELEVATION, PRESENT STATE.
of the course below the architraves, and in similar restorations
on the inside of the architrave blocks themselves. In fact, all
parts of the building that would suffer from an internal fire
seem to have undergone restoration in one form or another.
The words " cramp," " dowel," and " pry hole " are employed
so frequently in the following, that a few words of explana-
tion at this point are appropriate. Cramps are pieces
of metal holding stones of the same course together ;
there are several varieties, but we shall speak only of
the double T-cramp, so called on account of its resem-
blance to two connected Ts. Dowels are pieces of metal
that bond the stones of one course with those of the
course immediately above. Mention will be made of two
THE EAST WALL OF THE ERECHTHEUM
51
varieties : the first rectangular in section, used in all parts
of the temple, and running in the direction of the wall, as a
rule ; the second, a special one, T-shaped in section, used at the
angles of the temple, and in places where there would be a
tendency to slip in two directions. Figure 4 represents this
special dowel as it occurs in the bottom of an angle anta block
of the east portico. Here a slight earthquake might tend to
FIGURE 4. — NORTH ANTA BASE, EAST PORTICO.
shift the block in the direction of either wall, a tendency that
would be corrected by these special dowels. Both cramps and
dowels are held in place with lead. A pry hole, as the word
implies, is a cutting large enough for a lever to catch in
when used in prying the stone above into place. The direction
of a pry hole is almost always at right angles to the direction of
the wall (see Fig. 5).
The thickness of the east wall is different from that of all the
others. The north and south walls measure 67.5 cm. and taper
upward,1 the inside, only, being vertical. The west wall is
also 67.5 cm. thick at the top and at the bottom. The
interior cross walls were each 65 cm. wide, with no taper.
1 This taper is very light, as will be explained later ; the thickness of these
walls, then, may be assumed as 67.5 cm. for our present purposes.
52
GORHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
The east wall measures 63.9 cm. both top and bottom. It is
the thinnest wall in the temple. A stone from the north wall
or the south wall should, then, have an inclination or batter
on its outside, the inside ought to show the effects of fire, and
the thickness should be 67,5 cm. All the stones of the west
facade, so far as we are concerned, are still in situ, and, there-
fore, need not be considered in any discussion of the east wall.
Blocks from the cross walls should show the effects of fire on
both sides. Blocks from the east wall should have no inclina-
tion of the front face, the inside face should be damaged by
fire, and the width should be 63.9 cm. With a steel square,
we can easily determine what stones have inclined faces : all
such must belong to either the north wall or the south wall,
and cannot, therefore, belong to the east wall.
Let us consider three stones now lying in front of the east
portico, that display the characteristics of the east wall. They
are represented in
Figs. 5, 6, and 7:
stones HI, F, and Gr.
To begin with J57,
its height and total
length are the same
as the height and
length of ordinary
wall blocks used
throughout the tem-
ple. One side is badly damaged by fire (presumably the
inside), so that the width cannot be directly measured ; but
w? can find its width quite approximately by the cramp and
dowel cuttings, the pry holes and shift holes, for these are
placed very nearly symmetrically about the axis of the wall.
Having three sets of dowels, one set on the top surface, and the
other two sets on the bottom surface (one set at each end of
the stone), a pry hole on top, and three sets of shift holes (two
on the bottom and one near the top), the width of the block
must have been about 64 cm. Applying the steel square to
FIGURE 5. —STONE E.
THE EAST WALL OF THE EEECHTHEUM 53
the well-preserved face, we find that there is no inclination of
the surface. The sinking, or rebate, on the left is of good
Greek workmanship, and has an inclination to the left, as it
rises, of 3 mm. per course. Also, a weather line, 3.7 cm. to
the right of the sinking, indicates that some durable material
overlapped the sinking — perhaps bronze, or wood sheathed
with bronze, judging from the traces of bronze oxidation still
on portions of the marble. Clearly this stone comes from
about an opening with a slightly inclined trim. In fact, we
find a similar treatment about the doors of the Parthenon, of the
Propylaea, and of many temples in other parts of Greece and Asia
Minor. We shall try to find a place for this stone about the
door in the east wall of the Erechtheum.
Stone i^(Fig. 6) is only 48 cm. \ug}\,about a centimeter less than
the average height. Its length is 1.304 m. at the top ; its width,
as calculated from the cramp and dowel cuttings, is 64 cm.,1
and the front face shows no inclination. It is damaged by
fire on one side — the inside rather than the outside. The
dowel, in the centre of the top surface, is of the special type
that is used on the angles in connection with the anta, — as
previously explained, — to prevent the corner-stone of the
course above from slipping either forward or sidewise — a
double tendency that would occur at the angles of the temple.
Therefore, the right-hand end of stone F must have butted
against a short anta block (an anta block 48 cm. high, it
should be remembered), in order to have held the long anta stone
above by this special dowel. The dowels and pry holes on the
1 Calculated width of stone F.
ABC
Top north cramps 28.2 + 2 (17.5) = 63.2
Top south cramps 28.2 + 2 (17.5) = 63:2
Top middle dowel 2 (32.3) = 64.6
Top south dowels 31.5 + 2 (16.5) = 64.5
Bottom south dowels 23. + 2 (20.7) =64.4
5)319.9
63.9 average.
Table A = axial distance between a pair of dowels or cramps.
Table B = twice the distance from face of stone to axis of dowel or cramp.
Table C = calculated width of stone.
54
GORHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
left of the upper surface of stone F show that the stone in the
course above overlapped the left-hand edge of stone F some 12
cm. We should have to have such an arrangement supposing
that stone F supported a lintel and went to the right of an
opening. That stone F did go in such a position is proved by
the fact that its left-hand edge is inclined, the stone measuring
f-.v/r*3>v
«•»«•« \
a
3
X
s
FIGURE 6. — STONE F.
across the face more at the top than at the bottom. This
inclination is 3 mm. per course. Therefore, this stone touched
a short anta stone on the right, came from about an opening,
and supported a lintel with a bearing of 12 cm. It also follows
that the lining of the opening was secured by cramps at the
top, and must have had an inclination of 3 cm. per wall course.
Stone Gr (Fig. 7) is very peculiar. Its height is 48.9 cm.,
just the average. Its thickness, as calculated from cramp and
dowel cuttings, is 64 cm.1 Its length at the top is 63.9 cm. or
1 Top north dowels
Top south cramps
Bottom dowels
ABC
32.5 + 2 (15.5) =63.5
33 +2 (15.9) =64.8
31+2 (16.5) =64.
3)192.3
64.1 average.
Table A = axial distance between a pair of dowels or cramps.
Table B = twice the distance from face of stone to axis of dowel or cramp.
Table C= calculated width of stone.
THE EAST WALL OF THE EEECHTHEUM 55
about 1 cm. less than one-half a wall block. One side is damaged
by fire. The steel square shows that its well-preserved face has
no inclination. The same test shows that the right-hand edge is
inclined to the right as it rises, this inclination being 3 mm. per
course, the same as for the stone just spoken of, stone _F(Fig. 6).
And the existence of a pair of dowel cuttings together with a
pry hole near the right-hand upper edge of the stone, proves
that two vertical joints came over one another at this point.
These facts can be explained if we
think of stone & as coming from
about an opening that had some
sort of inclined jamb or lining.
Moreover, the ancient cutting in
the lower right-hand corner of the
stone suggests just such as would
be needed by the sill of a window —
for the moulding of the lining would FIGU _ _OTONE
project somewhat from the face of
the wall, and would, therefore, have to rest at the bottom on a
projecting sill. Stone 6r, then, might very well have come from
the bottom of a window. On this assumption, and remember-
ing that stone F (Fig. 6) came from the top of an opening
with a similar inclination, an approximate estimate of the height
of this window (or opening) can be made, as we know the
inclination of the linings (3 mm. per wall course) and the
amount the stone at the top of the opening overhung the stone
at the bottom of the opening. This amount is 1.5cm., and is
found by subtracting the width of stone G- at the top from
the width of stone F at the top, minus one-half a wall (65 cm.).
Dividing by the inclination, we find that the opening ought to
have been somewhat over Jive courses high.
These three stones, then, E, F, and 6r, exhibit the peculiar
characteristics that blocks from the east wall must have
had ; namely, fire damage on one side only, no inclination
of the well-preserved face, and a width of 64 cm. Let us
see what can be done toward finding their original places.
56 GORHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
On PLATE VII, which is a sketch of the east wall
behind the columns, the diagonals have been drawn of the
stones still in situ, and of those whose position we have been
able to identify.
Let us begin by considering the architectural treatment of
the east wall, as given by what is still in situ. We know
that the base mouldings of the antae ran along the base of
the wall ; that the lowest wall course projected 1 cm. from
the wall face above; that the mouldings of the antae caps,
with the palmette ornamentation beneath, were carried across
the wall, probably from anta cap to anta cap, as in the north
portico; that architrave blocks rested on these last-named
mouldings ; and that the ceiling was of stone. Now, the
inscriptions,1 already alluded to, state that the wall blocks of
the temple were 4 feet long ; that is, 4 Attic feet, or about
1.30 m. The distance between points X and T (PLATE VII),
two known points, measures 9.103 m. Dividing this by
1.30 m. gives 7 ; that is, 7 wall blocks, each 1.30 m. in
length, would just fill the space between Jfand Y. Moreover,
a dowel preserved at A, and the distance the anta stones
B and 0 overlap the stones below them, strengthen this
supposition, the distance from the corner joint being in each
case 65 cm., or one-half a wall block. Therefore, we may
safely assume that many 4-foot blocks, 1.30 m. long, were
used in this wall. The course decorated with palmettes
would, presumably, run across the fagade without interrup-
tion. Seven blocks, then, each 1.30 in length, could just be
put between the stones of either anta cap. This would be
continuing the same length of block used in the same course
along the north and south walls.
Turning to the antae, we find that the south one is com-
pletely in situ. Its width at the top of the bottom wall
course is 69.2 cm., and at the top of the anta 68.1 cm.
The reading halfway between these points is 68.8 cm., or
2 mm. greater than the arithmetrical mean between the
1 For example, LG. I, 322 passim.
THE EAST WALL OF THE ERECHTHEUM 57
top and bottom readings. This indicates that the entasis
is negligible. From actual measurements the axis of the
anta was found to be vertical. As the anta is smaller at
the top than at the bottom, the left-hand edge must be inclined
inward as it rises, and, as the surface of the south wall is par-
allel to this anta edge, it follows that the whole surface of the
south wall must also be inclined inward as it rises. This is
one of the characteristics already alluded to of the south and
north walls. The regularity of the heights of the courses
is remarkable — the average being 48.9 cm., and the greatest
departure from this figure only 2 mm.
The north anta, as before stated, was reconstructed in
1838, and no attempt was made to put the stones above the
bottom wall course in their correct places. The width of
the anta at the top of the bottom wall course is 69.15 cm.
and at the top of the anta 68.25 cm. (The anta cap is pre-
served in the British Museum.) Of the anta stones below the
cap, there are only two that cannot be found, and, sup-
posing that the anta tapered upward without an entasis (or
swelling), like the south anta, by a simple calculation we can
find the original position of any anta stone we may desire ;
for example, one of these anta stones measures 68.49 cm.
across the middle of the anta face. This is 6.6 mm. less
than the bottom reading. There are ten courses between the
bottom and top readings, and a total diminution of the
anta face between these points of reading of 9 mm., or 0. 9 mm.
per course. Dividing 6.6 mm. by 0.9 mm. gives 7J, and shows
us that this particular block originally occupied the eighth
course above the bottom reading. Furthermore, this eighth
course should have a long angle block 011 the north side of
the anta, to continue the bonding of the north wall as it starts
from the anta base, and this particular stone is, fortunately,
entirely preserved on this side, and corresponds in length to
the anta stone required at this place. This makes it doubly
assured that the correct position of this anta stone has been
found. The heights of the courses are as regular as those
58 GOEHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
of the south anta, with the exception of this one stone that
we have been considering, — the height here is only 48 cm.,
whereas the average height is 48.9 cm., a difference of almost
1 cm. This is of importance, for on it depends the position
of stone F, as we shall see.
The position of stone E is found by supposing the vertical
joints H and / to come on the axis of the stones above —
this would be making these latter stones 4-foot blocks. Due
regard must also be paid to the width of the door. That is,
if stone E had been placed one-half a block nearer the axis of the
building, the door would have been diminished by the width
of a whole block, making the opening only 1.30 m. wide — a
figure too small for a temple door. In the same way, if
stone E had been placed one-half a block away from the axis
of the building, the door would have become too wide.
It has been shown that stone F butted against a short
anta stone in order to hold a long anta stone above by
the peculiar dowel already spoken of. Stone F may, then,
have come from the second, fourth, sixth, , eighth, or tenth
courses above the bottom wall course. We have also seen
that stone F came from the top of an opening at least five
courses in height above the top of the bottom wall course.
Therefore stone F could not have come from the second or
fourth courses above the bottom wall course. Stone F could
not have come from the tenth course, because the anta stone
which it would have to touch is almost 1 cm. higher than
stone F. Stone F could have come then only from the sixth
or eighth courses. The anta stone of the sixth course is
missing, so that we do not know its height. Now, with a
window opening five courses in height, the best place for stone
F (the top stone from that opening), as a matter of architec-
tural design, is in the eighth course. Furthermore, stone F
lias the same height as the anta stone of the eighth course
(stone D), 48 cm., and this height is a peculiar height, being
almost 1 cm. less than the average. Therefore we may feel fairly
certain that the position of stone F, as shown here, is correct.
THE EAST WALL OF THE EBECHTHEUM 59
In accordance with what has already been said, the left
edge of stone F may be prolonged downward for five courses,
at which point we ought to have a stone symmetrical to 6r,
stone J in the drawing. As there can be no doubt but that
all the stones of this wall were placed symmetrically about
the axis of the temple, stone 6r should be put in a position
symmetrical to J, and we should also have a stone similar to
F and similarly placed with its right-hand edge prolonged
downward to stone G-. About the door, also, there should
be a stone similar to E and symmetrically placed with regard
to the axis of the temple. The facade looks now as though
it might have had a door with a window on either side. If
this was so, can the dimensions and design of the window lin-
tel and linings be discovered? The width of the window
may already be guessed at, for one would naturally suppose
the axis of the window to come directly over the stone
below (-/T). Can this supposition be corroborated? We shall
see that these various conditions can be satisfied by the frag-
ments of a lining whose workmanship and constructional
features are quite similar to the workmanship and construc-
tional features of the Erechtheum. (Cf. Figs. 8 and 10.)
Inwood, early in the last century, seems to have been the
first to connect two of these fragments (alluded to above)
with the Erechtheum. He attributes them to the door in
the east wall, and says l : " The execution of the carving in
these fragments equals in beauty the other ornaments of the
temple, and, being the same character, combining the platted
enrichment so much used in this example of Ionic architec-
ture, it seems possible that it may have belonged to the
enriched east doorway, which is the only entrance into the
temple of which there are no remains standing." Middleton2
had more data to deal with, and, realizing that certain points
were inconsistent with a large door (the principal one being
that the lintel was but one course in height, whereas even
1 Inwood, The Erechtheion at Athens, p. 15 ; cf. pi. xx.
2 J.H.S. Supplem. Ill, pi. xvii.
60
GORHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
the small doors had lintels two courses in height), he tried
to show that the pieces might have come from the small door
in the west wall, under the engaged columns. To-day there
are 21 pieces, 6 of them being lintel fragments and the other
15 vertical lining fragments or jamb pieces. The larger frag-
ments were found near the Erechtheum ; the smaller pieces have
been collected from all parts of the Acropolis and its neighbor-
hood. Three of the pieces were discovered inside the Erech-
theum itself, two of these later pieces being still embedded in
the concrete footings of the church foundation walls, — a point
FIGURE 8. — LARGEST LINTEL FRAGMENT FOUND: ISOMETRIC.
of interest, as it shows that these fragments were no longer per-
forming their original duty when the church foundation walls
were laid. The 21 fragments furnish sufficient evidence to prove
that these particular linings could have come from a door neither
in the east wall nor in the west wall. They do, however, satisfy
every condition demanded by two windows in the east wall.
It is not at all probable that these linings could have come
from a building other than the Erechtheum. The cramp cuttings,
the dowel cuttings, and the wonderful carving of the ornaments
prove that these pieces came from a Greek building of the best
period. The profuse carving would hardly be in keeping
THE 'EAST WALL OF THE ERECHTHEUM 61
with a Doric structure, but would, on the other hand, be
appropriate to a temple of the Ionic order. Excluding the
Nike Temple, whose simple design is well established, the
Erechtheum was the only Ionic temple of this period on
the Acropolis that we know of.
Figure 8 represents the largest fragment (cf. Figs. 9, 11), a
lintel with an ancient cutting at the left, where a console was
attached by two bronze plugs. One of the Erechtheum build-
ing inscriptions 1 states that a console, destined for an eastern
lintel, was not in place at the time the inventory was made ; this
has generally been considered as referring to the lintel of the
door, but there is nothing in the text that would not let it apply
equally well to the window lintel. The lintel is preserved for
only 38 cm. of its original height. That this original height
equalled a wall course is indicated, in the first place, by the prox-
imity of the mouldings that frame the opening to the top of the
lintel — for if the lintel had been two courses in height, the frame
about the window would have been over 80 cm. wide, or 20 cm.
wider than the linings of the big door in the north portico — quite
too wide ; in the second place, by the small size of the console
(only 12 cm. wide) when compared with the console (24 cm.
wide) of the door in the north portico, where a lintel two
courses in height was used; and in the third place, by the spac-
ing of the vertical Lesbian ornament, which works out, as shown
in Fig. 11, exactly for a lintel 49.1 cm. in height, by making
a tongue of that ornament come on the joint — a fact given by
two top lining pieces that are preserved. The cramp and
dowel cuttings in the top of the lintel have the same dimensions
as those throughout the temple, and their spacing shows that
the lintel originally went in a wall about 64 cm. wide.2 Also,
1 LG. I, 322 iiQ3,9* : Oi5s r$ virepdvpy re? irpbs Iw | ^iepyor.
ABC
2 Top dowels 27.6 + 2(18.2) = 64.
Pry holes 2 (32) =64.
64. average.
Table A = axial distance between a pair of dowels.
Table B = twice the distance from face of stone to axis of dowel.
Table C = calculated width of stone.
62 GOEHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
the dowels and pry holes on top indicate that the stone above
overlapped the lintel some 12 cm., and, if the stones butting
against the anta blocks were 4 feet long, the lintel would
have a bearing on the stone below of some 12 cm., just as our
supposed window demands. Moreover, the under side of the
lintel has a finish very inferior to the best Greek work, and this
same finish occurs* on the reveals of the vertical linings. Per-
haps the flames of a fire within burst out through these win-
dows and destroyed the marble they came in contact with. It
would be an easy and economical way to restore such damage
by cutting away the injured portions, and by lining the reveals
with slabs of marble or with wood sheathed with bronze. This
lintel, then, satisfies all the conditions needed for a window
lintel in the east wall : namely, height, width, bearing, and
fire damage.
The following illustration (Fig. 9) shows the wonderful
carving of this fragment, in excellence equalling the very best
FIGURE 9. — LARGEST LINTEL FRAGMENT FOUND: PHOTOGRAPHIC.
work on the temple. It is a left-hand end of a lintel, as the
console cutting shows. The direction of the platted ornament,
or guilloche, should be noted.
The next illustration (Fig. 10) represents a second lintel
gment. The excellence of the workmanship equals that
3 big lintel piece. But the points to be noted especially
re, first, that this piece, like the fragment just shown, is the
t extremity of a lintel; that is, the positions of these two
* with regard to the window (or windows) were exactly
They were upper left-hand corners. Secondly, the
THE EAST WALL OF THE ERECHTHEUM
63
direction of the guilloche here is reversed when compared
with that in the big lintel fragment. Clearly there were two
lintels, and therefore two openings — our two windows.
The fragments of the vertical linings also show that there
were two openings. There are fifteen of these pieces preserved,
FIGURE 10. — A SECOND LINTEL FRAGMENT.
including two top pieces and one bottom piece. Now, the
guilloche of twelve of these has the same direction as that of the
big lintel fragment, and the remaining three the same direction
as that of the small lintel piece.
One top piece (see Fig. 11) has a cutting for a cramp
similar to those elsewhere in the temple, and, in addition,
64
GORHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
the steel square shows that the lining was inclined outward
from the axis of the opening as it descended 3 mm. per wall
course, — the same inclination that stones F and G- have.
The bottom piece (see Fig. 11) is identified by the dressing
of the under surface, so that the weight of the linings and
stonework above should not come near the delicate mould-
ings of the face, just as in the case of the bottom drums of
Doric columns. The mouldings at the base of the lining
TOP BOTTOM
FIGURE 11. —DATA FROM THE LARGEST LINTEL FRAGMENT AND TOP AND
BOTTOM JAMB PIECES.
were, perhaps, started before the lining was put in place, as a
guide for the final finish of the window trim to be given at
the last moment. Here, too, the steel square shows us that
the lining was inclined inward (toward the axis of the
window) as it rose, 3 mm. per wall course. Again, this
inclination is the same as that of stones F and Cr. More-
over, the method of hiding the joint between wall and lining
is the same for the bottom piece as for all the pieces of the
lining. As the bottom wall course projects 1 cm. from the
THE EAST WALL OF THE ERECHTHEUM 65
wall face above, on both the east and west fagades, a horizontal
section of a lining placed before such a bottom projecting
course could not be similar to a horizontal section taken
above that course. As the top and bottom pieces of this lining
are similar in profile, if this lining came from the Erechtheum
at all, it must have been placed entirely above the bottom wall
course, as would happen in the case of windows, and not in the
case of doors.
The axis of the window lintel, and so the width of the
window itself, may be determined from three bands of ornament
carved on it ; namely, the egg and tongue, the leaf and tongue
(called the Lesbian), and the bead and reel. As all the orna-
mentation must have been symmetrical about the axis of the
lintel, to find this axis, we must look along the lintel until we
come to that point where the axes of all three of these bands
come over one another. The axial distance of the eggs is
7.01 cm., and its relation to the other bands is preserved (see
Fig. 11). So we may lay this distance off until we find a point
where an axis comes directly over an axis of the Lesbian band
below; and, as a further check on the work, this same axis
should also pass through a vertical axis of the bead and reel
ornament. This coincidence of axes occurs at a distance of
65.5 cm. from the console cutting — a distance that is just re-
quired for our window, if it is placed on the axis of a 4-foot
stone below, and if due consideration is given to the inclination
of the linings and the way these latter overlapped the wall blocks
so as to conceal the vertical joint between wall and lining.
PLATE VIII shows these various fragments sorted accord-
ing to the direction of the guilloche, and fitted about two
windows. The axes of these windows come over the 4-
foot blocks below them, as was stated in the last para-
graph. It is very improbable that the two-course lintel of the
door (to be spoken of further on) overlapped the window
lintel ; hence, the existence of dowels in the top surface of the
larger window lintel would tend to show that this lintel, and
its linings, belonged to the left-hand window. We are indebted
66 GORHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
to Mr. Bosanquet, the Director of the British School, for the
length of the left-hand lining. At Mr. Bosanquet's request,
Mr. Cecil Smith of the British Museum had a plaster cast
made of a fragment of this lining preserved in London.
This cast fitted a fragment now on the Acropolis, and proved
that the lining was at least five courses in height. If the height
of the window shown in PLATE VIII is correct, the Lesbian orna-
ments of the lining should be contained an exact number of
times in the space between the sill and the underside of the
lintel a distance of 2.709 m. Twenty-one leaves have a length
of 89 cm. This gives us an axial distance that is very accurate.
The top piece of the vertical lining, or jamb, shows that the joint
here came on a tongue of the Lesbian ornament. In the bottom
piece, a tongue came 8 cm. above the base. This gives a dis-
tance of 2.629 m. between two tongues, and we find that 62
leaves will just occupy this space.
The similarity of the design of this window and that of the
large door in the north portico is worthy of remark. Each
has a broad trim that runs up one side, across the top, and
down the other side. In each case the consoles are recessed
from the trim and doweled to the wall — not a part of the
wall, and in each case the consoles apparently support a set of
architectural mouldings. It would look as if the door and
windows had been designed by the same man.1
As for the lintel over the door of the east wall, we can neither
believe that it was less than two courses in height, on account
of its span, nor that its under surface lay below the under
surface of the window lintels ; nor could the lintel over the
door interrupt the decorated band above it with propriety.
Therefore, there does not seem to be any other arrangement pos-
sible than that shown in PLATE VIII. The lining of the door,
whatever its character, must have had some thickness. The
inside dotted lines have been drawn allowing space for such
1 No portions of the stone sills themselves have been found. Four jambs
rested in these two sills ; perhaps the complete profile of the jambs may some
day be recovered from weather marks, if these sills are ever found.
THE EAST WALL OF THE EBECHTHEUM
67
a lining and at the same time making the door opening just
twice as high as it is wide — a simple proportion much
employed by the ancient Greek architects, and furthermore
used in the large door of the north portico.
If the under surfaces of the three lintels were at the same
level, an explanation of the odd heights of stones D and F (see
FIGURE 12. — EAST WALL, RESTORED.
PLATE VII) may perhaps be given. As the construction of the
wall advanced, there was no demand that the courses of the south
anta should line exactly with the courses of the north anta, until
the lintels were reached. Here there was an important course
that ran right across the wall without a break. If the courses of
the south anta had averaged slightly greater than the courses of
the north anta, this irregularity could have been counteracted
by working off the course on which the lintels rested, on the
high end. Hence the short, odd heights of stones D and F.
68 GOEHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
Figure 12 represents the east wall, restored. The space
between door and window could not be made less, it would
seem, nor could the windows be pushed nearer the anta with-
out appearing robbed of their light by the columns in front of
them, as will be explained in connection with PLATE IX ; and
the windows could not be made wider for the same reasons.
Also, as the window lintel is but one course in height, we
should expect to find it placed over a narrow opening.1
It must be remembered that the columns of the portico do
not stand a great distance from the wall, and that, therefore,
openings in the wall ought to be considered in relation to the
way the columns are placed.
PLATE IX gives a restoration of the east fagade, showing the
way the windows and door of the east wall would appear behind
the columns. The windows do not come exactly between the
columns of the portico, and yet if they are not displaced too
much, the effect would not be disagreeable, inasmuch as the
columns and the wall are in different planes, and, therefore,
would always be seen in perspective. In Fig. 12 we have
seen that the windows could not be pushed nearer the door.
Here we can see that it would be dangerous to push the windows
nearer the anta, for the columns would then seem to hide them
and to deprive them of light. Thus, a narrow, tall window, in
keeping with the vertical architectural note set by the columns
of the portico, and placed as we see it here, seems to be the best
possible solution if windows must be had.
There are examples of temples with windows, but these are
of later date than the Erechtheum. The circular temple at
Tivoli, Italy, may be adduced. But in Athens, and on the
Acropolis itself, we have a striking example of the use of
windows in the so-called Picture Gallery (the north wing of the
Propylaea), a building of about the same date as the Erech-
1 The windows are placed so near the door that a use of some material other
than marble for the trim of the door would seem to be the only means of mak-
ing the latter count as a distinct motive. We must think of this door, then, as
having a bronze trim, before alluded to, and not a marble one, as in the north
portico.
THE EAST WALL OF THE ERECIITHEUM
69
theum. In Fig. 13 we have a plan of this part of the Propylaea.1
The south wall of the Picture Gallery is pierced with a
door and two narrow windows. The door does not come on
the axis of the wall nor halfway between the columns in front.
The windows are not placed symmetrically about the door, nor
have they any relation to the columns in front. Nothing could
be more unsymmetrical, and yet it is doubtful if one person
FIGURE 13. — PLAN OF THE NORTH WING OF THE PROPYLAEA OF THE
ACROPOLIS.
out of ten, looking at this fagade, would remark the fact. The
chief point of interest to us is that the windows are placed
without any regard to the columns in front of them, the great
space between columns and wall permitting this.
Figure 14 is an elevation of the entrance of the Picture
Gallery.2 We have a door, narrower at the top than at the
1 Reproduced from Bohn's Die Propylaeen der Akropolis zu Athens (Taf. iii).
2 Reproduced from Bohn's work, already quoted, Taf. ix.
70
GORHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS
bottom, with a trim about it, as the recess at the sides and
the dowels in the lintel show. There are two narrow windows
with a simple architectual trim of stone in keeping with the
Doric order. Moreover, the tops of the three openings are at
the same height above the pavement. One cannot fail to
FIGURE 14. — ENTRANCE TO NORTH WING OF THE PROPYLAEA : ELEVATION.
remark the striking similarity of this wall to the east wall of
the Erechtheum.
To explain windows in the east wall of the Erechtheum falls
rather to the lot of the archaeologist than the architect, and the
following points are presented as suggestions only. The ex-
istence of windows in this part of the temple would show that
here, at least, the cella was not lighted from the roof, and, as
before stated, objects on, or near, the north and south walls,
would receive a good light. Pausanias, who visited the temple
in about the year 160 A.D., states that he found inside the
Erechtheum altars to Poseidon-Erechtheus, Butes, and He-
THE EAST WALL OF THE EEECHTHEUM 71
phaestus, and that there were on the walls paintings of the
family of the Butadae. If we remember that abundance of
light entered the west cella between the columns on the west
wall, and that the windows in the east, planned for from the
beginning, threw a good light into the east cella, whether one
puts the paintings in the east or west cella, it would seem as
if the Erechtheum had been deliberately planned to serve,
at least in part, as a well-lighted, religious museum.
GOEHAM PHILLIPS STEVENS.
NOTES
Professor David Gordon Lyon, of Harvard University, has been ap-
pointed Director of the American School in Palestine for the year 1906-07.
By the recent appointment of Mr. Bert Hodge Hill as Director of the
American School at Athens, the Managing Committee of that School has
filled the vacancy occasioned by the death of Dr. Heermance in September
last. Mr. Hill was born in March, 1874, in Bristol, Vermont, where he was
prepared for college. He graduated in arts at the University of Vermont in
1895, and for three years thereafter was principal of the high school in
Newport, in his native state. In 1898 he entered Columbia University,
where he devoted himself to the study of classics and classical archaeology,
receiving the degree of A.M. in 1900. In the autumn of this year he went
to Athens as Drisler Fellow of Columbia University, and remained in the
School for three years, during the last two of which he was Fellow of the
School. In 1903, at the invitation of Mr. Edward Robinson, he became
Assistant Curator of Classical Antiquities in the Boston Museum of Fine
Arts, a position which he still holds. He has during a part of his resi-
dence in Boston (1904-06) been instructor in the history of Greek sculpture
at Wellesley College, and lecturer at the Museum on Greek art, under the
auspices of Simmons College. He enters upon his duties at Athens next
autumn.
The American School at Athens purposes to publish in the near future an
authoritative and adequate account of the celebrated temple known as the
Erechtheum, an account that shall be of value alike to the historian, the arch-
aeologist, the artist, and the architect. The arrangements for this work
were made by the late Director, Dr. Heermance, who was to contribute a
discussion of the inscriptions. His manuscript, which was left in a state
almost ready for publication, will be completed by Mr. Lacey D. Caskey, at
present Secretary of the School. The marble sculptures have been entrusted
to Professor Harold N". Fowler. The architectural remains have been
studied by Mr. Gorham Phillips Stevens, for two years Fellow in Archi-
tecture of the School — the second year on the Carnegie foundation — and
at present of the office of McKim, Mead & White. Some of Mr. Stevens's
drawings and reconstructions have been used, though necessarily greatly re-
duced in scale, in the illustration of his article in the present number of the
JOURNAL. Mr. Stevens's demonstration in this article that the east wall
of the Erechtheum was pierced by two windows cannot fail to command
attention.
^rcljaeologtcai
Institute
of America
GENERAL MEETING OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL
INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
DECEMBER 27-29, 1905
THE Archaeological Institute of America held its seventh
general meeting for the reading and discussion of papers at
Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y., Wednesday, Thursday, and
Friday, December 27—29, 1905, in conjunction with the annual
meeting of the American Philological Association and of the
American Anthropological Association.
The Annual Meeting of the Council of the Institute was
held on Thursday, December 28, at 9.30 A.M. ; a Special Meet-
ing of the Managing Committee of the American School of
Classical Studies at Athens was held on Friday, December 29,
at 7.30 P.M. ; and the Annual Meeting of the Managing Com-
mittee of the American School of Classical Studies in Rome
was held on Wednesday, December 27, at 11 A.M.
Cornell University invited all the visiting members of the
Institute, the Managing Committees, and the Associations to
luncheon in Sage College, as guests of the University, at 1 P.M.
on Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday, December 27, 28, and 29.
On Wednesday evening, at eight o'clock, the Institute and
the Philological Association held a Joint Session, at which the
President of the Institute presided. President Schurman, of
Cornell University, gave a brief address of welcome, after
which Professor Herbert Weir Smyth, President of the Ameri-
can Philological Association, delivered an address on Aspects
of G-reek Conservatism, which will be published in the Harvard
Studies in Classical Philology, 1906. After the Joint Session,
73
74 ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
President Schurman gave a reception at his house, to which all
were invited.
The Town and Gown Club of Ithaca extended the privileges
of its Club House to all visiting members of the Institute, the
Managing Committees, and the Associations, and on the evening
of December 28 gave a Smoker at the Club House, to which all
were invited.
A resolution was passed, thanking the authorities of Cornell
University, and of the Town and Gown Club of Ithaca, and
especially President Schurman, ex-President Andrew D. White,
and Professor H. C. Elmer, for the hospitable reception given to
the Institute and the excellent provision made for the comfort
of the visiting members.
There were, besides the Joint Session of Wednesday evening,
five sessions, at which addresses and papers, many of which
were illustrated by means of the stereopticon, were presented.
The brief abstracts of the papers which follow were, with few
exceptions, furnished by the authors.
WEDNESDAY, DECEMBER 27. 3 P.M.
Professor Thomas Day Seymour, President of the Institute,
presided.
1. Professor Joseph C. Hoppin, of Washington, A Pana-
thenaic Amphora with the Name of the Archon Theophrastus.
This unpublished amphora was found near Naples and was
acquired by me in 1899. Except for a slight fracture of the rim, it
is intact and in splendid condition. It measures 80 cm. in height.
On the obverse is the usual figure of Athena Promachos, to right •
between two columns each supporting a figure, — that 011 the left an
Athena with some object in her hand, perhaps the tiller of a vessel ;
that on the right a Zeus, the torso bare, holding a sceptre in the
right hand and a figure of Nike in the left. Beside the right-hand
column, in kionedon form, the inscription OEIO<1>PA3T03 HPXE;
beside that on the left the other inscription, also in kionedon form,
TON AOENE0EN AOUON. No trace of the Q is to be found in
either inscription.
On the reverse is an athletic scene, two boxers, a paidotribes, and
GENERAL MEETING, DECEMBER 27-29, 1905 75
a female figure leaning against a column, identified by the inscrip-
tion OAYMPIA^ beside her head as the personification of the
Olympian Games. The face, which is done in white paint, has
suffered abrasion, so that the features are no longer recognizable.
Twelve names of archons are now known to us, preserved on
whole vases or fragments, and ranging in date from 367 to 312 B.C.
The name on our vase also occurs on a very similar amphora in the
Louvre, and there can be little doubt that we have to date our
amphora to the archonship of Theophrastus, 313-312 B.C., which is
also the date of the vase in the Louvre. The Louvre amphora
conies from the Cyrenaica (Benghazi) and ours from Italy, so that
it is perhaps permissible to believe that in the games held at Athens
in 313 B.C. victories were won by an athlete from Berenice and one
from Capua (the probable source of our vase).
The figures on the columns of the obverse are similar in character
to the symbolic figures on the later tetradrachms of Athens. It is
also possible that they may be attempts to reproduce two statues in
the Peiraeus, a Zeus with sceptre and Nike, and an Athena with a
spear (Pans. I, I, 3 ; Pliny, N.H. XXXIV, 74), usually attributed to
Cephisodotus.
The really unique feature of the vase is the figure of Olympias on
the- reverse, undoubtedly the first actual representation of such a
figure preserved to us, the only other one being on a coin of Acar-
nania (Imhoof-Blumer, Munzen Akarnaniens, 63), but of a later date
and different in character. The best-known instance in antiquity
was the portrait of Alcibiades, by Aglaophon or Aristophon (Satyrus
ap. Athen. Deipn. XII, 534 d}, where the hero was represented as
being crowned by Olympias and Pythias. There cannot, however,
be any good reason for assuming that the figure on the vase was
suggested in any way by the portrait, the attitude of the two figures
being obviously different.
This amphora, from its intrinsic interest as well as its beauty and
perfect condition, may be safely reckoned as one of the very finest
specimens of the Greek vase-painter's art in this country, and fully
the equal of any Panathenaic amphora in a European museum.
2. Professor Alice Walton, of Wellesley College, An Unpub-
lished Amphora and Eye Cylix, signed by Amasis, in the Boston
Museum.
The amphora (Report of the Trustees, 1901, p. 32) resembles the
other two signed amphorae in shape and general scheme of decora-
76 ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
tion. It is brilliant in color, as the glaze has a strikingly metallic
lustre and the fine incisions are accentuated by a white filling;
purple and white are used freely. The vase is signed AMA$I£
MEfOIE^EN, and the figures are all inscribed. The drawing
is accurate in detail and care is shown, especially in the form
of the letters, articulations, variety of arrangement of hair, and elab-
orate ornament on dress and armor, while more than mechanical
draughtsmanship is displayed in pose and in action and balance in
composition, which are not equalled in the other vases attributed to
Amasis. The usual characteristics of Amasis's work are repeated
here, — the hooked hair, the single-line spears, form of quiver,
scabbard, and earring, and the same ornamental elements. Special
features are the helmet of Achilles, with crest in form of a serpent,
and the bald and wrinkled forehead of Phoenix. The composition
of the reverse, Delivery of Arms to Achilles in presence of Phoenix,
is vertical, and yet expressing greater action than other vertical
compositions of Amasis ; while the obverse, Eape of the Tripod in
presence of Hermes, is very spirited, and proves Amasis capable of
free, natural drawing. The great excellence of the paintings is in
their action and balance.
The two fragments of the eye cylix bear a bit of drapery too
small for description and the inscription AMA£I£ EPOIE^EN.
3. Professor Paul Baur, of Yale University, The Pedimental
Grroups of the Hekatompedon on the Acropolis.
A discussion of the Wiegand-Schrader reconstruction of the pedi-
mental figures of the Hekatompedon on the Acropolis (Wiegand,
Die archaische Poros-Architektur der Akropolis zu Athen, 1904) and
a criticism of Furtwangler's new reconstruction (Sitzungsberichte
der kgl. Bayer. Akademie der Wissenschaften, 1905, pp. 433-466).
The writer tries to prove that Furtwangler's arguments are not
convincing.
4. Professor William K. Prentice, of Princeton University,
Magic on Lintels and Amulets.
Most of the Greek inscriptions of Syria, from the early part of
the fourth century of our era on, have an apparently religious char-
acter. Many of them are on tornbs, many on churches; but the
majority are on dwelling-houses. Moreover, it is impossible to dis-
sociate these inscriptions from the apparently religious symbols
which are found everywhere in the same region. The main purpose
GENERAL MEETING, DECEMBER %7-29, 1905 77
of both inscriptions and symbols was to avert evil from the build
ings. Hence they were generally carved upon the lintels or frames
of doorways, where evil spirits naturally enter. This custom is
older than Christianity. The magical character of some inscrip-
tions is evident, as, for example, + 6 SCO-TTOTT/S ^tav 'I^o-oC)? X(piord)s;,
6 Ytos, 6 Adyos T(OV) ®(eo)v, IvOdBe ([/c^aToi/cei ' //.rySei/ icrtVa) KO.KOV. That
many of the inscriptions have the same magical value is established
by a comparison of the house lintels with amulets where the same
phrases and symbols occur. On lintels and amulets there is found
a strange mingling of paganism, Judaism, and Christianity ; also a
group of letters is sometimes represented by another group, having
a totally different meaning or no meaning at all, the sum of the
numerical values of the letters, however, being the same. This
paper will appear in full in this Journal.
THURSDAY, DECEMBER 28. 3 P.M.
Joint Meeting of the Institute, the American Philological
Association, and the American Anthropological Association.
Professor Herbert Weir Smyth, President of the American
Philological Association, presided.
Dr. Andrew D. White, ex-President of Cornell University,
gave a brief address of welcome.
Archaeological papers were read as follows :
1. Professor Allan Marquand, of Princeton University, TJie
Dome of SS. Sergius and Bacchus at Constantinople.
This church, of considerable interest in the history of architecture,
has suffered quite as much through misrepresentation by historians
of architecture as by Turkish restoration. Its plan has been de-
scribed as urisymmetrical ; by others, as very symmetrical. This
dome has been described as poised on pendentives, and as having
no pendentives whatever ; as having a dome with windows, and as
having neither dome nor windows. The form of the dome has been
described by some as having eight, and by others as having sixteen
compartments. These compartments are compared by some to those
of regular polygonal or cloistered domes ; by others as curved, so as
to give to the exterior the form of a melon. The descriptions given
by Choisy, L'art de bdtir cliez les Byzantins, and by Lethaby, Mediae-
val Art, appear to be more accurate than those of Salzenberg.
78 ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
2. Professor Frank B. Tarbell, of the University of Chicago,
The Form of the Chlamys.
By a combination of monumental and literary evidence, especially
Plutarch, Alexander, § 26, the chlamys is shown to have had a four-
cornered shape; the upper edge straight, the two sides straight and
making obtuse angles with the upper edge, the lower edge curvi-
linear. The paper will be published in full in Classical Philology.
3. Professor Elmer T. Merrill, of Trinity College, Connecti-
cut, On the Date of Notitia and Curiosum.
The paper subjected the extant evidence to a careful examination,
leading to the following conclusions. All that can be reasonably
inferred from present evidences concerning the date of the Notitia
is that it had a common source with the Curiosum in a statistical
document which assumed, probably in 314 A.D., or within a year of
that date in either direction, the form from which, before 334 A.D.,
or at most very soon thereafter, a copy was made, which was later
interpolated from a gradual accumulation of glosses, one of which
can be assigned to the year 334, or to a time very soon thereafter.
When all these glosses were accumulated, and whether or not in a
single generation of the manuscript, cannot now be determined ; but
at most, only a few manuscript generations separate the Constan-
tinian " source " from the (lost but copied) Speyer manuscript of the
Notitia of the eighth or ninth century. Similarly, all that can be
reasonably affirmed concerning the date of the Curiosum is that
another copy of the Constantinian " source " was made in, or very
soon after, 357 A.D., which copy, with the gradual accumulation of
a few desultory glosses (one of which can be assigned to the year
357 A.D., or to a time very shortly thereafter), was the ancestor,
not many manuscript generations removed, of our Curiosum of the
eighth century. It is of course conceivable that the archetype of
either Curiosum or Notitia may have been, not a copy of the manu-
script of 314 A.D., but that manuscript itself; but in this case the
copy which served as the archetype of the sister document must
have been made before the process of interpolation had fairly begun.
4. Professor Franz Boas, of Columbia University, Philo-
logical Aspects of Problems of American Anthropology and
Archaeology.
The author emphasized the advantages to be gained by the
association of well-trained philologists with those engaged in
anthropological research.
GENERAL MEETING, DECEMBER 27-29, 1905 79
5. Mr. Edgar L. Hewitt, of New Mexico Normal University,
The Preservation of American Antiquities ; Progress during the
Past Year; Proposed Legislation.
The hopes and purposes of those who are interested in the
preservation of American antiquities, the steps they have taken
and the results achieved were briefly explained.
The paper by Professor Jesse B. Carter, of Princeton Uni-
versity, Abstract Deities in Ancient Roman Religion, was not
strictly archaeological in character.
FRIDAY, DECEMBER 29. 9.30 A.M.
Professor Thomas Day Seymour, President of the Institute,
presided.
1. Dr. George H. Chase, of Harvard University, Some
Unpublished Terra-cotta Figures in the Boston Museum of Fine
Arts.
Among the recent acquisitions of the Boston Museum of Fine Arts
are eight excellent specimens of archaic genre figures, as follows :
(1) woman kneading bread ; (2) workman cooking ; (3) seated old
man, holding a bunch of grapes and a pomegranate before a small
child ; (4) aged woodman cooking ; (5) woman grating cheese into
a large dish ; (6) woman and girl watching a pot set upon a tripod ;
(7) woman sacrificing at a small altar ; (8) barber.
All the figures are very well preserved, and some (Nos. 3, 4, and 7)
are unique among archaic genre types. All probably came from
tombs, like most of the examples of this class. Yet tombs are not
the only finding-places of such figures ; they have been found as offer-
ings in temples ; and in general, it seems clear that genre types and
hieratic types existed side by side from very early times. During
the archaic period, the hieratic types preponderate. In the fourth
and third centuries, the genre types gain the upper hand. The his-
tory of coroplastic art during the intervening "great" period is
obscure; but it is probable that the two tendencies were then in
conflict, with the figures drawn from daily life gradually prepon-
derating over the hieratic types.
This paper will be published in Harvard Studies in Classical
Philology, 1906.
80 ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
2. Professor Esther B. Van Deman, of the Woman's College,
Baltimore, The Imperial Atrium Vestae.
The purpose of the investigation of the Atrium Vestae, made
during the years 1901-03, was twofold : to prepare a more exact
plan of the Atrium, into which should be incorporated the new
walls, when published; and, secondly, to reconstruct, from a study
of the walls, the Atria of the different periods.
The plan then made will be published later.
The main periods of construction, as shown by the walls them-
selves, were found to be five. Following the destruction of the
Eepublican building in the fire of Nero, the first Imperial Atrium
— of but half the size, however, of the later structure — was built
by Nero himself.
A little later, after the partial destruction of the building, again
by fire, it was rebuilt in a modified form by Domitian.
By Hadrian were built the group of rooms at the east end, which
have been held to be the earliest of all, and a small group on the
south side.
The spaces left vacant — to the west, and on either side of the
group of rooms on the east — were filled in by the Antonines. At
this time, the upper stories, of which certain rooms remain along
the Nova Via, were built.
The Atrium suffered much in the fire during the reign of Com mo-
dus. By Septimius Severus, or rather by his wife, Julia Domna,
the whole west end, and possibly other portions of the structure,
were rebuilt almost from the ground. By her, also, the court was
extended to the present length.
3. Professor Howard Crosby Butler, of Princeton University,
The Tychaion at is-Sanam£n as a Prototype of Early Churches
in Syria.
At is-Sanamen (Aere), in the northern part of the plain of the
Hauran, the Princeton Expedition found a temple, which, according
to a Greek inscription above its portal, was a tychaion, built in
the twelfth year of the Emperor Commodus (192 A.D.).
The temple, which is well preserved, is a square structure, with
an'apse flanked by side chambers, in two stories, one of which con-
nects with the apse by a narrow doorway. In plan and in super-
structure, this building is a prototype of the smaller and older
churches of Syria ; the apse corresponding to a semicircular presby-
GENERAL MEETING, DECEMBER 27-29, 1905 81
terium, the side chambers to the prothesis and diaconicum, which
in the Hauran have two stories. With a change of orientation, and
with the addition of interior transverse arches for a stone roof, this
temple could not be distinguished from the typical churches of the
Hauran, except by the classic character of its rich interior decora-
tion; for the churches are plain. To convert the tychaion into a
typical church of northern or eastern central Syria, it would be
necessary only to lengthen the nave, reduce the height of the side
walls, and insert longitudinal arches for the support of a clearstory
and wooden roofs. The earliest dated church found by the expedi-
tion in the Hauran bears the date 345 A.D., the oldest dated church
discovered in northern Syria is dated 372 A.D., the one 127, the
other 180 years later than the tychaion.
4. Dr. Caroline L. Ransom, of Bryn Mawr College, Chrono-
logical Survey of the Forms of Egyptian Stools, Chairs, and
Couches.
The paper was accompanied by twenty-two lantern slides, show-
ing typical designs. Egyptian furniture is most conveniently classi-
fied according to the forms of supports. While legs of rectangular
section or of the appearance of turned work are not unknown, the
supports carved to represent bulls' or lions' legs are most common.
Couches and stools with bulls' legs are the earliest forms, but even
in the Old Kingdom the stool with lions' legs is introduced. In the
New Empire the lions' legs completely supersede the older form of
support for all chairs and couches. The front supports of the seat or
couch imitate the forelegs of the bull or lion, and the back legs of
the piece of furniture are carved in the form of the animal's hind
legs. Perhaps many of the extant small bulls' legs of wood and
ivory, which are commonly ascribed to small boxes and caskets, may
be derived from models of chairs and couches. In the New Empire,
high-backed chairs are much more prevalent than earlier. There is
a general tendency toward increased comfort seen also in the curve
of the back of the chairs and the hollowing out of the seat. Verti-
[cal and diagonal braces form a kind of truss-work between the
rounds and rails of many New Empire chairs and stools. New
Empire couches with lions' legs, such as the couch found by
Mr. Davis in the Valley of the Tombs of the Kings, and illustrated
in the Century Magazine for November of the current year, were
shown to have footboards but no headboards. This is clear on the
evidence of terra-cotta models of figures reclining on couches of the
82 ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
type in question, for the feet of the reclining person are toward the
one rail of the couch, and the person's head is supported on a head-
rest at the other end of the couch, where there is no rail.
5. Mr. Bert Hodge Hill, of the Boston Museum of Fine
Arts, Notes on the Hekatompedon Inscription (/. Gr. I, Suppl.
p. 138).
A study of the better preserved of the two stones on which the
Hekatompedon inscription is cut has found places for all the frag-
ments hitherto scattered except r and f-gh. The upper part of the
stone differs (minutely but uniformly) from the lower in the spacing
of lines and columns, and in the size of letters and marks of punctua-
tion. In those particulars the upper part is exactly like slab n.
This first part of i does not contain the preamble of the whole
inscription, as has heretofore been assumed, but rather the end of
the main decree, where are found preserved parts of four of the ten
letters of the archon's name that confirm Kirchhoff's reading, Philo-
krates (485-484 B.C.). On the lower part of the slab are then cer-
tain supplementary provisions for which the stone-cutter found room
only by slightly less generous spacing than he had used for the
main decree. It is probable that fragment n y belongs at the foot
of slab i, and that the final two lines of both i and n are to be read
as Kirchhoff proposed for n, except that i had here probably thirty-
nine columns instead of thirty-eight. Since the order of the two
slabs was that above indicated, of course their numbers should be
reversed, slab i being now that in which mention is made of the
Hekatompedon.
In this paper, which will be published in full in this Journal, con-
jectural readings were proposed only where necessary to justify the
positions assigned to fragments not actually joining.
6. Dr. Arthur S. Cooley, Auburndale, Mass. ^Archaeological
Notes.
Slides from recent photographs by himself, and brief comments
illustrating the restoration of the western end of the Erechtheum,
this summer's excavations at Corinth, the newly restored Lion of
Chaeroneia, the destruction of the oldest temple in the precinct of
Athena Pronaia at Delphi last spring by rocks fallen from the cliffs,
and the production of the Antigone at the Archaeological Congress
at Athens, in April last, in the Stadium.
GENERAL MEETING, DECEMBER 27-29, 1905 83
FRIDAY, DECEMBER 29. 3 P.M.
Professor J. R. Sittlington Sterrett, of Cornell University,
presided.
1. Dr. David M. Robinson, of Johns Hopkins University,
Terra-cottas and Ointment Vases found at Corinth in 1902.
In 1902 several terra-cottas and ointment vases were found at
Corinth. The principal archaic types of terra-cottas were horse and
rider, a colunin-like figure, a draped female figure in relief, made in
a flat mould, and a female mask. Among the terra-cottas of a later
period were the right leg and part of the torso of a male figure, a
small Corinthian capital, a calf's head, the head of a youthful female
figure, a comic actor's mask, a mask of Dionysus, a beautiful female
head with topknot like that of the Capitoline Aphrodite, a caricature
head of a bald old man, etc. The most interesting perhaps was a
thin relief, representing a nude girl beside a Xovrrjp, which rests on
a short fluted column.
Among the ointment vases were a small owl painted in early
Corinthian style, a helmeted head (perhaps the oldest of the type),
a squatting manikin of the " drinking satyr " type, a siren, a reclin-
ing ram, and reclining hares. These types probably originated in
Corinth.
This paper will be published in full in this Journal.
2. Gorham P. Stevens, of New York, The East Wall of the
Erechtheum.
The speaker explained the methods by which he had identified
certain mouldings as belonging to window casings and had deter-
mined that the windows to which they belonged were in the east
front of the Erechtheum, one at each side of the door. With the
exception of the decoration of the lintel, the appearance of the
entire eastern wall is now known. The paper is published in full
in the current number of this Journal, above pp. 47-71.
3. Miss Edith H. Hall, of Bryn Mawr, Pa., The Designs of
Cretan Bronze-Age Vases.
The English excavators in Crete have divided Cretan bronze-age
pottery into three periods, Early, Middle, and Late, each of which is
again subdivided into three periods. These nine periods may be
designated E1? E2, E3, M^ M2, M3, Lx, L2, L3. During the first two of
84 ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
these nine periods, the decoration of vases was accomplished largely
by surface polishing and by incisions. Painted designs, when they
occur as well as the incised designs, are of the simplest linear-
geometric character. In the E3 period curvilinear ornament appears.
Among these curvilinear designs are a few ornaments which attempt
to picture natural forms by combining curvilinear elements, but not
by closely imitating nature. During the Mt and M2 periods these
conventional flowers multiply. Beside them appear purely decora-
tive designs made with no imitative purpose. In the Ma period a
purely naturalistic style derived directly from nature appears, and
continues to be practised through the Lx and into the L2 periods. In
the L2 period conventionalized naturalistic forms begin, and in the L3
period these entirely supersede the freer and more naturalistic style of
the preceding period, until at the end of the bronze age all artistic
inspiration seems to have died out. The following different kinds
of designs are to be observed in Cretan bronze-age vases : (1) conven-
tional, (2) conventional naturalistic, (3) naturalistic, (4) conven-
tionalized naturalistic, (5) purely decorative, (6) mixed, (7) sacral.
4. Dr. Charles H. Weller, of Yale University, The Evidence
for Strabo's Travels in Greece.
The evidence for the investigation of the question as to Strabo's
travels in Greece is to be found in his Helladica, Books VIII-X
of his Geography. This work, both in plan and in execution, is
almost wholly of literary origin. With one exception, — his account
of Corinth, — no part of it betrays a positive trace of Strabo's per-
sonal observation of the sites which he mentions or contains material
which could not have been taken from the writings of his prede-
cessors. Furthermore, a detailed examination of the text reveals
upwards of thirty cases of avowed or manifest borrowing, or of mis-
statement in matters in which personal observation would be ex-
pected. These instances, and the vague nature of Strabo's accounts,
corroborate most strongly the view of Niese (Rheinisches Museum,
XXXII, p. 281 ; Hermes, XIII, p. 43 ; cf. Vogel, PMlologus, XLI,
p. 516) that Strabo had visited no other place in Greece except
Corinth. His statements are, therefore, to be received very cautiously
in archaeological research.
At the meeting of the American Philological Association,
Thursday morning, December 28, two papers of archaeological
interest were read :
GENERAL MEETING, DECEMBER 27-29, 1905 85
1. Professor Allan Marquand, of Princeton University, The
Terms " Cyma recta" and " Cyma reversal
The Greek terms KV/AO. and Kv//,<mov and the Latin cymatium were
used to designate crowning mouldings irrespective of the form. The
great architects of the Italian Renaissance maintained this significa-
tion for the terms cimatio, cimagine, cimasa, but introduced under
the term gola the formal distinction between a gola diritta and a
gold reversa. French and German writers of modern times are
inclined to a specifically national terminology, whereas English
writers more uniformly use the terms cyma recta and cyma reversa.
These terms occur in 1715, in Leoni's translation of The Archi-
tecture of Palladia, as cima recta and reversa ; in 1762, in Stuart
and Eevett's Antiquities of Athens, as cyma recta and reversa. The
word cyma has thus come to be generally recognized as a Latin
noun, although not known to have been used by the ancients in an
architectural sense.
2. Dr. David M. Robinson, of Johns Hopkins University,
Ancient Sinope.
The author visited Sinope in 1903, and besides collecting many
inscriptions (published in Am. J. Arch. 1905, pp. 294-333), made a
general study of the site, the results of which were briefly set forth
in this paper. The history arid the cults of Sinope were also briefly
treated.
The following members of the Institute were registered as
in attendance at the General Meeting :
Of the Baltimore Society :
Dr. David M. Robinson, Johns Hopkins University ; Miss Esther
B. Van Deman, The Woman's College ; Professor Harry L. Wilson,
Johns Hopkins University.
Of the Boston Society :
Professor Louis F. Anderson, Whitman College, Walla Walla,
Wash.; Mr. Charles P. Bowditch, Boston; Professor Angie Clara
Jhapin, Wellesley College ; Dr. George H. Chase, Harvard Univer-
sity; Dr. Arthur S. Cooley, Auburndale ; Mr. B. H. Hill, Boston
[useum of Fine Arts ; Professor George E. Howes, Williams Col-
lege ; Professor John C. Kirtland, Jr., Phillips Exeter Academy;
'rofessor H. W. Magoun, Cambridge; Dr. Charles Peabody, Cam-
86 ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
bridge; Dr. George J. Pf eiffer, Watertown ; Professor Herbert Weir
Smyth] Harvard University; Professor Alice Walton, Wellesley Col-
lege; Professor John H. Wright, Harvard University.
Of the Chicago Society :
Mr. Allison V. Armour, Princeton, N. J. ; Professor Demarchus C.
Brown, Butler College ; Professor Frank B. Tarbell, University of
Chicago.
Of the Cleveland Society:
Professor Clarence P. Bill, Western Eeserve University; Pro-
fessor Harold N. Fowler, Western Eeserve University ; Professor
Samuel Ball Platner, Western Eeserve University.
Of the Connecticut Society :
Professor Frank C. Babbitt, Trinity College; Mr. Sherwood 0.
Dickerman, New Haven; Dr. George D. Kellogg, Princeton Univer-
sity; Dr. George G. MacCurdy, Yale University; Professor Tracy
Peck, Yale University ; Professor Louise F. Eandolph, Mt. Holyoke
College; Professor Horatio M. Eeynolds, Yale University; Mrs.
Horatio M. Eeynolds, New Haven ; Professor Thomas D. Seymour,
Yale University; Dr. Charles H. Weller, New Haven; Professor
Mary G. Williams, Mt. Holyoke College.
Of the Detroit Society :
Professor Walter Dennison, University of Michigan; Professor
George Hempl, University of Michigan; Professor Francis W.
Kelsey, University of Michigan ; Professor Martin L. D'Ooge, Uni-
versity of Michigan; Professor Harry A. Sanders, University of
Michigan.
Of the Iowa Society :
Professor Arthur Fairbanks, Iowa State University.
Of the Missouri Society :
Dr. Paul V. C. Baur, Yale University ; Professor F. W. Shipley,
Washington University; Professor A. M. Wilcox, University of
Kansas.
•Of the New York Society :
Professor Hamilton F. Allen, Princeton University; Professor
Franz Boas, Columbia University ; Professor Henry F. Burton, Uni-
versity of Eochester; Professor Howard Crosby Butler, Princeton
GENERAL MEETING, DECEMBER 27-29, 1905 87
University ; Professor Jesse B. Carter, Princeton University ; Pro-
fessor Karl P. Harrington, Wesleyan University; Miss Bettina
Kahnweiler, New York ; Professor Allan Marquand, Princeton Uni-
versity ; Professor William K. Prentice, Princeton University ; Pro-
fessor Andrew F. West, Princeton University ; Professor James E.
W^heeler, Columbia University ; Mr. Alain C. White, New York.
Of the Pennsylvania Society :
Professor Caroline L. Ransom, Bryn Mawr College ; Miss Edith
H. Hall, Bryn Mawr ; Professor John C. Rolf e, University of Penn-
sylvania ; Miss Mary M. Tyler, Media.
Of the Washington Society :
Professor Mitchell Carroll, George Washington University; Pro-
fessor Joseph C. Hoppin, Washington.
Of the Wisconsin Society :
Professor George D. Hadzsits, University of Wisconsin.
The sessions were attended also by many members of the
Philological Association or of the Anthropological Association,
of the Managing Committees of the Schools at Athens, in Rome,
or in Palestine, by officers of the supporting institutions, former
members of the Schools, members of the Faculty of Cornell Uni-
versity, and others, — not members of the Institute.
The next General Meeting of the Institute will be held at
the George Washington University, Washington, D.C., in
Convocation Week (January), 1907, upon invitation of the
Washington Society and the University. The annual meet-
ing of the American Philological Association and of the Ameri-
can Anthropological Association will be held in conjunction
with the meeting of the Institute.
1905
July — December
ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS1
NOTES ON RECENT EXCAVATIONS AND DIS-
COVERIES; OTHER NEWS
HAROLD N. FOWLER, Editor-in-charge
Western Reserve University, Cleveland, 0.
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES IN SOUTHERN RUSSIA
IN 1904. — In the Kuban region a tumulus containing the graves of a noble
or prince and his wife contained gold and silver objects of archaic Ionic work
with incrustation of amber and cyanus : a bowcase, an engraved rhyton,
girdle, diadem, mirror in Mycenaean technique, horse trappings. Other
tumuli of the same region are partly of the bronze age, partly later. Two
of them contain each twenty-four horse graves in two groups, with trap-
pings of varying value, and objects of gold, bronze, pottery, etc., dated by
Attic vases of late fine style. At Panticapaeum a large number of orna-
ments of gold, silver, and precious or semi-precious stones were found with
coins from 174 to 375 A.D., and a silver plate commemorating the twentieth
year of Constantine's reign, 343 A.D. There were also found silver jugs,
Phoenician glass, and Attic black and red figured vases. At Chersonesus
more of the city wall has been excavated, with a huge square Roman tower
built on the site of a round Greek tower. A building of several stories on
the acropolis shows polychrome terra-cotta members. Outside the town are
graves with ashurns, and to the north, graves of the first century after Christ.
The ancient necropolis on the island of Beresani was found to contain
cremation graves of two periods and later body burials of about 500 B.C.
The vases are red-figured Attic of severe style, and other earlier wares.
One cylix is of the style of the school of Epictetus. Bronze fishes from
1 The departments of Archaeological News and Discussions and of Bibliography
of Archaeological Books are conducted by Professor FOWLER, Editor-in-cbarge,
assisted by Miss MARY H. BUCKINGHAM, Professor HARRY E. BURTON, Mr. HAROLD
R. HASTINGS, Professor ELMER T. MERRILL, Professor FRANK G. MOORE, Mr.
CHARLES R. MOREY, Professor LEWIS B. PATON, and the Editors, especially Pro-
fessor MARQUAND.
No attempt is made to include in this number of the JOURNAL material published
after January 1, 1906.
For an explanation of the abbreviations, see pp. 135, 136.
90 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 190G
Olbia are found placed as coins in the hands of the dead. The walls are of
two periods, the latest being about 500 B.C. Tumuli near Kief contain
Scythian graves with the usual weapons, horse trappings, and native pottery,
together with Greek pointed amphoras and Attic fourth-century vases. The
handle of a Scythian bronze mirror is like one found in Hungary. At Olbia
the Greek wall is found to be of unusual thickness. Some Hellenistic re-
pairs are probably those of Protogenes. The Roman wall is on a higher
level. Among objects found are Hellenistic marble sculptures, terra-cotta
architectural pieces, lead statuettes, Roman lamps in relief, and an interest-
ing public decree in honor of one Callisthenes, dating not long after 200 A.D.
A peculiar type of grave with saddle roof of stone slabs, found both with
and without a covering tumulus, is Hellenistic. (B. W. PHARMAKOWSKY,.
Arch. Ariz. 1905, pp. 57-65; 13 figs.)
ARCHAEOLOGY IN BELGIUM IN 1904. — Sepulchral urns, pot-
tery, glass, fibulae, etc., of Belgo-Roman period have been found in Hainaut
and near Louvain on the Roman road between Brussels and Tongres ; at
Tamise on the left bank of the Scheldt, a Roman well. In the works at
Zeebrugge remains of Roman pile-work show that the coast-line, before the
inroad of the sea in the third century, was substantially as now. Among
the sites discovered are a Roman farm-house in Clavier, which was burned
in the third century, and finally destroyed by the invasions of the fifth ; nu-
merous large villas, which were industrial and agricultural centres, in the
district Entre Sambre et Meuse, including one which had its own aqueduct
and a curious semicircular building whose use is not known ; a luxurious
villa in Brabant, which was perhaps the residence of some official, burnt
and pillaged probably in the fourth century. This house, with walls of mud on
a stone base, in the native fashion, is decorated inside with frescoes and
marble incrustation, has a fish-pool lined with mosaic, and a long gallery to
connect the rooms. Coins suggest the prosperous era of Septimius Severus.
(J. DE MOT, Arch. Anz. 1905, pp. 96-97.)
ARCHAEOLOGY IN SERVIA. — The first comprehensive account of
the Roman remains found in Servia, chiefly in systematic explorations begun
in 1902, is given by M. M. VASSITS in Arch. Anz. 1905, pp. 102-109 (4 plans).
The site of Viminaciuin, Upper Moesia, is found to have three building
periods, extending from about 80 A.D. until the invasion of the Huns under
Attila in the fifth century. The pottery, imported from Gaul and Germany
and from Asia Minor, and of local manufacture influenced chiefly by the east-
ern styles, shows that this province was a meeting-place for currents of inter-
course between east and west. There is evidence of the restoration under
Justinian mentioned by Procopius. Both Roman and Byzantine periods
are traced on the site of Frahovo by walls, foundations, and some marble
sculptures. A cemetery near Leskovac is of the early part of the fourth
century and contains Christian graves.
RHODESIA.— The Ruins known as King Solomon's Mines. — In
Orient. Lit. Zeit. VIII, 1905, coll. 467-468, is a summary of an address by
R. MACIVOR before the British Association in Bulawayo, on the mysterious
rums in Rhodesia. Careful investigation of these ruins shows that they are
omparatively modern, none of them being older than the fifteenth or six-
Ji century. In the oldest part of the foundations fragments of blue
and white Nankin porcelain and other objects of mediaeval art were discov-
GENERAL] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 91
ered that show that the buildings must have been erected after these objects
were brought to the country through the medium of trade.
EXCAVATIONS IN THE DOBRUDSCHA — In C. R. Acad. Insc.
1905, pp. 560-565 (cf. p. 559), Mr. TOCILESCO gives the results of his ex-
cavations at Adam-Klissi, which confirm him in the belief that the great
monument is a trophy of Trajan, of the same date as the neighboring mau-
soleum. Furtwangler's views are not supported by the evidence. The mound
regarded by Cichorius as the tomb of Cornelius Fuscus is the burial place of
a barbarian. Several inscriptions are published. At Tomi, where Ovid
lived in exile, a statue of Roman date, representing a poet or a philosopher,
has been found.
APOLLONIA PONTICA. — Excavations. — In C. R. Acad. Jnsc.
1905, pp. 300-306 (fig.), M. COLLIGNON gives an account of excavations
at Apollonia on the Euxiue (Sozopolis, now Sizebol), conducted by Mr.
Degrand in 1904. Several tumuli in the neighborhood were explored,
but yielded nothing of great importance. Guided by Strabo (VII, p. 319),
Mr. Degrand sought the ancient temple on the island of St. Kyriakos. At
one point he found a great stairway, at another a pavement of large tiles.
In this neighborhood were vases containing ashes, fragments of tiles, one of
which has a stamp with the head of Apollo and the inscription ATTO, and
some other objects. Perhaps the temple was here. An interesting series of
fragments of a terra-cotta relief representing warriors (now in the Louvre) is
of the archaic style of the sixth century B.C.
NECROLOGY. — Hans Bosch. — The death, in his fifty-seventh year,
is reported from Nuremberg of Hans Bosch, second director of the Gerinan-
isches Museum. He was the author of a number of valuable works, among
them Geschnitzte Holzstocke vom 15 bis 18 Jahrhundert, Bronze-Epituphien der
Niirnberger Friedhofe, etc. (A then. November 25, 1905.)
Paul Decharme. — Paul Decharme died August 29, 1905, at the age of
sixty-five years. He is best known by his book entitled Euripide et U esprit
de son ceuvre, 1893 (English transl. by James Loeb, 1905), and his clear and
readable work Mythologie de la Grece antique, first published in 1879.
Theodore Woolsey Heermance. — Theodore Woolsey Heermance was
born at New Haven, Conn., March 22, 1872, and graduated from Yale Col-
lege in 1893. After a further year of study at Yale he was for two years a
member of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens as holder of
the Soldiers' Memorial Fellowship of Yale. For three years he was Tutor in
Greek at Yale, and in 1898 received the degree of Ph.D. from that Univer-
sity. In 1899 he was appointed Instructor in Classical Archaeology at Yale.
In 1900 he went to Europe for a year of study, chiefly in Germany and Italy.
In 1902 he became Secretary of the School at Athens, and in 1903 succeeded
Professor Richardson as Director of the School. His death took place at
Athens, September 29, 1905, of typhoid fever. His published writings were
chiefly in connection with the work of the -School. They display the same
conscientious care and scholarly ability that marked his conduct of the
School in the brief period of his directorship.
Sir Richard Claverhouse Jebb. — Sir Richard Claverhouse Jebb died
at Cambridge, December 9, 1905. He was born at Dundee in 1841, and was
educated at St. Columba's College in Dublin, at Charterhouse in London,
and at Trinity College, Cambridge, where he was Senior Classic in 1862.
92 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
After being Fellow and Lecturer at Trinity and Public Orator (1869) he
became Professor of Greek at Glasgow (1875) and Regius Professor at
Cambridge (1889). Since 1891 he had been M.P. for the University, since
1903 a Trustee of the British Museum. He received many distinctions from
Universities and learned societies, and was knighted in 1900. His studies
were chiefly in the field of Greek literature — Homer, the Orators, Sophocles,
and Bacchylides, but he was also well versed in archaeology. He was a
leading spirit in the foundation of the Society for the Promotion of Hel-
lenic Studies and of the British School at Athens, and was a foreign hon-
orary member of the Archaeological Institute of America.
Jules Oppert. — On August 22, 1905, occurred the death of Jules Oppert.
He was born at Hamburg in 1825. He studied at Heidelberg and Bonn,
and at the age of twenty published in the Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgen-
lamlischen Gesellschaft a description of the attempts of Rawlinson and others
to decipher the trilingual inscription of Darius. In 1847 he went to France,
where he was Professor of German at Laval and Rennes; in 1851 he joined
the expedition to Mesopotamia under Fresnel, was made Professor of San-
skrit at the Bibliotheque Nationale in 1857, gained the great biennial prize
of the Institute in 1863, and was made Professor of Assyriology in the Col-
lege de France in 1874. He was a member of many Academies and Associa-
tions. His works on Assyriology and kindred subjects are numerous and
valuable, and he rendered most important assistance to many younger
scholars. (Athen. August 26, 1905; R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 338 i)
CHANGES IN THE GERMAN ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTI-
TUTE. — Professor Conze has withdrawn from the General Secretaryship,
and is succeeded by Professor O. Puchstein. At Rome, Professor Gustav
Korte has succeeded Professor Petersen as First Secretary, and at Athens
Dr. Georg Karo has succeeded Dr. H. Schrader as Second Secretary. (Arch.
Anz. 1905, pp. 51, 123, and 152.)
THE MUSEUM AT NAPLES. — In The Nation, October 26, 1905,
W. R. THAYER gives a synopsis and discussion of Professor Ettore Pais'
defence of his administration of the Museum at Naples. His conscientious
and able work brought down upon him the wrath of the local " Camorra,"
or political machine, which caused his removal.
CHANGES IN TWO AMERICAN MUSEUMS. — Dr. Edward
Robinson has resigned his position as Director of the Boston Museum of
Fine Arts, and becomes Assistant Director of the Metropolitan Museum in
New York. Mr. J. Randolph Coolidge, Jr., of Boston, has been chosen
temporary director of the Museum in Boston. Mr. Guy Lowell has been
appointed architect for the new buildings of this museum. Mr. B. H. Hill,
since 1903 Assistant Curator of Classical Antiquities, will become Director of
the American School of Classical Studies at Athens in the autumn.
THE EGYPT EXPLORATION FUND. — The American subscrip-
tions to the Egypt Exploration Fund have fallen off greatly, and the entire
American Committee has resigned. The finances of the Fund are, chiefly
for this reason, not in promising condition. Sir John Evans has retired
from the presidency on account of age. (Athen. December 9, 1905.)
EGYPTIAN RESEARCH ACCOUNT. — The organization of the
Egyptian Research Account, under the presidency of Sir John Lubbock, to
carry on work in Egypt, especially under Professor Petrie, is announced.
EGYPT] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 93
The annual subscription is one guinea ($5.00), which may be sent to Dr. J.
H. Walker, University College, Gower Street, London, W. C., or to Rev. W.
C. Winslow, 525 Beacon Street, Boston, Mass.
CRETAN ANTIQUITIES. — The photographer and publisher, Georges
Maraghiannis, of Candia, announces the publication of the first part (50
pis., 18 x 24 cm.) of an Alburn of Cretan Antiquities. This part contains
views of Cnossus, Phaestus, Haghia Triada, Gournia, and Palaikastro, as
well as photographs of objects in the museum at Candia. Subscriptions are
received by the publisher.
NORTHERN NOTES AND QUERIES. — The first number has
appeared (January, 1906) of Northern Notes and Queries, a quarterly
magazine devoted to the antiquities of Northumberland, Cumberland,
Westmoreland, and Durham. The annual subscription price is 6s. Printed
and published by M. S. Dodds, 61 and 63 Quayside, Newcastle-upon-Tyne.
The first issue is chiefly devoted to genealogical notes, wills, records, etc.
EGYPT
DISCOVERIES IN EGYPT IN 1904-1905. — Twenty expeditions
from six different nations have been at work during the year. The most
important discovery was made at Thebes by Mr. Theodore Davis, who
found the tomb of the parents-in-law of Amenophis III. (See Am. J. Arch.
1905, p. 339.) The Ptolemaic cemetery on the east of Alexandria has both
ash and body burials, all in rock-cut graves and not later than Ptolemy III.
A distinct type of monument used over all kinds of burials is a pyramid of
three or four steps surmounted by a small altar or a stele, the whole not
often more than three metres high. It represents a stage between the
simple trapeza and the elaborate structures found in Paros, Rheneia, and
Asia Minor. The numerous small objects, black-glazed Hellenistic pottery,
terra-cottas of familiar types, etc., are in the Alexandria Museum, even some
of the tombs having been moved bodily and set up in the court. There is a
general likeness to the finds at Myrrhina. The papyrus harvest at Oxy-
rhynchus and Hermupolis contains nothing of archaeological and little of
literary interest. A cemetery of the Old Kingdom near the Pyramids of
Gizeh contains the usual objects of the period, and some new types among
the servants of the dead. In further work at the late burial-ground at
Abusir el Malaq, where the coffins, death-masks, and mummy-wrappings
are made of papyrus, one of the outer wooden sarcophagi discovered is orna-
mented with pilasters of Greek character. The ground was previously
occupied by a prehistoric cemetery of shallow, rectangular graves, the
remains of which appear among the later burials, and which extend farther
south in their original condition. A bronze statuette from the Delta rep-
resenting Alexander fighting on horseback, but without the horse, and a
small marble portrait head of Alexander wearing a Chalcidian helmet are
remarkably lifelike and vigorous. Both are characterized by the elephant
skin. Other pieces of sculpture are an ideal bust of a young god in relief,
bearing some resemblance to Alexander, and life-size torsos of Dionysus and
a satyr, from Alexandria; a rare statuette of Nemesis from Memphis,
resembling reliefs in the Louvre and the British Museum, with portrait
head, perhaps of Faustina the Elder; a small portrait head of a Ptolemy,
perhaps Soter I, from the Delta. A bronze vase in relief, found in the
94 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Delta, has one of those wonderfully lifelike burlesque scenes of Alexandrian
street life, known heretofore in Roman work, but now seen for the first
time in a native piece. (O. RUBENSOHN, Arch. Anz. 1905, pp. 65-70; 4
figs ) A summary by J. H. BREASTED, in The Biblical World, XXVI, 1905,
pp. 67-69, mentions the discovery by Petrie, at Sinai, of a temple of Semitic
type with a multitude of standing stones, and also the recent discoveries at
Gizeh (see below), Karnak (Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 97), Deir-el-Bahari (see
below), and Thebes (Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 339).
EXCAVATIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF LIVERPOOL. -
The University of Liverpool's excavations last season met with very satisfac-
tory success. Mr. Garstang was compelled to abandon for the present his
digging at Hierakonpolis on account of the extreme dryness, but not until
he\ad established that what he calls the Great Fort there was built upon the
site of a predynastic cemetery hitherto unworked. Nearly two hundred ar-
chaic graves were here uncovered and photographed. At Hissayeh, south of
Edfu, he discovered some prehistoric pottery and wooden objects of a type
claimed to be different from anything yet found elsewhere, and also some
hieroglyphic papyri of late Pharaonic times. The season's work came to
an end with Esneh, where the whole site was conceded to the expedition
through the courtesy of Professor Sayce, and some memorials of the Hyksos
period were found, together with two tombs of unusual design of the time
of Rameses VI. All the objects brought back to England will be exhibited
in the Institute of Archaeology at Liverpool about the end of this month.
(Athen. September 16, 1905.) The University of Liverpool has sent an expe-
dition under Mr. Garstang to make explorations and excavations in the
vicinity of Esneh. (Athen. December 23, 1905.)
PAPYRI, FAIENCE, AND A CARIAN INSCRIPTION. — In C.
R. Acad. Insc. pp. 397-405, SEYMOUR DK RICCI describes a number of papyri
recently acquired by him in Egypt ; also a specimen of polychrome faience
(eighteenth dynasty) from Gurob, on which a calf is gambolling among
rose-bushes, and a stele with a Carian inscription, probably a man's name,
followed by that of his father.
DEIR-EL-BAHARI. — A Temple of the Eleventh Dynasty. — In
S. Bibl. Arch. XXVII, 1905, pp. 173-183 (3 pis.), H. R. HALL describes the
excavations of the Egyptian Exploration Fund carried on for the last two
years under the direction of Professor Naville. (See Am. J. Arch. 1905,
p. 98.) The southern portion of the amphitheatre of Deir-el-Bahari has been
uncovered, and the funerary temple of one of the Menhoteps discovered.
It is the oldest temple at Thebes, and the best preserved of the more
ancient Egyptian temples. Large fragments of reliefs have been found
which teach us much that is new about the art of the eleventh dynasty.
Numerous tombs have also been found containing interesting remains.
The temple is important as being mentioned in one of the texts of the
twelfth dynasty. As the tomb of the king was not found in connection
with the temple, it is hoped that it may yet be discovered. The reliefs are
believed to be the work of the famous sculptor Mertisen, who boasts on
his funerary tablet that he knew how to depict people in motion.
GIZEH. — Excavations at the Pyramid of Cheops. — In Orient. Lit.
Zeit. VIII, 1905, col. 306, part of a letter from G. STEINDORFF is published,
giving an account of his excavations during the last two and a half months
BABYLONIA] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 95
near the pyramid of Cheops. He has uncovered about fifty sepulchral
monuments. Few mummies have been found. Most of the graves date
from the third millennium before Christ, and in that period it was not cus-
tomary to prepare the dead so carefully for the grave as later. No less
than thirty finely executed statuettes of stone have been discovered. These
represent dignitaries and officials of the empire, and male and female
servants grinding grain, cooking meat, and carrying on other domestic
occupations.
HERMUPOLIS MAGNA. — A Manumission. — A diptychon in the
collection of Lord Amherst, of Hackney, is of value as illustrating a manu-
mission,— the unique example of such a document. The date is 221 A.D.
(SEYMOUR DE RICCI, S. Bibl Arch. XXVI, 1904, pp. 145-152; 3 pis.)
TOUKHEL GARAMOUS. — Silverware and Jewellery. — Near the
little town of Toukhel Garamous, in the latter part of August, some sebakh
diggers found a large number of silver vases, objects of gold, and jewellery.
The silver vessels were of purely Egyptian style, but the gold objects are
Greek in .design. One bracelet, upon which an Eros is represented in
relief, is especially beautiful. One hundred and eight coins of the first
Ptolemies were found. They are almost unworn, hence the treasure must
have been hidden in Ptolemaic times. (MASPERO, C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905,
pp. 535-537.)
BABYLONIA AND ASSYRIA
ASSHUR. — Inscriptions and Graves. — Temple of Anu and Adad.
— The German excavators have found many inscriptions and have exam-
ined many graves. The tombs are not monumental and have yielded no
inscriptions. They are vaults, sarcophagi of various forms, brick graves,
and earth graves, seven classes in all. The inscriptions are of great his-
torical interest. A wall-decoration, consisting of a series of rosettes, is
especially interesting. The Muslala of Adarnirari I is identical with the
Muslala of Sanherib and Asarhaddon. One of the courts in the older part of
Asshurnazirpal's palace was called the "court of the peoples." (Berl. Phil.
W. September 9, 1905, from Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft,
Nos. 26 and 27.) The building at the southern edge of the eastern plateau
had very deep foundations. In plan it resembles closely the early Babylo-
nian type. Remains of other buildings and of graves were found in the
debris. The temple of Asshur was originally high above the street. The
waterworks are interesting. A second and smaller Ziggurat has been found,
and inscriptions prove that this was the temple of Anu and Adad, which
was rebuilt by Salmanassar II in 858 B.C. A three-pronged thunderbolt of
wood sheathed with gold was found here. The palace is just east of the
temple. Here a pot containing 113 unburnt clay tablets was found. The
writing is of the time of Tiglathpilezar I, and consists of receipts for cattle.
Many burials took place within the palace, usually several bodies in one
grave, and not far below the floor. Much pottery and many other objects
came to light, among them fifteen Roman imperial coins of the second cen-
tury. The northern part of the city was the quarter favored by the rulers,
and contained at least two palaces, three temples, and two temple-towers.
(Berl. Phil. W. December 30, 1905, from Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orient-
gesellschaft, No. 28.)
96 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
BABYLON. — The German Excavations. — In the southern palace
the dwelling house with a court 7.70 m. wide and 9.70 m. deep has been
completely cleared, and a second similar house has been discovered. The
connection between the palace court of Nebuchadnezzar and the southern
palace (of Nabopalassar) has been found. The examination of the mounds
called Homera, east of the Kasr, was continued in 1904 and a well-preserved
theatre of Greek times was discovered. The inner city wall is somewhat
further east. Documents of the time of Sardanapalus found here indicate
that the wall " Nimitti-Bel " was at this point. The work at the eastern
part of the southern citadel is now finished. (Eerl. Phil. W. September 9,
1905, from Mitteilungen der Deutschen Orientgesellschaft, Nos. 26 and 27.)
BISMAYA. — Very Early Remains. — In the Independent, December
7, 1905, pp. 1321-1324
(4 figs.), E. J. BANKS
describes some of the
results of the excava-
tions conducted by him
for the University of
Chicago at Bismaya,
now identified with
the ancient Udnunki.
Dates on this site can
be determined by the
quality, shape, and
size of the bricks used.
In this way the foun-
dations of a square
tower are fixed about
4500 B.C. One entire
statue and fragments
of others were found.
The entire statue re-
presents the king Da-
udu, or David. He is
beardless, and wears a
heavy stiff skirt. The
statue is assigned to
a date about 4500 B.C.,
which seems to be the
time of the greatest
prosperity of the city.
A very early place
for cremation was un-
earthed. Many in-
scribed bricks were
found, which will,
when deciphered,
doubtless shed light
upon the history of the
place. Among other
Fio. 1.— THE STATUE OF DA-UDU, FOUND AT BISMAY
SYRIA] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 97
objects were a conch once used as a lamp, several imitations of this, and a
number of clay balls used as missiles. (See also Scientific American, August
19, 1905, from which Fig. 1 is taken.)
SYRIA AND PALESTINE
Excavations in Palestine. — In Pal. Ex. Fund, Quarterly Statement,
XXXVII, 1905, pp. 305-308, C. W. WILSON gives a summary account of the
excavations conducted in Palestine during the past year. The discoveries
of Professor Sellin at Taanach (Ta'anek) are described below. At Megiddo
Schumacher has found some untouched tombs containing well-preserved
pottery, bronze implements, scarabs and cylinders dating probably from
about 2000 B.C. The German Oriental Society has excavated a number of
interesting old Jewish synagogues in Galilee.
ACRE. — An Ornamented Door. — In C. R.Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 344 f.
(pi.), L. HEUZEY publishes a stone door from a tomb at Kefer-Yasif, not far
from Acre. It is adorned with geometrical patterns, rosettes, etc., in relief.
One ornament is a candlestick with nine, not seven, branches.
GAZA. — A Samaritan Inscription. — A Samaritan inscription, con-
taining the greater part of the first commandment of the decalogue, has been
found at Gaza with stones which may be the remains of a Samaritan syna-
gogue. In a khan at Gaza is a Greek epitaph of a cnc/3iv(apios). The date
is 406 of Eleutheropolis, 605 A.D. A small fragment, also from Beersheba,
appears to be part of an official document. (SEJOURNE, C. R. Acad. Insc.
1905, pp. 539-542, with notes by CLERMONT-GANNEAU.)
GEZER. — Final Report of the Excavations. — In Pal. Ex. Fund,
Quarterly Statement, XXXVII, 1905, pp. 186-199 and 309-327, R. A. S.
MACALLISTER gives his final reports on the excavations at Gezer. The first
describes the excavation of the Maccabaean palace in the central valley of
the mound. This castle contained a large pillared hall, the arrangement of
the pillars in which seems to explain how it would have been possible for
Samson to pull down the entire temple of Dagon by causing two of the
columns to slide upon their bases. Another building in the same neighbor-
hood seems to have been a sort of temple. Beneath it were found remains
of foundation sacrifices, and in the debris were several interesting religious
objects and specimens of the rare marriage scarabs of Amenhotep III.
Many Egyptian seals and seal impressions were also discovered; marked
weights, a beautiful lecythus, ornamented with black and red, and a small
stone box ornamented with drawings. A second cuneiform tablet has been
found in the same stratum in which one was discovered not long ago. It
belongs to the year 649 B.C., and thus is only two years later than the former
fragment. Its discovery proves that the other tablet was in situ. It is a
deed of sale and bears the Biblical name of Nethaniah, The witnesses all
bear distinctively Assyro-Babylonian names. Evidently Gezer was held by
an Assyrian garrison as late as the reign of Assurbanipal. The divine
name in the Hebrew proper name Nethaniah is spelled Yau, and the seal of
this individual bears a lunar emblem. This new cuneiform tablet is dis-
cussed with transcription, transliteration, and translation by C. H. W.
JOHNS, ibid. 206-210, and by A. H. SAYCE, p. 272.
In the second report MR. MACALLISTER describes some caves on the
western spur of the mound. These were excavated with flint implements
98 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
by the troglodyte aborigines and were subsequently used as tombs by the
Semitic inhabitants. Unfortunately, they have been for the most part rifled
of their contents by cistern diggers, but a few chambers remained intact,
and numerous objects escaped the attention of the robbers. The remains
found in these tombs belong to a period about 2500 B.C. The pottery belongs
to the oldest Semitic group and the scarabs are all of the Egyptian middle
empire. The plundering of these caves by the cistern diggers explains the
frequent occurrence of middle empire scarabs in the upper strata of the
mound ; for when the caves were opened about 600 B.C., many scarabs were
unearthed which subsequently found their way into the debris of that period.
These tombs are of great historical interest, inasmuch as they show the pre-
dominance of Egyptian' influence in southern Palestine about 2500 B.C.
Two other tombs have been discovered which differ from all the other
tombs hitherto discovered in Gezer. The bodies are interred in built vaults,
instead of in caves, and they are outstretched, instead of in a contracted
position. Pottery is absent, and no religious emblems or images such as are
found in other tombs appear. The bodies are decked with ornaments, and
extensive deposits of silver and alabaster jars and of food are found with
the bodies. These deposits are absent from the ordinary tombs. A hand
mirror is also placed in each tomb. This is unknown in the ordinary Gezer
tombs. MR. MACALLISTER suggests that in these tombs we at last come into
contact with remains of the Philistines. The presence of iron in the tombs
shows that they are not earlier than 1000 B.C., and this corresponds well with
the arrival of the Philistines in Palestine. The excavations of Gezer under
the present firman are now concluded. It is hoped that a new firman may
be secured for a continuation of excavations on the same site.
JAB AL GEHAF. — A New Himyaritic Inscription. — In S. Bibl.
Arch. XXVII, 1905 (2 photographs; 2 figs.), G. U. YULE describes a mili-
tary expedition to Jabal Gehaf, a mountain 7704 feet in height, several days'
journey from the seacoast at Aden. Here he discovered a Himyaritic in-
scription which he publishes.
KHAIFA.— An Inscription. — In C. R. A cad. Insc. 1905, pp. 345-347,
L. HEUZEY publishes the following late Greek inscription : TOTTOS No/uoo-a |
Mavarjuov (jMava) Aa/ujr/ooTaYou | KO/ZITOS /cat 7rpeo-/3evrr;5. The names are
Jewish. The titles indicate a date later than Constantine. The inscrip-
tion is on a lintel belonging to a tomb. In the tomb were remains of cloth
containing gold thread, and also the fragments of a box of bone adorned
with fluted columns, pilasters, and other ornaments.
MARISSA (MARESHAH). — Fainted Tombs. — In Rec. Past, IV,
October, 1905, pp. 291-307 (12 figs.), JOHN P. PETERS describes tombs at
Marissa (Mareshah), especially two large chamber tombs, the walls of which
are decorated with painted representations of a hunting scene, animals (real
and fabulous), men and women, vases, birds, festoons, etc. Inscriptions
mention dates between 196 and 119 B.C. A full account is published by the
al. Ex. Fund. (Painted Tombs in the Necropolis of Marissa (Mareshah), by
>hn P. Peters and Hermann Thiersch. Edited by Stanley A. Cook, Lpn-
TELL HUM. — German Excavations. — The expedition to Galilee sent
oy the (,(M-man()n<.ntgf.s,'l].schaft hash egun to excavate at Tell-Hum. (Berl.
Phil. W. September 9, 1905.)
ASIA MINOR] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 99
TELL TA'ANEK. — Excavations in 1904. — In Mitth. d. Pal. V. 1905,
pp. 33-37, E. SELLIN gives an account of his excavations at Tell Ta'anek in
the summer of 1904. In this second campaign he had the earth sifted that
had been previously excavated, and thus found two tablets with cuneiform
inscriptions in addition to one previously discovered. In the vicinity of the
room where the first tablet was found additional excavations brought sev-
eral more tablets to light, making a total of twelve tablets that have now
been found on this site. The letters all belong to the Tel-el Amarna period,
and two of them are from a certain Amankhashir who commands the king
of Ta'anek to send his tribute to Megiddo. Exploratory diggings were
made in other parts of the mound, confirming the theory of the chronologi-
cal order of the pottery presented in the author's book on Tell Ta'anek. A
house was also discovered containing the skeleton of a mother with five chil-
dren. The ornaments of the mother consist of a gold pin for the forehead,
eight gold rings, two silver rings, two bronze bracelets, three small crystal
cylinders, five pearls, two scarabs (one of amethyst, the other of crystal),
and a silver bangle. This is the first complete set of jewellery of a Canaan-
itish woman that has ever been discovered. The household furniture was
also intact. With this campaign the excavations at Ta'anek are brought to
an end.
THE YAFI VALLEY. — Himyaritic Objects. — In S. Bibl. Arch.
XXVII, 1905, p. 184 (2 pis.), W. L. NASH describes a collection of Himy-
aritic objects made by Major Mere wether in the lower Yafi valley. They
consist of small bronze and stone figures and seals, beads, charms, and
scarabs.
TELL ZANB AGHIYE. — A New Roman Milestone. — In Mitth. d.
Pal. V. 1905, E. SELLIN reports the discovery by the engineers of the new
Haifa-Damascus railroad of a Roman milestone, bearing an inscription of
the reign of Caracalla.
ASIA MINOR
ALABANDA. — Excavations and Discoveries. — In C. R. Acad. Insc.
1905, pp. 443-459 (5 pis. ; 9 figs.), EDHEM BEY gives the result of his season's
excavations at Alabanda in Caria. The walls, of good masonry, are visible
in their entire course. The towers are partially preserved, and the posi-
tion of the six or seven gates may be seen. A large rectangular granite
building (36 x 26 m.) seems to have been an odeum or hall with raised
seats. The theatre, also of granite, had two diazomata. The scene build-
ing has disappeared, at least in elevation. The theatre was probably recon-
structed in Roman times. A large building, not excavated, may have been
a gymnasium or a bath. In the necropolis are hundreds of granite sar-
cophagi; but hardly any of their inscriptions are legible. Remains of a
Tiexastyle peripteral Doric temple, with eleven columns on the sides, were
excavated on a carefully prepared terrace. A large rectangular building,
114 x 72 m. in dimensions, may have been a gymnasium or the agora.
Many fragments of architectural adornments were found, among them part
of a relief representing a combat of Greeks and Amazons.
EPHESUS. — Discoveries at the Artemisium. — In the London Times,
August 8, 1905, is an account of the results of excavations carried on by
Mr. D. G. HOGARTH in the autumn of 1904 and the spring of 1905. Little
new knowledge of the temple of the fourth century is gained ; but parts of
100 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
two heads and some minor fragments of sculpture will be added to the
remains in the British Museum. The preceding temple, the " Croesus tem-
ple," was exactly like its successor in size and in plan. Fragments of every
part of its architecture, except the architraves, have been found. The
British Museum has long possessed fragments of archaic sculpture supposed
to belong to a storied parapet which ran round the top of this temple.
Some thirty additional fragments have now been found. The subject seems
to be a combat of Amazons. No new fragments of the sculptured columns
have been discovered. Below the remains of the temple of the sixth cen-
tury the foundations of a much smaller temple were discovered. It was
built of yellow limestone and had a marble pavement. It consisted of three
halls or courts, and shows no trace of any stylobate or columns. In the
centre of it, as of its successors, stood the rectangular structure supposed to
have supported the cult statue. The lowest courses of the primitive base
lie a metre below the limestone foundations. Evidently the limestone tem-
ple was not the earliest shrine on the site. Over two thousand small dedi-
cated objects were found in and near the rectangular base ; some of them
actually under the limestone foundations. These include electrum coins of
the earliest types of Miletus, Samos, Erythrae, and other neighboring cities
(few of Ephesus), brooches of various kinds, the commonest being a hawk
" displayed," pendants, beads, fibulae, objects of bronze, faience, ivory, crys-
tal, glass, paste, enamelled terra-cotta, wood, and iron. Statuettes of the
goddess, figures of animals, and plaques are among the most important ob-
jects. The pastes are purely Egyptian. The other objects show very early
Ionic art. The date suggested is about 700 B.C. The goddess is not repre-
sented as a many-breasted idol. A silver plate, engraved on both sides in
archaic Ionic characters, seems to record temple treasures.
MYTILBNE.— Inscriptions. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 141-
144, U. V. WlLAMOWITZ-MoLLENDORFF and F. HlI^LER V. GARTRINGEN
publish three inscriptions from Mytilene. The first, ®eo/cpiYa | Arj/xr/Tpiov |
rUtepiams, of the second century B.C., shows that Pieria, in Macedonia, was
then a city. The second is a fragment of the monument of Potamon, son
of Lesbonax (LG. XII, 2, 23 if.). Apparently it relates to some festival
games. The third, which can hardly be later than the first century B.C.,
reads (a) 01 Se/cov | pcWes (b) ^ <£a/uAta (c) at vvvo \ SOL (d) HO/ATT^'IC
'Eraipuov | Xprycrre ^oupe..
PHRYGIA. — Topographical Observations. — In Athen. September
2, 1905, W. M. RAMSAY describes discoveries made in 1905 between Dineir
(Apameia-Celaenae) and Kouia (Iconiurn). Eight miles from Apollonia are
three milestones, one of which shows that Apollonia was in Galatia in 198
A.D. The battle between Manuel Comnenus and the Turks, in 1176, is dis-
cussed. An inscription recording a dedication by a slave Nilus negotiator
and the village of Karbokoine clears up the meaning of a whole set of in-
scriptions of the third century after Christ, relating to a great imperial
estate. The imperial road from the colony Antioch to the colony Lystra
was identified, and the Takali Dagh was identified with Dakalias.
RHODES. — Inscribed Gravestones and Ash-chests. — In Athen.
Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 147-150, A. RUTGERS VAN DER LOEFF publishes
thirteen inscriptions from a necropolis in the suburb "Aytoi 'Ai/apyupoi, at
Rhodes. They seem to be chieflv of Hellenistic times.
GREECE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 101
LINDUS (RHODES). — The Date of the Laocoon Group. — The
third report of excavations at Lindus, by BLINKENBERG and KLINCH,
seems to fix the date of the Laocoon group. A base of statues of the priest
of Athena, Philippus, and his wife, Agauris, dated in 42 B.C., is signed by
Athanadoros, son of Hagesandros, who also occurs, with his brother Hage-
sandros, son of Hagesandros, as priest in 22 and 21 B.C. It can hardly be
doubted that these are two of the artists of the Laocoon group mentioned
by Pliny. Very likely the group was new when Virgil wrote the second
book of the Aeneid, which he read to Augustus in 23 B.C. (F. HILLER v.
GAERTRINGEN, Berl. Phil. W. November 11, 1905, col. 1454, Arch. Anz.
1905, p. 119.
SEBASTOPOLIS. — Two Milestones. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905,
pp. 347-351, F. CUMONT publishes two milestones found on the road from
Zileh (Zela) to Soulou-Serai (Sebastopolis) in Pontus. The date is 231
A.D., in the reign of Alexander Severus. The restoration of the road at
that time may have been due to the raid of Ardashir, the founder of the
Sassanide dynasty.
SELEUCIA. — A Soldier of the Roman Fleet. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr.
1905, pp. 172-175, A. HERON DE VILLEFOSSE publishes a Latin inscription,
the epitaph of a soldier of the pretorian fleet of Misenum. It was found at
Seleucia, of Pieria, and communicated by L. JALABERT.
' TRALLES. — An Inscription. — In B.C.H. XXIX, 1905, p. 361, M.
PAPPACONSTANTINU publishes a fragmentary inscription from Tralles in
honor of a victor in the Olympic games. It is dated by the mention of an
emperor Antoninus.
GREECE
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN GREECE AND TURKISH-
GREEK LANDS IN 1904. — The Ottoman Museum at Constantinople
has received an inscribed Nabatean relief and some Hebrew inscriptions
from the Palestine Exploration Fund, miscellaneous Phoenician objects
from excavations near Sidon, a large Orpheus mosaic from Jerusalem, and
small objects from the Temple of Artemis at Ephesus and from the Ascle-
pieum at Cos. Preliminary work has been done in excavations at Notium,
Clarus, and Aphrodisias. (See Am. J. Arch. 1895, p. 344.) Local muse-
ums have been founded at Brussa, Pergamon, Smyrna, and Mytilene.
Especially at Brussa important objects are thus preserved. At Ephesus
the library is now uncovered. It has a large decorative apse and square
niches for the bookcases. Below is the tomb of the founder, Ti. Jul. Celsus
Polemaeanus. The double church in the harbor quarter is seen from in-
scriptions to date in its present form from a time not later than the begin-
ning of Justinian's reign, and earlier still for the western half, which is
now found to be the church dedicated to the Virgin, in which the Ecumeni-
cal Council was held in 431 A.D. At Miletus many inscribed stones have
come to light in the taking down of the late Roman city wall. The Lion
Harbor, the sanctuary of Apollo Delphinius, a Hellenistic burial-ground
within the city limits, and the road to Didyma have been explored. Danish
excavations at Lindus in Rhodes have produced evidence to settle the date
of the Laocoon group in the second half of the first century B.C. (See
above, p. 101.) The English, Italians, and Americans have continued their
102 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
work in Crete, the French at Delos, Mr. Vollgraff at Ithaca and Argos ;
the Americans have continued their work at Corinth. Furtwangler has
been digging about the Temple of Aphrodite in Aegina and in Laconia,
and has found under a church the remains of the throne of the Amyclaean
Apollo. The German Institute continued the work at Pergamon and
carried on minor excavations at Nisaea and Tiryns. The Greeks have
been restoring the Erechtheum, the temple at Bassae, and the Lion at Chae-
ronea, and have carried on excavations at Epidaurus, at the sanctuary of
Zeus and the hippodrome on Mount Lycaeus, the Amphiareum at Oropus,
the temple of Poseidon at Sunium and among the pre-Hellenic graves on
Naxos. (Arch. Am. 1905, pp. 55-57; 2 figs.)
Recent Discoveries. — In The Independent, August 17, 1905, pp. 379-
385 (7 figs.), EDITH H. HALL describes the library building recently discov-
ered at Ephesus, the early gold objects found at the Ephesian temple of
Artemis, the excavations at Pergamon, at Tiryns, and in Crete, and
announces the discovery by Mr. G. P. Stevens of the fact that the Erech-
theum had two windows in its eastern wall. (See above, pp. 47-71.)
RESTORATIONS. — The Lion of Chaeronea has been reerected ;
the cella wall of the temple at Bassae has been in part rebuilt; the
western wall of the Erechtheum at Athens has been in great measure
restored ; the restoration of the treasury of the Athenians at Delphi is
nearly completed ; and at Olympia two columns of the Heraeurn have been
set up. (Athen. Mitlh. XXX, 1905, p. 155.)
ATHENS. — The Archaeological Congress. — In Ami d. Mon. XIX, ii,
1905, pp. 99-124, CH. LENORMANT begins an illustrated report of the con-
gress held at Athens in the spring. The addresses of H. R. H. Prince Con-
stantine and of Professor Lambros are given in full. Ibid, iv, pp. 247-255,
the presentation of the Antigone in the stadium is described.
THE NEW DIRECTOR OP THE AMERICAN SCHOOL. —Mr.
Bert Hodge Hill, recently elected Director of the American School of Clas-
sical Studies at Athens, received the degree of A. B. at the University of
Vermont in 1895, and that of A. M., in 1900, at Columbia University, of
which institution he was a Fellow for three years (1898-1901). He was a
member of the School at Athens for three years (1900-1903), during two of
which he was a Fellow of the School. Since 1903 he has been Assistant
Curator of Classical Antiquities in the Boston Museum of Fine Arts, and
since 1904 he has also given instruction in the history of Greek art at Wel-
lesley College and to the students of Simmons College.
BOEOTIA AND PHO CIS. — Investigations at Various Places.—
In Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 113-140 (12 figs.), G. SOTERIADES gives
the results of investigations carried on in the summer of 1904 in Boeotia and
Phocis. At Chaeronea the stream of Lykiiressi is identified with the
ancient Haimon, and the site of the chapel of Hagia Paraskevi is identified
with that of the Heracleum. Here were found remains of a large Byzantine
church and slight remains of a Greek temple. The inscriptions here men-
tion Serapis, Asclepius, Hygieia, and Dionysus, but not Heracles. Near the
Cephissus, at Chaeronea, is a prehistoric mound, evidently formed in layers
at different times. At the bottom were ashes and two human skeletons ;
near the top was a sort of hearth, once enclosed by a wattled fence. The
pottery found was of various kinds, monochrome, painted, and with incised
GREECE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 103
geometrical patterns. Some idols and a few other objects came to light here.
Near Orchomenus a tumulus was partially excavated. In the centre was a
cone of large stones. Outside of this a human skeleton was found. The
central cone could not be excavated at the time, owing to the influx of
water. Fragments of pottery found here are of Boeotian-Mycenaean style.
Near Wrandzi, in Lake Copa'is, is an ancient necropolis. A tumulus was
examined, in the middle of which was a stone cairn, on a bed of sand. The
objects found in several graves of this necropolis are of the geometrical
period. Near Drachmani, in Phocis, two tumuli of the Hellenic period
were investigated. They may have been erected after the two battles of the
year 339-38, mentioned by Demosthenes (De Corona, 216). Near Elatea
are many indications of prehistoric habitations. The site of what appears
to have been a large settlement was examined and many fragments of pot-
tery with painted and incised linear decoration were found.
CARTHAEA (CEOS). — Excavations. — In B.C.H. XXIX, 1906, pp.
329-361 (14 figs.), P. GRAINDOK describes the results of excavations carried
on at Carthaea for eight weeks, in 1903. The valley northwest of the acro-
polis contained no important building and only two tombs, of Roman date.
In the valley to the southwest a pre-Hellenic tomb, resembling those at
Syra, was found. In the same valley remains of a temple, afterwards trans-
formed into a Byzantine church, came to light. It was Doric, and its col-
umns had nineteen channels. One Ionic column and several late columns
were also found, as were also several other fragments of architecture and
inscriptions. The temple appears to date from the third century B.C., and
was perhaps dedicated to Demeter. The building marked DD by Bronsted,
at the right of the entrance to the acropolis, seems to have been the temple
of Athena, whose cult was hitherto not recorded at Carthaea. The temple
was Doric, and faced the south. It belonged to the archaic period. The
temple of Apollo was a Doric templum in antis, of about the same date as the
temple of Athena. Numerous fragments of architecture and sculpture were
found, among the latter several archaic draped female figures, the torso of a
horse, an archaic head of Athena, a torso of Nike of the fifth century, and
a torso of a free imitation of the Athena Parthenos. Twenty-four bronze
coins were found, fifteen of which have legible legends. Four are Venetian.
Fifteen dedicatory inscriptions are published. One of these is in archaic
characters, another is a rather long dedication in honor of Marcus Aurelius
and Verus.
CARYSTUS.— Inscriptions. — In 'E<£. 'ApX- 1905, pp. 1-36, G. A.
PAPABASILEIOU publishes several inscriptions from Carystus, the most im-
portant of which is an account of capital and interest on loans made by
capitalists, chiefly Thebans, to citizens of Carystus in the archonship of Ar-
chestratos at Carystus, in the second quarter of the fourth century B.C. The
absence of any Athenian creditors is an indication of unfriendly relations
between Athens and Carystus. The rate of interest varies from 11 per cent
to 14 per cent per annum. A board of " six-months' treasurers " (a term
previously unknown) appears to have been a special committee. Two new
numerical signs are used, 7 (= 100 drachmae) and — (= 10 drachmae). After
discussing the modern survivals of several ancient names of Euboean towns,
the author continues his controversy with Wilhelm (see Am. J. Arch. 1905,
p. 211) over the tepos vd/xos found at Chalcis.
104 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
CAVE OF PAN. — Excavations. — In *E0. 'Apx- 1905> PP- 99-158 (pi.
11 figs.), K. RHOMAIOS publishes the sculpture found in the Cave of Pan
near Phyle, consisting chiefly of small votive reliefs of the well-known type,
representing Hermes, the Nymphs, and Pan. Especially worthy of note are
a fragment of a relief (ca. 400 B.C.) with a fine head of Achelous, showing
strong Phidian influence, and a more complicated relief representing various
silvan deities, among them a group of three nymphs, which is a copy (prob-
ably of the second century B.C.) of an earlier votive relief of the end of the
fifth century. Of this two other copies have been found on the Athenian
acropolis, and still others on a marble amphora of the Villa Borghese, and
on a hekataion of the Torlonia Collection. (Cf. Hauser, Die Neuattischen
Reliefs, pi. Nos. 34, 35, 36.) Interesting on account of its rarity is a frag-
ment of a thin marble slab engraved with the figure of a goat.
CRETE. —PAL AIK ASTRO.— The Temple and " Minoan " Vases.
, — The centre of the work in 1905 was the temple. Of this, which was of
wood, little remains, but its terra-cotta decoration has been recovered, in-
cluding a frieze of chariots and metopes adorned with the head of Medusa :
The enclosing wall of the temenos has been traced, and many votive offerings
found. Large numbers of pre-Hellenic vases of various classes came to light.
In the neighborhood Mr. Dawkins discovered a house and various other
remains belonging to the neolithic period. (R. C. BOSANQUET, London
Times, August 5, 1905.)
DELOS. — Discoveries in 1905.— In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 395-
397, M. HOLLEAUX mentions the discovery, in 1905, at Delos, of an inscrip-
tion relating to the importation of wood and charcoal, a Latin inscription
from the base of an ex voto of the proconsul L. Cornelius Sulla, an inscrip-
tion from a monument erected by Antigonus Doson after the battle of
Sellasia, three deposits of Attic coins (36 tetradrachms, 172 tetradrachms,
drachms, and hemidrachms, 249 tetradrachms), dating from about 230 to
about 180 B.C., and a number of mutilated statues of the second or first
century B.C. The work is going on in five divisions.
Inscriptions. — The publication of the inscriptions found in 1903 (Am.
J. Arch. 1905, pp. 112 and 352 f.) is continued in B. C. H. XXIX, 1905, pp.
417-573 (5 pis. ; 2 figs.) by F. DURRBACH. All the inscriptions in this
issue (Nos. 138-186) are accounts and administrative documents. Many
are very fragmentary ; others, e.g. 163, 166, 167, and 182, are very long. Nos.
138-142 belong to the time of the Attic-Delian Amphictyony, 143-181 to the
time of Delian independence, 182-186 to that of the second Athenian domi-
nation. No. 138 is part of an Amphictyonic inventory, 140 contains accounts
and a rent list of icpat oi/a'at, 141 a catalogue of victims and of objects of
wardrobe. No. 143 is the earliest known account of the hieropoioi (prob-
ably 315-314 B.C.). Nos. 144, 145, 146, 156, 157, contain specifications and
other provisions concerning buildings and various repairs. There are several
inventories and lists of votive objects. No. 179 is an account of the expenses,
for victims, prizes, etc., of the Poseideia and the Eilethyaia. No. 182, the
longest inscription of all (372 lines), is an inventory of votive objects, etc.,
dated under the archon Phaidrias, later than 180 B.C. In Athen. Mitlh.
XXX, 1905, pp. 219 f., A. WILHELM shows that the Uaviunos mentioned
in the inscription No. 144, line 35, is not a building, but a Kparrjp.
Terra-cotta Braziers. —In B. C. H. XXIX, 1905, pp. 373-404 (57 figs.),
GREECE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 105
F. MAYENCE publishes some of the fragments of braziers found at Delos and
discusses this whole class of utensils. The number of fragments now in the
museum at Myconos is more than 850. These braziers consist of a cylindri-
cal lower part, and on this the basin for coals. The lower part is often
adorned with garlands, masks, and even entire human figures in relief. The
upper part has three projections for the support of a water vessel or cooking
utensil. These supports are ornamented with linear designs, flowers, bearded
human heads (often those of Sileni), or animal heads in relief. The mean-
ing of these ornaments and the ornaments of the lower part of the braziers
is discussed. Many of them, if not all, may be apotropaea. The ancient
name of these braziers is not certainly known. Probably they, and other
similar utensils, were designated by various names. These braziers are
assigned to the Graeco-Roman period.
Roman Coins. — At Delos 650 Roman denarii, struck in the name of the
legions by the triumvir M. Antonius, have been found in a perfect state of
preservation. (C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, p. 479.)
DEMETRIAS.— The Site and Walls. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905,
pp. 221-244 (pi. ; 9 figs.), C. FREDRICH describes the site and the walls of
Demetrias, the city founded by Demetrius Poliorcetes, on the Gulf of Volo.
The fortifications, both the city wall and those of the acropolis, are in great
part preserved. Of other buildings there are few traces. Notes by A. J. B.
WAGE are added.
KALYVIA SOCHIOTIKA. — Inscriptions. — Many inscriptions found
at the church of Hagia Sophia, in the village of Kalyvia Sochiotika, at the
foot of Mt. Taygetus, in the Spartan plain, led v. PROTT (Athen. Mitth. 1904,
p. 8) to regard this place as the site of the Eleusinion. Excavations con-
ducted by A. KOSTER and W. ALTMANN disclosed no Hellenic foundations
under the Byzantine church. Fragments of honorary inscriptions of Roman
date and the dedication to Demeter and Cora indicate that the ancient sanc-
tuary was probably not far away. (Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 152 f.)
KAPAKLY. — A Tholos Tomb. — At Kapakly, near Volo, a tholos
tomb in the plain has been partially excavated by K. Kourouniotes. It re-
sembles those of Menidi and Dimini. There is hope that it has never been
plundered. As yet only fragments of skulls, two Mycenaean glass beads,
and a small piece of gold have been found in the tomb, and few fragments
of Mycenaean and pre-Mycenaean pottery and an amber (?) button in the
earth" of the mound. (A then. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 153 f .)
LACONIA. — Work of the British School. — At Koutiphari Hellenic
masonry was found, and in the neighborhood some interesting Byzantine
capitals and screens were photographed, but no remains of the temple of Ino
(at ancient Thalamae) were found. At Geronthrae (Geraki) a settlement
of the Bronze Age was located, a new type of geometric pottery and some
inscriptions were found, and arrangements were made for the publication of
some archaic sculptures of a local school (sixth and fifth centuries B.C.), which
have been collected by the mayor. At Angelona, near Monemvasia, the
whole equipment of a heroon was found, consisting of reliefs, terra-cottas,
miniature drinking cups, a bronze serpent, etc. These are to be exhibited
together in the museum at Sparta. Plans of the Laconian fortresses at
Zarax and Epidaurus Limera have been made. (R. C. BOSANQUET, London
Times, August 5, 1905.)
106 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
MT LYCAEUS. — Lists of Lycaean Victors.— In 'E<£. 'ApX. 1905,
DP 101-178 (pi) K. KOUROUNIOTES, after recounting what little is known
of the Lycaean games, publishes two stelae, found in the hippodrome on
Mt Lycaeus, on which are inscribed the names of the victors in five cele-
brations of the games. The "events" are the same as at Olympia and
follow the same order. The lists appear to be consecutive, those on the
first stele showing more local Arcadian peculiarities than the later ones, the
last but one being dated about 307 B.C. by the name of Aayos IlToXefwucw,
MaKe8a>i>, son of Ptolemy Soter, and EwxiveTos SiXavov Ma/ceSwv, his admiral.
The festivals recorded would thus be those of the years ca. 319, 315, 311,
307, and 303 B.C.
OETYLUS. The Edict of Diocletian. — A fragment of the Latin
version of the bilingual edict of Diocletian, which was promulgated through-
out the empire in 301 A.D., has been discovered at Oetylus, on the eastern
coast of the Gulf of Messene, and is interesting as showing that this place,
which has kept its name unaltered from the Homeric age to the present day,
was an important centre in the fourth century after Christ. (E. S. FORSTER,
J.H.S. XXV, 1905, pp. 260-262.)
OLYMPIA. — Erection of Two Columns of the Heraeum. — In
Athen. Mith. XXX, 1905, pp. 157-172 (2 pis. ; 7 figs.), G. KAWERATJ gives a
detailed account of the erection, at the expense of Mr. Karl Schiitte, of
Bremen, of two columns of the Heraeum at Olympia. The columns chosen
were the two nearest the southeast corner column, one on the east front and
one on the south side. These columns are entire, except that some relatively
small pieces had to be set in. By their erection certain details concerning
the attachment of votive tablets and the metal barriers (Gitter) between the
columns are made clearer. The appearance of the ruin is also greatly
improved. Examination showed that the erection of any of the columns of
the temple of Zeus, which was at first intended, is virtually impossible.
TAN AGRA. — Funerary Inscriptions. — The following inscriptions,
on gravestones at Tanagra, are published by L. BIZARD, in B.C.H. XXIX,
1905, p. 372 : (1) 'AyafloKAeTs, (2) Evriovxa, (3) HaAeKptYa.
TENOS.— Archaic Vases with Reliefs. — In R. A rcJi. VI, 1905, pp.
286-291 (3 figs.), P. GRAINDOR describes and discusses some fragments of
archaic vases with hand-made reliefs, found at Tenos, where they now are.
They show various influences, especially geometric and Boeotian.
THERMON. — Inscriptions. — In the debris of the temple of Apollo at
Thermon was found a hollow ^bronze stele bearing the text of a treaty
between the Acarnanians and the Aetolians, which fixes the Achelous River
as the boundary between them, and provides for political and property rights
in either state of the citizens of the other, for the right of intermarriage,
and for a defensive alliance, with specifications as to the nature and amount
of assistance to be furnished in case of invasion. This treaty is important
as evidence that neither of the two states was at this time (280-272 B.C.)
subject to Pyrrhus, as has been supposed. The reverse of the same stele
bears a later inscription (probably soon after 270 B.C.) recording the decision
of a land-commission fixing the boundary between Oeniadae and Metropolis,
which are now included in a province subject to the Aetolians. Worthy of
mention among the other inscriptions found on the site are a resolution of
amity with the Magnetes on the Maeander and title inscriptions on an
ITALY] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 107
exedra for bronze statues of various members of the Ptolemaic dynasty, set
up during the reign of Ptolemy III Euergetes, who here appears to have had
four sons, only three having previously been known. (GEORGIOS SOTE-
RIADES, 'E<£. 'Apx- 1905, pp. 55-100 ; pi. 2.)
TIRYNS. — An Early Palace. — In January and February, 1905, L.
Curtius and H. Hepding found at Tiryns, beneath the palace excavated by
Schliemann, remains of an earlier palace of similar plan. The so-called
" Opfergrube " in the large court proves to be a later addition to a well-
preserved round altar of squared stones, coated with stucco. Its diameter
was 1.80 m. It may have been the Homeric tholos. The early pottery was
carefully collected and will be described in a later number. (Aihen, Mitth.
XXX, 1905, pp. 151 f.)
ITALY
Archaeology in Italy in 1904. — In Sardinia archaic native bronzes
are among the finds, and in the northwest part of the island are grotto tombs
containing objects like the oldest Sicel remains. In Sicily, graves near
Caltagirone show remains of all three periods, and some vases like the
Villanova urns found with Mycenaean gold rings. Near Catania are graves
of the second and third periods, and below them remains of the first period.
At San Mauro are the remains of a palace or nobleman's residence, with
older huts under it, in which an archaic inscription on a metal plate was
found. At Lentini an archaic Greek Apollo torso was found, and at Ca-
mariria late Greek vases in poor graves. In the quarries of Santa Venera at
Syracuse are votive niches, in one of which the plaque still remains. In the
province of Bari, at Molfetta, are two neolithic settlements that are not
continuous, and a Mycenaean settlement, while on the rocky highland of
Murge graves have been explored by Jatta, in which are furnishings of the
early iron age and of Istrian character. The burial chambers of slabs or
small stones are perhaps derived from the covered loculus. Among the Attic
and other vases found at Pisticci is a fine fifth-century piece, on which
Eriphyle is seen at her loom. Further evidences of a sanctuary of Isis have
been found at Beneventum and mediaeval remains at Pistoia. The site of
Ostra, with baths, theatre, temple, etc., is settled by excavations. At Norba
the coins are from the fourth century down, and on a terrace are graves
of late Villanova type. The mosaic of Palestrina, which is now published,
shows a column as the symbol or home of the deity. In the Roman
Forum, in the foundations of the supposed equestrian statue of Domitian,
was a stone box containing, along with the foundation deposit, some seventh-
century vases which were probably dug up from old graves on the site. A
large basis in front of the temple of Divus Julius is probably for an imperial
statue. Sculptures found in Rome are an archaic female statue of a date
not far from that of the 'Apollo on the Omphalus,' a headless herm marked
Ennius, and seated torsos of a philosopher or orator and a poet, the latter
inscribed Zev£is cirotrprev. A large imperial relief is noteworthy for the
effect of perspective got by diminishing the height from almost life-size
figures in the foreground to the building (temple of Quirinus?) in the
background. (E. PETERSEN, Arch. Anz. 1905, pp 70-73.)
ESTE. — An Oculist's Seal. — In Not. Scavi, 1904, pp. 431-435 (fig.), G.
GHIRARDINI describes an oculist's seal recently found at Este. It bears on
four sides the man's name and the names of four different remedies, with the
108 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
diseases for which they were intended. It dates probably from the
second half of the first century after Christ. Seals of this sort were used
for marking medicines prepared for sale. In the territory of Este there
recently came to light the tomb of a physician, surgeon, and pharmacist, with
surgical instruments and prepared medicines marked with a seal of this kind.
Various Antiquities. — In Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 3-10 (5 figs.), A. PROS-
DOCIMI describes antiquities recently found in Este and its neighborhood.
These include a Roman mosaic pavement, beneath which was a pre-Rornan
pavement formed of large vase- fragments ; a situla of the third period, made
of bronze plates ; two bronze bases, at least one of which served as support
for a statuette ; a bronze bell ; and various walls and other remains which
indicate the existence of important buildings in that part of Monselice which
is called Muraglie.
FERENTO. — A Necropolis. — Excavations at Ferento, on the hill
called Talone, have brought to light numerous remains of an Etrusco-Rornan
necropolis. All the tombs had been already despoiled of most of their
contents. They consisted generally of rectangular chambers, having in the
middle of the floor a rectangular depression, around which were the shelves
for sarcophagi. In most of the tombs peperino sarcophagi were found, cut
from one, or, in some cases, from two stones, and having a single stone for
cover. Many small objects still remained. These included terra-cotta and
bronze vases, mirrors, and fragments of candelabra ; iron spearheads and an
iron strigil ; and a glass vase. The necropolis is of the third and second
centuries B.C. (L. PERNIER, Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 31-37 ; 2 figs.)
G ALLIZIA. — A Roman Necropolis. — At various times objects have
been found at Gallizia, near Turbigo, in the province of Milan, indicating
the existence of an ancient necropolis. Most interesting was a large
amphora, containing a bronze plate, on which was represented a warrior
mounting a chariot. Systematic excavations in 1904 showed that the
necropolis was Roman and not earlier than the beginning of the empire.
The graves were evidently those of poor people, — probably a pastoral
community. Numerous vases were found, but few objects of bronze and
few ornaments. The bodies had been cremated. The urn was placed in the
ground entirely unprotected or was surrounded by small stones or was
placed in a square tomb formed of tiles. (S. RICCI, Not. Scavi, 1904, pp.
576-385.)
MOLFETTA. — TARENTUM. — MATERA. — Frehellenic Greek
Remains. — In Berl. Phil. W. December 16, 1905, M. MAYER briefly
describes and discusses early remains from Molfetta, Tarentum, and Matera,
especially pottery resembling that found by Soteriades in Boeotia and Phocis
(Athen. Mith. XXX, 1905, pp. 113 ff. ; see above, p. 102). Evidently visitors
came from the east to Lower Italy in Mycenaean and pre-Mycenaean times.
NORBA.— Walls, Terraces, Coins, and Sculptures. — In Not. Scavi,
1904, pp. 403-423 (13 figs.), L. SAVIGNONI and R. MENGARELLI give an
account of excavations at Norba and in its neighborhood in 1903. An
effort to find the necropolis of Norba was without result, excepting the
discovery of the mediaeval cemetery of Ninfa. In the town of Norba, near
the temple of Juno, many votive objects were found, — heads, figurines,
vases, and coins. Northeast of the temple of Juno a reservoir was found,
and near the Porta Signina, a large cistern. A careful study was made of
ITALY] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 109
the terraces supported by polygonal walls on the hill above the Abbey of
Volvisciolo. This system of terraces evidently constituted a town, thus
built for the purpose of defence. Vase-fragments showed that it was not
later than the first age of iron. On one of the terraces a tomb was found,
containing complete vases, fibulae, and ornaments. The tomb is coeval with
those of Caracupa, and represents a similar population, which is earlier than
that of the settlement of the terraces.
L. CESANO (ibid. pp. 423-430) describes the coins found in the course of
the work.
Ibid. pp. 444-457 (19 figs.), G. MORETTI describes the sculptured frag-
ments found in the excavations. These are nearly all of terra-cotta. In
the excavation of the temple of Diana statuettes of Cupid were found, in a
more or less fragmentary condition; also a statuette of Aphrodite of a type
hitherto unknown for terra-cotta. There was also a fragment of a terra-
cotta frieze, with remains of a female figure, possibly a Victory. A vase-
fragment was inscribed with the name of Diana. In the excavation of the
temple of Juno many architectural fragments and statuettes were found ;
also a female head, wearing a diadem, possibly a representation of Juno.
There were also figurines formed of thin bronze plates, and black vases.
Sculptured travertine fragments of the Christian Church were found.
OSTIA. — Inscribed Water-pipe and Dolia. — Lead water-pipes have
recently been found at Ostia between the theatre and the temple of Vulcan.
One was inscribed writh a formula hitherto unknown : rei publicae colonorum
Ostiensium. (G. GATTI, Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 4, p. 84.) Thirty-five dolia
set in the floor, to contain grain, have been found. Many are patched with
lead. Twenty-three have legible marks of capacity, — 28| to 47 amphorae.
(G. GATTI, B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905, pp. 111-112.)
P ALESTRIN A. — The Calendar of Verrius Flaccus. — A new frag-
ment of the calendar of Verrius Flaccus has been found in the imperial
forum of Praeneste at Palestrina. It contains four fragmentary lines refer-
ring to the festival of Quirinus on the 17th of February, and a fifth line
referring, possibly, to the feriae Fornacalium on the 18th. (A. SBARDELLA,
Not. Scavi, 1901, pp. 393-395.) O. MARUCCHI (ibid. pp. 395-397) discusses
the meaning of the fragment, and gives two restorations. He refers the last
line to the feriae stultorum, occurring on the same day as the festival of
Quirinus.
Terra-cottas and Other Objects. — Near Palestrina various ancient
objects were found during the winter of 1904-5. From tombs of various
periods came cinerary urns of tufa, containing mirrors and vases. In the
same place were found many other mirrors, as well as coins, strigils, fibulae,
etc. ; also many sepulchral cippi, some inscribed with names. From a very
ancient temple in this neighborhood came thirty small terra-cotta statuettes,
fragments of others, vases, and ornamental terra-cottas belonging to the
decoration of the temple. (G. GATTI, Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 122-123.)
A. PASQUI (ibid. pp. 124-127 ; 4 figs.) describes the terra-cotta fragments
of the temple. Two slabs symbolize the passage of souls to the lower world;
unarmed warriors, accompanied by piper and augur, are represented riding
in chariots. There were also fragments of large reliefs and several heads
of statues, one of which represented Helios. The heads indicate artistic
ability more highly developed than that shown in the frieze.
110 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
POPULONIA. — Attic Vases and Other Objects. — In Not. Scavi,
1905, pp. 54-70 (9 figs.), L. A. MILANI describes ancient objects found dur-
ing the past few years in clandestine excavations on the site of Populonia.
These include many terra-cotta and bronze vases, bronze utensils, and gold
jewellery. A red-and-white-figured crater represents a fight between Greeks
and Trojans and, possibly, the fate of Troilus. The most important dis-
covery occurred toward the end of the year 1903, when there were found in
the locality of S. Cerbone, at Porto Baratti, a group of Etruscan bronzes and
two red-figured hydriae decorated with gold. These are the best examples yet
found of the type represented by the vase of Meidias in the British Museum.
The two vases form a pair, the pictures representing the same myth, the
apotheosis of Phaon, son of Apollo; in one he is still on earth, in the other
he is being taken up to the sky. On the first vase he is called Phaon; on
the second, Adonios. The pictures show the direct influence of Phidias and
Polygnotus and are probably copied from two wall pictures of the time of
Pericles.
POMPEII. — Houses, with Paintings, one of which refers to the
Origin of Rome. — In Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 85-97 (2 figs.), A. SOGLIANO
describes a house (Reg. V, Ins. 4) excavated at Pompeii during the months
from December, 1902, to March, 1903. The house contains sixteen rooms.
The outside walls are of irregular pieces of limestone and scoriae, with
regular blocks of limestone or tufa at the corners. In front, besides the
principal entrance, there is also an entrance to what was probably a stable.
The front is covered with rough white plaster, and has a high plinth of
brick. There are several graffiti, two of which give the Latin alphabet in
confused order. At the left of the main entrance is a painting of Mercury ;
at the right, a ship, with sails set, sailors, and fish in the water. At the
entrance are limestone pilasters. The iron hinges of the doors are still in
situ. An iron lock containing the key was found. On either side of the
entrance passage is a seat. The atrium was, possibly, entirely roofed ; there
is no impluvium. There were stairs from the atrium to the second story and
another flight from a room at the rear of the atrium. Opening from the
atrium are a triclinium, with traces of wooden couches, chambers with wall
paintings representing chiefly animals, an apotheca, and a kitchen and latrina.
The kitchen has a chimney of terra-cotta and a painting of serpents and altar.
In the rear of the house is a large enclosed garden, with permanent triclinium
enclosing a table with fine marble top. In a large room at the rear of the
house was the only Pompeian picture which refers to the origin of Rome
(see Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 480). The picture has been removed to the
Naples Museum.
Ibid., pp. 128-138 (3 figs.), A. SOGLIANO continues his description of
excavations at Pompeii from December, 1902, to the end of March, 1906.
A large part of the house at the northwest corner of Reg. V, Ins. 4, lias
been cleared. The outside walls are of opus incertum, covered with stucco,
with a high red plinth. The painted inscriptions and graffiti on the outside
of the house were published in Not. Scavi, 1902, pp. 211 f ., and pp. 399 f.
The walls of the fauces are decorated with pictures of birds. The atrium is
Tuscan, and almost square, with a drain running from the impluvium under
the fauces to the street. On one side of the impluvium is a marble table
supported by the figure of an animal. Close by is a cistern, the edge of its
ITALY] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 111
terra-cotta puteal being supported by four Caryatides. On one wall of the
atrium is a picture of Mercury, with omphalos and serpent at his feet.
Wooden stairs led from the atrium to an upper story. In the front of the
house is a triclinium ; this has a floor of opus signinum, with a rectangular
space of white mosaic in the centre, surrounded by an ornamental border.
There is only one ala, which evidently communicated with the kitchen, not
yet excavated. The walls of the tablinwn are decorated with figures repre-
senting the four seasons. At the back of the house is a viridarium; in this
is a cistern, which, by means of a pipe still well preserved, caught the water
from the roof of a neighboring house.
ROME. — The Excavations in the Forum. — Rom. Mitih. XX, 1905,
pp. 1-119 (4 pis.; 52 figs.), contains a full account of excavations in the
Forum, 1902 to 1904, by CHR. HULSEN, who includes brief reviews of recent
literature on the Forum.
Prehistoric Tombs in the Forum. — In Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 145-
193 (81 figs.), G. BONI gives a minute description of the contents
of prehistoric tombs recently opened in the Roman Forum. All but one
were trench tombs and, in most cases, still contained fragments of the
skeleton ; in the only one which represented the custom of cremation, the
cinerary urn was enclosed in a dolium, which was buried in a circular hole.
The contents of the tombs were very abundant. Besides numerous vases,
there were fibulae of various sorts, bronze and iron bracelets, amber ear-
rings, a necklace of amber and glass, bronze finger-rings, and other ornaments.
A Sepulchral Chamber -with a Relief. — On the Via Salaria,
in excavations for the new Corso di Porta Pinciana, a well-pre-
served sepulchral chamber was found under the pavement of a colum-
barium previously explored. In this chamber were found numerous
sepulchral inscriptions, complete or fragmentary, one of which names
a place hitherto unknown in the topography of Rome, — the lucus Feroniae
evidently connected with the sanctuary of Feronia in the Campus Martius.
There were also many vases and lamps. The most interesting feature of
this chamber was a small shrine on the wall opposite the entrance ; a part
of the front of this was formed by a terra-cotta slab, on which a theatrical
scene was represented. Elsewhere, in the work on the new street, other
sepulchral inscriptions have been found. (G. GATTI, Not. Scavi, 1905, pp.
12-19 ; 2 figs.) G. E. Rizzo (ibid, pp.19-24 ; fig.) describes and briefly dis-
cusses the terra-cotta relief found in the sepulchral chamber. The slab
is well preserved, the colors are bright. It shows the scene wall of a theatre
with Corinthian pilasters at the sides, and a frieze at the top. Three doors
are represented, with elaborate architectural details. On each side of the
central door are two Ionic columns, supporting entablature and pediment.
Between these architectural members and the frieze at the top of the relief
are tripods, hermae, and a Nereid mounted on a sea animal. Five persons
are represented on the stage, — at the right, a man ; in the centre, a woman
leading a child ; at the left, a young man and a young woman, evidently
the chorus. The last two wear no masks or cothurni. The relief is prob-
ably Roman work of the early empire, and is a copy of a Hellenistic
original. The scene possibly represents Andromache, when she is told that
the Greeks have decided to kill Astyanax, and the play is, perhaps, the
Aichmalotides of Sophocles.
112 AMEEICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Sculptures in Recent Excavations. — In Cl. R. XIX, 1905,
pp. 328-330, THOMAS ASHBY, Jr., reports the discovery of a building
near S. Stefano Rotondo, probably the Castra Peregrina. Some inscriptions
and brick stamps were found here, and two interesting fragments of sculp-
ture : a life-size marble head resembling that of the Eros of St. Petersburg
(Lex. Myth. I, 1355), and a plaster head of a bearded Heracles, about three
feet in height, decorated with color and gilding. The discovery of early
pre-Roman remains at Norba is also reported.
The Museum Baracco. — The collection of ancient sculptures pre-
sented by Baron Giovanni Baracco to the city of Rome is exhibited in a
building erected for the purpose by the giver on the Corso Vittorio Emanu-
ele, near the Ponte S. Aijgelo. The building and the sculptures are briefly
described by F. BRUNSWICK, Berl. Phil. W. September 16, 1905, coll. 1197-
1199. The sculptures number nearly two hundred, for the most part works
of Greek art, with a few Babylonian, Assyrian, Egyptian, Etruscan, and
Roman specimens. The quality of the collection is admirable.
Various Minor Discoveries. — The following minor discoveries in
and near Rome are reported by G. GATTI : Near the church of S. Stefano
Rotondo, a marble base, bearing a fragmentary Greek inscription. Near
the Cavallegeri gate, a cinerary urn, with sepulchral inscription. On the
Via Portuense, five or six miles from Rome, a block of travertine, with a
votive inscription of the aerarii. On the Via Salaria, a cinerary urn with
sepulchral inscription. (Not. Scavi, 1904, pp. 365-367.) In Via di St. Stefano
Rotondo, seven tombs, having brick walls and tiled roof. Near the Caval-
legeri gate, fragmentary statues and architectural fragments. In Via Por-
tuense, more than fifty tiled tombs, nearly all in a damaged condition. In
the same place, in the vineyard of the Marquis Pellegrini, the Jewish
cemetery has come to light, discovered in 1602, but the site of which was
afterwards forgotten ; fragmentary inscriptions were found here. In Via
Salaria, three sepulchral inscriptions. (Ibid, 1904, pp. 390-392.) Under
Via dei Soldati, an ancient paved road and a marble pedestal bearing a part
of an inscription, which states that the statue was erected by Glabrio
Faustus, consul in 438 A.D., in honor of his great-grandfather, who was
probably Acilius Severus, consul in 323. On the Via Laurentina, a small
marble sarcophagus, with sepulchral inscription. On the Via Salaria, seven
miles from Rome, a brick tomb, containing two peperino sarcophagi ; an
inscription on the tomb has the name, Ti. Atronius Apollo, the gentile
name being hitherto unknown. (Ibid, 1904, pp. 401-492; B. Com. Roma,
XXXIII, 1905, pp. 110 f.) In Via S. Stefano Rotondo, two sepulchral
inscriptions. In excavating for the new street, Corso di Porta Pin-
ciana, extensive remains have been found of columbaria, belonging
to the cemetery which followed the course of the ancient Via Salaria.
The tombs are generally small and poor; they date from the end of the
republic and the beginning of the empire. Numerous sepulchral in-
scriptions have been found, including a metrical one of six verses; also
common vases and lamps. (Not. Scavi, 1904, pp. 436-443.) Near St.
Stefano Rotondo, on the Caelian, a marble base and column ; on the same
spot, at greater depth, two tombs, made of tiles, containing skeletons, but
nothing else. In Via Ludovico Muratori, a stairway of peperino, with
enclosing walls of tufa opus reticulatum. At the corner of Via Collina and
ITALY] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 113
Via Boncampagni, a fragment of a large sculptured frieze. In the work on
the new Corso di Porta Pinciana, tombs, sepulchral inscriptions, and lamps.
(ibid. 1905, pp. 37-39, cf. pp. 12 ff.) On the south slope of the Quirinal, in
the Via S. Agata dei Goti, at a depth of 6 m., a piece of polygonal
street-paving of late date, and at a depth of 11.40 m. near by, a mosaic
floor of imperial times have been found ; still lower, a wall of tufa blocks.
Besides fragments of columns of different marbles, reliefs, and archaic
burial urns, a fragment of a sepulchral inscription came to light. The rest
is in the Vatican, but the present piece has been missing since the seven-
teenth century. (B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905, pp. 195-107.) Where the
Viale Principessa Margherita enters the piazza inside the Porta Maggiore, an
ancient brick pilaster, a brick wall, and a well of tufa opus reticulatum have
been found. In Piazza Fiammetta, a marble fragment decorated with a
male figure in high relief. On the new Corso Pinciano, a sepulchral cham-
ber ; an inscription, vases, and lamps. On Via Tuscolana, near Porta Furba,
a mosaic floor, belonging to a Roman villa. (Not. Scavi, 1905; fasc. 3, pp.
70-72 ; fig.) On the Caelian, near S. Stefano Rotondo, at a depth of
only 1.70 m., a piece of street paving, with an adjoining room of a private
house, have been discovered in excavations for the new English hospital.
The room is paved with opus sectile (fourth century, probably). Near this,
but 3 m. deep, two tombs were found, roofed with tiles ; also a small
tufa sarcophagus, an inscribed cippus, a fragmentary inscription relating
to the peregrini, etc. (B. Com. Roma. XXXIII, 1905, pp. 108-109.) Near
S. Stefano Rotondo, architectural fragments and a part of a small statuette
were found. Near the church of S. Bernardino da Siena, fragmentary vases,
ancient and mediaeval. On Viale Manzoni, the pavement of an ancient
street and the torso of a male statue. Near Sta. Croce in Gerusalemme, a
fragment of a Christian sarcophagus, a part of a small marble fountain, a
sepulchral inscription, and brick stamps. At the corner of Via Lazio and
Via Lombardia, a drain of the first century. On Via Marforio, in excava-
tion for the monument of Victor Emanuel, architectural fragments. At the
corner of Via de' Coronari and Piazza Fiammetta, a fragment of an ancient
Christian inscription. On Via Portuense, in the Vigna Ercole, an atrium
with mosaic floor, and the peperino bases of eight columns still in situ ; there
are slight remains of the walls, which preserve traces of painting. On the
new Corso di Porta Pinciana, two columbaria, containing inscriptions, vases,
and lamps. One of the columbaria belonged to the freedmen and slaves of
Caecilia Metella, wife of M. Licinius Crassus. (Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 79-83 ;
fig.) In Viale Manzoni, another piece of the pavement of the ancient
street previously discovered ; also brick walls, and two pilasters, between
which is a marble sill. Between Via Lazio and Via Lombardia, a terra-cotta
antefix, having in relief a woman's head between two dolphins. On the new
Corso di Porta Pinciana, sepulchral inscriptions. On Via Labicana, a piece
of ancient road, which probably connected the Via Labicana with the Via
Praenestina ; also remains of a sepulchral monument, of peperino. On Via
Portuense, ancient tombs, of brick. (G. GATTI and E. GATTI, Not. Scavi, 1905,
pp. 100-101.) Near Sta. Croce in Gerusalemme, a marble head, bearded, of
mediocre style. On Via Portuense, terra-cotta antefixes, fragments of terra-
cotta friezes, and a fragment of marble cornice with foliage in relief. On
the Corso d' Italia, near the church of the Carmelites, sepulchral inscriptions.
114 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
On the Corso di Porto Pinciana, sepulchral inscriptions. (G. GATTI, Not.
Scavi, 1905, pp. 141-144.)
SARDINIA. — Various Discoveries. — In Not. Scavi, 1905, A. TARA-
MELLI describes recent discoveries in Sardinia. At Cagliari in the Viale di
S. Pietro the remains of a large building have come to light ; it evidently faced
a street, which followed about the same course as the modern street. In the
same locality was found a headless statue of Dionysus, of fine marble. The
writer mentions other statues of Dionysus or Pan found in Sardinia, and
argues that the importance of their worship was originally due to the
extensive cultivation of the vine (pp. 41-57 ; 7 figs.). Vase fragments and
other remains of the eneolithic period have been found at Nebida (pp. 24-
28). A prehistoric tomb — one of the so-called tombs of the giants — has
been found near Sinnai in Sardinia. It contained fragments of pottery, a
bronze spear head, and a fine bronze sword (p. 139).
SARDINIA. — OLBI A (TERRANOVA).— Coins. — A find of 871
Roman silver coins, from 268 B.C to Caligula has been made. M. Antonius is
very numerously represented. There is one coin of Juba I of Nnmidia, and
many of the Roman families, Claudian, Caninian, Pomponian, Yoconian, etc.
(L. CANTARELLI, B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905, pp. 115-116.)
SICILY.— Recent Discoveries. — In Not. Scavi, 1904, pp. 367-375
(fig.), P. ORSI describes recent explorations and discoveries in Sicily. At
Fantalica Byzantine jewellery and gold coins have been found. At Priolo
two catacombs have been cleared ; in one were stucco decorations probably
taken from a neighboring Roman villa. At Leiitini a marble torso, per-
haps of an Apollo statue, has been found ; it is archaic, and probably of ^he
early fifth century. In the necropolis of Passo Marinaro at Camarina
several hundred graves have been opened ; nine large red-figured vases were
found, but otherwise the contents were of little importance. A Christian
inscription in Greek has come to light in the catacomb of Sta. Croce at
Camarina. The Greek necropolis of Scoglitti, near Camarina, has been
explored, with slight results; the settlement dates from the end of the
sixth century B.C. The area of ancient G-ela has been explored without
results. At Licodia Eubea tombs have been opened and a late Greek
aqueduct has been studied. At Monte S. Mauro near Caltagirone have
been found painted terra-cottas belonging to the architecture of a temple of
the seventh or sixth century B.C.; also remains of a large house of the
eighth or seventh century B.C., built on the site of a Sicel village of the first
and second periods. In the same place the Greek necropolis has been
explored; also, at S. Mauro Sotto, a Byzantine necropolis. Explorations
at Mineo were without result of importance. At Militello, near Catania,
Sicel tombs of the second and third periods have been opened; one tomb
was of the first period. A stamped amphora has been found at Monte
Judica in the province of Catania.
SICILY. — COLLESANO. — Graves and Houses. — Near Collesano,
about fifty miles from Palermo, several ancient tombs have been discovered,
and the fronts of houses with very unusual ornamentation. Signore Salinas,
the director of the National Museum of Palermo, believes that these
remains form a part of the ancient Paropa, mentioned by Pliny. (Nation,
November 2, 1905.)
SICILY. — GRAMMICHELE. — The Necropolis. — The excavations
ITALY] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 115
conducted by P. Ousi near Grammichele, province of Catania, are fully
described by him in B. Paletn. It. XXXI, 1905, pp. 96-133 (36 figs.). The
necropolis proved of unusual interest in the form of the graves, and the
quantity of objects in bronze. By the labors of Orsi knowledge of the bronze
and transition periods in Sicily has been greatly enriched, and the museum
at Syracuse now has a large collection of articles in bronze, fibulae, armillae,
knives, etc. Unique among Orsi's finds are bronze cylinders and tubes, also
a spindle (?).
VARIOUS MINOR DISCOVERIES. — Pigs of bronze discovered
near Frontone are discussed by M. RELLINI, with chemical analysis, in
B. Paletn. It. XXXI, 1905, pp. 13-18. Among many other bronze objects
from the tombs at Sta. Lucia, Gorz, near Trieste, is a unique crepitaculum,
ornamented, and mounted on a slender handle. {B. Paletn. It. XXXI, 1905,
pp. 71-72 ; 1 fig.) A sepulchral inscription recently discovered at Milan is
noteworthy for the formula dis deabus ManUtus ; and for a vale and an ave
to left and right of the inscription. (L. CANTARELLI, B. Com. Roma,
XXXIII, 1905, p. 113.)
The following minor discoveries are reported in Not. Scavi : Remains of
an ancient building of peperino have been uncovered at Albano Laziale ;
also the pavement of a branch of the Via Appia. (1904, pp. 392-393.) A
fine marble urn has been found near Benevento, containing coins of the
Augustan period. (1905, p. 73.) In recent excavations in the Roman
amphitheatre of Bolsena, the arch of one of the large gates has been
uncovered, and a part of the passage under the arena has been cleared.
(1905, p. 12.) A collection of 228 imperial coins has been found at
Castelletto Stura in northern Italy. All are of the period 252 to 270 A.D.,
and all but two are small bronzes. (1904, pp. 361-365.) Several Samnite
tombs have been opened at Capracotta in Samnium. They contained
bracelets and other ornaments of bronze, iron spearheads, etc. (1904, pp.
397-400 ; 3 figs.) The head of a colossal marble statue, probably of an
empress of the first century, has been found at Cingoli. (1905, pp. 53-54.)
At Cinto Caomaggiore in the province of Venetia a collection of about four
thousand coins of the late republic and early empire has been found. Coins
of Julius Caesar, Antony, and Augustus are most numerous. The latest is
of the year 15 after Christ. (1905, p. 53.) At Corneto Tarquinia a tomb
of the fifth century B.C. has been opened in which was a picture of a banquet,
painted on the tufa wall. The picture has been sawed off and deposited in
the Museum at Florence. (1905, p. 78.) A milestone has been found at
Falerone, bearing an inscription of Magnus Maximus, of the years 387-388.
(1904, pp. 389-390.) Two tombs, not earlier than the fourth or fifth
century A.D., have been found near Genzano di Roma. (1905, p. 121.)
A large sarcophagus of Greek marble, with sepulchral inscription, has been
found at Legnaro, near Padua. (1905, pp. 29-31.) A sepulchral inscrip-
tion of republican period has been found at Lugo. (1904, p. 435.) Several
fragmentary inscriptions have been found in or near Modena. (1904,
pp. 385-387.) A collection of Greek silver coins has been found at Morcone
in Apulia. (1905, pp. 193-194.) A collection of thirty-two bronze coins of
the empire has been found near Quaregna. (1905, p. 75.) Two sepulchral
inscriptions — one pagan, the other Christian — have been found at Ravenna
in the church of S. Apollinare in Classe. (1905, p. 11.) In the church of
116 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
S. Vitale a sepulchral inscription and another fragmentary inscription have
come to light. (1905, p. 99.) An Etruscan tomb has come to light at Sette-
piazze, near Orvieto. It is hollowed out of a block of tufa and contained
numerous vases, nearly all of bucchero. (1904, pp. 388-389.) Near Tivoli
an inscription has been found, containing the names of various freedmen of
the gens Laenia. (1904, p. 403.) A brick-lined tomb containing two caskets
of lead has been found at Turin. In niches in the walls there were glass
vases and terra-cotta lamp's. The tomb dates from the third or fourth
century. (1904, pp. 355-360 ; 5 figs.) Near Velletri a collection of votive
offerings has been found, consisting of parts of the human body and domestic
animals, of terra-cotta. These objects belonged, probably, to the temple of
the Sun and the Moon, said to have existed here. (1905, p. 40.) Various
objects have recently been found in the province of Venetia. These include
sepulchral inscriptions, brick stamps, and vases. An ornamental pin and
other objects found near Bagnarola indicate the diffusion of the ancient
Venetian civilization. (1904, pp. 353-355.) At Vinovo a tomb has been
found and, near by, ancient weapons and a glass vase, probably taken from
the tomb at an earlier time. (1904, pp. 375-376.) A Roman tomb of the
early empire containing vases and a lamp has been found at Zola Predosa
in northern Italy. (1904, pp. 387-388.)
SPAIN
ARCHENA. — Objects of Celtiberian Art. — SENOR ENRIQUE SALAS,
of Archena in Murcia, has recently discovered numerous objects, principally
jugs and vessels of the Celtiberian era, in red and black clay. One of these
— apparently a cinerary urn — bears a representation of three warriors, of
whom one, a footman, carries a shield and spear ; a second, a horseman,
bears a dart ; and the third is lying on the ground, wounded by a spear.
This scene, both in drawing and technique, recalls the archaic styles of the
Cypriote and other ancient Greek ceramics ; and in general the newly found
fictilia show close connection with the east. (Athen. October 14, 1905.)
MERIDA. — Statue from the Mithraeum. — A headless statue from
the Mithraeum at Merida (Emerita) is published by F. CUMONT in C. R.
Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 148-151 (fig.). A nude standing male figure, on
whose breast is the mask of a lion, is enfolded by a serpent. The Mithraic
Kronos is represented. Beside him is a rock, with some attribute. The
rock may be the petra genetrix.
FRANCE
AISNE. — A Bronze Oenochoe. — A bronze oenochoe, found in 1840
in the canal of the Aisne and now in possession of the Countess G. de
Germiny, is published by Count O. COSTA DE BEAUREGARD in B. Soc. Ant.
Fr. 1905, pp. 157-160 (pi.). Where the handle joins the body of the vase
is a fine head of Medusa.
ALISE-SAINTE-REINE. — Proposed Excavations. — On the 18th
of September, 1905, a conference of archaeologists was held on this site of
the ancient Alesia, and it was decided to make a systematic excavation of
the spot, only superficially explored under Napoleon III. (Chron d. Arts,
September 23, 1905, p. 250 ; R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 345-348, from the Temps,
September 21, 1905.)
FRANCE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 117
EVREUX. — Letters concerning Statues in the Museum. — In B.
Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 109-112, H. OMONT communicates two letters dated
in October, 1840, describing the discovery of the bronze statues of Jupiter
and Apollo now in the museum at Evreux.
MARSEILLES. — Egyptian Flints. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp.
423-441 (12 figs.), Dr. CAPITAN and the Abbe ARNAUD D'AGUEL describe
a series of Egyptian flint objects found on an island (Riou) near Marseilles.
Below them were neolithic deposits, above them Ligurian pottery, then
Greek, then Roman pottery. Apparently Egyptians visited this place in
neolithic times or, at any rate, before the Ligurians.
Pottery with Mycenaean Decoration. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905,
pp. 383-387, G. VASSKUR describes specimens of pottery found on the
plateau of Baou-Roux, near Simiane, in the neighborhood of Marseilles.
This resembles pottery found nearNarbonne and in Spain. It is attributed
to the twelfth century B.C. and is probably of Iberian manufacture. The
name Ibero-Mycenaean is proposed.
MEAUX. — A God with a Sack.— In the cabinet Dassy, at Meaux,is
a rude high relief representing a seated, beardless, draped person with
rudimentary horns who holds a large sack. This is published by G. GAS-
SIKS (R. Et.Anc. IX, 1905, pp. 372-374 ; fig.).
N ARE ONNE. — Early Pottery. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, p. 283, is
an abstract of a report by H. ROUZAUD on investigations in the necropolis
of Montlaures, at Narbonne. About eight hundred graves, all violated, were
found. Fragments of pottery, identical with that found by Paris and En gel
in Spain, indicate that commerce between Gaul and Spain existed before the
sixth century B.C.
PARIS. — Small Antiquities. — In excavations in 1904 at the corner
of the Rue d'Ulm and the Place du Pantheon various small Gallo-Roman
objects were found, including several bronze coins with effigies of Augustus,
Nero, and Domitian, and a bronze vase containing seventy-three small coins
extending from Gallienus to Probus. A small Roman bronze bust of Venus
and a Jewish epitaph of the thirteenth century were found at the same place.
(Cn. MAGNE,.B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 135-140; fig.)
The Statue of Gudea. — There is now exhibited in the Louvre the
statuette — perhaps about a third the size of life — representing Gudea, of
which the body was discovered by De Sarzec and the head by his successor,
Captain Croz. An examination of the monument leaves no possible doubt
that tire head and the body were originally connected ; but what principally
strikes one about it is the extreme disproportion of the two parts. The like-
ness between this and the statue known as No. 1 in the Cairo Museum is
extraordinary, and leads to the conclusion that it must be the result of con-
scious imitation. (Athen. August 19, 1905.)
Cretan Painting in the Louvre. — The Cretan painting acquired by the
Louvre in 1904 (Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 362) is described and published by
A. HERON DE VILLEFOSSE in B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 147-151 (fig.), who
suggests that it may have come originally from Cnossus. Two fragments of
libation tables from the cave of Psychro and some further Cretan objects are
also mentioned.
A Manuscript of Boissard. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1 905, pp. 544-555,
CH. HUELSEN describes and discusses a small folio manuscript, with draw-
118 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
ings, by J. J. Boissard, in the Bibliotheque Rationale. It is of some impor-
tance as an aid in determining the value of parts of his work. Ibid. p. 559,
Huelsen adds that in a manuscript recently acquired by the Bibliotheque
Nationale (a fragment of an autobiography of Boissard) it is stated that his
volumen inscriptionum was not destroyed when many of his other belongings
were burned.
GERMANY
THE REICHSLIMESKOMISSION IN 1904. — Of the final publi-
cation, parts 21-23 of Section B, which deals with the military posts (ca-
stella), appeared during the year, and substantial progress was made on many
other parts. Although the field work was supposed to be finished, it was
found necessary to conduct further excavation in the fort at Urspring, near
Ulm in the Swabian Alps, as this border region between Upper Germany
and Rhaetia is important for the history of the Roman occupation. This
fort was in use from the time of Domitian until about the year 155 or 160.
A large unknown fort with both earth-wall and stone-wall periods was dis-
covered at Westernbach, not far from Ohringen, and this suggests the pos-
sible existence of other unknown positions. (E. FABRICIUS, Arch. Anz.
1905, pp. 109-112).
MAINZ. — A Plate with Oculist's Stamp. —In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905,
pp. 141-143, E. ESPERANDIEU records (after Korber) the discovery at Mainz
of a plate of " Sarnian " ware on which is stamped the inscription L. Jul(i)
Senis cro\cod(es) ad aspritu(dinern), practically identical with one in the
British Museum. The plate was evidently stamped by an oculist with his
seal. A new oculist's seal (the 220th to date) is reported from Mainz, giv-
ing the name A. Olius Mar '(».).
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY
ARCHAEOLOGY IN AUSTRIA IN 1904.— The only noteworthy
discovery during the year was on the long uninhabited island of Brioni
Grande, off Pola, where remains of villas and temples of the time of
Augustus and other early emperors were found. (Arch. Anz. 1905, p. 101.
See Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 130.)
ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES IN HUNGARY IN 1904. —
At Aquincum (Buda-Pest) and various other places in Pannonia, remains
of Roman streets, buildings, and graves have been found, with coins and
small objects of silver, iron, bronze, pottery, etc., but not many inscriptions.
The stone piers of a Roman bridge over the Szamos have come to light
at D&j in^Dacia (Transylvania). (G. VON FINALY, Arch. Anz. 1905,
ANTHROPOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES IN 1904. -In Mitth. Anth.
Ges. XXXV, 1905, pp. [22]-[40] are reports (with 11 figs.) on anthro-
)gical discoveries in Austria-Hungary in 1904. Ibid. p. [4] f. (fig.) the
continuation of excavations in the cave « Jama pod Kalem," near Nabresina,
where prehistoric remains, chiefly of bone, have been found, is reported.
DALMATIA.-AEQUUM (NEAR SPALATO).-An Honorary
scnption .-An inscription of Hadrian's time in honor of Cn. Julius
is of interest in connection with a previously discovered inscrip-
tion m the same province. (L. CANTARELLI, B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905,
GREAT BRITAIN] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 119
VIENNA. — An Exhibition of Locks and Keys. — An exhibition of
locks and keys of the Roman, Gothic, renaissance, and baroque periods, chiefly
from private collections, was held in Vienna in April-May, 1905. One of
the Roman collections is now the property of the state. A late Roman key
with bronze handle in the form of a recumbent lion or dog is described and
illustrated in Arch. Anz. 1905, p. 151.
GREAT BRITAIN
ARCHAEOLOGY IN ENGLAND IN 1904. — During excavations on
the north side of the baths at Silchester (Calleva) an older stamped brick
was found which may belong to an imperial establishment there in the time of
Nero. At Caerwent (Venta Silurum) many houses have been uncovered, the
entire circuit of the Roman camp is traced, and near the newly found south
gate an inscription has been found to Mars Lenus, Ocellus, Vellaunus, names
of which the first has been known in the Moselle region, the second in
northern England, and the third not at all. At Barhill, at the wall of
Antoninus Pius, the smaller fort of Agricola within the later one of Anto-
ninus has been traced all around and found to have only one entrance
protected by long outer walls. The curious roughly finished bars of iron
that have been found in several places are now identified with Caesar's
taleae ferreae (B.G. V, 12) which the Britons used in trading. (F. HAVER-
FIELD, Arch. Anz. 1905, pp. 97-99 ; Athen. February 26, 1905.)
CAERWENT. — The Excavations. — An elaborate publication of the
results of the excavations at Caerwent, by T. ASHBY, Jr., A. E. HUDD, and
A. T. MARTIN is published in Archaeologia, LIX, i, 1905, pp. 87-124 (4 pis. ;
18 figs.). The walls, gates, houses, and other buildings, as well as smaller
objects found, are discussed in detail. In Athen. August 5, 1905, the begin-
ning of the sixth season's work is recorded. Attention was being directed
to the south gate.
LONDON. — Roman Remains on the Site of Newgate Prison. — In
Archaeologia, LIX, i, 1905, pp. 125-142 (7 pis. ; 3 figs.), PHILIP NORMAN de-
scribes the remains of the Roman wall and gate found in excavations on the
site of Newgate prison (now removed) in 1903-1904. There was evidently
a wall, moat, and gate at this point. Small objects found were of little
importance.
A Roman Bath in Cannon Street. — At a depth of seventeen feet below
the level of Cannon Street remains of a small Roman bath, and on the same
level a small vase and a fragment of pottery, perhaps " Samian," were found.
(A then. November 25, 1905.)
NEWSTEAD. — A Roman Camp. — The excavations by the Scottish So-
ciety of Antiquaries at Newstead, near Melrose, have disclosed a Roman camp
of fourteen acres, with traces of baths, ditches, ramparts, and the foundations
of five barrack-like buildings 200 feet in length. The buildings are separated
from each other by roads 29 feet wide, having footpaths on one side. A
sixth building, 190 feet by 35 feet, is of better masonry. Behind the building
is another, which may have been a storehouse. The usual rough pottery
has been found, with Samian ware, and a circular brooch of pale blue
enamel, with six round spots of red enamel. The coins include those of
Nero, Domitian, Hadrian, Antoninus Pius, and Trajan. Other relics are a
bronze stilus, iron spikes, spear head, and a section of water-pipe. The more
120 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
important finds have been sent to the Edinburgh Antiquarian Museum. The
camp is much larger than any of those examined by the Antiquaries on the
Antonine wall. The making of the North British Railway here in 1846 cut
through an old series of burial pits, evidently Roman. Newstead may be
the site of Trimontium. (Athen. July 8, 1905.) The membership of the
Society of Antiquaries of Scotland numbers 706. The results of the exca-
vations upon four prehistoric forts in Argyllshire and of the Roman forts at
Rough Castle and at Barhill will be given in the next volume of the Pro-
ceedings. (Athen. Dec. 9, 1905.)
AFRICA
RECENT DISCOVERIES IN NORTHERN AFRICA. — A critical
summary of recent publications and other information on the archaeology of
Tunis and Algeria is given by A. SCHULTEN in Arch. Anz. 1905, pp. 73-
95 (11 figs.). At Carthage Falbe's quadrilateral is identified with the
mole built by the Carthaginians and used by Scipio as a base of operations
against the city, and Scipio's dam for cutting off the entrance to the harbors
with the structure whose remains are found on the sea-bottom along the
shore farther south. Not far from the war harbor have been found heaps
of stone missiles for balistae and terra-cotta sling bullets, the larger ones
marked with Punic characters of the second century B.C. The strictly rec-
tangular plan of the Roman colony has been laid bare and is gradually being
filled in by the discovery of the buildings, which include now the theatre as
well as the odeum and some of the palatial residences in the usual African
peristyle form without atrium. It was a city of terraces, like Genoa. The
streets running parallel with the base of the hill were much more numerous
and narrower than those running up the hill. Under the terraces are
galleries which may have been used as bazaars. One house contains a land-
scape on the wall in Roman mosaic, a style hitherto known only in the foun-
tain niches of Pompeii. A mosaic floor giving the plan of a seaport town,
perhaps Carthage itself, is unfortunately very badly preserved. Another, of
the fifth century after Christ, represents a female figure with nimbus, stand-
ing between two candelabra, which may possibly be a personification of the
city, rather than a Christian saint. A colossal statue of Apollo leaning on
the tripod, found in the orchestra of the theatre, a bronze head of Helios (?)
from one of the galleries, and a colossal mask from the outer decorations of
the theatre, are to be noted. In the Punic cemetery at Hadrumetum
was found a drinking vessel in the form of the drunken slave of comedy,
with short tunic, jug, and ivy wreath. The Roman cemetery has as the pre-
vailing type of monument a half-cylinder of masonry covered with cement,
though the other varieties used in Africa are also represented, among them
the underground chamber with tube for pouring in offerings. Thugga is
an irregular and picturesque hill town with its public buildings grouped
about a piazza and a piazzetta. The numerous temples are in apse form.
Basins on the sides of the street leading to the temple of Caelestis may be
for Oriental religious ablutions. At Gigthis the parts immediately adjoin-
ing the forum are laid out with strict Roman symmetry, in contrast to the
surrounding quarter. There are here many small shrines consisting of
hardly more than a statue of the god with a space reserved about it. A fine
peristyle house with a second story and one mosaic floor has been cleared at
Bulla Regia. A curious mosaic at Thenae combines the favorite marine
AFRICA] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 121
and chariot scenes by putting the chariots drawn by dolphins into the sea.
Here and at Hadruinentum the tombs are sometimes painted 011 the outside.
Other subjects of mosaics are Venus surrounded by playful amoretti, and a
Medusa head with wide-open eyes, majestic features, and snakes in the wild
hair, resembling the Rondanini head and evidently apotropaic. The ship
mosaic at Ain-Medina is conjectured to take its literary part from Sueto-
nius's Praia and to be of Hadrian's time. The rare subject of Hero and
Leander is found as a mosiac and in a relief from near Zaghuan. A relief
from the newly discovered Thabbora represents the giants storming the
pine-clad height of Olympus. A head-band ornamented in relief, from the
forehead of a corpse at Thala, is probably an amulet. The highroad from
G-abes to Tebessa with its branches has been traced. A new fort on the
Limes Tripolitanus is found in the passes 12 km. northeast of Tlallet. It
shows long use and numerous alterations. Inscriptions found along the rail-
way to El Kei give the names of provincial officers and of the town
Feiix Thabbora.
In Algeria, the type of house common in Africa, the arrangement, size,
and number of insulae and houses, especially in Trajan's colonies of veterans,
have been studied. Tirngad, one of these colonies, is on a modest scale, and
the houses measure only 29 x 10 m. This city has been pretty thoroughly
explored, but has yielded only five mosaic pavements. One floor of Nereids
is especially well done, and one of Antiope with a tambourine pursued by
Zeus disguised as a shepherd is interesting for the subject, and for the spell-
ing in the inscription, Filadeljis vita. Little clay animals found in the
market may be some sort of advertisement. There are nine Christian basili-
cas in this small town. The finest private house, that of Sertius, has a fish-
pool with twenty-three compartments for breeding. The west gate is an
Arch of Trajan, but not in its original form, as it has disengaged columns
in front. The streets were lined with shops and decorated with colonnades
in Oriental style, as were probably those of Carthage. A large building with
one main apse and eight side niches is almost certainly designated by an
inscription as the library, and, with those at Ephesus and Pergamon, helps
to identify a similar building at Pompeii. The apse has bases for decorative
statues. Inscriptions show that the grammarian Pomponianus was one of
the important men of this town. The Archaeological Society of Constantino,
which has just passed its fiftieth anniversary, has done much to preserve the
antiquities in that neighborhood, but in Algeria as a whole the absence of
laws and of official supervision permits an immense amount of destruction.
An inscription from Lambaesis gives apotheca as the name of the wine
cellar from which wine for libations was given out to the soldiers. An
inscription from Sitifi joins Liber with Magna Mater and Attis, an indica-
tion of the early introduction of the Phrygian cult into half -Semitic Africa
along with that of Baal and Caelestis. The ceremonial car, carpentum, is here
found for the first time in an inscription. An early Christian cemetery near
Rusicade is in the form of an area surrounded by a wall and with the
mausoleum of a saint in the centre, beside which (ad sanclos) the dead were
laid. The second part of the Archaeological Atlas of Algeria shows the
great number of Roman forts that protected the settled lands from the
desert tribes behind. Libyan inscriptions show that the mountain strong-
holds were the refuge of the Berber chieftains during the Roman occupation.
122 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
The valley of the Nasavath was thickly settled, while the coast east of Saldae
at its mouth was anciently, as now, covered only by forests. Chullu has
Punic tombs of late Carthaginian period and other Punic rock tombs along
the coast. The district north of Cirta (Constantine) was thickly settled.
Here is the burial-place of the Lollii, built by the praefectus urbi Lollius.
The writer discusses Gauckler's article musivum opus in Daremberg and
Saglio's Diet, des Antiquites. In Scribner's Magazine, September, 1905, pp.
319-330 (16 figs.), D. L. ELMENDORF describes the most striking ruins at
El Djem (Thysdrus), Timgad (Thamagudi), and Tebessa (Theveste).
ALGERIA. — Ardj em. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 249-253 (fig.),
is a report by E. T. HAMY, on ardjem examined by Mr. E. T. Gautier in the
valleys of the Sousfana and the Saoura and other antiquities of the same
region. These ardjem were left open for successive interments. Numerous
inscriptions, some of them rock-cut, were found.
BULLA REG-IA. — TIMGAD. — Inscriptions relating to Plautianus.
In C. R. Acad. Insc. A. MERLIN publishes an inscription found in 1902 at
Bulla Regia and one copied at Timgad in 1905. The first mentions C.
Fulvius C. f. Quir. Plautianus as praefectus praetorio and friend of the
emperors Septimius Severus, Caracalla, and Geta (erased). The second
reads: C. Fulvio C. f(ilio) \ Plaut\i~\o Hor\tensiano \ c(larissimo) p(uero},
Jilio C. | Fulvi(i) C.jil(u), \ Q(uirina tribu), Plautiani, \ c(larissimi) »(iri),
praefec(ti) \ praet(orio) et ne\cessa(rii) domi\norum nn. This gives the name
of Plautianus's son and permits the conjecture that his wife was a Hor-
tensia.
CARTHAGE.— The Punic Necropolis. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905,
pp. 317-327 (4 figs.), is the report by A. L. DELATTRE of his excavations in
the Punic necropolis at Carthage in April and May, 1905. In a tomb of the
third or fourth century B.C. an interesting series of nine terra-cotta figu-
rines was found. Most of them represent female figures. They differ
greatly in style. A bronze mirror cover, found in another tomb, has upon
it a fine relief of a female head, evidently Greek work. A small urn,
completely filled with crushed shells, bears in two places the inscription
" Tomb of Bod-Astaroth, son of Baal-Hanno." A fine razor has engraved
on one side the figure of Heracles, on the other a warrior crowned with
feathers who is killing a suppliant foe.
Punic Epitaphs. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 168-176 (7 figs.), A. L.
DELATTRE publishes eight Punic epitaphs on stone (some are fragmentary),
one on a fragment of a clay urn, a specimen of five leaden paterae with the
inscription Elim, and three characters inscribed in red 011 an amphora.
Another Punic epitaph is published by Delattre, ibid. pp. 225-227 (fig.)-
A Painted Sarcophagus and a Subterranean Building. — In C. R.
Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 482-489 (pi.; fig.), A. L. DELATTRE reports the discovery
at Carthage of another painted sarcophagus and of a curious subterranean
structure in two stories, with a stairway of twenty-five steps, and dark
corridors. Perhaps it was a prison. Some brick stamps show that the
bricks were made in Italy in the second quarter of the second century
after Christ.
KEF. — Procurator Primae Cathedrae. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905,
p. 462, is an inscription communicated by A. L. DELATTRE : Nepotiano,
E. V. \ proc. sexagenario \ ab actis. \ proc. centenario \ primae cathedrae \ ordo.
AFRICA] AECIIAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 123
Siccensium \ civi et condecurioni \ d. d. p. p. The title of procurator ab actis
is already known, but that of procurator centenarius primae cathedrae is new.
EL KENISSIA. — Sanctuary of Tanit. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905,
p. 501, Dr. CARTON describes' a sanctuary of Tanit, at El Kenissia, near
Sousse. Here over six thousand objects were found in a trench with the
remains of charcoal and bones. Among these objects were two hundred
Punic stelae, many lamps and incense burners, three hundred vases, and
interesting terra-cottas representing dedicators. Similar sanctuaries ex-
isted at Carthage, Hadrumetum, Utica, and Nora.
LAMB AESIS. — Leptis-Lepcis. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 531-
533, C. CLERMONT-GANNEAU submits the text of an inscription from Lam-
baesis, in which the name of Leptis appears as Lepcis. This spelling is
already known (see Am. J. Arch. 1904, p. 125) and has been discussed by
Bucheler, Rhein. Mus. 1904, p. 638.
SEGERMES. — Latin Inscriptions. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp.
175-180, five inscriptions from Segermes are communicated by P. GAUCKLER.
One is a dedication to Jupiter Conservator, Juno Regina, and Minerva
Augusta, on a lintel, apparently from the capitol ; the others are dedica-
tions from the pedestals of statues.
SOUSSE. — The Catacombs of Hadrumetum. — In C. R. Acad. Insc.
1095, pp. 504-522 (pi.; 6 figs.), the catacombs of Hadrumetum are de-
scribed by the ABBE LEYNAUD. Remarks are added (ibid. pp. 501 ff.) by A.
HERON BE VILLEFOSSE. The catacombs resemble those of Rome. The
most important discoveries are simple inscriptions, painted or scratched,
a representation of the Good Shepherd, a Greek inscription, and a plaster
cast of a man's head of surprising realism.
THALA. — Paganicum. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 296 f., A. HE-
RON DE VILLEFOSSE publishes an inscription from near Ain-el-Menchia,
some ten kilometers from Thala. It was communicated by P. GAUCKDER.
The text reads: pro salutem \ domini nostri \ cultores • loris \ Optimi Max-
imi | paganicum sum su\a pqnia fecerunt \ magistri V.... )TVCI. The word
paganicum, designating some public edifice, is interesting.
TIMGAD. — The New Market. — The Library. — In Ami d. Mon.
XIX, i, 1905, pp. 145-150 (4 figs.), A. BALLU describes the market found
in June, 1903, with its hemicycles, Doric columns, remains of booths and of
fountains. A candelabrum of bronze is described and published. Ibid, ii,
pp. 69-78 (2 figs.), the same writer describes the library discovered in 1901.
It comprises a long portico, a court, a semicircular hall, and four smaller,
rectangular rooms. In all it is 26.50 in. long and 25 in. wide. An inscrip-
tion establishes its identity with great probability. C. NOHMAND, ibid. p. 80,
adds a note on the libraries at Ephesus and Pergamon.
TIMGAD. — KH AMISS A. — Tables of Measures. — In C. R. Acad.
Insc. 1905, pp. 490-497 (pi.; 2 figs.), R. CAGNAT publishes and discusses
two stone tables with hollows in them for use as standard measures. One
table, found at Timgad, presents the official Roman measures ; concerning
those of the other, found at Khamissa, no statement can be made.
TUNIS. — The Cave-dwellers of the Tunisian Sahara. — In the Pall
Mall Magazine, January, 1906, pp. 65-72, SIR HARRY H. JOHNSTON describes
caves both natural and partly walled in, inhabited at present; these offer a
parallel to certain cave-dwellings in southwestern United States.
124 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
UNITED STATES
BOSTON. — Ushabtiu from the Tomb of Ua and Tua. — Three ex-
quisite wooden ushabtiu from the tomb of Ua and Tua, in the Valley of the
Tombs of the Kings, have been lent by Mr. Theodore M. Davis to the Boston
Museum of Fine Arts and are published (3 figs.) in the Museum of Fine
Arts Bulletin, III, 6, December, 1905.
CAMBRIDGE. The Semitic Museum. — The Semitic Museum of
Harvard University is described by E. H. BRAITHWAJTE, in Rec. Past. IV,
1905, August, pp. 243-251 (6 figs.).
PHILADELPHIA. — Egyptian Antiquities. — In Rec. Past. IV, 1905,
September, pp. 259-266 (10 figs.),M. G. KYLE describes some of the Egyp-
tian antiquities in the Free Museum of Science and Art of the University of
Pennsylvania. These include reliefs, bronze statuettes, pottery, and other
objects, from the tablet of Mena to Graeco-Egyptian painted portraits.
EARLY CHRISTIAN, BYZANTINE, MEDIAEVAL AND
RENAISSANCE ART
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
PALESTINE. — Seals of the Latin Princes. — G. SCHLUMBERGER re-
cently submitted to the Academic des Inscriptions some rare seals of the
Latin princes of the Holy Land. The most interesting are the seal of Meil-
lor de Ravendel, seigneur of Maraclea on the coast of Syria; that of Amaury
JI of Lusignan, king of Jerusalem and Cyprus, on the reverse of which
appear crude representations of the Holy Sepulchre, the Tower of David,
and the Temple of our Lord; the seal of Balianus II, seigneur of Neapolis
in Palestine, who defended the holy city against Saladin in 1187 ; and
the seal of John, viscount of Tripoli after 1241, bearing on the reverse the
gate of Tripoli. (C. R. A cad. Imc. 1905, pp. 204-209 ; 4 figs.)
MADRID.— A New Gerard David. — The collection of Don Pablo
Boschcontains a'Madonnaand Child resting during the Flight into Egypt,'
from the hand of Gerard David. Two copies exist, one which was sold at
Christie's in 1902 to Messers. Dowdeswell, and another in the Van Ertborn
collection in the Antwerp museum. The original is described and repro-
duced by W. H. J. WEALE in Burl. Mag. 1905, pp. 469-470.
BERLIN. — Acquisitions of the Gallery. — Dr. Bode has recently
secured, at the price, it is said, of 400,000 marks, the two paintings by
Simon Marmion, representing the life of St. Bertin, which belonged to the
Princess of Wied. They were painted for the abbey of St. Bertin at St.
Omer in Picardy. The upper portions of the pictures were at some time in
their history sawed off and came into the possession of the National Gallery
in 1860. (Burl. Mag. 1905, p. 331.)
AMSTERDAM.— The Rembrandt Tricenteiinial. — On the occasion
of Rembrandt's 300th anniversary there will be published at Amsterdam a
brief summary of the master's life and works by Jan Veth, as well as the
first fascicle of the Prentenbybl, in which will be reproduced all of Rem-
brandt's paintings, engravings, and drawings on biblical subjects. Inscrip-
tions will be placed on the various houses in which Rembrandt lived, and
3 house on Joden-Breetstraat recently bought by the city wiU be turned
into a Rembrandt museum. (Chron. d. Arts, 1905, p. 287.)
CHRISTIAN ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 125
ITALY
FALLERONE. — The Signature of Vittore Crivelli. — In Fallerone
the church of S. Fortunate contains a ' Virgin adoring the Child ' which
has always been attributed to Vittore Crivelli. Arduino Colasanti recently
discovered the following signature on the picture : Opus Victoris Crivelli
Veneti ius .... | ann . . . . MCCCCLXXX V11II (?) . . . Septembris. The
date is somewhat uncertain, but certainly not 1484, as given by existing
documentary evidence. The interest of the discovery lies in the fact that
the glass of water with the customary carnations, occurring so often in
Vittore Crivelli's pictures, can no longer be considered as a substitute for
his signature, as hitherto supposed, since the presence of the painted signa-
ture in this case shows that they were used merely as an artistic motif.
(Rass. d' Arte, 1905, p. 157.)
FLORENCE. — The < Palagio della Lana.' — This building (1308),
once the home of the woollen guild, now the seat of the Societa dantesca,\ia,s
been freed from encumbering structures, restored, and roofed anew by its
present tenants. At one corner a new loggetta has been built into it, by the
architect Lusini, who has made the new addition completely consistent with
the original. (I. B. SUPIXO in L'Arte, 1905, pp. 266-270.)
Portraits of the Three Gaddi. — A painting of the end of the fourteenth
century, representing the three painters Gaddi, in busto, has recently joined
the collection of artists' portraits in the Uffizi, having been presented by the
antiquary Elia Volpi. Above the busts, in letters of the period, are inscribed
the names: Taddeus Ghaddi — Gaddus Zenob'd — Angelus Taddei. (Arte e
Storia, 1905, p. 106.)
Reconstruction of a Polyptych by Cosine Tura. — In Rass. d' Arte,
1905, pp. 145-146, a propos of a small fragment of an altarpiece by Cosme
Tura, recently added to the Uffizi and representing S. Uomenico, CORRADO
RICCI reproduces and describes what he considers to be the other four
" tavolette " of the polyptych. The centrepiece was the ' Madonna ' now
in the Accademia Carrara at Bergamo. This, like the Uffizi picture, has
been sawed off by some previous possessor. The two flanking panels were
the Uffizi ' S. Domenico ' and a ' S. Antonio da Padova ' now in the Louvre.
The end panels were the ' St. Cristopher ' and ' St. Sebastian ' in the Berlin
Museum. All are unquestionably by the Ferrarese master and show the
same original dimensions. The polyptych originally stood, as is shown by
a passage in Baruffaldi, in the church of S. Luca in Borgo, near Ferrara.
An Altarpiece by Alesso Baldovinetti and II Graffione. — Alesso
Baldovinetti, in his Ricordi, mentions a contract made by him to paint a
panel picture for a chapel (of S. Lorenzo) in the monastery of Sant'Ainbro-
gio, and the monastery books record the payment of 479 lire to him for
such a work. The picture had a tabernacle in the centre, in which was
placed an ampulla containing the blood resulting from the famous 'Miracle
of the Sacrament ' which occurred in the monastery in 1229. The painting
was to contain " four saints and angels." In 1481 Mino da Fiesole was
employed by the nuns of Sant' Arnbrogio to make a marble tabernacle for
the relic, for the new Capella del Miracolo, just constructed, and Alesso's
picture being now useless as a reliquary, he was directed to mend it and
paint in the space left by the tabernacle a Nativity. Payments for this
126 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
work were made in 1484-1485 on Alesso's behalf to Giovanni di Michele
Scheggini da Larciano, detto 11 Graffione. HERBERT P. HORNE found the
picture in the magazine attached to the sacristy of Sant' Ambrogio and
publishes it with a reproduction in Burl. Mag. VIII, 1905, pp. 51-59. The
opening for the tabernacle can clearly be made out. The original painting
contained to the left of the opening a St. John the Baptist, to the right St.
Lawrence. Below are kneeling figures of St. Catherine and St. Ambrose,
with kneeling angels. Above appear the dove and adoring angels. The
space originally occupied by the tabernacle now presents a kneeling Virgin
adoring the Child, who lies on the ground. This scene is plainly not by the
same hand as the rest of the picture, and Home attributes the Nativity to
II Graffione, Alesso's assistant, to whom the four-fifths of the payments for
it were made. In a subsequent article (Burl. Mag. VIII, 1905, pp. 189-
196), he reconstructs the career of II Graffione, of whom we had hitherto no
authenticated work, and shows that he was the assistant rather than the
pupil of Baldovinetti, being influenced more, apparently, by Pesellino and
Filippino Lippi. On the basis of resemblance to the Sant' Ambrogio
* Nativity,' he assigns to him the ' Trinity ' in the church of Santo Spirito
in Florence.
LAMBRATE. — A Christian Sarcophagus. — In Not. Scavi, 1905,
pp. 76-78, P. CASTELFRANCO describes a large Christian sarcophagus of
marble found in March, 1905, at Lambrate, near Milan. The face of the
sarcophagus is divided into three parts. On the left is the figure of a
woman, on the right that of a man, each under an arch supported by two
columns. In the centre is a representation of a sarcophagus. On one of
the ends is the figure of Christ and on the other a seated figure engaged in
writing. The sarcophagus is of the fourth century or later. Nothing but
the skeleton was found inside.
MILAN. — A New Picture by Giovanni Francesco da Rimini
(Fifteenth Century). — Corrado Ricci in a recent article in Rass. d' Arte,
referring to this artist, was unable to cite more than two paintings by him,
one in S. Domenico di Bologna, the other recently bought at Christie's by
Mr. Salting. GUIDO CAGNOLA, ibid. 1905, p. 127, describes and reproduces
a third work by this artist, a Madonna and Child, sitting before a tapestry
sustained by two angels. The painting is now, as was also the Salting
Madonna, in the possession of the antiquary Cantoni at Milan. In Rass.
bibl. dell' arte ital. 1905, pp. 137-140, ERCOLE SCATASSA publishes documents
drawn from the Archives of Urbino and illustrating in some degree the life
of this artist.
NAPLES. — A Picture by Francia. — In a private collection in Naples
there exists a painting by Francesco Francia representing S. Rocco, who
stands in the foreground of a landscape filled with mountains arranged in
the form of a great amphitheatre and receives the benediction of God the
Father, who appears above in the clouds. It is signed Fracia Aurifaber \
MCCCCCII, and there seems to be no doubt of the signature. The S. Rocco,
though scarcely a masterpiece, was copied by Simone delle Spade for his
altar-piece now in the Berlin Museum. (A. COLASANTI, Rass. d' Arte, 1905,
pp. 188-189.)
ROME. — Catacombs.— In Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 102-120, O. MARUC-
CHI describes the result of excavations in 1904 in the catacombs of Com mo-
CHRISTIAN ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEW 8^ 1905 127
dilla (see Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 378), and, more briefly, recent excavations
in the catacombs situated between the Via Appia and the Via Ardeatina.
Here inscriptions were found, mostly of the fourth century. Here, too,
originally on the surface of the ground, a group of tombs has recently come
to light, and a curved wall, probably of a small basilica.
A Jewish Necropolis. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 245-247,
SEYMOUR DE RICCI reports the rediscovery, in the vigna called Pellegrini
Quarantotto, on the Monte Verde, of the Jewish catacomb of the Via
Portuensis. Many inscriptions have been found and removed to the
Lateran.
Acquisitions of the Government. — The Ministry of Public Instruc-
tion recently bought from the Saritini collection at Ferrara the following
pictures : Cosimo Tura, ' San Giacomo della Marca Ferrarese ' ; Giovanni
Benvenuti, 'Crucifixion '; Coltellini, 'Virgin and Child'; De' Roberti, 'St.
Michael'; unknown master, 'Virgin and Child.' The combined cost of
the paintings amounted to 59,000 lire. They have been deposited tempora-
rily in the Galleria Borghese. (Rass. d' Arte, June, 1905, Cronaca.)
New Pictures in the Pinacoteca Vaticana. — Certain paintings pre-
served hitherto in the Papal Antichamber have been taken out and hung in
the Pinacoteca. Among them are Bordone's ' St. George slaying the Dragon,'
a small ' Virgin and Child,' wrongly attributed to Melozzo da Forli, since it
shows characteristics of the school of Pinturicchio, and a ' Madonna,' hitherto
entirely unknown, which shows the forms of Lorenzo di Credi in his early
period. (A. COLASANTI, Rass. d' Arte, 1905, p. 95.)
A New Fresco by Guido Reni. — ROBERT EISLER has discovered a
hitherto unknown portion of the wall decorations painted in Scipio Bor-
ghese's palace on the Quirinal (now Palazzo Rospigliosi) by Guido Reni, of
which the well-known Aurora is an example. The newly discovered frescoes
are in a walled-up loggia which formerly looked out upon the garden of the
Rospigliosi palace, and consist of groups of putti variously occupied about
flower-pots. These groups are painted in spandrels dividing the lunettes of
the loggia, in which are landscapes by Paul Bril, who was also the author of
the bower which adorns the vault. Eisler's article in Burl. Mag. 1905, pp.
313-323, is accompanied by reproductions and includes notes on the history
of the putto-motif in art.
Private Accounts of Paul III. — Certain entries in two private account
books of Paul III recently acquired in Italy by F. de Navenne give interest-
ing details, not only regarding the statues installed by that Pope in the
Cortile del Belvedere, but also concerning the Last Judgment in the Sistine
Chapel. It appears that Michael Angelo really began his masterpiece
between April 10 and May 18, 1536, and that the execution required about
five and a half years, not seven or eight, as hitherto supposed. (Communi-
cation of L. DOREZ in C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 233-235.)
TURIN. — Miniatures by Bourdichon.— Among the manuscripts
ruined by the burning of the Turin library was a translation of Appian by
Claude de Seyssel, bishop of Marseilles, with two miniatures, one represent-
ing Seyssel himself, proffering his book to Louis XIII, the other the pro-
mulgation of the laws at Rome, both executed between 1511 and 1515.
Fortunately, photographs of these miniatures were taken before the fire by
G. CAMUS, who describes them in L'Arte, 1905, pp. 270-276. The flowers
128 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
occurring in the decorative borders are almost exactly the same as the
flowers in those miniatures of the Grandest Heuresof Anne of Brittany, which
are the undisputed work of Bourdichon. The miniatures themselves show
his hand, and one figure in the ' Promulgation of the Laws ' is so like the
central figure in the ' Deposition ' in the triptych of Loches as to make it
probable that Bourdichon was also the author of the latter work. The
close resemblance between the architectural details in these miniatures and
the architectonic backgrounds in Jean Fouquet's illustration of the ' Clem-
ency of Cyrus' in the Josephus in the Bibliotheque Rationale, either bear
out the hitherto accepted supposition that Bourdichon copied his master or
make it likely that he collaborated in the Josephus. A peculiarity com-
mon to the Grandes Heures and the Turin miniatures is the picturing of
the flowers and plants as if thrust through slits in the page, indicating per-
haps the use of an herbarium as a model.
FRANCE
ANGERS. — A Cross reproduced in a Miniature. — In the Musee
St. Jean at Angers is preserved a miniature on parchment portraying a
crucifix with double cross resting upon a highly ornamented cushion. The
original was probably executed between 1490 and 1520. The cross itself is
finely worked with channellings, an architectural base, and ornate terminals,
and the intersection of the upper cross is adorned with an enamelled fleur
de Us. The cushion represents an arched opening, the form and border of
which show Arabic influence. In the spandrels to right and left of the
arch are incense-bearing angels. (L. DE FARCY in R. Art Chret. 1905,
pp. 259-261.)
PARIS. — lie Muse"e des Arts De"coratifs. — This museum has lately
been installed in the Pavilion de Marsan in the Tuileries and enriched by
the legacy of the collection of the late Emile Peyre, the importance of which
is set forth by G. MIGEON in Gaz. B.-A. XXXIV, 1905, pp. 5-25. The col-
lection is chiefly notable for its sculpture on wood. Among the pieces
assigned to the fifteenth century is a money-changer's table bearing on its
front panel an annunciation, and a large reading-desk, of hexagonal form,
with statues in the niches of the shaft. To the sixteenth century belong a
remarkable triple stall and a carved oaken door coming from a house in
Rouen. Two pieces of wooden sculpture en rand are to be noted, both of
the fifteenth century, a polychrome figure of St. John the Evangelist and
another, of German origin, representing the Baptist. Modern decorative art
is abundantly illustrated, two rooms being dedicated to the periods of Louis
XIV and Louis XV respectively. Among the tapestries are five pieces
representing scenes drawn from a romance, of capital importance, says
Migeon, for the history of the art.
Acquisitions of the Louvre. — The Louvre has recently acquired four
painted wooden panels with scenes from the life of St. George, the gift of
the Amis du Louvre, and an ivory plaque with episodes of the Passion, a
tenth-century German work, intermediate between the Romanesque and
Carolingian ivories in the Mediaeval collection. (Cliron. d.Arts, 1905, p. 190.)
From the legacy of Leon Dru, the Louvre receives six Mussulman coppers,
incrusted with gold and silver, and seven Persian miniatures. (Chron. d.
Arts, 1905, p. 274.) A French 'Virgin' of the fourteenth century, coming
CHRISTIAN ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 129
apparently from the region of Troyes, was recently added to the collection
of Mediaeval Sculpture. (Chron. d.Arts, 1905, p. 317.) Among the effects of
the Exposition des Primitifs may be counted the increase in the French
department of the Renaissance. The Maitre de Mouiins is represented by a
' Donatrix and St. Mary Magdalen,' exhibited at the Exposition by Mr.
Agnew, and a small portrait of lolanda of Savoy, presented by Mr. Walter
Gay. The valley of the Rhone and Fouquet's school have a worthy repre-
sentative in the ' Trinity ' from the church of Bourbon near Avignon (fif-
teenth century), as well as in two later works, a ' St. John the Baptist '
and a ' Deposition ' ; and a similar origin may be assumed for the triptych-
wing representing a reading woman. Another important addition is the
altarpiece of the Parlement de Paris, formerly in the Palais de Justice.
The Spanish collection is increased by the ' Virgin giving a dalmatica to St.
Isidore,' attributed to Luis Dalmau. Besides two pictures of the sixteenth
century, presented by M. Grandidier, the Dutch collection now possesses an
additional Rembrandt, a signed picture (1631), representing an old man
reading, in a rustic interior, this being the earliest Rembrandt in the Louvre
collection ; and a small 'Portrait of a Man ' by Thomas de Reyser, presented
by Rudolf Kann. The Rembrandt is the gift of M. Kaempfen, who has
resigned the directorship of the National Museums, being succeeded by M.
Homolle. Two decorative busts (1527), from the Chateau de Mental, show
what French civil architecture was before the intervention of the Italian
artists. (JEAN GUIFFREY in L'Arte, 1905, pp. 290-294.)
Acquisitions of the Musee de Cluny. — The legacy of Leon Dru having
been divided between the Louvre and the Musee de Cluny, the latter has
acquired from this source a Franco-German chalice of the fifteenth cen-
tury, two Limoges caskets of the thirteenth century, and two pieces of French
sculpture belonging to the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. (Chron. d.Arts,
1905, p. 274.)
Holbein^ 'Portrait of a Man.' — This hitherto unidentified portrait
in the Louvre may now be regarded as the likeness of John More, son of
Sir Thomas. Three other portraits of him are found among the sketches
which Holbein made in London, and on all of them appears the Latin note,
Johannes Morus, Thornae Jilius, anno 19. The resemblance between these
sketches and the Louvre portrait is not striking, but the differences may be
accounted for by supposing that the Louvre portrait was painted consider-
ly later in the young man's life. This seems to be the case, inasmuch as
e remaining part of the inscription in the upper right-hand corner of the
Louvre portrait reads («ef)AT SVE 28 1538. John More was in fact 28
years old in 1538. (A. MACHIELS, Chron. d. Arts, 1905, pp. 278-279.)
ROUEN. — Inscriptions on the Tympanum of the Northeast Door
of the Cathedral. — A supplementary note to Louise Pillion's article in the
. Art Chre't. of May, 1904 (see Am. J. Arch. 1904, p. 500), is contributed to
e same periodical, 1905, p. 265, by W. R. LETHABY. Under the scene
presenting Herod's feast he has discovered the word Hie belonging to the
original inscription, which is balanced on the left side, under the Decapi-
tation, by + Hie caput aufertur. The two inscriptions, taken together with
certain hitherto unnoticed architectural details, go to show that the door
belongs to the original work commenced after 1200.
CVVl
th(
130 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
BELGIUM
GHENT. — A Mural Painting. — An account of the painting of the
Last Supper discovered lately on a wall in an old house in the Rue de la
Monnaie is furnished to the R. Art Chre't. 1905, pp. 265-266, by F. COPPE-
JANS. Christ sits at the centre of the table, St. John reposing upon His
breast, and offers the communion with his right hand to Judas, who
appears to hesitate, preoccupied with his evil projects. The other disciples
surround the table in the usual attitudes. A rare element is introduced
in the angel servitors, who bring the bread and wine, and the kitchen
window in the corner, through which a third angel passes a crystal decanter.
A careful copy of the painting has been made and deposited in the local
museum. A drawing accompanies the article.
LIEGE. — An International Bureau of Manuscripts. — The interna-
tional Librarians' Congress, which recently met at Liege, approved a project
presented by Professor Gayley of the University of California to establish
in America a bureau in which should be collected plates of rarer manuscripts
and dies of coins and seals, for the cheap production and dissemination of
reproductions. (Chron. d. Arts, Sept. 9, 1905, pp. 242-243, C. R. Acad. Insc.
1905, pp. 479 f.)
A Signed Reliquary of the Sixteenth Century. — At the Expo-
sition universelle at Liege was a reliquary in wood representing the
head of St. John the Baptist in the charger, which, after having been cleaned,
is now seen to bear, upon the rim of the charger, an inscription to the effect
that it was made in 1508 by Jan van Weerd, bieldesnider. The plaque, which
is a work of considerable merit, belonged to a Compagnie de Charite pour les
secours des pauvres et des prisonniers, which is, however, of considerably later
foundation than the date given above. (HELBIG in R. Art Chre't. 1905, pp.
289-293.)
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND
LIMERICK. — A Relief of St. Patrick. — In Reliq. XT, 1905, pp. 274-
277 (fig.), ALEXANDER MACDOUGALL describes a rude, early relief at St.
Patrick's Well, near Limerick. St. Patrick is represented standing on a
snake. He is dressed in a thick gown, holds the Coi'gerach, or Staff of
Order, in his right hand, and a book in his left. The relief is broken. This
may have happened as early as 845 A.D.
LONDON. — Acquisitions of the Victoria and Albert Museum. —
From the collection of Nugent Bankes, the Victoria and Albert Museum has
bought (for £500) two figures of angels ascribed by Bode to the tomb of
Bartolommeo Aragazzi at Montepulciano, executed by Melozzo between 1427
and 1436. Another acquisition is a statuette, a ' Virtue,' formerly belong-
ing to Sir J. C. Robinson. It is thought to be a fragment from the tomb of
Gaston de Foix by Bambaia, although the figure cannot be recognized in the
drawing for the tomb, which is also in the Museum. (Miss C. J1. FFOULKES
in L'Arte, 1905, pp. 289-290.)
An Unknown Flemish Master. — W. H. J. WEALE in R. Art Chre't.
publishes two paintings, at present in Harris's Spanish Gallery in Conduit
Street, which originally adorned the altar of a chapel in the abbey-church
of Las Huelgas, near Burgos, in Castile. They are the wings of an altar-piece,
CHRISTIAN ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 131
one representing the crucifixion of St. Peter, who is being questioned by the
emperor and his retinue, the other the legend of St. Gerasimus. The exte-
rior of the wings is decorated with an Annunciation and bears the date 1451.
Both pictures contain a donor, the former a gentleman, the latter a lady,
accompanied in each case by the same coat-of-arms. The writer considers
the work to be Flemish, but is unable to assign it to any known artist.
An Identification. — The painter of the ' St. Michael slaying the
Dragon,' in the collection of Mr. Wernher at Bath House (see Am. J. Arch.
1905, pp. 385, 386), whose signature, Bartolomeus rubens, was unknown, has
been identified. RAYMOND CASELLAS, in La Veu de Catalunya (Barcelona)
of August 3, 1905, shows that the signature is the Latinized form of Barto-
lome Vermejo (or Berrnejo, a name signifying "red," rubens). This painter
worked in Barcelona from 1490 to 1494, and was the author of a Pieta in the
cathedral and a ' St. Veronica ' in the cathedral of Vich, near Barcelona.
(H. COOK in Chron. d. Arts, 1905, p. 269, and Burl. Mag. VIII, 1905, p. 129.)
The Chigi Titian at Colnaghi's. — The portrait of Pietro Aretino by
Titian, formerly in the Chigi Gallery at Rome and now in the P. and
D. Colnaghi Gallery in London, is described and reproduced by ROGER FRY
in Burl. Mag. 1905, pp. 344-347. He regards it as that one of the four
portraits of Aretino painted by Titian which was owned by the engraver
Marcolini, and dates it in the forties of the sixteenth century. It is a re-
markable example of Titian's portraiture in maturity. Efforts are being
made to acquire the picture for the national collections. Fry's attribution
is however questioned by Miss C. J. FFOULKES in L'Arte, 1905, p. 387, who
is upheld in her opinion by VENTURI, the latter giving a very disparaging
criticism of the picture.
A Holy Family by Marco Palmezzano. — At the sale of the collection
of Lord Tweedmouth in June, 1905, a picture was sold to Mr. Erskine
which bore the signature : Marcus palmezanm pictor foroliviensis faciebat
MCCCCCXXXII. It represents the Holy Family, the Virgin standing
and holding the Child, who blesses the young St. John. At the left is St.
Joseph, at the right a female saint, either St. Catherine or St. Margaret, and
St. Dominic. The painting seems to be that previously in the collection of
Sig. Pellegrino Brunetti at Forli. (Miss C. JOCELYN FFOULKES in Rass. bibl.
dell' arte ital. 1905, pp. 90-91.)
Lost "Works by Cellini and Caradosso. — The treaty of Tolentino,
with its 30.000,000 francs indemnity to be paid to Napoleon, forced Pius VI
to break up, melt down, and otherwise convert into money much of the finest
jewellery of the Vatican. Among the objects thus lost was the famous tiara
made by Caradosso for Julius II and a morse, or cape-clasp, made for Clem-
ent VII by Benvenuto Cellini. The latter is described at length by Cellini,
both in his autobiography and the Oreficeria, but no representation of it
was known. One has now been found in the Print Room of the British
Museum, among some drawings originally made by F. Bartoli and J. Gri-
soni for an Englishman named John Talman. The design, representing
God the Father surrounded by putti, in a field studded with precious stones,
agrees with Cellini's description in almost every detail. On the reverse were
modelled the arms of the Pope, and figures in low relief adorned the rim.
The tiara of Julius II is also reproduced in the drawings, and it was from
this drawing that George Vertue made the somewhat inaccurate engraving
132 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
used by Miintz in La Tiare pontificate, p. 73. (Rev. HERBERT THURSTON in
Burl. Mag. VIII, 1905, pp. 87-43.)
A Crystal Biberon. — In Reliq. XI, 1905, pp. 196 f . (pi.), a rock-crystal
biberon of the sixteenth century is published. It has a head and wings at
one end, and on it is a Neptune riding a dolphin. It was recently sold at
Christie's for 15,500 guineas to Mr. Charles Wertheimer.
RICHMOND. The Portrait of Laura de' Dianti. — HERBERT COOK
has found the original of Titian's ' Bella Schiavona,' the portrait of Laura
de' Dianti, mistress and afterward wife of Alfonso d' Este, Duke of Ferrara,
in Sir Frederick Cook's Gallery at Richmond. He suggests that it was the
companion picture to the Duke's portrait, the original of which may be the
version in the Pitti. Six other versions of the Laura exist, all of them now
classed as copies by Cook. (Burl. Mag. 1905, pp. 449-455.)
WHESTON. A Wayside Cross. — In Reliq. XI, 1905, pp. 197-200
(3 figs.), G. LE BLANC SMITH describes a cross, of the fourteenth century, at
Wheston, Derbyshire. On one side the Crucifixion is represented, on the
other the Nativity.
WINDSOR. — Miniatures. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 523-526
and 529-531, L. DELISLE describes the discovery and identification at Wind-
sor of eleven miniatures by Jean Fouquet. They had been cut out from the
second volume of the Antiquities of Josephus, which belongs to Mr. H. Yates
Thompson. Vol. I is in the Bibliotheque Nationale. The Sobieski Book
of Hours, at Windsor, is found by Mr. Warner to resemble greatly the Bed-
ford Book of Hours. It was probably made for Margaret, daughter of John
the Fearless, of Burgundy, widow of the Dauphin, Duke of Guyenne, at the
time of her marriage, in 1422, to Arthur, Count of Richemout.
AFRICA
CALAMA. — The Cross on a Pagan Statue. — P. MONCEAUX, on
behalf of R. CAGNAT, communicates to B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 152-153,
a report on a Christian inscription found at Guelma (Calama), in the
province of Constantine, and a statue, probably of Apollo, found in a large
nymphaeum together with a figure of Diana. Upon the breast of the Apollo
is carved a monogrammatic cross. The only other known example of this
Christianization of pagan figures is the bronze Eros, or youthful Dionysus,
which was found in the Crimea and is now in the Hermitage at St. Petersburg.
It has two monograms upon its breast, two on its back, and on a sort of belt
the inscription: + $a>vrj Kvp(tbv) ®(eov) em TO>V vSarcov, alluding to Gene-
sis i. 2.
ENFIDA. — Christian Inscriptions. — In B. Arch. C.T. May, 1905, pp.
xviii-xx, MONCEAUX publishes ten inscriptions from the " basilica of the
martyrs" at Uppenna (see Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 376) and the basilica at
Sidi-IIabich. They are nearly all in mosaic and present some peculiarities
worthy of note ; for example, the formula ic que digni sunt sic accipiant, the
mention of the unfamiliar grade of audiens, and of a famulus dei eremitn.
TUNIS. — A Seventeenth-century List of Tunisian Antiquities. — In
Latin manuscript, 8957, of the Bibliotheque Nationale in Paris, is preserved
a letter from J. P. d'Ollivier to the councillor Peiresc containing a descrip-
tion and drawings of inscriptions of Tunis. The most interesting is that
described by d'Ollivier as being carved on a " quaisse de ma(r)bre," which
AMERICAN] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1905 133
enclosed a " petite quaisse d'argent " containing seven small phials of glass,
in which was found a small quantity of " terre noire." Louis POINSSOT, who
publishes this interesting document in B. M, Soc. Ant. Fr. 1903, pp. 1-40,
corrects the manuscript version of the inscription to -f Hie M(emo)riae
s(an)c(t)or(uin) Martirum Cell (?) Anunsii (?) Sassii (?) et Minervii (?).
The silver casket, like others which have been found in Africa, was un-
doubtedly a reliquary, and the " terre noire " refers to the earth collected
from martyrs' tombs on the analogy of the cult, appearing early in the Church,
of earth from the Holy Land.
A Picture by a Pupil of Leonardo. — One of the few artists whom
Morelli called the " real " disciples of Leonardo was Francesco Napoletano,
to whom Morelli assigned a ' Virgin and Child with Sts. John the Baptist and
Sebastian,' now in the Zurich museum. This attribution was confirmed
recently, by the discovery of the signature Franciczo Napolitano on the base
of the Madonna's throne. Another picture in his Leonardesque manner is
the 'Madonna' in the Brera, and G. CAGNOLA (Rass. d' Arte, 1905, pp.
81-83) claims to have found a third in a ' Madonna ' now in the collection
of the Historical Society in New York. The heavy eyelids and the hair of
the Virgin, as well as the pose of the Child's head, together with the lock of
hair upon his forehead, seem to characterize the work as that of Francesco.
AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY
THE NOMENCLATURE OF AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY. — At
the San Francisco meeting of the American Anthropological Association,
in August, 1905, a committee was appointed to determine whether a better
naming of specimens in American archaeology is possible, and if so, along what
lines. The Committee is as follows : Professor John H.Wright, Cambridge ;
Mr. W. K. Moorehead, Andover, Mass.; Mr. F. W. Hodge, Washington;
Mr. J. D. McGuire, Washington ; Dr. C. Peabody, Cambridge (Chairman).
The paper preliminary to the appointment of the Committee is printed in
the Amer. Anthropol. N. S. VII, 1905, pp. 630-632.
THE WISCONSIN ARCHAEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. — In Rec. Past,
IV, 1905, October, pp. 319-320, is a brief account (quoted from Science) of
the success of the Wisconsin Archaeological Society in furthering archaeo-
logical work in Wisconsin. The legislature has passed a bill for the printing
and distribution of the transactions of the Society. Field work and records
are to be under the charge of Mr. Charles E. Brown.
MAND AN, NORTH DAKOTA. — Prehistoric Mandan Remains. —
In Rec. Past, IV, 1905, pp. 363-367, A. T. GESNER describes remains of a
Mandan village at the mouth of the river Heart, on the Missouri, five miles
south of Mandan, North Dakota. There are low mounds about 3 feet in
height, each situated near a circular depression 25 to 30 feet in circumfer-
ence. In front is a 30-foot bank of clay facing the Missouri. From this
bank were secured wood-ashes, burnt and broken bones, mussel shells, and
chipped flint. Projectile points of chert and flint, fragments of decorated
pottery, scrapers and knives of flint, awls and needles, fish-hooks and whistles,
"chippers " and hoes of bone are scattered about, or buried in the mounds
and rubbish heaps. The author characterizes the Mandans as a unique
people whose provenance is unknown. An Editorial Note (p. 377) urges the
importance of the preservation of the Mandan sites of that vicinity.
134 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
NORTHERN MEXICO. — Cliff Dwellings. — In Rec.Past,IV, 1905,
pp. 355-361, A. H. BLACKISTON describes cliff-dwellings principally in the
Sierras of Chihuahua. They consist of natural caves divided by artificial
walls into cells or rooms, with floors of earth and cement where necessary,
to correct natural sloping or irregularity. One of the most interesting is
the so-called " Olla Cave " from the immense olla, or jar, inside. This olla
is 12 feet high with a maximum diameter of 11 feet. Within this lay a de-
posit several feet thick of small cobs of maize from which the grain has fallen.
From the floors of this cave, about 3 feet thick, came fragments of stone
implements, remnants of matting, a pair of yucca-leaf sandals, and fragments
of pottery and bone. The author thinks that the builders were probably not
of Nahuatl stock, and that they probably were pre-Columbian by many
years.
MOUNDVILLE, ALABAMA. — Prehistoric Remains. — In Harper's
Magazine, January, 1906, pp. 200-210, H. NEWELL WARDLE discusses the
explorations directed by Mr. Clarence B. Moore of Philadelphia in the group
of mounds near Moundville, western Alabama, situated on the Black War-
rior River. Of the group four are large and about sixteen smaller. The
excavations are rich in copper and in articles of " ceremonial " rather than
utilitarian purposes. Hair- and ear-ornaments, " gorgets," beads, and pot-
tery are found and a stone vase of unusual form, the handles of which
represent the crested wood-duck. Stone palettes with traces of paint still
adhering assist in the solution of the much-discussed "gorget" problem.
The author enlarges upon the symbolism of the sun and arrow design, of
the antlered rattlesnake, and of the ivory-billed woodpecker, — forms repre-
sented on the pottery of the region ; he alludes to the prehistoric city as the
Rome of that portion of the world, justifying the title by its apparent
supremacy in art.
SENECA, MISSOURI. — Ancient Flint Quarries. — In Rec. Past,
IV, 1905, October, pp. 307-311 (5 figs.), W. C. BARNARD describes flint
quarries near Seneca, Missouri, which were evidently worked for centuries,
though at what period is not clear.
TREMPEALEAU, WISCONSIN. — Aboriginal Features. — In the
Wisconsin Archaeologist, IV, ii, January, 1905, pp. 25-34, G. N. SQUIER dis-
cusses the remains in the vicinty of Trempealeau, in western Wisconsin.
Of monuments there are tumuli 2 to 4 feet high and 10 to 15 feet in
diameter, oval mounds 10 to 12 feet high and 40 to 50 feet long, linear em-
bankments (one instance), and platforms. The base of the largest platform
is 108 by 122 feet, the level top 65 by 80 feet, and the height 6 to 18 feet.
The burials show some variety; in some the bones Jiave been burned; the
writer thinks that the variation in method points to the representation of
more than one tribe and possibly in some instances to European influence.
There are found projectile points, celts, discoidal stones, etc. Copper is rela-
tively rare. Some pottery is in the author's possession. He believes that
the more important constructions were long anterior to the coining of the
French.
ABBREVIATIONS
Abh. : Abhandlungen. Acad. : Academy (of London). Allg. Zeit. : Miin-
chener Allgemeine Zeitung. Am. Ant. : American Antiquarian. Am. Archit. :
American Architect. Am. J. Arch. : American Journal of Archaeology. Ami
d. Mon. : Ami des Monuments. Ann. Brit. 8. Ath. : Annual of the British
School at Athens. Ann. Brit. S. Home : Annual of the British School at Rome.
Ann. d. 1st. : Annali dell' Istituto. Ant. Denk. : Antike Denkmaler. Anz.
Schw. Alt. : Anzeiger fiir Schweizerische Altertumskunde. Arch. Ael. : Archaeo-
logia Aeliana. Arch.-Ep. Mitth. : Archaol.-epigraph. Mittheil. (Vienna). Arch.
Anz. : Archaologischer Anzeiger. Arch. Portug. : O Archeologo Portugues.
Arch. Eec. : Architectural Record. Arch. Hess. Ges. : Archiv fiir Hessische
Geschichte und Altertumskunde. Arch. Rel. : Archiv fiir Religionswissenschaft.
Arch. d. Miss. : Archives de Missions Scientifiques et Litte"raires. Arch. Stor.
d. Art. : Archivio Storico dell' Arte. Arch. Stor. Lomb. : Archivio Storico Lom-
bardo. Arch. Stor. Nap. : Archivio Storico Provincie Napolitane. Arch. Stor.
Patr. : Archivio della r. societa romana di storia patria. Athen. : Athenaeum
(of London).
Beitr. Ass. : Beitrage zur Assyriologie. Berl. Akad. : Preussische Akademie
der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Berl. Phil. W. : Berliner Philologische Wochen-
schrift. Berl. Stud.: Berliner Studien. Bibl. EC. Chartes : Bibliotheque de
1'Ecole des Chartes. B. Ac. Hist. : Boletin de la real Academia de la Historia.
B. Arch. d. M. : Bulletin Arche"ol. du Ministere. B. Arch. C. T.: Bulletin
Arche"ologique du Comit6 des Travaux hist, et scient. B.C.H.: Bulletin de
Correspondance Helle"nique. B. Extr. Or. : Bulletin de 1'Ecole frangaise de
1'Extrgme Orient. B. Hist. Lyon : Bulletin historique du Diocese de Lyon.
B. Inst. tig. : Bulletin de 1'Institut Egyptien (Cairo). B. M. Soc. Ant. Fr. :
Bulletin et Me"moires de la Socie'te' des Antiquaires de France. B. Soc. Anth. :
Bulletin de la Socie'te" d' Anthropologie de Paris. B. Soc. Yonne : Bulletin de la
Socie"te" des Sciences historiques et naturelles de 1'Yonne. B. Mon. : Bulletin
Monumental. B. Arch. Stor. Dal. : Bullettino di Archeologia e Storia Dalmata.
B. Com. Roma : Bullettino d. Commissione Archeologica Comunale di Roma.
Bull. d. 1st. : Bullettino dell' Istituto. B. Arch. Crist. : Bullettino di Archeo-
logia Cristiana. B. Paletn. It. : Bullettino di Paletnologia Italiana. Burl.
Gaz. : Burlington Gazette. Burl. Mag. : Burlington Magazine. Byz. Z. :
Byzantinische Zeitschrift.
Chron. d. Arts: Chronique des Arts. Cl. E.: Classical Review. C. E.
Acad. Insc. : Comptes Rendus de l'Acade"mie des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres.
C.I.A. : Corpus Inscriptionum Atticarum. C.I.G. : Corpus Inscriptionum
Graecarum. C.I.G. S. : Corpus Inscriptionum Graeciae Septentrionalis. C.I.L. :
Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum. C.I.S. : Corpus Inscriptionum Semiticarum.
AeXr. 'Apx- : AeXrlov 'Apxa.io\oyu<6v. D. & S. Diet. Ant. : Dictionnaire des
Antiquity's grecques et rotnaines par Ch. Daremberg et Edm. Saglio, avec le
concours de E. Pettier. f
Echos d'Or. : Les Echos d'Orient (Constantinople). 'E0. 'A/>x- : 'E<t>r)fiepls
'A/>xcuoXo7iKi7. Eph. Epig. : Ephemeris Epigraphica.
Fnndb. Schwab. : Fundberichte aus Schwaben, herausgegeben vom wiirttem-
bergischen anthropologischen Verein.
Gaz. B.-A. : Gazette des Beaux-Arts.
I.G.A.: Inscriptiones Graecae Antiquissimae, ed. Roehl. I. G. Ins.: In-
scriptiones Graecarum Insularum. /. G. Sic. It. : Inscriptiones Graecae Siciliae
et Italiae. Intermediate : Interme'diaire de chercheurs et des curieux.
Jb. Alt. Ges. L. P. : Neue Jahrbiicher fiir das klassische Altertum, Geschichte
und deutsche Litteratur und fiir Padagogik. Jb. Arch. I. : Jahrbuch d. k. d.
Archaol. Instituts. Jb. Phil. Pad. : Neue Jahrbiicher fiir Philologie und Pada
gogik (Eleckeisen's Jahrbiicher). Jb. Preuss. Kunsts. : Jahrbuch d. k. Preuss,
Kunstsammlungen. Jb. V. Alt. Eh. : Jahrbiicher des Vereins von Alterthums-
freunden im Rheinlande. Jb. Ver. Dill. : Jahrbuch des Vereins Dillingen.
Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. : Jahreshefte des oesterreichischen archaologischen Insti-
tuts. J. Asiat. : Journal Asiatique. J. Am. Or. S. : Journal of American
Oriental Society. J. Anth. Inst. : Journal of the Anthropological Institute of
Great Britain and Ireland. J. Br. Arch. Ass. : Journal of the British Archae-
ological Association. J. Brit. Archit. : Journal of the Royal Institute of British
135
Architects. J.H.S. : Journal of Hellenic Studies. J. Int. Arch. Num. :
' ti<t>i)(j.epls rfjs vo/j.iff/j.aT<.Krjs apx<uo\oylas, Journal international d'arche'ologie nurnis-
uiatique (Athens).
Kb. Gesammtver. : Korrespondenzblatt des Gesammtvereins der deutschen
Geschichts- und Altertumsvereine. Kb. Wd. Z. Ges. K.: Korrespondenzblatt
der Westdeutschen Zeitschrift fiir Geschichte und Kunst. Kunstchron. : Kunst-
chronik.
Lex. Myth. : Ausfiihrliches Lexikon der griechischen und romischen Mytho-
logie, herausgegeben von W. H. Roscher (Leipsic, Teubner).
Mel. Arch. Hist. : Melanges d'Arche"ologie et d'Histoire (of French School in
Home). M. Ace. Modena : Memorie della Regia Accademia di scienze, lettere ed
arti in Modena. Athen. Mitth. : Mittheilungen d. k. d. Archaol. Instituts, Athen.
Abth. Rom. Mitth. : Mittheilungen d. k. d. Archaol. Instituts, Rom. Abth.
Mitth. Anth. Ges. : Mittheilungen der anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien.
Mitth. C.-Comm. : Mittheilungen der koniglich-kaiserlichen Central-Commission
fur Erforschung und Erhaltung der Kunst- und historischen Denkmale. Mitth.
d. Pal. V. : Mittheilungen und Nachrichten des Deutschen Palestina Vereins.
Mitth. Nassau : Mittheilungen des Vereins fiir nassauische Altertumskunde und
Geschichtsforschung. Mitth. Vorderas. Ges. : Mittheilungen der vorderasiati-
schen Gesellschaft. Mon. Antichi : Monument! Antichi (of Accad. d. Lincei).
Hon. Mem. Acad. Insc. : Monuments et M^moires pub. par 1'Acad. des Inscrip-
tions, etc. Mun. Akad. : Koniglich Bayerische Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Miinchen. Mus. Ital. : Museo Italiano di Antichita Classische.
N.D.Alt.: Nachrichten liber deutsche Altertumsfunde. Not. Scavi : Notizie
degli Scavi di Antichita. Num. Chron. : Numismatic Chronicle. N. Arch.
Ven. : Nuovo Archivio Verieto. N. Bull. Arch. Crist. : Nuova Bullettino di
Archeologia cristiana.
Pal. Ex. Fund : Palestine Exploration Fund. UpaKTiKd : HPO.KTLKO, rrjs iv
'A6-/1VCU* ApxaioXoyiKijs eratpeLas. Proc. Soc. Ant. : Proceedings of the Society of
Antiquaries.
Bass. iF Arte : Rassegna d' Arte. See. Past : Records of the Past. B. Tr.
fig. Ass. : Recueil de travaux relatifs a la philologie et a 1'arche'ologie e"gyp-
tiermes et assyriennes. Eeliq. : Reliquary and Illustrated Archaeologist. Bend.
Ace. Lincei : Rendiconti d. r. Accademia dei Lincei. Rep. f. K. : Repertorium
fiir Kunst wissensch aft. B. Assoc. Bare. : Revista de la Associacion artistico-
arqueologico Barcelonesa. B. Arch. Bibl. Mus. : Revista di Archives, Biblio-
tecas, y Museos. R. Arch. : Revue Arche"ologique. ' B. Art Anc. Mod. : Revue
de 1'Art ancien et moderne. B. Beige Num. : Revue Beige de Numismatique.
B. Bibl. : Revue Biblique Internationale. B. Grit. : Revue Critique. B. Art
Chret.: Revue de 1'Art Chretien. R. Hist. d. Bel.: Revue de 1'Histoire des
Religions. B. Or. Lat. : Revue de 1'Orient Latin. B. Ep. M. Fr. : Revue
Epigraphique du Midi de la France. B. I?t. Anc. : Revue des Etudes Anciennes.
B. Et. Gr. : Revue des Etudes Grecques. B. Et. J. : Revue des Etudes Juives.
B. Num. : Revue Numismatique. B. Sem. : Revue Se"mitique. Bhein. Mus. :
Rheinisches Museum fur Philologie, Neue Folge. B. Abruzz. : Rivista Abruzzesa
di Scienze, Lettere ed Arte. B. Ital. Num. : Rivista Italiana Numismatica.
B. Stor. Ant.: Rivista di Storia Antica. B. Stor. Calabr. : Rivista Storica
Calabrese. B. Stor. Ital. : Rivista Storica Italiana. Bom. Quart. : Romische
Quartalschrift fiir christliche Altertumskunde und fiir Kirchengeschichte.
Sachs. Ges. : Sachsische Gesellschaft (Leipsic). S. G.D.I. : Sarnmlung der
Griechischen Dialekt-Inschriften. Sitzb. : Sitzungsberichte. S. Bom. d. Stor.
Pat. : Societa Romana di Storia Patria. Soc. Ant. Fr. ': Socie'te' des Antiquaires
de France. Soc. Ant. : Society of Antiquaries. S. BibL Arch. : Society of
Biblical Archaeology, Proceedings.
'E?r. : QPQKIKTJ "ETreTTjpfs, lr-t\ffiov dr)/M)fftevfjt.a TTJS Iv 'AB^vais 6pg.Kiicrjs
Voss. Zeit. : Vossische Zeitung.
Wiener Z. Morgenl. : Wiener Zeitschrift fiir die Kunde des Morgenlandes.
W. Mass. Phil. : Wochenschrift fur klassische Philologie.
Z. D. Pal. V. : Zeitschrift des Deutschen Palestina Vereins. Z. Aeg. Sp.
Alt. : Zeitschrift fiir Aegyptische Sprache und Altertumskunde. Z. Assyr. :
/eitschrift fur Assyriologie. Z. Bild. K. : Zeitschrift fur Bildende Kunst.
Z. Ethn.: Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie. Z. Mun. Alt.: Zeitschrift des Miin-
chener Alterthumsvereins. Z. Num. : Zeitschrift fur Numismatik.
136
Volume X 19O6 No. 2
AMERICAN
JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY
£>econ& Aeries
THE JOURNAL OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL
INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor-in-Chief
JOHN HENRY WRIGHT
Associate Editors Honorary Editors
J. R. S. STERRETT THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR
ALLAN MARQUAND JAMES R. WHEELER
JOHN P. PETERS ANDREW F. WEST
HAROLD N. FOWLER J. DYNELEY PRINCE
CHARLES PEABODY
Business Manager
CLARENCE H. YOUNG
CONTENTS
MAGICAL FORMULAE ON SYRIAN LINTELS
THE CHARIOTEER OF DELPHI
LATIN INSCRIPTIONS AT COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH
NEWS OF THE INSTITUTE
ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS (July-December, 1905)
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL BOOKS: 1905
NORWOOD, MASS.
PUBLISHED FOR THE INSTITUTE BY
Ei}e Nortoooti Press
NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
64-66, FIFTH AVENUE
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., LTD.
Annual Subscription, $5.00 Single Numbers, $1.50
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY
CONTENTS
ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA :
MAGICAL FORMULAE ON LINTELS OF THE CHRISTIAN
PERIOD IN SYRIA .... William K. Prentice 137
LATIN INSCRIPTIONS — INEDITED OR CORRECTED
George N. Olcott 154
NOTES AND NEWS OF THE INSTITUTE ..... 174
AMERICAN SCHOOL AT ATHENS :
THE CHARIOTEER OF DELPHI . . Oliver M. Washburn 151
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH [Plates X-XIII] .
David M. Robinson 159
ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS (July-December, 1905) .
Harold N. Fowler, Editor 177
Oriental and Classical Archaeology : — General and Miscellaneous,
177 ; Egypt, 179 ; Babylonia and Assyria, 182 ; Syria and Pales-
tine, 184 ; Asia Minor, 187 ; Greece, 188 (Architecture, 188 ; Sculp-
ture, 189 ; Vases and Painting, 191 ; Inscriptions, 194 ; Coins, 197 ;
General and Miscellaneous, 198) ; Italy, 200 (Architecture, 200 ;
Sculpture, 200 ; Vases and Painting, 201 ; Inscriptions, 201 ; Gen-
eral and Miscellaneous, 202) ; France, 203 ; Africa, 204.
Early Christian, Byzantine, and Mediaeval Art : — General and Mis-
cellaneous, 204 ; Italy, 200 ; Spain, 208 ; France, 208 ; Germany,
211 ; England, 211.
Renaissance Art: — General and Miscellaneous, 212; Italy, 214;
France, 216 ; England, 217 ; United States, 218.
American Archaeology : — General and Miscellaneous, 219.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL BOOKS : 1905 .
Harold N. Fowler, Editor 221
General and Miscellaneous 221
Egyptian Archaeology . . . . . • • 226
Oriental Archaeology • . . 227
iii
iv CONTENTS
Classical Archaeology . . 228
Greek and Roman 228
Greek, 230 (I, General and Miscellaneous, 230 ; II, Archi-
tecture, 232 ; III, Sculpture, 232 ; IV, Vases and Painting,
233; V, Inscriptions, 233; VI, Coins, 233).
Roman, 233 (I, General and Miscellaneous, 233 ; II, Archi-
tecture, 236; III, Sculpture, 236; IV, Inscriptions, 236;
V, Coins, 236).
Christian Art 237
(I, General and Miscellaneous, 237 ; II, Early Christian, By-
zantine, and Mediaeval, 243 ; III, Renaissance and Modern,
245).
ADDENDUM TO THE SUPPLEMENT OF THE JOURNAL, Vol. IX, p. 95 . 250
PLATES
X. Terra-cottas from Corinth : Nos. 1-3, 5-7.
XI. Terra-cottas from Corinth : Nos. 8, 13-16.
XII. Terra-cottas from Corinth : Nos. 17-21.
XIII. Terra-cottas from Corinth : Nos. 22-24.
^rdjaeologtcal
Institute
of America
MAGICAL FORMULAE ON LINTELS OF THE
CHRISTIAN PERIOD IN SYRIA
MOST of the Greek inscriptions of Syria, from the early part
of the fourth century of the Christian era and onward, are of
an apparently religious character. The same statement may
be made of the Greek inscriptions of the late empire generally.
Many of these are on tombs, many are on churches ; the major-
ity are on dwelling-houses ; and yet even in these latter a
seemingly religious element predominates.
Three years ago I discussed before the American Philologi-
cal Association 1 certain Syrian inscriptions, which seemed to
me to reflect the Syrian ritual of this period. But the fact that
any of these inscriptions, or others, contain passages from the
Church service does not explain why they were carved on
buildings : much less does it account for the presence of many
inscriptions which obviously have nothing to do with customary
forms of worship. Moreover, I do not consider that in discuss-
ing the purpose of these inscriptions it is possible to dissociate
them from the many symbols, most of them Christian symbols,
crosses and the like, which abound in the same region.
Doubtless after the formal triumph of Christianity, the
Christians took pride in proclaiming their religion in this way.
Perhaps also the open profession of Christianity in this period
gave greater security of possession to householders. Perhaps
in some cases there was a genuine desire to hold the cross
before men's eyes, and to propagate religion by these pious
words. Probably these inscriptions and symbols oftentimes
were merely ornamental, and matters of the fashion of the age,
1 Transactions of the American Philological Association, XXXIII (1902),
pp. 81 ff.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 137
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 2.
138 WILLIAM K. PRENTICE
much like the mottoes which .some people still hang upon their
walls. But I believe that the main purpose of both inscriptions
and symbols was either to bring good luck or to avert evil, i.e.
evil spirits. Certainly the name of God has always been,
and is now, in the East, the most potent charm against evil :
so also, in the " Christian " period, the name and symbols of
the Christ. Hence such symbols, and phrases containing the.
names of God or Christ, were carved or scratched or painted
everywhere, even on the interior walls of stables, wine-presses,
and shops; hence, also, the commonest place for such carving
was the lintel or some part of the frame of a door or window,
not only because this is the most natural place for ornament of
any sort, but also because, as is well known, evil spirits, how-
ever ethereal, do not penetrate solid walls, but, like the rest
of us, enter by the door or perhaps through the window.
A special form of ornamentation occurs on Syrian lintels
with the greatest frequency, a form for which the name disk
lias been employed. These " disks," however, are not always
circular : some are simple squares, some formed by two squares
crossed, some are hexagons or octagons. They measure from
six inches to two feet across, and formed a convenient frame
for symbols of every sort. Most of them contain the cross in
some form or other, -f or ^^, AUU, the name of God, or of
Christ, Emmanuel, or the like. Some, however, contain no
Christian symbols whatever, and recall rather certain of the
emblems of ancient pagan gods. Common among these non-
Christian " disks " are circles filled with curved lines raying from
the centres, suggesting whirling spheres ; also stars of five, six,
or eight points. M. Schlumberger, in an article in the Revue
des Etudes G-recques, V (1892), p. 87, quotes a brief passage
from Alexander of Tralles (QepairevTucd, X, 1), which gives
the following prescription for an amulet to be used as a preven-
tative of colic, the cause of which was thought, by Alexander at
least, to be the bile : "Take an iron finger-ring," he says, " and
make the ring an octagon, and so write upon it favye, lov %&>X77 •
ri KopvSaXfc o-e fijTct," i.e. Flee, oh Ule ; the lark pursues thee.
MAGICAL FOBMULAE ON SYRIAN LINTELS 139
Evidently the shape of the amulet had something to do with
its effectiveness. Another amulet, now in the Cabinet des
Medailles de France,1 contains the words 'Ava%(t)pi, /eo'Xe, TO 6l6v
ae Sto'/cet, i.e. ava^copei, ^00X77 (?), TO Oelov ere SKOKCI. I do not feel
certain whether TO Olov means The Deity or sulphur; but in
either case the bile (or something else) is directed to withdraw.
Now this second amulet is in the form of an eight-pointed star,
and it seems to me quite possible that some of the "disks"
on the Syrian lintels, such, for example, as the octagons and the
eight-pointed stars, may have had their origin in the same
superstitions as these amulets. It is possible that other " disks "
had their origin in symbols of pagan religion, and perhaps were
used in very ancient times to protect dwellings against evil
spirits and to attract the powers of good.
Certainly there is evidence that the custom of inscribing
door-frames in some way is older than the Christian religion.
One of the commonest formulae on lintels in Syria is the phrase
El? ®eo? fjidvos : there is one Grod only. On my first visit to
Syria I found it in one form or another in thirty -three inscrip-
tions ; it is to be found in all collections of similar inscriptions.2
Speaking of this phrase, M. Clermont-Ganneau, in the Quarterly
Statements of the Palestine Exploration Fund, 1882, p. 26,3 says,
" The Christian character of this formula it clearly demon-
strated."4 "It is probably of Jewish origin, and must have
sprung from the well-known verse (the fourth) in the sixth
chapter of Deuteronomy, which contains the word "inKillJT
Jehovah-ahad, rendered in the Septuagint by Ku/oto? Et?, and
which precedes the dissertation on the Commandments." "It
is, properly speaking, the axiom of monotheism, besides which
1 Published by Lenorrnant in the Revue Archeologique, III, 2 (1846), p. 510.
Both these amulets belong probably to the first half of the sixth century.
2 E.g. C.I.G. 8945, 9154, etc.; cf. also 8940. See also Chabot's index of
Waddington's inscriptions, and note 4 below.
3 See also Clermont-Ganneau, Recueil, I, pp. 169 f., and Rapports sur une
Mission en Palestine et en Phenicie (1881), pp. 21 ff.
4 By the examples cited from Waddington, Inscr. Grec. et Lat. de la Syrie,
Nos. 2066, 2689, 2682, 2704, 2562 1, 2451, 2262, 2057, 2053 b, 1918.
140 WILLIAM K. PEENTICE
it plays an important part in the Jewish liturgy." "It is
worthy of remark that this formula is generally found inscribed
above the entrance doors, as ordained in the ninth verse (with
regard to the Commandments, of which it is, so to say, the
preamble), 4And thou shalt write them on the posts of thy
house and on thy gates. ": In fact, the Efc ©eo? has been
found on monuments distinctively Jewish or at least Jewish-
Christian.1
But whatever is the origin of this custom, the character of
many of these inscriptions as formulae to avert evil is shown
clearly by the following examples, some of which are still
unpublished ; all of them are from lintels. First, from D£r
Sambil, dating probably from the fifth century of our era :
XMF.2 X(/>K7To)0 TO VIKOS. (j)€vy€, ^arava :
Ch(rist) b(orri) (of) M(ary). Christ'1 § the victory. Flee, Satan!
Secondly, from Herakeh, 524 A.D. : Hh 'O Seo-TroV?;? f^wv
'I(?70-o{})? X(/otcrro)?, o TtoV, o Attyo? r(oO) <H)(eo)0, eV#a£e
[/cjarot/cet • fjirjSev IO-LTCO KCLKOV : Our Lord Jesus Christ, the Son,
the Word of Grod, dwells here : let no evil enter. The next, from
I'djaz, is really in the form of a prayer to God, and hence does
not properly belong with the others ; its purpose, however, is
the same, and it helps to explain the meaning of those which
follow. It is in eleven hexameters, of which I quote the fifth,
sixth, and seventh :
Tovve/ca ov TpopdofU KaKoppe/croio
Sa//iOV05 ov& avSpbs a-rvyepbv /cal aOecrfjaov
Christ, ever-living, bears (Az's) hand that-frees-from-ill :
therefore I fear not the machinations of evil-working
demon, nor the hateful and lawless eye of man.
1 See Shick, Quarterly Statements P.E.F., 1887, p. 55 ; Clermont-Ganneau,
Recueil, I, p. 170 ; also Publications of an Am. Arch. Expedition to Syria in
1899-1900, III, No. 25. See also my article on ' Fragments of an Early Chris-
tian Liturgy,' in Transactions Am. Philol. Assoc. XXXIII (1902), pp. 93 ff.
2 On these letters see below, p. 145.
MAGICAL FORMULAE ON SYRIAN LINTELS 141
The next, from Sabba', dated 546 A.D., is unfortunately badly
mutilated, so that nearly half of each of the three lines has been
lost. In the centre of the lintel were two, perhaps originally
three, disks, each containing a cross. My restoration of the
text is as follows: ^"Erou? 171/0)', ^[yb^ Tlepirtov (?) - - '.
ToO OLKO~]V TOVTOV Kv/JtO? Sia(f)V\dj;€l T7)V L(T\_o8oV Kdl
(T)O(£)) aravpov yap TrpOKi^evov ov V^u[o-et oc/>
In (the) year 858 (=546 A.D.) in (the) month Peritim (?). Of
this house (the) Lord shall guard the entrance and the exit: for
the cross being set before, no malignant eye shall prevail (against
it).1 The last line is, of course, most uncertain : the words
(navpov yap TrpoKifjievov, however, are preserved here, and were
found again on the fragments of a lintel at il-Anderin, which
also contain a disk with a cross : ^Srau/ooO 7r/j[o/a]/iteVot> . . .
\_OVK fc']cr^u[o-et. . . . Lastly, a broken lintel from ' Odjeh
contains a disk with a cross in relief, and the words 'Ez> en,
r^' eYeXeo-077. U7r(o')/a/-ie Trpo? ev^v^iav TMV evOd&e /car\_oi/covv-
TOW(?)] : In the year 706 (= 394 A.D.). I am set for the peace
of those that dwell here. I believe that the verb refers to the
sculptured cross as its subject, and that the inscription is in all
respects comparable to that on the golden bell found at Rome,
and published by Bruzza in the Annali deW Inttituto, 1875, pp.
50 ff.,2 Tot? ofji/jLcto-iv vTrorerayfjiai : I am set against eyes.
Obviously the bell was a charm against the evil eye.
Now it may appear to some that, while these few examples
which I have quoted are perhaps magical in character, the
many other inscriptions which contain quotations from the
Psalms, or combinations of quotations, such as Lord save thy
people, and bless thine inheritance, words which appear also in
the ancient Greek liturgies, or such phrases as Lord Jesus
Christ help so and so, are genuine expressions of piety. But
many of these same phrases and quotations appear in the magic
1 Cf. Matthew xvi. 18, which is quoted in an inscription on the lintel of a
church in Mu'allak, dated 606 A.D. (Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, No. 332). See also
ibid. No. 91.
2 Also in Inscriptions Graecae, XIV, No. 2409, 5.
142 WILLIAM K. PRENTICE
formulae preserved in the literature and on amulets. And the
strangest part of it all is the incomprehensible commingling
of Paganism, Judaism, and Christianity in these formulae.
M. Schlumberger, in the article already mentioned, Revue des
Etudes G-recques, V (1892), p. 93, quotes a number of exam-
ples of such formulae from the Greoponica, which is dedicated to
Porphyrogenetus (Constantine VII, 911-959). First, a pre-
scription to prevent wine from turning sour : " Write upon the
casks, or upon an apple which you will then throw into the
wine, these divine words (Oela ypd/jLfjLara*), '0 taste and see that
the Lord is good.'"1 Second, a prescription for enabling one
to drink a great deal of wine without becoming intoxicated :
" Repeat, when taking the first drink, this verse from Homer :
4 But upon them from the heights of Ida, wise Zeus has thundered.'' '
Third, a prescription to keep away snakes from a dove-cot :
" Write the word 'ASap (Adam) on the four corners of the cot."
Fourth, to secure a miraculous catch of fish : " Write on a
shell the words 'law 2a/3aa>02 \_Lord of SabaotK]', and throw it
in the water."
One of the most remarkable of the amulets is that published
in the C.I.Gr. IV, No. 9065. One side bears the figures of
Christ upon the cross, with the Mother of Jesus, St. John, and
others. Beside the figures is written, *I(iy<roS)s X(/otcrTo)?.
7r(are)/o, ei? %t/3«? crov 7ra/3[a]ri/^[?7]/Lt[t TO] 7r(z>eO)/xa /JLOV.
'H fifryp (Tov ' 6 vovs crov. Jesus Christ. Father, into thy hands 1
commend my spirit! (Behold^ thy mother! (Behold) thy son!
The reverse bears the legend: favy' a-rr eVR?] KpaBi^, 80X0/^77-
d^LO-ra, <f>evy* air €JJLMV /-teXeW, O$L, Trvp, . . .
dvaj; /ceXere ere <j>vye[l']v e[t]? Xerpa 6a\dcrari$ KT\.:
Flee from my heart, thou mischief-maker, flee quickly, flee from
my limbs, snake, fire ! . . . Christ (the} king bids thee flee, into
the depths of the sea, etc. The words Flee, thou mischief-maker
recall the inscription of the house at Der Sambil, with its Flee,
1 Psalms xxxiv, 8 (in Sept. XXXIII, 9).
2 'law = nw = (Jehovah) Adonai = (in the Septuagint) Ktpios. 'law Sa/3aci (0)
appears also on amulets, e.g. Rev. d. Et. Grecques, V, pp. 81 f.
MAGICAL FORMULAE ON SYRIAN LINTELS 143
Satan. Another amulet from Constantinople, published by
M. Schlumberger in the Revue des Etudes G-recques, V (1892),
p. 77, bears about the rim of the obverse the legend [^< <&evye /JL-]
t, Sidiu ae 6 ayye\os' A/3%a</> * r( = Kal) Oi>pie\ • favye /JLL-
)] : Flee, hated (plague)! The angel Archaph (or
Arlaph) pursues thee, and Uriel : Flee, hateful ! The rest of this
face of the amulet is described by M. Schlumberger as follows :
" In the field, unfortunately badly corroded, appear the three magi,
with hats on their heads ; behind them is a tree. They are pre-
senting themselves before the Virgin, who is seated upon a
throne and holding the Child Jesus. . . . Back of the figure
of the Virgin are the words Xpia-rbs vuca, followed by certain
letters now illegible. Below are the words 'E/u/ua^ou^jX,
®e[o?]." The names of archangels, especially the name of
Michael, are found repeatedly on lintels in Syria, particularly
in il-Anderin and its neighborhood. The names of Michael
and Gabriel appear on the lintel of one of the doors of the
great church at Kalb Lauzeh. These two names, Michael and
Gabriel, are found together on amulets from Beirut and else-
where.2 Michael appears with Solomon in the inscription of a
very singular amulet,3 the text of which is as follows :
r)V eOevro €7rl rov fjieyciXov 2oXo/itcoz>o9 /cat M^a^Xou rov
/A}) a^acrOaL TT}? (fropovcrrjs : Covenant which they made under the
great Solomon and Michael the angel, not to touch the bearer.
The words X/otcrro? VIK.CL, Christ conquers, on the Constantinople
amulet, occur frequently on the buildings, for example at De"r
Sim'an, il-Barah, and Serdjilla.* Sometimes other, but equiva-
lent, expressions are used in the inscriptions, such as ^ NY/cae,5
(In this cross) conquer ; To a-rjfjLlwv rovro mica,6 This sign con-
1 Compare another amulet found at Smyrna, and published in the same
article by Schlumberger, p. 76 : Qevye /xe/xta-i/x^vt, 'A/>Xa0 6 &i>ye\6s <re 5i6Ki. Both
of these are thought by Schlumberger to be somewhat later than the second half
of the third century of our era.
2 Schlumberger, 1. c. V, p. 83. Also Perdrizet, in Rev. d. et. Grecques, XVI
(1903), pp. 46 ff., where these names are joined with those of Uriel and Raphael.
3 Schlumberger, I.e. p. 87.
4 Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, Nos. 124, 201, and 219.
5 Ibid. No. 210. e /fo-tf. NO. 255.
144 WILLIAM K. PRENTICE
quers ; XpLcrrov TO w/eo?,1 Christ's is the victory. The meaning
of these phrases is made clear by the amulets that contain such
formulae as Efc 0eo? 6 VLKWV ra ica/cd,2 One God who conquers
the evil. Certainly there can be no doubt that the amulets
refer to the overcoming of evil spirits, or, in general, the
powers of evil. The name 'E^ai/oujjA,, also, which appears on
the Constantinople amulet, is found similarly on lintels, once
joined with X/HCTTO? mica, as on the amulet3; it is found again
in the disk on the hntel of the. citadel of Khanasir.4
But the most significant of all these amulets, in this connec-
tion, is one in the Metropolitan Museum in New York. It is
described as a small object not unlike a thick nail, with a hole
through it near one end, doubtless for the cord by which it
was hung about the neck. The four sides bear an inscription
which was published first by Dr. Isaac Hall in 1894,5 and
discussed by Professor T. F. Wright in the following year.6
I have not yet been able to see the amulet myself ; but I
believe it should be read as follows : 'O /caroitcwv ev /BorjOia
r(ov) rTi/rtcrT(ou), fiorjOi, ayios KV/HO?, | '\OV\LCLVW, | TW Sov\(o))
aov, TO) <f>opo(vv^Ti : He that dwelleth in the help of the Most
High, help, holy Lord, Julianos, thy servant, the bearer. The
words 6 KCLTQLKWV ev fiorjOiq Tov 'TtyiaTov are quoted directly
from the Septuagint (Psalm xc, 1). But they were also found
painted on the lintel of a house in Ruwelia ; 7 they occur in an
inscription found at Horns and published by M. Lammens in the
MmSe Beige, 1901, p. 291, No. 64. The rest of the inscription
1 Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, No. 234.
2 Schlumberger, I.e., V, pp. 80 f. (from Beirut).
8 Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, No. 219 : ['EwOaroi^X, XMI~, Xpiff-rbs WK£.
4 Ibid. No. 318. Also in Inscriptions of the Princeton Archaeological Expe-
dition in 1905, not yet published.
6 Journal of the American Oriental Society, Vol. XVI, Appendix, p. cxv.
6 Quarterly Statements P. E. F., 1895, pp. 124 ff.
7 Waddington, 2672 ; Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, No. 267. The same words were
found, on a broken sarcophagus at Midjleyya (Am. Arch. Exp. Ill,
No. 207), and in two Syriac inscriptions. The whole of the Kuweha inscrip-
tion is as follows : He that dwelleth in the help of the Most High shall abide in
the shelter of the God of Heaven. He shall say unto the Lord : Thou art my
my refuge, my God : I will trust in Him.
MAGICAL FORMULAE ON SYRIAN LINTELS 145
on the amulet, (3oij0i, ayLos Ku/oto?, '\ov\idv(p, rw SouX(&>) <rov,
TO) <f>opo(vv)n, excepting, of course, the words ro> fopovvri, the
bearer, which are appropriate only to an amulet, is the very
commonest of all the formulae which appear upon the house-
lintels. Numerous variations, equivalent in meaning, may be
found in almost every collection of post-classical inscriptions,
especially, of course, of those from Syria. On my first visit
there I found ftorjQei or /BorjOrjaov some twenty times, and
almost always 011 lintels, generally of houses ; for example,
poeOi Kvpie, Help Lord ; Ku(pie) Xpvare fiorjOi, Lord Christ help ;
Kvpie TT}? Soft? fSoeOicrov kyCiv Trdvras, Lord of Glory help us all ;
X/otcrre fioeOi, Christ help; ['I^o-ou] Xprjcrre /3o?j0[«], Jesus
Christ help; '^(crou)? /3o?j0fc, Jesus help; not to mention the
phrase Ku/?(ie) fioijOi T(^) laoSov, Lord help the entrance,1
which I take to be the equivalent of the very common Kv/oto?
cf)V\dj;€i (or Kvpie, $v\a%ov} rrjv eicrobdv crou KOI rrjv egoSov? The
Lord shall guard thy coming in and thy going out. This
list also excludes the very common formulae in which the
fBor)6ei Ku/oie is combined with the Ei? ©eo? /-toVo?, as for
example, Et? (-Deo? /-toVo?, o (Soi]6wv Traaiv, One Crod alone,
who aideth all.3 It also excludes those inscriptions in which
various saints are invoked with some form of the verb poyOelv,
as ^ "Ayie ^.epyi (3or)6ecrov, Saint Sergius help I In somewhat
more than half the cases there is added, either with or without
TO) SouXw a-ov (thy servant), the name of the person (or per-
sons) for whom aid is sought, just as in the case of the amulet.
On my second visit to Syria I found, as before, many of these
/3or?#et inscriptions, and among them the following, which has
certain refinements which deserve special mention. It is from
a house-lintel, still in situ, in the ruined town now called Mir-
'ayeh, near Kerratm it-Tudjdjar (i.e. Tarutia of the merchants) :
Disk
XMFSGIXOYC "j«i AKOHKYPIBTUUATTAY
1 Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, No. 184, from Khribit Hass.
2 Psalms cxx, 8. See Trans. Am. Philol. Assoc., 1902, p. 94.
3 Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, No. 22, from Djuwauiyeh.
146 WILLIAM K. PEENT1CE
It is characteristic of certain writers that they seek to make
themselves incomprehensible to the ordinary man. It was so
with Heracleitus the Obscure ; it is so with certain novelists
of our own day. It has always been so with those who deal
with magic. In accomplishing this purpose the Greeks had a
peculiar advantage in that the letters of their alphabet were
used also for numerical signs. Consequently it was always
possible for the Greeks to represent any group of letters whose
numerical values equalled a certain sum, by another group of
letters whose numerical values equalled the same sum. This
matter has been discussed by a number of scholars, last of all,
I think, by M. Perdrizet, in an article entitled ' Isopsephie,' in the
Revue des Etudes G-recques (1904, pp. 350 ff.). So in the follow-
ing inscription, which seems to be a prayer addressed to God
or Christ, <#>Xe' fjLvrjo-Oijri rov BovXov aov, M. Perdrizet has
pointed out that <£\ef = 535 = 20 (i.e. «') + 400 (V ) + 100 (/>')
+ 10 (Y) + 5 (e'). The inscription, therefore, is to be read,
Kvpie /Avrja-QijTi rov Sov\ov aov, Lord, remember thy servant. It
has been generally recognized that the number of the beast
in Revelation xiii, 18, has a similar explanation. The same
method has been applied in composing the inscription on the
Mir'ayeh lintel. The first group of letters, XMf, appears very
frequently on Syrian lintels, and has been much discussed.
M. de Vogue, de Rossi, and others have believed that these
letters signify X(/ot<rro'?), M(t^a?JX,), P(a/3/9t?7A,), Christ, Michael,
Gabriel. But in my opinion this explanation is unsatisfactory
because of the context in which these letters sometimes appear.
For example, in an inscription upon a rock-hewn tomb at
Hass,1 El? @eo?, XMT, /uoVo?, it is obviously impossible to read,
There is one G-od, Christ, Michael, G-abriel, alone. Waddington,
on the other hand, proposed to read these letters*X(jOKrro?)
(6 eV) M(a/na?) y(evr)0ek), Christ, born of Mary ; and this read-
ing is confirmed by an inscription discovered by Waddington
on a house in Refadeh,2 ^ T^oO)? 6 Na^ew?, 6 etc Mapias
1 Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, No. 155. See also Nos. 221, 224, 233, and 234.
2 Waddington, No. 2697 = Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, No. 120.
MAGICAL FORMULAE ON SYRIAN LINTELS 147
k, 6 T(to)? roO ®(eo)D, ez>#a /caret/a KT\. Jesus of Naza-
reth, who was born of Mary, the Son of Crod, dwells here, etc.
At the same time, as M. Perdrizet suggests, these letters may also
have a cryptogrammic significance, such, for example, as that
proposed by M. Perdrizet himself : XMT = 643 = 1 (a') + 8(7')
+ 5 (e') + 10 (V) + 70 (V) + 200 (V) + 70 (V) + 9 ((9')
+ 5 (e') + 70 (V) + 200 (V) = "K^ew 6 Oeo?, Holy (is) God.
These words form the beginning of the trisagion, which occurs
repeatedly in the Greek liturgies ; 1 if they were used as a
magic formula, they may properly be compared with the words
"A7to9 Kvyoto? on the amulet of the Metropolitan Museum.2
They also recall the words on an amulet published by Froehner
in Philologus, Supplementband V (1889), p. 43, and again by
M. Schlumberger in the Revue des Etudes G-recques, 1892, p. 91.
Both these editors give the text as follows : ^"Ayios, ayios, ayios,
K(vpt)e 2a/3aa>#, o arjprjs (?), o ovpavds. It takes, however, a very
slight emendation to read TrXfj/or?? for the incomprehensible o
a 77/0779. We have then the familiar Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord of Sab-
aoth, heaven is full (of thee) ! The same words appear with some
variations on other amulets published by M. Perdrizet in an
article entitled 'Z^payls SoXo/Ltww? (Solomon's Seal), in the Revue
des Etudes Gf-recques, 1903, pp. 42 ff. I have found the same
words on house-lintels, for example at il-Berdoneh, it-Taiyibeh,
and il-f Anz.
The second group of letters in the Mir'ayeh inscription is 90 ;
and it is well known that 96' = 99 = 1 (a') + 40 <>' ) + 8 (T/)
+ 50 (V) = 'A/-17JI/, Amen.3
The third group is the very familiar IX0YC, letters which,
as initials, signify T (770-00?) X(pto-To'?), ©(eoO) T(io?), S(a>r?J/o),
Jesus Christ, the Son of G-od, our Saviour, and which together
form the Greek word t%0w, fish, and suggested to the early
Christians the use of a fish as a symbol of their faith.
1 Holy God, Holy Mighty One, Holy Immortal One, have mercy upon us. See
Trans. Am. Phil. Assoc., 1902, pp. 81 ff.
2 See above, p. 144.
3 See, for example, G. Homer, The Coptic Version of the New Testament,
1905, Vol. Ill, p. xlv.
148 WILLIAM K. PRENTICE
Perhaps these letters have some occult significance also; but
if so, it is unknown to me.
The next group is AKOH. This, of course, is the Greek
word aKori, hearing ; but the letters obviously have some other
meaning. Now AKOH = a' (1) + «' (20) + o' (70) + V (8)
= 99 = 1 (a') + 40 <>') + 8 (T;') + 50 <>') = 'Arfv. The
letters AKOH, therefore, have the same cryptic significance as
90.
The obscurity of the remainder of this inscription is secured
partly by abbreviation : it may be read Ku/ot(e), fi(or)6eC) rw
£(ov\o>) (o-ou) IIai5(Xp), Lord, help thy servant Paul. Of the
phrase, fioijtiei ra Belva, ry BovXy aov, I have already spoken.1
It is significant in this connection, I think, that such phrases
are common on Byzantine seals also; for example, »J< 'K(ypi)e,
fioijOei TO> era) 8ou[X&>] At'Xt'a,2 Lord, help thy servant Ailias, or
SeoroKe, fiorjOei ro> Bov\a> aov,3 Mother of God, help thy servant.
At the same time, the method of abbreviation on the Mir'ayeh
lintel is striking, and suggests that there may be some hidden
meaning in these letters after all. If the iota subscript in TGJ
be included, then the sum of the numerical values of the
letters, KvpL /3. TOH B. Hav. equals 1227 = 'Ir/o-oO? o Naftw/aato?,4
Jesus of Nazareth.
I have spoken elsewhere of the cryptogram involved in the in-
scription in the tomb at Shnan,5 where a refrain/^o-oO? 6 X/oeto-ro?,
Jesus the Christ, is written out in full, but is also expressed, at
the end of each line, in the form BYMT = 2443 = 10 (Y) + 8 (?;')
+ 200 (o-') + 70 (o') + 400 (V) + 200 (o-') + 70 (o') + 600 (%')
+ 100 0>') + 5 (€') 4- 10 00 + 200 (o-') + 300 (rf) + 70 (o')
+ 200 (err) = 'IT/O-OU? 6 X/jetcrro'?. There is one other crypto-
gram among the inscriptions which I collected in Syria, and
this, I think, is the most important of all. It is on a lintel at
1 See above, p. 145.
'2 Schlumberger, Rev. d. Etudes Grecques, VII (1894), pp. 323 ff.
3 Rid. p. 330 ; this seal belongs to the eighth or ninth century.
* Cf. John xix, 19.
5 Publications Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, Chap. I. See also Trans. Am. PhiloL
Assoc. XXXIII (1902), p. 95, and Pe'trides's article in Echos & Orient, 1904, p. 185.
MAGICAL FORMULAE ON SYRIAN LINTELS 149
Serdjilla,1 over the outer doorway of a passage leading to a
group of small buildings adjoining the church and probably
used as dwellings by the clergy. The lintel is a large block
with a smooth face, and bears simply the letters HNA. The
letters are large, well cut, and perfectly preserved : there- is
nothing else upon the lintel. The numerical value of these
letters is 8051, and this is the sum of the numerical values of
the letters which compose a verse from the Psalms,2 very
common on lintels, especially in this region, in the form K.vptos
<f>v\di~ij 3 TrfV elaobov <rov /cal rrjv e^oBov aov, cnro vvv teal eo>?
aitovwv a/jirjv, The Lord shall preserve thy coming in and thy
going out, from now even for evermore. It seems to me clear
that, when this verse was written so, as a cryptogram, it was
not intended either as an expression of piety or for the edifica-
tion of the men who passed beneath the lintel ; but that it was
regarded as a formula with magic power to avert the evil
spirits which might otherwise enter here. And if such a verse
was used on lintels solely as a magic charm, there is good
reason to suspect that most of the so-called Christian inscrip-
tions, especially those on the lintels of dwelling-houses, had
the same character and purpose. If so, then they did not
differ essentially from that other common formula, which I
believe belongs originally to the pagan time, and which is
frequently met with on house-lintels, "Ocra Xeyet?, <£t'Xe, /cal (rot
ra StTrXa, What thou sayest, friend, may that be to thee also,
twofold; i.e. If thou blessest this house and its inmates, may thy
blessings return upon thee, and if thou cursest, may thy curses
return upon thee, doubled. Only this pagan formula was
addressed to men, and intended to avert their curses or invite
their blessings, while the so-called Christian formulae were
addressed primarily to the evil spirits.
Superstition is at least nearly as old as man, and we our-
1 Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, No. 220. 2 Psalms cxx, 8. See above, p. 145.
3 The form 0vXci£?7, which I believe to be for 0v\ct£ei, not for <£iAci£?7, is found
on two lintels in the neighboring town il-Barah ; Am. Arch. Exp. Ill, Nos. 192
and 193 (Waddington, No. 2646) ; compare also No. 194.
150 MAGICAL FORMULAE ON SYRIAN LINTELS
selves are not free from it, when we refrain from passing
under a ladder, or from playing against the grain of the
table. But it tends somewhat to disillusionment to discover
how much of pure superstition there was in what at first sight
seems to be the genuine expression of sincere piety on the
part of the Syrian Christians in the fifth and sixth centuries.
WILLIAM K. PIIENTICE.
American .School
of Classical gtutues
at
THE CHARIOTEER OF DELPHI
IN his publication of the monuments in the Athens National
Museum l Svoronos has given us the arguments which led him
to identify the so-called Charioteer of Delphi with the principal
figure of the group dedicated by the Cyrenaeans. Pausanias
(X, 15, 6) catalogues this group as follows : Kvprjvaioi 8e
aveOecrav ev AeX^ot? Barrow eirl apfjian, o? e? Aiftvrjv Tjyaye <7<£a?
vavcrlv etc ®r)pa<>. rjvio^o^ fxev rov Upwards ecrrt Kvpijvr), €7rl Be ra
ap/jLdTi Barro? re Kal A.i/3vr) a-Tefyavovad eanv avrov. eTroirja-e Se
'AfjL(f>i(ov 'A/cea-ropos K^wcrcrto?. The discovered fragments of the
group can be assigned to their places piece by piece, according
to the description of Pausanias. Difficulties are encountered
only in harmonizing the inscriptions on the base with the other
facts in our possession, and it now seems possible to solve at
least a part of this problem.
We must assume that Pausanias saw the actual inscription at
Delphi, since he describes the group so carefully, or at least that
the tradition he used did not contradict what was chiselled on
the stone where every casual visitor to the sanctuary might read
it. If now we .base upon the text of Pausanias our recon-
struction of the two hexameter lines that represent the amended
reading, we notice first that, as Svoronos argues, it was the
Cyrenaeans who dedicated the monument and not Polyzalos.
We must therefore supply the equivalent of Sa/*o? Kvpavaicov
1 T6 ev 'A0V<us "E6viKbi> Moucretoj/, reOx0' 3-4, <r. 132-134. Cf. also Fouilles de
Delphes, pi. xlix, 1 ; Comptes Rendus de VAcad. des Inscr. 1896, pp. 178, 186,
362-388; Monuments Plot, IV (1897), pp. 169-208; Jahrbuch des Arch. Inst.
(Anzeiger), 1902, p. 12 ; Berliner phil. Wochenschrift, 1905, S. 1358 ff. and 1549.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 151
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. '2.
152 OLIVER M. WASHBURN
in the lacuna as subject of the predicate in the singular,
A^ANEOHK[e. The second verse will then be complete :
Kvpavas,] oV ae£' evaij/v//,' "ATroAAfov.
Pausanias tells us : aveOe&av . . . Barrow ... 6? e?
177076 o-(£a?, and it may well be that we have in these words an
echo of what was conveyed in the lost part of the first line of
the inscription. Tfcat the statue or group is represented as
speaking is evidenced by the //.' aveOrjice.1
My conjecture for the two verses is then :
BCITTOS KTtaTwp ei'/x' * 6 7rJoAv£aAos /A'
We may note that tcTio-rcop is used by Pindar of Hieron,
tyrant of Syracuse :
crwes o rot Ae'yo), £,a$€wv ic/otov
ofjuavv/jif. Trdrep KTicrrop Airva?.2
and by Euripides :
Iowa 8 avrov, KTiaTo' 'AtrtaSos
Of the appropriateness of TroXv^aXo?, which is now an adjec-
tive and no longer a proper name, the following are sufficient
examples :
es So/xov? <rov<s TOV TroAi'^r/Aoi/ TTOCTIV
* \ *• v \ \ '
to TTAODTC /ecu Tupavi/t /cat Tt
a TO)
1 The way in which Pausanias refers to the principal figure rather than to the
whole group in his description is also in accord with our line of argument.
! Pindar, Frag. 71 (Boeckh). 3 Euripides, Ion 74.
4 Bacchylides, X, 63 ff. 5 Sophocles, Track. 185 f. c I(i Q. T. 380 f.
THE CHARIOTEER OF DELPHI 153
II
In restoring the line which has been erased and of which
traces as follows have been found ]AA^ A/VE. . . . A. <[, we
can be sure only of the az>e[0e/ce]. One is tempted to follow
this by £e, and to complete the line by a dissyllabic adjective
qualifying [Sa/to?] in 1. 2; but the evidence at our disposal is
not extensive enough to be decisive.
Neither can the restoration _oo_cx> ' Ap/cea-L ] Xa? be ac-
cepted wholly without reservation, because, in the first place,
it makes a very awkward verse, and, in the second place,
there are too many possibilities in X(S, v, a) a? to allow us
to be sure of any one reading. On the other hand, the
relations of Arkesilas with Delphi, and the political situation
in Cyrene connected with his reign and expulsion, make out
a very plausible case for this the last of the Battids and give
us an explanation for the presence of both Cyrene and Libya
in the group. In commemoration of his victories in the
chariot race at the Pythian games Arkesilas had dedicated
a group in which he appeared in a chariot crowned by Nike
while Cyrene conducted his triumphal progress. When the
monument was taken from him and assigned to Battus, Nike
was no longer appropriate, and became " Libya," although she
was really little more from that time on than a duplicate of
Cyrene.
OLIVER M. WASHBURN.
ATHENS, GREECE.
Institute
of America
LATIN INSCRIPTIONS — INEDITED OR CORRECTED
DURING the past ten years, epigraphical studies have been
prosecuted with enthusiasm at Columbia University, and a col-
lection of Latin inscriptions has been gathered that already
numbers several hundred. Among these are many that have
never been published, and some that are given incorrectly in
the Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum or elsewhere. It is planned
to prepare, some day, a critical catalogue, with commentary, of
the entire collection. Meanwhile, in the interest of the Corpus
itself, it is well to call attention to a few, under the caption of
addenda et corrigenda. Such of the inscriptions as are in my
own collection, also preserved in the Latin Department of the
University, are marked with an asterisk (*).
l
Ornamental tombstone of white marble (0.535 x 0.33 x
0.04 m.), found in 1903 in excavating for a villion in Via
Boncompagni opposite the (former) Pensione Giannelli.
D v M
TITACI A E
PRISCILLAE
CONIVGIvCAS
TISSIMAEvAC
SA NCTI SS I M>t
BENEMEREITI
FECITv TITACIVS
VALENS PATRO
NVS v ET CONTV
BERNALISv
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 2. 154
LATIN INSCRIPTIONS 155
Stone acquired in 1903. The nomen Titacius seems to be
new. It is not usual to find the terms coniux and contubernalis
side by side. Titacius Valens had married his slave Priscilla;
being thus at once her dominus and contubernalis. He later
secured her freedom. She thus became in law his coniux, and
he her patronus, but upon her death he still clings to the term
contubernalis.
Square slab of coarse marble resembling pavonazzetto (m. 0.33
x 0.30 x 0.03), broken across horizontally and lacking the two
lower corners. Found many years ago in the ruins of an
ancient tomb in a field near S. Agnese, Via Nomentana. Ac-
quired in 1901.
D . M
FVNDILIAE . CRESCEN
Tl N A E • Fl LI A E • DV L
Cl SS I M A E • QV A E • V I
x IT • A N N i s • v • DI E BVS
XXVIII • IVLIVS • ELPIDEFORVS
[P]ATER- E T • A N T H I A • VICTORIA- MA
[TER PA] RENTES -FECERVNT.
Below the inscription is a leaf. First copied on December 6,
1873, by Pellegrini, in a manuscript report presented to the
government authorities, whence C.I.L. VI, 18734. The stone
was most carelessly transcribed ; the lines are wrongly divided ;
1. 7 [FR]ATER is read for [P]ATER, and ANTIA for ANTHIA.
Small limestone tablet from a columbarium " fuori Porta
Salaria." Well-cut letters, and ornamental border.
I V N 0 N I
N Y M P H ES-
156 GEORGE N. OLCOTT
"To the iuno [i.e. protecting divinity] of Nymphe." The
iunones, as female genii, are well known from inscriptions.1
Nymphe was a Greek liberta (cf . her name in Greek genitive) ;
as a slave she would hardly have a iuno. Her nomen is omitted,
because it is naturally that of her patronus, the owner of the
tomb.
*4
Large, handsome slab of white marble, broken across 1. 3, but
without damage to the inscription. Fine square capitals, show-
ing distinct traces of red coloring. From Via Ostiensis, near
S. Paolo fuori le Mura.
D (leaf) M
IVLIABOLVPTASBI
XITANNIS- XXIII- MEN
SIBVS • III • DIEBVS • XXIill
VARIARODOPEALVM
NAEBENEMERENTIFECIT
D(is) M(anibus). lulia Boluptas bixit annis (viginti tribus),
mensibus (tribus), diebus (viginti quattuor). Varia Rodope
alumnae benemerenti fecit.
Noteworthy are the forms Boluptas and bixit beside Varia.
*5
Another loculus-tablet of white marble, with decorative bor-
der, from "fuori Porta Salaria."
P . P 0 M P.O N I 0
P • L • PHILOSITO
NOME NCLAT
The cognomen Philositus is known; e.g. it was the name of
a steward of the philosopher Seneca (Ep. 12, 3).
1 There is a similar inscription in my collection at Columbia University, on a
small tablet of white marble from Rome :
IVNON I
TROLI AES
M V S A E S.
But I do not feel sure of its authenticity.
LATIN INSCRIPTIONS
157
Large slab of white marble, yellow with age. It was origi-
nally four inches thick, but has been sawed down. Fine letters
of the best imperial period. Said to have been found near
Palestrina (Praeneste).
L.CLODIO-P-F.CLA
INGENVO-PRAEF-COH
MATTIACOR
TRIE- MIL- LEG. I- ITALIC
TR I B • M I L • LEG • V • MAC ED
TRIB.MIL.LEG.VTl.C-P.F
Small marble loculus-t&blet from " fuori Porta Salaria."
OR P H EVS
AGITATOR
This and the following add two names to the list, by no means
large, of the circus-charioteers. Cf Ruggiero, Diz. Epigr. s.v.
Agitator.
Small marble tablet with border of wavy ivy-pattern and
iron spuds for attachment. One corner broken, but without
harm to inscription. Source as No. 7. Carefully cut, even
letters.
HYLA • AGITATOR - PANNI
VENETI • VI X • AN N • XXV
BIG A • PVERIL • VIC • VI I • QVADR
XXI . REVOCAT . Ill • SECVNDAS
XXXIX- T E RT I AS • X LI
Hyla, agitator panni Veneti, vix(if) ann(is) (viginti quin-
que), biga pueril(i) vic(i£) (septies*), quadr(igd) (semel et vicies),
revocat(us) (ter), secundas (sc. tulit) (novies et tricies^), tertias
(semel et quadragies^).
158 GEORGE N. OLCOTT
" The cloth " (pannus~), as a technical racing-term, takes the
place oifactio in several inscriptions. Cf. Ruggiero, I.e. ; Fried-
lander, SittengescJi. II, p. 337; Marquardt, Staatsverw. Ill,
p. 518, etc.
*9
Oblong tablet for a loculus, broken in two almost equal
pieces. The iron spud is in place on the left side, but only
the hole remains on the right. Good square lettering. " Fuori
Porta Salaria."
SV ETO N I A
CC . ET . 0 . L
PE LAG I A
Suetonia (duornm G-aiorum) et (Suetoniae) l(ibertd) Pelagia.
*10
Loculus-t&blet of white marble, broken in two pieces. Wavy
border with dots. The holes for spuds are at the upper right
and lower left corners. From a columbarium on the Via Ostien-
sis, near S. Paolo fuori le Mura.
D • M . S
M.FVNDANIVS-SE
CV N DVS • V I X • A N • XXXX
FECIT . ISTI M EN I A - H ELPIS
CO N I V G I • S VO • B • M
Semicircular slab of bluish white marble, said to have been
found in 1904 in excavating for new constructions on Via Bon-
compagni, Rome. Holes for spuds at top and sides. The
stucco that ran over the edges when the stone was set in place
is still visible. Careless letters.
OSSA
PHILEMAE-A.L.L
v i x . AN x 1 1 x
GEORGE N. OLCOTT.
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE X
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH
Nos. 1-3, 5-7
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE XI
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH
Nos. 8. 13-16
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE XII
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH
Nos. 17-21
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE XIII
2:;
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH
Nos. 22-24
American <Scf}ooi
of (JTlasstcal
at &ttjeng
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH
[PLATES X-XIII]
THE excavations at Corinth by the American School brought
to light, in 1896, chiefly in the Theatre, a large number of
terra-cotta figurines, which were published in this Journal
(Vol. II, 1898, pp. 206-222). In the succeeding campaigns,
little new material was obtained until 1902. In that year,
however, and in 1903 considerable " finds " of terra-cottas were
made. The following pages present, first, selected specimens
from among the mass of isolated finds, and, second, a " deposit "
homogeneous in character.
I. ARCHAIC TERRA-COTTAS
1. Horse and rider, found in 1903 in a water-channel.
Length, 0.08 m. Clay, buff. The figure is moulded by hand,
with some help from a sharp instrument for cutting away the
clay between the rider and the body of the horse, and also from
the arms and the legs and the head of the rider. Many similar
specimens were found at Corinth in 1896 (cf. Am. J. Arch. II,
1898, p. 208, fig. 1, where parallels are cited) and in 1902.
The type is well known ; cf. Winter, Die Typen der figilrlichen
Terrakotten, I, p. 25, 1 ; p. 37, 1, 2, 3.
In 1902 were found other primitive animals like Am. J. Arch.
II, 1898, p. 208, fig. 2 ; ibid. p. 209, fig. 5 ; p. 210, fig. 9.
2. Column-like figure, flaring slightly at the bottom, found
in 1903, near the Ancient Fountain. Height, 0.065 m. Clay,
dark brown. Similar figures were found in 1902. For the
type cf . Jahreshefte des Oester. Arch. Inst. IV, 1901, p. 40, fig. 32,
and Winter, op. cit. I, p. 24, 9.
American .Tom-mil of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 159
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 2.
160 DAVID M. ROBINSON
3. Draped female figure, in relief, made in a flat mould,
found in 1902 in the Stoa east of the Temple hill. She holds
her right hand to her right breast, letting the left fall across
her body. The face is oval-shaped like that of the Nicandra
statue and has the bulging eyes of the archaic "Apollo"
figures, and the arrangement of the hair on either side of the
face resembles that of a figure from Arcadia (Kabbadias, G-lypta,
no. 6), and a figure from Crete (Gardner, Handbook of G-reek
Sculpture, p. 134).
Among the archaic terra-cottas belongs also a mask of a
woman; clay, buff; height, 0.03 m. ; found in 1902. The eyes
are bulging, and the treatment of the hair is similar to that of
the Apollo of Tenea. The head is crowned with a polos,
painted bright red. The mask resembles in all respects one
found at Corinth in 1900, and fig. 40 from Lousoi in the Jahres-
hefte des Oest. Arch. Inst. 1901, p. 42, and one from Vari (Am. J.
Arch. VII, 1903, p. 328, pi. xi, 12).
In 1902 was also found a female figure resembling the archaic
draped female statues in the Acropolis Museum at Athens and
Heuzey, Les Figurines Antiques de Terre Quite du MusSe du
Louvre, pi. xl, 2, and Winter, op. cit. I, p. 57, 2, 4.
II. LATER TERRA-COTTAS
BBBHBRSBRIBIBBK&
4. — TERRA-COTTA TORSO.
4. Right leg and part of torso, found in 1902 in the large
sewer in front of the South Stoa. Length, 0.135 m. Clay,
TEREA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH 161
cream color. The modelling of the loins dates the figure after
the Persian Wars.
5. Seated, draped female figure, found with No. 4. Height,
0.045 m. Cream-colored clay. Traces of a white slip are
visible. The modelling of the breasts leaves no doubt of the
sex of the personage represented.
6. Part of a small Corinthian capital, found in 1902 in the
same sewer. Height, 0.05 rn. Cream-colored clay, with traces
of a white slip. The workmanship is delicate and well done.
Terra-cotta columns with Corinthian capitals are known, and
No. 6 was probably part of a column (cf. Reinach et Pettier,
La Necropole de Myrina, Appendice, p. 572, nos. 392, 393).
7. Calf's head, hollow at the back. From mouth to fore-
head, 0.065 m. Grayish clay, with traces of white slip. Work,
rough and coarse. The head probably formed part of an entire
figure. For terra-cotta bulls' heads, cf. Waldstein, The Argive
Heraeum, II, p. 23, pi. xlviii, 1, 5, 17.
8. Fragment of a thin terra-cotta relief, in two pieces, smooth
on the back. Greatest height, 0.07 m. Terra-cotta reliefs,
most of them archaic, representing scenes from daily life or
mythology are common (cf . Schone, GriechiscJie Reliefs, pis. xxx-
xxxv ; Dumont et Chaplain, Les Ceramiques de la Grrece propre,
II, p. 226 ff. ; Pettier, Les Statuettes de Terre Cuite dans VAnti-
quite, p. 44; Brit. Mus. Cat. of Terra-Cottas, pp. 131-135, 152-
155). The relief from Corinth represents a scene from daily
life. To the left is a female figure. The narrow hips in
proportion to the waist (a mistake common in Greek statues of
girls), the absence of any male sexual organs, and the distinctly
small, rounded breasts, like those of a youthful, undeveloped girl
(they are more apple-like than the drawing shows) point to the
female sex. We cannot be sure in what action the girl was
engaged. But a probable interpretation may be found in the
object to the right, a short, fluted column, on which, at the
height of the girl's hip, rests a basin of the form common in
bathing scenes on red-figured cylices of the early fifth century
and on gems (cf. Hartwig, Die Gfriechischen Meisterschalen, pis.
162
DAVID M. ROBINSON
27 ; 67, 1 ; and p. 599, where many parallels are cited ; cf . Furt-
wangler, Die Antiken G-emmen, Taf. xii, 39). It is the Xovryp or
\ovrripiov (cf . Daremberg et Saglio, Dictionnaire, s.v. Louter, Lou-
terion, p. 1317, and Balneum, p. 651 ; cf. also Guhl mid Koner,
Das Leben der Gr. und Rom. I, p. 279). The stumps of the
arms indicate that they were raised. On top of the louter to
the right is some object which would indicate another person to
the right. Whether there were more than two, we cannot tell.
9. Head of a youthful female figure, found in 1902 in the
South Stoa. Height, as preserved, 0.05 m. Light chocolate
clay. The hair is brushed back from the
face and parted in the middle, and bears
a wreath, the /cuAtoTo? are^avo^ (cf. Athe-
naeus, XV, 678), within which the hair is
not worked. For similar wreaths on female
figures cf. Winter, op. cit. II, p. 5, 5 ; p. 25,
7 ; p. 46, 7 ; p. 97, 6 ; Pettier et Reinach,
La NScropole de Myrina, pi. 24.
10. Mask, found in 1902 in the South
No. 9. — TERRA-COTTA Stoa. Height, 0.05 m. Reddish clay. The
HEAD. wide-open mouth, the flattened nose, the
heavy, scowling eyebrows, and the wreath leave no doubt that
this is a comic actor's mask (cf. Pollux, Onomasticon, IV,
143 ff.). The space of the mouth is
filled with clay, round the edges of which
the teeth are indicated. The hair is
rendered by parallel wavy lines running
back from the face, but the top of the
head behind the wreath is left smooth.
Another terra-cotta actor's mask from
Corinth, though of a different type, is
Martha, Catalogue des Figurines du Mm£e
d'Athenes, no. 529, pi. vi, 6. In 1901
a vase-handle with an actor's mask at the end was found at
Corinth.
11. Youthful male mask, found in 1902 in the sewer men-
No. 10. — TKRRA-COTTA
MASK.
TEERA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH
163
No. 11. — TERKA-COTTA MASK.
tioned above. Height, 0.065 m. Light brown clay with an
orange-color slip. The face is youthful, somewhat effeminate,
and suggests Dionysus. The
hair brushed up to look like
horns, the fillet, and the grape
clusters also point to a Dio-
nysus (cf. Athenaeus, XI,
476 ; Tibullus, II, 1, 3 ; and
Roscher's Lexicon, s.v.). In
this mask, as in No. 10, the
pupils of the eyes are holes
about the size of a pin-head
which penetrate the eye-ball.
12. Female head, found in
1902 in the South Stoa.
Height, 0.065 m. Cream-
colored clay. The head is slightly turned to left and was once
part of a whole figure. The eyes seem to be partly closed, and
have a dreamy expression. The small
mouth, with the corners slightly open,
the depressed line below, and the round
chin all contribute to the delicacy of the
features, resembling somewhat Antiquites
du Bospore, pi. Ixviii, fig. 4. But the
most striking thing is the elaborate
coiffure. The top-knot finds a parallel
in a terra-cotta female head from Elatea
(cf. B. C.H. XI, 1887, pi. iv, no. 11) and
in many statues, such as the Apollo Bel-
vedere and the Capitoline Aphrodite.
Many other terra-cotta heads were
found, but mostly of poor work. Two
perhaps deserve mention, a caricature
head (No. 13) of a bald-headed old man
with low forehead, heavy, protruding eyebrows, and large
nose (for the same kind of caricature cf. Winter, op. cit. II,
No. 12. — TERRA-COTTA
HEAD.
164 DAVID M. ROBINSON
p. 437, 1), and a type of female head, resembling the heads of
the Tanagra figurines of the fourth century B.C. and Am. J.
Arch. II, 1898, p. 218, fig. 28.
III. TERRA-COTTAS FROM A DEPOSIT
In 1903 was discovered, southwest of the Old Temple, a large
number of terra-cottas, packed together in a mass between two
pavements of crushed and compacted poros, a kind very fre-
quent at Corinth. So many terra-cottas within a space about
1.50 m. by 2 m. point to some temple or sanctuary where
they had been brought as votive offerings. We know from
inscriptions (C.I. a. 1570; I.G. [C.I.A.~\ II, 403, 404, 405;
•A0ij«Mo*, V, p. 103, no. 13, and p. 189, no. 16; B. C.H. II, 1878,
pp. 419 ff.) that when a temple or sanctuary became encumbered,
the priests destroyed the votive offerings, dedicating a portion
to the god or hero of the sanctuary. Often there were special
vaults, as at Halicarnassus and Cnidus, for this purpose, called
favissae by the Romans (A. Gellius, Noct. Att. II, 10, 2, and
Festus, s.v. favissae). Deposits of ex-votos similar to that at
Corinth have been found at Tegea (Athen. Mitth. IV, pp. 168 ff.) ;
at Corcyra (B. C.H. XV, pp. 1 ff.) ; at Elatea (B. C.H. XI, pp.
405 ff.) ; at Athens at the Erechtheum, at the Asclepieum ; and
at Magradi at the temple of Artemis Agrotera (Martha, op. cit.
Introd. vii) ; at Delos (B. C.H. VI, p. 312) ; at Olympia (Bot-
ticher, Olympia, p. 325) ; at Dodona (Carapanos, Dodone et ses
mines) ; at the Ptoan sanctuary at Acraephiae (B. C.H. IX,
1885, pp. 474 ff.) ; in Cyprus at Larnaca (Heuzey, Catalogue
des figurines du Louvre, pp. 123-232 ; and Pettier, op. cit. pp.
66-67 ; and Winter, op. cit. p. Ixxxi) ; at Tarentum ( G-az. Arch.
1881-1882, p. 163 ; Arch. Zeit. XL, pp. 286 ff. ; Annali dell. Inst.
Arch. 1881, p. 196 ; Winter, op. cit. pp. cxv-cxvii) ; at Meta-
pontum (G-az. Arch. VIII, 1883, p. 70); at Capua (Bulletino,
1876, p. 187 ; 1878, p. 25 and no. 93, 255) ; at Paestum (Annali,
1835, p. 50; and Pettier, op. cit. p. 212; and Winter, op. cit.
p. cxi) ; at Halicarnassus (Newton, History of Discoveries at
Halicarnassus, Cnidus, and Branchidae, II, pp. 327, 331) ; at
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH 165
Cnidus (ibid. II, part 2, p. 391) ; at Eretria (Athen. Mitth.
XXV, 1900, p. 311) ; near Agrinion (ibid. p. 116) ; at Rhodes
(ibid. VI, 1881, p. 3); at Ithaca (O. R. Acad. Inscr. 1904,
p. 436 f.) and elsewhere.
From what sanctuary our deposit comes, will appear after the
terra-cottas themselves have been described.
14. Upper part of female figure. Height, 0.05 m. The
face, slightly turned to right, has delicate features ; the neck
and breast are bare. She has pulled her garment up over her
head, and it hangs down round the face over the shoulders.
We are reminded of the many veiled figures found at Tanagra,
which are often interpreted as mourning and brought into rela-
tion with Demeter lamenting the loss of her daughter.
15. Height, as preserved, 0.10 m. This is one of a large
number of standing female figures found. It is perhaps of
more interest than the others because of the drapery. The
figure wears a chiton with apoptygma reaching nearly to the
knees, and girded outside of the apoptygma just below the
breasts. The left hand holds up the drapery, and the right
hand holds a blue dove to the breast. There are traces of red
on the drapery, and two shoes painted vermilion appear from
under it. Parts of eight similar figures were found, but two
have only one fold extending down in front. In a similar type,
of which only one specimen came to light, the right hand hangs
easily at the side and holds an oenochoe, and the left presses a
round object to the breast. The drapery, however, remains
the same, and the shoes are painted likewise with vermilion.
Another allied type, of which several specimens were unearthed,
is known from the campaigns of 1896 (cf. Am. J. Arch. II,
1898, pp. 212 ff., fig. 18), 1899, and 1902. It is a widely
spread type (cf. Winter, op. cit. I, p. 58, 3). One of the speci-
mens, found in a water-conduit near the deposit, seems to hold
a wreath in the left hand, hanging at the side, as Winter,
op. cit. I, p. 104, 3, and p. 105, 6. Another shows a red band run-
ning across the breast and descending on each side of the chiton.
The same pattern occurs on examples found in 1896 (Am. J.
IQfi DAVID M. EOBINSON
Arch. II, 1898, p. 215), and in 1898 and 1899. One has the
polos yellow, face red, and drapery white with red border.
Similar figures were found in great quantities at Corcyra
(B.C.H. XV, pp. 32,1 36, and pi. i), which suggests a close
alliance in terra-cotta making between the mother-city and the
daughter. This might well be in the first half of the fifth
century B.C., the period to which Heuzey assigns such figures
(op. cit. text to'pl. xviii, 2). The terra-cotta drawn belongs
of course to the next century, as the drapery shows.
16. Terra-cotta mirror, 0.055 m. long. Clay, buff. Seven
whole ones and parts of four others were found. Their shape
disk and handle — makes it certain that these are mirrors.
Compare those which terra-cotta figurines carry. All are
painted on both sides, some yellow, some red. Similar speci-
mens have been found in previous excavations at Corinth,
but I know of no parallels in terra-cotta elsewhere. For
such small votive mirrors in bronze see 'E(/>'. 'A/>%. 1903, coll.
175 f., fig. 9 ; Waldstein, The Argive Heraeum, II, pp. 264, 265,
pis. xcii-xcv.
17. Tablet with horse and rider in relief, 0.07 m. long.
Back of the head of the rider is a hole for suspension. Traces
of red color remain. This seems to be the most archaic of the
large number of such reliefs found in the deposit.
18. Length, 0.06 m. This horse and rider in relief is still
archaic, but more advanced than No. 17. The rider is clad in
a chlamys, a fold of which falls from the right shoulder.
Another specimen like ours, and three in which the particular
fold of the chlamys just mentioned is lacking, were also found.
Two have traces of orange color. The tablet which is illus-
trated has traces of the white slip on both sides, showing that it
was dipped. Over the white on the tablet are traces of darker
red and on the rider of a lighter red. The relief was undoubt-
1 No. 12, fig. 4, on p. 32 (Winter, op. cit. I, p. 97, 4), has the dove in the right
hand, but carries in the left an object which Lechat does not know. This, I
think, is a key, and the figure may be a temple priestess. For such a key cf.
Diels, Parmenides Lehrgedicht, Mil einem Anhang iiber griechische Thuren und
Schlossen, and 'E0. ' ApX. 1902, pp. 143 f., where several examples are cited.
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH 167
edly made from the same mould as the three found in 1896 in
the Theatre (cf. Am. J. Arch. II, 1898, pp. 211-212, fig. 17).
The type is given in Winter, op. cit. II, p. 300, 2.
Three reliefs form the transition between Nos. 18 and 19.
In two the rider is nude except for the drapery over the right
arm. The horse is in the same position as in fig. 18, but has
even less life and spirit. Traces of pink remain on the rider.
The third relief, 0.08 m. long, with traces of brown over the
white slip, shows a decided advance. The head and neck,
which are shorter than in No. 17, are full of life and the veins
stand out (as in Winter, op. cit. II, p. 300, 3). The rider has
his right arm bent at the elbow and wrapped up in his drapery.
The left hand is bare, and holds the reins, which hang down in
loops.
19. Length, 0.09 m. In this relief the feet of the horse are
not on the ground. The legs are raised in a prancing attitude,
like those of some of the best horses in the Parthenon frieze.
The fore legs are higher and bent in a curve. The horse was
painted yellow and the background black. The type is Winter,
op. cit. II, p. 299, 8. In 1902 in a water-conduit was found a
similar specimen, in which the horse is pawing the air with its
fore feet, the right hind foot bent forward and the left hind
foot alone touching the ground. The head is held high, and
even the tail shows life.
In these reliefs there is probably a reference to some hero.
The hero often appears as rider or hunter, especially in the
[ero Reliefs (cf. Rouse, Greek Votive Offerings, pp. 23 f.,
p 3 ; Athen. Mitth. VIII, p. 370 ; Philostrat. Her. 294 (680);
rardner, Sculptured Tombs of Hellas, p. 94). Such reliefs have
>een found at Tarentum (cf. Arch. Zeit. XL, p. 312, where
rolters interprets the rider as a hero) ; at Metapontum (cf.
Winter, op. cit. p. civ); at Troy, where they are connected with
a hero cult (cf. Dorpfeld, Troja und Ilion, p. 443 ; Beilage,
57) ; and in other places (for type cf . Winter, op. cit. pp. 298-
302), They were common in hero shrines (cf. Aeneas Tacticus,
38, 10). Perhaps the phrase TTIVCLKLQV npceiicov (if that be
158 DAVID M. EOBINSON
the right reading) refers to such reliefs as those found at
Corinth.
20. Reclining figure. Clay, buff. Seven unbroken speci-
mens and parts of forty-four others were found in the deposit,
and one in the water-conduit above mentioned. In 1902 and
previous years such figures were also unearthed (for those of
1896 cf. Am. J. Arch. II, 1898, pp. 215 f., fig. 21). The length
varies from 0.06 m. to 0.08 m. Most are in one piece and
slightly concave on the back. But some have an additional
piece of clay attached so that there is an opening at the bottom,
a method common in the manufacture of terra-cottas (so in
terra-cottas from Corcyra, cf. B. C.H. XV, 1891, p. 13, and in
reclining figures from Tarentum in Bonn, cf. Arch. Zeit. XL,
p. 286). One piece has an opening or vent hole at the back
instead of at the bottom. The couch is draped in nearly every
case, and the drapery hangs down at both ends. In one
instance there is no drapery, and the supporting leg at the
head of the couch is square with projections at the bottom.
In one fragment the leg at the foot of the couch, painted pink,
is a sphinx. The upper leg is missing. This reminds one of
the K\IVTJ o-fayyoTrovs which Athenaeus (V, 197 a) mentions
(cf. Miss Ransom, Couches and Beds of the Crreeks, Etruscans,
and Romans, pp. 109, 112, n. 27). In all the specimens th(
figure rests its left arm on a pillow or cushion (this does not
appear clearly in the drawing), the left leg lies flat on th<
couch, the knee bent outward. But the right leg is raised.
The head faces to the front and wears a polos. The hair diffei
in various specimens. Often a lock seems to hang down 01
either side of the head to the breast. Sometimes it is matted.
In most cases it is like that of the terra-cotta which is draw]
consisting of rings encircling the face and ending on eith(
shoulder close to the neck. As a rule the breast is bare, anc
a little lower begins the mantle, which falls over the left
arm and across the body to the bottom of the couch, leaving
the right arm naked. Sometimes there are traces of
chiton over the breast, and here the figure is undoubtedly
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH 169
female.1 But in other cases the figure is male. This is
shown by the largeness of the chest and by the red paint,
which, as is well known, is the conventional color for men's
flesh in ancient art. The right arm falls across the lap to
the front of the couch, and the right hand holds generally a
phiale. In two cases a cantharus replaces the phiale. The
cantharus occurs in figures of the same type found at Tarentum
(Arch. Zeit. XL, p. 295, figs. 18, 19; cf. also Gaz. Arch. VII,
pp. 157-158 ; Winter, op. cit. I, p. 200, 6, and p. 205) and at the
sanctuary of the Cabiri near Thebes (Athen. Mitth. XV, 1890,
p. 358 ; Winter, op. cit. I, p. 193, 1 ; and also in Winter, op. cit.
I, p. 193, 6 ; p. 194, 6). Lenormant ( Gaz. Arch. VII, p. 163) and
Evans (J.H.S. VII, 1886, pp. 8 ff.) interpret such figures as
Dionysus. But the cantharus could easily replace the phiale to
vary the monotony of the type, and we actually find in speci-
mens otherwise identical now cantharus, now phiale, and in
some cases nothing, as in Kekule, Ant. Terra-kotten, II, p. 19,
fig. 40. The cantharus points rather to the Hero Feast which is so
often represented in marble reliefs (cf. Furtwangler, Sammlung
Sabouroff, pis. xxx— xxxiii, 4 Terra-cotta,' Einl., p. 13; 'Sculpt.'
Einl., p. 27; also Miss Harrison, Prolegomena to the Study of
Greek Religion, pp. 350 ff.). Wolters (Arch. Zeit. XL, pp. 303
f.) interprets the figures from Tarentum in the same way,
i.e. as heroes. There is certainly no reference to the lectisternia
of gods or goddesses, as Heuzey thinks (op. cit. text on pi. iii).
The type of a reclining figure 2 is wide-spread, and there are
many parallels (cf. Winter, op. cit. I, pp. 191-207). Generally
the figures are much larger than ours, and a female person is
represented at the foot of the couch, and often also a child.
They are painted, as also are those from Corinth. The terra-
)tta here illustrated has brown on the polos, body, and
1 Lenormant {Gaz. Arch. VII, p. 160) does not believe that the type of a
reclining woman exists, but among the figures found at Corinth are some whose
female sex cannot be doubted.
2 Kekule, op. cit. p. 13, fig. 19, " Nicht aus Megara bekannt ist der aus Selinus
in mehreren Exemplaren vorhandene Typus einer liegenden Figur welcher fast
uberall mit allerlei Veranderungen vorkommt."
170 DAVID M. ROBINSON
drapery. The couch has only the white slip remaining, but
blue is' well preserved on the cantharus. There are traces of
color on the other specimens also. The colors vary, and many
different combinations occur. Red, brown, and pink are used
for the flesh ; red, blue, black, pink, and yellow for the couch ;
red, blue, black, and pink for the drapery ; yellow and blue for
the phiale. In one case the breast is brown, the drapery pink,
the phiale yellow and also the couch ; in another the body is
brown and the drapery blue; in another the breast red, and
the couch red with a yellow border below. The body can be
red and the couch blue ; or the body brown and the couch red ;
or the body brown, the drapery pink, and the couch blue. In
one case the upper part of the couch is blue, the lower part
pink. The red varies in shades, sometimes being so dark that
it has a brownish color, sometimes so bright that it is probably
the /u'Xro? or SM/COTTI? which was used for terra-cottas (cf.
B.C.H. XIV, 1890, p. 503, n. 3, and Lucian, Lexiph. 22).
21. Shield of the " Argive" type. Total diameter, 0.086 m.
Clay, buff. Traces of white slip on the outside. Besides the
whole specimen which is drawn parts of nine others were
found, some larger, others smaller and thinner. In one broken
example there are two round holes in the rim so that the shield
could be hung up. In the one drawn there are no holes. On
the central part are distinct traces of blue, and on the rim red.
Probably all the shields were painted blue, with a red avrvi;
or rim. In one case there is red on the inside. Terra-cotta
shields have previously been found on the Acropolis in Athens ;
in a grave at Eretria (now in Athens, Berlin, and Boston, cf.
Arch. Anzeiger, 1898, p. 142; Am. J. Arch. II, 1898, p. 147;
Report of the Boston Museum of Fine Arts for 1897, pp. 36-37,
nos. 42-69 ; Athen. Mitth. XXVI, 1901, p. 360 f., pi. xv ; Berlin,
Antiquarium, Inv. 7418, 8529) ; at Eleusis, along with Corinthian
vase fragments ('E^.'A/o^. 1898, p. 69), and at the 4 beehive'
tomb of Menidi (cf . Welters, Jahrb. d. arch. Inst. XIV, 1899, pp.
118 ff.. and fig. 25, p. 119). Others are Furtwangler-Loeschcke,
Mykenische Vasen, p. 40, 1, and Stackelberg, Graber der Hellenen,
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH 171
pi. Ixx, 6, 7, the latter decorated with gorgon-heads. An
oval terra-cotta shield, 0.08 m. in diameter, is Frohner, Terres-
cuites dAsie de la Collection Julien Grreau, pi. 53. The shields
from Menidi are somewhat larger than ours and have linear
patterns painted in brown-red over the white slip, which is
found also on the inside. Another difference is that the shields
from Menidi have handles. Wolters (op. cit. p. 127) rightly
concludes that they point to a hero-cult ; as do in all prob-
ability also the shields from Corinth.
22. Thin, oblong tablet, 0.05 m. high, with relief of cuirass.
Clay, buff. Below the upper edge is a hole for suspension.
The cuirass is of the usual form of leather cuirass, with shoulder
pieces and two rows of flaps at the bottom. On both tablet
and cuirass the white slip remains, with traces of the pink
which was painted over the white. Terra-cotta cuirasses in
the round are known (cf. Winter, op. cit. I, p. 386, 4, 5) ; but
this, so far as I recollect, is the first specimen of a terra-cotta
cuirass in relief.
23. Thin tablet, 0.055 m. high, with helmet of Corinthian
type in relief. Clay, buff. The helmet faces to left. The
nose piece is not visible, as on the snake stelai. At the top
of the helmet there is a knob forming part of the crest, which
does not appear on the tablet, but was probably painted.
The whole is covered with yellow over the white slip.
24. Stele, 0.145 m. high, surmounted by a "Corinthian"
helmet in relief and bearing a twisting serpent below. Parts
of eleven stelai of a larger type like the one drawn have been
found. In these the tail of the snake often projects over the two
steps at the bottom and has six bends. The stele tapers toward the
)p and reminds one of those painted on white lecythi (cf. the
tele, surmounted by a Corinthian helmet in Baumeister, Denk-
aler, fig. 1939, with the inscription 'Aya/jLe/juxov, and the stele with
Corinthian helmet on its face, in White Athenian Vases in the
British Museum, pi. xi). Of a smaller type, 0.12-m. high, were
found three whole stelai and pieces of twenty-seven others, six-
teen showing the helmet. In this type the siia&e has only four
172 DAVID M. ROBINSON
bends, and in place of the two steps there are two mouldings,
sometimes only one. There seems to be still a third type. In
one piece found there is no moulding at the top, and the helmet
faces to the left. In two other cases the helmet faces to the
left. In all three types the white slip remains on both front
and back. On many the colors remain. The helmets are
generally yellow, sometimes red. The shakes are usually blue,
but sometimes red. One snake is yellow. One helmet has
yellow well preserved on it, but the crest is red. When the
helmet is yellow, the snake is generally red. When the helmet
is red, the snake is blue.
The question at once arises as to the use of these unique
stelai and whence they come. The helmet suggests a warrior
or hero, and a stele surmounted by a " Corinthian " helmet
does occur at the grave of a warrior (cf. above). Stele and
snake are connected with the cult of the dead (cf. Rouse, Greek
Votive Offerings, pp. 6 f . ; Harrison, Prolegomena to the Study of
Greek Religion, pp. 329 if.). The snake occurs on the archaic
Spartan reliefs representing the Hero Feast (cf. Sammlung Sa-
louroff, I, pi. i ; Athen. Mitth. II, pp. 301 f. 459 ; IV, pp. 163, 193 ;
VII, p. 163). The snake alone is carved on an early Spartan
tombstone (Brunn-Bruckmann, 226) as if it embodied a hero.
In the museum at Sparta, and also at Berlin, there are a num-
ber of slabs bearing snakes only. In the sanctuary of the
Mistress in Arcadia were found terra-cotta images of snakes
(cf. Frazer, Pausanias, IV, 370), but these are not stelai.
From Pausanias we learn that a hero or god often took the
form of a snake (cf. Paus. I, 24, 7; 36, 1; IV, 14, 7). The
stelai from Corinth, then, probably were votive offerings in
some shrine or sanctuary of a hero.
The question is whence this deposit comes. The answer has
been suggested already in the case of some of the terra-cottas.
The stele with the snake and the "Corinthian" helmet, the
tablets with reliefs of helmet and cuirass, the shields, the
reclining figures, and the reliefs of horse and rider are in all
probability ex-votos from the sanctuary of some chthonian
TERRA-COTTAS FROM CORINTH
173
deity or, better, of some hero. This conclusion is drawn from
analogy with Hero Reliefs in sculpture. For example, on a
relief from Cumae now in Berlin (Cat. Berlin Sculptures, no.
805) is represented a hero astride a prancing horse, like No. 19.
behind him his heroized wife, before him a group of wor-
shippers. On the wall hang helmet and shield (cf. also Athen,
Mittk. XXV, pp. 176 f.). That the reclining figure points to a
hero is clear from comparison with the so-called " Funeral
Banquet " and " Hero " Reliefs in sculpture. To bring the terra-
cotta mirrors and female figures and other "finds" into rela-
tion with some hero would be fanciful, but it is not necessary
that all the offerings in the sanctuary of a hero should have
direct reference to him. We cannot determine in the sanctuary
of what hero these terra-cottas were anathemata. Since they
date from the sixth and fifth, and perhaps the beginning of the
fourth century, and since the sanctuary was destroyed long
before the days of Pausanias, we are left to guesses.
DAVID M. ROBINSON.
JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY.
ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
NEWS AND NOTES
THE following act for the incorporation of the Archaeological
Institute of America was passed by the United States Senate
on April 6, and by the House of Representatives on May 21,
1906. It was prepared by JOHN B. LARNER, Esq., of the
Washington Society. The Honorable HENRY CABOT LODGE
introduced it in the Senate, and the Honorable NICHOLAS
LONGWORTH in the House of Representatives.
AN ACT
INCORPORATING THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF
AMERICA
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United
States of America in Congress assembled, That SIMEON E. BALDWIN, FRED-
ERIC C. BARTLETT, WILLIAM N". BATES, W. K. BIXBY, CHARLES J.
BONAPARTE, CHARLES P. BOWDITCH, HENRY F. BURTON, H. W. CALLA-
HAN, JOHN CAMPBELL, MITCHELL CARROLL, R. R. CONVERSE, J. T.
EDMUNDSON, HOWARD P. EELLS, JOHN W. FOSTER, HAROLD N. FOWLER,
BASIL L. GILDERSLEEVE, JOHN S. GRAY, J. E. HARRY, JOHN B. JACK-
SON, FRANCIS W. KELSEY, JOHN O. KOEPFLI, WILLIAM A. LAMBERTON,
JOHN B. LARNER, SETII Low, CHARLES F. LUMMIS, GEORGE F. MOORE,
EDWARD DELAVAN PERRY, HENRY KIRKE PORTER, JOHN DYNELEY
PRINCE, EDWARD ROBINSON, J. G. SCHURMAN, THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR,
F. W. SHIPLEY, M. S. SLAUGHTER, CHARLES FORSTER SMITH, GEORGE
S. SYKKS, FRANK B. TARBELL, ANDREW F. WEST, BENJAMIN IDE
Win i.i. i.i:, JAMES R. WHEELER, JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, JOHN H.
WRIGHT, their associates and successors be, and they are hereby, created a
body corporate and politic in the District of Columbia by the name, title,
and style of the Archaeological Institute of America, and by that name
shall have perpetual succession for the purpose of promoting archaeological
studies by investigation and research in the United States and foreign
countries by sending out expeditions for special investigation, by aiding the
efforts of independent explorers, by publication of archaeological papei
174
NEWS OF THE INSTITUTE 175
and reports of the results of the expeditions which the institute may under-
take or promote, and by any other means which may from time to time be
desirable.
SEC. 2. That the government of said corporation shall be vested in a
council consisting of the following ex officio members : The presidents, the
honorary presidents, the vice-presidents, the treasurer, and the secretary of
the institute and the editor in chief and the business manager of its journal,
the presidents of affiliated societies and the chairmen of the managing com-
mittees of any American schools founded by the Archaeological Institute of
America in foreign countries for classical or archaeological studies and re-
search (including those now affiliated with the voluntary association known
as the Archaeological Institute of America), and the chairman of the com-
mittee on American Archaeology, and of additional members annually
chosen by the members of affiliated societies, as may be provided by the by-
laws.
SEC. 3. That said corporation may make all by-laws, rules, and regu-
lations not inconsistent with law that may be necessary or expedient to
accomplish the purposes of its creation ; and it may hold real estate and
personal property in the United States and any foreign country for the neces-
sary use and purposes of said organization to an amount not to exceed one
million dollars. The principal office of said corporation shall be in Wash-
ington, in the District of Columbia, and its annual meetings may be held in
such places as its by-laws may provide.
The bill for the preservation of the remains of American
Antiquity, which was prepared by a Committee of the Archaeo-
logical Institute and of the American Anthropological Society,
has also passed the Senate and the House, by unanimous con-
sent. It was introduced in the House on January 9, 1906, by the
Honorable JOHN F. LACEY of Iowa, and, in the Senate, by the
Honorable THOMAS M. PATTERSON of Colorado. The text of
this bill follows : —
Be it enacted by the, Senate and House of Representatives of the United
States of America in Congress assembled, That any person who shall appro-
priate, excavate, injure, or destroy any historic or prehistoric ruin or monu-
ment, or any object of antiquity situated on lands owned or controlled by
the Government of the United States, without the permission of the Secre-
tary of the Department of Government having jurisdiction over the lands
on which said antiquities are situated shall, upon conviction, be fined in a
sum not more than five hundred dollars or be imprisoned for a period of
not more than ninety days, or shall suffer both fine and imprisonment in
the discretion of the court.
SEC. 2. That the President of the United States is hereby authorized,
176 ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
in his discretion, to declare by public proclamation historic landmarks, his-
toric and prehistoric structures, and other objects of historic or scientific
interest that are situated upon the lands owned or controlled by the Gov-
ernment of the United States to be national monuments, and may reserve
as a part thereof parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases shall be
confined to the smallest area compatible with the proper care and manage-
ment of the objects to be protected : Provided, That when such objects are
situated upon a tract covered by a bona fide unperfected claim or held in
private ownership, the tract, or so much thereof as may be necessary for the
proper care and management of the object, may be relinquished to the Gov-
ernment, and the Secretary of the Interior is hereby authorized to accept
the relinquishrnent of such tracts in behalf of the Government of the United
States.
SEC. 3. That permits for the examination of ruins, the excavation of
archaeological sites, and the gathering of objects of antiquity upon the
lands under their respective jurisdictions, may be granted by the Secre-
taries of the Interior, Agriculture, and War, to institutions wrhich they may
deem properly qualified to conduct such examination, excavation, or gather-
ing, subject to such rules and regulations as they may prescribe : Provided
That the examinations, excavations, and gatherings are undertaken for the
benefit of reputable museums, universities, colleges, or other recognized
scientific or educational institutions, with a view to increasing the knowl-
edge of such objects, and that the gatherings shall be made for permanent
preservation in public museums.
SEC. 4. That the Secretaries of the Departments aforesaid shall make
and publish from time to time uniform rules and regulations for the pur-
pose of carrying out the provisions of this Act.
The Archaeological Societies of San Francisco, Utah, and the
Northwest have been accepted as Affiliated Societies of the
Institute.
JUNE, 1906.
1905
July — December
ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS1
SUMMARIES OF ORIGINAL ARTICLES CHIEFLY IN
CURRENT PERIODICALS
HAROLD N. FOWLER, Editor
Western Reserve University, Cleveland, O.
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
Terra Sigillata. — At the May (1905) meeting of the Berlin Arch. Ge-
sellsch., H. DRAGENDORFF spoke on the history of terra sigillata. Origi-
nating in Asia Minor, the style was brought to Italy about 200 B.C. and
reached its highest development at Arretium about the time of the Roman
occupation of Gaul and the Rhine, where it was imitated and mixed with
characteristics of other styles in the local provincial ware. In the first cen-
tury after Christ Arretine ware was superseded even in Italy by a rival ware
with similar forms but a new style of decoration, made chiefly at Banassac
in southern France, and this in turn gave place in the provinces to the ware
of Lezoux-sur-Allier, while vessels of metal came into use in Italy. The
manufacture at Lezoux lasted until the destruction of the town by German
barbarians. The German-Roman border camps used also a ware from Rhein-
zabern and various local fabrics. There was throughout a gradual debase-
ment of the style, and the relief ware was finally replaced by jugs with
mere branched ornament resembling Prankish and Alemannic pottery.
(Arch. Anz. 1905, pp. 116-118.)
Ancient Artillery. — In Rom. Mitth. XX, 1905, pp. 166-184, R. SCHXEI-
DKU presents the results of his study of catapults, etc., as represented on
ancient reliefs, with special reference to the example from Pergamon, now
in Berlin, and to a representation on the Vatican epitaph of an officer of the
imperial arsenal under the Flavian emperors. Tentative reconstructions of
1 The departments of Archaeological News and Discussions and of Bibliography
are conducted by Professor FOWLER, Editor-in charge, assisted by Miss MARY H.
BUCKINGHAM, Professor HARRY E. BURTON, Mr. HAROLD R. HASTINGS, Professor
ELMER T. MERRILL, Professor FRANK G. MOORE, Mr. CHARLES R. MOREY, Pro-
fessor LEWIS B. PATON, and the Editors, especially Professor MARQUAND and Dr.
PKABODY.
No attempt is made to include in this number of the JOURNAL material published
after December 31, 1905.
For an explanation of the abbreviations, see pp. 135, 136.
177
178 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
engines by a Saxon officer, Major Schramm, in Metz, are to be followed by
further attempts under the same auspice^, with the aid of the director of
the Saalburg Museum and an antiquarian society in Metz.
The Campana Collection. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 161-163 (2 figs.),
S. RKIXACH publishes some additional notes from various sources on the
history of the Campana collection.
Pliny's Journalist Methods. — A second paper on Pliny's use of a cen-
sor's list of the year 73 in making his citations of works of art in Rome with
classification by Regions of the city, in N. H. XXXIV-XXXVI, is published
by D. DETLEFSON in Jb. Arch. I. XX, 1905, pp. 113-122. See ibid. XVI, pp.
75-107.
Xerxes and the Hellespont. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 1-14, S. REINACH
argues that the acts of Xerxes in beating the Hellespont and throwing fet-
ters into it were ritual acts. The iron sunk in the sea by the Phocaeans, the
ring of Polycrates, the ring of Minos, the marriage of the doge of Venice
with the Adriatic, and other similar acts are cited in comparison.
Ancient City Life. — A discussion of some phases of the city life of Per-
gamon and of Priene as typical ancient cities is given by F. KOEPP in Arch.
Anz. 1905, pp. 141-149. Of the three usual stages of development domi-
nated respectively by the need of security, by an expanding municipal
activity, and by an ideal of ease and comfort, Priene represents almost ex-
.clusively the second, here the Hellenistic stage, for its acropolis, the first
place to be inhabited on any ancient site, is wholly above and separate from
this second town, and city life had died out here before Roman domination
made it safe to expand beyond walls. Pergamon, on the contrary, lived
through all three stages, and much of the evidence of the two earlier ones
is obscured or destroyed by the last. Both cities show the splendid achieve-
ments of the Hellenistic city spirit, whether the impulse came from a
powerful ruling family like the Attalids or from plain citizens. The high-
pressure water system of Pergamon, which the Romans were forced to
adopt but could not keep up in its original efficiency, is especially admirable.
Neolithic Burial. — In Rdiq. XI, 1905, pp. 145-161 (15 figs.), GEORGE
CLINCH briefly describes and discusses neolithic tombs and monuments,
chiefly those in England.
Archaeology and the Bible. —In Rec. Past, IV, 1905, August, pp. 234-
'-''- (fig.), JOHN EASTER, reviewing the relations of archaeological discov-
eries to the Bible finds that they are in harmony.
Archaeology in Croatia. —The Vjesnik of the Croatian Archaeological
Society of Agram (Zagreb), vol. VIII, 1905 (237 pp.; 170 figs.), contains thir-
teen articles, an obituary sketch of the life of Ivan Krstiteij Tkalcic, reports,
notes, and indexes. J. BRUNSMID (pp. 35-106 ; 132 figs.) continues his fully
illustrated catalogue of the objects of marble and stone in the museum at
Agram, most of which are more or less fragmentary works of Roman date
found in Croatia. There are several Greek inscriptions, the most interest-
ing of which is the decree from Korcula, with list of colonists, published in
Dittenberger's Sylloge, II 2, p. 792, No. 933. BRUNSMID also (pp. 176-192 ; 9
figs.) describes some discoveries of coins, some of which are Roman, others
mediaeval and later, in Croatia and Slavonia, and (pp. 208-220; 8 figs.) early
mediaeval antiquities, chiefly fibulae, from Croatia and Slavonia. V. HOF-
FILLER discusses (pp. 118-128; 8 figs.) a votive relief of lead from Ser-
EGYPT] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 179
bisch-Mitrovica, a relief of lead from Divos (pp. 204-207; 2 figs.), and a
prehistoric necropolis in Smiljan near Gospic (pp. 193-203; 5 figs.). V.
KLAIC writes of the Croatian kingdom in the fifteenth century and the first
quarter of the sixteenth, 1409-1526 (pp. 129-147), and the coronation of the
Arpad princes as kings of Dalmatia and Croatia, 1091-1207 (pp. 107-117).
B. KRNIC publishes and discusses a document of Zagreb (Agram) of the
year 1482 (pp. 159-164). I. MILCETIC publishes three Glagolitic documents
of the fifteenth century (pp. 30-33). F. Sisic writes of the death of the
Croatian King Zvonimir (pp. 1-29). M. VASi<5 publishes a bronze vessel
in the form of a bust of a youth from Virninacium (pp. 148-158; 5 figs.).
N. YULIC publishes two Roman epitaphs from Montenegro.
EGYPT
The Stele of the King Serpent. — In Mon. Mem. Acad. Insc. (Fondation
Plot), XII, pp. 5-17 (pi. ; 6 figs.), G. BENEDITE publishes and discusses
the stele from Abydos, now in the Louvre, upon which is the Horus name
(Ka name, Banner name) of a king whose other name is unknown. The
stele is 0.18 in. thick, 0.65 in. wide, and was originally 2.50 m. or 2.60 m.
high, but is now only 1.45 m. in height. It probably stood as a visible
monument above the tomb. It is an original work of the pre-Memphite
period, not a later imitation. It is adorned on the front with the hawk
standing upon a rectangular foundation in the upper part of which is the
serpent, while the lower part is occupied by the representation of a building
(two doors and three towers). This last is the tomb, or perhaps the palace,
of the king. Such representations may have their origin from a tribe
with the hawk as its token, which at some very early period conquered
Egypt.
The Decoration of the Vases of the Neggadeh Period. — In C. 7?.
Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 257-278 (3 figs.), G. FOUCART shows that the conven-
tional representations on the vases of the Neggadeh period constitute almost
a hieroglyphic system and serve the same purpose as the inscriptions of
later times, insuring for the deceased a share in the festivals of the gods
and the necessary nourishment in the future life.
Egyptian Chronology. — In Orient. Lit. Zeit. VIII, 1905, cols. 473-
483, E. MAHLER contests the conclusion of Edouard Meyer in his recent
Egyptian Chronology, that the day of the Sothis festival fell always upon
the 19th of July of the Julian year; and shows that the Sirius year did not
correspond with the Julian year and that the Heliacal rising of Sirius in
ninth year of King Ptolemy Euergetes recorded in the decree of Canopus
must not be identified with the 19th of July of the Julian year. He con-
cludes that the older calculations of Oppolzer are more accurate than those
of Meyer, and that the Sothis periods in their earlier occurrences fell several
years earlier than Meyer assumes.
The Mastaba of Gem-mi-kai. — The first volume has appeared of an
exhaustive and elaborate publication of a fine mastaba built under the first
king of the sixth dynasty, which was excavated by De Morgan thirteen
years ago. The second volume is soon to be published. The sculptures
and inscriptions are carefully reproduced and discussed. Apparently the
sculptors of the reliefs had books of patterns, from which they copied their
180 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
designs. Some of the hieroglyphic inscriptions were probably also con-
tained in these books, and were perhaps not always understood by the
copyists. Such publications preserve the material which is important for
the study of history and art even if the original monument is exposed to
destruction. (F. W. v. BISSING and A. E. P. WEIGALL, Die Mastaba des
Gemmi-kai, vol. I, Berlin, 1905, A. Bunker. 42 pp. ; 33 pis. ; figs. Folio.
Two volumes, 50 M.)
Pronunciation and Correct Method of Transcription of Egyptian. —
In Orient. Lit. Zeit. VIII, 1905, cols. 313-323, 361-371, 413-423, W. M.
MULLER criticises the current methods of transcribing Egyptian. The older
method of Lepsius, that is still used in England and France, is far behind
the present state of Egyptological science, and the so-called Berlin method
that was introduced in the Zeitschrift fur Aegyptologie in 1889 marks an
advance, but uses a different system from that used at present in the Se-
mitic languages. This causes a constant confusion. The author maintains
that a uniform system should be used for the Egyptian and for the Semitic
languages, and points out what are the proper equivalents in Roman char-
acters of the different Egyptian signs.
Magic Ivories of the Middle Empire. — In S. Bibl Arch. XXVII, 1905
(17 pis.), F. LEGGE discusses some fifty flat pieces of ivory carved with
singular figures that are found in different Egyptian museums in Europe,
Africa, and America. They are all made from the point of the tusk of the
elephant or hippopotamus, and, as far as is known, they have come from
the neighborhood of Thebes. They represent a procession of sacred
animals, and seem to be designed to depict the march of the sun, either
across the sky or through the underworld. The solar emblem appears in
every one, and is accompanied with figures connected with solar legends.
These wands were made for magical protection, probably against the
bites of serpents. The names of the persons for whom they were made
indicate that they ranged through a period from the twelfth to the four-
teenth dynasty.
Egyptian Silver Statuettes. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XX, 1904, pp. 97-103
(9 figs.), F. G. HILTON PRICE publishes, with notes : (1) a small statuette
of a sphinx with the cartouche of Sequenen-Ra of the seventeenth dynasty,
(2-5) statuettes of Thoth, Bast, An-heru, and Taurt or Thoueris, the dates
of which are not given, and (6) the kneeling figure of a king or prince
holding a vase in each hand, ascribed to the eighteenth dynasty. All the
statuettes are of silver.
The Tomb of loua and Tioua. — In The Century, November, 1905, pp.
72-76 (pi. ; 21 figs.), H. C. GREENE gives an account of the discovery of the
tomb of the parents of Queen Taia (Tii), in the Valley of the Tombs of the
Kings, with a description of its contents. (See Am. /. Arch. 1905, p. 339.)
Gold Bars for Coinage. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XX, 1904, pp. 90-97
(4 figs.), two Roman gold bars for coinage from Aboukir, Egypt (cf Arch.
Anz. 1902, p. 46), are published with notes by G. F. HILL. They are now
in the British Museum. On one are two stamps: (1) ... ANTIVS |
ACVEPPSIG I . ROBAVIT and GPMOY ERMOV, i.e. . . . antiu* |
A(ulus} C(aecilius) Ve(stinus) p(rae)positus sig(navit) \ (p)robavit, the first
word being a proper name and belonging with probavit, and 'Ep/xou
EGYPT] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 181
These interpretations are suggested by SEYMOUR DE RICCI. On the
second bar is inscribed : Beniynu\s coxit.
The Identity of the Hero of the Egyptian Tale of the Two Broth-
ers.—In S. Bibl. Arch. XXVII, 1905, pp. 185-186, A. H. GARDINER dis-
cusses a passage in a hieratic ostracon in the Museum of the Society of
Antiquaries in Edinburgh which speaks of Barta, when he was in the arms of
Bast, being cast out of every land. From this he infers that Barta was
originally a mythological figure, and that the actors in the " Tale of the
Two Brothers " are divine personages, and the incidents are derived from
mythological traditions of the Egyptians. The mythological spirit has,
however, been largely lost, and the story is told as though it were an
ordinary historical episode.
Ancient Egyptian Mast-heads. — In 'E<£. 'Apx- 1905 (pp. 157-160;
pi. 4), FR. W. VON BISSING publishes two nearly cylindrical hollow
bronze caps nearly a metre long with rings on the sides for stays, etc., in the
Egyptian collection of the National Museum at Athens. As one bears a
dedicatory inscription in hieroglyphics to Onouris and Hathor, it seems
probable that they once terminated the masts of two sacred ships.
Egyptian Imitations of Athenian Coins. — In J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII,
1905, pp. 103-114 (3 pis.), G. DATTARI describes and discusses a hoard of
Athenian tetradrachms found near Benha, in Egypt, in December, 1903.
Many of the coins are counter-marked. Many of them (130 of the 240
preserved from the entire hoard of 700) are apparently not of Attic work-
manship, but were struck in Egypt, perhaps by King Tachos, B.C. 364.
A die was found on the same mound where the coins were discovered.
Perhaps other coins besides the Attic tetradrachms were struck in Egypt.
Greek Mummy Labels in the British Museum. — In S. Bibl. Arch.
XXVII, 1905, pp. 115-122 and 159-165 (pi.), H. R. HALL continues the
description of Greek mummy labels in the British Museum begun in the
preceding two numbers of the same journal. He gathers a large collection
of new names, partly Greek and partly Egyptian, and throws much light
upon the syncretism that went on in Egypt during the Greek period
between the Greek and Egyptian religions.
The Ethical Papyrus of Leyden. — In J. Asiat. X, 1905, pp. 193-249,
M. E. REVILLOUT publishes in hieroglyphic text and translation the first
part of the famous Ethical Papyrus of Leyden. This papyrus is written in
demotic, which offers so great difficulties to the student that the editor has
deemed it best to transpose it into hieroglyphic. It is a unique collection of
proverbs -and sage counsels that bear a striking resemblance to the literature
of the ancient Hebrews.
The Aramaic Papyrus from Elephantine. — In S. Bibl. Arch. XXVII.
1905. pp. 187-188, C. II. W. JOHNS discusses the Aramaic papyrus published
ibid. XV, 1903, pp. 202 ff. The difficult word nbz in line 6, he suggests, is the
same as the nibzu which appears in one of the Assyrian letters published by
R. F. Harper. Here apparently it means "receipt. "
The Dating of the Fayum Portraits. — The periods currently assigned
to the panel-portraits of Greek mummies are either too early (Ebers) or too
late (Petrie). They can be dated in most cases by the manner of wearing
the hair, and are all of the Roman period, from the time of Claudius well on
into the third century. They are the product of long-practised Hellenistic
182 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
art applied to a new purpose without any experimental period, while the
modelled masks of plaster, cartonnage, etc., which began to be used some-
what earlier, are of Egyptian origin and marked a wholly new departure.
Both kinds of portrait were in use at the same time, one or the other being
preferred at different places. (C. C. EDGAR, /. H. S. XXV, 1905, pp. 225-233 ;
pi.)
BABYLONIA AND ASSYRIA
The Influence of Babylonia and Assyria upon the Coasts of the Medi-
terranean. In Der Alte Orient, VII, part 2, H. WINCKLER discusses the re-
lations of Babylonia and Assyria to the West-land from the earliest times
down to the fall of Babylon. He shows that in the third millennium before
Christ Babylonian influence was paramount throughout the countries at the
eastern end of the Mediterranean, and that the so-called Mycenaean art owes
its development to Babylonian influence ; that the Phoenician civilization
was essentially of Babylonian origin, and that through Phoenician commerce
this civilization was disseminated through all the countries bordering upon
the Mediterranean. In the Assyrian period the same influences were at
work, and Babylonian learning was continually passed along to the
nations of the west and became the starting point of the intellectual life
of Greece.
Babylonian Method of Naming the Years. — In Orient. Lit. Zeit. VIII,
1905, cols. 268-273, L. MESSERSCHMIDT publishes a tablet of the reign of
Samsuditana, in which the name of the year is determined by an event
which occurred on the first day of the month Nisan, and in which \vas also
an abbreviated designation by which the year was ordinarily known. He
infers that the name was given to the year from the first important event
which occurred in it ; and that notices of this name were sent into all the
provinces. Places that were remote from the capital and received the news
late continued to number by the previous year until the news of the new
name reached them.
Two New Babylonian Kings. — In Orient. Lit. Zeit. VIII, 1905, cols. 5-
12 and cols. 5-13, E. SCHEIL publishes two Babylonian texts containing
the new royal names of Ibiq-Istar, king of Malgi, and of Salamana.
Meaning of the Ring and the Rod in Babylonian Sculpture. — In
Bibl. World, XXVI, 1905, pp. 120-123, A. E. AVIIATIIAM discusses the ring
and the rod that appear frequently as attributes of divinities in the Baby-
lonian sculptures. He comes to the conclusion that the rod is a symbol of
authority and that the circle represents the orb of the world.
The Dog of King Soumou Ilou. — In Mon. Mem. Acad. Insc. (Fon-
dation Piot),XII, pp. 19-28 (pi.; 2 figs.), L. HEUZEY publishes and discusses
a figure of a recumbent mastiff only 0.105 m. in length, which was found at
Tello, and is now in the Louvre. On the body of the dog is a dedication to the
goddess Nin-Isin for the life of Soumou Ilou, king of Ur, by Abba-dougga,
hierophant (?), son of Ouroukaghina. The inscription seems to date from
a time not long before Hammurabi. In the back of the dog a hole was made
at a later time into which a cylindrical vase of steatite was fitted.
An Archaic Axe-head in the Pierpont Morgan Collection. — In /.
.I///. Or. S. XXVI, pp. 93-97, J. D. PRINCE discusses an ancient Babylonian
axe-head of agate, once the property of Cardinal Borgia, and recently pre-
BABYLONIA, ETC.] AECIIAEOLOG1CAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 183
sented by Mr. J. Pierpont Morgan to the American Museum of Natural His-
tory. It bears an inscription reading " Kahattish, the favorite of the gods,
presented this." The characters are archaic, approaching those of the Gudea
period, but are slightly more wedge-shaped than the Gudea characters. This
shows that the inscription belongs somewhere between the period of Gudea
and that of Hammurabi.
Proper Names of the Period of the First Dynasty of Babylon. — Tn
the Expository Times, XVII, 1905, pp. 29-31, A. H. SAYCE discusses the
volume on early Babylonian personal names by H. RAXKE, Philadelphia,
1905. He comments on the occurrence of such Hebrew names as Reuben,
Noah, Jeshurun, Jerahmeel, Jacob, etc., and the connection of this fact with
the history of early Semitic migrations. The divine name Yahu is also
discussed.
A New Inscription of Nebuchadnezzar. — In Mitth. Vorderas. Ges. X,
1905, pp. 304-305, 13. MEISSNER gives an account, with transcription, trans-
literation, and translation, of a new inscription of Nebuchadnezzar's, de-
scribing how he adorned the road to the Sanctuary with tiles. This
inscription is interesting on account of its connection with the discoveries
of the German expedition in Babylon.
Meaning of the Sign NI-GIS. — In Orient. Lit. Zeit. VIII, 1905. col.
247, B. MEISSXER discusses the value of the ideogram NI-GIS and concludes
that it does not mean " olive oil " or " castor oil," as has been supposed, but
" sesame oil. "
Hatamti, A Land mentioned in an Elamite Inscription. — In Orient.
Lit. Zeit. VIII, 1905, col. 250, V. SCHEIL maintains that the reading
Hatamti is correct instead of Hapirti, and gives in transliteration and tran-
scription the text of the King Sutruk Nahhunte in which this country is
mentioned.
A New Variety of Archaic Elamite Writing. — In Orient. Lit. Zeit.
VIII, 1905, col. 323, F. BORK discusses the new variety of writing discovered
by the French expedition at Susa and published in the sixth volume of the
texts. Two of the inscriptions are written with lines and several hundred
small tablets in a sort of cuneiform. Although the characters resemble one
another, it is possible that we have to deal here with two independent sorts
of writing. Bork concludes from the number and arrangement of the
signs that this is probably a syllabic system of writing. On the assumption
that the Babylonian text is parallel to one of the proto-Elamite texts he
attempts a translation of one of the tablets.
The Deities of Ancient Elam. — In Orient. Lit. Zeit. VIII, 1905, Cols.
385-390, G. H USING discusses a recent article on the same subject by
Genouillac in the Receuil de Tracaux and proposes a number of emen-
dations and additions to the list of 66 names there presented.
A Selection of Hymns and Prayers. — In Der Alte Orient, VII, 1905,
Part 3, II. ZIMMERX gives a choice collection of translations of Babylonian
hymns. Many of these appeared previously in his book of Babylonian Peni-
tential Psalms, published in 1885, but the new translations represent the
results of new criticism of the texts and the progress of Assyriology during
the last twenty-five years. The hymns are arranged in such a form as to
bring out their parallelism and strophic structure. They contain psalms
of thanksgiving for victory, praises of the king, and prayers for the king,
184 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
hymns to the various deities, prayers offered at sacrifices, laments, magical
formulas, penitential psalms, etc.
Marriage at Babylon. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 210-214, E. COQ
discusses marriage at Babylon according to the laws of Hammurabi.
SYRIA AND PALESTINE
The Second North Wall of Jerusalem. — In Pal. Ex. Fund, Quarterly
Statement, XXXVII, 1905, pp. 231-242, C. W. WILSON discusses the problem
of the course of the second north wall of .Jerusalem and comes to the conclu-
sion that Shick's theory is untenable. The older theory which makes the
wall run due north from David Street parallel to Christian Street to a point
north of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre he also rejects and concludes that
no certain trace of a second wall has yet been found, though possibly one or
other of the masses of masonry found in the lines just mentioned may have
belonged to this wall.
Archaeological History of Jerusalem. — In the Expositor, VI, 1905,
pp. 1-17, 215-233, 336-350, 303-320, G. A. SMITH gives a history of Jerusalem
in the time of Isaiah, at the time of Sennacherib's campaign, in the period
of Deuteronomy, and during the reign of Manasseh, and incidentally dis-
cusses the building operations that were undertaken by Hezekiah and Manas-
seh, and their identification with existing remains.
Palestinian Potters' Seals. — In Pal. Ex. Fund, Quarterly Statement,
XXXVII, 1905, pp. 243-253 and 328-342, R. S. MACALLISTER discusses the
stamps of pottery bearing the words, in old Hebrew letters, " To the King,"
and after these one of the four proper names, Hebron, Shocoh, Ziph, or Mem-
shath. He suggests that these four names belong to guilds of royal potters,
and appeals to 1 Chr. ii. 42 ; iv. 16, 18, 21, 23, in proof that Hebron and Ziph
and Shocoh were the names of potters' guilds in the time of the Chronicler.
Mareshah in these verses he regards as a textual corruption of Memshath, the
fourth of the potters' guilds. The connection of these names with the daugh-
ter of Pharaoh in iv. 18 he explains as due to the use of the Egyptian scarab
as a symbol on these jar handles. Besides the so-called royal stamps there
are a number of stamps with the names of private persons. These can be
arranged in more or less complete genealogies, and they correspond more or
less perfectly with the lists of potters' families in Chronicles.
The Ossuary of Nicanor. — In Pal. Ex. Fund, Quarterly Statement,
XXXVII, 1905, pp. 253-257, R. A. S. MACALLISTER discusses the genuine-
ness of the Nicanor ossuary in reply to the strictures of Belleli. He shows
that the ossuary was discovered by the dragoman of Sir John Gray Hill on
Sir John's grounds, and that it was seen in situ by a number of residents of
Jerusalem ; that there was no motive for forgery, and that no forger in Jeru-
salem is sufficiently clever to execute such an ossuary. A forger would
surely have mentioned that Nicanor was the builder of the gate of the Temple,
but a contemporary would not consider this necessary. The bad Greek of
the inscription is no evidence against its genuineness, since equally bad Greek
is found in numerous other Jewish inscriptions of the same period.
The God Esmun.— In Zeitschr. d. Morgenldndischen Gesellsch. LIX, 1905,
pp. 459-522, W. BAUDISSIN discusses the Phoenician god Esmun, in whom
new interest has been aroused since the discovery of his temple at Sidon.
SYRIA AND PALESTINE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 185
Through his identification with Aesculapius his cult 'exercised a wide influ-
ence in the Graeco-Roman world, and through absorption of Canaanitish
ideas by the Israelites, it was not without influence upon the formation of
Hebrew religious ideas. The name is connected with the Hebrew root
shaman, "to be fat" in the sense of "vigorous," so that Esmun means "the
strong" or " mighty." The monuments show that the cult of Esmun prevailed
from Mesopotamia as far as the Phoenician colonies in Northern Africa.
The identification with Aesculapius is first attested by a trilingual inscrip-
tion of the second century from Sardinia. All of the passages in classical
writers in which this identification is made are here cited, and the inference
is drawn that Esmun was a god of healing with attributes similar to those
of Aesculapius. On coins Esmun seems to be identified with Dionysus,
which points to agricultural elements in his character similar to those of the
Baalim of Canaan. Finally, the identification of Esmun with Astarte in the
combined name Esmun-Astart is discussed, and the combination with
Melkart in the combined name Esmun-Melkart.
The Mesha Inscription. — In Zeitschr. d. Morgenlandischen Gesellsch.
1905, pp. 33-35, F. PRAETORIUS discusses several difficult passages in the
Mesha inscription. The one usually translated, " And Omri took the whole
land of Medebah, and dwelt in it his days and half of his son's days, 40
years," Praetorius renders, " A garrison was placed in it during his days and
half the days of his son, 40 years." The difficult passage about Ariel he
translates, "I carried away prisoner from them Ariel, their governor, and
dragged him before Chemosh." Ibid. p. 250, KOXIG points out difficulties in
the way of Praetorius's rendering of this latter passage. Ibid. pp. 233-251,
E. KONIG maintains that the Mesha inscription is genuine. The objection
that it is ascribed to the one king of Moab mentioned in the Old Testa-
ment, is answered by showing that the Old Testament mentions also Balak
and Eglon. Points separating the words are found in the Siloam inscrip-
tion and in the Zenjirli inscriptions. Lines between clauses are found also
in an inscription of Ashurnatsirpal and in Babylonian hymns. The indi-
cation of certain vowels by vowel letters occurs as early as the Zenjirli in-
scriptions. Differences from pure Hebrew constitute no objection to the
genuineness of the monument, since it is not likely that the Moabites spoke
exactly the same idiom as the Israelites; the differences that occur are those
that we should expect in the direction of closer resemblance to the Aramaic
and Arabic. There is accordingly no sufficient reason for doubting its
genuineness.
A New Attempt to translate Hittite Inscriptions. — In S. Bibl. Arch.
XXVII, 1905, pp. 191-254 (pi.), A. H. SAYCE maintains that the time has
now arrived when the decipherment of the Hittite inscriptions is complete.
He gives a translation of most of the texts published in Messrs. Schmidt,
Corpus Inscriptionum Hettiticarum, accompanied with notes on certain emen-
dations of the text and an elaborate commentary. At the end is an alpha-
betic vocabulary of all the words in the inscriptions as they are identified
by the author, and a table of characters that have not been included in
previous lists of signs. In The Biblical World, XXVI, 1905, pp. 31-40,
the same author gives a sketch of the way in which the Hittites have
become known to us and of the various steps in the process of deciphering
their writing.
186 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Palmyrene Inscriptions in New York. — In J. Am. Or. S. XXVI, pp.
10.")-112 (8 pis.), W. R. ARNOLD discusses eight Palmyrene monuments in
the Metropolitan Museum, New York. These are of the familiar Palmy-
rene type, bearing busts (in one case a full-length figure) of deceased
persons and brief inscriptions giving the names, descent, and date of death.
Palmyrene Tesserae. — In /. Am. Or. S. XXVI, pp. 114-116 (pi.), H. H.
SPOKK describes seven small Palmyrene tesserae bearing figures and brief
inscriptions.
Prehistoric Flints in Syria. — In Bibl. World, XXVI, 1905, p. 68, J.
II. BREASTED gives a summary of an address by MAX BLANCKENHORN on
the flint implements of Syria. Flints of all periods are found in large num-
bers in Syria and have never been studied with any degree of thoroughness.
Blanckenhorn makes a provisional classification of them and suggests the
periods to which different types presumably belong.
The High Place at Petra. — In Mitth. d. Pal. V. 1905, pp. 49-56, H.
GUTHK discusses the high place at Petra. He holds that its age cannot be
certainly determined, but that in any case it gives an exact idea of the sort
of high places that were in use among the Canaanites, and that were
adopted from them by the Israelites in their conquest of the land.
The Heracleum of Rabbat-Ammon (Philadelphia) and the Goddess
Asteria. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 209-215, CLERMONT-GAXNEAIT, on the
basis of an inscription (R. Bibl. 1905, pp. 596 f.) and coins of (Rabbat-
Ammon) Philadelphia, in Coele Syria, associates Heracles at that place with
Milkom. A coin of L. Verus mentions the goddess Asteria, who may be
identified with Astarte. Athenaeus IX, 322, calls Heracles the son of
Asteria, and says that he was killed by Typhon in Libya, but resuscitated
by the odor of a quail. By another story Asteria was changed into a quail,
then into an island, Asteria or Ortygia (Delos).
Syrian Bronzes. — In Mon. Mem. A cad. Insc. (Fondation Piot), XII.
pp. 65-78 (pis. VI, VII; 4 figs.), A. DE RIDDER publishes three bronzes in
the Clercq collection in the Louvre. (Catalogue de Clercq III, Les Bronzes,
218-219, pp. 141-146 and 328, pp. 233-235.) All are from Tortosa. The first
is a lararium consisting of a Tyche between a trophy and a Nike. Before
these three figures are two Erotes, each holding a torch- The Erotes stand
on ships' prows supported on short columns. The trophy is supported on a
tree trunk, the Nike on a column. Although part of the base is modern,
the group as a whole is ancient. The original probably belonged to the
Hellenistic age. The other two bronzes are statuettes of the Zeus of
Heliopolis, with which two bronze bulls were probably found. One of
the statuettes is adorned with a series of busts in high relief, the other
merely with disks. Such differences are probably due to the fact that the
original object of cult was merely a betyl which was partially anthropo-
morphized at a comparatively late date, the time of the Antonines or later.
The Month Abib Identical with the Egyptian Epiphi. — In S. Bibl.
I re/,. XXVII, 1905, pp. 255-259 E. MAHLER gives evidence of the existence
among the Egyptians of what he calls a " nature year " in distinction from
the ordinary « vague year " and the « Sothic year." On New Year's Day of
this year first-fruits were brought to the temple of Siut. This was 50 days
from the 15th of Epiphi. This interval of 50 days corresponds with the
interval of 50 days between the 15th of Abib on which the Passover was
ASIA MINOR] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 187
kept and the feast of Pentecost 011 which the first-fruits were offered.
Hence it is inferred that Abib is identical with Epiphi of an Egyptian
nature year.
ASIA MINOR
Lycaoiiian and Phrygian Notes. — In CL R. XIX, 1905, pp. 367-370, W.
M. RAMSAY publishes an inscription at Zizma (Zizima), on four sides of a
stone with reliefs: on side A, /SovAeuri)? ! ['I] a [r] poK\ [77] s [M]eveyu,|a^ov
'OpetTTou (.v^rjv \ 'ATroAAtoi/t 2uj£oi/ri, on side B, 'Aj/y8«n eTr^j/cda), on side
C, 'H[Ai']oi>, on side D, MrjTpl Zi^i/x/u.Tyvi/'. As the Meter Zi/imene was an
Iconian deity, latrokles was probably a senator of Iconium. Another in-
scription, [aurJoK/aaropcov, indicates that the property of the Meter Zizimene
at Zisma formed an Imperial estate. A third inscription is briefly described.
An inscription, Ai'Aios, ^€/3(aa-Tov) aTreA^v^e/oos), 3>a{)oTos avea-Trjort, appar-
ently refers to a freedman of Hadrian, in charge of the Imperial estate.
Other indications of the Imperial property at Zizma are found at the neigh-
boring Laodicea Katakekaurnene, so called from the smoke of its quicksilver
mines. A fragmentary dedication to Dionysus, with mention of the deme
of Zeus Megistos Olympics, is published, as is also an inscription from a
village of the Saittan territory (Ala-Agatch-Tchiftlik), recording that a
priest of Asclepius introduced statues of Asclepius and Hygieia into the
temple of Zeus Agoraios. Ibid. pp. 413-429, Takali is identified with
Dakalias. Kaballa may be identical with these, or is to be placed at
Tchigil. Colonia Iconiensium is discussed. An inscription proves that
Iconium was not a colony until late in Hadrian's reign, when a new
province was formed and, probably, the Koinon of the Lycaones was
created. Iconium remained a part of Provincia Galatia (inscription).
' Zeus Eurydamenos' and 'The Imperial Estates Round Pisidian Antioch '
are discussed on the basis of inscriptions. The 'Inscriptions of the Xenoi
Tekmoreioi' are discussed. The rcKfjuap was a pledge of loyalty to the
State in its contest with the Christians. The dates of these inscrip-
tions are about 215-225 and 245-255 A.D. A list of names of towns and
villages is added. The tendency to move from the city to the country in
the third century after Christ is due to the revival of the Oriental spirit and
to the greater attractiveness of life on the Imperial estates.
Aranda. — In R. Et. Gr. XVIII, 1905, pp. 159-164, TH. REINACH
discusses the inscription from Aghatcha-Kale (see Am. J. Arch. 1905, p.
344). Rereads:
'A$ava[Ta] /xvry/xeta Trap €v[0]€/uVois cra8pa7rr^(riv
KetVerat *Op(p)o/j.dvr)i re < 'Apiowov > KCU 'ApiovKrj (J>L\(OL vian,
owe/<e[v] 'ApaySan/, wv e/cTi<j[e], Xepcrcua \a/3wv,
<rre'yot>s re KaAo[u TTOLK] lAa ret'^Ty.
" Immortal reminders (or memories) will remain with (i.e. in the minds of)
just satraps of Oromanes, son of Arioukes, and his dear son Arioukes, on
account of Aranda, which he (i.e. Oromanes) founded, having received a
sterile land, and also the many-colored walls of a fair palace." The town of
Aranda is otherwise unknown.
Enaia or Anaia in Caria. —In J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905, pp. 161-
174 (pi.), I. X. SVORONOS discusses some coins with the inscription E X
188 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
(sometimes as a monogram) and various types, e.g. a cow with a calf, a
pelta, a rosette, a head of Heracles. The dates range from before the
Persian wars to the second century B.C. These coins are ascribed to Enaia,
usually written Anaia, a town on the coast of Caria.
Paphlagonian Rock-Tombs. — A brief account of the pre-Persian rock-
graves of Paphlagonia, copied from the half-buried dwellings of the eastern
part of Asia Minor, and yet showing in the later examples resemblance to
Cyprian and Ionic buildings, is given by R. LEONHARD in Arch. Anz. 1905,
pp. 149-150, together with some discussion of other rock-cuttings of that
region. They all belong within the sphere of the " Mycenaean " civilization,
and are the work of a pre-Phrygian people, worshippers of Cybele, the earth-
quake goddess, whose name means " cavern."
Lydian and Carian Inscriptions in Egypt. — In S.Bibl.Arch. XXVII,
1905, pp. 123-128 (3 pis.), A. H. SAYCE discusses nine Lydian and Carian
inscriptions that have been found in various parts of Egypt during the last
few years and gives a provisional translation of them. Some new charac-
ters appear in these that have not been noted previously in inscriptions in
the dialects of Asia Minor. On p. 129 G. LEGRAIN adds three inscriptions
from Gebel Abou Gorab.
Occurrences of the Name Mausolus in Egypt and Assyria. — In
Orient. Lit. Zeit. VIII, 1905, cols. 5-11, W. M. MULLER maintains that Mau-
tenra of the Egyptian texts and Mutallu of the Assyrian texts are both
variations of the Carian royal name Mausolus.
GREECE
ARCHITECTURE
The Two Labyrinths. — In .7. H. S. XXV, 1905, pp. 320-337 (pi. ; 3 figs.),
H. R. HALL, author of The Oldest Civilization of Greece (1901), shows that
there must have been a striking resemblance in appearance between the
Labyrinth proper or House of the Double-axe at Cnossus and the funerary
temple of Amenemhat III of the Twelfth Dynasty in Egypt (about 2200 B. c.)
to which the Greeks gave the same name. The story of Daedalus having
visited Egypt and imitated the "labyrinth" has therefore some foundation.
The common origin not only of the civilization but of the inhabitants of
Minoan Crete and Greece with those of Egypt, and the non-Aryan character
of the very language of Greece before the twelfth century B. c., are constantly
receiving new proof.
Cretan, Mycenaean, and Homeric Palaces. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX,
1905, pp. 257-296 (pi. ; 5 figs.), W. DORPFELD calls' attention to the fact
that the great palaces of Cnossus and Phaestus, in their earlier forms, were
built about open courts, whereas the palaces of Tiryns and Mycenae, and
also the later palaces of Cnossus and Phaestus, had a great hall (megaron)
as their distinguishing feature. These palaces are identical with those
described in the Homeric poems, and are Achaean. The earlier Cretan
palaces were not Achaean, but Caro-Lycian. The Caro-Lycian inhabitants
of Crete were conquered or driven away by Minos, but they had given to the
Achaeans many elements of their culture. The name " Carian " or " Cretan "
is proposed, as preferable to "Minoan" for the culture of the pre-Achaean
inhabitants of Crete.
GREEK SCULPTURE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 189
Treasuries at Olympia and Elsewhere. — Ten of the twelve founda-
tions along the north terrace at Olympia have been assigned on good
evidence to their owners ; one is unknown, and one is not a treasury but an
altar, possibly that of Ge. These little buildings, only two of which belong
to cities of Greece proper, date from shortly before 600 to shortly after 480
B.C., the period of colonial greatness, and were built with the double motive
of honoring the god and the city. They are not properly treasuries, places
for the safe-keeping of valuables, but rather communal houses, partaking of
the nature of temples, though without cult-statues, and used for storing the
articles needed by the delegates in their religious rites. At Delos, such
houses are called simply OIKOI, and at Olympia often vaoi or VCUO-KOI, Orjaavpos
being more used at Delphi, where such houses had in some instances once
been real treasuries, founded by an individual and afterwards appropriated
by the community. The evidence is strong that at Delphi the house below
those of the Athenians and the Thebans belonged to the Ionic Siphnians,
and that the so-called Lesche of the Cnidians was identical with their treas-
ury or communal house. The attempt to avoid this conclusion has led to
juggling- with the text of the passage from Lycurgus which mentions the
building, and enriching the reputation of Polygnotus with work in the
Theseum and the Temple of Apollo at Delphi which really belongs to Micon
and Aristoclides. (L. DYER, /. PL S. XXV, 1905, pp. 294-319 ; fig.)
The Restoration of the Parthenon. — The question of the restoration
of ruinous building in general, and of the Parthenon in particular, is dis-
cussed in R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 327-334, by H. A. VASNIER (reprinted from
L'Hellenisme, June 1, 1905), who argues in its favor.
SCULPTURE
The Pediment Sculptures of the Old Hecatompedon. — In Sitzb.
Miin. Akad. 1905, iii, pp. 433 ff., A. Fuimv ANGLER declares that the so-
called Typhon and the group of Heracles and Triton cannot belong together.
The western pediment was occupied by the group of Heracles and Triton
and the great water snake, which indicated the transformations of the Old
Man of the Sea. The eastern pediment contained in the middle Athena
sitting between the seated Zeus, who held an eagle, and the standing
Hermes ; in one corner was the serpent that typified Erichthonius, in the
other the three figures with serpent body and wings, which are not one
person, but are explained as the Tripatores, fructifying wind-spirits of Attic
popular" belief. The later marble group of the gigantomachy is also discussed,
and its figures differently arranged. Athena's left hand holds a snake of her
own aegis, not the crest of the giant.
The Offering of the Arcadian Phauleas to Pan. — In Atlien. Mitth.
XXX, 1905, pp. 65-72 (pi.; fig.), F. STUDNICZKA publishes a bronze statu-
ette (10 cm. in height), with the inscription <£cwAeas dv]t'0uo-e | rw Havt.
Its place of origin is Arcadia, probably the sanctuary of Pan near the sources
of the Neda. A bearded male figure is represented, clad in a single heavy
garment (^Xatva) and wearing a pointed hat (mAos). The attributes once
held in the hands are lost. The style is rude, but full of life. It is a local
Peloponnesian style, which follows directly upon the " geometrical " tradi-
tion, and remains more or less free from " Ionic " influence. It is therefore
11 10 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [You X, 1906
a natural starting-point for the development of the freer art of the fifth
century.
A Statue of a Youth at Madrid. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 103-106
(2 figs.), A. MAHLER compares the Ephebus at Madrid (ibid. 1901, ii, pis.
xix, xx ; Clarac-Reinach, I, 344, 6) with the Hestia Giustiniani, and finds
that both, as well as the Triptolemus of the Eleusinian relief, may be
ascribed to Calamis.
The Fainting Wounded Man by Cresilas. — The Cliron. d. Arts of
July 1st, 1905, publishes on p. 195 a letter from A. FURTWAXGLKR, uphold-
ing the authenticity of the statue said to be a Roman copy of Cresilas's
" Fainting Wounded Man." (See Am. J. A rch. 1905, p. 469.)
The Sarcophagi from Sidon. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 31-54 (2 pis.;
7 figs.), F. STUDXICZKA shows that the costumes and customs represented
on the Greek sarcophagi from Sidon prove that they were made for Asiatic,
probably Phoenician, customers. He argues that they were originally in-
tended for those who were actually buried in them at Sidon.
The Relief of Lakrateides. — In A then. Mittlt. XXX, 1905, pp. 183-
198 (supplementary pi.; 2 figs.), D. PHILIOS discusses the relief at Eleusis
dedicated by Lakrateides (Ileberdey, Festschrift fur Otto Benndorf, 1898, pp.
Ill if. ; Svoronos, /. Int. Arch. Num. 1901, pp. 487 ff.). He concludes that in
the middle of the relief are represented the deities Demeter, Cora, Pluto-
Eubouleus, Triptolemus, 0eo's, and Otd, at the right Lakrateides and his son
Sostratus, at the left Dionysia and her son Dionysius.
Echelos and Basile. — In the sixty-fifth " Winckelmannsprogramm "
of the Berlin Arch. Gesellsch. a fine Attic relief in the Berlin Museum
is published and explained, by comparison with the relief found by the
road between Athens and the Piraeus in 1893 (A then. Mitth. XVIII,
1893, pp. 212 f., 'E</>. 'Apx- 1893, pp. 129-146, pis. 9, 10), as a representa-
tion of Echelos and Basile. The two heroic personages are represented
standing in a chariot moving rapidly to the left. Echelos is evidently car-
rying Basile off. Before the horses stands a bearded man. Originally
Echelos was connected with the lower world. The horses, the style, and
the execution fix the date of the relief in the latter part of the fifth cen-
tury B.C. Perhaps in Rhodes, where the relief was found, some other
names were given to the persons represented, but the Attic artist doubtless
called them Echelos and Basile. In an appendix an inscription, of about
the beginning of the first century B.C. which was found at the same place
as the relief, is published. It is a dedication to the heroine Brygindis,
doubtless the eponym of the deme Brygindara, which was then probably
situated where the inscription was found, on the site of the modern 'A^ai/rov.
(Krhelos und Bas'de. Attisches Relief aus Rhodos in den Kihiif/llcJien Mnxcen.
Von RKIXHARD KEKULE VON STRADOXITZ. Mit eineni Beitrage von
FiuKimicii FKEIHKRR HILLER vox GAERTRIXGEX, Berlin, 1905, G.
lleimer. 23 pp. ; 3 pis. ; 5 figs. 4to.)
A Marble Lecythus of Attic Style. — In Man. Mem. A cad. Insc. (Fon-
dntion Piot), XII, pp. 177-179 (pi.; 2 figs.), E. MICIIOX publishes a marble
lecythus recently acquired by the Louvre. Neck, handle, and foot are want-
ing. Below the figures, a braid pattern runs round the lecythus, and its
upl "'I- sind lower parts are fluted. In the middle, a woman (KIAAAPON
TTY00AQPOY ArPYAHQEN) is sinking into a chair. She is sup-
GREEK VASES] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 191
ported by an attendant from behind (right), and a third female figure, at
the left, holds her up by the right arm and shoulder. A suggestion of
Wolters that this scene indicates that the woman on whose tomb it occurs
died in childbirth, meets with qualified approval. This lecythus dates from
the beginning of the fourth century B.C. The other marble lecythi in the
Louvre and their histories are discussed.
The Apoxyomenus of Lysippus. — The attribution of the Apoxyo-
rneiius to Lysippus rests on very insufficient grounds, which should have no
weight compared with evidence to the effect that the marble statue of
the athlete Agias discovered at Delphi is a contemporary copy of the bronze
original by Lysippus. The two are entirely unlike in execution, the Agias
belonging before, and the Apoxyomenus after, the beginning of the ana-
tomical study of muscles at Alexandria about 300 B.C. This mistaken
attribution has confused the whole question of the date and style of Lysip-
pus, which should receive new study. He was a contemporary of Scopas
and Praxiteles, especially resembling the former, and he represents not the
Athenian decay, but the Peloponnesian revival of the fourth century. He
was born early in the century, and had a long career, about 372-320,
and some one of his pupils or later followers may very well have produced,
in the third century, such a work as the Apoxyomenus. (P. GARDNER,
/. //. S. XXV, ii, 1905, pp. 234-259 ; 9 figs. See ibid. XXIII, pp. 126 ff.)
An Artemis in Rome ; Lysippus and the Statues found at Delphi. —
The torso of an Artemis statuette in the Vatican (Museo Chiararnonti) is
discussed by W. AMELUNG in Rom. Mitth. XX, 1905 ; pp. 136-155 ; 8 figs.
By the help of a similar statue at Marieinont in Belgium — an Artemis
with uplifted head — he argues for the influence of Lysippus, drawing fur-
ther parallels from an Albani relief and from the Thessalian group at Del-
phi, with a full discussion of Lysippus's claims in the latter case.
Conjectural Interpretations. — In Jb. Arch. I. XX, 1905, pp. 108-112
(fig.), M. GOEBEL criticises the interpretation of the Praying Boy in Berlin
as a ball-player, and that of the Capitoline Amazon as preparing for a pole-
vault, and from the point of view of a gymnast decides against both.
Greek Grave Reliefs of Asia Minor. — The various forms of funeral
monument seen in the field of Greek grave reliefs of the Hellenistic and
Roman periods in Asia Minor — stele, pillar, herm, round pedestal, altar,
offering-table, tree — with the sirens, urns, busts, and other objects sup-
ported by them, are discussed by E. PFUHL in Jb. Arch. I. XX, 1905, pp.
47-96 (3 pis. ; 19 figs.) and connected with old Asiatic usage and Athenian
religious ideas. A second article, ibid. pp. 123-155 (28 figs.), deals with the
curtains and walls of various kinds which are shown in the background, espe-
cially of funeral-feast scenes, and which represent the pavilions or temporary
shelters used for commemorative banquets at the actual grave. A discussion
follows of the relation of these grave reliefs to Attic prototypes of the fifth
jntury and to later votive and decorative reliefs, and that of heroa and
)ther graveyard structures to the temples of the gods.
VASES AND PAINTING
Timonidas. — In A then. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 199-206 (pi. ; fig.),
G. WEICKER publishes, more correctly than has been done heretofore, the
192 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1900
Troilus-vase in Athens (Collignon and Couve, Catal. No. 620) signed by
Tiinonidas. He discusses the technique, and publishes for the first time a
vase, or bottle, of the same shape in the museum at Bonn. The decoration
of this is more like the usual decoration of Corinthian vases, but has also
special points of resemblance to that of the signed vase. . It is therefore
regarded as an early work of Tiinonidas, whose perfected style appears on
the pinax in Berlin.
Greek Vases in Sicily. — A contribution to the discussion of the influ-
ence of wall-painting and of pre-Phidian sculpture on vase painters and of
the growing political importance of the legend of Theseus in Athens in
the fifth century, is made by G. E. Rizzo in Mon. AnticM, XIV,
1905, cols. 5-106 (5 pis.; 24 figs.), in publishing a crater of the "Polygno-
tan " style from Camerina. In the middle of the century this class of vases
rather suddenly succeeded the severe red-figured cylixes, and although anony-
mous, the examples can be grouped to some extent chronologically and by
workshops. This crater gives the abandonment of Ariadne by Theseus, the
third scene in the story of which the first, the visit of Theseus to the bottom
of the sea, is on the crater at Bologna. (J. H. S. XVIII, p. 278, fig. 7 ; A rch.
Anz. 1889, p. 141.) The appearance of Marsyas as a cither player is to be
noted. A second less important crater, also from Camerina, has the familiar
departure-for-war scene modified to suit, apparently, the command of Am-
phiaraus for vengeance against Eriphyle. An oenochoe from Randazzo, at
the western edge of Greek colonization in the interior of Sicily, has a pic-
ture of the Boreadae driving the Harpies away from Phineus, in which a
* group familiar in Amazon friezes and other battle scenes is adapted with
great beauty. The Boreadae are armed not with sword or lance, but only
with cords to bind the foe. The Harpies are beautiful winged maidens.
There is an attempt at an effect of perspective in placing the figures from
left to right higher on the surface.
Unpublished Vases in the Museo Kircheriano. — In this small and
somewhat neglected collection are some noteworthy examples. A Rhodian
flat dish with zones of animals both inside and outside is especially well de-
signed. Two perfume vases of the eighth or early seventh century B.C. were
perhaps also made in Rhodes. One is in the form of a helmeted head, of a
class of which some two dozen are known, very widely distributed, the other
in the form of a bovine head with human face, a type belonging to Asiatic
Greece, and not unlike the oldest conception of Achelous. A large black-
figured amphora with Heracles playing the cither among the gods and with
an abbreviated form of the return of the Dioscuri, has some resemblance to
the work of Exekias. Pieces of a large vase show a frieze of Silenus-like
centaurs of the archaic type on the Assos frieze, with entire human figure
prefixed to an equine body. This is the comic Dorian story of the rout of
drunken centaurs by Heracles rather than the Thessalian fight. The
ware most closely resembles the sarcophagi from Clazomenae, and is Ionic or
Rhodian of the latter half of the sixth century. All these early vases have
painted and incised decoration. A black-figured cylix is possibly from the
workshop of Tleson. A fragment of a large vessel of severe red-figured
style has a kottabos-scene from a banquet. Two red-figured cylixes of fine
style have, one palaestra scenes and the other scenes in the gyneceum,
including a rare Diadumene. A red-figured crater of fine style has two
GREEK VASES] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 193
winged female figures, one carrying a torch, who is perhaps an Artemis
SeAavata or <£axr</>o/3os. These last three are to be dated not far from 400
B.C. (R. PARIBENI, Mon. Antichi XIV, cols. 269-308 ; 14 figs. ; 1 colored pi.)
Two Attic Lecythi and the History of Greek Painting. — In Mon.
Mem. A cad. Insc. (Fondation Piot), XII, pp. 29-54 (pis. iii-iv, v; 5 figs.),
M. COLLIGNON publishes two lecythi with polychrome painting on a white
ground. The first, in the Louvre, is 0.96 m. high, and resembles closely the
even larger vase at Stift Neuburg, near Heidelberg (Zahn, Arch. Anz. 1893,
p. 189). Before a stele seen in perspective from two points of view, sit two
women, back to back. At the right, two women bring offerings, at the left
one holds a taenia. The second vase, in Madrid, is 0.95 m. high. Before a
stele, on which is an acanthus, sits the deceased, a young man. At each
side stands a youth, and at the left are remains of a fourth figure. This
vase is almost a replica of one in Berlin (Catal. No. 2685), and is by the
same painter as that and one on which the prothesis is represented (ibid. No.
2684). These paintings, especially the one in Madrid, reproduce shadows
chiefly by means of hatchings. The vase in the Louvre (as that at Stift
Neuburg) shows the influence of Apollodorus and dates from the early
years of the Peloponnesian War. The vase in Madrid (as those in Berlin)
is a later work and may fairly be brought into connection with Zeuxis.
These large lecythi were imitations of marble lecythi, and were set up as
monuments in aedicula.
A White Lecythus from Eretria. — In 'E<£. 'Ap^- 1905 (pp. 37-54 ; pi.
(colored) 1; fig. 1), ROBERT C. McMAiiox publishes a white lecythus of
the National Museum at Athens, found at Eretria. It bears the inscription
/m^os KaAos, and, as one of the earliest specimens of the polychrome,
jlass of lecythi, seems to date from the second quarter of the fifth century
i.e. Style and technique, especially representations of figures en face, are
minutely studied. Other vases bearing the same name appear to have been
tinted in the same workshop by different artists, while one which was
apparently painted by the same artist bears a different name.
Cocks" on Gravestones. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 207-212 (4
figs.), G. WEICKER publishes a white lecythus from Eretria, now in Athens
(Collignon and Couve, Catal. No. 1002). In the middle of the painting is
a stele, on which is a large cock. At each side stands a man, then at the
left is a column and at the right a sitting dog. He publishes also the
painting on a small red-figured aryballus (Collignon and Couve, Catal. No.
1522), which represents a cock standing beside a stele. The cock is ex-
plained as a symbolic representation of the soul of the deceased, though
not all cocks on stelae have this meaning ; for the significance of the cock,
as that of the siren and the sphinx, was sometimes forgotten.
Porters on a Greek Vase. — In R. Et. Anc. VII, 1905, pp. 325-327 (pi.),
P. GRAINDOR publishes a canthams from Oreos in Boeotia now in a pri-
vate collection at Athens. On each side a man is represented, who carries
two large baskets on a pole over his shoulders. In one of the baskets are
plates and dishes. The name of the pole was cn<evo(t>optiov or avd<f>opov.
The vase is of Hellenistic date. The red color is painted on the black
ground.
Pamphilus. — The suggestion that Xenophon's description of Chares's
victory at Phlius in 367 B.C. (Hell. VII, ii, 20-23) may be taken from
194 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1900
Pamphilus's painting of the battle (Plin. AT. H. XXXV, 70), together with
comparisons with ancient battle scenes that have survived and with Vasari's
description of Michelangelo's lost Battle at Pisa, is made by J. Six in
Jl>. Arch. I. XX, 1905, pp. 97-103.
Patisias. The outlines of a female discovered in one of the lacunaria
of the "Nereid" monument have suggested to J. Six a discussion of
Pausias, the pupil of Pamphilus, as the first painter of such small panels,—
possibly of these very ones and of those in the ceiling of the tholos at
Epidaurus, — and as a pornographns. His masterpiece — the black bull —
was probably painted in his earlier years, about 377-305 B.C. With his
name, more correctly 'Pausanias,1 Zeuxis for 'Zeuxippus' may be com-
pared. (Jb. Arch. I. $X, 1905, pp. 155-107; 7 figs.)
INSCRIPTIONS
The Dedication of the Charioteer at Delphi. — In Eerl. Phil. W.
October 24, 1905 (pp. 1858 f.), O. M. WASHBURN publishes in facsimile the
remaining traces of the erased first line of the dedication of the monu-
ment of which the bronze charioteer was a part, as follows : I (?) A (A or
N) A^A (or A) NE(?), four spaces, A (N, or A), two spaces, $. Avefle/ce,
preceded by -Sets, -Acts, or -vas, seems fairly certain. No complete reading
is offered/ Ibid. December 2, 1905, J. N. SVORONOS observes that his
theory, expressed in his Athener Nationalmuseum, p. 133, that the original
dedicator of the monument at Delphi was Arcesilas IV, of Cyrene (cf.
Pa us. X, 15. 0), is substantiated by Washburn's discovery.
Inscriptions of Attica. — To Part I of the Introduction to Greek Epig-
raphy by E. S. Roberts, published in 1887, a second volume has appeared
(&n Introduction to Greek Epigraphy. Part II. The Inscriptions of Attica.
Edited by E. S. ROBERTS, M.A., and E. A. GARDNER, M.A., Cambridge,
1905, The University Press, 21*. ; New York, The Macmillan Co., xxiv, 001
pp. Svo.). The preface contains the new and old abbreviations for refer-
ence to the C.I.G. The introduction treats of the Attic alphabet and the
post-Euclidean alphabet. The list of abbreviations and the errata follow.
The body of the book contains 410 inscriptions with careful commentaries,
and is divided into thirteen sections : I, Decrees of the Senate and People,
1-09 ; II, Decrees and Letters of Foreign States and of the Amphictyonic
Council, 70-73 ; III, Decrees of Tribes, Denies, Cleruchs, Clans, Phratriae,
Guilds, and Other Associations, 74-91; IV, Imperial Ordinances, Laws,
Edicts, and Other Documents, 92-90 ; V, Finance, 97-131 ; VI, Administra-
tion of Temples, Regulations for Ritual, etc., 132-lp : VII, Official Lists of
Various Kinds, 144-172 ; VIII, Dedications, 173-245 ; IX, Inscriptions on the
Seats of the Theatre of Dionysius, 240-307 ; X, Artists' Signatures, Inscrip-
tions on Statue-bases, etc., 308-331 ; XI, Boundary Stones and Mortgage
Stones, 332-358: XII, Sepulchral Monuments, 359-389; XIII, Miscellaneous,
390-410. Numerous " Remarks," which are careful essays on special sub-
jects, are inserted at appropriate points. A List of Denies with Demotics
(by F. O. BATES), parallel references to previous publications, and addenda
and corrigenda are appended. Two plates of facsimiles and two of post-
Euclidean alphabets and alphabetic forms are added. A full index closes
the book.
The Dedication to Aphrodite Pandemus on the Acropolis. — In
GREEK INSC.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1901
195
Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 298-304- (2 figs.), F. WEILBACH and G.
KAWERAU discuss the dedication to Aphrodite Pandemus (AeAr. 'A-px- 1889,
pp. 127-129 ; 'E<£. 'APX. 1902, p. 139, n. ; B.C.H. 1905, p. 407) and the build-
ing to which it originally belonged. The inscription is practically entire.
The building was rectangular, about 3,165 in. in width. The long block on
which the inscription is cut was perhaps not an architrave supported by
columns, yet it seems to have been the topmost member of a building into
which it was possible to enter, therefore not an altar. The plan was prob-
ably that of a tempi um In antis, the portico of which was about 1 m. deep.
Lists of Victors from Athens. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 213-
21!). A. WILIIKI.M publishes, with the addition of two new fragments, the
list of victors in the Theaeia, I.G. II, 447. The agonothetes was probably
a Lysandros. The date is in the second century B.C. Notes on the persons
mentioned are added. Lines 54-61 of the list of victors, I.G. II, 445, are
also published, with the addition of a newly identified small fragment, and
notes are added.
The Attic Archoiis from 293-92 to 271-70. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX,
1905, pp. 73-112, W. KOLBE, starting from historical data, and using the
cycles of the secretaries (Ferguson) and intercalations (Beloch) as second-
ary proofs, obtains the following table. G denotes an ordinary year
(Gemeinjahr) ; S an intercalary year (Schaltjahr) ; when established by tra-
dition g; and s when not so established. The Phyle of the secretary is in
Roman numerals when certain, otherwise in Arabic numerals.
YEAR
ARCHON
PHYLE
293-2
Philippos
1
s
292-1
Kimon
2
g
291-0
Xenophon
3
g
290-89
Kallimedes
IV
S
289-8
Charinos
5
g
288-7
Thersilochos
VI
G
287-6
Diokles
IV
G
286-5
Diotimos
V
G
285-4
Isaios
6
s
284-3
Euthios
VII
G
283-2
Menekles
XI
?
282-1
Nikias
XII
G
281-0
A ri stony in os
I
G
280-79
Gorgias
o
s
279-8
Anaxikrates
3
g
278-7
Demokles
4
s
277-6
Telokles or . . Acuos
5
g
276-5
Eubulos
6
s
275-4
Polyeuktos
VII
G
274-3
Ilieron
VIII
8
273-2
Urios
IX
G
272-1
Telokles or . . Acuos
10
g
271-0
Pytharatos
11
s
196 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Sekline. In Hermes, XL, 1905, p. 480, C. ROBERT explains the name
^EKVINE on the kottabos-vase of Euphronios and another vase (Klein,
Isiffi/i/K/xiKimen, 65) as a variant for ^rjKv\ivr]. S^xuAr; is another form for
o-r)Ki<s, equivalent to ra/ua. See Hesych. s.c. o^KuAAai.
The Regular Assemblies of the Aetolian League. — In B.C.H.
XXIX, 1905, pp. 362-872, M. HOLLEAUX shows by the evidence of Livy,
xxxi, :}2, 3, 4, xxxiii, 35, 38, Polybius, xviii, 48, 5, xxxi, 29, 1, and xxxv, 32, 7,
and inscriptions, that there were two assemblies of the Aetolian League^ one
held in the autumn at Thermon, the other held in February or March.
This was called the Panaetolicum. Its place of meeting was Naupactus in
199 B.C., but does not appear to have been always the same.
A Letter of King Ziaelas of Bithyma to the Coaiis. — In A then. Mitth.
XXX, 1905, pp. 173-182 (pi.), R. HERZOG publishes an inscription from
the Asclepieum at Cos. It reproduces a letter to the Coans, in which King
Ziaelas of Bithynia gives the rights of asylum to the temple of Asclepius at
Cos and promises to treat all Coans in a friendly way. It shows the practi-
cal relations of the Hellenizing kings of Asia and the Greek states. This
letter, the Greek of which is somewhat peculiar, must have been written
between 260 and 250 B.C.
Inscriptions at Alexandria. —In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 154-160,
SEYMOUR DE RICCI publishes an inscription in Latin and Greek (R. Arch.
XLT, 1902, p. 439, No. 162) which records an expedition in the reign of
Hadrian against the Agriophagi, a Jewish inscription, evx*7 I 'louAiavov |
EtcraK | 'A/3(3i/3ov | evAoyarroi; (for evAdyto-rot), the inscription published in
the Rivista Quindicinale, IV, 1892, p. 130, an artist's signature (^fjLv)pvaio<s
eTroi'ei, and a Greek ostrakon containing a list of copper vessels (Rivista Eyi-
zi<ma, V, 1893, p. 248, No. 24). All are in the museum at Alexandria.
A Delian Dedication. — In B.C.H. XXIX, 1905, p. 404, F. DURRBACH
reads the first line of the inscription B.C.H. XXVIII, p. 151 (ibid. XVI,
p. 161, No. 23), MdpOa Aa[/x]acrK[77v]^ /cat 'Avrto^os-
Notes on Greek Epigrams. — In B.C.H. XXIX, 1905, pp. 405-416, A.
WILHELM gives new readings or interpretations of the following epigrams :
B.C.H. VI, p. 29 (= Dittenberger, Sylloge, 588), lines 41 f. (cf. 1. 46); Anili.
Pal. VI, 216 (= Simonides, frg. 168) ; Aristotle IIoA. 'A0. 7, 4 ; Am. J. Arch.
1903, p. 293; B.C.H. XIII, p. 372 and p. 235; E. Reisch, Griechische Weih-
geschenke, p. 98 ; B.C.H. XXIX, p. 214; Diog. Laert. IV, 45; Jh. Oesterr.
Arch. I. IV, Beilage, p. 17; LG. XII, 3, 192; J.H.S. XVII, p. 399; B.C.H.
VI, p. 442 (=Arch.-Ep. Mitth. VI, p. 6) ; B.C.H. XXV, p. 46 ; LG. IV, 395 ;
R. Et. Gr. 1904, p. 258; Kaibel, Epigr. Gr. 241 ; Am. J. Arch. 1903, p. 47 ( =
LG. IV, 1603, R. Et. Gr. 1904, p. 247, where for I0YNOPOC he reads
IOYNOPOC, i.e. /Mw/om), and LG. IV, 800.
Notes 011 Inscriptions. — In B.C.H. XXIX, 1905, pp. 574-577, are
notes by F. DURRBACH on his article, B.C.H. XXVIII, pp. 93 ff., by TH.
REINACII on B.C.H. XXIX, pp. 258, 281, 282, 286, 294, 301, 303, 306, 312,
314, 354, 357, and 409, by A. JARDE on B.C.H. XXIX, p. 460, No. 145, and
by A. WILHELM on B.C.H. XXIX, pp. 405, 411 (also on LG. XII, 1, 140),
416, 209, and 211, and XXVIII, pp. 317 and 421.
Zwo-ive'ws. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, p. 169, J. TOUTAIN explains 2axru/eo
(< '.LA. I, suppl., p. 101, No. 373212) as an epithet of Poseidon. The word is
so used in an inscription from the Crimea.
GREEK COINS] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 197
Xovs. — The inscription on one of the Mysian reliefs published by Per-
drizet (B,C.H. XXIII, 1899, pi. iv, 1; British Museum, No. 813) is read by
E. ZIEBARTII, Athen. Mitih. XXX, 1905, pp. 145-146, Au V|^IOTUU K(CU) ] TW
^co ©aAAos | e7ruJi/i;/x,os TOV \ reAajtxoJva aTre'SwKa. The word ^oCs, designating
an association, occurs also in another inscription from Mysia, Athen. Mitth.
XXIX, 1904, p. 31G.
Greek Epigraphy in Europe. —In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 107-120, S.
CHABERT, continuing his history of the study of Greek epigraphy in Eu-
rope, describes briefly the labors of Pouqueville, Leake, Raoul Rochette, Le-
tronne, and others and more at length the Corpus Inscriptionum Graecarum
of Boeckh. Ibid. pp. 292-305, the C.I.G. is further discussed and the works
of Le Bas, Waddington, Foucart, Texier, Fr. Thiersch, Ross, Franz, Pittakis,
and Rhangabe are described.
COINS
The Beginnings of Coinage at Athens. — In /. Int. Arch. Num. VIII,
1905, pp. 7-52 (14 figs.), E. BABELON continues his discussion of early Athe-
nian coinage. The type of the helmet head of Athena, with the owl in an
incuse square on the reverse, was introduced by Pisistratus. Hippias issued
false coins, but also restored the light Euboic standard which had been in
use before Solon. His coins show the influence of Ionic art. Some small
coins testify to the relations of Hippias with Lampsacus. The olive leaves
were added to the helmet of Athena on coins after the battle of Marathon.
An Early Corinthian Weight. — In ,/. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905, pp.
5-6 (fig-)? F- HULTSCH publishes a bronze weight, found in Attica, and now
in the Numismatic Museum at Athens. On one side is a bull's head in full
face and the inscription Trtvirralov in Corinthian letters, on the other the
inscription [ K] opwdiw. The weight is 82.52 g., i.e. five times a (heavy)
stater of 16.50 g. This weight is approximately -^ of the Babylonian gold
inina. One-tenth of the weight of the bronze piece is to the Corinthian stater
as 15 to 16.
Ennodia. — On a drachma of Alexander of Pherae is a garlanded female
head and an inscription which Lallet read 'EAAas, and Gardner "Evi/o(t)o?.
In /. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905, pp. 175-176, K. REG LING reads the inscrip-
tion 'EvvoSia and interprets the head as Artemis-Hecate.
Analysis of Some Greek Coins. — In J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905,
pp. 115-120, A. C. CHRISTOMANOS gives an analysis of some silver drachmas
of Alexander III. of Macedon, three Athenian tetradrachmas, a counter-
feit Athenian drachma, and some silver billon deniers of the dukes of
Athens and the princes of Achaia. The genuine ancient coins mentioned
all seem to be made of silver from Laurium.
A Coin of Dodoiia. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 97-102 (2 figs.), T.
REIXACH publishes a bronze coin in the Waddington collection in the Cabinet
de France (Obv. bust of Zeus to r. ; Rev. thunderbolt). The inscription
reads AIA (on Obv.) NA-ON (on Rev.). The coin is assigned by Reinach to
the fourth century B.C. and to Dodona. The title Zeus Naos is discussed.
Coins of Zankle-Messana. — In the A mer. Jour, of Numismatics, 1905, pp.
93-99 (1 pi.), FRANK SHERMAN BENSON continues his description and
publication of ancient coins in his collection, with historical notes, treating
here of nine silver coins of Zankle-Messana, from ca. 550 to ca. 396 B.C.
198 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 190G
The League against Sparta. — A tridrachina of Byzantium, coined
between 389 and 386 B.C., shows by its device that this state was in the anti-
Spartan league with Ephesus, Samos, Cnidus, Rhodes, etc., and that this
league lasted after 390. (REGLING, Arch. Am. 1905, p. 118.)
The Admiral's Staff on Coins. — The staff or wand seen on Greek
coins, which has been variously interpreted, is the Phoenician admiral's staff,
used on coins of Aradus as early as the fifth century and adopted by Alex-
ander for the Nike on his coins to express his conquest over the great sea-
power that had troubled him and the Greeks, even in the Aegean. ( ASSMANN,
Arch. Am. 1905, p. 119.)
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
Enneakrounos. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 1-64 (3 pis.; 32
figs.), F. GRABKR discusses in detail the system of waterworks near the
Pnyx. His conclusions agree with those of Dorpfeld in all essentials. The
source of the water for the Enneakrounos of Pisistratus was the upper part
of the valley of the Ilissus, in part, perhaps, the springs at Kaisariani, but
probably for the most part the water which is found, on account of the
geological stratifications, below the surface of the soil. The historical devel-
opment of the water-supply system of Athens is sketched.
Eleusinian Studies. — In J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905, pp. 131-160,
I. N. SVORONOS maintains, against Philios (see Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 477),
that the reAecrr^piov at Eleusis was not the temple of Deineter, but that the
temple was on the site now occupied by the church, while Cora had a sepa-
rate temple somewhat lower.
Greek Wooden Sarcophagi. — The Greek wooden sarcophagi found at
Abusir have been carefully discussed by CARL WATZINGKR (Griechixche
Holzsarkophage aw.s1 der Zeit Alexanders des Grossen. Von Carl Watzinger,
Wissenschaftliche Veroffentliclmngen der Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft,
Heft 6. vii, 96 pp.; 1 colored plan; 3 colored pis.; 135 figs.; small folio.
Leipzig, 1905, J. C. Hinrichs'sche Buchh. ; New York, Stechert, 35 Mk). In
connection with these, other wooden sarcophagi, chiefly from the Crimea, are
published and discussed. Sixty-one specimens are described, twenty of which
are known to the writer only by description. Nine only are from Abusir.
Greek pottery of the seventh, sixth, and fifth centuries B.C. was found in
small quantities at Abusir, but most of the Greek remains belong to the
fourth century, and Greek interments are limited to that period, perhaps
beginning before 350, and ceasing before 300 B.C. The processes of embalm-
ing and wrapping Up the bodies, the mode of burial, and the accessories are
described. The sarcophagi are divided into "Chest-sarcophagi" and
" House-sarcophagi." In the first class the sides and ends are divided into
horizontal panels ; in the second, vertical divisions by means of columns and
pilasters app«'iir. The top of both classes has the form of a saddle roof.
The decorations are elaborately discussed and illustrated. They are in
accordance with the known taste of the period. In an appendix Professor
v. HANSEMAN and Professor SCHAUINSLAND addnoteson the skeletons from
tin- Grc«-k graves at Abusir.
The Dionysium in Limnis. — In Cl. R. XIX, 1905, pp. 325-328, MITCH-
ELL CARROLL argues that Thucydides (ii, 15) and Pausanias (i, 20, 3) agree
GREEK Misc.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 199
in placing the Dionysiuin in Limnis adjacent to the theatre of Dionysus, on
the southeastern slope of the Acropolis.
Aristotle's Aesthetics. — In the Publications of the George Washington
University, Philology and Literature Series, I, 1, November, 1905, pp. 1-10,
MITCHELL CARROLL discusses Aristotle's Aesthetics of Painting and Sculp-
ture as disclosed in the Poetic*, lie regarded these arts as forms of imita-
tion and distinguishes three schools, — Idealism, Realism, and Caricature.
Alexander's Funeral Car. — A reconstruction of Alexander's funeral
car as an unusually splendid travelling coach, from Hieronymus's description
quoted by Diodorus (XVIII, 26-28) is given by U. von WILAMOWITZ-
MOELLENDORFF in Jb. Arch. /. XX. 1905, pp. 103-108, in correction of K.
Midler's recent Leipzig dissertation on the subject. The late-Greek Kap-dpa.
used for the body of the coach, is a Carian word.
The Greek Warship Again. — In J.H.S. XXV, 1905, pp. 204-224, W.
W. TARN continues his destructive criticism of the various restorations and
explanations of the ancient war-vessel, his point being that the " banks " of
oars, whatever they were, were not rows one above another. The bireme
made its appearance late in the first century B.C., and is not prominent
in literature. The prow of the Victory of Samothrace is almost certainly
that of a hepteres, as Demetrius Poliorcetes is stated by Diodorus to have
used a vessel of that type, his own invention, at the battle of Salamis (307 B.C.)
which the monument commemorates. The Lenormant relief in Athens
(cut) is to be considered a moneres, the extra bands across the hull being-
part of the hull itself. (See ibid. pp. 17 if.; Am. J. Arch. IX. 1905, p. 478.)
Triremes. —In CL R. XIX, 1905, pp. 370-377 (12 figs.), A. B. COOK and
W. RICHARDSON maintain that in the ancient trireme the thole-pins were
all at the same height and the oars all extended the same distance from the
vessel, but were of three lengths, so that the rowers were arranged in threes,
the man at the longest oar sitting farther from the side, nearer the stern, and
slightly higher than the man at the middle oar, who, in turn, was similarly
placed in respect to the man at the shortest oar. Such was the arrangement
in the Venetian galleys. CECIL TORR, ibid. p. 466, declares that this expla-
nation is contrary to the existing evidence. The rowers were probably
arranged in quincuncem, and the sides of the trireme were much more bulging
than are those of modern vessels.
Greek and Etruscan Mirrors. — In the Museum of Fine Arts Bulletin,
III, (3, December, 1905, is a brief description of Greek and Etruscan bronze
mirrors, in general and a publication (3 figs.) of three of the specimens in the
Boston Museum of Fine Arts.
Wrestling. — In .7. //. S. XXV, 1905, pp. 263-293 (pi. ; 26 figs.), E. N.
GARDINER continues his discussion of the representations of wrestling
groups in ancient art and literature, following out the various forms of arm,
neck, and body holds, tripping, and other complicated leg movements, with
examples from the contests of Heracles and the Xemean lion, Theseus and
Cercyon, Peleus and Atalanta, as well as plain athletes. He shows that
many positions supposed to be taken from the pancratium, ground-wrestling,
are rather positions leading to the decisive throw of real wrestling. So it
is with Heracles and Antaeus, the story of a squeezing to death in the air
being a late invention. The puzzling passage in the Knir/Jits, 261-263,
is explained as a series of metaphors from wrestling. (See ibid. pp. 14 if.)
200 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
KX«t™v-IIo\vK\€iTos. — In CL R. XIX, 1 !)().",, pp. 32^25, V\ . L. \\ B8T-
K KM ANN argues that KAeiTon/ (Xen. .17c;«. iii, 10) is a shortened form for
lloXucAeiros. Examples of similar forms are given, and the probability that
1'olyclitns was for some time in Athens is emphasi/ed.
Pie-Hellenic Rock Builders. — At the April (1905) meeting of the
Berlin. Arch. (Jesellsch., C. F. Lehmann spoke on rock-cuttings and Cyclopean
rock-structures in Greece and western Asia, which he regards as the skilled
work of a long-practised non-Indogermanic race, the Carians. These include
the fortification of the ninth century B.C. and some rock-cut chambers and
stairways on Lake Van, the round-arched royal rock-tombs of the seventh
century near Harput, the Paphlagonian tomb-forts, mountain stairways,
whether for watches or for the use of the gods, tunnels into the tops of
mountains, perhaps for the earthquake goddess Cybele and her lions, the
water-fort in Lake Copais and a similar one in the Euphrates, the stairs of
the Areopagus, the Pnyx, the stairs leading to the spring of Castalia, and
a recently discovered stairway above the spring. With these are connected
the eastward and westward movements of Chaldaeans, Thracians, and others
in Asia Minor. (Arch. Am. 1905, pp. 112-116.)
ITALY
ARCHITECTURE
The So-called Arches of Triumph. — In R. Arch.VI, WQo, pp. 21U-
230, A. L. FKOTHINGHAM, JR., shows that the arches in the various towns of
the Roman Empire were communal, not triumphal, arches, and commem-
orated the foundation of the colony or the granting of some privilege by i lie
Roman state. Their dates can thus be determined by a knowledge of the
local history or may throw light upon that history. Such arches usually
stood at the outer edge of the pomoerium. The Jani in Home originally
marked the /t,,im>, rid of the villages which were afterward united. The tri-
umphal arch ( i>orf<i triiim/i/idlix) at Rome was at the edge of the pomoerium,
on the Via Flaminia, where an extension of the pomoerium would cause the
erection of a new arch. At Constantinople were two such arches, the Portd
Aurea of Theodosius and an earlier one of Constantine.
SCULPTURE
A Series of Statues of the Age of the Antonines. — Tn A then. Mirth.
XXX. !!)!>:>, pp. 242-256 (8 figs.), E. HKHKKXUATII enumerates a series of
draped female statues (including some reliefs) distinguished by the position
of the girdle, which is not at the waist or higher, but passes loosely round
the hips. Among these figures are the • Elect ni' of the group of 'Orestes
and Klectra,' in Xaples, and the Farnese Flora. This peculiar manner of
wearing the girdle does not occur before the middle of the second century
alter Christ. The Farnese Flora was probably made by order of Caracalla
for his new baths.
Sculptures in the Palazzo Giustiniaui. — Tn 11. Com. Roma, XXXTIT,
I'.Mi;,. pp. ;5_(51 (5 pis. ; 1(5 tigs.). (J. E. Ri/./.o concludes his discussion of the
ancient sculptures in the Palazzo Giustiniani. •
ITAI,. COINS] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DI8CUMSI()\x, 1906 201
The Battle of the Gods and the Giants. — In Hii/n. Mittli. XX, 1905,
pp. 121-130 (1 pi.; 1 fig.). \\ . AMKLUNU brings lordlier a number of scat-
tered relict's in Koine representing a gigantomaohy. Scale, style, material,
etc., show that these formed a single dccoral ive \\hole. adapted in the age of
Hadrian from an original brought, from Rhodes or Asia Minor. The site
appears to have been in the Suluira, not far from the Forum of Vespasian.
Two Fompeiaii Bas-reliefs. — In C. /!. Ai-ml. In*<-. 1905, pp. l(il-471
(;> tig's.), II. TIIKDKNAT discusses t \vo reliefs from Pompeii. The first rep-
resents the northern side of the forum, the second is explained as a repre-
sentation of the water tower at the Yesiivian gate, and both are regarded
as votive offerings set up after the earthquake of (i:j A.I>.
A Glass Head. — A polychrome glass head, with alabaster bust, in the
Conservator! Museum at Home is described by W. A.MKU NC; in Hi'nn. Mi////.
XX, 1 !>().">, pp. I:;!-]:).") (2 colored pis.; 1 tig.), and connected by him with
a fragment of a similar head in Strassburg. Besides two colors of glass
(black for the hair), the artist had also applied a yellowish tint to the face,
and added eyes of metal. The rarity of similar objects in glass gives un-
usual interest to this well-preserved specimen, perhaps of the Augustan
age.
PAINTING
Micon and Pero. — The Pompeian epigram on Micon and Pero (the
original of the '• pietas liomana" story) is again discoursed by A. MAU in
JHhii. Mittli. XX, 1905, pj>. 188-192, with a new restoration of the inscription.
INSCRIPTIONS
An Uprising in Germany. — From the cemetery of Commodilla on the
Ostian \Vay comes (1904) a fragmentary inscription of about 200 A.D.,
relating to some uprising in Roman Germany, with the assistance of a bar-
barian fleet. A. VON DoMASZEWSKi, who discusses these fragments in llfin/.
Mini*. XX, 1905, pp. 150-163, conjectures that they belong to an elogium
of Didius Julianus.
Epigraphic Bulletin. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 188-208, R. CAONAT
and M. BESNIEII in their review of epigraphical publications relating to
Roman antiquity for the period March-June, 1905, give the text of eighty-
one inscriptions and notes on publications relating to epigraphy.
Leaden Tablets -with Devotiones. — Two leaden tablets from the
tombs of the Appian \Vav are brought to notice by K. LoHMEYEK in Kihii.
Mittli. XX. 1!)05, pp. 164-165 (1 fig.). Both were used in devotiones. One
shows traces of writing deliberately erased ; the other is illegible.
COINS
Silver-plated Coinage of the Roman Empire. — GIOVANNI DATTARI
has essayed to explain the issue by the mints of the later Roman Empire of
quantities of silver-plated coins by the theory that the activity of forgers
was thus defeated, since they could not issue coins of such fabric. His
further belief is that when such coins lost by wear their wash of silver, and
could no longer be distinguished from counterfeit issues, they were retired
from circulation. SEIIAKINO Kirn, in Bollettino di Numismatics, 1905, pp.
65-68, points out certain difficulties in the way of the acceptance of this
202 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [ VOL. X, 1906
theory, and the need of more complete investigation by periods of extant
specimens before an ultimate decision can be reached.
Representations of Carthage. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 97-99
(fig.), A. BLANCIIET discusses coins of the fourth century after Christ on
which Carthage is represented as a draped female, similar to the figure in a
Carthaginian mosaic of the fifth century.
Bronze Medal of Constantine. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 160-164,
J. MAURICE discusses a bronze medal of Coustautine in the Cabinet de
France. (Obv. bust of Constantine to r., with diadem and paludamentum.
CONST AXTINVS MAX. AVG. Rev. Constantine seated to 1., the lower
part of body draped. He holds a sceptre and gives to a Caesar in military
costume the globe of empire surmounted by a phoenix. At his feet crouches
a panther. GLORIA SAECVLI VIRTVS CAESS.) The resurrection of
the emperor in the persons of his sons and the triumph over paganism
are symbolized by the phoenix and the panther. (Cf. ibid. p. 171.)
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
Flint Daggers found in Italy. — In B. Paletn. It. XXXI, 1905, pp. 85-
95 (1 fig.), G. PATRONI discusses the types of flint daggers found in Italy,
and proposes a terminology for the same, a propos of specimens preserved at
Pavia.
Prehistoric Weapons and Tomb. — In B. Paletn. It. XXXI, 1905, pp.
1-13 (1 pi. ; 1 fig.), G. A. COLINI discusses flint weapons in the Museo
Preistorico at Rome ; also an aeneolithic tomb in the region of Benevento.
The Flint Objects from Breonio Veronese. — In B. Paletn. It. XXXI,
1905, pp. 134-138, L. PIGORIXI discusses the question of the genuineness of
flint objects purporting to be from Breonio Veronese.
The Bronze Age in Sicily. — In B. Paletn. It. XXXI, 1905, pp. 18-70
(~2 pis. ; 60 figs.), G. A. COLINI continues his work on the civilization of the
bronze age in Italy. This portion relates to Sicily.
The Phoenician Colony of Nora in Sardinia. — A study of the pre-
Hellenic remains on the site of Nora in Sardinia, published by G. PATRONI,
in Man. Antic/ii, XIV, 1905, cols. 109-258 (20 pis. ; 58 figs. ; 'index), shows
that the primitive civilization of the nuraghi, which flourished with wide
maritime relations in the second millennium B.C., was in decay before the
arrival of the Phoenicians, that the colonization of Nora by the latter people
was parallel with and independent of that of Carthage, and that the later
commercial relations of the colony were chiefly with Campania and never
directly with Greece. To the early Phoenician period, with strong Oriental
and Egyptian influences, belong the remains of the chief temple, apparently
a mere colonnade surrounding the altar on which the idol stood. One
capital, with volutes and with Cypriote characteristics, survives, and also the
idol itself, a triangular pyramidal stone. Other buildings are probably a
watch tower and a smelting furnace for zinc. Some rock-cut pit graves of
the seventh century or earlier contain, owing to frequent re-use for new
I'urials, chiefly furnishings of the sixth and fifth centuries, and partly con-
ti'mporary with these is a cemetery of incinerated burials in urns in the
sand, with sculptured stelae. Largely through these stelae, the Phoenician
religion, at least in relation to the dead, is seen to belong to the primitive
FRANCE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 203
Aegeo-Asiatic worship of a nature-goddess, the Great Mother, with progres-
sive anthropomorphism in the outward representation. The worship of
Baal, coming in with a patriarchal system, is less prominent than at Car-
thage. In the rock graves are found feather-shaped objects of gold or silver,
bound to the foreheads of the dead, which point to Iberian connections and
to the existence of a Phoenician element in Spain before the coming of the
Carthaginians. A bronze fibula, very rare in Sardinia, resembles one found
at Carnirus. The archaic Phoenician glass is very fine. Attic vases of the
fifth century are found in a single grave only. Terracottas include those of
primitive local type as well as early and late Phoenician, under Egyptian and
Graeco-Punic influence respectively.
FRANCE
The Ancient Settlements at Toulouse. — In C. R. AcacL Insc., 1905,
pp. 285-293, L. JOULIX passes in review the archaeological investigations
in and near Toulouse. The ruins and other remains extend from the first
iron age to the end of the Roman rule.
Art in Gaul. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 306-313 (fig.), S. REINACH
publishes a lecture delivered at the Petit Palais during the exposition of
1900. He calls attention to the existence of schools of art in Gaul in pre-
historic times and in Roman times. That which was Graeco-Roman in
Gallic art disappeared with the fall of the Roman Empire, but that which
was native endured and led to mediaeval art.
Artemis with Serpents. — One side of the altar of Savigny (Cote-d'Or)
offers the figure of Diana holding a torch in one hand and two serpents in
the other. S. REINACH observes that this corresponds to Pausanias's de-
scription of Artemis at Lycosura. Several figures on the altar of Savigny are
copies of archaic statues in Rome. There was probably in Rome an archaic
Arcadian Diana holding serpents. The Arcadian origin of King Evander
and the identity of the Lupercalia at Rome with the Arcadian Lykeia are
called to mind. The worship of a serpent-goddess may have passed from
Crete to Arcadia, thence to Rome, and finally to Gaul. (C. R. Acad. Insc.
1905, p. 308.)
Epona. — A wooden fragmentary statuette of Epona, seated on a horse,
with a dog on her knees and a child beside her, is published by CH. DANGI-
BEAUD, in R. EL Anc. VII, 1905, pp. 234-238 (pi.; 2 figs.). It is in the
museum of Saintes and was found some years ago not far from the ancient
baths, north of the city. It testifies to the cult of Epona in this region.
The Relief from Cornillon. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp.108 f., E.
ESPERANDIEU suggests that the relief from Carnilloii (Am. J. Arch. 1905,
p. 360) may represent the rape of Thalia by Zeus.
The Glass Manufactory at Re"galon. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 246-
256, CH. COTTE and M. GAVARD describe the remains of a glass factory in
the valley of Regalon. The glass was melted in a mere trench, not an oven
or furnace. A chemical analysis of the fragments of glass is given. A "very
early" date is suggested.
Gallo-Romaii^Notes. — In R. Et. Anc. VII, 1905, pp. 239-249, C.
J(ULLIAN) publishes a 'chronique gallo-romaine,' consisting of notes on
recent publications and discoveries of Gallo- Roman antiquities.
204 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [Vou X, 1906
Gallo-Roman Chronicle. —In his 'chronique gallo-romaine ' (R. Et.
I nc. IX, 1905, pp. 381-392, 2 figs.) C. J(ULLIAN) discusses briefly numerous
recent books and articles on Gallo-Roman antiquities.
The Battle of Paris, 52 B.C. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 257-271
(2 plans), II. SIEGLERSCHMIDT discusses the account of the battle fought by
Labieims near Paris (Caesar, Bell. Gall. VII, 57-62). He decides that the
camp of the Gauls was on the heights of St. Cloud, and that of the Romans
nearly opposite.
AFRICA
The Painted Sarcophagi from Carthage. — In Man. Mem. Acad. Insc.
(Foudation Piot),XII, pp. 79-111 (pi.; 8 figs.) A. HERON DE VILLEFOSSE
describes the twelve • painted sarcophagi found by Father Delattre at
Carthage since 1898. Eight of these have the form of a temple; four are
anthropoidal. One of these, on which is carved in high relief the figure of
a priestess (C. R. Acad. Insc. 1903, pp. 23-33), is published in colors. These
sarcophagi show the thoroughly Hellenic art of the fourth century B.C. at
Carthage and complete our knowledge of the history of the Greek anthro-
poidal sarcophagus.
An Illustrated Catalogue of Ancient Ships. — In Mon. Mem. Acad.
Insc. (Fondation Piot), XII, pp. 113-154 (pi. ix-x; 29 figs.), P. GAUCKLER
publishes and discusses a floor mosaic in a private bath belonging to an
ancient house at Althiburus (Henchir-Medeina), partially excavated in 1895
and 1896. (C. R. Acad. Insc. 1898, p. 642 ; Am. J. Arch. 1899, p. 272.) In
the house itself is a mosaic representing marine scenes, Oceanus, Venus
Anadyomene, etc., and a ship. This mosaic is in bad condition. Much
better preserved and more interesting is the mosaic in the bath. Here the
sea, with fishes, a figure of a river god, and a mask of Oceanus. On the
sea are twenty-five (originally about thirty) ships of various kinds, but
including no ships of war, biremes or triremes, each designated by its Latin
(and, in many cases, its Greek) name, and often characterized by a quota-
tion from an early Latin poet. Twenty-three different types are repre-
sented. The subject-matter is derived from a literary source, probably a
work of Varro or a contemporary of Varro, perhaps Verrius Flaccus. The
representations themselves are probably derived from illustrations in a copy
of the literary source. The buildings and the mosaics belong apparently to
the latter part of the second century after Christ.
EARLY CHRISTIAN, BYZANTINE, AND MEDIAEVAL ART
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
The Thousand and One Churches in Lycaonia. — In Athen. December
16, 1905, W. M. RAMSAY discusses the dates of the churches at Bin-Bir-
Kilisse and the neighboring Daoule. Bin-Bir-Kilisse is an old site, but
most of the existing remains date from the time after the Saracen invasions
had ceased to be a constant danger, i.e., after 900 A.D. or thereabouts. The
churches at Daoule are ascribed chiefly to the period 650-900 A.D. The
evidence is chiefly epigraphical. The churches of Bin-Bir-Kilisse represent
the building methods of the ninth, tenth, and eleventh centuries, not, as
heretofore supposed, of earlv Byzantine times.
CHRISTIAN ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 205
Persian Art. — Persian art, as represented by the miniatures from the
fourteenth century on, shows little or no Byzantine influence. On the other
hand, a Chinese or Japanese origin is indicated by the types of the faces in
the miniatures, while the accessories are strictly in the Chinese manner.
This influence came to the Persians through Turkestan, which furnished
the Sassanid kings with artists and continued to inspire the art of Persia
under the Caliphs, the empire of Tamerlane, and the Turks. The antiqtiity
of this influence is attested by the persistent tradition that Mani, the
supposed founder of Manicheism (ca. 240 A.D.), who illustrated with
miniatures the book containing his dogmas, learned the art of painting in
Turkestan (E. BLOCHET, Gaz. B.-A . XXXIV, 1905, pp. 115-130). The same
author describes the peculiarities of painting in Persia, from the Mongol art
of the thirteenth century to the art of the present time, in E. Arch. VI,
1905, pp. 121-148 (6 figs.).
Inscriptions oil Vessels of the Egyptian Mameluke Dynasty. — In
Z. D. Pal. V. XXVIII, 1905, pp. 176-205 (4 pis.), M. SOBERXHEIM de-
scribes eight inscribed vessels that have lately been shown at the exhibition
of Mohammedan art in Paris. The inscriptions on these vessels date from
the time of the second Egyptian Mameluke Dynasty and contain the names
of officials, sultans, a sultana, and a caliph. They are of considerable
historical and philological interest.
Byzantine Leaden Medals.— In /. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905, pp. 53-
102 (cf. ibid. VIII, pp. 255 ff.), K. M. KONSTAXTINOPOULOS continues his
catalogue of Byzantine leaden medals in the Numismatic Museum at
Athens, describing Nos. 775-1057, and reproducing 126 monograms.
The Leaden Medal attributed to David, Emperor of Trebizond.—
In /. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905, pp. 121-130 (fig.), K. M. KONSTANTINO-
POULOS discusses a leaden medal attributed to David Cornnenus, last em-
peror of Trebizond (1458-1462), and ascribes it to David Comnenus, brother
of Alexius, first emperor of Trebizond (1204-1222).
Dragons and Monsters beneath Baptismal Fonts. — In Reliq. XI,
1905, pp. 189-195 (7 figs.), J. TAVEXOR-PERRY calls attention to dragons
and other monsters beneath baptismal fonts in northern Europe. Some-
times these creatures may be connected with the story of Jonah, sometimes
they are purely grotesque.
The Hauberk of Chain Mail. — In Archaeologia, LIX, i, 1905, pp. 57-
74 (6 figs.), J. G. WALLER discusses the different forms of chain mail and
their conventional representations in art.
The Treasure of the Sacristy of the Patriarchs at Moscow. — In
Mon. Mem. Acntl. Insc. (Fondation Piot), XII, pp. 207-210 (pi.; 2 figs.),
F. DE MELY publishes seven objects in the treasury of the Sacristy of the
Patriarchs at Moscow. Four of these are "panagias," pendants in which
are Byzantine engraved stones. The most remarkable is a cameo represent-
ing the Virgin standing with raised hands. In a medallion on her breast is
a bust of Jesus. Byzantine cameos are almost unknown. Second only to
this is a representation of St. John. A copper decanter covered with
mother of pearl is not Byzantine work, though it probably came to Moscow
from Constantinople. A fine chalice of onyx, of unknown origin, is called
the "cup of Anthony the Roman." It is to be compared with the chalices
of the treasure of St. Mark's, in Venice. A shallow, covered goblet of
206 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
green jasper, with enamel decorations in the Florentine style of the six-
teenth century, is said to have been brought from Italy in the times of Ivan
the Terrible.
ITALY
The Confirmation in Early Christian Monuments. — This is the sub-
ject of a study by F. J. DOLGER in the Ri'nn. Quart. 1905, pp. 1-41. He
takes up first the inscriptions, then the representations on monuments, and
lastly the ancient confirmation chapels or consignatoria. In the inscriptions
the expressions i/eo><£vros = renatus, avaKaiviaOeis = renocatus, veo^xono-ros,
jidelis, Jidelis factus, TTIO-TOS may all mean " baptized and confirmed " or
merely "baptized." (Gratiam) percepit consecutus est is equivalent to "re-
ceived into the Christian body." Marini's theory that a£ioi = " confirmed "
as Trio-res = " baptized " is pure conjecture. The technical term for confirm-
ation was signaculum, signaculum dominicum, signaculum chrismatis. Crucem
accipere and such expressions may refer to entry into the catechumenate as
well as to the sign of the cross used in confirming. The enigmatical lines
in the "Mareas" inscription (published by De Rossi in B. Arch. Crist.
1869) reading as follows:
tuque sacer dotes doc uisti ; clirismate sancto
tangere bis nullum iudice posse deo,
are explained by Dblger as referring to the rule prohibiting priests from ad-
ministering the second or confirmatory anointing, this being the prerogative
of the bishop. No definite conclusions are drawn regarding the four doubt-
ful representations of the confirmation on the monuments. Examples of
consignatoria are found at Salona in Dalmatia and at Morsott, Tipasa, and
Tigzirt in Africa. The Lateran at Rome had a confirmation-chapel,
called the Ckrigmarium, and Symmachus seems to have meant one of the
three oratories which he added to St. Peter's for a consignatorium. Db'lger
does not agree with Marucchi in assigning the metrical inscription from the
Verdun Sylloge, which refers to the confirmation, to the subterranean bap-
tistery in the catacomb of Priscilla, which Marucchi thinks was used as a
consignatorium at the time when the inscription was composed.
The Origin of the Quadrate Nimbus. — In Byz. Z. 1905, pp. 578-583,
appears the first instalment of "Notes on the Paintings in Sta. Maria
Antiqua" by WILPERT. Among other corrections of previous descriptions,
the statement that the features of Theodotus, procurator of the church,
who is represented in the fresco adorning the end wail of the chapel of Sts.
Quiricus and Julitta as presenting the chapel to his holy patrons, have faded
out of the picture, is refuted. Wilpert shows that the artist followed a
method indicated in other places of painting the portrait of a living person
on canvas, to be applied afterward in its proper place in the fresco, and that
it is this canvas which has disappeared. He offers a theory of the origin
of the quadrate nimbus, the curious signum viventis used so much in Byzan-
tine art. The square canvas portrait called for a surrounding border which
was painted in around it, and the usage became so constant as to be ex-
tended to portraits of living persons in fresco. Another interesting dis-
covery is that of apocryphal scenes from the infancy of the Virgin, painted
on the wall of the right nave of the " quadriporticus." Wilpert's correc-
MEDIAEVAL ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 207
tions are chiefly directed against Rushforth's " The Church of S. Maria
Antiqua " in the Papers of the British School at Rome, vol. I.
The Sacred Image of Christ in the Sancta Sanctorum at the
Lateran. — F. DE MKLY in B. M. Sac. Ant. Fr. 1902, pp. 113-144, discusses
the origin of the image of Christ, which, according to tradition, was con-
fided to the sea by a priest named Germanos, in the eighth century, and
after a miraculous voyage over the waves arrived at Rome. After giving
an account of similar traditions current in the Middle Ages regarding relics,
and showing that this is really the relic mentioned in the Liber Pontificate
under the reign of Stephen II (752-757), de Me'ly concludes, chiefly on the
evidence afforded by George Hamartolos (842) in his Chronicon, that the
ikon is the one which that author mentions as having been cast down by
the Iconoclast Leo the Isaurian. The Germanos of the legend was the
contemporary patriarch of Constantinople, who must have sent the image
by sea to Gregory II. On this basis the legend arose, appearing first in the
chronicon of George Hamartolos.
Arnolfo di Cambio. — A. VENTURI in L'Arte, 1905, pp. 254-265, recon-
structs the life of Arnolfo di Cambio, adding materially to the list of his
works. First correcting three dates of importance, that of the tomb of
Cardinal de Braye at Orvieto (1282), of the ciborium in Sta. Cecilia in
Trastevere (1293, as shown by the inscription unearthed by the recent ex-
cavations), and that of the altar of St. Boniface and the tomb of Boniface
VIII in St. Peter's (1300), Venturi notes the existence of several hitherto
unidentified fragments of the last-mentioned monument in the Grotle
\'aticane, and ascribes to Arnolfo a totally new work, the tomb of Hadrian
V at Viterbo. Arnolfo was in Perugia in 1277, but what he did there was
unknown until the writer discovered in the Museo Archeologico at Perugia
three figures designed for the basin of a fountain, which may have been
the fountain in the Piazza, the execution of which was in charge of Nicola
Pisano, or another which Adamo Rossi believed to have been made by
Arnolfo for the lower part of the Piazza. p Returning to Rome from
Perugia, the sculptor made the statue of Charles I of Anjou, now in the
Conservator], and the bronze St. Peter in the Vatican basilica, and probably
the head which was put on an antique philosopher's shoulders to form the
marble statue of St. Peter, now in the Grotle. Paying a brief visit to
Perugia in 1281, he returned to work on the ciborium in St. Paul's, the de
Braye monument at Orvieto, the Oratorium Praesepis in Sta. Maria Maggiore,
the tomb of Honorius III, and other works for the Savelli family. He
seems to have directed several works at S. Giovanni Late ran o before he
built the Sta. Cecilia ciborium. After that he left Rome for Florence, only
returning in 1:300 to execute the altar of St. Boniface and the tomb of
Boniface VIII, and died on the 8th of March, 1302.
Pisaii Art in the Fourteenth Century- — The frescoes of the south
and east wall of the Campo Santo at Pisa, especially the 'Triumph of
Death ' on the south wall, show a prevailing type taken from the art of the
Romagna, exemplified by the frescoes at Colalto. The strength and vivid-
ness of the Pisan compositions remind one of Ambrogio Loreuzetti, and the
influence of Florence is also felt. Many details, however, the movement of
the figures, their physiognomy and grouping, are not Italian and are only to
be explained by the supposition that the artist had a knowledge of conteni-
208 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
porary French art. Whoever painted the frescoes on the east wall had
doubtless seen and imitated the frescoes in the palace of the popes at
Avignon. The painter of the ' Triumph ' was largely influenced by French
miniatures and seems to have had a collection of sketches after French
motives which he used in his work. (GEORG GRAF VITZTHUM, Rep. f. K.
1905, pp. 199-226.)
S. Salvatore de Gallia. — In B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905, pp. 62-103,
P. Spezio presents the results of his topographical and historical researches
on the church of S. Salvatore de Gallia, belonging to S. Lorenzo in Damaso.
SPAIN
Post-Visigothic Churches in Spain. — In Archaeologia, LIX, i, 1905,
pp. 39-56 (pi. ; 10 figs.), A. G. HILL describes, with some discussion, the
churches of Sta. Maria Maranco (848 A.D.), San Miguel di Lino, and
Sta. Cristina de Lena (about 870 A.D.), all in the province of Oviedo, of
the style called Latino-Byzantine, and the church of Santiago de Penalva,
in the province of Leon, built between. 931 and 951 A.D. in the Mudejar
style, probably by a Christian Moorish architect.
A Byzantine Ivory in Spain. — In the museum of Yich in Catalonia
there existed until recently an ivory relief of the kind called 8070-15, repre-
senting Christ in attitude of benediction, flanked by John the Baptist, who
is labelled HD 0 TTPOAPOMOC, and the Madonna, characterized as
M-P 0V- It was stolen in 1903, along with a mosaic published by E.
Roulin in Mon. Mem. Acad. Insc. (Fondation Piot), 1900, p. 95. The ivory
probably dates from the beginning of the twelfth century, and may have
been brought from the East by Catalan crusaders. (A. MUNOZ in Byz. Z.
1905, pp. 575-577.)
FRANCE
The So-called Deambulatorium at Morienval. — J. J. BERTHELE in
R. Art Chre't. 1905, pp. 401-404, objects to the common use of the term
deambulatorium to describe the extremely narrow passage in the apse of thf
well-known church of Morienval. A deambulatorium is a semicircular pas-
sage running from transept to transept, separating the choir and sanctuary
from the apsidal chapels, and affording access to the latter without the
necessity of traversing the former. At Morienval, where the four recesses
in the apse can hardly be called apsidal chapels, the passage is not large
enough for such a purpose and does not issue on the transept, being cut off
from the latter by two eleventh century towers, to the presence of which we
may attribute the resulting peculiar plan of the church. "Worshippers,
therefore, reached the " apsidal chapels " through the sanctuary.
A Peculiar Annunciation at Donzy. — The tympanum of the door of
the Cluniac church of Ste.-Marie du Pre at Donzy in the diocese of Auxerre
is adorned with a sculptured group representing, in the centre, the Virgin
seated beneath an arch, holding the Child, figured in a peculiarly stiff and
hieratic manner, not upon her knee, but upright against her bosom. To
the left an archangel, swinging a censer, makes obeisance to her, and to the
right is a prophet bearing in his left hand a staff covered with leaves and
in his right a phylactery. The scene is evidently an annunciation, the
MEDIAEVAL ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 209
archangel representing Gabriel, the prophet Isaiah, the staff recalling
the prophecy Egredietur virga de radice Jesse. The peculiar treatment of the
Child is intended to represent Him as still sub area ventris clausus, as in
the language of the hymns. The date of the tympanum is about 1150.
(P. MAYEUR in R. Art Chre't. 1905, pp. 261-264.)
The Portal of the Northern Transept of Rouen Cathedral. — In R.
Arch. VI, 1005, pp. 71-96 (-1 pis.), LOUISE PILLIOX discusses the reliefs on
the jambs (soubassements} of the portal of the northern transept (portail
des libraires) of Rouen cathedral. The portal was built soon after 1280,
and, like that of the southern transept, is derived from the portals of, the
transepts of Xotre Dame at Paris. The fantastic creatures in the reliefs
are derived in great measure from miniatures, but are not illustrations of
any work of literature. The iconography of the reliefs is discussed in
detail.
The Abbey-church of St. Robert at Chaise-Dieu. — MAURICE FAU-
CON is the author of a monograph relating to the construction of this
church, based on documents preserved in the Vatican. He finds that the
architect was a Frenchman, Hugues Morel, who was assisted in his work by
Pierre Falciat and Pierre de Cebazat. The church was finished about 1350.
Matteo di Giovannetto of Viterbo, the favorite painter of Clement VI, who
built the church, painted eight pictures for it, and designed the twenty-
eight " histories " which were to ornament the reliquary of St. Robert.
The tomb of Clement VI, which stands in the choir, was made by three
French sculptors, — Pierre Roye and his two assistants, Jean de Sanholis and
Jean David. The so-called tomb of the abbot Renaud de Montclar
(f!346) more probably contains the bones of some relative of Clement VI,
perhaps one of the Beauforts. The monograph contains interesting details
relative to the nature and origin of the materials employed in the construc-
tion of the church, their means of transport, and the salaries of the artists.
{Notice sur la construction de VEglise de la Chaise-Dieu (Haute-Loire), Paris,
1904, Picard.)
Sculptures of the Cathedral at Auxerre. — LOUISE PILLION, writing to
the R. Art Chre't. 1905, pp. 278-280, apropos of the recent installation in the
Musee du Trocadero of the casts of the sculptures on the substructure of
Auxerre cathedral, discusses the date and affinities of these monuments.
She places them at the end of the fourteenth or the beginning of the
fifteenth century and draws an interesting parallel between Auxerre and
Orvieto, which suggests further proof of the reciprocal influence of French
and Italian art in these centuries. Milanesi tells us that Ramo di Paga-
nello, who worked at Orvieto in 1293, came " de parlibus ultramontanis."
Vasari's " alaini tedeschi," companions of Niccolo Pisano at Orvieto, refer
probably to Frenchmen, all " ultramontani " being grouped under the gen-
eric term "gothic"or tedesclu in Vasari's writings, and it is certain that
'• 1'atelier d'Orvieto plonge ses racines dans un sol compose, pour partie,
jTelements francais."
The Model of the Church of St. Maclou. — In Mon. Mem. Acad.
Tnsc. (Fondation Piot), XII, pp. 211-224 (2 pis. ; 2 figs.), A. L. FROTHING-
IIAM, Jr., publishes and discusses the model of the church of St. Maclou,
at Rouen (Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 383). He shows, by the differences
between it and the church, that it is an architect's model, not a copy. The
210 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
model may have been made by Salvart, in 1414, whereas the church was
begun in 1432. At any rate, the mere existence of the model gives
important information concerning the methods of Gothic architects, and
accurate study of it will greatly increase our knowledge.
Signatures of French Sculptors in the Middle Ages. — M. DK
MELY in C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 341-342, communicates some of the
results of his investigations of the signatures on French mediaeval sculp-
ture. He has collected 170 signatures. Among them are the names
signed on the doors of St. Gilles at Aries (1116) and the sculptures of
the royal doorway at Chartres (ca. 1140). The first reads Brunus me fecit,
the second Rogerus, revealing to us two admirable French sculptors who
antedate by some time Antelami of Parma (1198) and Nicola Pisano of the
thirteenth century, hitherto regarded as the precursors of the Renaissance.
Predecessors of Glaus Sluter. — A. KLEINCLAUSZ in Gaz. B.-A.
XXXIV, 1905, pp. 26-38, publishes a tomb from the abbey of Fontenay
near Montbard in Burgundy. 1 1, represents the reclining figures of a lord
of the Mello family, seigneurs d'Epoisses, and of his wife, and dates from
the middle of the fourteenth century. A similar monument was that of
Guillaume de Vienne, abbe of St. Sienne, which formerly existed in the
Burgundian abbey of that name, and is known to us by the reproduction
in Dom Plancher's Histoire yenerale de Bourgogne, II, p. 384. Both monu-
ments are the products of ateliers of Flemish artists established in Bur-
gundy before the advent of Claus Sluter. This Flemish immigration dates
from as far back as the time of Count Otho of Burgundy, whose tomb was
fashioned by the Flemish Pepin de Huy.
A Statue of the School of Champagne. — In Mon. Mem. Acad. Insc.
(Fondation Plot), XII, pp. 225-230 (2 pis. ; 4 figs.), A. MICHEL publishes a
statue of the Virgin and Child, of painted stone, acquired by the Louvre
from Mr. Wildenstein in 1905. Comparison with other works shows that
it is a work of the school of Troyes and Champagne, of the early part of
the sixteenth century, the brief period between the somewhat arbitrary
formalism of the fifteenth century and the mannerism of the Renaissance.
This work shows the grace and delicacy of the works of this school and
period.
Limoges Enamels. —In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 15-30 (3 pis.), J. J.
MARQUET DE VASSELOT discusses Limoges enamels with a background of
waving lines (fond vermicide). They belong chiefly to the latter part of
the twelfth century, but are of different dates. The technique is derived
from the East, and is influenced by illuminations in manuscripts. Four
classes, or schools, are distinguished by their borders and styles. Ibid. pp.
231-245 (3 pis.) the treatment of the class with border of flowers (encadre-
nn'iit de fleurettes) is finished and the classes with borders of enamelled
semicircles and quatrefoils are described.
A Lock with Two Gates in the Fifteenth Century. — In R. Arch.
VI. I'M)'), pp. 272-285 (fig.), E. CLOUZOT publishes some documents of the
sixteenth century and other evidence of the existence of a lock with two
gates (,'(>! use a sa.s) at La Roussille, on the Sevre of Niort.
Vestments of St. Hugues at Valsainte. — The vestments of St.
II agues, bishop of Grenoble in the twelfth century, are still preserved at
Valsainte. They consist of an amict, aube, maniple, and stole. The amict
MEDIAEVAL ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 211
is plain, with no cross. The aube does not differ in general in form from
others of the twelfth century. Together with other decoration, it bore
along the front border of the caputium or head-opening an inscription em-
broidered in silk, of which only the words I(n) OR(afi)O(n)E are left.
Whether these were independent of the rest of the inscription, which has
disappeared, cannot be said. If they were, they may be compared with In
nomine Domini ora pro me on the so-called stole of St. Martin at Aschaffen-
burg. The maniple and stole are tipped with trimmings of red silk shot
with gold and of microscopical fineness. (L. M. DE MASSIAC in R. Art Chre't.
1905, pp. 406-410.)
GERMANY
Byzantine Miniatures in Berlin. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 55-70 (5
figs.), J. EBERSOLT discusses the illuminations in the Hamilton Greek Ms.
No. 246 in the royal library at Berlin. It is an Evangelistarium et Menolo-
r/ium, and dates (save four leaves of the tenth century) from the thirteenth
century. The style of the miniatures is derived from the East, especially
from Syria. This and many other Mss., whether Byzantine or Carolingian,
show remarkable uniformity in what concerns the illustration of the canons
of Eusebius.
Inscription on a Byzantine Reliquary. — In Mon. Mem. Acad. Insc.
(Fondation Piot), XII, pp. 201-205 (pi.), G. SCHLUMBERGER republishes
the reliquary in the form of a domed church in the treasury of the cathe-
dral at Aix-la-Chapelle. The Greek inscription on the apse, Lord, protect
thy servant Eustcithios patrician and strategos of Antioch and of Lykandos,
fixes the date of the reliquary ; for the theme of Lykandos was not con-
stituted until about 915 A.D., Antioch was not recaptured from the Sara-
cens until 969, and was finally lost in 1085. Probably Lykandos was lost
somewhat earlier ; the reliquary is therefore dated between 969 and about
1080 A.D. The Eustathios mentioned is not yet identified. The other
inscriptions are quotations from the Psalms (132, 8; 132, 13 ; 86, 3), which
contain references to Jerusalem or Zion. The reliquary resembles the
famous mosque of Omar. Perhaps, then, it was made at Jerusalem.
ENGLAND
The Sculptures of Wells Cathedral. — In A rcliaeologia, LIX, i, 1905,
pp. 143-206 (53 pis. ; fig.), W. II. ST. JOHN HOPE publishes the elabo-
rate imagery and sculptures of the western front of Wells cathedral, and
W. R: LETHABY adds suggestions as to the identification of some of
the images. The sculptures and images are contemporary with the build-
ing, ca. 1225-1240. Scenes from the Old and Xew Testaments, the Corona-
tion of the Virgin, the Resurrection of the dead, angels, kings, queens, ladies,
bishops, etc., are represented. A general and detailed description is given.
The Painted Chamber of the Palace of Westminster. — The royal
bed chamber of the Palace of Westminster, called from its decorations the
Painted Chamber, was destroyed after the fire of 1834. An addition to the
existing reproductions of the paintings in the Chamber has been found in
the University Galleries at Oxford, consisting of several drawings by Ed-
ward Crocker, who directed the alterations of the palace in 1819. Some of
these drawings, notably the Coronation of Edward the Confessor, are repro-
212 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
duced in an article by W. R. LKTHABY in Burl. Mag. 1905, pp. 257-269.
He dates the paintings between 1262 and 1277, and thinks that they were
ordered by Henry III and designed by " Master William," painter to that
king. Walter of Durham, painter to Edward I, was also engaged on them.
The decoration consisted of horizontal rows of the Old Testament " his-
tories," excepting the coronation scene, with figures of Virtues on the win-
dow-jambs. The dado beneath was painted like a green curtain, and each
picture had a French motto in black letter.
Eaton Bray Church.— In Reliq. XI, 1905, pp. 269-274 (7 figs.), J.
ROM ILLY ALLEN describes the church at Eaton Bray, Bedfordshire. It con-
tains much fine Early English architectural sculpture and ironwork.
Norman Font at Thorpe-Salviii. — In Reliq. XI, 1905, pp. 265-269
(2 figs.), G. LE BLANC -SMITH discusses a Norman font at Thorpe-Salvin,
Yorkshire. Five representations, which are visible in arched recesses, are
explained as the Rite of Baptism and the Four Seasons.
St. Mary's Church at Horton Kirby. — In Reliq. XI, 1905, pp. 162-
175 (11 figs.), el. RUSSELL LARKBY, describes St. Mary's church, at Horton
Kirby, Kent, and gives its architectural history since its erection, in tran-
sitional style, not far from 1200 A.D.
Leathley Church. — Leathley church, Yorkshire, an early Norman
church, built, perhaps, on a Saxon foundation, is described by W. CUD-
WORTII in Reliq. XI, 1905, pp. 204-208 (4 figs.).
An Old Manor House at Northborough. — In Reliq. XI, 1905, pp.
184-188 (5 figs.), CHARLOTTE MASON describes the Manor house at North-
borough, near Peterborough, said to have been built in 1340. The archi-
tecture, of the Decorated period, is fine in its details. Cromwell's widow7 and
daughter once lived here.
Manors of High Wycombe. — In Reliq. XI, 1905, pp. 176-183 (<> figs.),
T. HUGH BRYANT gives descriptive and historical notes on manors, etc., at
High Wycombe. Some Roman remains have also been found here.
Tomb of Sir Roger de Kerdestone. — In Reliq. XI, 1905, pp. 200-203
(3 figs.), E. M. BELOE, JR., describes the tomb of Sir Roger de Kerdestone, at
Reepham, Norfolk. It is a fine work of the fourteenth century. The knight
rests, under a Gothic canopy, upon a bed of stones. Below are eight figures
in relief.
The Crystal of Lothair. —In Archaeologia, LIX, i, 1905, pp. 27-38 (pi.),
(). M. DALTON publishes the crystal of Lothair in the British Museum, a
fine intaglio with representations of eight scenes from the story of Susanna,
Prankish work of the ninth century, and gives its history.
RENAISSANCE ART
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
Renaissance Medals with the Head of Christ. — In Reliq. XI, 1905,
pp. 237-248 (10 figs.), G. F. HILL concludes his treatment of Medallic Por-
traits of Christ with a discussion of several medals, paintings, engravings,
etc., related more or less closely to the types previously discussed.
Mantegna as a Mystic. — The common impression which Mantegna
leaves as the most humanistic of painters has blinded critics to his mystic
RENAISSANCE ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 213
quality. This is certainly present in some of his Madonnas, with their
almond-shaped, inscrutable eyes and enigmatical smile, and in many cases
can be seen in the treatment of the Child. In one picture, the ' Holy
Family' owned by Dr. Ludwig Mond, Mantegua has resorted to evident
symbolism. Here the Virgin's bust, placed low in the picture and rising
from a well-head, can only be meant to symbolize the Immaculate Concep-
tion, the Fons Signatus of Solomon's Song. In the ' Adoration of the Magi'
in the Johnson collection in Philadelphia, the strange gaze of the Magi,
convergent on the Child's face, and the aloofness of the Virgin's expression,
are most effective in producing a sense of mystery. The minimum of light
and shade in Mantegna's technique, his economy of line and suppressed
modelling, gave him the power to express such spiritualized notions. What
gave him the impulse in this direction is uncertain, although it is sure that
he drew from Hubert Van Eyck, and a drawing of his shows that Donatello's
strange Madonna had impressed him. (ROGER E. FRY in Burl. Mag. VIII,
1905, pp. 87-98.)
Two Attributions of Paintings. — On internal evidence BERNHARD
BEREXSON in liass. d'Arte, 1905, pp. 177-179, ascribes to the little-known
Cosimo Rosselli a portrait of a Florentine gentleman in the Spiridon col-
lection at Paris. The attribution rests on the resemblance of the ear in the
portrait to Cosimo's characteristic ear, especially as seen in the head of one
of the spectators in the ' Sermon on the Mount' in the Sistine Chapel, and
the similar treatment of the head in general. To Francesco Botticini, Be-
renson ascribes a tondo portrait of a youth in the Royal Palace at Stockholm,
chiefly from the " parallel " locks of hair occurring in this picture and others
of Botticini.
Unknown Works of Bernardo Daddi. — OSWALD SIREX in L'Arte,
1905, pp. 280-281, publishes (with two reproductions) two hitherto unknown
works of Bernardo Daddi. The first is a small triptych in the ducal castle
at Meiningen ; in the centre, a Madonna with two saints, on the right wing a
crucifixion, on the left Sts. Peter and Paul. Another very similar triptych
by Daddi belongs to the Louvre. In the Magazzino of the Uffizi is a triptych
of large dimensions with the Coronation of the Virgin in the central panel,
the wings being occupied by a throng of adoring saints, forty-two in all.
Comparison with Sir Hubert Parry's triptych at Highnam Court and the
similar work in the Cook collection at Richmond, serves to establish the
)icture in the Uffizi as a late work by Daddi.
The Author of the " Diirer " Medals. — A number of medals (chiefly
copies) and a relief in Kehbheim stone, the latter belonging to Mr. Pierpont
Morgan, are discussed by S. MONTAGU PEARTREE in Burl. Mag. 1905, pp.
445-467. All but one have the Diirer monogram and are dated from 1509
1514. Those reproduced in this article are a three-quarters woman's
head, a so-called portrait of the " Elder Diirer," a medallion-portrait of a
woman in the British Museum (lacking the monogram but classed with the
Diirers on grounds of style and technique by Peartree), and the Morgan
ilief, a full-length nude figure of a woman seen from behind. The close
relation existing between these and certain sculptures by Hans Daucher
in St. Ulrich's at Augsburg leads Peartree to the conclusion that the Diirer
medals are his work, done after sketches by Diirer, which explains the pres-
ence of the monogram.
214 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1900
The Jordaeiis Exposition at Antwerp. — The Gaz. B.-A. XXXIV,
1905, pp. 247-255, contains an appreciation of Jordaens by H. HYMAXS,
based on the master's works assembled in the Jordaens exposition opened
last year at Antwerp. Hymans believes that the exposition will heighten
the artist's fame, hitherto somewhat obscured by that of Rubens.
ITALY
A Lost Work of Donatello. — The tabernacles for the Host existing
in Sta. Francesca Romana, in the cloister of Sant' Agostino in Rome, and
in- the old cathedral at Capranica, are remarkably similar, but nevertheless
not copied one from the other. So many characteristic Donatellian details
are found in all three* when compared with a work of that artist like the
niche for Verrocchio's St. Thomas in Or San Michele in Florence, that we
must suppose that they were copied from some lost work of Donatello's,
executed at or about the time of his sojourn at Rome. (LiSETTA CIACCIO,
L'Arte, 1905, pp. 375-381.)
Two Lombard Sculptors of the Renaissance. — FRANCESCO MALA-
GUZZI YALERI, in Rass. d' Arte, 1905, pp. 169-173, discusses the work of
Andrea Fusina and Caradosso. To the former he attributes the 'Madonna
and Child blessing Francis I ' in the Borromeo collection at Milan, and,
somewhat reservedly, however, the two Madonnas in relief against a back-
ground adorned with putti and a profile of Francis I, all three in the Museo
Archeologico of the same city. The author believes that one of the sup-
posed works of Caradosso — the frieze of putti and busts i'1 medallion in
the Sacristy of S. Satiro in Milan — cannot be by him, inasmuch as the
records relating to the decoration of the church contain no mention of him,
and he was absent from Milan at the time of its construction. The " Depo-
sition " in terra-cotta in the same church, ascribed to Caradosso, shows little
or no relation to the products of the goldsmith's and bronze-worker's art
by which we know him.
Attributions in the Uffizi and Pitti Galleries. — In an open letter
addressed to Corrado Ricci (Rass. d' Arte, 1905, pp. 84-87) G. FRIZZOXI sug-
gests some new attributions for paintings in the two large galleries at Flor-
ence. A ' Madonna ' in the Uffizi, hitherto given to Polidoro Veneziano, is
ascribed by Frizzoni to Bernardino Sicinio. The ' Sacrifice of Tphigenia '
in the Uffizi, which has been ascribed to Tiepolo and Sebastiano Ricci, is
assigned to Bernardino Galliari, an eighteenth century imitator of these
masters. The portrait of Eleanora cle' Medici in the Pitti is taken from
Scipione Pulzone da Gaeta and given to Frans Pourbus the younger. An
' Adoring Virgin,' a tondo in the Uffizi, labelled " Scuola fiorentina," is claimed
for Botticini and the monogram H P painted in the left lower corner of the
Uffi/i picture commonly called the ' Miser ' is shown by Frizzoni to refer not
to Iloratius Paulyn, but to Hendrick Pot. Several other attributions of less
important pictures are also questioned.
Documents relative to S. Satiro in Milan. — F. MALAGUZZI YALEKI,
in Arch. Slor. Lomb. 1905, pp. 140-151, publishes documents illustrative of
the history of the church of S. Satiro. They are : an inventory of the
objects in the church in 1476 ; documents relative to the chapel of Sta. Bar-
bara ; documents showing the existence of a ducal chapel; and notes en
RENAISSANCE ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 215
the works of art in the church, viz. Boltraffio's ' Sta. Barbara,' the altar of
the Pieta, the smaller doors of the church, the chapel of St. Catherine, the
work of the sculptor Cristoforo da Birago, a model of the facade, and some
figures from the tiburium, besides a list of payments to Ambrogio da Fossano,
painter.
Michelino da Besozzo and Giovannino de' Grassi. — PIETKO TOESCA,
in L'Arte, 1905, pp. 321-338, devotes an article to these two Milanese artists
of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. Giovannino, the sculptor of the
lavabo in the Sacristy of Milan Cathedral, is shown to be the author of the
drawings of animals, preserved in a codex of the Biblioteca Civica at Ber-
gamo. He may be called the precursor of Michelino da Besozzo, himself
celebrated for his animal sketches. Both artists were cognate with, not
dependent on, the school of Verona. German influence, to be noticed in
Giovannino, becomes marked in Michelino, who shows a close connection
with Wilhelm of Cologne in a picture of the Virgin and Child with Sts.
John the Baptist, Anthony, and Catherine, in the Piuacoteca at Siena. This
painting is for the first time assigned to Michelino in this article by Toesca,
on the basis of the signature Miclielinus fecit and internal evidence. A
reconstruction of Michelino's life and a list of his few known works are
included in the article.
Italian Art and Milanese Collections. — An anonymous article in the
New York Sun of January 1, 1905, is reprinted with some changes, in R.
Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 214-326. The museums (especially the Poldo-Pezzoli
museum) and private collections of Milan are highly praised, while the
management of other Italian museums and the attitude of the Italians toward
foreign students of Italian art is sharply criticised.
The Painted Fagade of the Palazzo Milesi in Rome. — GOFFREDO
GRILLI writes in Rass. d' Arte, 1905, pp. 97-102, of the houses in Rome,
facades of which were decorated with frescoes, and particularly of the com-
positions by Polidoro and Maturino which adorned the Palazzo Milesi in
Via della Maschera d' Oro, now the property of Prince Lancelloti. This
palace still preserves some traces of its decorations, which consisted of a
frieze descriptive of the history of Niobe, running beneath the windows of
the second story, and episodes of historical and mythological content be-
neath and between the windows of the third story. Designs for this facade
may be recognized among Polidoro's drawings in the Uffizi, but of most
importance is the series of designs for the Niobe frieze preserved in the
Biblioteca Ambrosiana at Milan. A document published by Bertolotti
showrs that these drawings described as a frieze by Polidoro da Caravagi>io
for the painting " sopra il palazzo del Sig. Martio Milesi figurante 1' His-
toria di Niobe saettata " was stolen from a Roman antiquary named Pietro
Stefanone in 1611. Nothing further is known of its history until its appear-
ance in the Ambrosiana.
The Dialogues of Francisco de Hollanda and Donate Giannotti. —
These works of the sixteenth century, both purporting to be conversations in
which Michelangelo took part, have been used to some extent in recon-
structing the biography and particularly the personality of the artist and in
tracing his relations with Vittoria Colonna who appears in Hollanda's dia-
logue. They are however, purely fictitious discussions composed to serve the
literary purpose of their respective authors. Hollanda's acquaintance with
216 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Michelangelo was slight. Giannotti, on the other hand, was a good friend
of the artist, and the indirect light he throws on Michelangelo's personality
is of some real value. (II. TIETZE, Rep.f. K. 1905, pp. 295-320.)
The Medallion of Cardinal Bembo. — The medallion representing
Berabo in cardinal's dress with the inscription Petri Bembi car., and a
Pegasus on the reverse, has been by many identified with the medallion
mentioned in Benvenuto Cellini's autobiography as made by him during a
visit to Bembo at Padua. This, however, was done in wax or plaster, and
we have no record of its having been finished in more durable material.
Moreover, at the time of Cellini's visit, Bembo was not yet cardinal, and the
medallion in other ways does not correspond to the sculptor's description.
L. RIZZOLI in L'Arte, 19Q5, pp. 276-280, inclines to attribute the work to
Danese Cattaneo (1513-1573), who was the author of the bust of the cardinal
in the church of S. Antonio at Padua.
FRANCE
Two Works of the Italian Renaissance. — In Mon. Mem. Acad. Insc.
(Fondation Piot), XII, pp. 231-230 (pi. ; fig.), G. MIGEON publishes a bronze
statuette of a youth in a short kilt, and an engraved silver plaque represent-
ing Christ healing a sick man in the presence of the twelve disciples and a
woman. The first is an Italian work, of the time between 1520 and 1540,
cast by the cire perdue process. It resembles ancient figures of camilli or
lares, especially one in the Naples museum. The background of the silver
plaque (a bronze replica of which in the collection of Mr. G. Dreyfus has
been published by E. Miintz, Gaz. B.-A. 1883, May and June, and E. Moli-
nier, Les Plaquettes, Vol. I, p. 67) shows St. Peter's without its dome. It
is attributed to Pietro da Milano.
A Bronze Relief in the Louvre. — In Mon. Mem. Acad. Insc. (Fonda-
tion Piot), XII, pp. 159-176 (5 figs.), E. MICIION discusses a bronze relief,
now set in above a door of the " Salle des Caryatides" in the Louvre. It is
apparently by the same artist as the relief in the Wallace collection
(CLAUDE PHILLIPS, Burl. Mag. 1904, pp. 111-124), which is a copy of the
marble relief in the Louvre, called the " Danseuse Borghese." The relief
under discussion represents in the foreground three maidens decking a
candelabrum with garlands and flowers, and in the background at the left a
temple. This is a copy of another marble relief in the Louvre (Catal. sorn-
maire, 1641), which came from the Borghese palace. Comparison of the two
bronzes with the originals and with the bronze relief by Lorenzetto in the
Chigi chapel of Sta. Maria del Popolo, in Rome, two figures of which are
copied from the " Danseuse Borghese," leads to the conclusion that the twro
bronzes are works of the seventeenth century. The history of the marble
originals and of the bronzes confirms this result and indicates that the copies
\\t-rc made in France.
The Date of the Rothschild < Violin Player.'— This picture in the col-
lection of the late Baron Alphonse de Rothschild, formerly attributed to
Raphael, and now to Sebastiano del Pioinbo, bears the date MDXVIII. In
1518, however, Sebastiano was completely under the influence of Michelan-
gelo and could scarcely have produced a work of a style so Raphaelesque as
that of the Rothschild portrait. The date has doubtless been tampered
with, as indeed is indicated by the suspicious formation of the first three
RENAISSANCE ART] AECHAEOLOGICA£ DISCUSSIONS, 1905 217
letters. The painting itself points to some year between 1510 and 1515.
(GUSTAVO FRIZZONI in Chron. d. Arts, 1905, p. 260.)
Dosiades and Theocritus offering their Works to Apollo and Pan. —
In Man. Mem. Acad. Insc. (Fondation Piot), XII, pp. 155-158 (2 pis.; fig.),
II. OMONT publishes two pages of the Greek Ms. 2832 in the Bibliotheque
Nationale. On one Dosiades, standing at the left, offers to Apollo, who
stands on a tripod at the right, his poem entitled The A liar (Bco/xos) , which is
written on a high altar that occupies the middle of the page. On the other
page, Theocritus offers to Pan his poern entitled The. Flute, (2v/>iy£), which
is written on a flute or pipe. This has the shape of a truncated cone, with
eight holes in the side and a small mouth-piece at the smaller end. Beside
the mouth-piece are, apparently, two strings. A similar flute is represented
in the edition of Theocritus published at Venice, in 1516, by Zacharias
Callergi. These miniatures, which date from the second half of the four-
teenth century, are clearly derived from ancient originals.
ENGLAND
Two Miniatures by De Limbourg. — ROGER E. FRY, in Burl. Mag.
1905, pp. 435-445, describes two miniatures by Pol de Limbourg or his
brothers, the artists of the ' Tres Riches Heures ' of the Due de Berry at
Chantilly. The first, occurring on p. 109 of Ms. Douce No. 144 in the
Bodleian Library, has already been ascribed to the de Limbourgs. The
other is from a Book of Hours (No. 62 in James's Catalogue of MSS. in the
Fitzwilliam Museum at Cambridge') which formerly belonged to Isabel Stuart,
daughter of James I of Scotland, and first wife of Francis, Duke of Brittany.
It represents a Virgin and Child, with scenes from the life of the Virgin, and
was identified by comparison with No. 166 Francais of the Bibliotheque
Nationale. Fry regards it as the work of the " second " hand of the 'Tres
Riches Heures ' identified for convenience with Jean, brother of Pol de
Limbourg.
An Explanation of the 'Simon Magus ' at Buckingham Palace.—
This picture has been shown to be part of the predella of an altarpiece
painted by Benozzo Gozzoli for the Confraternity of the Purification of the
Virgin and of St. Zenobius at Florence, about 1461. The picture represents
in the background a figure flying from a kind of platform, and in the fore-
ground the same figure lying prostrate. To the left a Roman official is
enthroned, surrounded by soldiers ; to the right stand Sts. Paul and Peter
with their disciples. The presence of St. Paul has cast some doubt on the
interpretation of the picture as the Fall of Simon Magus, but H. P. HORNE
finds that the version of the story given by Petrus de Natalibus, bishop of
Equilio in his Catalogns Sanctorum et gestorum eorum, as well as a Tuscan
version in the Biblioteca Nazionale in Florence, contemporary with Benozzo,
both introduced St. Paul into the story. (Burl. Mag. 1905, pp. 377-383.)
A Cup with the Arms of "William the Silent. — In Archaeologia, LIX,
i, 1905, pp. 83 ff. (5 pis.), C. H. READ publishes a fine silver-gilt cup, the
property of the Earl of Yarborough, on which are the arms of William
the Silent, with inscriptions and elaborate reliefs referring to a victory of
the Dutch over the Spaniards near Enkhuyzen in 1573. A standing figure
on the cover symbolizes Enkhuyzen.
218 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
UNITED STATES
The " Maitre de Fle'malle " and Spain. — The " Master of Flemalle,"
whose work lias assumed new importance since the Exposition des Primiiifs,
either visited or lived in Salamanca, according to Sir J. C. ROBINSON.
His chief evidence for this is the reproduction of the apse of the old
cathedral at Salamanca in the < Virgin ' belonging to Mr. Salting. The
color-harmony of the master, verging always toward gray, is to be noticed in
a ' Mass of St. Gregory' in the parish church of Bonnella della Vierra near
Avila, in the vicinity of Salamanca. Robinson does not answer the ques-
tion whether this and other similar pictures are later works of the Master
of Flemalle or " school-pictures," but regards them as evidence that the
painter worked at one time in Salamanca, and reminds us that his present
title rests upon the assurance of an obscure dealer that a picture of his
in the Frankfort Museum came from the Flemish abbey of Flemalle.
(Burl. Mag. 1905, pp. 387-393.) The Bulletin of the Metropolitan Museum
of New York, January 1906, announces that the 'Virgin of Salamanca' by
the " Maitre de Flemalle " has recently entered the Museum collections,
having been purchased with the income of the Rogers Fund, together with
two panels. The latter are by Carlo Crivelli, and represent Sts. George and
Dominic.
The Portrait of Philip IV in Boston. — The Museum of Fine Arts
Bulletin of October, 1905, publishes the opinions of CARL JUSTI, SIR WALTER
ARMSTRONG, and R. D. GAULKY, all naming Velasquez as the painter of the
recently secured portrait of Philip IV. The item which appeared in Am.
J. Arch. 1905, p. 382, entitled " A Velasquez," and announcing the gift to
the Prado of a portrait by Velasquez of Philip IV, on the part of the
Duchess of Villahermosa, was incorrect. The picture given to the Prado
was by Velasquez, but not a portrait of Philip IV.
Pictures in the Johnson Collection at Philadelphia. — A description
of the Italian paintings in this collection is furnished to the Ross. d'Arte,
1905, pp. 113-121, 129-135, by F. MASON PERKINS. He corrects many
of the attributions, notably that of a ' Madonna with Saints ' which has
been given to Bissolo, but should be assigned to Basaiti. The article gives
us a good reproduction of the portrait of Giuliano de' Medici (thus identified
by Perkins) already recognized by Rankin as belonging to that series of
pictures which Berenson assigns to his ' Amico di Sandro ' (see Berenson,
Study and Criticism of Italian Art, Vol. I, p. 63, note). The great names
given to some of the paintings are contested by Perkins, excepting an
' Interment of the Virgin ' ascribed to Fra Angelico's early period, a ' Dead
Christ sustained by Weeping Angels ' by Carlo Crivelli, a ' Portrait of a
Young Man ' by Antonello da Messina, a < Portrait of an Admiral ' by
Tintoretto, a 'Madonna and Child with Angels ' by Matteo di Siena, and
some others. The ' Leda ' in the Johnson collection is regarded by Perkins
as a work of one of Leonardo's followers, and probably a copy after a lost
original by the great master himself.
The Bramantino Portraits. — The series of twenty-five portraits as-
cribed to Bramantino, twelve of which were bought at Christie's last April
for the Metropolitan Museum in New York, forms the subject of an article
in /;///•/. Mm/. VII [, 1905, pp. 135-141, by HEKBKKT COOK. They origi-
nally i'onii.Ml a frieze in a room in the castle of San Martino di Guznago,
AMERICA] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 219
midway between Brescia and Mantua. This frieze occupied two sides of
the room and then ran along the sides of a beam which crosses the centre
of the room parallel to the other panels. The signature L B in ligature
on the back of certain of the panels has been held to be that of Bernardino
Luini. Another divergence from the generally accepted opinion that they
are by Bramantiuo is P. G. KONODY'S suggestion (New York Herald,
Paris edition, August 28, 1905) that they are the copies of such a frieze
by Bramantino, made just before its destruction for Raphael by one of his
pupils. This fact is mentioned in the life of Piero della Francesca by
Vasari, who says that Raphael had this done " to the end that he might
possess the likeness of the persons represented ; for these were all great
personages," etc. After Raphael's death, Giulio Romano, his heir, pre-
sented them to Paolo Giovio. After this we hear of them no more, but
Giovio was for many years the friend of Isabella d' Este, and this might
account for their appearance in the Gonzaga castle. The faces seem
more like portraits than decorative heads, the monograms upon the panels
might be initials, and the absence of any Gonzaga portraits makes for Mr.
Konody's suggestion that they were not originally intended for the castle.
Moreover, an original would more probably be in fresco than on wood in
tempera, as is the case with these panels.
AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY
Ilaida Texts and Myths — Bulletin 29 of the Bureau of American
Ethnology, by JOHN R. SWANTON. This is a collection of texts (partly in
the original) and myths relating to the Indians of the Queen Charlotte
Islands, British Columbia. Their interest is mainly that of folklore, eth-
nology, and philology, but some archaeological material is included.
Relics of the Attiwandarons. — In Rec. Past, IV, 1905, pp. 266-275
(50 figs.), W. J. WINTEMBERG describes numerous relics of the Attiwanda-
rons, the earliest historical inhabitants of western Ontario and neighboring
regions. The relics consist of flint arrowheads, etc., pipes of clay and stone,
sometimes with engraved figures, bone utensils, a few copper awls and shells.
Mounds built by the Sioux. — In Am. Ant. XXVII, 1905, pp. 217-223,
W. UPHAM describes mounds in Minnesota, near St. Paul, and gives evi-
dence showing that they were built by the Sioux, one of them as late
as 1834.
Aboriginal Pottery from the Wyoming Valley. — In the Proceedings
and Collections of the Wyoming Historical and Geological Society, IX, 1905, pp.
137-170 (Wilkesbarre, Pa.), CHRISTOPHER WREN compares the pottery of
Pennsylvania with that of New York, and concludes that much of the for-
mer was made further north. Most of the pottery is preserved in fragments.
The clays of the region are poorly adapted for making fine ware ; the deco-
ration was principally confined to the rim and neck of the vases. Pis. 7, 8,
and 12 show rim decorations, and pi. 6, vase outlines.
Early Smoking Pipes of the North American Aborigines. —In the
Proceedings and Collections of the Wyoming Historical and Geological Society
(Wilkesbarre, Pa.), IX, 1905, pp. 107-136, A. F. BERLIX quotes references
to authorities, notes the scarcity of pipes along the Atlantic coast, and
mentions the theory supported by this scarcity that smoking was indulged
220 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
in to a limited extent till the white people, by the cultivation of tobacco,
made it popular. The following types of pipes are described : tubular,
stemiess, double conoidal, "mound," monitor or platform, elephant, bird
and animal pipes, earth pipes, and calumets or great pipes. The illustra-
tions represent pipes from the Iroquois, the Potomac Valley, from Cali-
fornia, Mississippi, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, North Carolina, Indiana,
Illinois, Ohio, and Canada.
The Ancient Monuments of Northern Honduras, and the Adjacent
Parts of Yucatan and Guatemala ; also a Visit to the Rio Grande
Ruins. In the Journ. Anthrop. Inst. of Gt. Br. and Ire. XXXV, 1905, Janu-
ary-June, pp. 103-112, T. W. GANN classifies the monuments of northern
Honduras and adjacent parts of Yucatan and Guatemala as temples, build-
ings within mounds, stelae, stone-faced pyramids, fortifications, and ovoid
underground chambers. From burial mounds and mounds for other purposes
are obtained weapons and tools of flint, chert, obsidian, jadite, granite, etc.
Projectile points, knives, hammer-stones, scrapers, celts, weights, sling-
stones, sinkers, etc., make up the list of specimens. Pottery is abundant in
the form of both vases and effigies. Burial took various forms; earth, cist,
or secondary ; traces of cremation are founc'J Hieroglyphics and picto-
graphs are numerous, for which no satisfactory key has as yet been found.
Indian Music of South America. — In Harper's Magazine, January,
1906, pp. 255-257, CHARLES JOHNSON POST discusses the music and instru-
ments of the Indians of Lake Titicaca. The flute, played like a clarinet,
the " Pandean " pipes, seven in number, and the drum assist in the produc-
tion of motives and simple melodies of which a few examples are given in
the text. The importance of these to the archaeologist rests on the author's
conclusion that these with others "are the music of the Incas unchanged
from the days of Pizarro and the Conquest."
A Method of Preserving Shell Specimens. — "A solution of clear
gelatin, such as is used for bacteriologic cultures, of about three per cent
to four per cent strength, is kept fluid over a sand bath and a Bunsen
burner. Into this the specimens are placed, and allowed to remain until
about one minute after all bubbles of air have ceased. While in the gela-
tin the specimens may be thoroughly cleaned with a camel's-hair brush.
They are then removed and placed in a vessel containing ordinary com-
mercial formalin solution or formaldehyde, where they are allowed to
remain for a few moments or at the convenience of the operator, and are
then removed, drained, and allowed to dry slowly." (P. M. JONES, Amer.
Anthropol. N.S. VII, 1905, pp. 654 f.)
BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF
AKCHAEOLOGICAL BOOKS
1905
HAROLD N. FOWLER, Editor-in-charge
*#* Books, pamphlets, and other matter for the Bibliography should be addressed
to Professor FOWLER, Western Reserve University, Cleveland, O.
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
Julia De W. Addison, Classic Myths
in Art ; an Account of Greek Myths
as Illustrated by Great Artists. Bos-
ton, 1904, Page, x, 285 pp. ; illustr.
8vo. (London, 1905, Laurie.) J. R.
Allen, Celtic Art in Pagan and Chris-
tian Times. London, 1904, Methuen.
•'584 pp.; figs. 8vo. Die Alter-
tiimer unserer heidnischen Vorzeit.
BandS, 1905. Heft 5: K.Schumacher,
Spat-Bronzezeitliche Depotfunde von
Homburg v. d. H., pp. 133-143 ; pis.
25, 26 ; 3 figs. — P. Reinecke, Funde
der Spathallstattstufe aus SUddeutsch-
land, pp. 144-150 ; pi. 27 ; 1 fig. —
L. Lindenschmidt, Romische Kelch-
gefasse mit Reliefschmuck, gefund-
en in Mainz, pp. 151-1GO ; pi. 28 ;
1 fig. — K. Schumacher, Romische
Henkelurnen, die als Honiggefasse
dienten, pp. 101-1(54 ; pi. 29 ;
4 figs. Ambrosoli, Manuale di
Numismatica. Milan, 1904, Marino
Bellinzaghi. 250 pp. lOmo. —
Archaeological Institute of Amer-
ica, Supplementary Papers of the
American School of Classical Stud-
ies in Rome. Vol. I, 1905, New
York, The Macmillan Co., London,
Macmillan & Co. viii, 220 pp. ; 18
pis. ; 75 figs. 4 to. [Contents : G. J.
Pfeiffer, A. W. Van Buren, and H.
H. Armstrong, Stamps on Bricks and
Tiles from the Aurelian Wall at
Rome, pp. 1-80. — T. Ash by, Jr., and
G. J. Pfeiffer, La Civita near Ar-
tena in the Province of Rome, pp.
87-107. — G. J. Pfeiffer and T. Ashby,
Jr., Carsioli : A Description of the Site
and the Roman Remains, with His-
torical Notes and a Bibliography, pp.
108-140. — A. Mahler, Die Aphrodite
von Aries, pp. 141-144. — H. R, Cross,
A New Variant of the " Sappho"
Type, pp. 145-147. — C. R. Morey,
The Christian Sarcophagus in S.
Maria Antiqua in Rome, pp. 148-150.
— A. W. Van Buren, The Text of
Columella, pp. 157-190. — C. R.
Morey, The Date of the Election of
Julian, pp. 191-195. —R. Norton,
Report on Archaeological Remains in
Turkestan, 196-210. — Index, pp.
217-220.]
K. Baedeker, Konstantinopel und das
westliche Kleinasien. Handbuch fur
Reisende. Leipzig, 1905, K. Bae-
deker, xxiv, 275 pp. ; 9 maps ;
29 plans ; 5 ground plans. 12mo.
— F. Barnabei, Bartolomeo Bor-
ghesi. Discorso pronunciato nella
inaugurazione del suo monumento
in San Marino. Rome, 1905, Nuova
Antologia. 24pp. 8vo. C. Bayet,
222 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 190G
Precis de 1'histoire de Part. Paris,
1905, Picard & Kaan. 462 pp.; 230
figs. 8vo. Bertholon, Origines
ne"olithique et myce'nienne des ta-
touages des indigens du Nord de
1'Afrique (from Archives de Vanthro-
poloyie criminelle de criminoloyie et
de psycholoyie normale et patholo-
gique. N. S. Ill, No. 130). Lyon and
Paris, 1904. A. Bezzenberger,
Analysen vorgeschichtlicher Hronzen
Ostpreussens. Konigsberg i. P., 1904,
Grafe & Unzer. xxi, 108 pp. ; 130 figs.
4to. G. Biermann. Verona
(Coll. " Beriihmte Kunststatten ").
Leipzig, 1904, E. A.- Seemann. 190
pp.; 125 figs. 8vo. Bilderatlas,
Herder's, zur Kunstgeschichte. Teil
I : Altertum und Mittelalter. Freiburg
i. B., 1905, Herder. 76 pis. Folio. —
Count A. Bobrunski, Chersonnesus
Taurica. A Sketch of its History.
St. Petersburg, 1905. [Russian.] —
L. Bordeau, Histoire de 1'habille-
ment et de la parure. Paris, 1904,
Alcan. 302 pp, 8vo. C. Bou-
langer, Le mobilier fune'raire gallo-
romain et franc en Picardie et en
Artois. Paris, 1902-05, E. Leroux.
xciv, 202 pp. ; 50 pis. ; 300 figs. 4to.
25 fr. N. Bourdoukoff. Cera-
mique de 1'Asie centrale. In Russian
and French. St. Petersburg, 1905,
Ministry of Finance. 17 pp. ; 22 pis.
Folio. Mk. 12. A. Brockhaus, Ne-
tsuke. Versuch einer Geschichte der
japanischen Sclmitzkunst. Leipzig,
1905, Brockhaus. xiv, 482 pp. ; 53
pis. ; 272 figs. 8vo. M. A. Buck-
master, A Descriptive Handbook of
Architecture. New York, 1905, E. P
Button & Co. 188pp.; ill. 8vo. $1.25.
— Bulletin of the Metropolitan
Museum of Art. Monthly/ New
York. First number, November,
1905. Bulletin de la Socie'te'
normande deludes pre"historiques.
XII, Louviers, 1905, impr. Izambert.
204pp.; pis. 8vo. J. Burckhardt,
Der Cicerone, Eine Anleitung zum
Genussder Kunstwerke Italiens. 9te
verb. u. verm. Aufl., bearbeitet
v. W. Bode u. C. v. Fabriczy. Leip-
zig, 1904, E. Seemann. Bd. I,
Antike Kunst. viii, 21(5 pp. 8vo.
S. W. Bushell. Chinese Art. Vol. I.
London, 1905, Wyman. 150 pp. ; ill.
Georges Cain, Petit Palais des Champs-
Elyse"es. La Collection Dutuit. His-
toire de la collection par G. C. Nos.
2-10 (complete). Paris, 1905, Manzi.
Joyant & Cic. pp. 9-37 ; 93 pis. each
w. 1 p. of text. 4to. Compl. 100
fr. List of Casts from Sculptures
in the Departments of Antiquities,
sold by Messrs. Brucciani & Co., 254
Cogswell Road, E.C. London, 1 !)().">.
54 pp. ; figs. Catalogue som-
maire. Socie'te franchise de fouilles
arche"ologiques. Premiere exposition
du 7 juin au 15 juillet, 1905. 8vo.
— Paul Chalfin, Japanese Wood
Carvings (Mus. of Fine Arts, Boston).
Boston, 1905, Museum of Fine Arts.
27 pp. IGmo. L. Cloquet, Lexique
des termes architectoniques. Bruges,
1905, Desclee, de Brouwer & Co. xv,
166 pp. 18mo. 1 fr. 80. Collec-
tion de Clercq. Tome 3 : Les bronzes,
par A. De Ridder. Paris, 1904-05, E.
Leroux. xxxiv, 426 pp. ; 63 pis. 4to.
- j- La Collection Dutuit. Notices
par Mm. Froehner, E. Molinier, E.
Michel, H. Bouchot. Fasc. 1-2 (each
25 pis. w. text). Paris, 1905, Lib-.
centr. des Beaux-Arts. 4to. The
Collector and Art Critic. Ed. by
David C. Preyer. Vol. Ill (revived).
New York, 1905. 16 pp. ; 6 figs. ; 1
col. pi. 4to. $2.00 yearly. F. G.
Cremer, Zur Olmaltechnik der Alten.
Weitere Unetrsuchungen iiber den
Begriff der Olmalerei. Diisseldorf,
1905, L. Voss & Co. xv, 444 pp. 8vo.
Mk. 8.
C. Davenport, Jewellery. London,
1905, Methuen. xii, 166 pp. ; 42
figs. 16mo. W. Danilovic. Re-
marks on Archaeology and Numis-
matics. Charkow, 1906. [Russian.]
E. G. Dehio, Denkmalschutz
und Denkmalpflege im xix Jahrh.
Strassburg, 1905, Heitz. 8vo. —
Stewart Dick, Arts and Crafts of
Old Japan. London, 1905, Foulis.
153 pp. ; 29 pis. 8vo. Diction-
naire d' architecture et de sculpture.
Recueil de documents de toutcs Irs
e"poques, faciles a classer. Series I.
(185 pis.) Paris, 1905, Guerinet,
4to.
H. Eggen Kritisches Verzeiclinis der
Sammlung architektonischer Hand-
zeichnungen der K. K. Hofbibliothek.
T. i. Vienna, 1903. 78 pp. : 5 pis. ;
20 figs. 4to. — — G. Engerrand, Six
lemons de prehistoire. Avec line pre"-
face de L. Capitan. Bruxelles, 1905,
F. Larcier. vii, 263 pp. ; 124 figs.
8vo.
F. Falbrecht and F. Sommer. Uber
GENERAL]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
223
den Unterricht in tier bildenden
Kunst am Gymnasium. Teil 2 :
Architektur. Freistadt, 1904. 3(5 pp.
8vo. [Programme]. M. F6aux,
Catalogue du Mus6e du Perigord.
Serie A : Collections prfihistori-
ques. Pe"rigueux, 1905, impr. Joucla.
xix, 252 pp. 8vo. Zur Feier
des sechzig-jiihrigen Bestehens der
mmiismatischen Gesellschaft zu Ber-
lin am 22 Dezember, 1903. [Partial
contents : M. Verworn, Nuinismatik
und Kunstgeschichte, pp. 51-61.
— M. Bahrfeldt, Antike Miinztech-
nik, pp. 73-88; 10 figs.] Fest-
schrift zum 25-jahrigen Stiftungsfest
des Historisch-philologisclien Ve-
reines der Universitiit Miinchen, 1905.
Kedigiert von Dr. Ammon, Dr. Hey,
Dr. Melber. Munich, 1905, J. Lin-
dauersche Buchh. 90 pp. 8vo. —
A. Fischetti, Pompeji sonst und
jetzt. Koine, 1905, Loescher & Co.
108 pp., plan; 50 figs. 8vo. B.
and B. F. Fletcher, History of
Architecture on the Comp. Method.
5th ed. enlarged by B. F. F. Lon-
don, 1905, Batsford. 790 pp.; ill.
8vo. 21s. Gabriel Fleury. Me-
langes d'archeologie et d'histoire.
Vol. II. Mamers, 1905, Fleury et
Dangin. 346 pp. ; ill. 8vo A.
Foucher, L'art gre"co-bouddhique de
Gandhara. Etude sur les origines de
1'influence classique dans 1'art bou-
ddhique de 1'Inde et de PExtreme-
Orient (Publications de 1'Ecole fran-
c,aise de 1' Extreme-Orient. Vol. 5).
Tome I, Paris, 1905, Imprimerie Na-
tionale. xli, 639 pp. ; 1 pi. ; 1 map ;
300 figs. 8vo. 15 fr.
H. A. Giles, An Introduction to the
History of Chinese Pictorial Art.
Shanghai, 1905, Kelly & Walsh. 178
pp.; ill. 8vo. La Glyptotheque
Ny-Carlsberg. II. Monuments
e"trusques et egyptiens (Th. Wiegand,
Gustav' Kb'rte, and V. Schmidt).
Munich, 1904-1905, Bruckmann.
Nos. 18-22, 84 pp. 4to ; pis. 170-220.
Folio. L. Gonse, Les chefs-
d'oeuvre des Musses de France.
Sculpture, Dessins, Objets d'art.
Paris, 1904. J. W. Grdbbels,
Der Reihengniberfund von Gammer-
tingen. Munich, 1905, Piloty &
Loelile. 21 pis. ; 27 figs. Small
folio. P. Guiraud, Etudes eco-
nomiques sur I'antiquite'. Paris,
1905, Hachette & Cie. 297 pp. 8vo.
A. Gut, Grundriss der Kunstge-
schichte. I : Uebersicht iiber die
Geschichte der Malerei. Leipzig,
1905, Paul. 95 pp. ; ill. 16mo.
M. Heiden, Handwbrterbuch fiir Tex-
tilkunde aller Zeiten und Volker.
Stuttgart, 1905, Enke. vi, 664 pp. ;
350 figs. ; 10 pis. 8vo. Herder,
see Bilderatlas. F. Hoffbauer,
Rome a travers les ages. Le Forum
Komain et la voie sacre"e. Aspects
successifs des monuments depuis le
IVe siecle jusqu'a nos jours fidele-
ment restitues d'aprcs les documents
authentiques. Texte par H. The"-
denat. Paris, 1904, Plon-Xourrit.
153 pp. ; 7 pis. ; 59 figs. 4to. J.
Horovitz, Spuren griechischer Mi-
men im Orient. Mit einem Anhang
liber das agyptische Schattenspiel
von Fr. Kern. Berlin, 1905, Mayer
und M filler. 105 pp. 8vo.
P. Jacobsthal, Der Blitz in der orien-
talischen und griechischen Kunst, ein
formgeschichtiicher Versuch. Ber-
lin, 1906, Weidmanusche Buchh. 60
pp. ; 4 pis. 8vo. F. Jaennicke,
Fiihrer fiir Sammler und Liebhaber
von Gegenstanden der Kleinkunst,
von Antiquitiiten, sowie von Kurio-
sitaten. Leipzig, 1905, Schonfeld.
246 pp. ; ill. 8vo. Joanne, Les
Musees de Paris. Guide Joanne.
Paris, 1905, Hachette. xiii, 157
pp.; ill. 16mo. D. Joseph,
Architekturdenkmaler in Rorn,
Florenz und Venedig. Leipzig, 1905,
Naumann. viii, 215pp.; ill. 8vo.
K. Kjellmark, En Stenaldersboplats i
Jaravallen vid Limhamn. Stock-
holm, 1903, Ivar HseggstromsBoktry-
ckeri A. B. 144 pp. ; 7 pis. ; 34 figs,
8vo. Klassische Kunst, Haus-
schatz beruhmter Meister alter und
neuer Zeit. Fasc. I. Leipzig, 1905,
Deutsche Verlagsactiengesellschaft.
iv pp. ; 24 pis. fol. N. P.
Kondakov, Archaologische Reise in
Syrien und Palastina. Publications
of the Imp. Acad. of Sciences. St.
Petersburg, 1904. ii, 308 pp. ; 72
pis. ; 78 figs. 8vo. M. 15. W.
Kroll, Die Altertumswissenschaft
im letzten Vierteljahrhundert ; eine
Uebersicht liber ihre Entwickelung
in der Zeit von 1875-1900. Leipzig,
1905, vii, 547 pp. 8vo. Kul-
turgeschichtlicb.es aus der Tierwelt,
Vom Verein fur Volkskunde und
Linguistik in Prag seinen Mitgliedern
gewidmet zum 12ten Jahrestag seines
Bestandes. Prag, 1905, Rohlicek
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1900
& Sievers. 99 pp. 8vo. Der
Kunstschatz, Die Geschichte der
Kunst in ihren Meisterwerken. Mil
erliiuterndem Text von A. Kisa.
Ease. 1-7, each 8 pp. ill. (Complete
in 50 fasc.) Stuttgart, 1905, Spe-
mann.
K. Count Lanckoronski, Ein Ritt
durch Kilikien. Aus dem winter-
lichen Afrika. Vienna, 1905,
Gerold & Co. 99 pp. 8vo. R.
de Lasteyrie et A. Vidier, Biblio-
graphic des travaux historiques
et arche"ologiques publies par les
Socie'te's savantes de la France.
Vol. IV. fasc. 4, nos. 80354-83815.
Paris, 1905, Leroux. pp. xxiv, 593-
725. 4to. J. Lessing, Konigl.
Museen zu Berlin. Gewebe-Samm-
lung des Kunstgewerbemuseums.
Fasc. 0-7 (each 30 pis. w. 30 pp. of
text). Berlin, 1905, Wasmuth.
Folio. Les Chefs-d'oeuvre des
Musees : Musee du Louvre. 2d
series. Fasc. 4-5 (complete; each
fasc. 10 pis.). Paris, 1905, Manzi,
Joyant & Cie. Folio. H. Liier and
Max Creutz, Geschichte der Metall-
kunst. Vol. I. : Kunstgesch. der
unedlen Metalle : Schrniedeisen,
Gusseisen, Bronze, Zinn, Blei und
Zink. Rev. Ed. Stuttgart, 1904,
Enke. viii, 060 pp. ; 445 figs.
8vo. Mk. 30.
Manuel de recherches pr^histo-
riques publie par la Socie'te' Pre"his-
torique de France. Paris, 1900, C.
Reinwald. ix, 332 pp. ; 4 pis. ; 205
figs. 12mo. 8 fr. Lucy M.
Mitchell, A History of Ancient
Sculpture. 2d (unchanged) ed.
New York, 1905, Dodd, Mead & Co.
4to. Adrien de Mortillet. — Les
Monuments me'galithiques de la
Lozere, with 39 figs, et 5 pis. Paris,
1905, Schleicher freres. 8vo. 2 fr.
50. S. Mullet, Urgeschichte
Europas. Grundziige einer prahis-
torischen Archaologie. Deutsche
Ausgabe besorgt von 0. L. Jiriczek.
Strassburg, 1905, K. J. Triibner.
viii, 204 pp. ; 3 pis. ; 100 iigs.
O. Miinsterberg, Japanische Kunst-
-cschichte I : Bildhauerei, Malerei,
< )rnamentik. Braunschweig, 1905,
Westermann. xxiv, 130 pp. ; 108
figs. ; 14 pis. 8vo. M. 9.75. —
R. Munro, Archaeology and False
Antiquities. London, 1905, Methuen
& Co. xiii, 292 pp. ; figs. 8vo.
A. W. Naue, Die Denkmaler der
vorromischen Metallzeit im Elsass.
Grabhugel und Grabhiigelfunde,
Flachgraber mit Leichenbrand und
Bestattung. Strassburg, 1905, Strass-
burger Druck- und Verlagsanstalt.
Ixxxvi, 529 pp. ; 2 maps ; 32 pis. 8vo.
E. Pais, Perch e fui esonerato dalla
Direzione del Museo Nazioriale di
Napoli ? Napoli, 1905, L. Pierm &
FiglLo. 54 pp. 8vo. P. Paris,
Essai sur Part et Pindustrie de
P Espagne primitive. II. Paris, 1904.
Leroux. 331 pp. ; 12 pis. ; 404 figs.,
4to. 32 fr. C. Pascal, Dei e
Diavoli. Saggi sul paganesimo
morente. Florence, 1904, Le Mon-
nier. 182pp. 8vo. A. Pavlov-
ski, Course in the History of Ancient
Art, Odessa, 1905. [Russian.] —
V. Pecz, Ohori Lexikon. Masodik
hotftt. M-Zs. Buda Pest, 1904,
Fra kklin tarsulat. iii, 1200 pp. 8vo.
[Hungarian. A lexicon of antiqui-
ties, edited by W. Pecz, Vol. II.
Vol. I appeared in 1902.] Fon-
dation Eugene Piot, Monuments et
Me"moires, public's par PAcade'mie
des Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres.
Tome XII. Paris, 1905, E. Leroux.
245 pp. ; 20 pis. ; GO figs. 4to. [Con-
tents : G. Benedite, La Stele dite du
Roi Serpent, pp. 5-17. — M. Col-
ligan, Deux le"cythes a fond blanc et
a peintures polychromes (Muse"e du
Louvre et Muse"e archeologique de
Madrid), pp. 29-54. — A. De Bidder,
Bronzes syriens, pp. 55-78. — A. L.
Frothingham, Jr., Le modele de
PEglise Saint-Maclou a Rouen, pp.
211-224. — P. Gauckler, Un catalogue
figure" de la batellerie gre"co-romaine :
la mosa'ique d'Althiburus, pp. 113-
154. — A. Heron de Villefosse, Les
sarcophages peints trouve"s a Car-
thage, pp. 79-113. —L. Heuzey, Le
chien du roi Soumou-Ilou (fouilles ,
du capitaine Cros en Chalde"e), pp.
19_28. — F. de MeTy, Le tresor de la
Sacristie des Patriarches de Moscou,
pp. 207-2 JO. —A. Michel, La Vierge
et P Enfant, statue de pierre peinte
(Mus^e du Louvre), pp. 225-230.
— E. Michon, Le"cythe fun6raire en
inarbre de style attique r(Mus^e du
Louvre), pp. 177-199. — E. Michon,
Un bas-relief en bronze du Muse"e
du Louvre, pp. 159-170. — G.
Migeon, Deux ceuvres de la Re-
naissance Italienne au Musee du
Louvre, pp. 231-230. — H. Omont,
Dosiades et Theocrite offrant leurs
GENERAL]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
225
poemes a Apollon et a Pan, pp. 155-
158. — G. Schlumberger, L'inscrip-
tion du reliquaire byzantin en forme
d'e"glise du Tre"sor d'Aix-la-Chapelle,
pp. 201-205. L. Pollak, Joseph
von Kopf als Sammler. Beschrei-
bung der von ihm hinterlassenen
Sammlung. Rome, 1905, Loescher
& Co. viii, 107 pp. ; 20 pis. 4to.
E. K. Redin, The Museum of Arts and
Antiquities of the Royal University
at Charkow. Charkow, 1904. 8vo.
Illustrated. [Russian.] S. Rei-
nach, Apollo. Histoire ge"ne"rale des
arts plastiques professed au 1902-
1903 a 1'Ecole du Louvre. Paris,
1904, Hachette & Cie. xi, 345 pp. ;
006 figs. 8vo. [English translation :
The story of Art throughout the
Ages. New York, 1904, Scribners.]
— Cultes, mythes, et religions. T.
1. Paris, 1905, E. Leroux. vii, 476
pp. ; 48 figs. 8vo. E. Rodoca-
nachi, Le capitole romain antique et
moderne. Paris, 1905, Hachette.
263 pp. ; ..1 pi. ; 49 figs. 8vo. E.
Roese, t'ber Mithrasdienst. Stral-
sund, 1905. 30 pp. ; 1 pi. ; 2 figs.
4to. [Programme.]
St. Rzepinski, Problem eines archa-
ologischen Normal-Kabinetts an den
Gymnasien. Thesen, Satze, und
Streitfragen, vorgetragen auf dem
Ersten Internationalen Archaologen-
Kongress in Athen (April, 1905).
Neu Sandez. 16 pp. 8vo.
A. Schmarsow, Grundbegriffe der
Kunstwissenschaft am Ubergang vom
Altertum zum Mittelalter kritisch
erortert und im systematischen zu-
sammenhange dargestellt. Leipzig
and Berlin, 1905, B. G. Teubner. ix,
350 pp. 8vo. Scythica et Cau-
casica e veteribus scriptoribus Grae-
cis et Latin is collegit et cum versions
Rossicaedidit B. Latyschev. Vol. II,
fasc. i-: scriptores Latini, St. Peters-
burg. 1904. H. Sohrmann, Die
altindische Saule. Ein Beitrag zur
Saulenkunde. Dresden, 1906, G.
Kiihtmann. vii, 79pp.; 57 figs. 4to.
— F. Sommer, see Falbrecht.
— W. Spemann, Kunstlexikon :
ein Handbuch fiir kiinstler und
Kunstfreunde. Berlin, 1905, Spe-
mann. 10o4 pp.; 65 pis. 8vo. —
G. Steindorff, Durch die Libysche
Wiiste zur Amonsoase (Land und
Leute 19). Bielefeld and Leipzig,
1904. Velhagen & Klasing. 163 pp. ;
1 map ; 113 figs. 8vo. H. Stre-
bel, Ueber Ornamente auf Tonge-
fassen aus Alt-Mexico. Hamburg
1904, Voss. 31 pp.; 33 pis. 4to.
— E. A. Stiickelberg, Archaolo-
gische Excursionen. Praktische
Winke. Basel, 1905, C. F. Lendorff.
19 pp. ; 7 figs. 8vo.
S. Tajima, Selected Relics of Japanese
Art, edited by S. T. Kyoto, Nippon
Bukkys Shimbi Kyokwai. 10 folio
vols. w. pis L. Testi, Parma
(" Italia artistica "). Bergamo, 1905,
Istit. ital. d' arti grafiche. 127 figs.
8vo. H. Thedenat, see Hoff-
bauer. Trudy XII archeologi-
ceskago Sjezda w Charkove (Papers
of the 12th archaeological Congress
at Charkow, 1902, ed. Countess
Uvarow). Vol. I. Moscow. 1905.
[Partial contents : Chvojko. Die
Ansiedelungen am mittleren Dnjepr,
pp. 93 ff . — Skrilenko, Tonerne Sta-
tuetten der vormykenischen Kultur im
Gebiete des mittleren Dnjepr. pp.
145 ff. — N. Vesselovsky, Die Kur-
gane (tumuli) des Kubanschen Ge-
bietes in der Zeit der romischen Herr-
schaft, pp. 341 ff.]
C. Uhde, Die Konstruktionen und die
Kunstformen der Architektur. Bd.
Ill : Der Steinbau. Berlin, 1905,
Wasinuth. 360 pp. ; 2 pis. ; 442
figs. 8vo. University of Pennsyl-
vania, Transactions of the Depart-
ment of Archaeology, Free Museum
of Science and Art. L, iii. Philadel-
phia, 1905, The Department of Ar-
chaeology, pp. 131-235; 36 pis.; 35
figs. 4to. [Contents : G. B. Gordon,
The Serpent Motive in the Ancient
Art of Central America and Mexico,
pp. 151-164. —W. N. Bates, The
Etruscan Inscriptions in the Museum,
pp. 165-168. —A. Emerson, Torso of
a Hermes, pp. 169-175. — Harriet A.
Boyd, Report of the American Ex-
ploration Society's Excavations at
Gournia, Crete, 1904, pp. 177-189.
— Edith H. Hall, Early Painted Pot-
tery from Gournia, Crete, pp. 191-205.
— R. B. Seager, Excavations at Vasi-
liki, 1904, pp. 207-221.— A. T. Clay,
Topographical Map from Nippur, pp.
223-225. —C. S. Fisher, The Ar-
chaic Arch at Nippur, pp. 227-235.]
E. Valton, Les monstres dans Part.
Paris, 1905, Flammarion. 314 pp. ;
432 figs. 8vo. Verhandlungen
des II Internationalen Kongresses
fiir allgemeine Religionsgeschichte in
Basel, 30 August bis 2 September,
226 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1006
1904. Basel 1905, Helbing and Licht-
enhalin. viii, 382 pp. 8vo. [Partial
contents : A. Dieterich, Die Keligion
der Mutter Erde. — B. Kohlbach,
Einfluss der bildenden Kunst auf die
Keligion in Agypten, Assyrien-Bab-
ylonien, und Hellas. — E. Guimet,
Le Dieu aux Bourgeons. — E. Guimet,
Les steles a serpents. — A. Westphal,
Le culte de Mithra a-t-il disparu du
folklore europ6en ? — H. Usener,
Uber den Keraunos. — K. Reitzen-
stein, Die Bildung des Gottesbegriffs
Aion. — L. Deubner, Die Devotion
des P. Decius Mus.] N. Ves-
selovsky, The so-called Stone "Ba-
bies.'' St. Petersburg, 1905. [Rus-
sian.] A. Vignola, Les beaute"s
antiques. Etude sur les mceurs, la
toilette et les plaisirs des Egyp-
tiennes, Assyriennes, Chalde'ennes,
Phe"niciennes, Grecques et Roraaines.
Paris, 1905, Me"ricani. 309 pp. ; figs.
16mo. 3 fr. 50 T. Vohlbehr,
Bau und Leben der bildenen Kunst.
Leipzig, 1905, Teubner. vi, 129 pp. ;
44 figs. 8vo.
Wie studiert man Archaologie ? Ein
Wegweiser fur alle, die sich dieser
Wissenschaft widmen wollen, sowie
fur angehende Philologen und Kunst-
historiker. Von einen Archaologen.
Leipzig, 1904, Rossbergsche Verlags-
buchh. 41 pp. 8vo.
B. C. A.
Windle, Remains of Prehistoric Age
in England. London, 1904, Methuen.
336 pp. ; figs. 8vo. M. Wosin-
sky, Die inkrustierte Keramik der
Stein- und Bronzezeit. Berlin, 1904,
A. Ascher & Co. 188 pp. : 150 pis. ;
1447 figs. 8vo. G. M. Wrong,
The Earl of Elgin. London, 1905,
Methuen & Co. xii, 300 pp. ; 1 pi. ; 19
figs. 8vo. W. Wundt, Volker-
psychologie. Bd. 2 : My then und
Religion. Teil 1. Leipzig, 1905, W.
Engelmann. xi, 617pp.; 53 figs. 8vo.
A. Zacher, Roin als Kunststatte. (Die
Kunst, Bd. 18.) Berlin, 1903, J.
Bard. 68 pp. ; 14 figs. 8vo. —
Rome as an Art City. London, 1905,
Siegle. viii, 25 pp. ; 16 figs.
16mo. — Venice as an Art City.
London, 1905, Siegle. viii; 88
pp.\ 10 figs. 16mo. J. Ziehen,
Kunstgeschichtlicb.es Anschauungs,
material zu Lessings Laokoon. 2
Aufl. Bielefeld, 1905, Velhagen &
Klasing. viii, 64 pp. ; figs. 8vo.
— U. G. Zimmermann, Sizilien.
I. Die Griechenstadte und die
Stadte der Elyiner. (Coll. " Be-
rtihmte Kunststatten.") II. Pa-
lermo. Leipzig, 1904, E. A. See-
mann. 126 pp. ; 102 figs. 8vo. Each
vol. Mk. 3.
EGYPTIAN ARCHAEOLOGY
M. E. Baraize, Plan des ne"cropoles
the"baines. I. Leipzig, 1904, Hierse-
inann. 5 pis. Folio. -- F. W. v.
Bissing, Ein thebanischer Grabfund
aus dem Anfang des neuen Reichs.
Lfg. 3. and 4. Berlin, 1905, A.Dunck-
er. 4pp.; 4 colored pis. — Die Mas-
taba des Gem-ni-kai. Im Verein mit
A. E. P. Weigall herausgegeben. Bd.
I. Berlin, 1905. A. Duncker. viii, 42
pp. ; 35 pis. 4to. — Steingefasse,
see Catalogue General. -- J. H.
Breasted, A History of Egypt from
the Earliest Times to the Persian
Conquest. New York, 1905, Charles
Scribner's Sons, xxxiv, 634 pp. ; 1
pi.; 186 figs. ; 13 maps. 8vo. -sT,.oo.
Catalogue Ge'ne'ral des antiquites 6gyp-
tiennes du Muse"e du Caire. XVI, 1 :
Die demotischen Inschriften. — Von
AV. Spiegelberg. Leipzig, 1904, Hier-
semann. ix, 100 pp. ; 26
XVII : Steingefasse, Von
Hissing. Vienna, 1904, A. Holzhausen.
, -
pis. 4to.
F. W. \.
173 pp. ; 10 pis. 4to. —XIX : C. C.
Edgar, Greek Bronzes, Cairo, 1904
(Leipzig, Hiersemann). xi, 99 pp. ;
19 figs. 4to. Catalogue des
Monuments et inscriptions de
1'Egypte antique. Haute-Egypte ; iii
(Kom-Ombos) 2e partie, 2. Leipzig,
1904, Hiersemann. pp. 121-248; figs.
4to. Collection Raoul Waroque.
Antiquites Egyptiennes, Grecques et
Romaines. Nos. 101-240. Marie-
mont, 1904. 82 pp. 8vo.
C. C. Edgar, see Catalogue General.
A. Erman, Die agyptische Reli-
gion (Handbucher der Kgl. Mu-
seen zu Berlin). Berlin, 1905, G.
Reimer. iv, 261 p,p. ; 165 figs. 8vo.
G. H. Frey, Les Egyptians prehisto-
riques identifie's avec les Annamites,
d'apres les inscriptions hie'rogly-
phiques. Paris, 1905, Hachette. 110
pp. 8vo. 2 fr.
G. Karlberg, Den Langa Historiska
Inskriften i Ramses Ill's Tempel i
ORIENTAL]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
227
Medinet-Habu. Upsala, 1903, Aim-'
quist & Wiksells Boktryckeri-A-B. 52
pp. 12mo.
R. Lepsius and K. Sethe, Denkuialer
aus Aegypten und Aethiopien. II
(Mittelagypten mit dem Eaijum).
Leipzig, 1905, Hinrichs. v, 261 pp. ;
figs. 4to. 32 Mk.
A. Marietta, CEuvres, publics par G.
Maspero. I. Paris, 1904, Leroux.
ccxxiv, 326 pp. ; 11 pis. 8vo. 15 fr.
— M. A. Murray, The Osireion at
Abydos. With sections by J. G. Milne
and W. E. Crum (Egypt Research
Account, 1903). London, 1904, B.
Quaritch. 47 pp. ; 37 pis. 4to.
P. E. Newberry, Egyptian Scarabs, An
Introduction to the Study of Egyp-
tian Seals and Signet Rings, with 44
pis. (colored frontispiece) and
numerous figs. (University of Liver-
pool : Institute of Archaeology).
London, 1905, Archibald Constable
& Co. 8vo. 18s.
W. Otto, Priester und Tempel im
hellenistischen Agypten. Ein Beitrag
zur Kulturgeschichte des Hellenis-
mus. Bd. I. Leipzig and Berlin,
1905, B. G. Teubner. xiv, 418 pp.
8vo.
Papyrus Th. Reinach, Papyrus grecs
et demotiques recueillis en Egypte et
publics par Th. Reinach. Avec le
concours de MM. W. Streitberg et
S. de Ricci. Paris, 1905, E. Leroux.
243 pp. ; 17 pis. 4to. — - W. M. F.
Petrie, Ehnasya, 1904. [2] Roman
Ehnasya (Herakleopolis Magna),
1904. Plates and text supplementary
to Ehnasya (Special Extra Publica-
tion of the Eg. Ex. Fund). London,
1905, Egypt Exploration Eund. 8vo.
Th. Reinach, see Papyrus.
H. Schafer, Untersuchungen zur Ge-
schichte und Altertumskunde Aegyp-
tens. IV, 2. Die Mysterien des Osiris
in Abydos unter Konig Sesostris III.
Leipzig, 1904, Hinrichs. 42 pp. ;
pis. 8vo. W. Spiegelberg, see
Catalogue General.
B. Turaiew, Description of the Egyp-
tian collection of the Museum of An-
tiquities of the University of Kazan.
St. Petersburg, 1903. [Russian.]
A. E. P. Weigall, see Bissing. R.
Weill, Recneil des inscriptions e"gyp-
tiennes du Sinai'. Bibliographic,
Texte, Traduction, et Commentaire.
I-II. Paris, 1904.. Bellais. 192 pp.;
figs. 4to.
ORIENTAL ARCHAEOLOGY
G. A. Barton, A Year's Wandering in
Bible Lands. Philadelphia, 1905,
Ferris & Leach. Illustrated.
C. Clermont-Ganneau, Recueil d'arche"-
ologie orientale. VI, fasc. 18-end,
VII, fasc. 1-7. Paris, 1904, 1905, Le-
roux. pp. 273-404, 1-112 ; pis. ; figs.
8vo. S. A. Cook, see Peters.
F. Delitzsch and P. Haupt, Beitrage
zur Assyriologie und semitischen
Sprachwissenschaft. V. 3. Leipzig,
1905, Hinrichs. pp. 233-412. 8vo.
C. Fossey, Manuel d' Assyriologie. I.
Paris,. 1904, Leroux. xiv, 472 pp. ;
pis. 8vo. 25 fr.
P. Haupt. see Delitzsch. H. V. Hil-
precht, The Excavations in Assyria
and Babylonia. (The Babylonian
Expedition of the University of Penn-
sylvania, Series D, Vol.1.)' Philadel-
phia, 1904. xx, 577 pp. ; 2 maps ;
122 figs. 8vo. — Die Ausgrabungen
in Assyrien und Babylonien. T. 1.
Leipzig, 1904, J. C. Hinrichs. vi, 208
pp. ; 1 map ; 50 figs. 8vo. 4 Mk. —
F. E. Hoskins, see Libbey.
H. Kiepert, Asiae rninoris antiquae
tabula in usum scholarum descripta.
1: 800,000. 6 sheets, each 48x65.5
cm., colored. New Ed. Berlin, 1905,
G. Reimer. R. Kiepert, Karte
von Kleinasien in 24 Blatt. 1 : 400,000.
Blatt D. II. Adalia. 48.5x63 cm.
Berlin, 1905, D. Reimer.
W. Libbey and Fr. E. Hoskins. The
Jordan Valley and Petra. 2 vols.
New York & London, 1905, G. P.
Putnam's Sons. With 159 figs. —
Enno Littmann, Semitic Inscrip-
tions. American Archaeological Ex-
pedition to Syria (1899-1900). Part
IV. New York, 1905, The Century
Co. Th. v. Liipke, see Puch-
stein.
G. Maspero, Recueil de travaux relatifs
a la philologie et a 1'archeologie
e"gyptiennes et assyriennes. Paris,
1905, Bouillon. 136 pp.; pis. 8vo.—
R. Menge, Troja und die Troas.
Nach eigener Anschauung ge-
schildert (Gynmasial-Bibliothek, H.
1). 2. Aufi. Giitersloh, 1905, C.
Bertelsmann, viii, 98 pp.; 2 pis..;
1 map ; 36 figs. 8vo.
228 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1900
J. Oehler, OsterreichischeForschungen
in Kleinasien. Vienna, 1904. [Pro-
gramme.]
J. P. Peters and H. Thiersch, Painted
Tombs in the Necropolis of Marissa
(Mare-shah). Edited by S. A. Cook.
London, 1905, Pal. Ex. Fund, xvii,
100 pp.; figs. 4to. B. Posta,
Asiatische Forschungsreise des Gra-
fen Eugen Zichy. III-1V. Archa-
ologische Studien auf russischem
Boden. Leipzig, 1905, Hiersemann.
559 pp. ; 340 figs. 4to. 9. Puch-
stein, Fiihrer durch die Ruinen von
Baalbek. Berlin, 1905, G. Reimer.
40 pp.; 2 pis.; 1 map. 8vo. ;O.
Puchstein and Th. v. Liipke, Ba'al-
bek. 30 Ansichten der deutschen
Ausgrabungen. Berlin, 1905, G.
Reimer. 30 pis. 8vo.
F. Sarre, Denkmaler persischer Bau-
kunst. VI. Berlin, 1904, Wasmuth.
4 pp. ; 13 pis. Folio. M. Sobern-
heim, Mitteilungen der vorderasi-
atischen Gesellschaft, X, 2, Palmy-
renische Inschriften. Berlin, 1905,
Peiser. 57 pp. ; 25 pis. 8vo.
H. Thiersch, see Peters. Ch.
Vellay (Annales du muse"e Guimet,
Bibliotheque deludes. XVI), Le
culte et les fetes d'Adonis-Tham-
mouz dans 1' Orient antique. Paris,
1904, Leroux. xi, 305 pp. ; pis.
8vo.
CLASSICAL ARCHAEOLOGY
GREEK AND ROMAN
(Works treating of the monuments of
the Greeks and Romans, but not
exclusively of those of either.)
W. J. Anderson and R. Ph. Spiers,
Die Architektur von Griechenland
und Rom. Eine Skizze ihrer histo-
rischen Entwickelung. Autorisierte
Ubersetzung aus dem Englischen
von K. Burger. Leipzig, 1905, K.
W. Hiersemann. 400 pp. ; 118 figs.
8vo. Atti del Congresso inter-
nazionale di scienze storiche (Roma,
1-9 aprile, 1903). Vol. 2: Atti
della sezione I : Storia antica e filo-
logia classica. Rome, 1905, E. Loe-
scher. xxxvii, 376 pp. 8vo. [Partial
contents: E. Petersen, Nuovi risul-
tati della interpretazione della colonna
Trajana in Roma. — R. S. Con way,
I due strati nella popolazione indo-
europea dell' Italia antica (fig.). — B.
Modestov, In che stadio si trovi oggi
la questione Etrusca. — N. Vulic, Un
iscrizione roinana di Kumanovo. — S.
Ricci, II gabinetto epigrafico ed ar-
cheologico presso i musei e le scuole
superiori e secondarie in Italia. — E.
Bormann, Un epigramrna dell' acro-
poli del V secolo a Cr. — F. Eusebio,
Cenni particolari sul materiale epi-
grafico del Museo d' Alba. — R. S.
Conway, Una iscrizione preellenica
di Creta.] Ausstellung von
Fundstiicken aus Ephesos im unteren
Belvedere. Vienna, 1905, A. Holz-
hausen. 31 pp. ; figs.
W. Bobeth, De indicibus deorum.
Leipzig, 1904. 57, 22 pp. 8vo. [Dis-
sertation.] R. Borrmann, see
Mauch. Burger, see Anderson.
B. Capasso, Napoli greco-romana es-
posta nella topografia e nella vita.
Opera postuma edita a cura della
Societa Napolitana di storia patria.
Napoli, 1905, L. Pierro e Figlio.
xxiii, 225 pp. 8vo. Catalogue
general illustre" de mommies an-
tiques (suite). Thrace, Mace"doine,
Thessalie, Illyrie, Epire, Acarnanie,
Etolie, Locride, Phocide, Be"otie,
Attique, Peloponnese, Crete, Eube^e,
lies Cyclades et Sporades. Paris,
1904, Cabinet de numisrnatique. pp.
29-72. 8vo. S. Cybulski, Die
Kultur der Griechen und Romer, dar-
gestellt an der Hand ihrer Gebrauchs-
gegenstande und Bauten. Bilder-
atlas mit erlauterndem Text. Leip-
zig, 1905, F. Koehler. xii, 39 pp. ;
20 pis. 4to.
Denkmaler griechischer und ro-
mischer Skulptur. No. 110. Munich,
1905, F. Bruckmann. Diction-
naire des antiquite's grecques et
romaines d'apres les textes et les
monuments. Sous la direction de
Ch. Daremberg, Edm. Saglio, et
Edm. Pettier. Fasc. 36 and 37
(Nanus-Paries). pp. 1-336 ; 247 figs.
Paris, 1904, 1905, Hachette £ Cie.
M. Fickelscherer, see Tabulae.
A. E. J. Holwerda, Catalogus van bet
Rijksmuseum van Oudheden te Lei-
den. Afdeelung Griekenland en
Italic. I. Deel : Vaatwerk. Uitge-
geven van Wege het Ministerie van
binnenlandsche Saken. Leiden, 1905.
151 pp. 8vo.
CLASSICAL]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
229
K. Krumbacher, see Kultur der Ge-
genwart. Die Kultur der Gegen-
wart. Teil I, Abt. 8: Die grie-
chisclie und lateinische Literatur und
Sprache, von U. v. Wilamowitz-
Moellendorff, K. Krumbacher, J.
Wackernagel, Fr. Leo, E. Norden,
F. Skutsch. Berlin and Leipzig,
1905, B. G. Teubner. vii, 464 pp.
Fr. Leo, see Kultur der Gegenwart.
— Ausfiihrliches Lexikon der
griechischen und romischen Mytho-
logie. Leipzig, 1905, B. G. Teubner.
Lfg. 52 : Thoinix-Pleiones. coll.
2401-2560; 24 figs. R. Loeper,
see Tabulae.
E. v. Mach, A Handbook of Greek
and Roman Sculpture. To accom-
pany a collection of reproductions of
Greek and Roman sculptures. Bos-
ton, 1905, Bureau of University
Travel, xi, 419, Ix pp. ; 500 pis.
(The University Prints) ; 46 figs.
8vo. $5.00; without pis., $1.50.—
J. M. v. Mauch, Die architektonischen
Ordnungen der Griechen und Romer.
8te durch neue Taf. verm. Aufl.
Nach dem Text von L. Lohde neu
bearbeitet von R. Borrmann. Mit
Tafeln. Nebst Erganzungsheft u.
Nachtrag, enth. 40 Tafeln mitText.
Berlin, 1896-1905, W. Ernst & Solm.
4to.
Melanges Nicole, Recueil de Mdmoires
de Philologie classique et d'Arche-
ologie offerts a Jules Nicole, Profes-
seur a 1'Universite" de Geneve a 1'oc-
casion du XXXe anniversaire de son
Professorat. Geneva, 1905, Impr.
W. Kiindig et Fils. 671 pp. ; por-
trait ; 20 pis. ; 19 figs. 8vo. 30 fr.
[Partial contents : R. Cagnat, La
maison des Antistius a Thibilis, pp.
43-55 (2 pis.). — W. Dorpfeld, Ver-
brennung und Bestattung der Toten
im alten Griechenland, pp. 95-104.
— H. Francotte, Le pain a bon
marche et le pain gratuit dans le cite"s
grecqaes, pp. 135-157. — A. Furt-
wangler, ein Wirtshaus auf einem
italischen Vasenbilde, pp. 159-164
(2 pis.). — W. Helbig, Der Streit-
wagen in den jungeren Schichten der
Ilias, pp. 233-240 (pi.).— B. Laty-
schew, Inscriptions me"triques de
Panticape'e, pp. 301-311. —P. Milliet,
Les yeux hagards, note sur une mode
artistique de l'e"poque alexandrine,
pp. 357-366 (3 pis.). — E. Naville,
Un temple de la XIe dynastie a
Thebes, pp. 391-399 (pis.).— G.
Nicole, a) Remarques sur une statue
inacheve"e de marbre pentelique, pp.
401-405 (2 pis.), &) Sur une hydrie
a figures rouges du muse'e d'Athenes,
pp. 406-410 (pi. ; 2 figs.). — E. Pot-
tier, Sur le bronze du musee de
Naples dit " Alexandre a cheval," pp.
427-443 (5 figs.). — S. Reinach, Un
Ganymede de l'e"cole de Praxitele, pp.
445-450 (3 pis.). — Xp. To-oO^ras, Uepl
r&v Iv 'EXevffivi dijo-avputv, pp. 531-
535 (2 figs.).— A. Wilhelm, Ein
Beschluss der Athener, pp. 597-602
(pi.). — C. Zenghelis, Sur le bronze
pre"historique, pp. 603-610 , (pi.). —
P. Cavvadias, La tholos d'Epidaure
et le peintre Pausias, pp. 611-613. —
Th. Homolle, Une inscription, litur-
gique de Delphes, pp. 625-638. —
E. Lowy, Zum Repertorium der
spateren Kunst, pp. 653-657 (pi.). —
The remaining articles are literary,
philological, and historical.] E.
Norden, see Kultur der Gegenwart.
F. G. v. Papen, Der Thyrsos in der
griechischen und romischen Litera-
tur und Kunst. Bonn, 1905. 61 pp. ;
2 pis. 8vo. [Dissertation.] G.
Piepers, Quaestiones anathematicae.
Leyden, 1903. 3 leaves, 101 pp.
8vo. [Dissertation.]
H. Riemann, Handbuch der Musik-
geschichte. Bd. I, Teil 1 : Die
Musik des klassischen Altertums.
Leipzig, 1904, Breitkopf & Hartel.
xvi, 258 pp. W. Rolfs, Neapel.
I : Die alte Kunst (Berlihmte Kunst-
statten, No. 29). Leipzig, 1905, A.
E. Seemann. vi, 177 pp. ; 140 figs.
8vo.
L. Schwabe, Kunst und Geschichte aus
antiken Miinzen. Tubingen, 1905,
J. C. B. Mohr. 18 pp. ; 2 figs. 8vo.
[Address.] F. Skutsch, see Kul-
tur der Gegenwart. R. Ph.
Spiers, see Anderson. H.
Steuding, Griechische und romische
Mythologie. (Sammlung Goschen,
No. 27.) 3d ed. Leipzig, 1905,
G. J. Goschen. 146 pp. 8vo.
Tabulae, quibus antiquitates graecae
et rornanae illustrantur ed. St.
Cybulski. PL V, Text : M. Fickel-
scherer, Das romische Heer.- 4 and
3pp. Pis. XIVa and XIVb. Text:
R. Loeper, Das alte A then. 84 pp. ;
15 figs.
University of Nebraska, A Catalogue
of Views from Greece and Sicily.
Lantern Slides, Photographs, En-
largements, for the study of Art,
230 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1900
Archaeology, and History. Lincoln,
1905, University Press. 88 pp. ; 14
flaps. 8vo.
J. Wackernagel, see Kultur der Ge-
genwart. H. B. Walters, History
of Ancient Pottery, Greek, Etruscan,
and Roman, based on the work of
Samuel Birch. London, 1905, J.
Murray. 2 vols. xxv, 504, xiv, 558
pp. ; 69 pis. ; 230 tigs. 8vo. U.
v. Wilamowitz-Moellendorff, see
Kultur der Gegenwart.
GREEK
(Including also titles of works relating
to pre- Hellenic inhabitants of Greece
and to kindred peoples, and to monu-
ments of Greek art wherever found.)
I.
MISCELLA-
GENERAL AND
NEOUS
F. AllSgre, Sophocle. Etude sur
lea
ressorts dramatiques de son theatre
et la composition de ses tragedies
(Annales de PUniversite de Lyon,
N. S. 2, fasc. 15). Lyon, 1905, A.
Rey. ix, 476 pp. 8vo. Annual
of the British School at Athens, No.
10. Session 1903-1904. viii, 275 pp. ;
4 pis. ; 65 figs. 4to. London, 1905,
Macmillan. [A. J. Evans, The Palace
of Knossos. — M. N. Tod, Teams of
Ball-players at Sparta. —M. N. Tod,
A New Fragment of the Attic Tribute
Lists. — R. M. Dawkins, Notes from
Karpathos. — A. J. B. Wace, Gro-
tesques and the Evil Eye. — R. S.
Con way, A Third Eteocretan Frag-
ment.— H. Schaefer, Altaegyptische
Pfliige, Joche und andere Landwirth-
schaftliche Gerate. — J. E. Harrison,
Note on the Mystica Vannus lacchi.
— J. H. Hopkinson, Note on the Frag-
ment of a Painted Pinax from Prae-
sos. — H. R. Hall, The Keftiu-Fresco
in the Tomb of Senmut. — E. S. Fors-
ter, Southwestern Laconia; Sites; In-
scriptions.— R. C.Bosanquet, Church
of the Ruined Monastery at Daou-
Mendeli. — R. M. Dawkins and C. T.
Currelly, Excavations at Palaikastro.
— The Penrose Memorial Library. —
Reports, Accounts, Lists, etc. ; Index.]
Athens, Album of Photographic
Views of Athens, 1905, C. Eleuthe-
roudakis. 32 pis.
C. Barbagallo, La fine della Grecia
antica. Bari, 1905. 500 pp. 8vo.
- F. Baumgarten, F. Poland,
and R. Wagner, Die hellenische Kul-
tur. Leipzig, 1905, B. G. Teubner.
x, 491 pp. ; 8 pis. ; 2 maps ; 355 figs.
8vo. — —A. Baumgartner, Zur Ge-
schichte und Literatur der griechi-
schen Sternbilder. Basel, 1904, C. F.
Lendorff. 42 pp. 8vo. [Address.]
E. H. Berger, Mythische Kos-
mographie der Griechen. (Lex Myth.
Supplement.) Leipzig, 1904, B. G.
Teubner. 3 leaves, 40 pp. 8vo. —
E. Bourguet, De rebus Delphicis
imperatonae aetatis capita duo. Mont-
pellier, 1905, Coulet. 101 pp. 8vo.
H. Brown, Handbook of Ho-
meric Study. London, 1905, Long-
mans & Co. 330 pp. 8vo. H.
Brunn, Kleine Schriften. Gesam-
melt von H. Bulle und Hermann
Brunn. Bd. 2 : Zur griechisehen
Kunstgeschichte. Leipzig, 1905, B.
G. Tenbner. vi, 532 pp. ; 2 pis. ; 69
figs. .Wo.
Mitchell Carroll, Aristotle's Aesthetics
of Painting and Sculpture (the George
Washington University Publications,
Philology and Literature Series, Vol. I,
No. 1, November,-1905). Washington,
1905, published by the University.
10 pp. 8vo. 80.25. G. Colin,
Le culte d' Apollon Pythien a Athenes.
(Bibliotheque des Ecoles franchises
d' Athenes et de Rome, fasc. 93.)
Paris, 1905, Fontemoing. 187 pp. ;
2 pis. ; 39 figs. 8vo.
P. Decharme, La critique des tradi-
tions religieuses chez les Grecs : des
origines aux temps de Plutarque.
Paris, 1904, Picard. 518 pp. 8vo.
- Fouilles de Delphes, 1892-
1901. Executes aux frais du gou-
vernement francais sous la direction
de Th. Homolle. Tome IV, fasc. 1,
monuments figures — sculptures (50
pis.). Tome V, fasc. 1, Monuments
figures — petits bronces, terre-cuites,
antiquit^s diverses (12 pis.). Paris,
1904, Fontemoing. W. Dorpfeld,
Leukas. Zwei Aufsatze liber das
homerische Ithaka. Athens, 1905,
Beck & Barth. vii, 41 pp. ; 1 leaf ;
2 pis. 8vo.
M. Evers. 1. Stiftung der Odyssee-
Landschaft Leukas-Ithaka nachDorp-
feld durch Herrn W. Caron-Rauen-
thal. 2. Besuch des Prof. Dr.
Dorpfeld-Athen im Gymnasium und
Vortrag iiber Leukas-Ithaka. 3.
Schlussbemerkung des Direktors iiber
die Frage wie weit Homer " Wirk-
lichkeit " berichte. Barmen, 1905.
13 pp. 8vo. [Programme.]
R. C. Flickinger, Plutarch as a Source
GREEK: GENERAL]
HIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
231
of Information on the Greek Theatre.
Chicago, 1904, The University of
Chicago Press. 64 pp. 8vo. [Dis-
sertation.] -- W. Franzmeyer, Kal-
lixenos' Bericht liber das Prachtzelt
und den Festzug Ptolemaeus' II.
(Athenaeus, V, 25-35.) Strassburg,
1904. 69 pp. [Dissertation.] -
C. Fredrich, Halonnesos. Posen,
1905. 18pp.; 1 pi. 4to. [Programme.]
— A. Frickenhaus, Athens Mauern
im IV. Jahrhundert v. Chr. Bonn,
1905. 53pp.; 1 pi. 8vo. [Disserta-
tion.] -- P. Friedlander, Argolica.
Quaestiones ad Graecorum historian!
fabularem pertinentes. Cap. 1-3.
Berlin, 1905. 96 pp. 8vo. [Disser-
tation.]
P. Gardner, A Grammar of Greek Art.
London, 1905, Macmillan. 267 pp. ;
87 figs. 12mo. -- C. Caspar,
Olympia. Paris, 1905, Hachette.
[From Dictionnaire des antiquite's
grecques et romaines, by Daremberg,
Saglio, and Pottier.] -- J. Gentile,
Trattato generale di arclieologia e
storia dell' arte greca. (2d revised
ed.) Milan, 1905, U. Hoepli. xvi,
270 pp. ; 215 pis. -- A. Gruhn, Das
Schlachtfeld von Issus. Eirie Widerle-
gung der Ansicht Jankes. Jena, 1905,
H. Costenoble. 47 pp. ; 1 map. 8vo.
O. Hense, Die Modificierung der Maske
in der griechischen Tragodie. 2d
ed. Freiburg i. B., 1905, Herder, vi,
38 pp.j 1 fig. 8vo. -- J. Hb'pken,
Uber die Entstehung derPhaenomena
des Eudoxos-Aratos. Emden, 1905.
•n pp. ; 3 pis. 8vo. [Programme.]
W. Judeich, Topographie von Athen.
(Handbuch der klassischeii Alter-
tumswissenschaft. Bd. 3, Abt. 2, Teil
2.) Munich, 1905, C. H. Becksche
Verlagsbuchh. xi, 416 pp. ; 3 plans ;
48 figs. 8vo. [See Am. J. Arch.
1905, p. 476.]
W. Klein, Geschichte der griechischen
Kunst, Bd. 2. Die griechische Kunst
von Myron bis Lysipp. Leipzig, 1905,
Veit & Co. 3 leaves, 407 pp. 8vo.
- K. KoUpOUVlWTTJS, '05T776S TT7S
Ko.1 KaT<i\oyos rod fj-ovcreiov. Athens,
1904, Sakellarios. 112 pp. ; 1 plan.
8vo. -- Ph. Kropp, Die minoisch-
mykenische Kultur im Lichte der
iJberlieferung bei Herodot. Mit
einem Exkurs : Zur ethnographischen
Stellung der Etrnsker. Ein Vortrag.
Leipzig", 1905, O. Wigand. 67 pp. ;
2 pis. ; 3 figs. 8vo.
2. II. Adftirpos, MIKTCU (resides. Mer'
eliibvwv KO.L ^xxpw/xwp TTIV&KWV. ev
'A077J/CUS, 1905, II. A. 2a/ceXXd/>tos.
G. Lang, Untersuchungen zur Geo-
graphie der Odyssee. Karlsruhe, 1905,
F. Gutsch. 122 pp. ; 2 maps ; 1 pi.
8vo. A. Lehmann, Bilder zur
alten Geschichte : Festplatz von Olym-
pia in griechischer Zeit. Berlin, 1904,
E. Wachsmuth. 1 pi. 87 x 66 cm. Folio.
— H. Luckenbach, Die Akropolis
von Athen. 2. vollst. umgearb. Aufl,
Munich, 1905, R. Oldenbourg. vi, 53
pp. ; 83 fisrs. 8vo.
J. P. Mahaffy, The Progress of Hellen-
ism in Alexander's Empire. Chicago,
1905, University of Chicago Press.
(London, Unwin.) vi, 154 pp. 8vo.
O. Meiser, Mythologische Un-
tersuchungen zu Bacchylides. Mu-
nich, 1905. [Dissertation.] H.
Michael, Die Heimat des Odys-
seus. Ein Beitrag zur Kritik der
Dorpfeldschen Leukas-Ithaka-Hypo-
these. Jauer, 1905. 32 pp. ; 1 fig. ;
1 sketch map. [Programme.]
K. F. Miiller, Der Leichenwagen
Alexanders des Grossen. (Beitrage
zur Kunstgeschichte N. F. 31.) Leip-
zig. 1905, E. A. Seemann. viii, 75
pp. ; 1 pi. ; 8 figs. 8vo. Kgl.
Museen zu Berlin. Fiihrer durch
die Ruinen von Pergamon. Hrsg.
v. d. Generalverwaltung. 4 ed. Ber-
lin, 1905, G. Eeimer. 34 pp. ; 2
plans ; 1 view. 8vo.
F. Poland, see Baumgarten. H. G.
Pringsheim, Archaologische Bei-
trage zur Geschichte der eleusini-
schen Kultur. Bonn, 1905. 123 pp. ;
2 pis. 8vo. [Dissertation.] K.
Prodinger, Die Menschen- und
Gotterepitheta bei Homer in ihrer
Beziehung auf die Hellenischen Per-
sonennamen. Teil 1 u. 2. Kaaden,
1903 and 1904. 18 and 12 pp. 8vo.
[Programmes.]
H. Raase, Die Schlacht bei Salamis.
Rostock, 1904, H. Warkentein. 53
pp. ; 1 map. 8vo. E. Redin, The
Ancient Gods (Planets) in the Manu-
scripts of Cosmas Indicopleustes. St.
Petersburg, 1901. [Russian.]
A. v. Salis. De Doriensium ludorum
in comoedia Attica vestigiis. Basel,
1905. 56 pp. 8vo. [Dissertation.]
— M. Seliger, Das Interesse der
Hellenen am Sport. Eine kulturge-
schichtliche Studie. Tilsit, 1905.
[Programme.]
R. Wagner, see Baumgarten. —
232 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Charles Waldstein, with the coop-
eration of G. H. Chase, H. F. DeCou,
J. C. Hoppin, A. M. Lythgoe, R. Nor-
ton, R. B. Richardson, E. L. Tilton,
H. S. Washington, and J. R. Wheeler.
The Argive Heraeum. Vol. 2. Terra-
cotta Figurines and Reliefs, Bronzes,
Vases, Engraved Stones, Gems and
Ivories, Coins, Egyptian Objects.
Boston and New York, 1905, Hough-
ton, Mifflin & Co. xxix, 389 pp. ;
103 pis. ; 219 figs. 4to. H. B.
Walters, Greek Art. London, 1904,
Methuen. x, 242 pp. ; illustr. 12mo.
— C. Watzinger, Griechische Holz-
sarkophage aus der Zeit -Alexanders
des Grossen. (Ausgrabungen der
Deutschen Orientgesellschaft in
Abusir, 1902-1904. Wissenschaftliche
Veroffentlichungen der Deutschen
Orientgesellschaft, Heft 6.) Leipzig,
1905, J. C. Hinrichs ; New York,
Stechert. vi, 95 pp. ; 3 pis. ; 1 plan ;
135 figs. Folio. 35 Mk. L.
Whibley, A Companion to Greek
Studies. Cambridge, 1905, Univer-
sity Press, xxx, 672 pp. ; many
figs. 8vo. R. Wiinsch, Antikes
Zaubergerat aus Pergamon. Berlin,
1905, G. Reimer. 50 pp. ; 4 pis. ;
5 figs. 4to. [Jb. Arch. I. Erganz-
ungsheft vi.]
II. GREEK ARCHITECTURE
H. Freericks, Die drei Athenatempel
der Akropolis. Munster, 1905. 16
pp. ; 8 pis. 8vo. [Programme.]
M. v. Groote, Die Entstehung des
ionischen Kapitells und seine Bedeu-
tung fur die griechische Baukunst.
(Zur Kunstgeschichte des Auslandes.
Heft 34.) Strassburg, 1905, J. H. E.
Heitz. viii, 56 pp. 8vo.
III. GREEK SCULPTURE
J. J. Bernoulli!, Die erhaltenen Dar-
stellungen Alexanders des Grossen ;
ein Nachtrag zur griechischen Ikono-
graphie. Munich, 1905, Bruckrnann.
15(5 pp. ; 9 pis. ; 40 figs. 8vo.—
Burlington Fine Arts Club. Exhibi-
tion of Ancient Greek Art. (Intro-
duction by Mrs. E. S. Strong.) Lon-
don, 1904, Burlington Fine Arts
Club. xxxii, 265 pp. ; 112 pis.
Folio.
M. Collignon, Lysippe. Etude cri-
tique (Les grands artistes). Paris,
1904, Laurens. 128 pp. ; 24 figs.
8vo. A. Conze, see Grabreliefs.
Grabreliefs, die attischen. Hrsg. im
Auftrage der Kais. Akademie d.
Wissenschaften zu Wien von A.
Conze. Lfg. 14. Berlin, 1905, G.
Reimer. pp. 329-352 ; 25 pis. Folio.
P. Hertz, Studier over Parthenons
Kvindefigurer. Del. 1. Copenhagen-
Christiania, 1905, Gyldendal. 4to.
R. Kekule v. Stradonitz, Echelos und
Basile. Attisches Relief aus Rhodes
in den Koniglichen Museen. Mit
ein em Beitrag von Fr. Frh. Hiller v.
Gartringen. Berlin, 1905, G. Reimer.
23 pp. ; 3 pis. ; 5 figs. 4to. (65th
"Winckelinannsprogramm" of the
Berlin Arch. Gesellsch.)
H. Lechat, La sculpture attique avant
Phidias (Bibliotheque des Ecoles
franchises d'Athenes et de Rome,
fasc. <^). Paris, 1905, Fontemoing.
viii, <10 pp.; 48 figs. 8vo. F.
Lehner, Ilomerische Gottergestalten
in der antiken Plastik, II. Linz,
1904. [Programme.]
F. Mikl6s, Praxiteles. Buda Pest,
1905. Pp. 17-33. [Hungarian. Pro-
gramme.]
G. Perrot, Praxitele. Etude critique
(Les grands artistes.) Paris, 1905,
Laurens. 128 pp. ; 24 figs. 8vo.
K. Schwerzek, Erlauterungen zu der
Rekonstruktion des Westgiebels des
Parthenon. Vienna, 1896, privately
published. 32 pp. ; 1
80.—
Erlauterungen zu dem Versuch einer
Rekonstruktion des ostlichen Par-
thenongiebels. Vienna, 1904, pri-
vately published. 37 pp. ; 1 pi. 4to.
— N. K. Skovgaard, Apollon-
Gavlgruppen fra Zeustemplet i
Olympia. Et Forslag til nogle Aen-
dringer i Opstillingen af Figurerne
(with German translation). "Copen-
hagen, 1905, Lehmann & Stage. 32
pp. ; 1 pi. ; 10 figs. 4to. Die
Skulpturen des Pergamon-Museums
in Photographic. (Newed.) Berlin,
1905, G. Reimer. 33 sheets. 8vo.
— Beschreibung der Skulpturen
aus Pergamon. Hrsg. v. d. General-
verwaltungd. Kgl. Museen zu Berlin.
3rd unchanged ed. Berlin, 1904, G.
Reimer. iv, 42pp. ; 4 pis. 8vo. —
B. Sta'is, Ta e^'AvTiKvdrjpwi' evp7)iui.aTa.
Athens, 1905, Sakellarios. E.
Strong, see Burlington Fine Arts
Club. J. N. Svoronos, Das
athenische Nationalmuseum. Photo-
typische Wiedergabe seiner Schatze.
Mit erklarendem Text. Deutsche
Ausgabe besorgt von W. Earth. Ath-
ens, 1905, Beck & Earth. Nos. 3-4.
ROMAN: GENERAL]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
H. Ubell, Praxiteles. 2te verm. Aufl.
(Die Kunst, Bd. 14.) Berlin, 11)04,
Marquardt & Co. 69 pp. ; 12 pis.
8vo.
J. Zsamboki, Meisterwerke cler grie-
chischen Kunst. Buda Pest, 1905,
Franklin. 120 pp. ; 65 figs. 8vo.
IV. GREEK VASES AND
PAINTING
R. Ballheimer, Griechische Vasen aus
dem Hamburger Museum fur Kunst
und Gewerbe. (Festschrift zur Be-
griissung der 48. Versammlung deut-
scher Philologen und Schulmanner
zu Hamburg.) Hamburg, 1905. 55
pp. ; 12 pis. 8vo.
A. Furtwangler and K. Reichhold,
Griechische Vasenmalerei. Auswahl
hervorragender Vasen bilder, 2te Se-
rie, mit 60 Photo typie-Tafeln, 71.5
x53.5crn. Lfg. 1. pp. 1-61 ; 10 pis.
Munich, 1905, F. Bruckmann. 4to.
E. Petersen, Ein Werk des Panainos.
Leipzig, 1905. E. Pettier, Douris
et les peintres de vases grecs (Les
grands artistes). Paris, 1905, Lau-
rens. 128 pp. ; 25 figs. 8vo. F.
Poulsen, Dipylongraverne og Dipy-
lonvaserne. Copenhagen, 1904,
Gyldendalske Boghandel. 151 pp.;
3 pis. 8vo. [Dissertation.] — Die
Dipylongraber und die .Dipylon-
vasen. Leipzig, 1905, B. G. Teubner.
138 pp.; 3 pis. 8vo.
K. Reichhold, see Furtwangler.
A. Schiff, Alexandrinische Dipinti.
Teil I. Rostock, 1905. 67 pp.; 1 pi.; 7
figs. 8vo. [Dissertation.]
N. Terzaghi, Di una rappresenta-
zione della lotta tra Peleo e Tetide
e'delle relazioni di questo mito con
le nozze sacre (ie/o6s yd/j.os). Pescia,
1904, E. Cipriani. 20 pp.; 1 pi. 8vo.
V. GREEK INSCRIPTIONS
E. Bourguet, L'administration Finan-
ciere du sanctuaire pythique au IVe
siecle avant J.-C. (Bibliotheque des
Ecoles fran§aises d'Athenes et de
Rome. Fasc. 95.) Paris, 1905, A.
Fontemoing. 186 pp. 8vo.
R. Dahms, De Atheniensium sociorum
tributis quaestiones septem. Berlin,
1904. 79 pp. 8vo. [Dissertation.]
E. A. Gardner, see Roberts.
E. Nachmanson, Laute und Formen
der magnetischen Inschriften. Up-
sala, 1904, Almquist & Wiksells.
199 pp. 8vo. [Inaugural Disser-
tation.]
E. S. Roberts and E. A. Gardner, An
Introduction to Greek Epigraphy.
Part II. The Inscriptions of Attica.
Cambridge, 1905, The University
Press ; New York, The Macmillan
Co. xxiv, 601 pp. 8vo. 21s.
Sammlung der griechischen Dialekt-
Inschriften. Bd. :•}, Halfte 2, Heft
4 : Die Inschriften von Sizilien und
Abu-Simbel. Bearbeitet von O. Hoff-
mann. Gottingen, 1904, Vanderihoeck
and Ruprecht. pp. 225-289. 8vo.
VI. GREEK COINS
G.F.Hill, Catalogue of the Greek Coins
of Cyprus. London, 1904, The Brit-
ish Museum, cxliv, 119 pp.; 26 pis.;
2 maps. 8vo.
ROMAN
(Including also titles of works relating
to the monuments of the Etruscans
and other peoples who inhabited Italy
before or contemporaneously with
the Romans, as well as to Roman
monuments outside of Italy. )
I. GENERAL AND MISCELLA-
NEOUS
Aesop, Der illustrierte lateinische, in
der Handschrift des Ademar, Codex
Vossianus lat. oct. 15, fol. 195-205.
Einleitung und Beschreibung von G.
Thiele. (Codices graeci et latini
photographice depicti. Suppl. 3.)
Leiden, 1905, A. W. Sijthoff. 68,
xxii pp. ; 5 figs. 4to. W. Alt-
mann, Die romischen Grabaltare der
Kaiserzeit. Berlin, 1905, Weid-
mannsche Buchh. 306 pp. ; 2 pis. ;
208 figs. 4to. T. Antonesco,
Le trophe"e d'Adamklissi. Etude
archeologique. Jassy, 1905, J. S.
Jonesco. 252 pp. ; 11 pis. ; 16 figs.
8vo. Atlas Archeologique de
1'Algerie, Edition spdciale des cartes
au 200,000 du service ge"ographique de
I'arme'e avec un texte explicatif. 3e
fasc. Paris, 1905, Fontemoing. 24
pis. Folio. A. Audollent, Car-
thage romaine. 146 avant Je"sus-
Christ-698 apres Je"sus-Christ.
(Bibliotheque des Ecoles fran£aises
d'Athenes et de Rome. Fasc. 84.)
Paris, 1905, A. Fontemoing. xxxii,
850 pp. ; 3 maps. 8vo.
St. Clair Baddeley, Recent Discoveries
in the Forum. London, 1904, G. Al-
len. 128 pp.; figs. 8vo. A.
Ballu, see Boeswillwald. H.
23-t AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Balmer, Die Romfahrt des Apostels
Paulus und die Seefahrtskunde im
romischen Kaiserzeitalter. Bern,
1905, E. Sutermeister. 532 pp. ;
figs. 8vo. H. Bircher, Bibracte.
Eine Kriegsgeschichtliche Studie.
Aarau, 1904, Sauerlander. 28 pp. ; 3
pis. 8vo. E. Boeswillwald, R.
Cagnat, and A. Ballu, Timgad. Une
cit6 africaine sous 1' empire romain.
Ouvrage accompagnl de plans et des-
sins. Paris, 1905, E. Leroux. 4to.
— R. E. Briinnow and A. v. Do-
maszewski, Die Provincia Arabia.
Auf Grand zweier in den Jahren 1897
u. 1898 iinternominenen Reisen be-
schrieben. Bd. 2 : Der aussere Limes
und die Romerstrassen von El-Ma' &n
bis Bosra. Strassburg, 1905, K. J.
Triibner. xi, 358 pp. ; pis. 41-49 ;
figs. 549-864. 4to.
R. Cagnat, see Boeswillwald. P.
Castel, Te"bessa. Histoireet descrip-
tion d'un territoire Alge'rien. Paris,
1905, II. Paulin et Cie. Cata-
logue of a Series of Photographs from
the Collections of the British Muse-
um. Part V : Greek, Etruscan, and
Roman Series, Section II: Bronzes.
London, 1905, W. A. Mansell & Co.
2(5 pp. ; 13 pis. 8vo.
J. Dechelette, Les fouilles du Mont
Beuvray de 1897 a 1901. Paris, 1904,
A. Picard et fils. 189 pp. ; 26 pis.
— S. Dill, Roman Society from
Xero to Marcus Aurelius. London,
1904, Macmillan & Co. xxii, 639 pp.
8vo. Domaszewski, see Briin-
now. A. Dorozynski, Quae
fuei'it Roinae Ciceronis temporibus
ludormn scaenicorum condicio.
Przemysl, 1905. [Programme.] 24pp.
8vo. E. Diinzelmann, Aliso und
die Varusschlacht. Bremen, 1905, G.
Winter. 24 pp. ; 1 map. 8vo.
E. Fabricius, Die Besitznahme Badens
durchdie Romer (Neujahrs-blatter der
Badischen historischen Kommission.
N. K. No. 8). Heidelberg, 1905, C.
Winter. 88 pp. ; 1 map. 8vo. —
V. Forot, Etude sur les mines gallo-
romaines de Tintignac, commune de
Naves (Correze). Tulle, 1904, impr.
Cniuffoc. 126pp.; pis. 5 fr.
F. Franziss, Bayern zur Romer-
zeit ; eine historisch-archaologische
Forschung. Regensburg, 1905, Pu-
stet. xvi, 108 pp. ; 1 map : 1 pi. ;
1:5(5 figs. 8vo.
O. Hauser, Vindonissa. Das Stand-
quartier romischer Legionen. Nach
seinen Ausgrabungen in Wort und
Bild dargestellt. Zurich, 1904, Poly-
graphisches Institut. iv, 22 pp. ; 62
pis. ; 5 plans. 4to. O. Hirsch-
feld, Die Kaiserlichen Verwaltungs-
beamten bis auf Diokletian. 2d
revised ed. Berlin, 1905, Freidmann.
ix, 514 pp. 8vo. Chr. Huelsen,
Das Forum Romanum, seine Ge-
schichte und seine Denkmaler. 2te
verb. Aufl. Rome, 1905, Loescher &
Co. xii, 244 pp. ; 4 pis. ; 131 figs.
8vo. — The Roman Forum, its History
and its Monuments. Trans, fr. the
2d German ed. by Jesse B. Carter.
Rome, 1906, Loescher & Co. New
Yor^, Stechert. xi, 259 pp. ; 5 pis. ;
13C figs. — II Foro Romano, storia e
monumenti. Roma, 1905, E. Loe-
scher. 117pp. ; 1 pi. 8vo. — Romae
veteris tabula in usmn scholarum
descripta. Wandplan von Rom, in it
2 Spezialplanen : Urbis incrementa
regionatim descripta, Urbis pars
media duplici inaioris tabulae modo
descripta. 2 verb. Aufi. Berlin, 1905,
G. Reimer. 4 leaves, each 64 x 85 cm.
H. Jacobi, Fiihrer durch das Romer-
kastell Saalburg bei Homburg v. d.
H. 2te Aufl. Homburg, 1905,
Schudt. 35 pp. ; 10 figs. 8vo.
F. Koepp, Die Romer in Deutschland
(Monographien zur Weltgeschichte,
XXII ) . Bielefeld and Leipzig, 1905,
Velhagen & Klasing. 153 pp. ; 18
maps ; 136 figs. 8vo.
P. Larizza. Rhegium Chalcidense
(Reggio di Calabria). La storia e la
numismatica dai tempi preistorici
fino alia cittadinanza romana. Rome,
1905, Forzani & Comp. 118 pp. ; 15
pis. 8vo. R. Lefevre, L'ltalie
antique. Origines et croyances.
Paris, 1904, de Rudeval. 250 pp.
8vo. H. Lehner, Das Provinzial-
museutn in Bonn. Abbildungen
seiner wichtigsten Denkmaler im
Auftrage des rheinischen Provinzial-
verbandes herausgegeben. Heft I :
Die romischen Skulpturen. Bonn,
1905, Friedrich Cohen. 10' pp. ; 34
pis. Large 8vo. Limes, Der
Obergermanischraetische des 116-
merreiches. Im Auftrage der Reichs-
Limeskommission, hrsg. v. 0. v. Sar-
weyu. E. Fabricius, Lfg. 23 (1904).
No. 9, Jacobi, Das Kastell Alteburg-
Heftrich. pp. 1-17 ; 2 pis. ; 9 figs. —
No. 40, Fr. Kofler, Das Kastell
Liitzelbach. pp. 1-10 ; 1 pi. ; 3 figs. —
No. 66, Steimle, Das Kastell Aalen.
ROMAN: GENERAL]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
235
pp. 1-19 ; 3 pis. ; 1 plan ; 3 figs. —
Lfg. 24, No. 06a, Das Kastell Ur-
spring. Unter Mitwirkung von Th.
Driick, J. Jacobs, F. Leonhard und
P. Wilski bearb. v. E. Fabricius, 43
pp. ; 5 pis. ; 3 figs. — No. 71a, Das
Kastell Theilenhot'en von Dr. Eidam.
17 pp.; 4 pis.; 4 figs. —Lfg. 25.
No. 10, Das Kastell Feldberg.
Streckenkommissar Jacobi. pp. i-
56 ; 11 pis. ; 15 figs. Heidelberg,
1005, O. Fetters. E. Loncao, La
Sicilia romana. Palermo, 1905, 49
pp. 8vo.
V. Malfatti. Le navi rornane del lago di
Nemi. Koine, 1905. 125 pp. 8vo.
Ed. v. Mayer, Poinpeji und
seine Kunst (Die Kunst, Bd. 38).
Berlin, 1904, Marquardt & Co. 68
pp. ; 15 pis. 8vo. L. A. Milani,
Monument! scelti del r. Museo arche-
ologico di Firenze. Florence, 1905,
B. Seeber. No. 1. pp. 1-10 ; 6 pis. ;
7 figs. 4to. 15 fr. — Studi e mate-
riali di archeologia e numismatica.
III. Firenze, 1905, B. Seeber. 320
pp. ; pis. 4to. 35 fr. V. J. Mo-
destov, Introduction to Roman His-
tory. Prehistoric Ethnology and
Civilizing Influences in the Preroman
Epoch in Italy and the Beginnings
of Rome. Vol. 2 : Etruria and Mes-
sapia. St. Petersburg, 1904, M. 0.
Wolff, xxi, 102 and 26 pp. ; 7 pis. ;
54 figs. [Russian.] O. Monte-
lius, La civilisation primitive en
Italie depuis 1' introduction des me"-
taux. Partie 2 : Italie centrale.
Stockholm (Berlin, A. Asher&Co.),
1904. Pis. 114-383. 4to. Mon-
umenta Pompeiana. Nos. 35-38.
Naples, 1905 (Leipzig, G. Hedeler).
F. N. Nicollet, L'emplacement d'lcto-
dunum et la voie Gallo-Romaine
entre Gap et Chorges. Origine de la
Batie-Vielle et de la Batie-Neuve.
Gap,- 1904, L. Jean & Peyrot. 35 pp.
8vo.
C. J. O'Connor. The Graecostasis of
the Roman Forum and its Vicinity.
Madison, 1905. 49 pp. ; 3 plans.
$0.25. [Doctor's thesis. Bulletin
of the University of Wisconsin, No.
99. Philology and Literature Series,
Vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 155-203.] G.
Olivieri, Le favole mitologiche delle
Odi di Orazio, confrontate con le pit-
ture di Pompei ed Ercolano. Pa-
lermo, 1903, Giuseppe Fiore. 88 pp.
8vo.
E. Pais, Ancient Legends of Roman
History, translated by M. E. Co-
senza. New York, 1905, Dodd, Mead
& Co. xiv, 336 pp. ; 56 illustrations.
— L. Pallat, Fiihrer durch das
Romerkastell bei Holzhausen a. d.
Heide. Berlin, 1905. 21pp. ; 2 pis.
— V. Pernull, see Rivela. S.
B. Plainer, The Topography and
Monuments of Ancient Rome. Bos-
ton, 1904, Allyn & Bacon, xiv, 514
pp. ; 89 figs. ; 6 plans ; 3 maps. 8vo.
A. Profumo. Le fonti ed i
tempi dello incendio Neroniano.
Rome, 1905, E. Loescher. xii, 748
pp. ; 3 pis. 4to. [See Am. J. Arch.
1905, p. 481,]
A. Rivela and V. Pernull, The Dead
Cities of Sicily. A guide-book to
the remains of ancient art in the
island. Palermo, 1905, Virzi. 144
pp. 8vo. Illustrated. Romisch-
Germanische Kommission des Kai-
serlichen Archaologischen Instituts,
Bericht tiber die Fortschritte der
romisch-germanischen Forschung im
Jahre 1904. Frankfurt am Main,
1905, Joseph Baer & Co. 94 pp. ; 2
pis. ; 4 figs. 4to. [Zur Einfiihrung,
pp. 1-2 ; K. Schumacher, Vorge-
schichtliche Funde und Forschungen
hauptsachlich in W^estdeutschland,
pp. 3-13 ; H. Dragendorff (mit einem
Beitrag von E. Fabricius), Okkupa-
tion Germaniens durch die Romer,
pp. 13-36; H. Dragendorff, Neues
zur romischen Stadte- und Orts-
kunde, pp. 36-45 ; Numismatik, pp.
45-50 ; Epigraphik, pp. 51-53 ; Pro-
vinziale Keramik, pp. 53-65 ; Provin-
ziale Kunst, pp. 66-71 ; C. Schuch-
hardt, Frankisches und Sachsisches
in Nordwestdeutschland, pp. 71-73;
Ch. L. Thomas, Die erste Stadtmauer
von Frankfurt a. M., pp. 74-78. In-
dex.] M. J. Rostowzew, Romi-
sche Bleitesserae. Ein Beitrag zur
Sozial- und Wirtschaftsgeschichte
der romischen Kaiserzeit. (Beitrage
zur alien Geschichte. Beiheft 3.)
Leipzig, 1905, Dieterich. ix, 131 pp.;
2 pis. 4to. — Tesserarum Urbis Ro- .
mae et suburbi plumbearum sylloge.
Supplementum I. Accedunt ta-
bulae tres. St. Petersburg, 1905.
J. Schmatz, Baiae, das erste Luxusbad
der Romer, Teil I. Regensburg,
1905. 61 pp. 8vo. [Programme.]
-J. B. Sibenaler, Guide illustre'
du musee lapidaire-romain d'Arlon.
Arlon, 1905, impr. Bruck. 132 pp. ;
figs. 8vo. 4 fr. R. Solbisky,
236 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Das Verkehrswesen bei den R6-
inern und der Cursus publicus. Wei-
mar, 1905. 18 pp. 4to. [Pro-
gramme.] L. Suhajda, Das an-
tike Rom. Selmeczbanya, 1905. 83
pp. 8vo. [Programme.]
Ed. Tardif, Souvenirs de 1'histoire
romaine & Aix et de 1'histoire Sexti-
enna & Rome (supplement au No. 42
du Pays de France). Aix-en-Pro-
vence. 01 pp. 8vo. G. Thiele, see
Aesop. R. Trampler, Joviacum,
das heutige Schlogen u. seine Umge-
bung. Eine Studie iiber dae obere
Ufer-Noricum. Vienna,, 1905. 65
pp. ; 2 tigs. 8vo. [Programme.]
J. P. Waltzing, Orolanum vicus. Arlon
& I'e'poque romaine. Ses inscriptions,
ses monuments et son histoire. Ill
(Inscriptions). Louvain, 1905, Ch.
Peeters. pp. 93-180,; figs. 8vo.
H. van de Weerd, Etude historique
sur deux legions romaines du Bas-Dan-
ube (Va Macedonica, XIa Claudia)
suivie d'un aperc,u ge"ne"ral sur
I'arme'e romaine de la province de
Me'sie-Infe'rieure. Fasc. I. Louvain,
1905, Peeters. 108 pp. 8vo.
II. ROMAN ARCHITECTURE
J. Durm, Die Baukunst der Etrusker.
Die Baukunst der Romer. 2 Aufl.
(Handbuch der Architektur. Teil 2,
Bd. 2.) Stuttgart, 1905, A. Kroner.
x, 783 pp. ; 21 pis. ; 833 figs. 8vo.
O. Marucchi, Nuovi studj sul tempio
della Fortuna in Preneste e sopra i
suoi musaici. Roma, 1905. 53 pp.;
3 pis. 8vo.
K. Ronczewski, Artistic Motives in
Ancient Roman Architecture, I :
Details of the Orders, Ceilings. Riga,
1905. 96 pp. ; 191 figs. 4to. [Rus-
sian.]
Th. Wiegand, Le temple e'trusque
d'apres Vitruve (from La Ghjpto-
thequeNy-Carlsberg). Munich, 1904,
F. Bruckmann. 16 pp.; 2 figs.
Folio.
III. ROMAN SCULPTURE
J. Dechelette, Les bas-reliefs gallo-
romains du muse"e et de la cath^drale
du Puy. Caen, 1905, Delesques. 31
pp. ; pis. 8vo.
Harvard University, The Scott Collec-
tion of Casts of the Busts of Julius
Caesar. Cambridge, 1905, printed
by the University. 17 pp. 8vo.
IV. ROMAN INSCRIPTIONS
A. Audollent, Defixionum tabellae
quotquot innotuerunt tain in graecis
Orientis quam in totius Occidentis
partibus praeter atticas. Paris,
1904. [These.]
Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum,
Vol. 13. Inscriptiones trium Gallia-
rum et Germaniarum latinae ediderunt
O. Hirschfeld et C. Zangemeister.
Part 2, fasc. 1 : Inscriptiones Ger-
maniaesuperiorised. C. Zangemeister.
Berolini, 1905, ap. G. Reimerum.
3 .leaves; pp. 1*-30*, 503 pp.
F/lio.
Korber, Neue Inschriften des Mainzer
Museums. 4. Nachtrag zum Becker-
schen Katalog. Mainz, 1905. 77
pp. ; 100 figs. [Programme.]
E. Lattes, Correzioni, giunte, postille
al " Corpus inscriptionum etrus-
carum I." Firenze. 1904, Seeber. x,
331 pp. 8vo. W. Ludowici,
Stempel-Namen romischer Topfer von
meinen Ausgrabungen in Rhein-
zabern ; Tabernae Rhenanae. Mu-
nich, 1905, Rieger. xii, 140 pp. ; figs.
8vo.
J. N. Olcott, Thesaurus linguae latinae
epigraphicae. A Dictionary of the
Latin Inscriptions. Vol. I, fasc. 1.
Rome, 1904, Loescher & Co. 24 pp.
8vo.
G. Schoen, Die Differenzen zwischen
der kapitolinischen Magistrals- und
Triumphliste. Vienna and Leipzig,
1905, C. Fromme. 75 pp. ; 4 figs.
8vo.
J. Toutain, Les nouveaux milliaires de
la route de Capsa k Tacape, de"couverts
par M. le capitaine Donau. Nogent-
le-Rotrou, 1905, impr. Daupeley-
Gouverneur. 78 pp. ; pis. 8vo.
Carra de Vaux. Etrusca. V (petites in-
scriptions). Paris, 1905, Klincksieck.
24 pp. 8vo.
V. ROMAN COINS
E. J. Haeberlin, Zum Corpus numorum
aeris gravis. Die Systematik des
altesten romischen Miinzwesens.
Berlin, 1905, "Berliner Miinzblat-
ter." 67 pp. 8vo.
A, Sambon, Les^ monnaies antiques
de 1'Italie. I. (Etrurie, Ombrie, Pice-
num, Samnium, Campanie.) Fasc.
2, 3, 4. Angers, 1904, impr. Burdin
(Paris, Bureau du Muse"e). pp. 85-
338 ; pis. ; figs. 8vo.
CHRISTIAN ART]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
237
CHRISTIAN ART
I. GENERAL AND MISCELLA-
NEOUS
V. Alinari, Eglises et convents de Flor-
ence. Florence, 1905, Alinari. xii,
287 pp.; 133 figs. 16mo. R.
Anheisser, Malerische Architektur-
Skizzen. Berlin, 1905, Kauter and
Mohr. 3 pp. ; 100 pis. 4to.
Arundel Club, 1905, Second Year's
Publications. 4 pp. ; 15 pis. Folio.
J. M. Beguin, La Madeleine. Mar-
seilles, 1905, Aubertin & Rolle. xiv,
576 pp. ; ill. 4to. A. Beltra-
melli, Da Comacchio ad Argenta.
Bergamo, 1905, Istituto ital. d' arti
grafiche. 146 pp. ; 134 figs. 8vo.
— H. Bergner, Kirchliche Kunstal-
tertiimer in Deutschland. Leipzig,
1905, Tauchnitz. 620 pp. ; figs. ; 9
pis. 8vo. M. 28. H. U. Ber-
nays, Nuremberg (Langham Art
Monographs). London, 1904, A.
Siegle. 94 pp. 16ino. Is. 6tZ.—
E. Bertaux, Rome. Vol. II : Ue
1'ere des Catacombes a 1'avenement
de Jules II. Vol. Ill: De 1'avene-
ment de Jules II a nos jours. (Coll.
"Villes d'art.") Paris, 1905, Lau-
rens. i, 180 pp. ; 113 figs. ; ii, 180
pp.; 100 figs. 4to. Beschreibung
der Bildwerke der christl. Epochen
in den Konigl. Museen zu Berlin.
2d ed. Vol. II. Die italien.
Bronzen. Berlin, 1904, Reimer.
vi, 140 pp. ; 81 pis. 4to. M. 25.
— A. Biese, The Development of
the Feeling for Nature in the Middle
Ages and Modern Times. London,
1905, Routledge. 384 pp. 8vo. 6s.
— H. E. Binstead, The Furniture
Styles. London, 1905, Botwright.
192 pp.; ill. 8vo. W. de G.
Birch, History of Scottish Seals
from the Eleventh to the Seventeenth
Century. Vol. I : Royal Seals of
Scotland. London, 1905, Unwin.
4to. 12s. 6(7. J. A. Blondel,
L' architecture franchise. Relmpres-
sion exe'cute'e sous les auspices du
ministere de 1'Instruction publique
et des Beaux-Arts, sous le controle
de MM. Gaudet et Pascal. Vols. Ill
and IV (complete). Paris, 1905,
Lib. cent, des Beaux-Arts. Each
vol. 154 pp. ; pis. 301-441, 441-500.
Folio. P. de Bouchaud, Etapes
italiennes (Ravenne, Sienne, Rome,
Naples). Paris, 1905, Sansot. 124
pp. 18mo. — Naples. Son site, son
histoire, sa sculpture. Paris, 1905,
Lemerre. 240 pp. 18mo. J.
W. Bradley, Illuminated Manu-
scripts. London, 1905, Methuen.
xiv, 290 pp.; ill. 16mo. J.
W. Brown, Italian Architecture.
London, 1905, Siegle. 95 pp. ; ill.
16mo. C. Budinich, H palazzo
ducale d' Urbino. Trieste, 1904,
Sambo. Fritz Burger, Gesch.
des florentinischen Grabmals von den
altesten Zeiten bis Michel-Angelo.
Strassburg, 1904, Heitz. xiv, 423
pp. ; 239 pp. ; 37 pis. ; 2 he"liog.
4to. M. 60. Burlington Fine
Arts Club, Exhibition of Pictures of
the School of Siena and Examples of
the Minor Arts of that city. Intr.
by Langton Douglas. London, 1904.
A. Carlier, Les Dentelles a Paiguille.
Brussels, 1905, Vromant. 58 pp. w.
2 col. ; ill. 4to. Catalogue des
tableaux, miniatures, pastels, des-
sins encadre"s, etc., du Muse"e. de
1'Etat a Amsterdam. Amsterdam,
1904, Roeloffzen-Hubner & Van
San ten. xxx, 419 pp. ; 210 figs.
16mo. Catalogue illustre" de
1'exposition retrospective de 1'art
beige ; July-November, 1905. Brus-
sels, 1905, van Oest. xvii, 101
pp. ; 80 pis. 8vo. Catalogue du
Mus6e des Beaux-Arts, Gand.
Introd. by L. Maeterlinck. Ghent,
1905, F. Meyer Van Loo. 67 pp. ;
54 figs. 16mo. Catalogue ge-
neral. Exposition de 1' Art ancien au
pays de Liege. Liege, 1905, Be"nard.
7 pis. ; 1 plan. 8vo. Catalogue
des peintures, cartons, dessins, aqua-
relles et miniatures, sculptures, gra-
vures en me"dailles, vitraux et ta-
bleaux sur lave, faience et porcelaine
du Muse"e national Adrien Dubouche',
de Limoges. Limoges, 1905, Du-
courtieux & Gout. 74 pp. 12mo.
— Catalogue des peintures et
sculptures expose"es dans les galeries
du Muse"e Fabre de la ville de Mont-
pellier. Montpellier, 1904, Serre &
Roumejous. xxxvi, 332 pp. ; 64
pis. 8vo. Catalogue of Pictures
forming the collection of Lord and
Lady Wantage at Onslow Gardens,
London, and Lockinge House, Berks.
London, 1905, Bell. 196 pp. ; 112
figs. Folio. Chefs-d'ceuvre de
1'art. 60 planches photogr. d'apres
238
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
les peintures, sculptures et monu-
ments les plus celebres . . . avec urie
notice explicative par Paul Vitry.
Paris, 1005, A. Colin. 120pp. Folio.
— A. Chiappelli, Pagine d' antica
arte fiorentina. Florence, 1905, Lu-
inachi. 181pp. 8vo. 5 fr. C.
Chledowski, Siena. I Bd. Berlin,
1905, Cassirer. xvi, 259 pp. ; 32
figs, and pis. 8vo. M. 8. P.
Claeys, Les monuments cle la ville
tie Gand. Ghent, 1905, Vuylsteke.
472 pp. 8vo. 5 fr. Mrs. Clara
E. Clement, Women in the Fine
Arts from the Seventh to the Twen-
tieth Century A.D. Boston, 1904,
Houghton, Mifflin & Co. li, 395
pp. 12mo. Collezioni artistiche,
archeologiche e numismatiche dei
palazzi pontitici, pubb. per ordine di
S.S. Pio Pp. X. Vol. I: Gli avori
dei Musei Profano e Sacro della Bi-
blioteca Vaticana. Introd. and cat.
by R. Kanzler. Milan, 1905, Hoepli.
45 pis. 75 fr. E. Corradini, Prato
e i suoi dintorni. Bergamo, 1905,
Istituto ital. d'arti grafiche. 129
pp.; 122 flgs. 8vo. 7.50fr.
Lionel Gust, The Royal Collection
of Paintings at Buckingham Palace
and Windsor Castle. In 2 vols.
Vol. I. Buckingham Palace Collec-
tion. New York, 1905, Chas. Scrib-
ner's Sons. Folio. Complete, $100.00.
G. Dehio and G. Von Bezold, Die
Denkmaler der deutschen Bildhauer-
kunst. Series I. Fasc. 1. (Com-
plete in 20 fasc.) Berlin, 1905,
Wasmuth. 20 pis. H. Delehaye,
Les le'gendes hagiographiques. Brus-
sels, 1905, Bollandists. xi, 264 pp.
8vo. A. Demaugeon, La Picar-
die et les regions voisines : Artois,
Cambre'sis, Beauvais. Paris, 1905,
A. Colin. 500 pp. ; 42 figs. ; 84 pis. ;
3 maps. 8vo. Denkmaler der
Baukunst in Elsass voni Mittelalter
bis zum 18. Jahrhundert. Ed. by
S. llausmann and E. Polaczek.
Fasc. 1-2. (Each fasc. 5 pis. ; com-
plete in 100 pis.) Strassburg, 1905,
Heinrich. Folio. M. Dreger.
Kiinstlerische Entwicklung der We-
berei und Stickerei innerhalb des
europaischen Kulturkreises von der
spatantiken Zeit bis zum Beginne der
XIX. Jahrh. mil Ausschluss der
Volkskunst. Vienna, 1905, Verlag-
der k. k. Hof- und Staatsdriickerei.
111. 2 albums of 348 pis. 4to.
Isabella Errera, Collection de broderies
anciennes. Brussels, 1905, Goossens.
iv, 64 pp. ; 104 figs. 8vo. —
Mrs. Stewart Erskine, London as
an Art City. London, 1905, Siegle.
viii, 95 pp. ; 17 figs. 16mo. —
Exposition d'art ancien bruxellois
(75. anniversaire de 1'Inde'pendance
Nationale). Brussels, 1905, van
Oest. 37 pp. 16mo.
C. von Fabriczy, Italian Medals.
Trans, by C. W. Hamilton. Notes
by G. F. Hill. London, 1905, Duck-
worth. 232 pp. ; 48 pis. 4to. —
R. Forrer, Geschichte des Gold- und
Silberschnmcks nach Originalen der
F/rassburger historischen Schmuck-
a'usstellung von 1904. Strassburg,
1905, Benst. viii, 55 pp. ; 290 figs.
4to. A. Franklin, Dictionnaire
historique des arts, metiers et pro-
fessions exerce"s dans Paris depuis
le treizieme siecle. Preface by E.
Levasseur. Paris, 1905, Welter.
800 pp. 8vo in 2 columns. —
Frises et. moulures ornees, Recueil
de documents des styles gothique,
Francois Ier, Henri II, Henri III,
Henri IV, Louis XIII, Louis XIV,
Louis XV, Louis XVI, Empire.
Plus de 600 motifs releve"s et dessines
sous la direction de Ed. Bajot.
Paris, 1905, Schmid. 56 pis. Folio.
Inventaire archeologique de Gand,
Cat. descriptif et ill. des monuments,
ceuvres d'art et documents ante"ri-
eurs a 1830, public par la Socie'te'
d'histoire et d'arche'ologie de Gand,
Fasc. 37. Ghent, 1904, N. Heins.
8vo; 3 fr. 50. E. G. Gardner,
see Mediaeval Town Series. —
P. Gauthiez, Milan (Coll. "Villes
d'art ce"lel>res" ). Paris, 1905,
Laurens. 128 pp. ; 109 figs. 4to.
E. Gebhardt, Florence (Coll.
" Villes d'art celebres"). Paris,
1905, Laurens. 160 pp. ; 176 figs.
4to. G. Geffroy, Les Muse'es
d' Europe. La Hollande. Paris,
1905. iv, 160 pp. ; ill. 4to. —
The National Gallery. Introd. by
Sir W. Armstrong. London, 1905,
Warne : Nilsson. xxvii, 146 pp.;
ill. 4to. O. H. Giglioli, Pistoia
nelle sue opere d'arte. Preface
by A. Chiappelli. Florence, 1904,
F. Sumachi. 42 figs. Col. R.
Goff, Florence and some Tuscan
Cities, painted by R, G. Text by
Clarisse Goff. New York, 1905.
Macmillan. 202 pp. ; 75 pis. 8vo.
$6.00 net. Agnes Gosche, Mai-
CHRISTIAN ART]
BIBLIOGEAPHY, 1905
239
land ("Bertihmte Kunststatten ").
Leipzig, 1904, Seemann. 222 pp.
8vo. J. Graus, Conceptio im-
maculata in alien Darstellungen.
Gratz, 1005, "Styria." 27 pp.;
frontispiece; 8 pis. 8vo. Guide
sommaire a travers le Musee des
Arts Decoratifs, palais du Louvre,
pavilion de Marsan. Paris, 11)05,
Lalmre. 48 pp. 8vo. J. Guif-
frey, La Tapisserie. Fasc. 20. Paris,
1005, Picard. 180 pp. 8vo.
H. Hantich, Prague. Preface by
Ernest Denis. Paris, 1005, Per
Lamm, xi, 100 pp. ; 15 figs. 8vo.
— Cecil Headlam, Oxford and its
Story. London, 1005, Dent. 366
pp. ; 54 figs. 4to. Dudlay
Heath, Miniatures. London, 1005,
Methuen. xl, 320 pp. ; 30 pis.
8vo. $6.75 net. E. Henard,
Etudes sur les transformations de
Paris. Ease. 1-6. Paris, 1005,
Champion. 236 pp. ; figs, and plans.
8vo. E. Hessling, Alt Paris.
Hist. Bauten in Gesammtansichteii
und in ihren Einzelheiten. Photogr.
Aufnalnnen nach der Natur m.
illustr. Text. Vol. I. Berlin,
1004, B. Hessling. 4 pp. ; 30 pis.
Eolio. Histoire de 1'art depuis
les premiers temps Chretiens jusqu'a
nos jours. Published under the
direction of A. Michel. Vol. I: Du
de"but de Part chre"tien & la fin de la
pe"riode romane. Part I. (Complete
in 8 vols.) Paris, 1005, A. Colin,
iv, 440 pp. ; 207 figs. ; 5 pis. 8vo.
F. Husson, Artisans fran-
gais. Les tapissiers. Etude his-
torique. Paris, 1005, Marchal and
Billard. 288 pp. ; ill. 16mo. —
H. Hymans, Bruges et Ypres
("Villes d'art celebres''). New
York, 1005, Bouton. 123 pp. ;
116 figs. 8vo. 81.25. — Gand et
Tournai (Coll. '• Villes d'art").
Paris, 1004, Laurens. 168 pp. 8vo.
Jackson, English Goldsmiths and their
Marks. A history of the goldsmiths
and plateworkers of England, Scot-
land, and Ireland. London, 1005,
Macmillan. xvi, 606 pp. ; ill. 8vo.
Katalog der Gemaelde-Sammlung der
konigl. alteren Pinakothek in Miin-
chen. Introd. by Fr. von Reber.
Munich, 1004. F. Bruckmann. xxiv,
317 pp. ; 200 figs. 8vo. Katalog
der Gemalde-Gallerie im k. Schloss
zu Schleissheim. Munich, 1005,
Knorr & Hirth. xvi, 203 pp. 16mo.
— Katalog der Gemaelde-Gallerie
des Staedelschen Kunstinstitutes in
Frankfurt am Main. Bearb. von H.
Weizsaecker. Frankfurt a. M., A.
Oesterrieth. 423, 147 pp. ; 38 figs. ; 1
plan. 8vo. A. Kleinclausz, Les
regions de la France. Ill, La Bour-
gogne. Paris, 1005, Cerf. 83 pp.
8vo. W. P. Knowles, Dutch
Pottery and Porcelain. London,
1005, Newnes. xv, 122 pp. ; ill. 8vo.
7s. M. Kondakov, Ikonographi-
sches Malerbuch. Bd. I: Die Iko-
nographie unseres Herren Gottes
und Heilands Jesus Christus. Text,
with 116 figs., and atlas of 143 pis.
St. Petersburg, 1005. A. Kuhn,
Kunst-Geschichte. Fasc. 38. Ein-
siedeln, 1005, Benziger. 111. 4to.
G. Lafenestre and E. Richtenberger,
La Peinture en Europe. Rome, Vol.
II : Les Musses, les collections parti-
culieres, les Palais. Paris, 1005, Lib.
imp. re"unies. xvi, 404 pp. ; 100 pis.
16mo. 10 fr. P. Lafond, Le
Musee de Rouen. Paris, 1005, La-
rousse. 06 pp. ; 35 figs. 8vo. 2 fr.
— Y. de La Noet," Le Secret de
I'^rnaii. Paris, 1005, Delagrave.
237 pp. ; ill. 8vo. E. Law, The
Masterpieces of the Royal Gallery of
Hampton Court Palace. London,
1005, Bell. 24 pp. ; 77 figs. 4to.
3s. 6d. Louis Leger, Moscou
(Coll. " Villes d'art " ). Paris, 1004,
Laurens. 4to. A. Leroux, J.
Savodin, and C. Leymarie, His-
toire de la porcelaine de Limoges. 2
vols. Limoges, 1004 and 1005, Du-
courtieux et Gout, iv, 177 and 07 pp.
8vo. Eugenia Levi. Lirica ita-
liana antica. Novissima scelta di
rime dei secoli xiii, xiv, xv, ill. con
60 reprod. di pitture, miniature, scul-
ture, incision! e melodie del tempo e
con note dichiarative. Florence, 1005,
Olschki. 360 pp. ; 60 figs. 8vo. —
A. Luschin van Ebengreuth, Allge-
meine Miinzkunde und Geldgeschichte
des Mittelalters und der neueren Zeit.
(Handbuch der mittelalterl. und
neueren Geschichte.) Munich, 1004,
R. Oldenbourg. xvi, 287 pp. ; 107
figs. 8vo. M. 10.50.
Percy Macquoid, A History of Eng-
glish Furniture. Vol. I. The Age
of Oak. London, 1905, Lawrence
& Bullen. vii, 243 pp. ; 15 pis. ;
215 figs. Folio. G. H. Marius,
De Hollandsche schilderkunst in de
negentiende eeuw. \S Gravenhague,
240 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
1905, Nijhoff. iii, 538 pp. ; 1 pi. ;
138 figs. 8vo. E. Martinenche,
Propos d'Espagne. Paris, 1905, Ha-
chette. viii, 323 pp. 16mo. —
A. Maskell, Ivories. London, 1905,
Methuen. xiv, 443 pp. ; 81 pis. 8vo.
Mediaeval Town Series : E. G.
Gardner, The Story of Siena and
Saiigimignano. 111. by Helen M.
James, xii, 391 pp. ; ill. 12mo.
$1.75. — H. B. Wheatley, The Story
of London. 111. by W. H. Godfrey,
K. Kimball, and H. Kailton. xvi, 411
pp. 16mo. $1.75. — Ella Noyes.
The Story of Ferrara: 111. by Dora
Noyes. xi, 422 pp. 12mo. $2.00.
New York, 1904, Macmillan. G.
Menasci, L' arte italiana. Milan,
Palermo, Naples, 1904, Remo San-
dron. xix, 419 pp. ; ill. 8vo. 5 fr.
— Mortimer Menpes, Venice.
Text by Dorothy Menpes. London,
1905, A. and C. Black. 222 pp. ; 100
pis. 8vo. L. Metman and G.
Bridie, Les Mus6.es des arts de"cora-
tifs. Le Bois : lre partie, Moyen
age, Renaissance. Paris, 1905, Lou-
guet. 12 pp. ; 68 pis. 4to. A.
Michel, see Histoire de T Art. —
L. Mina, Dio e il diavolo nell' arte.
Alexandria, 1905, 41 pp. ; ill. 8vo. —
E. Molinier, Collection du baron Al-
bert Oppenheim. Tableaux et objets
d'art. Introd. by E. M. Paris, 1904,
Lib. cent, des Beaux-Arts, xiii, 42
pp. ; 101 pis. Folio. P. Molmenti,
La storiadi Venezia nella vita privata.
Part I. Bergamo, 1905, 1st. it. d' arti
grafiche. 461 pp. 4to. — Venice,
trans, into English by Alethea Wied.
London, 1905, Owen. 12(5 pp. ; 132
figs. 8vo. Lucien Morel, Nou-
veau guide de T Stranger dans Troyes
et le de"partement de 1' Atibe. Troyes,
1905, Gaffe". 190 pp. ; 14 figs. ; plan
and map. 16mo. A. Munoz,
Iconografia della Madonna. Studio
delle rappresentazioni della Vergine
sui monument! artistici d' oriente e
d' occidente. Florence, 1904, Alfani
e Venturi. Le MusSe des enlu-
minures, pub. sous la direction de
Pol de Mont. Fasc. I. Livre d'heures
du due de Berry. Haarlem, 1905,
Kleinmann & Co. 20 pis. Folio. 30
— R. Muther, Die belgische
Mnlt'i-ei. Berlin, 1905, Fischer 111
8vo.
The National Gallery of British Art
(The Tate Gallery). Fasc. 1-3
London, 1905, Cassel. 44 pp. ; ill
4to. The National Gallery of
Scotland. With a preface by His
Grace the Duke of Argyll. London,
1905, Bell. 46pp.; 40 pis. Folio.—
A. Niedling, Kirchliches Schrein-
werk. Die wichtigsten kirchl. Ar-
beiten des Kunstschreiners und Holz-
bildhauers im rornanischen, goti-
schen und Renaissance Stil. Fasc. 1.
(Complete in 8 fasc.) Berlin, 11)0.3,
Spielmeyer. 8 pis. Folio. M. 7.
50. Niederlandisches Kiinstler-
Lexikon, auf Grund archivalischer
Forschungen bearbeitet von Dr. A.
yon Wurzbach. Fasc. 5 and 6. Vienna,
1905. Nouvelles Collections de
P Union centrale des Arts decoratifs
au Muse"e du Louvre, pavilion de
Rohan. I : Le me"tal : bronzes, cui-
vres, fer forg£ (114 pis.) ; II : Les
meubles des XVIIe et XVIII6 siecles et
premier Empire (73 pis.). Paris,
1905, Gue"rinet. 4to. Ella Noyes,
see Mediaeval Town Series.
T. Okey, Paris and its Story. New
York, 1905, Macmillan. xxii, 350
pp. ; ill. ; 3 maps. 8vo. $6.00 net.
I. M. Palmarini. Antologia di storia
dell' arte. Florence, 1904, Sansoni.
464 pp. 8vo. R. Pantini, San
Gimignano e Certaldo. Bergamo,
1905, Istituto ital. d' arti gra-
fiche. 127 pp. ; 127 figs. ; 1 pi. 8vo.
M. 3.50. G. Pessard, Nouveau
dictionnaire historique de Paris.
Pref. by Ch. Normand. Paris, 1905,
Rey. xvi, 1695pp. 8vo. G. Pet-
tina, Vicenza (•' Italia artistica ").
Bergamo, 1905, Istit. ital. d' arti gra-
fiche. 147 figs. 8vo. A. Phi-
lippi, Florence. Trans, from the
German by P. G. Konody. Leipzig,
1905, E. A. Seemann. viii, 187 pp. ;
170 figs. 8vo. Picardie (la) his-
torique et monumentale. Arron-
dissement d' Abbeville. Notices par
R. Rodiere, de Guyencourt, Ph. des
Forts. Vol. III. Paris, 1905, Pi-
card, pp. 93 to 162 ; figs, and pis.
4to. P. Piccirilli. La Marsica. Ap-
punti di storia d' arte. Vol.1. Trani,
1904, V, Vecchi. 57 figs.; 7 pis.
— J. Pierron, Portraits d'artistes.
Brussels, 1905, X. Havermans. 230
pp. ; 40 figs. 4to. C. Pinzi, I
principal! monumenti di Viterbo :
guida pel visitatore. 3d enlarged ed.
Viterbo, 1905, Monarchi. viii. 22'.) pp.
16mo. 1 fr. A. Pit, La sculpture
hollandaise au Muse"e d' Amsterdam.
Amsterdam, 1904, Van Rykoin. -'50
CHRISTIAN ART]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
241
florins. G. Previat, La tecnica
della pittura. Turin, 191)5, Bocca.
304 pp. 8vo. B. Prost, Inven-
taires mobiliers et extraits des
comptes des dues de Boulogne,
publics par B. P. Vol. I, 3d and last
fasc. Paris, 1905, Leroux. 481-657
and viii pp. 8vo.
T. Raspe , Die Niirnberger Miniatur-
inalerei bis 1515. (Studien zur deut-
schen Kunstgeschichte 60. ) Strass-
burg, 1905, Heitz. iv, 78 pp.; 10
pis.; 1 fig. 8vo. M. 5. P. J. Ree,
Nuremberg (Coll. Villes d'art cele-
bres). Paris, 1905, Laurens. 176 pp.;
ill. 4to. — Nuremberg. Trans, from
the German by G. H. Palmer. Leip-
zig, 1905, E. A. Seemann. iv, 181
pp. ; 123 figs. 4to. S. Reinach,
Repertoire de peintures du Moyen
age et de la Renaissance (1284-1580).
Vol. I. Paris, 1905, Leroux. iv, 710
pp. ; 1046 figs. ICmo. 10 fr. -
Corrado Ricci, Raccolte artistiche
di Ravenna. Bergamo, 1905, Istitu-
to ital. d' arti grafiche. 19i) pp. ; 174
figs. 8vo. — Volterra (" Italia artis-
tica"). Bergamo, 1905, Istituto ital.
d' arti grafiche. 164 pp. ; 2 pis. 8vo.
— A. Roccavilla, L1 arte nel Biel-
lese. Biella, 1905, 11. Allara. E.
Rodocanachi, Le Concept de la
beaute" en Italie, du XIP an XVI* sie-
cle. Paris, 1905, Grande Revue. 22
pp. 8vo. Fred. Roe, Old Oak
Furniture. London, 1905, Methuen.
10s. 6d. J. Ross, Old Florence
and Modern Tuscany. London, 1905,
Dent. 229 pp. ; 5 figs. 8vo. -
>V. Roth, Geschichte der deutschen
Baukunst in Siebenburgen. Strass-
burg, 1905, Heitz. viii, 128 pp. ;
24 pis. ; 93 figs. 8vo.
Emma Gutney Salter, Franciscan Le-
gends in Italian Art. London, 1905,
Dent, xii, 228 pp. ; 20 figs. 8vo.
— A.. Sarrazin, Histoire de Rouen,
d'apres les miniatures des manu-
scrits. Rouen, 1905, Gy. 239 pp. ;
ill. 4to. W. Schaefer and R.
Klein, Internationale Kunstausstel-
lung, Diisseldorf, 1904. Dtisseldorf,
1905, Fischer & Franke. iv, 476 pp.;
88 figs. 4to. H. Schlicht,
Kunstgewerbliche Ornamentik. Leip-
zig, 1905, Gilbers. 24 pis. Folio.
- M. Schmid, Kunstgeschichte.
Nebst einem kurzen Abriss der
Gesch. der Musik und Oper von Clar-
ence Sherwood. Neudamm, 1905,
Neumann. 842 pp. ; 10 pis. ; 441 figs.
8vo. - - R. Schneider, L'Ombrie.
L' Ame des cites et des paysages (Cor-
tona, Trasimenus, Perugia, Assisi,
Spello, Montefalco, Clitumnus, Spo-
leto). Paris, 1905, Hachette. viii,
74 pp. 16mo. 3.50 fr. P. Schu-
bring, Mailand und die Certosa di
Pavia (Moderner Cicerone). Stutt-
gart, Berlin, Leipzig, 1905, Union.
382 pp. ; 244 figs. ; 4 plans. 16mo.
— Herm. Schweitzer, Die Bilder-
teppiche und Stickereien in der stadt-
ischen Altertiimersammiung zu Frei-
burg i/B. Freiburg i/B., 1905, Her-
der. 33 pp.; 1 pi.; 27 figs. 4to. —
Geschichte der deutschen Kunst von
den ersten historischen Zeiten bis
zur Gegenwart. Ravensburg, 1905,
O. Maier. xx, 739 pp. ; 25 pis. ; 472
figs. 8vo. M. Semrau, Venedig
(Moderner Cicerone). Stuttgart,
1905, Union, x, 332 pp.; 137 figs. ; 1 pi.
16mo. E. J. Soie de Morialme,
L'habitation tournaisienne du XIe au
XVIIlesiecle. Irepartie: Architecture
de f a§ade. Tournay, 1 904, Casterman.
475pp. 8vo. Hans Stegmann,
Meisterwerke der Kunst und des
Kunstgewerbes vom Mittelalter bis
zur zeit des Rococo. Fasc. 6-10. Lu-
beck, 1905, Nohring. 15 pp. ; 50 pis.
Folio. M. 8. C. Stiavelli, L' arte in
Val di Nievole (La Toscana illustrata
I). Florence, 1905, Lumachi. 159
pp.; 19 pis.; figs. 16mo. R.
A. Gallenga Stuart, Perugia. Ber-
gamo, 1905, 1st. it. d' arti grafiche,
154 pp. ; 169 figs. 8vo. Russell
Sturgis, A Study of the Artists' Way
of Working in the Various Handi-
crafts and Arts of Design. 2 vols.
New York, 1905, Dodd, Mead & Co.
8vo. §15.00. P. Suau, L'Espagne,
terre d'e'pope'e. Les vieilles villes et
leurs souvenirs. Paris, 1905, Perrin.
379 pp. ; 12 figs. 8vo. 5 fr. I.
B. Supino, Pisa (Italia artistica, 16).
Bergamo, 1905, Istit. ital. d' arti
grafiche. 131 pp. ; ill. 8vo.
F. Tribolati, Grammatica araldica.
New ed. rev. by G. di Crollalanza.
Milan, 1904, Hoepli. xi, 187 pp. ;
ill. 16mo.
H. Uhde-Bernays, Nuremberg. Lon-
don, 1905, Siegle. viii, 85 pp. ; 12
figs. ICmo. W. Uhde, Paris
(Coll. " Die Kunst "). Berlin, 1905,
Bard, Marquardt & Co. 53 pp. ; 15
figs. 16mo.
P. Vitry, Tours et les chateaux de Tou-
raine (Coll. " Villes d'art celebres").
242 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Paris, 1905, Laurens. 107 figs. 4to. 4
fr. L. Volkmann, Padua (Coll.
"Beruhrnte Kunststatten"). Leip-
zig, 1904, E. A. Seemann. 138 pp. ;
100 figs. 8vo.
A. de Waal, Roma Sacra. Die ewige
Stadt in ihren christlichen Denk-
niulern und Erinnerungen alter und
neuer Zeit. Munich, 1905, Allge-
raeine Verlags-gesellschaft. xiv, 736
pp.; 2 pis. ;" 533 figs. 8vo. A.
W. Weismann, Documents classes
de Part dans les Pays-Bas, du Xe au
XIXe siecle, recueillis par A. W. W.,
fonnant suite a 1'ouvrage de feu
J. J. van Ysendyck. Fasc. 1. (Com-
plete in 24 fasc.) Haarlem, 1905,
Kleinmann. 6 pis. Folio. W.
Weitzel, Die deutschen Kaiserpfal-
zen und Konigshofe vom VIII bis
zum XVI Jahrh. Halle, 1905, Buchh.
des Waisenhauses. 131 pp. ; 45 figs.
8vo. M. 3. H. B. Wheatley, see
Mediaeval Town Series. Frantz
Wickhoff, Beschreibendes Verzeich-
nis der illuminierten Handschriften in
Oesterreich, herausg. von Dr. F. W".
1. Band : Die illuminierten Hand-
schriften in Tirol, beschr. von Dr. H.
J. Hermann. II. Band : Die ilium.
Handschr. in Salzburg. Leipzig, 1905,
Hiersemann. Bd. I : xvi, 307 pp. ;
23 pis. ; 124 fi<rs. Bd. II: 113pp.;
9 pis. ; 40 figs. Folio. Karl Woer-
mann, Geschichte der Kunst aller
Zeiten und Volker. II Band: Die
Kunst der christl. Volker bis zum
Ende des 15 Jahrh. Leipzig and
Vienna, 1905, Bibliogr. Institut.
xviii, 719 pp. ; 54 pis. ; 418 figs.
8vo. — Katalog der Koniglichen Ge-
maldegallerie zur Dresden. 6th ed.
Dresden, 1905, Hofmann. xxviii,
927 pp. ; 111. 16 mo. A. von
Wurzbach, Niederlandisches Kiinst-
lerlexikon. Fasc. 2, 3, 4, 5. Vienna,
1905. 8vo ; M. 4 each fasc.
II. EARLY CHRISTIAN, BYZ-
ANTINE, AND MEDIAEVAL
J. R. Allen, Celtic Art in Pagan and
Christian Time. London, 1905, Me-
thuen. 334 pp. ; ill. 8vo.
A. de Baudot and A. Perrault-Dabot,
Les Cathedrales de France. Fasc. 1-
2. (Complete in 6 fasc. and 2 vols.)
Paris, 1905, Laurens. 25 pis. Folio.
25 fr. L. B6gule, Les Incrus-
tations decoratives des cathe'drales de
Lyon et de Vienne. Recherches sur
une decoration d'origine orientals et
sur son de"veloppement dans Part occi-
dental du Moyen-age. Paris, 1905,
Picard. 104 pp. ; 12 pis. ; 159 figs.
4to. L. Behrami, La basilica am-
brosiana primitiva e la ricostruzione
compiuta nel secolo X. 2d ill. ed.
Milan, 1905, Cagliati. 57 pp. ; ill.
4to. 250 fr. Bibliotheca Vati-
cana. Codices e Vaticanis selecti
phototypice expressi iussu Pii Pp. X.
Vol. Ill : Miniature del pontificals
Ottoboniano : cod. Ottob. 501,
Milan, 1905, Hoepli. 20 pp. ; 15 pis.
fr. Bibliotheque Nationale.
e"p. des Maimscrits, Psautier de St.
Louis. Reprod. des 86 miniatures du
ma. latin 10526 de la Bibl. Nat. Paris,
1905, Berthaud freres. 20 pp. ; xcii pis.
16mo. R. Borrmann and J. Neu-
wirth, Geschichte der Baukunst ; I,
Die Baukunst des Altertums und des
Islam im Mittelalter. Leipzig, 1904,
E. A. Seemann. viii, 386 pp., 8vo.
M. 9. J. C. Broussolle, Etudes
d'art, de voyage et de religion. Les
fresques de 1' Arena a Padoue (e"tude
d'iconographie religieuse). Paris,
1905, Dumoulin. 279 pp.; 52 ill.
8vo.
Dom Fernand Cabrol, Dictionnaire
d'arche'ologie chre'tienne et de litur-
gie. Fasc. 6, 7, 8. Amulettes-Anti-
phone. Paris, 1905, Letouzey et Ane.
pp. 1825-2464; ill. 8vo. A. F.
Calvert, Alhambra. London, 1904,
G. Philip. 220 pp. ; ill. 8vo. 42s.
A. Chevrillon, Sanctuaires et
paysages d'Asie. Paris, 1905, Ha-
chette. 367 pp. ; 16mo. L. Claus-
nitzer, Die Hirtenbilder in der
altchristlichen Kunst. Erlangen,
1904. 110pp. 8vo. G.Cledat, Le
Monastere et la Necropole de Baouit.
Cairo, 1905. viii, 71 pp. ; 38 pis. 4to.
— P. Clemen, Die romanischen
Wandmalersien der Rheinlande. Diis-
seldorf, 1905, Schwann. 20 pp. ; 60
pis. Folio. M. 75. Codices e Vati-
^canis selecti phototypice expressi.
Vol. IV. Bibliorum Ss. graecorum
codex Vaticanus gr. 1209 (Cod. B).
Pars altera. Novum Testamentum
(pp. 1235-1536). Milan, 1905, Hoepli.
302 pis. w. introd. 4to. Leon
Coutil, Le Cimetiere franc^et caro-
lingien de Bueil (Eure) . Etude sur
les boucles, plaques, bagues, fibules
et brache"antes orn^es de figures hu-
maines. Evreux, E. Lechevalier.
(New York, Bouton.) 8vo. 5 fr.
BYZANTINE, ETC.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
243
Ch. Diehl, Etudes Byzantines. Intro-
duction a 1'histoire de Byzance. . . .
Les mosaiques de Nice's, Saint-Luc,
Kahrie Djarai, etc. Paris, 1905, A.
Picard et fils. viii, 436 pp. ; 58 figs.
8vo. [See Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 485.]
— P. H. Ditchfield, English Gothic
Architecture. New York, 1904, Mac-
millan. 12mo. $0.40.
P. Egidi, G. Giovannini, F. Hermanin,
V. Federici, I monasteri di Subiaco.
Vol. I : Notizie storiche — L'architet-
tura — Gli affreschi. Vol. II: La
Biblioteca e PArchivio. Rome, 1904-
1905, Unione coop, editrice. A.
Engel and R. Serrure, Trait 6 tie
numismatique du inoyen age. Vol.
Ill : Depuis 1'apparition du gros d' ar-
gent jusqu'a la creation du thaler.
Paris, 1905, Leroux. pp. 945-1460;
ill. 8vo.
G. Fleury, Etudes sur les portails
images du XIIC siecle, leur icono-
graphie et leur symbolisme. Ma-
mers, 1904, Fleury & Dangin. 294
pp.; 65 figs. 4to. F. Geiges,
Der alte Fensterschmuck der Frei-
burger Minister. ITheil. 13 und 14
Jahrh. Fasc. 3. Freiburg i/B.. 1905,
Herder, pp. 133-200 ; 1 pi. ; figs.
4to. A. Genewein. Vom Roma-
nischen bis zum Empire. Part I :
RomanischerStilund Gotik. Leipzig,
1905, Rothbarth. 140 pp. ; ill. 8vo.
M. 2. - — G. Gerola, Monumenti
veneti nell' isole di Greta : ricerche e
descrizioni fatte per incorica dell'
Istit. veneto. Vol. I. Bergamo, 1905,
Istit. ital. d' arti grafiche. Ivi,
300 pp. ; 8 pis. ; figs. 4to. —
J. Gramm, Spatmittelalterl. Wand-
gemalde im konstanzer Minister. Ein
Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte
der Malerei am Oberrhein. (Studien
zur deutschen Kunstgeschichte 59.)
Strassburg, 1905, Heitz. xii, 141
pp.; 20 pis.; 4 figs. 8vo. M. 6.
J. Hampel, Altertlimer des frtihen
Mittelalters in Ungarn. Bd. 1 : xxxiv,
853 pp. ; 2 pis. ; 2359 figs. Bd. 2 : xvi,
1006 pp. Bd. 3 : Atlas, xiv pp. ;
539 pis. Braunschweig, 1905, Fr.
Vieweg & Sohn. 8vo. S. Haus-
mann and E. Polaczek, Denkmaler
der Baukunst in Elsass vom Mittel-
alter bis zum 18. Jahrh. 100 pis.
Fasc. 13-14 (each 5 pis.). Strass-
burg, 1905, Heinrich. Folio. Her-
ders Bilderatlas zur Kunstgeschichte.
I Teil : Altertum und Mittelalter.
Freiburg i/B. ; 1905, Herder. 76 pis.
containing 720 figs. 8vo. E.
Hessling, Le Vieux Pai'is. Recueil
de vues de ses monuments. (Docu-
ments hist, d'architecture et de sculp-
ture, lre se"rie). Moyen age. Fasc. I.
Berlin, 1904, Hessling. 4 pp. ; 30
pis. ; fol. M. 20. G. Holscher,
Der Kolner Dom, seine Geschichte
und Beschreibung. Cologne, 1905.
48 pp. ; ill. 8vo. C. Holzmann,
Binbirkilisse. Archaeologische Skiz-
zen aus Anatalien. Ein Beitrag zur
Kunstgeschichte defe christl. Kirch-
enbaues. Hamburg, 1905, Boysen &
Maasch. 1 p. ; 9 pis. 4to. C.
M. Kaufmann, Handbuch der christ-
lichen Archaologie. Paderborn, 1905,'
F. Schoningh. xviii, 632 pp. ; 239 figs.
8vo. A. Kriiche, Der Nimbus und
verwandte Attribute in der friih-
christl. Kunst. Strassburg, 1905,
Heitz. viii, 146 pp. ; 7 pis. 8vo.
V. Lamperez y Romea, Juan de Co-
Ionia. Valladolid, 1904, Imprimerie
de la nueva Pincia. 150 pp. ; ill.
8vo. H. Leclercq, L'Afrique
chre'tienne. Paris, 1904, LecofTre.
2 vols. xliv, 425 and 384 pp. 18mo.
— E. Lefevre Pontalis, L'archi-
tecture gothique dans la Champagne
me"ridionale au XIlIcetauXVIe siecle.
Paris, 1904, Picard. 181pp.; ill. 8vo.
— P. Lehmgriibner, Mittelalter-
liche Rathausbauten in Dentschland.
Part I : Fachwerksrathauser. Ber-
lin, 1905, W. Ernst & Son. viii,
56 pp. ; 34 pis. ; figs. Folio. M. 36.
V. Lenertz, Documents d'art
monumental du moyen age. Archi-
tecture, sculpture, et ferronnerie.
Fasc. 4. Brussels, 1904, Vromant
et Cie. 4to. W. L. Lethaby,
Mediaeval Art from the Peace of the
Church to the Eve of the Renais-
sance, 392-1250. (Libr. of Art
Series.) New York, 1904, Scribner.
xviii, 315 pp. 12mo. 82.00.
A. Matthaei, Deutsche Baukunst im
Mittelalter. 2d ed. Leipzig, 1904,
Teubner. vi, 158 pp. ; 2 pis.; figs.
8vo. • Andre Michel, Histoire de
Tart depuis les premiers temps chre'-
tiens jusqu'a nos jours. In 8 vols.
Vol. I : Des debuts de Part chretien
a la fin de la periode romane. I,
A. Pirate, Les commencements de
Part chre"t. en Occident ; II, C. En-
lart, L'architecture en Occident
avant Pepoque romane; III, G.Millet,
L'art byzantin ; IV, P. Leprieur,
E. Bertaux, J. J. Marquet de Vas-
244 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
selot, E. Molinier, L'art de 1'epoque
me"rovingienne et carolingienne en
Occident. Paris, 1905, Colin. 450 pp. ;
212 tigs. 8vo. Each fasc. 1 fr. 50.—
Francis Miltoun, The Cathedrals of
Northern France, with 80 illus.,
plans, and diagrams by Blanche Mc-
Manus. Boston, 1904, L. C. Page &
Co. xiii, 400 pp. 12mo. —The Cathe-
drals of Southern France ; with 90
illus., plans, and diagrams by
Blanche McManus. Boston, 1905,
L. C. Page & Co. ix. 554 pp. 12mo.
- P. H. Van Moerkerken, De
Satire in de Nederlandsche Kunst der
middeleeuwen. Amsterdam, 1904,
S. L. van Looy. viii, 241 pp. ; 38
pis. 8vo. 2fl. 90. K. Mohrmann
and F. Eichwede, Germanische Friih-
kunst. Fasc. 1-6. (Complete in 12
fasc.) Leipzig, 1905, Tauchnitz.
i, 12 pp. ; 60 pis. 4to. A. Mos-
chetti, La Capella dei Scrovegni e
gli affreschi di Giotto in essa dipinti.
Florence, 1905, Alinari. 147 pp. ;
8 pis. ; figs. 8vo. Les MosqueSs
de Samarcande. Fasc. I : Gour-
Emir. St. Petersburg, 1905, 9 pp. ;
18 pis. Folio. E. F. A. Miinzen-
berger and S. Beissel, Zur Kennt-
niss und Wiirdigung der Mittelalter-
lichen Altare Deutschlands.- Fasc.
18. Frankfurt a/M., 1904, Kreuer.
pp. 217-240 ; 10 pis. 4to. M. 6.
Jos. Neuwirth, Die Baukunst des
Mittelalters (Borrrnann and Neu-
wirth: Gesch. der Baukunst, II).
Leipzig, 1904, E. A. Seemann. vii,
407 pp. 8vo. M. 10. W. Nar-
bekow, Orpheus in Early Christian
Art. Kazan, 1900. [Russian.]
Les Nouvelles acquisitions du
Muss"e de sculpture compared du
Trocade'ro. Paris, 1905, Gue"rinet.
51 pis. 4to.
A. Pagani, SulP origine del cristi-
anesimo in Como e citta circonvicina,
concenno sulle venute dei gloriosi
apostoli Pietro e Paolo e Barn aba in
Italia. Como, 1904, Cavaleri & Bazi.
247pp. 8vo. W. Petkowic, Ein
fruhchristl. Elf enbein relief im Na-
tionalmuseum zu Munchen. Inaug.
Dissertation. Halle, 1905, C. A.
Kaem merer & Co. 83 pp.; l fig.
8yo. F. B. Petrucci, Le fonti di
Siena e i loro acquedotti. 2 vols.
Siena and Florence, 1905, L. Olschki.
vi, :556, iii, 607 pp.; 28 pis. ; 3 plans.
Folio. O. Piper, Burgenkunde,
Bauwesen und Geschichte der Burgen
zunachst innerhalbs des deutschen
Sprachgebietes. 2d rev. ed. Part I.
Munich, 1905, R. Piper & Co. 382 pp.;
ill. 8vo. M. 14. A. Psalter and
Hours executed before 1270 . . .
described by S. C. Cockerell. Lon-
don, 1905, Chiswick Press. 36 pp. ;
25 pis. Folio.
A. Rocchi, La Badia di Grottaf errata.
2d ed. Rome, 1904, Artigianelli S.
Giuseppe, vii, 221 pp. ; figs. 8vo. —
A. Roessler, Die Stimmung der
Gothik und andere Essays. Berlin,
1904, Volkserzieher-Verlag. 125 pp.
8vo. M. 1.50 Attilio Rossi, Santa
IV jiria in Vulturella (Tivoli). Rome,
1905, Loescher. 98 pp. ; 16 pis. 8vo.
A. Saint Paul, Architecture et Catho-
licisme. La Puissance cre"atrice du
ge"nie chr^tien et franc,ais dans la
formation des styles du Moyen-age.
Paris, 1905, Blond and Co. 64 pp. ;
ill. 4to. B. Salin, Die altger-
manische Thierornamentik. Trans,
fr. Swedish by J. Mestorf. Berlin,
1904, A. Asher & Co. x, 383 pp. ; ill.
8vo. M. 30. Max Sauerlandt,
Die Bildwerke des Giovanni Pisano.
Diisseldorf and Leipzig, 1904, K. R.
Langewiesche. 112 pp. ; 31 figs.
8vo. D. Scano, L'antico pulpito
del duomo di Pisa, scolpito da
Guglielmo d' Innspruck. Cagliari,
1905, G. Dessi. 24 pp. ; ill. 8vo. —
A. Schmarsow, Grundbegriffe der
Kunstwissenschaftaus dem Uebergang
vonAltertum zum Mittelalter kritisch
erortert und in systematischem Zusam-
menhange dargestellt. Leipzig, 1905,
Teubner. x, 350pp. 8vo. C. Von
Schmidtz, Beschreibung des Domes
von Mailand. Milan, 1905, Ascona.
56 pp. 8vo. F. Seeselberg. Helm
und Mitra. Studien und Entwurfe in
rnittelalterl. Kunst. Berlin, 1905,
Wasmuth. ii, 13 pp. ; 65 pis. ; figs.
Folio. M. 40. Edm. Sejourne,
Les Reliques de saint Aignaii, e'veque
d'Orle'ans. Orleans, 1905, Sejourne.
xii, 236 pp.; ill. 8vo. B. de
Selincourt, Giotto. London, 1905,
Duckworth. 236 pp. ; 51 figs.
16mo. O. Stiehl, Das deutsche
Rathaus im Mittelalter. Leipzig,
1905, E. A. Seemann. 197 pp. ; 187
figs. 4to. W. Suida, Florentin-
ische Maler urn die Mitte des XIV.
Jahrh. Strassburg, 1905, Heitz. vii,
50 pp. ; 35 pis. 8vo. N. P.
Syreitschikoff and D. K. Treneff,
Ornements sur les monuments de
RENAISSANCE, ETC.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
245
1'ancien art russe. Vol. I. Text in
Russian and French. Moscow, 1904,
25 pis. Folio. M. 48.
Domenico Taccone, Gallucci, Epigrafi
cristiane del Bruzio (Calabria).
Reggio-Calabria, 1905. 8vo. F.
Talon, Histoire merveillense du vrai
portrait traditionnel de Je"sus-Christ,
conserve a Genes. Chambe"ry, 1905,
Perriu. 141 pp. ; ill. 8vo.
A. Venturi, Storia dell' arte italiana.
IV : La scultura del trecento e le sue
origini. Milan, 1906, Hoepli. xxix,
970 pp. ; 803 tigs. 8vo. P. Vitry,
Tours et les chateaux de Touraine
(Coll. "Villes d'art"). Paris, 1905,
Laurens. 180 pp. ; 107 figs. 4to.
4fr.
N. H. J. Westlake, An Elementary
History of Design in Mural Painting
principally during the Christian Era.
Vol. II : From the Second until the
Twelfth Centuries. London, 1905,
Parker. 190 pp. Folio. 32s.
F. Witting, Kirchenbauten der
Auvergne. IStrassburg, 1904, Heitz.
59 pp. ; 9 figs. 8vo. M. 3.50.
K. Woermann and F. Eich-
wede, Germanische Friihkunst. Fasc.
I. (Complete in 12 fasc.) Leipzig,
1905, Tauchnitz. iv pp.; 10 pis. Folio.
III. RENAISSANCE AND
MODERN
Julia Addison, The Art of the Pitti
Palace. London, 1905, Bell, xii,
±i* pp. ; 32 figs. 16mo. Mrs.
Julia C. Ady, Sandro Botticelli.
London, 1905, Duckworth. 220 pp. ;
2 pis. ; 60 figs. 4to. A. Alexan-
dre, Donatello (Coll. "Grands ar-
tistes"). Paris, 1905, Laurens. 128
pp. ; 24 figs. 8vo. Alte Meister.
Fasc. 15-25 (end). Each 8 pis. w.
4 pp. of text. Leipzig, 1905, E. A.
Seemann. 8vo. Solone Am-
brosoli, Atlantino di "Monete Papali
Moderne, a sussidio del Cinagli.
Milan, 1905, Ulrico Hoepli. xii, 131
pp. ; 200 figs. ; portrait. 16mo.
[Manual! Hoepli.] Diego An-
geli, Mino da Fiesole. Florence,
1905, Alinari. 156 pp. ; 43 figs. ; 11
pis. 8vo. 12 fr. Architektur der
Renaissance in Toscana. Fasc. 43.
Munich, 1905, Bruckmann. 26 pp. ;
6 pis.; 45 figs. Folio. E. S.
Auscher, A History and Description
of French Porcelain. Trans, and ed.
by Wm. Burton. New York, 1905,
Cassel. xiv, 200 pp. ; 24 pis. •
figs. 8vo.
Edgar Baes, L'art primitif frangais
et le style de Flandre et de Bour-
gogne. Brussels, 1904, X. Haver-
mans. 59 pp. 8vo. 2 fr. A.
L. Bardy, The Wallace Collection
at Hertford House. New York,
1904. 302 pp. ; ill. 4 to. W.
Bayliss, Seven Angels of the
Renaissance. The story of art from
Cimabue to Claude. London,
1905, Pitman. 254 pp. 8vo. —
Stephan Beissel, Fra Giovanni
Angelico da Fiesole : sein Leben
und seine Werke. 2d ed. Frei-
burg i / B., 1904, Herder. xii, 128
pp. ; 5 pis. ; 89 figs. Mrs. A.
Bell, Paolo Veronese. London,
1905, Newnes. xxxv pp. ; 65 figs.
8vo. — Tintoretto. London, 1905,
Newnes. xlv pp. ; 65 figs. 8vo.
3s. 6d. Malcolm Bell, Early
Work of Titian. London, 1905,
Newnes. xiv pp. ; 65 figs. 8vo.
— Luca Beltrami, Die Certosa von
Pavia. Milan, 1905, Hoepli. xii,
174 pp. ; 12 pis. ; 72 figs. 8vo. M.
2.50. F. Benoit, Hogarth (Coll.
"Grands artistes"). Paris. 1905,
Laurens. 128 pp. ; 24 figs. 8vo.
— Holbein (Coll. "Maitresdel'art").
Paris, 1905, Libr. del' art anc. et. mod.
176 pp. ; 24 figs. 8vo. E. Bes-
sermann-Jordan, Die Sammlung
von Pannwitz, Miinchen. Kunst
und Kunstgewerbe des XV.-XVIII.
Jahrh. Munich, 1905, Helbing. ix,
84 pp. ; 103 pis. ; figs. Folio. M. 50.
— O. Bie, Handzeichnungen alter
Meister (Coll. " Die Kunst "). Ber-
lin, 1905, Bard, Marquardt & Co.
67 pp. ; 15 figs. 16mo. L.
Bingon, Dutch Etchers of the
Seventeenth Century. London, 1905,
Seeley. 80 pp. 8vo. W. Bode,
see Meisterwerke der Malerei. —
Eberhard, Freiherr von Boden-
hausen, Gerhard David und seine
schule. Munich, 1905. 9 photo-
engr. ; 20 phototypes ; figs. M. 9.
H. Bouchot, Les primitif s
frangais (1292-1500) : complement
documentaire du catalogue officiel de
1'exposition. Paris, 1904, Libr. de
1'art anc. et. mod. 341 pp. 16 mo.
— H. Bouchot and L. Delisle,
Les primitifs frangais au palais du
Louvre et a la Bibliotheque Natio-
nale : catalogue. Paris, 1904. R.
Bouyer, Claude Lorrain (" Grands
24(3 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1900
artistes"). Paris, 1905, Laurens.
128 pp. ; 24 figs. 8vo. A. Br£al,
VTelasquez. London, 1905, Duck-
worth. 236 pp. ; 51 figs. lOmo. —
E. Briganti, Le coppe amatorie del
secolo XVInelleniajoliche di Deruta.
Perugia, 1905. 8vo. Peter Brue-
gel I'Ancien, son oeuvre et son
temps. Etude hist, suivie d'un cat.
rais. de son oeuvre dessine" et grave
par Ren6 van Bostelaer et d'un cat.
rais. de sou ceuvre peint par Georges
H. de Loo. Ease. I. Brussels, 1905,
G. van Oest. 24 pp. ; 18 pis. .4 to.
each fasc. 5 fr. D. Burckhardt
and H. A. Schmid, see Handzeich- 1
nungen Schweizerischer Meister.
— J. Burckhardt, Geschichte der
Renaissance in Italieri. IVth ed. rev.
by H. Hultzinger. Stuttgart, 1904,
Neff. xvi, 419 pp. R. Burckhardt,
Cima da Conegliano. Bin venezian-
ischer Maler des Uebergangs vom
Quattrocento zum Cinquecento.
Leipzig, 1905, Hiersemann. 144pp.;
31 figs. 8vo. M. 12. P. Busch-
mann, Jacob Jordaens. Eene studie.
Also in French by G. Eekhond.
Brussels, 1905, G. van Oest. iii, 140
pp. ; 45 pis. 8vo.
Giulio Carotti, Le Opere di Leonardo,
Brainante, e Raffaello. Milan, 1905,
Hoepli. 9 f r. Julia Cartwright.
The Life and Art of Sandro Botticelli.
London, 1904, Duckworth. xii,
205 pp. ; 42 pis. ; figs. 4to. 24s.
— A. B. Chamberlain, Hans Hol-
bein. New Fork, 1905, Macmillan.
72 pp. 16mo. .$1.00. G. Chinali,
Caprese e Michelangelo Buonarroti.
Caprese, 1905. 384 pp. 16mo. 3.50
fr. A. Christian, Debuts del'im-
priinerie en France. L'lmprimerie
Nationale. L' Hotel de Rohan. Paris,
1905, Champion, xxiv, 343 pp. ;
ill. 8vo. A. Claudin, Histoire
de 1'irnprimerie en France au XVe et
au XVI« siecle. Vol. III. Paris,
1905, Imp. Nationale. 550pp. ; 12
pis. ; figs. 4to. G. Clausse, L' Ho-
tel de Ville de Paris. Ses origines.
Paris, 1905, Gastinger. 47 pp. ;
1 plan. 8vo. P.^Clemen and E.
Firmenich-Richartz, Meisterwerke
westdeutscher Malerei und andere
hervorragende Gemalde alter Meister
aus Privatbesitz auf der Kunsthist.
Austellung zu Diisseldorf, 1904.
Munich, 1905, F. Bruckinann.
xxviii, 42 pp. ; 90 pis. Folio. —
Sidney Colvin, Selected Drawings
from Old Masters in the University
Galleries and in the Library at
Christ Church, Oxford. Part III. 20
pis. Folio. A. Conti, Giorgione.
Florence, 1905, Alinari. 82 pp. ; 2
pis. ; figs. 4to. Maud Cruttwell,
Verrocchio. (Libr. of Art Series.)
New York, 1905, Scribner. 276 pp. ;
47 figs. 8vo. L. Cust, Anthony
van Dyck. London, 1905, Bell,
xviii, 196 pp. ; figs. Folio.
B. Daun, P. Vischer. and A. Krafft
(Coll. " Kunstler-Monographien ").
Bielefeld, 1905, Velhagen and Kla-
fcing. 136 pp. ; 102 figs. 8vo. M. 4.
*R. Davey. Botticelli. London, 1905,
Newnes. xx pp. ; 65 figs. 8vo.
G. S. Davies, Franz Hals ; with Bib-
liography (Great Masters in Paint-
ing and Sculpture). New York,
1904, Macmillan. xix, 144 pp. ; 37
figs. 8vo. .$1.75. P. Delalain,
Essai de bibliographic de 1'histoire
de 1'imprimerie typographique et de
la librairie en France. Paris, 1905,
Picard. 46 pp. 8vo. G. H. de
Loo, L'Exposition des primitifs
frangais au point de vue de 1'influ-
ence des fibres Van Eyck sur la
peinture franchise et orientale. Paris,
1904, Floury. — See Bruegel. —
Dessins anciens des e"coles hollan-
daise et flamandes conserves au,Cab-
inet des estampes du Muse"e de 1'Etat &
Amsterdam, classes par E. W. Moes,
directeur. Fasc. 4, 5. The Hague,
1905, Nijhoff ; Paris, Rapilly. 10 pis.
each. Folio. Dessins des mai-
tres frangais, Fasc. 7-8 (end). Each 6
pis. Harlem, 1905. Kleinmann. Folio.
— O. G. Destr£e, The Renaissance
of Sculpture in Belgium. London,
1905, Leclercq. 80 pp. 8vo. E.
Dillon, Claude. London, 1905, Me-
thuen. xiii,202pp.;40pls. 821110.—
Disgeni di Architettura civile e
niilitare di artisti italiani fioriti dal
XV al XVIII secolo, tratti dalla rac-
colta della r. galleria degli Uffizi e
pubblicati dallo stab, fotogr. G. Brogi.
Florence, 1904, S. Landi. 14 pis. w.
text. 8vo. 75 fr. G. Dreux,
Chambord. Le Chateau et sou his-
toire. Blois, 1905, Migault. 102 pp. ;
ill. ; 1 plan. 16mo. A. R. Dry-
hurst, Raphael. London, 1905. Ale-
thuen. xi, 223 pp. ; ill. Himo.
— Frz. Dulberg, Fruhholla'nder II.
Althollandische Gemalde im erzbis-
chofi. Museum zu Utrecht. Haar-
lem, 1905, Kleinmann & Co. 19 pp.
RENAISSANCE, ETC.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
247
25 pis. Folio. M. 40. Albrecht
Diirer, Drawings of. Notice by H.
W. Singer. New York, 1905, Scrib-
ner. 11 pp. ; 46 pis. 4to. Diirer
Album : 34 Reproduktionen seiner
beriihmtesten Werke. Berlin, 1005,
Globus-Verlag. 30pp. 4to. Das
Skizzenbuch Albrecht Diirers in
der konigl. offentl. Bibliothek zu
Dresden. 160 Blatt Handzeich-
nungen in Lichtdruck mit einer Ein-
leitung herausg. von Dr. Robert
Brack. Strassburg, 1905, Heitz. 40
pp.; 160 pis. 4to. P. Durrieu,
Les Tres Riches Heures de Jean de
France, Due de Berry. Paris, 1904,
Plon-Nourrit. 264 pp. ; 65 pis. Fol.
C. von Fabriczy, Italian Medals.
Trans, by Mrs. G. W. Hamilton.
London, 1905, Duckworth. 232 pp. ;
41 pis. 4to. A. Fierens-Gevaert,
Jordaens (" Grands artistes "). Paris,
1905, Laurens. 128 pp. ; 24 figs.
8vo. H. Floerke. Studien zur
niederlandischen Kunst- und Kultur-
geschichte. Die Formen des Kunst-
handels, das atelier und die Samm-
ler in den Niederlanden vom 15.-18.
Jahrh. Munich, 1905. viii, 232 pp.
8vo. M. 7.50. Mrs. G. Fortes"-
cue, Holbein. London, 1905, Me-
thuen. x, 202 pp. ; 40 figs. 16mo.
— A. Fourreau, Les primitifs
Fran9ais et la tradition. Paris, 1905,
Sansot. 45 pp. 16mo. A. von
Fricken, Le Re"veil de 1'esprit aryen
dans Part de la Renaissance. Paris,
1905, Fischbacher. 389 pp. 8vo.
— Fiihrer durch die Ausstellung
des konigl. Kupferstichkabinettes.
Das weibl. Bildnis in Kupferstich,
Holzschnitt und Lithographic, von
XV. bis zum XX. Jahrh. Konigl. Mu-
seum zu Berlin. Berlin, 1905, Rei-
iner. 38 pp. 8vo.
J. C. Graham, The Problem of Fio-
renzq di Lorenzo of Perugia. Perugia,
1904.' Great Pictures in Private
Galleries. Vol. 2. London, 1905,
Cassell. 48 pis. Folio. P. Grei-
nert, Erfurter Steinplastik des 14.
und 15. Jahrh. Leipzig, 1905, E. A.
Seemann. viii, 72 pp. ; 26 figs. 8vo.
— A. Groner, Raffaels Disputa.
Eine kritische Studie liber ihren
Inhalt. Strassburg, 1905, Heitz.
58 pp. ; 2 pis. 8vo.
Ethel Halsey, Gaudenzio Ferrari
(Great Masters in Painting and Sculp-
ture). New York, 1904, Macniillan.
xv, 148 pp. ; 37 figs. 12mo. $1.75.
P. G. Hamerton, The Etchings
of Rembrandt. With 50 Facsimiles
in Photogravure and an annotated
Catalogue of R.'s Etchings by Camp,
bell Dodgson. London/ 1905, Seely
& Co. 146 pp.; 50 pis. 4to.
T. Hampe, Niirnberger Ratsverliisse
iiber Kunst und Kiinstler im Zeital-
ter der Spatgotik und Renaissance
(1449-1618). Vol. III. Personen-,
Oils- und Sachregister. Leipzig, 1904,
Teubner. vi, 137 pp. 8vo. M. 5.
— Handzeichnungen alter Meis-
ter aus der Albertina und anderen
Sammlungen. Herausg. von Jos.
Schonbrunnerund Jos. Meder. Vol.
X, Fasc. 7-12 (each 5 pis.). Vienna,
I «.»<)•>, F. Schenk. 4to. Hand-
zeichnungen alter Meister der hol-
landischen Schule. VI Serie (8
fasc. comprising 64 pis.). Haarlem,
1905, H. Kleinmann. Folio. M. 4.
— Handzeichnungen Schweizer-
ischer Meister des XV. -XVIII.
Jahrh. Herausg. von Dr. P. Ganz,
unter Mitwerkung der Herren
Prof. D. Burckhardt und Prof.
H. A. Schmid. Series -I, Fasc. 1
and 2. (Complete in 12 fasc.) Basel,
1904, 1905, Helbing & Lichtenhahn.
Each 15 pis. in folio ; text in 4to.
12.50 fr. each. Edith Harwold,
Notable Pictures in Florence. Lon-
don, 1905, Dent, xvi, 312 pp. ; 130
figs. 8vo. C. Hasse, Roger van
der Weyden und Roger van Briigge
mit ihren Schulen. Strassburg, 1905,
Heitz. x, 84 pp. ; 15 pis. 8vo. —
G. F. Hill, Pisanello. London, 1905,
Duckworth. 280 pp. ; 65 figs. 8vo.
— R. L. Hobson, Catalogue of the
Coll. of English Porcelain in the
Dept. of. Brit, and Med. Antiquities
and Ethnography of the Brit. Mu-
seum. London, 1905, Printed by
order of the Trustees. 161 pp. ; 39
pis. 4to. Holbein, Drawings of.
Notice by A. L. Baldry. New York,
1905, Scribner. vi, 10 pp. ; 46 pis.
4to. — Portraits of Illustrious Person-
ages of the Court of Henry VIII.
Reprod. in imitation of the original
drawings in the coll. of his Majesty.
W. short hist, notes by R. R. Holmes.
II series. London, Munich, 1905,
Hanfstaengl. viii pp. ; 28 pis. Folio.
— L. Huvey, La Lithographic
d'art. Paris, 1905, Floury. 85 pp.
8vo.
E. Jacobsen and P. N. Ferri, Neuent-
cleckte Michelangelo-Zeichnungen in
248 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [ VOL. X, 1900
den Uffizien zu Florenz. (Pub. also
in French.) Leipzig, 1905, Hierse-
mann. 40 pp. ; 24 pis. ; 17 figs. Folio.
L. Justi, Diirers Dresdener
Altar. Leipzig, 1905, E. A. Seemann.
41 pp. ; 7 pis. 8vo.
A. Kleinclausz, Glaus Sluter et la
sculpture bourguignonne au XVe
siecle (Coll. " Maitres d'art").
Paris, 1905, Libr. de Part anc. et mod.
180 pp. ; 24 figs. 8vo. F. Knapp,
Andrea del Sarto und die Zeich-
nung des Cinquecento. Halle, 1905,
Knapp. 15 pp. 8vo. - - P. G.
Konody, Filippino Lippi. 'London,
1905, Newnes. xxiii pp. ; 65 figs.
gvo. P. Kristeller, Kupferstich
und Holzschnitt in vier Jahrhun-
derten. Berlin, 1905, B. Cassirer.
v, 595 pp. ; 259 figs. 8vo.
G. Lafenestre, Jehan Fouquet. Biogr.
crit. suivie du cat. des peintures dues
on attributes au maitre, du repertoire
de'taille' de toutes ses miniatures, et
d'une bibliographie. Paris, 1905,
Libr. de 1'art anc. et mod. 30 figs. ;
7 pis. 4to. C. Latham, The Gar-
dens of Italy. London, 1905, Newnes.
3 pis. ; figs. Folio. Codice
Atlantico di Leonardo da Vinci,
nella Biblioteca Ambrosiana di Mi-
lano, riprodotto e pubb. dalla R.
Accad. dei Lincei. Trascriz. diplo-
matica e critica di Giov. Piumati.
Fasc. xxxv (and last). Milan, 1905,
Hoepli. Complete in 1303 pp. ; 1384
pis. Folio. Entire, 1500 fr. II
Dizionario-Indice del Codice At-
lantico, fatto a cura dell' architetto
Luca Beltrami. Milan, 1905,
Hoepli. Folio. F. Lippmann,
Zeichnungen von Albrecht Diirer in
Nachbildungen. Vol. V. Albrecht
Diirers Zeichnungen in der Albertina
zu Wien in Nachbildungen, unter
Mitwirkung von J. Schonbrunner
herausg. und redigirt von J. Meder.
Berlin, 1905, Grote. 30 pp. ; pis.
448-588. Folio. G. Ludwig and
P. Molmenti, Vittore Carpaccio, la
vita e le opere. Milan, 1905, Hoepli.
xvi, 307 pp. ; 62 pis. ; 225 figs. 4to.
48 fr.
E. McCurdy, Leonardo da Vinci
(Great Masters in Painting and
Sculpture). New York, 1904, Mac-
millan. xii, 139 pp. ; 42 figs. 8vo.
§1.75. H. Mackowsky, Michel-
angiolo. Berlin, 1905, Bard, Mar-
quardt & Co. 15 figs. ; 1 facsimile.
16mo. F. Malaguzzi-Valeri, Gio.
Antonio Amadeo, scultore e archi-
tetto lombardo (1447-1523). Ber-
gamo, 1905, Istituto ital. d' arti
grafiche. 347 pp.; 364 figs. 8vo.
— Meisterwerke der Malerei.
Alte Meister, 2te Sammlung. Re-
produktionen in Photogravure. Mit
einem Vorwort und begleitendem
Text von W. Bode. Fasc. I-II.
(Complete in 24 fasc., each 6 pis. and
1 p. of text.) Berlin, 1905, Bong.
4to. Die Meisterwerke der
koenigl. Gemaelde-Gallerie zu Cas-
iVl. 209 Kunstdriicke nach den
Original gemaelden. Introd. by
Karl Voll. Munich, F. Hanfstaengl.
xx pp. ; 209 pp. of figs. 8vo. M. 8.
— Mortimer Menpes, Rembrandt.
Text by C. Lewis Hind. New York,
1905, Macmillan. 64 pp.; 16 pis.
4to. E. W. Moes, see Dessins.
— P. Molmenti, La peinture ve"ne"-
tienne. Trans, by J. de Crozals.
Florence, 1905, Alinari. 200 pp. ;
8 pis.; 158 figs. 8vo. 12 f r. —
Pol de Mont, L' Evolution dela pein-
ture ne"erlandaise aux XIVe, XVe et
XVIe siecles a 1' Exposition de Bruges.
Fasc. 12-20 (end). Haarlem, 1905,
Klein mann. pp. 57-164 ; pis. 111-200.
Folio. C. H. Moore, Character
of Renaissance Architecture. New
York, 1905, Macmillan. 270 pp. ;
12 pis. ; 139 figs. 8vo. T.
Sturge Moore, Albert Diirer (Libr.
of Art Series). New York, 1905,
Scribner. 350 pp. ; 54 pis. 4to.
$2.00.
P. de Nolhac. J. M. Nattier, peintre
de la cour de Louis XV. Paris, 1905,
Manzi, Joyant & Cie. 163 pp. ; 60
pis. ; 4to.
G. Pauli, Gemalde alter Meister im
bremischen Privatbesitz. Bremen,
1905, Leuwer. 64pp. 8vo. A.
Peltzer, Albrecht Diirer und Fried-
rich II von der Pfalz. Strassburg,
1905, Heitz. 54 pp. ; 3 pis. ; 1 fig.
8vo. Marie K. Potter, The Art
of the Louvre. With a Short History
of the Building and Gallery. Lon-
don, 1905, Bell 418 pp. ; 48 figs. ;
2 plans. 8vo. 6s. — The Art of
the Vatican. London, 1905, Bell,
xiv, 346 pp. ; 41 figs. 16mo.
L. Quarre-Reybourbon. Martin Done"
(1572-1638). Lille, 1905, Lefebvre.
-— H. Qu§dy, Le Palais du Louvre,
exte"rieur et inte'rieur. Architecture,
sculpture, decoration, ensemble, d6-
tails, plans. Pub. sous la direction
RENAISSANCE, ETC.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY, 1905
249
de H. G. Dourdan, 1905, The"zard.
60 pis. Folio.
The Masterpieces of Raphael. Glas-
gow, 1905, Gowans & Gray. 64
pp. ; 60 figs. 16mo. Hope Rea,
Tuscan and Venetian Artists : their
Thought and Work. Introd. by Sir
W. B. Richmond. London, 1905,
Dent. 182 pp.; 38 figs. 8vo. —
The Masterpieces of Rembrandt.
Glasgow, 1905, Gowans & Gray. 70
pp. ; 60 figs. 16ino. Rembrandts
38 Radierungen. Berlin, 1905, E.
Meyer. 24 pp. 4to. Corrado
Ricci, Gli affreschi di Bramante ; e
un appendice di Luca Beltrami su la
sala dei Maestri d' Anni. Milan, 1 905.
90pp. ; pis. 8vo. J. P. Richter
and A. C. Taylor, The Golden Age
of Classic Christian Art. London,
1904, Duckworth, xviii, 427 pp. ;
52 pis. 4to. B. Riehl, Die Miin-
chener Plastik in der Wende vom
Mittelalter bis zur Renaissance. Mu-
nich, 1905, Franz. 8 pis. 8vo.
R. Rolland, Michel-Ange (Coll.
"Ma.itres de Part"). Paris, 1905,
Libr. de Part anc. et mod. 184 pp. ;
24 figs. 8vo. M. Rooses, Ru-
bens. 2 vols. London, 1905, Duck-
worth. 280 figs. ; 70 pis. 4to. —
A. Rosenberg, Raffael : des Meis-
ters Gemalde in 202 Abbildungen,
mit einer biogr. Einleitung. Leip-
zig, 1904, Deutsche Verl.-Anstalt.
xxxiv, 154 pp. 8vo. — Rubens: des
Meisters Gemalde in 551 Abbil-
dungen. Stuttgart & Leipzig, 1905,
Deutsche Verl.-Anstalt. xli, 518pp. ;
551 figs. 8vo. W. Rothse, Die
Bliitezeit der Sienesischen Malerei
und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Entwick-
elung der italienischen Kunst.
Strassburg, 1904, Heitz. x, 138 pp. ;
52 pis. 8vo. M. C. van de Ro-
vaart : Rembrandt als mensche en
kunstenaar. Fasc. 1. (Complete in
18 fasc.) Buiksloot, 1905. 16 pp. ;
2 portraits ; figs. 8vo. Rubens,
see Rosenburg.
Sammlung von Renaissance Kunst-
werken gestiftet von Herrn James
Simon (konigl. Museen zu Berlin).
1905, Reimer. iii, 52 pp. 8vo. —
E. Schaeffer, Andrea del Sarto (Coll.
"Die Kunst"). Berlin, 1905, Bard,
Marquardt & Co. 62 pp.; 15 figs.
16mo. P. Schmohl and G.
Stachelin, Barockbauten in Deutsch-
land. Nach photogr. Naturaufnah-
men in Lichtdruck. Fasc. 1 and 2.
(Complete in 5 fasc.) Stuttgart, 1905,
Ebner. 32 pis. Folio J. Schon-
brunner and Jos. Meder, Handzeich-
nungen alter Meister aus der
Albertina und anderen Sammlungen.
Vol. X, Fasc. 1-6 (each 5 pis.).
Vienna, 1905, F. Schenk. 4to.—
P. Schubring, Luca della Robbia
und seine Familie (Coll. " Kunstler-
Monographien "). Bielefeld, 1905,
Velhagen and Klasing. v, 155 pp.;
172 figs. 8vo. M. 4. F. Servaes,
Albrecht Diirer (Coll. " Die Kunst").
Berlin, 1905, Bard, Marquardt & Co.
67 pp. ; 16 figs. 16mo. O. Siren,
Don Lorenzo Monaco. Strassburg,
1905, Heitz. ix, 198 pp. ; 54 pis.
8vo. W. S. Sparrow, Women
Painters of the World. From Cate-
rina Vigri, 1413-1463, to RosaBonheur
and the Present Day. Ed. by W. S. S.
London, 1905, Hodder and Son,
332 pp.; pis. 4to. 7s. 6d. E.
Staley, Raphael. London, 1905,
Newnes. xliii pp. ; 65 figs. 8vo. —
H. Stokes, Gozzoli. London, 1905,
Newnes. xxvi pp. ; 65 figs. 8vo. —
Van Dyck. London, 1905, Newnes.
xlvii pp.; 65 figs. 8vo. W.
Suida, Florentinische Maler um
die Mitte des XIV. Jahrh. (Zur
Kunstgesch. des Auslandes, 32).
Strassburg, 1905, Heitz. vii, 50pp. ; 35
pis. 8vo. M. 8. 1. B. Supino,
Les deux Lippi (Era Filippo et Filip-
pino). Trans, by J. de Crozals.
Florence, 1905, Alinari. 199 pp.; 10
pis. 92 figs. 8vo. 15 fr.
A. C. Taylor, see Richter. H.
Thode, Franz von Assisi und die
Anfange der Kunst der Renaissance
in Italien. 2d. rev. ed. Berlin,
1904, Grote. xxvii, 643 pp. ; 39 pis.
8vo. M. 16.
M. Vachon, L'Hotel de Ville de Paris
(1535-1905). 2d ed. Paris, 1905,
Plon-Nourrit & Cie. v, 239 pp. ;
figs. ; 72 pis. 4to. W. R. Valen-
tiner, Rembrandt und Seine U rage-
bung. Strassburg, 1905, Heitz. vii,
164 pp. ; 7 pis. 8vo. A. Van de
Put, Hispano-Moresque Ware of the
X Vth century. A Contribution to its
History and Chronology based upon
Armorial Specimens. New York,
1904, John Lane (London, Chapman
& Hall), vi, 105 pp. ; 34 pis. ; 17 figs.
4to. $4.00 net. Etchings by Van
Dyck. 23 Plates reproduced in Rem-
brandt Photogravures. Ed. by W.
S. Sparrow. Introd. by H. W. Singer.
250 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [ VOL. X, 1906
London, 1005, Hodder & Stough-
ton. 23 pis. 4to. The Master-
pieces of Van Dyck (Go wans1 Art
Books, No. 2). Glasgow, Go wans.
73 pp. 8vo. 6d. Velasquez:
Des Meisters Gemalde in 146 Abbil-
dungen. Mit einer biogr. Einlei-
tungvon W. Gensel. (Coll. " Klas-
siker der Kunst "). Stuttgart, 1905,
Deutsche Verlags-Anstalt. xxix,
160 pp. ; 146 figs. 8vo. A. Ven-
turi. Storia dell' arte italiana. Vol.
IV. La scultura del Trecento e le
sue origini. Milan, 1906, Hoepli.
xxvii, 970 pp. ; 803 figs. 8vo. —
E. Verhaeren, Rembrandt (Coll.
"Grands artistes"). Paris, 1905,
Laurens. 128pp.; 24 figs. 8vo.
U. M. de Villard, Giorgione da Cas-
telfranco. Bergamo, 1905, Istit.
ital. d' arti grafiche. 145 pp. ; 1 pi. ;
91 figs. 8vo.
H. Wallis, Early Italian Majolica.
Figure Design and Other Forms of
Ornamentation in the XVth Century.
London, 1905, Quaritch. 32 pp. ; 103
pis. 8vo. — Italian Ceramic Art.
The Albarello. A Study in Early
Renaissance Majolica. London, 1905,
Quaritch. xxix, 117pp. ; 117 figs. 4to.
— Seventeen Plates by Nicola Fon-
tanada Urbinoatthe Correr Museum
of Venice. London, 1905. 70 pp. ;
27 pis. 4 to. S. Weber, Fio-
renzo di Lorenzo. Strassburg, 1905,
Heitz. 163 pp. ; 25 pis. 8vo. —
Werke alter Meister (Konigl. Ge-
malde-Gallerie Cassel). Berlin, 1905,
Globus-Verlag. 30 pis. 4to.
Werke alter Meister. 30 Reproduk-
tione nach Originalen der Gallerien im
Haag und in Haarlem. Berlin, 1905,
Globus-Verlag. 30 pis. 4to. Mary
H. Witt, The German and Flemish
I Masters in the National Gallery.
New York, 1905, Macmillan. x, 349
pp. ; 40 figs. ; 8vo. $3.00. F.
Witting, Westfranzosische Kuppel-
kirche. Strassburg, 1904, Heitz. 40
pp.; 9 figs. 8vo. R. Wust-
mann, Von deutscher Kunst. Diirers
Natursymbolik. Leipzig, 1905, Grti-
now. 54 pp. 8vo.
Zeichnungen alter Meister im Kup-
ferstichkabinet zu Berlin. Herausg.
von F. Lippmann. Fasc. 6-14 (each
10 pis.). Berlin, 1905, Grote. Folio.
R. Zotti, Pomponio Amalteo,
pittore del secolo XVI : sua vita,
sue opere e suoi tempi ; studio artist-
ico. Udine, 1905, Gambierasi. x,
264 pp. ; 13 pis. ; figs. 8vo. —
M. Zucker, Albrecht Diirer. Halle,
1905, Haupt. v, 184pp. ; ill. 8vo.
ADDENDUM
SUPPLEMENT TO THE JOURNAL, VOL. IX, p. 95
To the list of the Councillors of the Southwest Society of
the Institute should be added the names of Miss MARY E. FOY
and Mrs. W. H. HOUSH, of Los Angeles.
Volume X 19O6 No. 3
AMERICAN
JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY
Aeries
THE JOURNAL OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL
INSTITUTE OP AMERICA
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor-in-Chief
HAROLD NORTH FOWLER
Associate Editors Honorary Editors
J. R. S. STERRETT THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR
ALLAN MARQUAND JAMES R. WHEELER
JOHN P. PETERS ANDREW F. WEST
JAMES M. PATON J. DYNELEY PRINCE
CHARLES PEABODY
Business Manager
JAMES M. PATON
CONTENTS
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS OF THE FIRST NINE CENTURIES
ON THE TERMS CYMA RECTA AND CYMA REVERSA
A GREEK INSCRIPTION FROM THE HAURAN
ON INSCRIPTIONS FROM SINOPE
CONTENTS OF A MYCENAEAN VASE
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON
FELLOWSHIPS AT THE SCHOOL AT ATHENS
ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS (January-June, 1906)
NORWOOD, MASS.
PUBLISHED FOB THE INSTITUTE BY
NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
64-66, FIFTH AVENUE
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., LTD.
Annual Subscription, $5.00 Single Numbers, $1.50
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY
CONTENTS
PAGE
AMERICAN SCHOOL IN ROME:
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS OF THE FIRST NINE CENTURIES
WITH ESPECIAL REGARD TO THEIR POSITION IN THE
CHURCHES William Warner Bishop 251
ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA :
ON THE TERMS GYM A RECTA AND GYM A RE VERSA
Allan Marquand 282
Jf %EEK INSCRIPTION FROM THE HAURAN G. M. Whicher 289
NOTES ON DR. D. M. ROBINSON'S INSCRIPTIONS FROM
SINOPE ..?... Albert W. Van Buren 295
EXAMINATION OF THE CONTENTS OF A MYCENAEAN VASE
FOUND IN EGYPT . . . . . Augustus H. Gill 300
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON OF MESSENE Ida Carleton Thallon 302
FELLOWSHIPS AT THE SCHOOL AT ATHENS .... 330
ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS (January-June, 1906)
Harold N. Fowler, Editor 331
Oriental and Classical Archaeology: — General and Miscellaneous,
331 ; Egypt, 333 ; Assyria and Babylonia, 335 ; Syria and Pales-
tine, 336 ; Asia Minor, 337 ; Greece, 341 ; Italy, 349 ; Spain, 355 ;
France, 355 ; Austria- Hungary, 358 ; Great Britain, 359 ; Africa,
362 ; United States, 364.
Early Christian, Byzantine, Mediaeval, and Renaissance Art: —
General and Miscellaneous, 366 ; Italy, 366 ; Spain, 370 ; France,
371 ; Holland, 372 ; Germany, 372 ; Hungary, 373 ; England, 373 ;
Africa, 374 ; United States, 375.
American Archaeology : — General and Miscellaneous, 376.
iii
American
of Classical
in i&ome
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS OF THE FIRST NINE
CENTURIES
WITH ESPECIAL REGARD TO THEIR POSITION IN THE CHURCHES
THERE is literary evidence to show that the mosaic decora-
tion of early Christian churches probably followed, if not a set
scheme, at least a tradition as to subjects and their placing in
the church.1 It is intended in this paper to examine and classify
the existing church mosaics of Rome and the immediate vicinity
with a view to discovering what light the actual remains throw
on the existence and history of this supposed traditional or con-
ventional arrangement. The work has been limited to Roman
mosaics originating before the close of the ninth century which
are actually to be seen to-day, because (1) it is deemed wise to
classif}7" and study the existing pictures before entering on the
subject of the " lost mosaics," already covered by Miintz and
other writers,2 and (2) the Roman mosaics up to the end of the
ninth century exhibit a distinct local character in decided con-
trast to the later works.
The following churches in Rome contain mosaic pictures
whose origin is before the year 900 A.D. : S. Agnese (Via
Nomentana), Battistero Lateranense (Exedra di SS. Rufina e
Secunda, Oratorio di S. Giovanni Evangelista, Cappella di S.
Venanzio), S. Cecilia in Trastevere, SS. Cosma e Damiano, S.
Costanza, S. Lorenzo in Agro Verano, S. Marco di Pallacine,
S. Maria in Domnica, S. Maria Maggiore, SS. Nereo ed Achilleo,
S. Prassede, S. Pudenziana, S. Paolo fuori le mura, S. Pietro in
Vincoli, S. Sabina, S. Stephano rotondo, and S. Teodoro.
1 Cf. Kraus, Geschichte d. christlichen Kunst, I, pp. 383-389.
2 Cf. De Rossi, Gio. Battista, Musaici cristiani . . . delle chiese di Boma,
Rome, 1899, 'Note bibliografiche sui musaici perduti.'
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 251
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 3.
252 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
These mosaics fall into the following chronological order :
Fourth century : S. Costanza (aisle), S. Pudenziana, Exedra di
SS. Rufina e Secunda.
Fifth century: Oratorio di S. Giovanni Evangelista in Batti-
stero Lateranense, S. Maria Maggiore (triumphal arch and
nave), S. Paolo fuori (arch), S. Sabina.
Sixth century : SS. Cosma e Damiano, S. Lorenzo.
Seventh century : S. Agnese, If. Pietro in Vincoli, S. Stefano
rotondo, Cappella di S. Venanzio in Battistero Lateranense.
Eighth century : S. Teodoro.
Ninth century : S. Cecilia in Trastevere, S. Maria in Domnica,
S. Marco, SS. Nereo ed Achilleo, S. Prassede.
The mosaics are found in churches of the basilica type as
well as in buildings of central construction. We may group
the churches with regard to the parts on which mosaics are
placed as follows :
Mosaic as altar-piece : S. Pietro in Vincoli.
Mosaics on interior walls : S. Sabina, Cappella di S. Zenone.
Mosaics on walls of nave over the supporting columns : S. Maria
Maggiore.
Mosaics on triumphal arch : S. Maria Maggiore, S. Paolo fuori,
S. Lorenzo fuori, S. Prassede.
Mosaics on tribune arch and apse : S. Venanzio, SS. Cosma e
Damiano, S. Maria in Domnica, S. Prassede, S. Marco.
Mosaic on tribune arch (apse mosaic destroyed) : SS. Nereo ed
Achilleo.
Mosaics in apse only : S. Pudenziana, S. Agnese fuori, S. Teo-
doro, S. Cecilia in Trastevere.
Mosaics on minor apsidal vaultings or lunettes : S. Stefano
rotondo, S. Costanza.
Mosaics on lateral or central vaults : S. Costanza, S. Giovanni
Evangelista, Cappella di S. Zenone.
It should be noted in regard to the foregoing classification
that reference is here made only to the mosaics coming within
the limits specified at the beginning of this paper. Thus,
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 253
S. Paolo fuori le Mura has mosaics on the tribune arch and apse,
as well as elsewhere, but those on the triumphal arch alone date
from our period. So also the mosaics in the apse of S. Maria
Maggiore are later than the date set for our limit. S. Prassede
is the only church presenting mosaics of this period on tri-
umphal arch, tribune arch, and apse, and possesses also the
highly decorated chapel of S. Zenone.
From the above classification it will be seen that the existing
Roman mosaics of this period of church mosaic decoration are
nearly all in that part of the church toward which the eyes of
the congregation would be directed at all great ceremonies;
that is, the triumphal and tribune arches and the apse. In one
church only, S. Maria Maggiore, have the mosaics on the walls
of the nave been preserved. Facade and wall mosaics have,
naturally enough, suffered more from time and the rebuilder
than those of the apse and interior arches. Chapel mosaic
decorations have generally disappeared with the building of
newer chapels and the " systematization " of interior and ex-
terior. Some of the smaller churches in all probability had
mosaic pictures only on the tribune wall and apse.1
A description of the various mosaic pictures will enable us
to classify the subjects depicted in them. I follow the order
of the classification given before.
1. S. Pietro in Vincoli.2
The only altar-piece of mosaic from our period is the figure
of S. Stefano over the second altar from the entrance door in
the left aisle of S. Pietro in Vincoli. The saint is represented
about half of life size, and, contrary to the traditions of the
painters, as an old and bearded man. The work is dated 680
A.D. and formed part of a votive altar erected in the nave of
the church after the disastrous plague of that year. It was
removed to its present position in 1576.
1 S. Agnese, for instance. Cf. the notices in the Liber pontijicalis under
Symmachus (ed. Mommsen, 1898, p. 123), and especially Honorius (ibid. p. 174),
who fecit absida eiusdem basilicae ex musibo.
2 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xx ; Garrucci, Storia deW arte cristiana, IV,
tav. 275.
254
WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
2. S. Sabina.1 (Fig. 1.)
The only mosaic now preserved to us of the original decora-
tions of this church is found on the interior of the rear wall
over the famous carved doors of cypress wood. It dates, in all
likelihood, from the time of the erection of the church, 425-432
A.D. (De Rossi). The main part of the mosaic is a metrical
FIGURE 1. — MOSAIC IN THE CHURCH or S. SABINA, ROME.
inscription of seven lines in large letters of gold on a dark blue
background. The inscription reads as follows :
CVLMEN APOSTOLICVM CVM CAELESTINVS HABERET
PRIMVS ET IN TOTO FVLGERET EPISCOPVS ORBE
HAEC QVAE MIRARIS FVNDAVIT PRESBITER VRBIS
ILLYRICA DE GENTE PETRVS VIR NOMINE TANTO
DIGNVS AB EXORTV CHRISTI NVTRITVS IN AVLA
PAVPERIBVS LOCVPLES SIBI PAVPER QVI BONA VITAE
PRAESENTIS FVGIENS MERVIT SPERARE FVTVRAM.
At either end of the inscription are two full-length female
figures, each holding an open book in the left hand and point-
ing to its pages with the right. Beneath the one on the left is
the inscription ECLESIA EX CIRCVMCISIONE, and beneath the
other, ECLESIA EX GENTIBVS. It should be noted that these
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xii ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 210.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 255
figures are at either end of the inscription and subsidiary to it
in the eyes of the designer, just as later the same idea of the
double origin of the church is expressed by the two cities,
Jerusalem and Bethlehem, which invariably occupy a position
at the ends of a mosaic. The workmanship of this mosaic is
remarkably good.
Ciampini (Vet. Monum. I, tab. xlvii) gives, in addition, a
design extant in his time, (1690), all trace of which has now
vanished. It is De Rossi's opinion that these lost mosaics
belonged to the ninth century restoration of the church. It is
very unfortunate that the other mosaics of this early and once
highly decorated church have been lost.
3. S. Maria Maggiore.1
The walls of the nave and the triumphal arch of this basilica
contain mosaics of a date at least as early as the renovation of
the church by Pope Sixtus III in 432 A.D. The apse mosaic
dates from the thirteenth and the fagade mosaic from the twelfth
century. If the nave mosaics do not belong to the time of
Liberius, founder of the basilica, they are supposed to be imi-
tations of those he caused to be made in 355 A.D. Marked
differences in style and execution, as well as architectural
considerations, have been urged as a reason for assigning to the
mosaics of the nave an earlier date than that known for those
of the arch, 432-440 A.D.
The walls of the nave, above the architraves, are divided
into a series of panels once decorated with mosaics. Only twenty-
seven of these panels now have mosaics, twelve on the left
and fifteen on the right side. Six panels have been destroyed
by the building of the Borghese and Sixtine Chapels, and others
are filled with modern paintings designed to imitate mosaics.
On the left side, beginning at the high altar, we have scenes
from the life of Abraham, Isaac, Jacob, and Esau. Eight of
the twelve panels have two scenes, an upper and a lower, mak-
ing twenty in all. The first three panels are occupied with
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. vi-viii ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 215-222.
256 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
Abraham's return from his victory over the three kings (Gen.
xiv), his parting from Lot, and the visit of the three angels.
The next panel containing a mosaic picture represents Isaac
blessing Jacob. Five panels tell the fortunes of Jacob during
his stay with Laban. The tenth gives the meeting of Jacob
and Esau, while the eleventh and twelfth show the purchase of
the land at Salem and the scenes resulting from the rape of
Dinah.
The panels on the right side begin with two picturing the
presentation of Moses to Pharaoh's daughter, his training,
marriage, and occupation as a shepherd. The three following
are gone, but a codex in the Biblioteca Barberini l gives the
designs. They represent Moses' return to Egypt, his demand
before Pharaoh for the release ef the Israelites, the command to
prepare the Paschal lamb and the orders to depart, and the
injunction to celebrate the Passover ever after. The sixth, one
of the best, represents the passage of the Red Sea ; the seventh,
the promise of flesh and the coming of the quails ; the eighth,
Moses drawing water from the rock ; in the lower panel, the
meeting with the Amalekites ; the ninth, the battle with the
Amalekites ; the tenth, the return of the spies. ; the eleventh,
Moses presenting the Book of Deuteronomy to the Levites;
below, the march to the Jordan ; while the twelfth gives the
passage of the river and the departure of the spies for Jericho;
the thirteenth and fourteenth are concerned with the capture
of Jericho ; while the rest give incidents of Joshua's warfare
against Ai and the Amorites. The interpretation of these
scenes is not always clear.2 Fifteen of the panels of this side,
including those supplied from the Barberini codex, have two
divisions.
4. S. Maria Maggiore: TRIUMPHAL ARCH.8
At the summit of this arch stands the inscription XYSTVS
EPISCOPVS PLEBI DEI. It is the work of Pope Sixtus III, who
1 Now transferred to the Vatican.
2 I follow that given by Garrucci, op. cit. IV, pp. 17-30.
3 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. v; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 211-214.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 257
renewed the whole basilica in memory of the famous decision
of the Council of Ephesus in 431. The scenes in the arch lie
in four zones or fields, of which the upper one only extends
completely across the top of the arch. In the centre of this
upper zone is a richly ornamented throne on which stands a
jewelled cross with a crown at its foot resting on a black cloth.
The whole is surrounded by an aureole. The interpretation of
the black cloth has been much disputed. It probably signifies
death, while the superimposed cross and crown express triumph
over death (De Rossi). At either side of the aureole stand
SS. Peter and Paul, and above are the four symbols of the
evangelists in the following order from left to right,1 Luke,
Matthew, Mark, John. In the same zone at the spectator's left,
is depicted the Annunciation, in which Gabriel is accompanied
by four other angels, and Zacharias stands before the temple.
At the right is figured the meeting of Joseph, Mary, and the
infant Jesus with Anna and Simeon before the temple. Origi-
nally there was another scene at the right, of which one angel
only remains.
In the second zone at the left we have the Visit of the Magi.
Jesus is represented seated on a throne, with the Virgin and
another female figure seated at either side. At the right is
a scene which is variously interpreted either as the dispute
with the doctors and the meeting of the parents and son
(Garrucci), or as the reception of the holy family in Egypt as
described in the apocryphal gospel of Matthew (Konkadoff,
De Waal, De Rossi, Kraus).
The third zone gives on the left Herod commanding the
slaughter of the Innocents and on the right his reception of the
Magi ; while beneath in the fourth zone are seen the two cities,
I Jerusalem at the left, and Bethlehem at the right. Originally
there were six sheep, representing the faithful flock, under each
of these cities. Five are still to be seen on the left side, but
none remain on the right.
In this paper the terms right and left are always used of objects at the right
or left of the spectator.
258
WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
This arch is decorated with more crowded and complicated
compositions than are found on the triumphal arches of other
early Christian churches in Rome. Its age and good workman-
ship make one wish that it were more easily examined. It
should be noticed that all the scenes in this church are Biblical,
with the exception of those in the higher zone of the arch,
which may properly be termed symbolical.
5. S. Paolo fuori le Mura: IEIUMPHAL Anon.1 (Fig. 2.)
The mosaics of this arch have undergone many restorations.
They were originally made at the suggestion and expense of the
FIGURE 2. — MOSAICS IN THE CHURCH OF S. PAOLO FUORI LE MURA, ROME.
empress Galla Placidia under Pope Leo the Great (440-461).
But restorations in the ninth, twelfth, fourteenth, eighteenth,
and nineteenth centuries have so changed the work that in all
probability only the design remains of the original. For our
purposes, however, this is sufficient.
There are three zones. In the centre of the first and occupy-
ing a part of the second, immediately above the summit of the
1 De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xvi ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 271.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 259
arch, is an enormous bust of Christ, with a nimbus and rays
darting from the head. Above and at each side are the evan-
gelistic symbols (order, Luke, Matthew, Mark, John). In the
second zone are the four and twenty elders in white robes, offer-
ing their crowns to the Christ. An angel kneels at each side
of the bust of Christ. In the lowest zone are tall figures of
S. Peter at the right, and S. Paul at the left.
Above is the inscription in mosaic :
TEODOSIVS CEPIT PERFECIT ONORIVS AVLAM
DOCTORIS MVNDI SACRATAM CORPORE PAVLI.
On the border of the arch an inscription in mosaic reads :
PLACIDIAE PIA MENS OPERIS DECVS HOMINE PATERNI
GAVDET PONTIFICIS STVDIO SPLENDERE LEONIS.
In SS. Cosma e Damiano and S. Prassede we have the lead-
ing features of this design repeated, while in S. Marco and
S. Maria in Domnica, the two tall standing figures again
appear in the corners of the arch.
6. S. Lorenzo in Agro Verano : TRIUMPHAL ARCH.1 (Fig. 3.)
By the numerous alterations which this church has suffered
the sole antique mosaic which it contains has entirely lost its
original position. In the early church it was the front of the
triumphal arch. Above the mosaic was an inscription which
has been restored from manuscript evidence by De Rossi :
DEMOVIT DOMINVS TENEBRAS VT LVCE CREATA
HIS QVONDAM LATEBRIS SIC MODO FVLGOR INEST
ANGVSTOS ADITVS VENERABILE CORPVS HABEBAT
HVC VBI NVNC POPVLVM LONGIORE AVLA CAPIT
ERVTA PLANITIES PATVIT SVB MONTE RECISA
ESTQVE REMOTA GRAVI MOLE RVINA MINAX
PRAESVLE PEL AGIO MARTYR LAVRENTIVS OLIM
TEMPLA SIBI STATVIT TAM PRETIOSA DARI
MIRA FIDES GLADIOS HOSTILES INTER ET IRAS
PONTIFICEM MERITIS HAEC CELEBRASSE SVIS
TV MODO SANCTORVM CVI CRESCERE CONSTAT HONORES
FAC SVB PACE COLI TECTA DICATA TIBI.
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xvi ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 271.
260 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
Two windows have been broken through at either end.
They come immediately over the representations of Jerusalem
and Bethlehem at the two lower corners.
The scene is as follows : In the centre Christ is seated on a
globe, holding a sceptre in his left hand and blessing with his
right. A nimbus with the cross encircles his head. Two
FIGURE 3. — MOSAIC IN THE CHURCH OF S. LORENZO IN AGRO VKUANU, ROME.
groups of three persons each are at either side. Their names
are written above their heads. At either side of Christ are
SS. Peter and Paul, then the two martyred deacons, SS.
Laurentius and Stephanus, holding open books, while at the
left end Pope Pelagius presents the model of the basilica to
Laurentius, and on the right S. Hippolytus, who was buried
in the adjoining cemetery, holds out a jewelled crown. The
two cities are below in the corners.
On the border of the arch below the mosaic runs the inscrip-
tion:
MARTYRIVM FLAMMIS OLIM LEVVITA SVBTSTI
IVRE TVIS TEMPLIS LVX BENERANDA REDIT.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 261
7. S. Prassede : TRIUMPHAL Anon.1
These mosaics, as well as those on the tribune wall and apse,
were executed by order of Pope Paschal I (817-824), and bear
his monogram. There are two zones, the field of the upper
one extending completely across the church, while the lower
one is divided by the arch. That there are only two zones is
doubtless due to the small size of the church and consequently
of the arch.
In the centre of the upper field is depicted in a characteris-
tically mediaeval fashion the New Jerusalem. In the very
centre Christ stands between two angels, below whom are
S. John the Baptist and the Virgin on one side, and S. Pras-
sede on the other. The apostles, six on either side, appear in
line with the last mentioned group, showing about half their
figures above the golden battlements of the heavenly city. At
the right and left hand are two figures symbolizing the Law
and the Prophets, with an angel also on the right. Without
the doors stand figures of SS. Peter and Paul, while a company
of saints led by angels fill each end of the picture. The two
lower parts of the arch are filled with a great company of the
saints. The whole design is based on the twenty-first chapter
of the Apocalypse.
8. SS. Cosma e Damiano : TRIBUNE ARCH AND APSE.2
(Fig. 4.)
The mosaics in this church are by far the best of those with
which we have to do in point of beauty, design, and execution.
They date from the time of Felix IV (526-530). The arch
mosaics were seriously mutilated when Urban VIII (1623-
1644) reduced the church to its present form, and the apse
mosaics have been partially restored ; but despite these defects
they are noteworthy monuments.
In the centre of the arch above the apse Christ is represented
by the Lamb, reposing on the throne with the book of the seven
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xxvi ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 285.
2 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xv ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 253.
262 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
seals. The throne stands between seven candelabra on which are
burning lamps. Four angels, two on each side, standing on the
clouds, and the evangelistic symbols complete the upper zone.
Two only of the symbols remain, those of Matthew and John.
FIGURE 4. — CENTRE OF APSE MOSAIC, CHURCH OF SS. COSMA E
DAMIANO, ROME.
In the lower zone were originally the four and twenty elders
holding out their crowns, but of these some of the hands with
the crowns alone remain.
Fortunately the apse has suffered less. At the summit is the
hand of God stretched out from heaven with the wreath or
crown. In the centre appears a full-length figure of Christ,
holding a roll of parchment in his left hand and with the right
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 263
arm extended at full length. The background of the apse is a
deep blue, and behind and below the figure of Christ are red
and gold clouds. Below at the right and left SS. Peter and
Paul present to him the two martyred Arabian physicians, SS.
Cosmas and Damian, who hold crowns in their veiled hands.
Then come at the left Pope Felix IV, holding a model of
the church, and at the right S. Theodore. The figure of Felix
was restored in the seventeenth century. A palm tree, emblem
of victory, closes the scene at each end. On the one at the left
is the bird Phoenix.
Around the lower part of the apse run two narrow bands.
The upper has in the centre, just under the figure of Christ in
the main scene, the Lamb of God standing on the Rock or
Mount from which flow the four Rivers of Paradise. The
Lamb, as in all scenes of this and later date, has the nimbus.
Twelve sheep proceeding from the two cities at each end fill
the rest of the zone. This is a very common design for the
lower part of the apse.
Below runs the inscription in letters of gold on a dark
background which takes up as much space as the picture of the
sheep and cities above :
AVLA DEI CLARIS RADIAT SPECIOSA METALLIS
IN QVA PLVS FIDEI LVX PRETIOSA MICAT
MARTYRIBVS MEDICIS POPVLO SPES CERTA SALVTIS
FECIT ET EX SACRO CREVIT HONORE LOCVS
OPTVLIT HOC DOMINO FELIX ANTISTITE DIGNVM
MVNVS VT AETHERIA VIVAT IN ARCE POLL
9. Cappella di S. Venanzio in Battistero Lateranense : TRIBUNE
ARCH AND APSE.1
Pope John IV (640-642) caused the mosaics in this chapel
to be made. The wall above the apse was pierced by three
windows, now closed by masonry. There are two zones in the
wall mosaic. The first has the two cities at the ends, and then
two panels, separated by the windows, in which are the evange-
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xix ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 272-273.
264 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
listic symbols, two in each panel (order, Luke, Matthew, Mark,
John). The lower zone has at each side of the apse four stand-
ing figures of martyrs whose relics had been brought here by
Pope John IV. The names written above each are, beginning
at the left, SS. Paulianus, Telius, Asterius, Anastatius, Maurus,
Septimus, Antiochianus, Caianus.
The apse mosaic is divided into three fields. In the centre
of the upper is the bust of ChrAt between two busts of angels,
all three surrounded by clouds. Below, directly beneath the
Christ, stands the Virgin in an attitude of prayer. On the left
hand stand SS. Paul, John the Evangelist, Venantius, and Pope
John IV, the latter holding a model of the church ; each of the
others holds a book. On the right are SS. Peter and John the
Baptist, holding crosses, S. Domnius, and Pope Theodore (642-
649), who probably finished the work. The last two hold
books. Below is this inscription : l
MARTYRIBVS CHRISTI DOMINI PIA VOTA IOANNES
REDDIDIT ANTISTES SANCTIFICANTE DEO
AC SACRI FONTIS SIMILI FVLGENTE METALLO
PROVIDVS INSTANTER HOC COPVLAVIT OPVS
QVO QVISQVIS GRADIENS ET CHRISTVM PRONVS ADORANS
EFFVSASQVE PRECES MITTIT AD AETHRA SVAS.
10. S. Prassede : TRIBUNE ARCH AND APSE.2
These mosaic paintings are of the same date as those of the
triumphal arch, 817-824. The general plan of the wall and apse
design is similar to that of SS. Cosma e Damiano, although the
execution is much inferior. In the centre of the wall above the
apse is the Lamb of God on the throne with a cross above.
The throne stands between seven lamps burning on tall can-
delabra. At either side are two angels and the evangelistic
symbols (order, Matthew, Mark, John, Luke). Below are the
twenty-four elders, twelve on each side of the arch, robed in
white and holding crowns in their hands.
1 1 give the words printed by De Rossi (op. cit. ad tav. xix), instead of the
readings of the modern inscription, which has suffered from restorations.
2 Cf . De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xxv ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 286.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS
265
The apse mosaic is like that of SS. Cosma e Damiano in that
the Christ stands on the clouds in the centre, while SS. Peter
and Paul below present to him two saints, this time women,
SS. Prassede and Pudenziana. Pope Paschal is on the left and
S. Zeno on the right. Below are the Lamb of God on the
Mount and the twelve sheep coming from the two cities. The
inscription reads as follows :
EMICAT AVLA PIAE VARIIS DECORATA METALLIS
PRAXEDIS DOMINO SVPER AETHRA PLACENTIS HONORE
PONTIFICIS SVMMI STVDIO PASCHALIS ALVMNI
SEDIS APOSTOLICAE PASSIM QVI CORPORA CONDENS
PLVRIMA SANCTORVM SVBTER HAEC MOENIA PONIT
FRETVS VT HIS LIMEN MEREATVR ADI RE POLORVM.
FIGURE 5. — MOSAIC IN THE CHURCH OF S. MARIA IN DOMNICA, ROME.
11. S. Maria in Domnica, or Delia Navicella : TRIBUNE ARCH
AND APSE.1 (Fig. 5.)
These mosaics also were executed by order of Pope Paschal I,
who restored the church. They were afterwards restored by
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xxiii ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 293.
266 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
Clement XI (1700-1721), but the design remains as in the
original. There are two zones in the arch. In the centre of
the upper one Christ is seated on a throne, surrounded by an
aureole ; at either side a standing angel, and then the twelve
apostles, six on each side, each carrying a symbol. A rich floral
design covers the ground. In each of the two lower corners is
a tall standing figure pointing to the Christ above. They are
probably two prophets.
In the apse we have a new feature in the central figure, the
seated Virgin who holds the infant Christ in her lap. A mul-
titude of adoring angels surround her. Pope Paschal, distin-
guished as still living by the square nimbus, kneels at her feet.
Below is the inscription :
ISTA DOMVS PRIDEM FVERAT CONFRACTA RVINIS
NCJNC RVTILAT IVGITER VARIIS DECORATA METALLIS
ET DECVS ECCE SVVS SPLENDET SEV PHOEBVS IN ORBE
QVI POST FVRVA FVGANS TETRAE VELAMINA NOCTIS
VIRGO MARIA TIBI PASCHALIS PRAESVL HONEST VS
CONDIDIT HANG AVLAM LAETVS PER SAECLA MANENDAM.
12. S. Marco in Pallacine : TRIBUNE ARCH AND APSE.1
The mosaics in this church are the latest of our series, having
been ordered by Pope Gregory IV (827-844). The figures
are little more than caricatures of the noble representations of
an earlier age. The arch has two zones. Above is a bust of
Christ giving the benediction, and at either side the symbols
of the evangelists (order, Luke, Matthew, John, Mark). Be-
low are tall standing figures of S. Paul on the left, and S. Peter
on the right.
At the top and centre of the apse appears the hand of God
holding the crown. Below in the centre a full-length figure of
Christ, blessing with the right hand and holding an open book
with the left. Three figures are on each side of him, the last
of whom on the left is Pope Gregory IV, with the square nim-
bus. Each one stands on a sort of platform on which his name
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xxviii ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 294.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS
267
is written. Below is the Lamb on the Mount, the procession
of sheep and the two cities. The following inscription fills the
remaining space :
VASTA THOLI PRIMO SISTVNT FVNDAMINE FVLCHEA
QVAE SALOMONIACO FVLGENT SVB SIDERE RITV
HAEC TIBI PROQVE TVO PERFECIT PRAESVL HONORE
GREGORIVS MARGE EXIMIO CVI NOMINE QVARTVS
TV QVOQVE POSCE DEVM VIVENDI TEMPORA LONGA
DONET ET AD CAELr POST FVNVS SIDERA DVCAT.
FIGURE 6. — MOSAIC ON ARCH IN THE CHURCH OF SS. NEREO ED
ACHILLEO, ROME.
13. SS. Nereo ed Achilleo : TRIBUNE ARCH.1 (Fig. 6.)
The apse mosaic in this church is gone and has been replaced
by a fresco. The tribune arch decorations date from the time
of Pope Leo III (795-816). There is a long upper zone, but in
the place of figures in the lower corners are found floral patterns.
The centre of the picture is filled with the scene of the Trans-
figuration. A full-length figure of Christ surrounded by an
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xxii ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 284.
268
WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
aureole is in the centre, while Moses and Elias stand beside him.
The prostrate figures of the three apostles follow, S. Peter on
the left, and SS. John and James on the right. There is also
a group at each end ; at the left the Annunciation, and at the
right the Virgin with the infant Christ in her arms, while an
angel stands behind.
14. S. Pudenziana: APSE.1 (fig. 7.)
This mosaic is probably the oldest, as it certainly is the most
interesting, of those in Roman churches. The church goes
FIGURE 7. — MOSAIC IN THE CHURCH OF S. PUDENZIANA, ROME.
back to the time of Siricius (384-392), and probably the mosaic
is contemporary with that pope. It has, however, suffered
much from restorations, and it is only in recent years that its
great antiquity has been generally admitted.
The apse originally contained three zones. In the centre of
the upper part was the hand of God reaching down the crown
from the clouds. Below it stands a Latin cross, richly orna-
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. x ; Kraus, op. cit. I, frontispiece.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 269
merited with jewels, above the head of the Christ in the scene
below. At either side are the evangelistic symbols in the
clouds (order, Matthew, Mark, Luke, John). The middle
zone has a background of buildings which present interesting
architectural features. In the centre, Christ sits on a raised
throne, which is adorned with precious stones. An open book
rests on his knee, and is supported with the left hand, while
the right is raised in the act of benediction. Seated figures of
the apostles are on either side. The last one at each end is
no longer visible owing to restorations of the church in 1588.
Two standing female figures, SS. Pudenziana and Prassede,
are placing crowns on the heads of the two chiefs of the
apostles. The third zone has almost entirely disappeared.
In the centre was the Lamb on the Mount, and possibly the
sheep, as in later pictures.
15. Cappella or Exedra of SS. Rufina e Secunda (Portico di
Cappella di S. Venanzio) : APSE.1 (Fig. 8.)
This small apse is filled with a beautiful floral design of gold
on a blue background, which dates from the end of the fourth
century. At the summit of the apse is a semicircle, in which
stands a lamb between four doves. Below this ring, and half
hidden in the maze of the floral pattern, are six Latin crosses.
The Chapel was the ancient entrance to the Lateran Baptis-
tery. The design of the mosaic, which is similar to that in the
tomb of Galla Placidia at Ravenna, was afterwards copied in
the large apses of S. Clemente and S. Maria Maggiore.
16. S. Agnese Fuori : APSE.2
Constantine the Great is said to have founded this church, but
its present form is due to the restorations of Pope Horiorius I,
(625-639). The apse alone contains mosaics. At the summit
is the hand of God extending from the clouds the martyr's
crown. Below this are two broad bands of blue with gold
stars. In the centre stands the saint, clothed magnificently,
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xi ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 283.
2 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xviii ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 274.
270
WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
and wearing a crown and rich jewels. Flames and a sword at
her feet signify the manner of her martyrdom. Above her
head is the inscription SCA AGNES. At the left stands Pope
Honorius holding a model of the basilica. At the right is
FIGURE 8. — MOSAIC IN THE EXEDRA OF SS. RUFINA E SECUNDA, HOME.
another Pope, probably Symmachus (Armellini, Kraus). The
following inscription fills the remaining space :
AVREA CONCISIS SVRGIT PICTVRA METALLIS
ET COMPLEXA SIMVL CLAVDITVR IPSA DIES
FONTIBUS E NIVEIS CREDAS AVRORA SVBIRE
CORREPTAS NVBES RORIBVS ARVA RIGANS
VEL QVALEM INTER SIDERA LVCEM PROFERET IRIM
PVRPVREVSQVE PAVO IPSE COLORE NITENS
QVI POTVIT NOCTIS VEL LVCIS REDDERE FINEM
MARTYRVM E BVSTIS HINC REPPVLIT ILLE CHAOS
SVRSVM VERSA NVTV QVOD CVNCTIS CERNITVR VNO
PRAESVL HONORIVS HAEC VOTA DICATA DEBIT
VESTIBVS ET FRACTIS SIGN ANT VR ILLIVS OR A
LVCET ET ASPECTV LVCIDA CORDA GERENS.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 271
17. S. Teodoro: APSE.1
The small round edifice at the foot of the Palatine was
founded before the time of Gregory the Great (590-604),
and has been restored at least twice, under Nicholas V in
1447, and under Clement XI in 1674. There is some differ-
ence of opinion among investigators regarding the date of the
mosaic. The weight of evidence appears to be for the time of
Hadrian I (772-795). The mosaic is on the vaulting of the
apse at the rear of the church.
Above is the hand of God and the wreath. In the centre,
Christ is seated on a globe with a sceptre in his left hand and
blessing with the right. At the right, S. Peter presents to
him S. Theodore, who holds the martyr's crown. This figure
was restored in 1447. At the left, S. Paul presents another
saint, possibly S. Cleonicus.
18. S. Stefano Rotondo : APSE OF CHAPEL OF SS. PRIMO E
FELICIANO.2
This apse is in a small chapel, originally a portico, on the east
side of this famous round church. The mosaic was ordered by
Pope Theodore I (642-649). Above is the hand extending the
wreath from heaven. Below it is a small bust of Christ, sur-
rounded by a circle, and resting on the top of a jewelled Latin
cross, which fills the centre. The full-length figures of the
two saints, Primus and Felicianus, are at the left and right.
Their names are inscribed on a level with their heads. Below
is this inscription : 3
aspicis aVRATVM CAELVSTI cvlmine tectvm
PRAECLARO LVMINE FVLTVM.
19. S. Cecilia in Trastevere : APSE.*
Like the mosaics in S. Prassede and in S. Maria in Domnica,
this one in S. Cecilia dates from the time of Paschal I, and
1 Cf. De Kossi, op. cit. tav. xvii ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 252.
2 Cf. De Kossi, op. cit. tav. xvii ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 274-
3 Supplied in part from De Rossi, Inscrip. Christ. 2, p. 440.
* Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xxiv ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 292.
272 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
bears his monogram. The general character of the figures is
very much like that of the mosaics of these churches. There
are three zones. In the upper we have the hand and wreath.
Then a row of standing figures ; these are, from left to right,
Pope Paschal (square nimbus), holding a model of the church ;
a virgin (probably S. Cecilia) ; S. Paul ; Christ, blessing with
the right hand ; S. Peter ; a y/ung man, holding the martyr's
crown (probably S. Valerianus); and another virgin, with the
crown in her hand. A palm closes the scene at either end,
with the Phoenix in the one at the left.
Below are the cities Bethlehem and Jerusalem, the twelve
sheep, and the Lamb on the Mount, from which flow the Four
Rivers. The inscription is as follows :
HAEC DOMVS AMPLA MICAT VARIIS FABRICATA METALLIS
CONDIDIT IN MELIVS CONFRACTA SVB TEMPORE FRISCO
HANC AVLAM DOMINI FORMANS FVNDAM1NE CLARO
AVREA GEMMATIS RESONANT HAEC DINDIMA TEMPLI
LAETVS AMORE DEI HIC CONIVNXIT CORPORA SANCTA
CAECILIAE ET SOCIIS RVTILAT HIC FLORE IVVENTVS
QVAE PRIDEM IN CRVPTIS PAVSABANT MEMBRA BEATA
ROMA RESVLTAT OVANS SEMPER ORNATA PER AEVVM.
20. S. Costanza : LUNETTES AND LATERAL VAULTS.1 (Fig.
9.)
Over the doors of this church are two lunettes which are
covered by extremely rude mosaics. Some attempt has been
made in them to copy the coloring of the fine mosaics in the
aisle. They date from the eighth century. In one we have
God seated on a globe presenting with his left hand the law to
Moses. In the other we have Christ standing and blessing
with the right hand, while below is the Mount with the Four
Rivers. SS. Peter and Paul stand on either side, one bearing
a scroll with the words, DOMINVS PACEM DAT. At each end is
a hut with a palm behind it. Four sheep stand below. It
would be hard to imagine a greater contrast than that between
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. ii-iv ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 205-207.
ROMAX L'HURCll MOSAICS
273
these mosaics and those on the vaulting of the round aisle or
colonnade.
This round church was originally erected as a baptistery,
and later, about 354, it became the tomb of Constantia, daughter
of the Emperor Constantine, from whom its modern name is de-
rived. Of the sumptuous and elaborate decorations in mosaic
FIGURE 9. — MOSAIC ix THE CHURCH OF S. COSTANZA, ROME.
which originally covered its dome and other parts only the
scenes on the vault over the aisle between the inner circle of
'olumns and the outer wall have been preserved. There are
sketches of the lost portions which enable us to form some idea
)f the original designs, but here we are concerned only with
rhat remains. The vaulting is divided into eleven compart-
274 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
ments. These are filled with conventional designs of rare
beauty. Fruits, flowers, birds, fishes, even domestic utensils,
male and female heads, and figures of Cupid and Psyche occupy
the vacant spaces in geometrical designs, in which squares,
circles, spirals, and crosses are the chief elements. There are
two representations of a wine press, oxen drawing the grapes,
etc., and in the centre of the^e particular panels are busts.
The background is decorated with grapevines full of birds and
Cupids. There is nothing in this decoration which is not pagan,
and still nothing which might not have a purely Christian
interpretation.
21. Oratorio di S. Giovanni Evangelista, Lateran Baptistery:
CENTRAL VAULT AND LUNETTES. l
The mosaics in this chapel are from the pontificate of Hilary
(461-468). They are found on the vaulted ceiling and the
upper part of the walls, and on lunettes. In the centre of the
ceiling is a square within which is a wreath of flowers. Within
this stands the Lamb. Floral bands radiate to the four corners,
while birds, in eight groups of two each, are between these
bands on the ceiling near the walls. The combination of
flowers, birds, and laurel wreaths is very beautiful against
the gold background. The lunettes also contain mosaics of
floral and geometrical designs.
22. Cappella di S. Zenone, S. Prassede: CENTRAL VAULT
AND WALLS.2
These mosaics, like the others in this church, are from the time
of Paschal I (817-824). The vaulted ceiling and upper walls
of the chapel are covered with mosaics. The entrance to the
chapel, on the right aisle of the church, is decorated with a
series of medallions arranged in the form of an arch above an
arch, with the bust of Christ as the keystone of the upper and
that of the Virgin of the lower arch. There are medallions of
eight female and two male saints on the lower arch, and of the
1 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xiv ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 238.
2 Cf. De Rossi, op. cit. tav. xxvi-xxvii ; Garrucci, op. cit. IV, tav. 287-291.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 275
twelve apostles on the upper arch. On the spandrils of the
upper arch are two medallions of men.
In the interior, the vaulted ceiling pictures a medallion of
Christ, supported by four angels, each of whom springs from a
corner of the chapel. On the walls are scenes of SS. Peter and
Paul, three martyred virgins with their crowns, three apostles
each carrying a book, and smaller scenes of Christ between
two saints, the Lamb on the Mount, etc. The whole is
extremely " Byzantine " in character.
In recapitulation we may say broadly that the triumphal
arch, of which we now have only four examples covered with
mosaics of our period, is large and has several zones. The two
earlier ones, S. Maria Maggiore and S. Paolo Fuori, have in the
upper zone the signs of the evangelists and the representation
of Christ in the centre, in one case a cross enthroned and in the
other the actual figure. The lower zones in the arch of
S. Maria Maggiore present Biblical scenes with the exception
of the picture of the enthroned Christ with the Virgin seated
beside him, which is probably a restoration. In S. Paolo Fuori
the other scenes are apocalyptic, as are those in S. Prassede. The
mosaic painting on the arch of S. Lorenzo divides with the in-
scription the attention of the spectator, and, like the inscrip-
tion, honors the patron saint of the church by bringing him
into connection with Christ and the two chiefs of the apostles.
The mosaics on the tribune wall or arch should be studied in
mnection with those of the apse immediately beneath and be-
side them. Here are always at least two distinctly marked
fields. The arches of SS. Cosma e Damiano and S. Prassede
similar in design, representing scenes from the Apocalypse ;
i.e., the Lamb enthroned between the seven candelabra, the
evangelistic symbols, and the twenty-four elders. The arch in
the Cappella di S. Venanzio has the evangelistic symbols and
the figures of the martys buried in the chapel. SS. Nereo ed
Achilleo gives two Biblical scenes, the Transfiguration and the
Annunciation, and also the Virgin and infant Christ. S. Maria
276 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
in Domnica presents a single purpose : the Christ enthroned in
the upper zone is the central figure toward which the apostles
turn and the two prophets point. Similarly in S. Marco the
bust of Christ is the centre of the evangelistic symbols and the
Apostles Peter and Paul.
In the apse we see distinctly the triumph of the symbolical
over the Biblical. The Apo'Alypse furnishes the greater part
of whatever Biblical ideas appear. In all but the two chapels
of the Lateran Baptistery, S. Prassede, and S. Maria in Dom-
nica the summit of the apse is occupied by the Hand and
Crown. The central figure is generally taller than the others,
and in all but S. Agnese, S. Maria in Domnica, and the Exedra
of SS. Rufina e Secunda it is Christ, represented either as
standing or sitting or in bust form. The rest of the apse is
generally filled by figures of SS. Peter and Paul, the two pa-
tron saints of Rome, the particular patron saint of the church
with other saints connected with him by legend or history, and
the founder or restorer of the church. In the larger apses the
procession of sheep appears below, and in all but three cases a
metrical inscription completes the mosaic.
The decoration of chapels is decidedly different because of
the great diversity of form between a flat wall or a rounded
apse which can be seen only from in front, and a small, vaulted
space which may be seen from many angles. In vault mosaics
patterns of great beauty are found in S. Costanza and the Ora-
torio di S. Giovanni Evangelista. But interesting as they are,
they lie somewhat outside the scope of this paper.
We have seen that but one church in Rome confines its rep-
resentations to those Biblical scenes, which, from the authors
of the fifth and earlier centuries, we might expect to discover
in large numbers ; nor are these scenes in S. Maria Maggiore in
accord with any of the schemes set forth in the literature. But
we must remember that in this same church alone have the
panel mosaics of the nave been preserved. Architecturally
these panels lend themselves to the portrayal of separate inci-
dents far better than the more prominent arches and the apse,
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 277
which are of a form somewhat awkward for the composition of
groups of figures in action. And it is only by the device of
distinctly marked fields that Biblical scenes are represented on
the arch of S. Maria Maggiore, and because of the smallness of
the tribune arch of SS. Nereo ed Achilleo (which has hardly
room for more than one zone), that we have the three groups
of the Transfiguration, the Annunciation, and the Virgin and
Child. It is therefore only natural that symbolical and apoca-
lyptic scenes in which not action but attributes are involved
should occupy the fields toward which the worshipping congre-
gation directed their looks.
A classification of these figures and symbols by position and
approximate date is here given. The Roman numerals refer to
the century in which the mosaic was executed.
CHRIST. In every mosaic painting except S. Agnese and one
of the apses in S. Costanza we have the Christ, generally as
the centre around which the other figures are grouped. We
have the
Bust (centre) : in S. Paolo, V, arch of triumph ; S. Marco, IX,
tribune wall ; S. Venanzio, VII, apse ; S. Stefano, VII, apse.
Full length figure standing (centre): S. Prassede, IX, arch of
triumph ; apse ; SS. Cosma e Damiano, VI, apse ; S. Marco,
IX, apse ; S. Cecilia, IX, apse ; SS. Nereo ed Achilleo,
IX, tribune wall ; S. Costanza, VIII, lunette.
Enthroned (centre) : S. Maria in Domnica, IX, tribune arch ;
S. Pudenziana, IV, apse.
Seated on globe (centre) : S. Lorenzo, VI, arch of triumph ;
S. Teodoro, VIII, apse.
Lamb enthroned: SS. Cosma e Damiano, VI, tribune wall; S.
Prassede, IX, tribune wall.
Lamb on the Mount: S. Pudenziana, IV, apse; SS. Cosma e
Damiano, VI, apse ; S. Prassede, IX, apse ; S. Marco, IX,
apse ; S. Cecilia, IX, apse.
Lamb (without other symbols): SS. Rufina e Secunda, IV,
apse ; Oratorio di S. Giovanni Evangelista, V, ceiling.
278 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
Most of the figures of Christ in both the bust and the full-
length form are in the act of benediction. A nimbus always
surrounds the head. In SS. Paolo Fuori, Lorenzo, and Teodoro,
he has the sceptre in the left hand ; in SS. Pudenziana, Cosma e
Damiano, Nereo ed Achilleo, Cecilia, and Marco a scroll or an
open book.
The VIRGIN MARY is depicted in the Biblical scenes on the
arch of S. Maria Maggiore, but not again until the seventh
century in the Cappella di S. Venanzio, where she stands under
the bust of Christ in an attitude of prayer. The church of
SS. Nereo ed Achilleo, IX, shows the Virgin and Child and the
Annunciation as end pieces in the tribune arch, while in S.
Maria in Domnica, IX, the Virgin and Child occupy the centre
of the apse, surrounded by the angelic host and worshipped
by the reigning Pope, Paschal I.
SS. PETER and PAUL. These heads of the apostolic church
and patron saints of the eternal city appear in most of the
mosaic paintings. Generally, S. Peter is distinguished by his
baldness, a square-cut white beard, and the keys, while S. Paul
has a pointed beard, and either the sword or a scroll. They
are generally found on either side of Christ, or some other cen-
tral figure, while twice they occupy prominent positions on the
triumphal arch. In every case but S. Lorenzo Fuori, S. Paul
is at the right hand of the central figure and S. Peter at the
left. They occur in the apse in SS. Pudenziana, IV, Cosma e
Damiano, VI, Venanzio, VII, Teodoro, VIII, Costanza, VIII,
Cecilia, IX, Prassede, IX, on the tribune wall in S. Marco,
IX, and on the arch of triumph in S. Maria Maggiore, S.
Paolo Fuori, and S. Lorenzo Fuori, VI. They are found with
the ten other apostles on the arch of triumph in S. Prassede,
the tribune wall in S. Maria in Domnica, both ninth century,
and on the apse of S. Pudenziana, IV.
The PATRON SAINT OF THE CHURCH (other than the Virgin)
is placed on the triumphal arch in S. Lorenzo Fuori, VI, and
in S. Paolo Fuori, V, but in neither case as the central figure.
In one church only, S. Agnese, VII, does the patron saint
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 279
occupy the central position in the apse, although in SS. Puden-
ziana, IV, Cosma e Damiano, VI, Teodoro, VIII, Prassede, IX,
Cecilia, IX, and Marco, IX, the patron saint is introduced in a
position of honor in the apse, and in the chapels of S. Venanzio,
VII, and Primo e Feliciano, VII, the saints to whom the chapel
is dedicated figure in the apses.
Other saints are found depicted in the church mosaics in
addition to the apostles, the patron saints, and the Virgin.
Generally they are those who have some connection with the
patron saint, either by similarity of office or suffering, or by
locality, as, for example, SS. Stephen and Hippolytus in S.
Lorenzo ; S. Stephen being another deacon made illustrious by
martyrdom, and S. Hippolytus being buried in the cemetery
near at hand. So S. Pudenziana and S. Prassede are connected
in the apses of their churches, while in the mosaics of the
Chapel of S. Venanzio are martyrs whose relics lie in that spot.
The APOCALYPTIC SYMBOLS of the man, lion, ox, and eagle,
connected early in the history of the church with the evange-
lists Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John, are but once found in the
apse. They are regularly in the upper zone of the arch sur-
rounding the figure or symbol of Christ. The variations in
order noted in the description may possibly have some sig-
nificance. These symbols occur on the arch of triumph of
S. Maria Maggiore, V, S. Paolo Fuori, V, the tribune wall of
SS. Cosma e Damiano, VI, S. Venanzio, VII, S. Prassede, IX,
S. Marco, IX, and on the apse of S. Pudenziana, IV.
Other symbols are :
1. The Cross: always of the Latin form, and decorated with
gems, in the centre of the triumphal arch of S. Maria
Maggiore, V, and in the apse of S. Pudenziana, IV, SS.
Rufina e Secunda, IV, Cappella di Primo e Feliciano, VII.
2. The Hand, extending the martyr's Crown: apse only; in
S. Pudenziana, IV, S. Agnese, VII, Cappella di SS. Primo
e Feliciano, VII, S. Teodoro, VIII, S. Cecilia, IX, S. Pras-
sede, IX, and S. Marco, IX.
280 WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP
3. The Seven Candelabra: tribune wall, SS. Cosma e Damiano,
VI, S. Prassede, IX.
4. The Sheep: representing the church, generally twelve in
number, either coming from or standing near the cities
Jerusalem and Bethlehem, arch of S. Maria Maggiore,
V, apse of S. Pudenziana, IV, SS. Cosma e Damiano, VI,
S. Prassede, IX, S. Cecilia, IX, S. Marco, IX, S. Costanza,
VIII.
5. The Two Cities: signifying the Gentile and Jewish origin
of the church. These are found on the triumphal arch in
S. Maria Maggiore, V, S. Lorenzo, VI, on the tribune
wall in S. Venanzio, VII, and on the apse of SS. Cosma
e Damiano, VI, S. Cecilia, IX, S. Prassede, IX, S. Marco,
IX.
6. The Palm: signifying victory, in two cases with the Phoenix
in its branches. Apses of SS. Cosma e Damiano, VI,
S. Prassede, IX, S. Cecilia, IX, and S. Costanza, VIII.
7. The Martyr s Crown : carried by the person depicted in the
veiled hand.
8. The Four Rivers of Paradise: found flowing from the
Mount on which stands the Lamb of God.
9. The River Jordan: SS. Cosma e Damiano, VI, and S.
Prassede, IX.
The twenty-four elders of the Apocalypse are shown on the
triumphal arch of S. Paolo, V, the tribune arch of SS. Cosma e
Damiano, VI, and S. Prassede, IX. The triumphal arch of
the latter church is wholly taken up with scenes supposed to
represent the saints in Paradise.
POPES, both those living at the time the mosaic was made,
and earlier ones, are depicted in the apses of certain churches.
They are regularly the founders or restorers of the church.
Living popes are distinguished by the square nimbus. There
are representations of Popes in S. Agnese, VII, S. Venanzio,
VII, S. Prassede, IX, S. Maria in Domnica, IX, S. Cecilia, IX,
S. Marco, IX.
ROMAN CHURCH MOSAICS 281
An important feature of the mosaic decoration of churches
was the INSCRIPTION. We have the inscription covering a
great portion of the wall space in S. Sabina, V, and in the arch
of S. Lorenzo, VI. It should be remembered also that the in-
scriptions are an integral portion of the apse decoration in most of
the churches which we have been studying, and that they were
originally much lighter and more legible than at present ; also
that they were not darkened by the altar canopies as many are
now. In addition to those given above, others no longer extant
are given in De Rossi's Inscriptiones christianae Urbis Romae,
vol. 2. They were found in S. Pietro in Vaticano, " in arcu
maiore et abside " (2, p. 20, no. 6), "in abside Sancti Petri
super fontem" (ibid.), and "in trono Sci. Chrisogoni" (ibid.
p. 152, no. 27) ; three in the church of S. Stefano rotondo, in
addition to the one given above (ibid. p. 152), and one "in
abside templi S. Petri ad vincula" (ibid. p. 134). They are
of the same character as those already given in extenso, and so
are omitted.
It would be interesting to pursue this subject further and to
inquire into the relations of the facts set forth in the foregoing
pages to the liturgy and the religious conceptions of the times
in which these mosaics were made. They have already been
carefully studied and described on their artistic and technical
side by others, and but little remains to be done in that direc-
tion. The limits of this paper, however, forbid such an inquiry,
but it is hoped that some other person better equipped for the
task may enter upon it. Certainly these stiff and erect saints
and martyrs, these quaint and curious symbols, these glowing
and badly composed verses, are witnesses to thought and belief
worthy of as much attention as the written opinions and learned
discussions of the time.
WILLIAM WARNER BISHOP.
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY LIBRARY.
^rrfjaeologtcal
Institute
of America
ON THE TERMS OYMA RECTA AND CYMA
REVERSA
THE terms cyma recta and cyma reversa are so universally
used by English writers to designate two forms of mouldings
that we have accepted them without hesitation. Recently,
however, a German critic of an American book has raised the
question whether this usage is correct. He doubtless had in
mind that the Greek word KV/JLO, is always, and the Latin cyma,
presumably, neuter. Whence comes it, therefore, that we use
the feminine form and are we right in doing so ?
Let us briefly trace the history of these terms, sketching
first the Greek and Latin usage. (Figs. 1 and 2.)
FIGURE 1. — THE CYMA RECTA. FIGURE 2. —THE CYMA REVERSA.
The Greek word /cvpa occurs, apparently, only once in an
architectural sense and that in a fragmentary passage from the
Thalamopoioi of Aeschylus : _
oAA' (ft*) o fjiev TIS
Kvp h Tpiyuvois eKTre/ocuveroo
It is interesting to note that the term Lesbian cyma is here
used by a poet of the fifth century B.C., a man who could lay
no specific claim to architectural knowledge.
1 Nauck, T. G.F* p. 26.
Aroah JTr"al,°if Ar.chaeol°£V, Second Series. Journal of the
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 3. 282
CYMA RECTA AND CYMA REVERSA 283
Another type of KV/JLO,, in all probability so designated by the
Greeks, was the Doric cyma, Aapiov icvfjia or kwpiicov /cvfjua.
Aeschylus distinguishes the Lesbian cyma by means of its deco-
ration, as a rhythmical sequence of triangular leaves. (Fig. 3.)
The Doric cyma could be similarly distinguished by its deco-
ration consisting of broad rectangular leaves. (Fig. 4.)
JLJO III u mi u
FIGURE 3. — THE LESBIAN CYMA. FIGURE 4. — THE DORIC CYMA.
The term /cvfjia implies a bulging form and often means a
wave. When applied to a moulding it is natural for us to
assume that it originally indicated a specific form, probably of
an undulatory character.
The word /cvpartov, to designate a moulding, is found several
times in the well-known Erechtheum inscription (/.(r. I, 322
and 324). It occurs also in the Septuagint (Exodus xxv.
11, 24, 25), where it evidently means the crowning moulding
of the Ark and of the Table of Shew-bread. But in none of
these cases is the wave-like form of the moulding necessarily
implied.
Another word, o-t/iai, was employed by the Greeks of the
Alexandrian period. Hesychius (JLex. s.v. fftfuu) defines it
vaguely as ei> rafc o/>o<£at? tfeuet? rives. Vitruvius (De Arch.
82, 7) defines this word more specifically as " quas graeci
IeTraiertSa? dicunt." The sima, therefore, is the roof-moulding.
It invariably crowned the raking cornice of the gable and fre-
quently also the horizontal cornice. Its form varied according
to period and locality.
In Latin the word cyma occurs as a feminine as well as a
neuter noun, but apparently never in an architectural sense.
Vitruvius makes no use of the word cyma, but he frequently
284 ALLAN MAltQUAND
employs the diminutive cymatium for mouldings of various
forms and in various applications. In all cases he appears to
have in mind the location rather than the form of the mould-
ing. It is essentially a terminal and usually a crowning
moulding. This at least is the one common property of the
cymatium of the abacus, of the epistyle, of the frieze, of the
dentils, of the cornice. Simi/arly, the cymatium of the Ionic
capital may be considered the crowning moulding of the shaft,
and in the case of doorways the cymatia l of the antepagmenta,
of the supercilium, of the hyperthyrum, and of the corona are all
terminal or crowning mouldings of various forms. Vitruvius
also mentions the cymatium doricum and the cymatium lesbium
(J)e Arch. 92% 21 ; 97, 11, 16), but does not define the distinc-
tion. It is likely that he distinguished these forms, as did
Aeschylus, chiefly by their decoration. Once only Vitruvius
speaks of a moulding as an unda (Zte Arch. 118, 16). This is
the precise Latin equivalent of the Greek /cu/^a, and in using
it he may have been conscious of the wave-like form. But
neither here nor elsewhere is there suggested the distinction
between an unda recta and unda reversa. This distinction was
reserved for a later period.
In the Byzantine and Mediaeval period the word Kvpa as an
architectural term does not occur. At least it is not mentioned
by Sophocles in his Greek Lexicon of the Roman and Byzantine
Period. KV^CLTLQV occurs, as we have seen, in the Septuagint
version of Exodus xxv. 11, 24, 25, but the Vulgate translation
by the word corona conveys no indication of a specific form of
moulding. The word a-tfjuu also was apparently forgotten.
As a matter of fact, the wave-moulding is not a characteristic
form in Byzantine and Early Mediaeval architecture, and does
not reappear in the history of architecture until the Gothic
period. In Flamboyant or Decorated, and in Perpendicular or
Late Gothic, the wave-moulding appears, sometimes in compli-
cated forms, and is known as the ogee moulding.2
1 Cf. Nohl, Index Vitruvianus, s.v. cymatium.
2 Paley, Manual of Gothic Mouldings, London, 1877, p. 50.
CYMA RECTA AND CYMA BEVERSA 285
The architects of the Renaissance in Italy derived their ter-
minology in part from Vitruvius and in part from current
usage. The Greek word Kvpa was not used by Vitruvius, nor
does it appear to have descended into the Italian popular lan-
guage. But its Latin equivalent unda, or rather undula, is
used occasionally by Alberti.1 In the Italian translation of
Alberti's work by Bartoli it appears as onda. The word
cymatium survived, both as a Latin word, spelled cimatium
(Alberti), or cimacium (Scamozzi); and in the vernacular as
cimatio (Alberti), cimagine (Filarete), cimasa (Bartoli). It
was used, however, in the Vitruvian sense of a crowning
moulding, and its original significance as a little wave-mould-
ing seems to have been forgotten. Thus Alberti in 1452 (I.e.)
defined cimatium as " quidem supremum cuiusque particulae
liniamentum," and Filarete (1464) in his Trattato delta Archi-
tettura : 2 " ma questo primo membro ci chiama cimagine, perche
sempre ci metta disopra, cioe nella cima degli altri membri
della cornice." Similarly, Bartoli in his translation, shows
that Alberti evidently connected the word cimasa with the
word cima.
In the popular language the form of the wave-moulding was
described as a gola or throat moulding. Alberti calls it in
Latin gulula and defines its origin (£.<?.), " jugulum enim homi-
nis imitatur." He was followed by Filarete (I.e.) "e chiamasi
la forma sua ghola, perche quasi sta coma una ghola, che abbi
un pocco di grosso disotto al mento." Henceforth all the
great Italian architects make use of the term gola and goletta.
It is to Alberti that we owe the distinction between the two
forms which we call cyma recta and cyma reversa. In the chap-
ter to which we have already referred, he discusses the forms
of mouldings, comparing them to the forms of letters. Thus,
the roundel resembles the letter C placed beneath the letter L,
and the cavetto is like the letter C reversed. Similarly, the
1 Alberti, De re aedificatoria, written 1452, pub. 1482, Lib. VII, cap. VII,
"ex flexionis similitudine appelabitur undula."
2 Cf. Quellenschriften fur Kunstgeschichte, Neue Folge, iii. Bd. pp. 285-287.
286 ALLAN MARQUAND
letter S beneath the letter L, thus (Fig. 5) describes the form
which he calls gulula (Ital. goletta, intavolato), and the mould-
ing which resembles the letter S reversed (Fig. 6) he desig-
nates as undula (Ital. onda,gola). Alberti had thus enunciated
the distinction between the two forms of mouldings, but his
terminology did not survive. Vignola, Palladio, and Scamozzi
FIGURE 5. — THE GULULA. FIGURE 6. — THE UNDULA.
all wrote in the vernacular, and in speaking of these two forms
of mouldings designated them by the word gola and discarded
the term undula. Thus we find in Vignola1 the distinction
between the gola diritta and the gola roverscia.
Similarly Palladio2 distinguishes the gola diritta and the
gola reversa. Scamozzi 3 speaks frequently of the gola diritta.
The word sima is very rarely used by the Renaissance archi-
tects.
The influence of the Italian Renaissance terminology has
extended to modern times, the classic terms sometimes strug-
gling for existence. Thus in Italy the terms gola and gula still
survive, but cimasa and cimagio are more frequently used. In
France the terms gueule droite and gueule renversee (Ital. gula
diritta and gula reversa) have already an archaic flavor, cymaise
or cimaise, and even simaise droite and renversee, occurring
more frequently, while a still more national spirit is shown by
calling these mouldings by the names doucine (cyrna recta) and
talon (cyma reversa).
In Germany we find a varied terminology. Kyma occurs as
a neuter noun, especially to express the distinction between the
1 Vignola, Hegola della cinque Ordine (1563), Rome, 1602, pis. 7, 8, 14.
2 Palladio, I Quattro Libri delV Architettura, Venice, 1570, pp. 26, 35.
8 Scamozzi, Video, delV Architettura Universale (1607), Milan, 1838, p. 116.
CYMA RECTA AND CYMA REVERSA 287
Dorisches Kyma and the Leslisches Kyma.1 Kymation is also fre-
quently used and umgekehrtes Kymation for the inverted forms.2
Some writers, like Constantin Uhde,3 prefer the words Sima
and Karnies to describe the cyma recta and cyma reversa used
in crowning mouldings and the terms die gesturzte Sima and
der gesturzte Karnies for the inverted forms used in basal
mouldings. German patriotism, however, leads others to use
such words as Welle, Rinnleiste, Traufleiste ; hence we have for
cyma recta, die Steigende Welle, and for cyma reversa, die
verkehrt steigende Welle, and for the inverted forms die fallende
Welle or Sturzrinne and die verkehrte fallende Welle or Q-locken-
leiste.^ In Miiller and Mothes, ArcJiaeologisches Worterbuch
(s.v. Cyma and Karnies), cyma recta and cyma reversa are
given as Latin terms, but it is safe to say that they are very
rarely used by German writers.
It will be seen from the current European terminology that
the words cyma recta and cyma reversa represent a usage practi-
cally confined to England and to English-speaking people.
How then did these terms come to be adopted in England?
So far as our researches go, it came about in this way. In 1715
an Italian named Giacomo Leoni was brought over to England
by Lord Burlington to assist in the translation of the architec-
tural works of Palladio, published in that year. This English
edition of Palladio, subsequently republished with annotations
of Inigo Jones, had no little influence on English architects and
architectural terminology. Leoni also published in 1726 an
edition of Alberti's Ten Books on Architecture, and must have
been acquainted with Alberti's derivation of cimatium from
cima. Accordingly, in his translation of Palladio, for gola
*ecta and reversa, Leoni substitutes cima recta and cima reversa
in his descriptions of the Tuscan, Doric, and Ionic cornices.5
1 Meyer, Konvers, Lex., s.v. Kyma.
2 Boetticher, Die Tektonik der Hellenen, Berlin, 1874, pp. 64, 119.
3 Die Konstruktionen und die Kunstformen der Architektur, Berlin, 1902.
4 Busch, Die Baustile, Berlin, 1878, p. 16.
5 The Architecture of Palladio, edited by Leoni, with remarks by Inigo Jones,
3d ed., London, 1742, p. 15, pis. 12, 16, 22.
288 ALLAN MARQUAND
The word cima meaning a summit or crown was current not
only in Italy but in parts of France and in Spain.1 According
to Littre it is to be identified with the feminine form of the
Latin cyma, and the same identification was made by English
writers. Thus, Stuart and Revett in 1762 speak of the cyma re-
verm ; 2 James Elmer in 182P ^ defines the " two sorts of cymae"
the cyma recta and the cyma reversa. Later special and general
dictionaries such as Gwilt,4 the Encyclopaedia Britannica, the
Century Dictionary, Harper's Dictionary of Classical Literature
and Antiquities, and Russell Sturgis's Dictionary of Architecture,
all preserve the distinction and the spelling of cyma recta and
cyma reversa, which has been current in England for two hun-
dred years.
Thus we see how through a slight modification in spelling our
language has cherished the older Latin rather than the more
modern Italian form. This occurred naturally in a country
like England where Latin was cultivated much more assiduously
than was Italian. It was natural also that the conservative
Englishman, accustomed as he is to the use of sexless nouns,
when he found that the feminine cyma, -ae, was quite as ortho-
dox as the neuter cyma, -atis, should not busy himself with an
attempt to reform the Latin language. It is true that appar-
ently a new and architectural signification has been given to
the Latin word cyma, but, on the other hand, we should not
forget that our knowledge of Latin architectural terminology
is based almost exclusively on a single treatise by Vitruvius,
and that other architects may well have used the word cyma,
whereas he contented himself with the diminutive cymatium.
ALLAN MARQUAND.
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY.
1 Cf. Littr6, Dictionnaire, s.v. time.
2 Antiquities of Athens, vol. I, p. 6.
8 Dictionary of the Fine Arts, s.v. cyma.
4 Gwilt, Encyclopedia of Architecture, London, 1842.
Institute
of America
A GREEK INSCRIPTION FROM THE HAURAN
THE inscription here published (Fig. 1) was found in the
summer of 1904 by Azeez Khyat, a New York dealer in
antiquities, who has kindly supplied the photograph for this
FIGURE 1. — GREEK INSCRIPTION FROM THE HAURAN.
publication. He has since sold the stone to the museum at
Pittsfield, Mass. Workmen in the employ of Mr. Khyat
were searching for tombs near the town of Irbid, when they
uncovered this slab not far below the surface of the ground.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the ODQ
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 3.
290 G. M. WHICHER
It is of light-colored limestone, about 66 x 56 x 8.5 centi-
metres in size, and, as can be seen from the photograph, is in
an excellent state of preservation. On the back and edges it
had been roughly worked ; the face was brought to a com-
paratively smooth surface and then "tooled." This has left
small striations, running interruptedly from the upper right-
hand to the lower left-hand corner. Guide lines were scratched
about 4.3 centimetres apart, and between these the letters,
averaging three centimetres high, are carved with considerable
regularity, though not a-roL^rjBov.
Beginning with the word ical in the seventh line, the second
half of the seventh and the whole of the eighth line show plain
traces of erasure and re-lettering. The surface of the slab is
here slightly hollowed out, and fragments of the former writing
are to be seen at several points ; among others, in the spaces
left vacant above the garland. In the ninth line the striations
have been smoothed away from part of the surface, but appar-
ently the lettering was not changed. The second writing is
not so well done as the first ; this may be due in part to the
inferior surface on which it was engraved.
The inscription reads as follows :
rov Kvpiov rjjjbwv Auro-
2 Kparopos Ma/9/cou 'AvrcoVLOV TopSiavov 2e/3(a(7ro{)),
3 €7rl Ao/ttTT&f QvaXepLavov rov
4
5 TrpoeSpeLas tyeoSwpov Bacrcrou, e7ri<rK07revdv-
6 TCDV Avpp. 2a/3eiVou Nea^yibu real ^a(3eivov Ba<r-
1 a-ov TWV /SouXeurwi', Kal ZrjvoStopov ' A.7ro\(\)t,va-
8 piov <ruy/3(ouXeuot'T09), SiaTa<yfj(i) ^E>X(aoi/^ou) Ovrfpov,
€K Brj/JLOO'LOV.
9
Irbid in the Hauran, about twenty miles southeast of the
Sea of Galilee, is usually identified with the Arbela mentioned
INSCRIPTION FROM THE HAUEAN 291
by Eusebiusand Jerome.1 But I am not aware that there is
any inscriptional evidence to support the identification, and on
this account it is the more to be regretted that the part of this
inscription, where the name of the town probably appeared,
has been rewritten. The mention of fiovKevraC and other
officials shows that it was a Tro'Xt? which erected the slab, while
the " fine Roman ruins " mentioned by Merrill 2 and other
travellers in the vicinity of Irbid testify to the importance of
the city which once occupied the site.
If the name of the emperor is here given in full, the inscrip-
tion dates from the latter part of the year 238 or the beginning
of 239 A.D. Two emperors with the name M. Antonius Gor-
dianus Sempronianus enjoyed a brief reign in the early part of
the year 238. M. Antonius Gordianus, the third of the name,
received the tribunicial power in the summer of the same year,3
and some time must be supposed to have elapsed before the
news of his accession reached the remote province of Arabia.
The " year 133 " is evidently reckoned from the Era of Bostra
(ero? Kara BoVrpa) often used in the cities of this region.4
There has been some doubt whether this era began with the
year 105 A.D., as the chronicle states, or 106 as many inscrip-
tions seem to indicate.5 Waddington has argued strongly
for the latter date, and this inscription would seem to accord
with his view.6 The Arabian year began with March 22nd,
and the 133rd year, reckoning from 106, would extend from
the spring of 238 to the spring of 239. Had the reckoning
begun with 105 A.D., the 133rd year would have come before
Gordianus III began to reign.
Domitius Valerianus, the "Proconsul," is already known
1 Pauli-Wissowa, s.v. Arbela.
2 Selah Merrill : East of the Jordan, p. 293. A good bibliography of this re-
gion will be found in R. E. Brunnow's Die Provincia Arabia, Strassburg, 1904.
3 G. Goyau, Chron. de VEmp. Rom., p. 285. The exact month is given vari-
ously, from June to August.
4 Chronicon Paschale, I. 472. 8 (at the year 105) : Ilerpalot xal Bcxrr/^oJ
tvrcvdev TOI)S eauTujj/ xpbvovs api0/j.ovffiv.
6 See the discussion, with references, by Kubitschek, Pauli-Wissowa, I, p. 642.
6 Le Bas and Waddington, p. 562.
292 G. M. WEIGHER
from another inscription of this province.1 It is probably he
whose name appears on the base of a statue found at Hieropolis
in Cilicia,2 of which province he was legatus pro prcetore, appar-
ently before he was sent to govern Arabia. The prsenomen
Marcus appears in a fragmentary inscription from Bostra
(<7.J.6r. 4644), and Domaszewski has already suggested that the
lacuna GTTI MARK ... | ... TTPeCB CGB ANTICTPATHfOY
should be filled in with the name of Domitius.
His name does not seem to occur in the consular Fasti, and
wan/cos, consularis, given to him in this Arbelan inscription,
may be a mere compliment ; for the Greek-speaking cities were
apt to be less accurate in such details than the Roman officials.
It is, of course, possible that Domitius had been granted the
ornamenta consularia, or had been raised to the rank by adlectio.
But it is still more likely that we have here an early example
of that usage by which the title of consularis was bestowed
upon the governor of a province as such, without strict regard
to his rank in the senatorial order.3
The phraseology of this inscription for the most part follows
well-established lines, and can be paralleled from many other
inscriptions of the same region and period. But the part which
was rewritten as described above presents some difficulties.
Who was Zenodorus Apollinarius, and what is the meaning of
the letters CY N B which follow his name ? I am unable to refer
to an analogous phrase in another inscription, and can only
hazard the following explanation : The inscription may have
originally contained in this place the name of the city which
erected it and a statement of the work which it commemorates ;
or possibly there was the name of a divinity in whose honor
the work had been completed. At some later date repairs
!Cf. C.I.L. Ill, 141393i, IMP CAES | M ANTONIO | GORDIANO | PIO PEL
AVG | PER DOM | VALERIANVM | LEG EIVS PR PR | LIX. Ou a milestone 59
miles north of Petra.
2 J.H.S. XI, p. 246. If he was (as here suggested) the Valerianus named by
Liebenam (Forsch., p. 108) as legate of Galatia about 197 A.D., his official career
was certainly a long one.
8 Pauli-Wissowa, s.v. Consularis.
INSCRIPTION FROM THE HAURAN 293
may have been necessary, and we may suppose these were car-
ried out by Apollinarius on the order of Flavius Verus (if that
be the correct reading of his name1). No new inscription was
set up, but part of the old was erased and these two names
were added. Apollinarius is termed " adviser," av/j,fiov\eva)v, of
those who had originally superintended the construction of the
work. But it is not easy to find a parallel for this use of the
word. Nor does Smrayrj seem to be a common word in inscrip-
tions ; e/c Biarayrjs O.I. Gr. I, 3465, may be called a fair equivalent.
It is to be hoped that the inscriptions gathered by the Prince-
ton expeditions to this region may afford some parallel phrases.
Finally, if TTTJ^et? is the correct reading in the last line, it
seems reasonable to infer that the inscription is not simply
honorary (as the garland might suggest), but commemorates
the completion of some material work, the building of a wall or
a road. This is the conclusion arrived at by M. Clermont-
Ganneau, whose confirmation of my somewhat doubtful read-
ing I am glad to quote in full.
G. M. WHICHER.
PARIS, 9.9.05.
Cher Monsieur, 1'inscription sur laquelle vous voulez bien
me consulter est fort interessante. La fin ne laisse pas d'etre em-
barrassante. On attendrait regulierement un verbe ; mais il me
parait impossible d'en tirer un du groupe enigmatique fTHXPA
considere comme forme de sigles abreviatives. Tout bien pese,.
je serais tente de lire: irrj^eL^pX , er (ou?) /oXy , c'est a dire ;
"130 coudees ; Fan 133." II s'agirait alors d'urie certaine lon-
gueur de mur — enceinte de ville ou peribole de hieron — con-
struite aux frais du tresor public. Nous avons des exemples de
constructions de ce genre faites partiellement aux frais de tel ou
1 *X(aj8/ou) <Se>ovT7/3ou is suggested by Professor Sterrett, and the remnants
of curved letters over the garland would seein to indicate that the letters CG
once stood there. But there is obviously room for more than two letters in this
space. Moreover, this name belongs to the second writing, and there is no ap-
parent reason why it should have been left incomplete. For this reason I con-
sider it more probable that we have the full name here, and that the gap in the
line was left intentionally by those who rewrote this part. See infra.
294 G. M. WHICHER
tel, avec 1'indication numerique des longueurs construites; un
des exemples les plus remarquables en Syrie nous est fourni par
les inscriptions du sanctuaire de Cheikh Barakat (cf . mes Etudes
d'Archeol. Orient, t. II, pp. 35-54). Le tour laconique du texte,
avec le verbe sous-entendu, pourrait s'expliquer par 1'influence
toute romaine qui s'y manifeste (par exemple, 1'abreviation AYPP
= AvpT}\Lcov^) ; 1'equivalent latin de ce passage serait alors quel-
que chose comrae : P-P-PED- . . . , c'est a dire: p(ecunia)
p(ublica) ped(es~) . . . ; anno GXXXIIL II est a supposer
que le raur dans lequel cette pierre etait encastr'ee devait con-
tenir d'autres inscriptions du merae genre * indiquant des lon-
gueurs de construction executees aux frais d'autres personnes
ou groupes de personnes. II serait tres important de connaitre
exactement et d'examiner la localite d'ou provient le monu-
ment : 1'etude des ruines permettrait peut-etre de determiner la
nature de la construction dont il s'agit ; etant donnee la lon-
gueur relativement considerable dont il est question ici, il est
a supposer que Tenceinte devait etre celle d'une ville, ou mieux
le peribole d'un temple.
Bien sincerement v6tre
CLERMONT-GANNEAU.
1 B^parties de place en place.
&rd) a eo logical
Institute
of America
NOTES ON DR. D. M. ROBINSON'S INSCRIPTIONS
FROM SIN OPE 'i
IN view of the unusual interest of several of the inscriptions
of the Roman period which Dr. Robinson found at or near
Sinope, it has seemed that some additional notes on them might
prove useful. Professor Hiilsen has very kindly looked over
my notes, and in the case of three inscriptions made suggestions
which I have incorporated.
No. 50. Line 3. TTPAITQPEI|N03 is perhaps the stone-
cutter's error for Upaercopiavds, the Latin Praetorianus.
No. 51. It seems to me highly probable that the inscription
is nearly complete, and should be read thus :
rto?] 'RyvaTio t»o[?
a,7r~\o rr)? o-7re//07;?[ . . .
P]ublilia Urb[ana?
Egn.
Line 3, " of the . . . Cohort ? " Professor Hiilsen suggests
that <nrelpa may signify a religious organization ; then one
might read, with Dr. Robinson, Trp~\b TT}? o-TretJo^?, "on behalf
of the guild." For (nrelpa = " cohort," " maniple," cf. D. Magie,
De Rom. Juris. Pull. Sacrique Vocabulis Sollemnilus in Grr.
Sermonem Oonuersis (Lipsiae, 1905), p. 171 (index, s.v. <77refy>a).
For a-Trelpa as a religious organization, cf. O.LL. VI, 261,
461.
The reference to Larfeld should be Bursiarfs Jahresbericht
vol. 87 (1897), p. 409.
i Published in this JOURNAL, IX (1905), pp. 294-333.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 295
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 3.
296 A. W. VAN BUREN
No. 73. Transcription -
L. Licin-
nius Fr(u)~
gi.
The double N, and the omission of V, do not require com-
ment ; for the former, cf . no. 50, 1. 6 ; no. 75, 11. 11, 12 ; the
latter is especially easy at the end of a line. Frugi is a well-
attested cognomen in the Q-ens Licinia ; see Prosopographia
Imp. Rom. [The interpretation fr(umentarius), explained as
praefectus frumenti dandi, cannot be discussed seriously].
The name Licinius is found in Bithynia, B. O.H. XXV
(1901), p. 29, no. 171, and p. 49, no. 193.
No. 74. I can think of no satisfactory restoration ; that
proposed for 11. 1, 2, is impossible. There may have been a
name like 0 • Ae [Iiu8~\ \ Pontius, or 0 • Ae [I. Helles \ ] pontius,
or ... Oae\_lius~\ \ Pontius; some dedication to \JDea\ Oae-
[lestis] is also possible. The I^H|S • of 11. 3, 4, I do not under-
stand. When H • S = hie situs, it is placed regularly at the end
of an inscription.
No. 75. The copy given is evidently inaccurate. The
inscription must have run essentially as follows :
IM P • CA ES • C • AVR • V A L •
DIOCLET I A NO
PIO • PEL • I N V • AVG • ET
I M P . CA ES • M -AVR - V AL .
5 MAXIMIANO
P - F . I N V ICTO • AVG • ET
FL • V A L . CON STA NTI 0 - ET
GAL- VAL- MAXIMIANO
NO B I LL • CA ES S •
10 M I L . P . . . . .
AVR . PR ISC I A NVS • V • P .
PR • p R . p . D • N . M . Q . EORV M
xxxv
ON INSCRIPTIONS FROM SINOPE 297
D. N . IMP-CAES-VALERIO. LICINNIANO
15 LICINNIO-P.F.INVICTO-AVG'.
MAG
On other side :
D D • N N •
FL • VAL - CO N STA NTI NO
MAXIMO • VICTORI - AC • TRIVMFATORI
SEMPER- AVG VSTO • ET
FL • C L • CONST ANTING
ET- FL- IVL-CONSTANTJO
ET • FL • I VL - CONSTANT!. NOBB-CAESS.
. 0 NTI VS
There are three inscriptions on the stone : (1) lines 1-13,
16 — date, between March 1, 292, and about May 1, 305 A.D. ;
(2) lines 14, 15— date, between Nov. 11, 307, and 323 A.D. ;
(3) the other side — date, between Dec. 25, 333, and May 22, 337.
Line 10. The numeral can hardly have been I, unless it can
be shown that the stone was found one Roman mile from an
important centre.
Line 11. Aur. Priscianus recurs O.I.L. Ill, 307 (which is
an almost exact duplicate of part of this inscription) (from
Syria), and 13643 (from Armenia Minor).
Line 16. lA L 6 = milia (passuum) XXXV; cf . 1. 13.
No. 76. The copy given is evidently inaccurate. The in-
scription must have run essentially as follows :
IMP • CAESARI
M . AV R E LIO
C A RO • P • F • I N VICTO - AVG •
ET • M • AV R E L • CARING
5 FI LIO . EI vs . ET • M . AYR • N v
M ER I A N 0
N OB I LL . C A ES A R I B B .
.V.P.PRAES-.
298 A. W. VAN BUREN
Lines 5-7 must have been substantially as I have given them ;
but the abbreviation NOBILL • CAESARIBB - seems not to
occur elsewhere.
Date : between September (?), 282, and shortly after Dec. 8,
283 A.D.
No. 77. The copy given is evidently inaccurate. The in-
scription must have run essentially as follows :
IMP • CAESAR
VESPASIANVS • AVG •
PONT. MAX- TR. POT- VTTTi -IMP- XTTX •
P . P . C 0 S • MX" - D E S I G - FT •
5 I M P • T ITVS • CAESAR
VESP • AVG • TR. POT • VII • COS • DES • VTT •
10
For line 10, I suggest PER • A • CAESENNIVM • GALLVM ;
cf. O.LL. Ill, 318.
Date: between March and July, 78 A.D. See B.C.H.
XXV (1901), pp. 39, 40. I have assumed the Sinope inscrip-
tion to be of the same date as the one there given ; it might,
however, belong to the second half of the year, as far as the
indications in Dr. Robinson's copy go.
No. 78. The copy given is evidently inaccurate. The in-
scription must have run essentially as follows :
i M p . CA ES • M . AYR .
P RO BO
P - F . I N V ICTO • AVG • PO NT .
MAX- TRIB. POT. MM- COS- III- P- P-
5 PROC.A.SINOPE.M.P.....
PR. PR. p.
The reading of line 5 is due to Professor Hiilsen.
Date : 279 A. D.
ON INSCRIPTIONS FROM SINOPE 299
Page 329, fourth line from end, read Carinus for Casinus;
perhaps A • SINOPE stood there.
The various restorations of the Roman roads in Asia Minor
can best be studied by referring to the indices to C.I.L. III.
W. M. Ramsay, The Historical Geography of Asia Minor, is the
standard treatise (Royal Geographical Society, Supplementary
Papers, Vol. IV, 1890).
ALBERT W. VAN BUREN.
HOME, October, 1905.
NOTE. — I find that there are two points which I had over-
looked.
No. 70. Line 9, the transcription should be irapa 3>av<TTov
TOV .
No. 71. Line 10, the transcription should be /oo? irapa
A. W. V. B.
ROME, August, 1906.
Institute
of America
EXAMINATION OF THE CONTENTS OF A
MYCENAEAN VASE FOUND IN EGYPT
THE vase is of the common Mycenaean form known as the
stirrup jug, and belongs to the Way Collection of Egyptian
Antiquities in the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston.1 It bears the
number P. 795.
As a result of the examination of the substance contained in
the vase, all that can be definitely stated of its original nature
is that it was some preparation of cocoanut oil. At present it
seems free from starch, sugar, cellulose, tannins, alkaloids, and
glucosides, and nearly free from albuminoids ; besides cocoanut
fat, it appears to consist mainly of acids, resins, and humin.
On ignition at a temperature below redness it leaves 9J per
cent of ash. Sodium, potassium, iron, calcium, magnesium,
sulphates, and chlorides were found qualitatively, — the last
two in small amount. Phosphates were absent. Nitrogen is
present to the extent of 0.14 per cent. Sixteen per cent of the
substance is soluble in petroleum ether. It is also soluble
in alcohol to a considerable degree, and is practically all dis-
solved by dilute caustic soda. The use of the substance
originally would seem to be doubtful. Its composition would
certainly indicate that it was not intended for food. The
narrow neck of the vessel containing it would seem to indicate
that it was introduced in the fluid condition. The substance
1 This collection was formed in Egypt, between 1828 and 1833, by Mr. Robert
Hay, of Linplum, East Lothian. The vase in question is included with three
others under No. 734 of the sale catalogue (1869). It is about five inches high,
and is decorated with horizontal bands of reddish brown. No details concerning
the place or circumstances of its discovery are known, but inasmuch as the
collection was formed in Egypt, it is probable that the vase was found in an
Egyptian tomb. — H. N. F.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 300
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 3.
CONTENTS OF A MYCENAEAN VASE 301
may originally have been fluid or have been melted when it
was used. It melts at a low temperature. This would per-
mit of its being used as a paint or varnish, and it may have
had some application in the preparation of mummies. The
composition of the resins found in it corresponds most closely
to that of modern shellac.
AUGUSTUS H. GILL.
MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
BOSTON.
Institute
of America
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON OF MESSENE
EVER since the discovery in 1889 of the statues by Damophon
of Messene in the precinct of Despoena at Lycosura, the date
of this sculptor has been one of the unsettled problems of
archaeology. In the period immediately following the excava-
tions many widely divergent opinions were set forth, but no
definite conclusion was reached. At the time when the follow-
ing study was begun, the subject had been comparatively little
discussed for nearly ten years, and a complete summing up of
all the material bearing on it seemed desirable. The publica-
tions had for the most part advocated one view of the sculp-
tures, and since the only treatment of the material as a whole for
a basis of conclusion was Frazer's excellent though brief sum-
mary (Paus. Vol. IV, pp. 367 ff. ; V, pp. 622 ft7.), there seemed
room for a more exhaustive discussion of the question.
A good part of my work was completed when the article by
A. M. Daniel appeared (J.ff.8. XXIV, 1904, pp. 41-57), and
if I seem to have opposed his arguments more than those of
others who agree with him, this is due to the fact that his dis-
cussion is not only the most recent, but also the most satisfac-
tory which has appeared.
The material for determining the date of Damophon is of two
kinds, literary and archaeological, and, as frequently happens
in such cases, there is a difficulty in reconciling the two. The
literary evidence is that of Pausanias alone,1 who, however,
speaks of Damophon at some length, and though he affords no
clew to his date, gives valuable information in regard to his
1 IV, 31, 6, 7, 10 ; VII, 23, 6, 7 ; VIII, 31, 2, 6 ; VIII, 37, 3.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 302
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 3.
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 303
style and choice of subjects, as well as a very good description
of the site of Lycosura. Without this, identification would
have been far less certain. On the basis of this evidence,
Damophon was naturally assigned to the fourth century B.C.,1
and no one thought of disputing this conclusion until the exca-
vations brought to light remains of such a character that many
were unable to reconcile them with the accepted date. Those
who on stylistic grounds preferred a later date for the statues
then tried to interpret Pausanias also as referring to a late
period. Thus in the fourth edition of Overbeck's G-esch. d.
griech. Plastik, II, pp. 485 ff., the statement is made that since
Damophon is not mentioned by Pliny, he is later even than
Pliny, and consequently that the sculptures belong to the period
of Hadrian.
Such an argument from silence is a dangerous one, and I
believe no one made use of it as an objection to the fourth
century in discussing the evidence before the discovery of the
statues, but as soon as they appeared this argument was fre-
quently used. Yet no less than sixty-five sculptors are known
to us through Pausanias alone, most of them belonging to the
time before Pliny.
A careful examination of Overbeck's Schriftquellen with
reference to sculptors mentioned only by Pausanias gives the
following results:
POSITIVE. DOUBTFUL. TOTAL.
Before Ol. 60 628
Ol. 60-80 17 7 24
Ol. 80-^96 10 1 11
That is to say: until about the fourth century, of forty-
three sculptors mentioned, thirty-three may safely be assigned
to that century or to an earlier period,2 with ten doubt-
1 Brurm, Gesch. d. griech. mustier*, I, pp. 202-204 ; Overbeck, Gesch. d.
griech. Plastik3, II, pp. 141 ff.
2 (The references are to numbers in Overbeck's Schriftquellen.')
Hegylus and Theocles, 328, 329 ; Dontas and Doryclidas, 330, 331 ; Clear-
chus of Rhegium, 332, 333, 490 (cf. 491); Bathycles of Magnesia, 360, 361;
304 I- C. THALLON
ful.1 For the remaining twenty-two names Overbeck's figures
are :
POSITIVE. DOUBTFUL. TOTAL.
Ol. 96-120 4 6 10
Ol. 120-158 4 4
Undetermined —
But more recently discovered evidence shows that this must
be corrected as follows:
Ol. 96-120 156
Ol. 120-158 448
Undetermined 8 8 2
To sum up: thirty-eight sculptors for whom Pausanias is
the only literary evidence may safely be dated earlier than the
middle of the second century B.C., so it does not necessarily
follow that a sculptor who is not mentioned by Pliny need be
of a later date. Neither can we say that Damophon was too
Eutelidas and Chrysothemis, 388 ; Aristomedon, 400 ; Glaucus and Dionysius,
401,402; Aristocles, Synnoon, Ptolichus, 411-413; Theopropus, 441 ; Philesius,
442 ; Aristomedes and Socrates of Thebes, 478 ; Glaucias, 429-432 ; Menaechmtis
and Soi'das, 479 ; Aristocles, 483 ; Dameas of Croton, 484 ; Paeonius of Mende,
851, 852 ; Theocosmus, 855 ; Periclytus, 985 ; Alypus of Sicyon, 1002, 1003 ;
Polyclitus the Younger, 1004, 1005 ; Antiphanes of Argos, 1006 ; Nicodamus of
Maenalus, 1026, 1027-1030 ; Ptolichus, 463 ; Amphion, 463, 464 ; Pison, 463,
465, 979.
1 Cheirisophus, 345 ; Gitiadas of Sparta, 357-359 ; Aristonous, 439 ; Callon of
Elis, 475, 476 ; Serambus, 440 ; Ascarus, 477 ; Pythodorus of Thebes, 485 ; Her-
mon of Troezen, 486 ; Laphaes of Phlius, 487, 488.
2 Period 01. 96-120 : Daitondas, 1582, time of Alexander the Great (Loewy,
Inschr. Griech. Bildh. 97).
Doubtful : Olympiosthenes, 878 ; Xenocritus and Eubius, 1578 ; Onasimedes,
1580 ; Hippias, 1616. The following sculptors, assigned by Overbeck to 01.
96-120, must be placed in the period Ol. 120-158 : Pyrilampes of Messene,
1565-1567, (Inschr. v. Olymp. 400; Loewy, Inschr. Griech. Bildh. 274); Theron,
1576, (Inschr. v. Pergamon, 1,49; Lo.ewy, Inschr. Griech. Bildh. 156) ; Andreas,
1588 (called doubtful by Overbeck), (Inschr. v. Olymp. 318; Loewy, Inschr.
Griech. Bildh. 475) ; Damophon of Messene, 1557-1564 (date to be determined).
Period Ol. 120-158, doubtful: Dionysicles of Magnesia, 2054; Lysus of
Macedonia, 2062 ; Attains of Athens, 2067 ; Hermogenes of Cythera, 2074.
Of unknown place and date : Somis, 2078 ; Asterion, son of Aeschylus, 2079 ;
Musus, 2080 ; Phylacus, Onaethus and sons, 2081 ; Tisagoras, 2082.
J
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 305
important to be omitted by Pliny if he antedated Pliny, for
Pausanias (Overbeck, SchrtftqueUen, 332, 333, 490) is the only
authority for Clearchus of Rhegium (except an incorrect
inference from Pausanias by Suidas, Overbeck, iSchriftquel-
len, 491), and Onatas (ibid., 421-428) is found elsewhere only
in an epigram by Antipater (ibid., 424).
The characteristics of Damophon as described by Pausanias
have been summed up and carefully examined by Brunn
(Gesch. d. griech. Kiinstler2, I, pp. 202-204), Overbeck
(Plastik3, II, pp. 141 ff.), and others under the following
heads: (1) his religious tendency; (2) his liking for marble
and acrolithic technique (instead of bronze), both of which
techniques are contrary to the usual traditions of the
Peloponnesian school; (3) his connection with the Zeus of
Phidias.
(1) A full discussion of his religious tendency is 'given by
Overbeck, who connects it with the previous (Phidian) period,
showing that Damophon returns to the best religious ideas of
his predecessors, but that at the same time he evinces progress.
Others also have connected this tendency with the return to
the age of Phidias, but all we really have a right to say is that
the preference for a somewhat severe interpretation of religious
subjects, which is not characteristic of the fourth century, may
be referred to the influence of Phidias. We cannot say cer-
tainly when that influence would have been most likely to
make itself felt.
(2) Overbeck considers marble and acrolithic technique ap-
propriate to Damophon's religious tendencies, as marble was
nerally used for sacred statues. Nothing definite, however,
can be said about the date of acrolithic statues; they were evi-
dently a development from early foam,1 and the fact that they
were less costly resulted in the retention of this technique after
the introduction of chryselephantine statues. Phidias, indeed,
is said to have intended to make the Athena Parthenos an
1 Cf. Daremberg et Saglio, Diet, des Antiq. gr. et row., s.v. " Acrolithus."
806 I- C. THALLON
acrolithic statue,1 and he actually made one statue of this tech-
nique for Plataea (Paus. IX, 4, 1). Among others who used
this technique was Leochares (cf. Vitruv. II, 8, 11). The
technique was continued in Roman times, and we may reason-
ably conclude that it probably was employed in all periods from
early Greek times.
(3) The connection with the Zeus of Phidias. This is one
of the reasons why an early date has been assigned to Damo-
phon. Overbeck (Plastik*, I, p. 262; 4th ed., I, p. 362) says
that hardly sixty years passed before the repairs made by
Damophon became necessary; but this statement is evidently
based on the historical grounds for assigning Damophon to
about 370 B.C. (the date of the foundation of Megalopolis,
which would be sixty years after 430 B.C.). Pausanias says
nothing regarding the date of repairs, only that when the
statue cracked it was repaired by Damophon, and the Eleans
paid him honor (IV, 31, 6). It is of course idle to guess how
long a statue might exist before repairs would be needed.
The suggestion has been made that Damophon may have had
merely a local2 fame (E. A. Gardner, Handbook of G-k. Sculp-
ture, p. 399, note 2), but we at least know that he was selected
for important work at Olympia, and he is certainly highly rated
by Pausanias (IV, 31, 10), whose judgment in this case is con-
firmed by an examination of the statues.
Summing up this part of the literary evidence, we find noth-
ing conclusive about the date. Any of Damophon's character-
istics described by Pausanias may occur as well in one period
as in another. We have seen that acrolithic statues exist in
many periods, that the repairing of the statue of Zeus might
1 lidem Phidiam tulerunt, quam diu is m arm ore potius quam ebore Minervam
fieri dehibere dicebat, quod diutius nitor esset mansurus, sed ut adjecit, et vilius
stare, tacere iusserunt. (Val. Max., Lib. I, Cap. I, Extr. 7 e Paride.xi
Phidias ibidem eboris scalptor ait sumptu minore incipere diis simulacra fieri,
quod ipsi irati ex ebore Athenienses iusserunt. (Val. Max., Lib. I, Cap. I,
Extr. 7 e Nepotiano.)
2 It is of course through a slip of the pen that Gardner says " Arcadia, where
all his works were set up." They were at any rate in or near Arcadia, and the
point is the same.
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 307
take place at any date, that the choice of religious subjects (af-
ter the religious idea had had its full development in Phidias)
is hardly characteristic of any period. There is, of course, no
doubt that the fourth century shows a breaking away from se-
vere religious subjects, as is illustrated on the one hand by the
athletic Peloponnesian school, and on the other by the grace-
ful later Attic school.
It is just here that the element of historical probability has
been called in as an aid to determining the date.
The historical grounds for assigning Damophon to the fourth
century have been briefly summed up by Frazer1 as follows:
" Before the discovery of the temples and the fragments of the
statues at Lycosura it had been commonly supposed that the
many statues by Damophon in the temples at Messene and
Megalopolis (IV, 31, 6, 7, 10; VIII, 31, 1-4, 6) had been made
by him for these cities at the time of the foundation of Mega-
lopolis and the restoration of Messene in 369 and 370 B.C.; in
particular it was thought that the group at Messene which com-
prised an image of the city of Thebes and a statue of Epami-
nondas (though the latter was the work of a different artist)
must certainly have been set up in honor of the Thebans and
their great general Epaminondas by the grateful Messenians
after their deliverance from the yoke of Sparta."
The facts here stated constitute by far the strongest argu-
ment on the side of the fourth century. The natural conclu-
sion certainly is that the Messenians would commemorate their
indebtedness to Thebes and particularly to Epaminondas as
soon as possible, but in the face of other evidence it is necessary
to consider whether it may not have been historically possible
for Damophon to be at work at some other period.
His works, as we know, were in Lycosura, Megalopolis, Mes-
sene, and Aegium. Now Aegium is best known as the capital of
the Achaean League from the third century onward, and the
importance of Megalopolis in the League needs no demonstra-
tion, since in the time of Lydiadas it was already a member
1 Pausanias, Vol. IV, pp. 378-379, with references.
308 I- G. THALLON
(Paus. VIII, 27, 12), and took an active leadership in affairs.
After the destruction of the city by Cleomenes in 222 B.C. it
soon rose to power under Philopoemen and appears to have been
the ruling spirit in the federation. The position of Messene in the
League was less consistent, but it was a member before 222 B.C.
(Paus. IV, 29, 7) and was in constant relations with Megalopo-
lis. After the destruction of Megalopolis, it was to Messene
that the fugitives made their escape (Paus. VIII, 27, 15) and
at this time the cities were close friends and allies (Paus. VIII,
49, 4 ; IV, 29, 8). In spite of dissension and disagreement
Messene was again in the League after the death of Philopoemen
(Paus. IV, 29, 12) and, with the exception of an occasional
withdrawal, was pretty consistently a member from about
200 to 146 B.C. Lycosura appears to have been of no political
importance, but its close connection with Megalopolis at all
periods from 230 B.C. until the time of Hadrian is well attested
by inscriptions.1
In addition to the historical records of the activity of
Megalopolis during the second century and onward, there is
important archaeological evidence which came to light during
the excavations by the British School. (1) By far the greatest
number of inscriptions date from the second or first centuries
B.C. (Excav. at Megalopolis, pp. 122 ff.), although a few of
earlier date were discovered. Of these later ones C.LCr.
1534, dating from the late second or early first century, is of
especial interest because it mentions the road to Lycosura.
(2) The walls represent two periods of building, the first
1 'E0. 'ApX. 1895, cols. 263 ff. ; 1896, 101 ff., 217 ff. ; 1898, 249 ff. Nos. 1
(Lydiadas), 2 (family of Lycortas), 3 (dedication to Despoena by a Megalopoli-
tan), 4 (Hadrian's statue erected by the city of Megalopolis), 5 (honorary
decree of Nicasippus, one copy to be at Megalopolis and a stele in the precinct
of Despoena), 8 and 9 (statues dedicated to Despoena by the city of Mega-
lopolis and the city of Lycosura), 11 (statue erected by the city of Megalopolis
and the city of Lycosura), 13 (decree of Achaeans in honor of Saon the Mega-
lopolitan for his benefits to the precinct of Despoena), 17 (honorary decree of
Xenarchus and Nicippa by the city of Megalopolis, to be set up in the pre-
cinct), 19 and 20 (fragments mentioning the names of Lycosurans, Xenarchus
[the Megalopolitan], and the sanctuary of Despoena).
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 309
dating from the time of the foundation of the city in 370 B.C. ;
the second from the rebuilding after the battle of Sellasia
(221 B.C.). Livy (XLI, 20) says that Antiochus Epiphanes
gave money to the Megalopolitans (ca. 175 B.C.) to build their
town walls (probably only superficial repairs; seeJUxc. atMegal.,
p. 115). (3) Without going into details, it may safely be said
that at least two periods of building, the fourth and second
centuries, are illustrated in the many structures at Megalopolis,
some of which, like the Philippian colonnade, are apparently
repairs or rebuilding of old edifices (Exc. at MegaL, p. 66),
while others, like the theatre, seem to have been added to or
changed many times. Not without significance, too, in this
connection is an inscription from' Olympia (Loewy, Inschr.
G-riech. Bildh. 475) which records a dedication by the Achaean
League in 176-169 B.C., showing that as an organization the
states still maintained their relations with the great sanctuary
at that date.
From what has been said there appears to be no reason on
historical grounds why Damophon might not as well have
flourished in the second century as in the fourth.
It is, however, necessary to consider the historical probability
connected with the statue of Thebes at Messene which favors
the fourth century. Pausanias, it should be remembered,
expressly says that the statue of Epaminondas in this Theban
group was by a different artist. Now in accordance with the
argument which rests on historical probability, the statue of
Ipaminondas would be erected at once. This eliminates the
ssibility that its sculptor was later than Damophon and leaves
with the conclusion that the statue was either contemporary
rith Damophon or earlier. Here it is difficult not to fall into
)ure speculation, for if we argue against its being contemporary
>y saying, " If contemporary why did not Damophon make it ? ",
may be met with the objection that Damophon was not a
mlptor of portraits. The statement of Pausanias that Damophon
the only Messenian sculptor of note of whom he knew gives
some color to the theory that possibly the Messenians set up the
310 I. C. THALLON
statue of Epaminondas immediately, and that during the career
of their famous sculptor the statue of Thebes was erected. Thus,
since it seems possible that Damophon worked at either the
earlier or the later period, we find that the historical probability
for the fourth century is by no means as " overpowering " as
has been stated,1 although the inference that he worked then is
certainly a natural one.
Let us now pass from literary to archaeological evidence and
consider first the testimony of the architecture.
The date of the temple has given rise to much discussion,
and even in the light of all our present information it is im-
possible to assign it with certainty to a given period. We
have, however, the following definite facts about the building.
In certain parts, namely the foundations and courses with
orthostatae, mortar is not used, the blocks being fastened by
I — i - shaped clamps, but mortar is used freely in plastering the
inner surface of the walls, and in the mosaic floor. Two dif-
ferent periods of building are probably to be assumed, and this
conclusion is further strengthened by the inscription ('E<£. 'A/>%.
1896, cols. 217 ff., No. 17), which relates to the restoration of
the temple in the second century of our era. Another inscrip-
tion ('E<£. 'A/3%. 1896, col. 236, No. 27) mentions some repairs
which were made, but unfortunately the name of the building
to which it refers is missing, and so it cannot be used as posi-
tive evidence. Dorpfeld's dating of the whole temple as of one
period (Athen. Mitth. 1893, pp. 219-221) was published before
the discovery of this inscription, which would, however, in no
way affect his dating of the lower parts of the temple, and
these, whatever their date, are conceded to be contemporary
with the statues and their base.
From the lower parts alone it is impossible to determine the
date, for, although Daniel (J.ff.S. 1904, pp. 54-55) shows
that the draft margin around the orthostatae belongs in the
fourth century at Megalopolis, the use of this margin appears
in the Palaestra at Olympia (cf. Curtius and Adler, Olympia,
1 Percy Gardner, Cl. E., 1897, p. 71.
wi j
M
THE DATE OF VAMOPHON 311
Taf . LXXV ; Textb. II. pp. 116 and 121) dated as belonging
to the end of the third or the beginning of the second century
B.C. This shows that it was not used exclusively in the
fourth century. The | — j - shaped clamps, when once adopted
in the latter part of the fourth century, remained in use there-
after, and the undercutting of the step-risers (Il/oa/m/ta, 1896,
p. 103) is found at Megalopolis in the Philippian Colonnade
dated early in the second century B.C. (JExc. at MegaL p. 66 ;
cf. Frazer, Pans. Vol. IV, p. 322).
But a large part of the building still remains undated : the
brick walls and the whole superstructure. These I have pre-
ferred to consider separately in view of the contradictory state-
ments about the material by which these bricks were bonded
together.
We find the following assertions by Leonardos (Il/ja/m/ca,
1896, p. 105): (1) On the western wall of the temple, pieces
of lime or plaster were found sticking to the stone course, (2)
in the pronaos a brick was found smeared <w<? aafiea-rq). Prob-
ably the plaster referred to by Leonardos is not the usual
hard Roman plaster, but the same as that " poor mortar" re-
ferred to by Dorpfeld, which he says must have bonded the
bricks, but could not have been good Roman plaster, since the
bricks were not of the usual Roman style. Dorpfeld (Athen.
itth. 1893, p. 219) says that even in the orthostatae there were
traces of poor plaster as well as clay. Frazer (I. c.~) observes
that the mortar seems to have disappeared since the excavation,
f, however, Leonardos means hard Roman plaster, some of it
ay easily have spilled into the cracks between the bricks
hen the inner surface of the wall was being done over. He
oes not discuss the date, confining himself merely to a state-
ent of the discoveries.
Cavvadias (Fouilles de Lycosoura, I, p. 8, note 1) says that
all the temple except the orthostatae and the pedestal of the
statues was reconstructed in the Roman period, and his view
is accepted by Frazer (Pam. Vol. IV, pp. 370-371). But this
seems improbable, for in that case it would be necessary to
312 I- C. THALLON
account for the destruction of the walls of the earlier periods,
and of the earlier entablature, or else to suppose that the en-
tablature was a perishable one of wood — an obviously absurd
hypothesis for a building as late as the fourth century. The
natural conclusion then is that the whole temple belonged to
the earlier period, and that in Roman times the walls were
plastered, the floors relaid, and any other necessary repairs
made.
Whether the poor and careless forms of the marble members
is due to their lateness, as is the opinion of Dorpfeld (Athen.
Mitth. 1893, p. 220), or to lack of skill on the part of the work-
men (Daniel, J.H.S. 1904, p. 54), does not admit of proof,
and cannot therefore be used as an argument in favor of one
date or another. We are justified only in saying that the
original may be as early as the latter part of the fourth cen-
tury, or may date from any time between then and the Roman
period.
Several fragments of roof -tiles were found inscribed with the
name of Despoena.1 It is hardly safe to say that these date
the building in the second or first century B.C., for tiles are
easily replaced.
The drum of a column ('E0. 'A/a^. 1896, col. 234, No. 25 ;
Upa/cTi/cd, 1896, p. 106) inscribed with architect's marks G E
is not dated, but from the forms of the letters,2 if it be possible
to draw any conclusion from these, it would appear to belong to
the time between about 146 B.C. and the Christian era.3 It is
unfortunate that this inscription is the only one undated in the
official reports. When we consider that as far as architectural
evidence goes the date may be any time between about 330 B.C.
and the late Roman period, this inscription taken in connection
1 1 have not been able to learn the date of these tiles from either the H.PO.KTLK&
or the AeXrlov. In the Exc. at Megal. (p. 141) they are spoken of as belonging
to "various periods," and according to the statement in Athen. Mitth. 1893,
p. 221, they must belong to the second or first century B.C.
2 Reinach, Traite <? Epigraphie Grecque, p. 204.
3 Larfeld, Handbuch d. griech. Epigraphik, II, p. 467, gives £ as occurring
in C./.AIP, 1137 (303/2 B.C.) along with E; but the round form does not
become common until the end of the first century B.C. (pp. 477, 481).
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 313
with the apparent date of the roof-tiles tends to make the second
or first century a more probable date than the fourth.
Furthermore, the very striking lack of early inscriptions is
of importance in determining the date of the temple. There is
not one letter of epigraphical evidence which goes back to a
date earlier than 230 B.C., while all the other inscriptions date
from the second century B.C. to the second century after Christ,
most of them belonging to the Christian era.1 The inscription
next in age to the isolated Lydiadas inscription (230 B.C.) is
separated from it by an interval of more than fifty years. Thus
it is almost easier to imagine that this statue (with its basis)
was removed from its original site, perhaps in Megalopolis, at
the time of the construction of the temple, than that the in-
scription was the only one set up in the precinct during a
period of fifty years (if we date the temple as contemporary
with it), or of one hundred and fifty years (if we date the
temple in the fourth century). It is an interesting fact that
the well-known persons in history (before the Roman Emperors)
represented at Lycosura by inscription or portrait were promi-
nent in the Achaean League. Inscription 1 ('E<£. 'A/^. 1895,
cols. 263 ff:.) is in honor of Lydiadas, the tyrant of Megalopolis.
Inscription 2 (I. e.) gives the following names in the family of
Lycortas (in addition to that of Lycortas himself), Thearides I,
his son, Philopoemen, his grandson, Thearides II, his great-
grandson. Philopoemen was probably named for the general,
who was a friend of Lycortas. The style of the letters is
entirely appropriate to this chronology. Lycortas was the
father of Polybius, the importance of whose share in the affairs
of the Achaean League is of course well known (Paus. VIII,
30, 8-9). A relief representing Polybius, with an inscription
stating- that Greece would not have fallen if she had entirely
o
followed his advice and that in her misfortune he alone had
succored her, was in the stoa at Lycosura (Paus. VIII, 37, 2).
1 For a detailed discussion of the inscriptions see 'E<£. 'A/ox- 1895, cols. 263 ff. ;
1896, cols. 101 ff., 217 ff. ; 1898, cols. 249 ff. No attempt, however, is there
made to draw any conclusion as to the date from the evidence of the inscriptions
as a whole.
314
I. C. THALLON
The later inscriptions show that the cult continued until
after 100 A.D. From the statements of Pausanias one would
infer that there were no signs of its decay, but these inscrip-
tions show a sad lack of public spirit and of interest in the
mysteries. Evidently the frugal inhabitants of Lycosura
thought it economical to allow some liberal citizen to provide
grain and pay all necessary expenses, and then to set up a
statue to him to cancel the account. And yet the number of
later inscriptions points to some sort of a revival of interest in
the cult, although it must be confessed that most of the dedi-
cations to the goddess appear to have been statues of donors.
The value of the evidence of the inscriptions as a whole has
hitherto been disregarded, but it seems to me a very important
matter, since the date of each inscription can be definitely
determined. Taken together, the inscriptions show that with
one exception nothing is earlier than the second century B.C.
Another fact worthy of consideration is that at Messene there
was a school of sculptors in the second and first centuries B.C.
Inscriptions from Olympia, Messene, and Megalopolis (Excav.
at Megal. p. 134 ; Loewy, Insehr. G-riecJi. Bildh. 271-274) are
a sufficient proof of this. No inscription with the name of
Damophon was found at Megalopolis or Olympia, but Damo-
phon's activity at Olympia may have been largely (if not exclu-
sively) confined to the repairing of the statue of Zeus. And
in connection with this comes in a third piece of evidence, an
inscription (on a statue-basis which still bears traces of the feet
upon it) with the name of Damophon.
\03AA M04>QNT
TAA MA X3 A T
I KA ITA ITTOA El
With this was another inscription showing the name in a
mutilated form.1 These inscriptions were found at Messene
Q N €>:>
A A M
A A M C
TOYTF
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 315
and are dated by Wilhelm at the end of the second century
B.C. (Athen. Mitth. 1891, p. 355).
The value of inscriptions as evidence is too obvious to need
more than passing mention. In the present case they are the
only absolutely definite evidence at our disposal. As has al-
ready been shown, the literary and the architectural evidence
are open to different interpretations, and the only reason for
preferring the fourth century as a date to the second century
is the historical probability, a reasonably strong probability
undoubtedly, but nevertheless by no means absolutely cogent
and without anything like the authority of actual proof. But
the inscriptions from Lycosura establish more than a strong
probability, and on their evidence alone the natural inference
as to the date would point to the second century. When in
addition we learn that at that time a school of sculptors flour-
ished at Messene, and, to crown all, find the very name of Damo-
phon on a basis of that period, further proof seems almost
unnecessary.
Probably no statues discovered in recent times (except per-
haps the Aphrodite of Melos) have given rise to more discussion
of style and date than these works of Damophon. Unfortu-
nately, most of these notices have been written without a suf-
ficient study of all the evidence, though Daniel's recent discus-
sion should be excepted from such a criticism.
Robert's interesting arguments in favor of the period of
Hadrian (Hermes, 1894, pp. 429-435) have been well refuted
by Daniel. The epigraphical and architectural evidence render
this theory no longer tenable.1 The resemblance to certain
of the Graeco-Roman sarcophagi proves nothing, for Roman art
necessarily borrowed much from the Greek, which it reproduced
in its own fashion.
Sittl (Von Miiller's Handluch, VI, p. 751) supports this late
date, basing his belief on the mistaken idea that Dorpfeld dates
the temple in the Roman period and also on the supposition
1 Robert is also the author of the article "Damophon" in Pauly-Wissowa,
Heal Encyd. IV, p. 2079.
316 I- C. THALLON
that "such a person [as Damophon] seems hardly possible be-
fore the time of Hadrian."
Overbeck (G-esch. d. griech. Plastik, 4th ed., II, pp. 181, 485)
bases his acceptance of this date (1) on architecture, which
we have seen to be of undetermined period, (2) on the charac-
ter of the remains (here he follows Robert), (3) on the silence
of Pliny, which we have seen to be of no value as an argument.
Conze's view (Arch. Anz. 1893, p. 125) in favor of about 200
B.C. is based on the style and technique of the sculptures, as
is that of Milchhofer (Berl. Phil. W. 1895, pp. 948 if.), who
says that nothing prevents them from being as early as the
Hellenistic period, since they show the pure forms of the third
and second centuries.
Collignon's view (Hist, de la Sculpture grecque, II, pp. 626—
630) is evidently a compromise, for he cannot accept the dra-
pery as genuine Greek work, though the types of the heads hark
back to the fourth century.
By Kekule-Zahn (Baedeker, 6rre££e,1905, p. cxxiv) Damophon
is assigned to the second century on the grounds of style, and
attention is called to the reaction which took place at that time
after the excesses of the Pergamene school. The drapery is re-
garded as a characteristic specimen of Hellenistic decorative art.
Of those who date the sculptures in the fourth century some
do so for reasons of style, others on the historical grounds
discussed above, and they attempt to reconcile the sculptures
to that period.
Waldstein (quoted by Frazer, Paus. Vol. IV, p. 278) says that
even without the information of Pausanias they would have
been considered by any competent authority as remarkable
works of the fourth century. He calls them (Athenaeum,
1890, I, p. 377) the most important works (with the Sidon
sarcophagi) since the discovery of the Hermes, and states as
a fact that Damophon was a fourth-century sculptor and a
contemporary of Scopas, Praxiteles, and Lysippus.1
1 His brief article inJ.H.S. 1904, pp. 330-331, although it contains one or two
statements to which exception might be taken, adds nothing new to the discussion.
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 317
Cavvadias (Fouilles de Lycosoura, I, p. 13) also dates the
statues in the fourth century on the basis of style. The quali-
ties which he enumerates, perfection of modelling, beauty of
forms, energy and vigor of style, careful execution sans re-
cherche, harmony in the ornament of the peplos, and admirable
arrangement of the figures, can all be recognized, and his state-
ment that we " cannot doubt they are purely Greek " (not
Roman) is quite justified, but that we " easily recognize works
of the fourth century " is scarcely borne out by the divergent
views held by archaeologists in regard to the sculptures.
Diehl and Reinach favor the fourth century in a tentative
way. Diehl's reference (Revue des Etudes grecques, 1894,
p. 233) to Damophon as a master of the fourth century is prob-
ably made for historical reasons, inasmuch as he says the fourth
century date has been disputed by Conze on the basis of
style and by Dorpfeld on architectural grounds. He by no
means considers the delicate question settled.
Reinach (Gazette des Beaux- Arts, 1894, I, pp. 229-233), ac-
cepting the historical probability, reconciles the sculptures to
that date. The largeness of style he says indisputably recalls
Phidias. To me it does not appear evident that Anytus is
an echo of Olympian Zeus. The coins of Elis, which are our
best source, are utterly different in style. Urging the general
resemblance in spirit to Phidias, Reinach attempts to date the
sculptures from Lycosura in the fourth century, since a com-
parison with some heads of the last part of the first century
B.C. shows a great difference in style. Even then it is mani-
festly due to other than intrinsic reasons that he attempts to
prove the early date, for he says that, if these heads had been
found in Italy, they would be called Hellenistic works of the
second century where all unclassified things go. The Lycosura
statues according to him show no traces of Pergamene or
Rhodian influence (about 200 B.C.) and therefore must an-
tedate the Pergamene and Rhodian schools. We are left to
infer that the fourth century is their most natural place.
Reinach elsewhere, however (R. Arch 1894, II, p. 88), refers
318 I- C. THALLON
to his support of the traditional date, but says it is by no means
certain.
E. A. Gardner's treatment of the subject (Handbook of G-reek
Sculpture, pp. 399 ff.) is not exhaustive. There are some
general remarks to the effect that Damophon "introduced
some characteristics unfamiliar in Greek art till a later period "
and " made innovations . . . which anticipate the customs of
the Hellenistic age." "He may best be understood if we re-
gard him as a man who lived in the fourth century, but apart
from the general stream of its artistic tendencies, feeling
deeply the high ideals of the age of Phidias." Probably no
one will dispute his extremely conservative statement that
Damophon's place is intermediate between the art of Athens
under Pericles and the art of Pergamon under the Attalids.1
Percy Gardner's views are summed up in the Classical Re-
view (1897, p. 71). The drapery is a source of difficulty to
him ; and he adopts the ingenious compromise that the drapery
may have been a later addition, for the historical probabilities
in favor of the fourth century " are so overpowering that we
must very closely scrutinize any archaeological evidence on
the other side " (quoted by Frazer, Paus. Vol. V, p. 625).
But we have seen that they are after all not so overpowering.
The most recent argument in favor of the fourth century is
that of Daniel. This is based on a careful, though apparently
only a partial, weighing of the evidence, and a more exhaustive
study of the sculptures in the light of comparative methods.
His conclusion is stated in no dogmatic manner, but only
1 Professor Gardner (J.H.S. 1906, pp. 169-175, and Appendix to his
History of Greek Sculpture, p. 548) regards the head from Tegea, first published
in B.C.H. XXV, Pis. IV, VI, as that of the Atalanta of Scopas, and says
(J.H.S. 1906, p. 175), "We have already noted the resemblance to the Atalanta
of the head of Artemis from Lycosura and the consequent confirmation of the
fourth century date of Damophon." His arguments in favor of the authorship
of the head are not very convincing. Moreover, G. F. Hill (Cl. E. 1906, p. 284)
disputes the connection between the torso of the Atalanta and the head, which
he regards as unworthy of it. Damophon can hardly be dated in the fourth
century because of the likeness between Artemis and this head, which is
attributed to Scopas chiefly because of its supposed connection with the torso.
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 319
as supported by greater probability. There are, however,
some important omissions in his discussion. His conclusion
(pp. 52-53) rests on the character of the sculpture, — both in
itself and compared with a large female head in the Capitoline
museum (Helbig, Guide, 445; Fig. 5 in Daniel's article),
the statements of Pausanias, and the demonstration that the
style of architecture is like that at Megalopolis in the late
fourth century.
But it has already been shown that, although the architec-
ture may possibly be as early as the fourth century, this is by
no means an exclusive possibility, and that the statements of
Pausanias, in so far as they refer to the style and tendencies of
Damophon, are of no value in determining the date, while the
historical probability in favor of the fourth century over the
second (both possible dates) rests chiefly on the supposition
that the statue of Thebes would be erected at once. It is
therefore now in order to discuss Daniel's statements on the
basis of the style of the sculpture.
Let us begin with the Capitoline head, for it is through this
that Daniel traces the connection of Damophon with the tradi-
tions of the school of the fourth century. The resemblance of
this head to works of Damophon has been pretty generally recog-
nized and needs no proof. Daniel shows that the resemblance
lies in the modelling of the cheeks, the " drawing " of the lids
and lips, and especially in the peculiar treatment of the eye.
If he had been able to prove a resemblance between Damophon
and an undisputed work of the fourth century, his point would
be convincing, but this head cannot be dated as even a rela-
tively early one. Furtwangler (Meisterwerke, p. 644, note 3)
has assigned it to the late Hellenistic period, Helbig to the
second or first century. Daniel himself, while once speaking of
it (p. 52) as " undoubtedly Greek," classes it (p. 51) with the
colossal heads belonging to a period after the fourth century,
manifestly Hellenistic works, like the Ludovisi Hera (Helbig,
872), or the Demeter (Helbig, 880), or Hygieia (Helbig, 876)
of the same collection, which repeat fourth century types,
320 I- C. THALLON
and he goes no further than to say that this head strongly sug-
gests types of the fourth century (p. 53). He dates it later
than Damophon on the grounds of greater formalism in the
hair, greater closeness in the drawing and contour, and because
it is colossal in the sense of " too big." Admitting the force
of these observations, we are still justified only in the conclusion
that Damophon is earlier than the late Hellenistic period.
Granted that in the Capitoline head both elements, that of
Scopas (of the fourth century) and that of Damophon (of
doubtful date), are to be recognized, it is nevertheless by no
means a necessary inference that two things which precede a
third are contemporary. Therefore " the judgment that Damo-
phon was of the fourth century " hardly " follows directly and
at once," for on the basis of this head we may date Damophon
at any time before the late Hellenistic period. A distinction
seems to be made between Scopas and Damophon (pp. 46, 51)
and, further, the qualities in the head which are particularly
characteristic of Damophon (cheeks, lips, and lids) have not
been shown to be exclusively characteristic of the fourth
century. Had they been, we should have expected to find
them in the works of Praxiteles and Scopas, but the use
of this Hellenistic head as the closest parallel to Damophon
points rather the other way.
There are, of course, certain fourth century traits in this late
head, as there are in most later works of any merit. The
influence of Scopas and very likely of Lysippus l seems to have
been as universal as it was long enduring — persisting in an
exaggerated way even in the works of the Pergamene school ;
in Damophon himself we admit certain fourth century quali-
ties, but whether they exhibit the spirit of the fourth cen-
tury or merely its lasting influence is another question. The
other heads (particularly the Asclepius of Piraeus and the
Poseidon of Melos), most closely resembling Damophon's work,
Daniel sets aside for the present, preferring to trace the likeness
1 On the subject of Lysippus see Percy Gardner, J.H.S. 1903, pp. 117 ff.,
and especially 'The Apoxyomenos of Lysippus,1 J.H.S. 1905, pp. 234 ff.
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 321
to a head of as early date as possible ; but it is unfortunate that
the head selected should be one generally regarded as late
Hellenistic, and of a class which copies in a more or less banal
fashion the types of the fourth and fifth centuries.
The evidence, then, of the Capitoline head is of just the same
value as the architectural and literary and historical evidence,
all of which admits more than one possible date, while estab-
lishing none definitely.
As far as Daniel's article goes there remains in favor of the
fourth century only the style of the sculptures themselves, and
with reference to this he very justly says that each can but lay
down his own opinion with the best evidence he can produce.
It is exactly at this point that the greatest difficulty occurs,
for in the discussions quoted above it is evident that the, sub-
jective element enters into the criticisms to a great extent, and
the sculptures are so admittedly inconsistent and contradictory
that no one would be rash enough to hope to convince every one
else on the basis of style alone. What I shall have to say on
the subject will be used mainly to illustrate how Damophon may
perfectly well be assigned to the period in which the epigraphical
evidence places him — or rather, that his peculiar characteristics
may best be understood if we assign him to this period.
The remarks of Pausanias about Damophon's choice of reli-
gious subjects, coupled with the statement about his repairing
the Olympian Zeus, led naturally enough to the view which
connects him with the traditions of Phidias and the somewhat
severe style. But we must keep in mind the distinction be-
tween choice of subject (in which it is true that he is more
conservative than most artists of the fourth century) and the
spirit in which these works were conceived and executed. If
we compare the Lycosura heads with those of the fifth century,
do we find reflected in them the severity of the Phidian period ?
Do we find even the feeling of the fourth century, not so
severe, but nevertheless religious ? Compare these heads with
the Hermes of Praxiteles, or the type of the Aphrodite of
322 I- C. THALLON
Cnidus, and the difference will at once be seen. This lack of
idealism is due in large measure to the characteristic described
by Daniel as discrimination of character without portraiture.
This discrimination of character, while thoroughly consistent in
each head and well suited to it, is at the same time so general in
its spirit that each head might as well be that of a mortal as of a
god. This trait has been noticed before: Frazer (Pans. Vol. IV,
p. 375) speaks of the head of Demeter as that of any lady; Far-
nell (Cults of the Greek States, II, p. 548) says of the Artemis
" it impresses us rather as the face of a healthy girl, joyous and
eager, than as the face of a goddess." Daniel too seems to feel
this, for we find (p. 46)," Artemis has the form and fashion of
a young girl," "Demeter, a matron and carrying the burden of
many legends." There is lacking the spirit of the fifth and
fourth centuries, which enables us, although there may exist
differences of opinion as to which god is represented (as for
example in the Parthenon frieze), nevertheless to recognize a
god as such ; and no one would take the Hermes of Praxiteles
for an ordinary Greek youth, or the type of the head of the
Cnidian Aphrodite for that of a young woman of the time.
The idealizing tendency is still too strong.
Since, then, we find that the works of Damophon express a
feeling which, instead of being more severe and religious than
that of most works of the fourth century, is really less so, we
shall have some difficulty in explaining why, if he lived in the
fourth century, he was chosen to make so many cult-statues,
which should of course be preeminently religious. At Mega-
lopolis, besides the works of Damophon, there were statues by
Polyclitus the younger (Paus. VIII, 31, 4), and by Cephi-
sodotus and Xenophon (Paus. VIII, 30, 10), all of whom flour-
ished at the time of the founding of Megalopolis. Polyclitus
was trained in the traditions of the fifth century school of
Polyclitus the elder, while Cephisodotus belonged to the con-
servatives and made only slight deviations from the older and
standard types (Murray, Greek Sculpture, II, p. 244, quoted
by Frazer, Paus. Vol. IV, p. 327). Xenophon is known chiefly
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 323
in connection with Cephisodotus (Pans. VIII, 30, 10 ; IX, 16, 1)
and was in all probability in sympathy with his tendencies.
Therefore to the Megalopolitans, who had among them the
works of these conservative sculptors and who must have been
throughly accustomed to a comparatively severe style, the
statues of Damophon would have been likely to appear lacking
in religious feeling. If we assign these sculptures to the fourth
century, we must account for the selection of Damophon by the
Megalopolitans on the ground of necessity or of choice. To
say that there were no more sculptors who preserved the reli-
gious spirit, is, of course, absurd. If the people of Megalopolis
needed more statues to decorate their temples, they might have
had some works of Praxiteles, or of Scopas (who worked at
Tegea near by), or, if they could not afford works by the greatest
sculptors of the day, they might at least have had statues by
pupils who maintained the traditions of these great men.
The many works of high merit which, although they cannot be
definitely attributed to any great sculptors, are at least based
011 their style, is a sufficient proof that at the middle or end
of the fourth century there would have been no difficulty in
procuring works of those who were the legitimate successors of
Cephisodotus, Xenophon, and Polyclitus, or of Scopas and
Praxiteles.
If we accept the alternative that the Megalopolitans pre-
ferred works executed in a spirit like that of Damophon, rather
than like the spirit of their time, we shall have difficulty in
finding precedents for such a procedure. It is a well-known
tendency of religious conservatism to retain a cult-type long
after it has become antiquated as a phase in the development
of art, and it is hardly conceivable that the people to whom
the statues by Cephisodotus, Xenophon, and Polyclitus were
familiar and sanctified by association would view with favor
the tendencies of Damophon. But by the time of the destruc-
tion and rebuilding of the city several generations had passed.
Men were different in spirit from the men of earlier times and
familiar with the development of new tendencies in art,
324 I- C. THALLON
and to them the work of Damophon would not appear erratic
and full of innovations.
Further, the " baroque element " is an excellent example of
the restless striving for variety so characteristic of the Hellen-
istic time. I quite agree with Daniel that "just that sort
of thing had not been done before " and that the sculptor
was probably inventing as he worked; but it was a search for
something new, something different, in the period after art had
attained its highest possible development in one direction. In
the Hellenistic period we find it in the head of Asclepius (cf.
Wolters, Athen. Mitth. 1892, pp. 12 ff.,Taf. IV) which is the
nearest parallel to the Anytus of any of the heads (especially
characteristic are the great breadth and height of cheek), and
the Poseidon from Melos (B.C.H. 1889, pp. 498 ff., PL III),
assigned by Collignon to the second century, a little before the
renaissance period (cf. Pliny, H.N. XXXIV, 51), and called
one of the few works representing the last efforts of Hellenism in
its own country. The tendency runs wild in the Pergamene
sculptures, which exemplify both the outer expression (baroque)
and inner feeling (pathetic) carried to the greatest extreme.
There are certain interesting resemblances between Damo-
phon and the second Pergamene period. Farnell (J.H.S.
1886, p. 266) speaks of a lack of vivid characterization and
spirituality in the Pergamene sculptures, and these traits we
have already seen in Damophon. In the analysis of Pergamene
characteristics we find that they have, in common with Damo-
phon's work, the high oval contour of the face, the emphasis on
flesh rather than on bone structure, the full short lips l (Far-
nell, Cults of the Greek States, II, pp. 547-548 ; and J.H.S.
1890, p. 183), but we do not find in Damophon such exaggeration
of line, expression, and composition. The reason for this differ-
ence may, I think, be found in the fact that Damophon was a
Greek working in Greece, and while he may well have been
1 A good example of this is a woman's head in Berlin (Collignon, Hist, de la
Sc. gr. II, Fig. 249) very like that of Artemis in the modelling of the face and
the shape of the mouth.
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 325
able to see the works at Pergamon (among them the great altar),
he was able still more easily to see the works of the great
Greek sculptors of the best period and to keep in constant touch
with them. We know that he was at Olympia, and we know
what he probably saw there, and, further, that he worked on
the Zeus of Phidias.
An illustration of Damophon's striving for variety is embodied
in his feeling for texture. Take first the hair. As pointed out
by Daniel, it would be difficult to find hair represented in three
more varied ways than the heads show. That of Demeter, in
soft masses, recalls the head from the Acropolis belonging to
the fourth century and connected by some with Scopas (Col-
lignon, Hist, de la tSc. gr. II, Fig. 125). It is as simple a
treatment as possible. The hair of Artemis is elaborate to a
high degree, yet is not overdone. Furtwangler says this style
of hair does not appear before Praxiteles, and Percy Gardner
evidently agrees with him, as he compares a hea,d from Sunium
with such hair (J.H.S. 1895, PI. VI, which he dates, p. 188,
soon after 400 B.C.) to one of the figures on the Mantinean
relief. After Praxiteles it became a common style for young
people, both mortals and goddesses,1 and occurs frequently on
coins (cf . Head, Guide, PL 46, 25, of Arsinoe Philadelphus, 281
B.C.), becoming more elaborate and broken into little parts as
time progressed (Furtwangler, Beschreibung der Grlyptothek,
211). This arrangement was much in vogue among the young
girls of Tanagra and it is of unusual interest that we find the
same style of hair on a little statuette of Artemis from Tanagra
(Furtwangler, Coll. Sabouroff, Pis. CXXV and CXXVI), a
unique representation of the goddess among the Tanagra
figurines.2 Taken in connection with Damophon, it is of
1 Cf. Furtwangler, Collection Sabourojf, text to Pis. CXXV and CXXVI ; also
Mitchell, History of Greek Sculpture, p. 728, note 1209, for further references.
2 Furtwangler has shown the attitude of the goddess (leaning with one arm
on a column) to be like that of a marble statuette from Cyprus (Farnell, Cults
of the Greek States, II, PI. XXX, a), which he says is an original work of the
school of Praxiteles and Scopas, and which preserves the dignity of the goddess
in face and costume.
326 /• C. THALLON
importance as showing that the conception of Artemis was no
longer that of a goddess, for the statuette shows no attempt at
dignity; it is more like a girl ready for the chase. Certain
characteristics correspond almost exactly to the description of
Artemis given by Pausanias. We find the nebris, the quiver,
the hunting dog (standing in the statuette), and we may
naturally infer that the Artemis of Damophon wore the short
garment so common in the later representations of Artemis.
Beyond this the resemblance need not be pressed, but since the
spirit in which this little figure is conceived is not far from that
of Damophon, it is interesting to find a technical resemblance
as well.
After this long digression it is time to return to the subject
of feeling for texture. The hair of Anytus can be less easily
paralleled.1 It would almost seem in this case as if the artist
were impressed by the crispness and fresh look of his clay
model and made the daring experiment of translating it into
marble.
The drapery has been an endless source of trouble to those
who have attempted to date the sculptures, and it is one of the
strongest reasons given by Coilignon for putting them as late
as the second century. Aside from the fact that it is never
safe for us to say that the Greeks would or would not have
done such and such a thing, it has been shown by Daniel that
the subjects on the robe may all be traced back to the fourth
century. The animal procession goes back as far as the
Mycenaean period.2 But the frequent recurrence of these same
subjects on later works shows that they did not die out in the
fourth century. As for the composition of the bands of decora-
tion, their avoidance of overcrowding, their good balance and
sense of proportion, I must confess that, if dated in the second cen-
tury, they are far superior to what one would have expected.
1 Farnell (Cults, II, pp. 547-548) suggests one of the giants on the Pergamene
altar.
2 See Cook, 'Animal Worship in the Mycenaean Age,' J.IL S. 1894, pp.
81-169.
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 327
Comparison has been made with a relief from Thermopylae
(Cavvadias, TXvTrra rov 'EOvi/cov Mou<reiou, 221, 222 ; Fig. 6 in
Daniel's article) and the well-known Munich relief with the
marriage of Poseidon and Amphitrite (Furtwangler, Grlyptothek,
239). If the Lycosura designs are purer and more orderly
than these, it may be partly due to Damophon's taste and sense
of fitness, which save him from falling into the excesses shown
in much Hellenistic work. The question as to whether he
avoids the more glaring vices of that period because he ante-
dates it or because he was a better artist than others has already
been raised. The drapery — to whatever period we may assign
it — is unparalleled in Greek sculpture known to us, and yet it
seems strange that no one else should have done such an obvious
thing as to transfer into stone the embroidered robe with which
it was customary to drape many statues.1 This was a very
natural thing for Damophon, with his skill in chryselephantine
work, to attempt.
A second reason why such an innovation would appeal to
Damophon is because it gave him another opportunity or test
for his skill in expressing his feeling for texture. The possibili-
ties in representation of drapery had been exhausted as far as
regards difference in plain texture, transparence, or even the
use of it as an accessory; and the introduction of relief on the
drapery was something new, at least in marble, as far as we can
judge from remains. Probably the reason why such work did
not become more general was because it needed an artist of
marked ability to do it successfully.2
Such a man was the brilliant and erratic Damophon, far sur-
passing his contemporaries in good taste and in technical skill.
The sculptures are the work of a virtuoso who shows his facil-
ity in many directions, but who at times is extremely careless
1 On the draping of statues see Frazer, Pans. Vol. II, pp. 574 ff.
bronze statues, and even the acrolithic statue of Ilithyia by Damophon at Aegium
(Paus. VIII, 23, 5) were clad in real garments. Compare also vase-paintings.
2 The stiff decorations on the corslets of the Roman emperors, the em-
broidered strip on the archaistic Athena in Dresden, and the robe of Hekate
(Harrison, Ancient Athens, p. 381, Fig. 17) can hardly be called drapery.
328 1- C. THALLON
about the finish of details. No one will deny that they are the
works of a man of ability and of a high order of talent, but who
lacks just that touch of genius which would make him really
great and of far-reaching influence.
There must be added here an argument from probability
which taken alone would be dangerous, but when taken in con-
nection with other evidence only serves to strengthen what has
already been said. The sculptors who are not of highest rank,
but who belong in the general current of the fourth century,
might be omitted by Pliny, but it would seem strange that if
Damophon (who was not in the general current) lived at that
time, there is no mention of him in Pliny or in any of Pliny's
sources, and no evidence of a school based on his style. On the
other hand, if he belongs in the scorned Dark Ages of the
Hellenistic period, of the art history of which we know little
from literature, the omission of his name is not strange. The
Aphrodite of Melos, the Poseidon, the Asclepius, and the
Nike of Samothrace show that, in spite of this lack of infor-
mation, there were many good sculptors during that period.
If Damophon is assigned to the second century B.C., he not
only falls in with the spirit of the time, but he is among good
sculptors, and there is thus no difficulty, or disgrace to him, in
our acceptance of this date, to which the evidence, taken as a
whole, clearly points.
IDA CARLETON THALLON.
March, 1905.
A CLASSIFIED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF LYCOSURA
I. TOPOGRAPHY AND IDENTIFICATION BEFORE THE
EXCAVATIONS
BOBLAYE, P. : Becherches Geographiques sur les Euines de la Moree (1832), pp.
BURSIAN, K. : Geographic von Griechenland (2 vols. 1862-1872), II, pp. 237 ff.
CURTIUS, E. : Peloponnesus (2 vols. 1851-1852), I, pp. 295 ff., 337 r. 10.
DODWELL, E. : Classical and Topographical Tour through Greece during 1801,
1805, and 1806 (2 vols. 1819), II, pp. 394 ff.
Expedition Scientifique de la Moree (3 vols. 1831), II, pp. 40-41 ; PI. 35. II.
GELL, SIR W. : Itinerary of Greece (1810), p. 101.
LEAKE, W. M. : Peloponnesiaca (1846), p. 244.
LEAKE, W. M. : Travels in the Morea (3 vols. 1830), II, pp. 308 ff., 312.
MULLER, K. O. : History and Antiquities of the Doric Race (2d ed., tr. by Tufnell
and Lewis, 1839), p. 447.
THE DATE OF DAMOPHON 329
PAUSANIAS : Description of Greece, VIII, 37.
Ross, L. : Beisen und Beiserouten durch Griechenland (vol. I, 1841), pp. 84 ff.
WELCKER, F. G. : Tagebuch einer griechischen Eeise (2 vols. 1865), I, pp. 264 ff'.
II. THE EXCAVATIONS
1. BRIEF SUMMARIES or THE WORK AS IT PROGRESSED :
Am. J. Arch. 1889, p. 378 (from Athenaeum, Aug. 17, Sept. 28);* 1890, p 209
(from Berl. Phil. W. Dec. 21, 1889).
Arch. Anz. 1886, p. 73 (Conze).
Athenaeum, 1889 (Aug. 17), p. 234 ; (Sept. 28), p. 425 ; 1895 (Aug. 3), p. 169
(Lambros).
Berl. Phil. W. 1889, pp. 1610-1611 ; 1896, p. 769.
B.C.H. 1893, p. 201.
AeXriov apvaioXoyiriv, 1889, pp. 122, 153 ff., 159-163, 170, 202 ; 1890, pp. 43-45
99 ff., 113.
J.H.S. 1891, pp. 390-391 (E. A. G.).
Athen. Mitth. 1890, p. 230 ; 1895, pp. 375 ff.
B. Arch. 1890, I, p. 2(58 ; II, 241 ; 1893, II, p. 259 ; 1894, II, p. 88.
B. EL Or. 1889, p. 423 (Haussoullier); 1889, pp. 274-255 (Th. Reinach).
2. MORE COMPLETE PUBLICATIONS :
BAEDEKER. K. : Greece (3d ed. 1905), pp. 387 ff.
CAVVADIAS, P. : Fouilles de Lycosoura (1893), I.
FRAZER, J. G. : Pausanias (6 vols. 1898), IV, pp. 367 ff. ; V, pp. 622 ff.
GUIDE- JOANNE : II, (Grece et les lies), pp. 307 ff.
UpaKTiKb TTJS dpxatoXoyiKrjs 'Eraipeias, 1896 (pub. 1897), pp. 93-126, with four
plates (Leonardos).
SITTL, K., in I. VON MULLER'S Handbuch der Klass. Alt. Wiss. VI, p. 110.
INSCRIPTIONS ARE PUBLISHED IN
'E0. 'Apx- 1895, cols. 263-274 ; 1896, cols. 101-130, 217 ff. ; 1898, cols. 249 ff.
WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO ARCHITECTURE :
Ami des Monuments, VI (1892), No. 31, pp. 150-164 (Normand).
J.H.S. 1904, pp. 47-48, 54-55 (Daniel).
Athen. Mitth. 1893, pp. 219-221 (Dorpfeld).
DISCUSSION OF THE SCULPTURES :
COLLIGNON, M. : Histoire de la Sculpture grecque (2 vols. 1892-1897), II, pp.
627-630.
CAVVADIAS, P.: Fouilles, pp. 8-14.
CONZE, A. : Arch. Anz. 1893, p. 125.
DANIEL, A. M. : J.H.S. 1904, pp. 41-57.
DIEHL, CH. : B. Et. Gr. 1894, pp. 232-233.
FARNELL, L. R. : Cults of the Greek States (3 vols. [2 publ.] 1896), II, pp.
546-548.
GARDNER, E. A. : Handbook of Greek Sculpture (2 vols. 1896-1897), pp. 399 ff. ;
Appendix (1906), p. 548.
GARDNER, E. A. : Athenaeum, 1889, p. 713 (quoted in Am. J. Arch. 1880,
p. 491); 1890, p. 783; J.H.S. 1890, pp. 213-214; 1906, pp. 169-175.
GARDNER, P.: Cl. B. 1897, p. 71.
MILCHHOFER, A. : Berl. Phil. W. 1895, pp. 948-951.
OVERBECK, J. A. : Gesch. d. gr. Plastik, 4th ed. (2 vols. 1893), II, pp. 485 ff.
REINACH, S. : Gaz. B.-A. 1894, I, pp. 229-233; B. Arch. 1895, II, p. 338.
ROBERT, K. : Hermes, 1894, pp. 429-435.
SITTL, K. : in von Miiller's Handbuch, VI. p. 751.
WALDSTEIN, C. : Athenaeum, 1890, p. 377 (quoted in Am. J. Arch. 11580,
p. 209); J.H.S. 1904, pp. 330-331.
Unsigned : Athenaeum, 1890, p. 840.
FELLOWSHIPS AT THE SCHOOL AT ATHENS
All candidates for Fellow ships at the American School of Classical Studies
at Athens (not including the Fellowship in Architecture supported by the
Carnegie Institution) will hereafter be required to pass examinations in
Modern Greek and in three of the following subjects: (1) Greek Architec-
ture, (2) Greek Sculpture, (3) Greek Vases, (4) Greek Epigraphy, (5) Pau-
sanias and the Topography and Monuments of Athens, (6) General Greek
Archaeology, i.e. Prehellenic Antiquities of Greece, Terra-cottas, Coins,
Bronzes, Jewellery, etc., and Painting.
At the time of announcing his desire to take the examinations (Febru-
ary 1), each candidate should inform the chairman of the Committee on
Fellowships which three of the six subjects he selects.
Candidates are strongly urged to submit to the Committee on Fellow-
ships any papers on archaeological subjects that they have written, whether
such papers have been printed or not. The award of Fellowships will be in
part determined by the quality of the papers submitted.
HAROLD N. FOWLER,
Chairman of the Committee on Fellowships.
WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY,
Cleveland, Ohio,
June, 1906.
1906
January -June
ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS1
NOTES ON RECENT EXCAVATIONS AND DIS-
COVERIES; OTHER NEWS
HAROLD N. FOWLER, Editor
Western Reserve University, Cleveland, 0.
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
ANTIQUITIES AND MINIATURES AT VARIOUS PLACES.—
In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 349-355 (2 figs.), S. REINACH gives brief descrip-
tions of objects of interest, chiefly manuscripts, in Cassel (an Italian codex
of the Triumphs of Petrarch, a Book of Hours with Flemish miniatures of
the sixteenth century, and several other manuscripts and paintings), Got-
tingen (the Sacramentarium from Fulda), Gotha (Hours with miniatures of
the style of Malouel, some other miniatures, a marble Victory, a child hold-
ing a hare, also marble, a marble torso of a youth, a bronze horseman,
a bronze bit, some engraved gems, and a very rich collection of coins, with
library), Weimar (in Goethe's house, interesting ancient bronzes, early
Italian paintings, a French ivory carving, etc. ; in the Ducal palace, a mar-
ble bust of Artemis and one recalling the Demeter of Cnidus, heads from
cartoons by Raphael and a fragment of a fresco by him, a St. Herculan by
Perugino, a collection of drawings), Altenbnrg (paintings and a fine collec-
tion of unpublished vases), and Brussels (the Museum, which is growing
rich in original works of ancient art and contains a fine collection of casts ;
miniatures at the Bibliotheque de Bourgogne, where the frontispiece of the
Histoires de Hainaut is probably by Rogier van der Weyden).
CONSTANTINOPLE. — Unpublished Hittite Inscriptions. — In S.
Bibl. Arch. XXVIII, March, 1906, pp. 91-95 (3 pis.), A. H. SAYCE pub-
lishes three new Hittite inscriptions from the Museum in Constantinople
with attempted transliterations and translations.
1 The departments of Archaeological News and Discussions and of Bibliography
of Archaeological Books are conducted by Professor FOWLER, Editor-in-charge,
assisted by Miss MARY H. BUCKINGHAM, Professor HARRY E. BURTON, Mr. HAROLD
R. HASTINGS, Professor ELMER T. MERRILL, Professor FRANK G. MOORE, Mr.
CHARLES R. MOREY, Professor LEWIS B. PATON, and the Editors, especially Pro-
fessor MARQUAND.
No attempt is made to include in this number of the JOURNAL material published
after July 1, 1906.
For an explanation of the abbreviations, see pp. 135, 136.
331
332 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
P ANTIC APAEUM (KERTSCH). — Metrical Inscriptions. — In
Melanges Nicole (Geneva, 1905), pp. 301-311, B. LATYSCHEW publishes five
metrical Greek epitaphs from Panticapaeum, two of which are in iambic
trimeters.
PHILIPPOPOLIS. — Excavation of a Tumulus. — In C. R. Acad. Insc.
1906, pp. 57-59 (fig.)? is a letter from the director of the museum at Plovdiv
(Philippopolis), Mr. DIAKOWITCH, describing a tumulus recently excavated
by him. The tomb, built of brick, measured 2.60 m. by 1.25 m. It was
covered with slabs. In it were numerous objects, chiefly of metal, the most
striking of which is an iron helmet (or mask) with, a circlet of silver
about the hair. Apparently incineration was accomplished within the
tomb.
PARIS.— The Socie'te' Frangaise de Paleologie.— The Societe frari-
caise de paleologie (Paris, 6, Place du Palais-Bourbon) has been formed
with M. Dujardin-Beaumetz as honorary president. Its purpose is to con-
solidate the students of all the sciences pertaining to ancient civilization,
with a view to enabling persons who cannot readily come to Paris to have
their investigations done for them in the libraries and museums of the
metropolis. The Society will publish a Bulletin, will organize conferences
and expositions in Paris and the provinces, will have a " depot d'archives "
at its Paris seat, and will publish twice a year a list of its members in-
dicating the subjects which they are studying. (Chron. d. Arts, February
24, 1906, p. 58.)
TWO PERIODICALS COMBINED.— With the number for January,
1906, The American Antiquarian was combined with Biblia under the title
American Antiquarian and Oriental Journal. Subscriptions should be sent
to Rev. S. D. Peet, 438, East 57th St., Chicago, 111. Exchanges, books for
review, and matters relating to the Oriental department should be sent to
Dr. Charles H. S. Davis, Meriden, Conn.
NECROLOGY.— Theodor Bierfreund.— The historian of art,Theodor
Bierfreund, died at Copenhagen, May 16, 1906, at the age of fifty-one years.
Among his works are a book on Rembrandt and two volumes of an unfin-
ished work on Florence. (Chron. d. Arts, June 16, 1906.)
Cesare de Cara. — December 27, 1905, at Rome, occurred the death of
Rev. Cesare de Cara, S. J., who was born at Reggio in Calabria, November
13, 1835. He became a Jesuit in 1851. Since 1881 he was editor of the
Civilta Cattolica. Among his archaeological and historical works, the best
known are probably Gli Hyksos (1889) and Gli Hethei Pelasgi, 3 vols.
(1894, 1902). He was an indefatigable and conscientious worker. (S. R., R.
Arch. VII, 1906, p. 343.)
Wilhelm von Christ. — In Athen. February 24, 1906, the death of Wil-
helm von Christ is announced. He was born in 1831, at Geisenheim,
studied at Berlin and Munich, and was, from 1860, professor at the Univer-
sity at Munich. His work was chiefly in the field of Greek literature, but
he published also some treatises on archaeological subjects.
Charles Ephrussi. — The director of the Gazette des Beaux-Arts, Charles
Ephrussi, died at Paris in October, 1905. He was born at Odessa and edu-
cated at Vienna, but came to Paris when still very young. His first essay,
on the 'Maitre au Caducee,' appeared in the Gazette in 1876. In 1885 he
became one of the owners of the Gazette, and undertook the direction of it
EGYPT] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 333
in 1894. His love and appreciation of Greek antiquity were remarkable
(S. R., R. Arch. VI, 1905, p. 463.)
E. Gerspach. — E. Gerspach, known especially as a writer on mosaics,
tapestries, and ceramics, was born at Thann, in 1833. His death is reported
in Chron. d. Arts, April 14, 1906.
Hans Graeven. — The death, at the age of thirty-five, of Hans Graeven,
curator of the museum at Trier, occurred November 4, 1905. He was known
as a writer of importance on the history of mediaeval art. (Chron. d. Arts,
November 25, 1905; Arch. Anz. 1905, p. 182.)
Jules Helbig. — The painter and historian of art, Jules Helbig, died
February 15, 1906, at Liege, where he was born March 8, 1821. He was
director of the Revue de I'art chretien and author of numerous essays on
mediaeval and later art. (Chron. d. Arts, April 7, 1906.)
Eduard Hiss. — Eduard Hiss, the author of several works on Holbein,
died at Bale, August 24, 1905. He was born at Bale, September 12, 1820.
(Chron. d. Arts, December 2, 1905.)
Emile Molinier. — Emile Molinier, " conservateur honoraire" of the
Museum of the Louvre, author of numerous well-known works on Italian
art, died at Paris, May 6, 1906, in his fiftieth year. (Chron. d. Arts, May
12, 1906.)
Edouard Piette. — Louis Edouard Stanislas Piette was born at Au-
biguy (Ardennes), March 11, 1827, and died June 5, 1906, at Rumigny
(Ardennes). He was a magistrate, an officer of public instruction, and a
member of numerous archaeological and anthropological societies. His
many essays, chiefly on the prehistoric archaeology of France, appeared for
the most part in V Anthropologie and other periodicals. His largest works are
L'art pendant I'age de renne, 1900, and (with Sacaze) Les tertres fune'raires,
d'Avezac-Prat, 1899.
Pierre Henri Bernhard Prost. — Pierre Henri Bernhard Prost was born
at Clairvaux, July 25, 1849, and died at Paris, December 8, 1905. He was
inspector-general of archives and libraries and the author of numerous
writings on archives and the history of art, chiefly of the Middle Ages.
I (Chron. d. Arts, December 16, 1905.)
Charles Schmid. — The publisher Charles Schmid, who was also an
important writer on art and the history of art, died at Paris, April 11, 1906,
at the age of thirty-five years. (Chron. d. Arts, April 21, 1906.)
1
EGYPT
ABYDOS, ESNEH, KOSTAMNEH. — Garstang's Excavations.—
Mr. Garstang has written from Abydos that on the concession that he has
there received he finds work enough to occupy him for four or five years, and
he hopes effectively to clear the site which many previous explorers have re-
ported as "exhausted," only to find that their successors gleaned from it a
richer crop than before. He has obtained many objects of Hyksos times at
Esueh ; and from the scarabs and other small antiquities there discovered
he hopes to be able to put the chronology of a much-vexed period on a
satisfactory footing. At Kostamneh, in Nubia, he discovered an entire
necropolis as it was left by its last users, and from this he proposes to throw
fresh light upon the origin of the predynastic civilization. In particular he
334 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
seeks to show the original birthplace of the black-lined pottery sometimes
called predynastic, and to 'correct the system of so-called "sequence-dates"
in several important particulars. (Athen. June 2, ,1906.)
THE FA YUM. — Clay Sealings. — In J.H.S. XXVI, 1906, pp. 32-45
(84 figs.), J. G. MILNE publishes a list of one hundred devices from seal-
ings found in the Fayum by Messrs. Grenfell and Hunt, in 1895-96. They
were stamped on the sealing of Nile mud with the signets of the merchants,
by whom the jars, boxes, or other packages were shipped, and so give an
indication of the tastes and ideas of a large middle class of the population
in the second century after Christ. The same preference for religious sub-
jects, chiefly Egyptian, is shown, as in the specifications of the signets of
witnesses to wills found among the Oxyrhynchus papyri from the same
century. The Fayum types closely resemble Alexandrian coin types of this
period ; they include some Greek subjects ; the Alexandrian triad, Sarapis,
Isis, Harpocrates, is executed in Greek style, while Horus is more Egyptian;
there are frequent traces of Gnostic ideas; occasionally the device, by a
local deity or name, indicates the home of the owner.
EL-HOSH. — Inscriptions in the Quarries. — In S. BiU. Arch. XXVIII,
1906, January, pp. 17-26 (3 pis.), G. LEGRAIN publishes a collection of curi-
ous inscriptions in the quarries of El-Hosh in Upper Egypt. At least sev-
enty-seven signs are found in these inscriptions; among them are Greek
letters, so that they cannot be very ancient. The common opinion has
been that they are stone cutter's marks which have no connection with any
language, but Legrain thinks they are too elaborate for this, and suggests
that these are relics of an unknown language.
HERMUPOLIS MAGNA. — The Italian Excavations. — During the
months of March, April, and May, 1905, the Italian archaeologists con-
tinued their work at Hermupolis Magna (Ashmunen). Excavation was
carried on in various parts of the ancient city, especially in a group of
houses in the centre of the town and on the slopes east and east-southeast
of Kom-el-Qassum. Many papyrus fragments were found, but none of
literary importance; also architectural and inscribed fragments, vases, and
coins. (G. BIONDI, Rend. Ace. Lincei, 1905, pp. 282-289.)
MAHEMDIAH. — A Monastery and an Inscription. — In C. R. Acad.
Insc. 1905 pp. 602-611, (fig.), R. CAGNAT publishes, with notes, a letter
from M. CLKDAT, in which the remains of a large Byzantine building at
Mahemdiah, near the ancient Pelusium, are described. The site is prob-
ably that of the monastery of Casios, which was previously occupied by the
temple of Jupiter Casius. An inscription is published, which probably
came from Pelusium. It is a Greek dedication mentioning the gift, in
honor of Augustus and members of his family, to some god of a throne and
an altar, under the government of C. Turranius, Prefect of Egypt. The
date is January, 4 B.C.
SAKKARA. — A Representation of the Manufacture of Seals. —
In S. BiU. Arch. XXVII, 1905, p. 286 (1 pi.), P. E. NEWBERRY discusses
a sign from the tomb of Thy, representing the drilling of a cylinder-seal
bearing the inscription " Drilling a cylinder-seal by the seal-maker." On
the following page SPIEGELBERG shows that the word Kheterny means
" seal-maker."
SINAI. — Temple and Sculptures. — In Harper's Monthly Magazine,
ASSYRIA, ETC.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 335
February, 1906, pp. 440-447 (9 figs.), W. M. FLINDERS PETRIE describes
his recent discoveries among the turquoise mines of the Wady Maghareh in
the Sinaitic peninsula. The sculptures of the third, fourth, and later dynas-
ties have been removed to the Cairo Museum. The temple of Serabit el
Khadem was built to propitiate the goddess of the place, and her Semitic
cult was adopted by the Egyptian miners and their employers. This is
proved by the chambers for sleeping in the temples, the lavers for ablutions,
the arrangements for sacrifices, and the commemorative pillars (bethels).
Capitals of pillars show that the goddess was identified with Hathor. The
head of a statuette found here is the first authentic portrait of Queen Thyi,
wife of Amenhotep IV. (See Eg. Ex. Fund, Archaeological Report, 1904-
1905, pp. 10-12; pi.)
THEBES. — Tomb of Se-ptah. — In S. Bibl. Arch. XXVIII, March,
1906, p. 96 (2 pis.), E. N. AYRTON reports the discovery of the tomb of Se-
ptah in the valley of the tombs of the kings at Thebes. The tomb has been
opened by early plunderers and the water has destroyed the stucco and in-
scriptions. The roof has fallen in in places, and the tomb-chamber has not
yet been reached.
UPPER EGYPT. — A Carved Slate. — In S. Bibl. Arch. XXVIII, Feb-
ruary, p. 87 (1 pi.), F. LEGGE describes a fragment of carved slate said to
have come from Upper Egypt, representing two dogs supporting a disk in
heraldic fashion. It is suggested that it may be a totem of some early tribe
of invaders.
WADY HALF A. — Objects found in a Temple. — In S. Bibl. Arch.
XXVIII, March, 1906, pp. 118-119 (1 pi.), P. SCOTT MONCRIEFF reports a
number of objects found in a temple of the eighteenth dynasty near Wady
Haifa.
TEL EL YEHUDIYEH. — The Ancient Hebrew Temple of Onias.
— In the Scientific American, May 19, 1906, is a summary of W. M. FLINDERS
PETRIE'S account of the discovery of the Hebrew temple at Tel el Yehudi-
yeh, about eighteen miles from Cairo. The ancient name of the town was
Leontopolis. The temple was built by the high priest Onias IV when the
Jews fled to Egypt on account of the persecution of Antiochus. The temple
was half the size of Solomon's temple at Jerusalem. The inner court was
64 feet long by 24 feet wide, the outer court 45 feet by 32 feet. The archi-
tecture was Corinthian, with Syrian features. Many fragments of pottery
and other remains of an extensive settlement were found.
ASSYRIA AND BABYLONIA
ASSHUR. — The German Excavations. — At Asshur the German expe-
dition headed by Andrae has discovered an archaic statue of grayish black
stone. The head, hands, and feet are lacking. The clothing is a thin
garment, closely wrapped about the body. Part of the head is preserved,
and does not show the conventional curls usual in Assyrian art, but many
locks. A black marble bead, 4 cm. by 1£ cm., bears an inscription stating
that Salmanassar brought it from the temple of the deity Ser of Melaha, the
residence of the Haza'el of the land of Damascus. (Berl. Phil. W. January
20, 1906, from Mitt. d. Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft, 29.) A brief compre-
hensive account of the excavations at Asshur from September, 1903, to the
336 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1900
end of February, 1905, is given by D. D. LUCKENBILL, from the Mitt. d.
Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft, in Rec. Past. V, 1906, pp. 15-24 (7 figs.). Ibid.
pp. 86-89 (3 figs.), is a further account, derived from the same source. A
brief summary of the results of the excavations during the last year is given
by J. M. PRICE in the Biblical World, January, 1906, p. 73.
BABYLON. — The Canal Arachtu. — The canal Arachtu, in Babylon,
has been found by the German excavators under Koldewey. The peculiar
form of bricks used here will aid in identifying other walls as the work of
Nabopolassar. (Berl. Phil. W. January 20, 1906, from Mitt. d. Deutschen
Orient-Gesellschaft, 29, cf. Nation, February 1, 1906.) In the Biblical World,
January, 1906, p. 73, J. M. PRICE gives a brief summary of the results
of the excavations.
SUSA.— The French Excavations. — In C. R. Acad. Tnsc. 1906, pp.
115 and 197ff., are extracts from letters of M. DE MORGAN, in which he an-
nounces the discovery at Susa of numerous inscriptions, some of the Anza-
nite epoch, others of the times of the patesis, several statues, more or less
fragmentary, but interesting and important, a number of reliefs, and several
other objects. About 1500 m. northwest of Susa the ruins of a Sassanide
city built of brick were examined. Below these ruins prehistoric pottery
was found, which leads to the belief that this tell and several others in the
neighborhood of Susa are tombs.
SYRIA AND PALESTINE
RESEARCHES IN PALESTINE. — In JRec. Past. V, 1906, pp. 39-
59 (7 figs.), LLEWELLYN L. HENSON gives a general account, compiled from
various publications, of recent archaeological work in Palestine. Ibid. pp.
63 f., THEODORE F. WRIGHT records the recent work of the Pal. Ex. Fund,
and publishes brief notices of the late General Sir Charles W. Wilson, until
his death chairman of the Executive Committee of the Fund, and of his
successor in that office, Colonel Sir Charles M. Watson.
CHOUEIFAT. — The Triad of Heliopolis. — In C. R. Acad. Insc.
1906, pp. 97-104 (fig.), L. JALABERT publishes an inscription found at
Choueifat, a Druse village south of Beirut. It reads, as restored : I(ovi)
[0(/rttf»0)] M(aximo) H (eliupolitano) V(eneri) M(ercurio) \ conservatori\
bus C. V[al(erius)~\ pro] salute Iu(liae) Bur\rianae uxoris \ suae v. I. a. s.
Other dedications to this triad are briefly discussed. The Jupiter and
Venus are recognized as Hadad and Atargatis. The Mercury is perhaps
the Roman god.
GALILEE. — Synagogues of Roman Times. — The ruins of eleven syn-
agogues in Galilee have been examined by Messrs. Kohl, Watzinger, and
Killer under the auspices of the German Orient-Gesellschaft. They all
have a central nave with a colonnade on three sides. Some of the orna-
ments are interesting. (Berl. Phil. W. January 20, 1906, from Mitt. d.
Deutschen Orient-Gesellschaft, 29.)
GEZER.— An Egyptian Statuette. — In Pal. Ex. Fund, Quarterly State-
ment, XXXVIII, 1906, April, pp. 121-122, F. L. GRIFFITH gives a transcrip-
tion and translation of an inscription on a little Egyptian statuette described
in Quarterly Statement, October, 1905, p. 317. The name Heqab which
occurs can scarcely be later than the twelfth dynasty. Along with other
ASIA MINOR] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 337
objects found in the burial cave it proves that as early as the twelfth dynasty
there was an Egyptian colony settled at Gezer.
Three Ossuary Inscriptions. — In Pal Ex. Fund, Quarterly Statement
XXXVIII, 1906, April, pp. 123-124, R. A. S. MACALISTER describes three
Hebrew inscriptions on Maccabean tombs opened just before the close of
the excavations at Gezer. They bear the names Qushqush, Shaaw, and
Eleazar.
MADEBA. — A Nabataean Inscription. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp.
415-422, CH. CLERMONT-GANNEAU publishes a Nabataean inscription, dis-
covered at Madeba and now in the Louvre. The text is identical with that
in the Vatican (C. I. Sem. II, 196). The monument was erected in 37 A. D.
In 36 A.D. a war broke out between Herodes Antipas and his father-in-law,
the Nabataean King Aretas IV Philopatris, the Haritat of this inscription.
Perhaps the two generals, named Itaibel, in whose memory the inscription
was cut, lost their lives in this war.
PALMYRA. — Plan and History. — The plan of walls, streets, and
public buildings in Palmyra was explained and illustrated by O. PUCHSTEIN
at the January meeting of the Berlin Arch. Society. The first mention of
the city in classical authors is in the first century B.C. It was rebuilt, with
some regard for earlier structures but largely on the conventional Graeco-
Roman plan, under Hadrian, from whose time the more important extanjb
remains date ; after the destruction by Aurelian, Diocletian established a
military camp here; a basilica testifies to a Christian period; and the great
temple of Bel, founded by Tiberius, was made into a fortress by the Arabs.
The modern village keeps the name Tudmur. An abundant but slightly sul-
phurous spring explains the existence of such a city in the desert. {Arch.
Anz. 1906, pp. 42-44.)
PETRA. —Discovery of a Third High-place. —In the Biblical World,
1906, May, pp. 385-390, F. E. HOSKINS describes the discovery in Novem-
ber, 1905, by P. V. N. MYERS and himself of a third high-place at Petra
in addition to the two already known. On the top of the peak called
el-Khibzy, above the "Corinthian Tomb" and "Urn Tomb," a rock-hewn
sanctuary was discovered, approached by at least four colossal stairways cut
in the rocks. This consists of a court hewn in the solid rock around a pan
altar, and near this pools for lustration. In size and in preservation this
high-place compares favorably with the two already known.
ASIA MINOR
APHRODISIAS. — The Baths and the Temple. — In C. R. Acad.
Insc. 1906, pp. 158-184 (4 pis.; 6 figs.), G. MENDEL describes the ex-
cavations at Aphrodisias, begun by P. Gaudin (Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 344),
and continued by Mendel and Replat. The excavations of 1905 were
chiefly in the baths. The principal entrance, a high arch, was carefully
studied, and the arrangement of the eastern court determined. The dedica-
tory inscription fixes the date of the eastern portico in the time of Hadrian.
This seems to be the date of the temple also. The aleipterion of the baths
was partially excavated, and several statues and fragments of sculpture of
Roman date were found, among them two heads, probably of Aphrodite.
The architecture was Corinthian, with rich ornamentation, including
338 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
brackets adorned with heads in high relief. At the temple, excavations
proved that the building had eight by thirteen (not, as Texier said, fifteen)
columns, and did not have two
rows of columns at the eastern
end. The order is Ionic. The
dimensions of the temple, measured
to the axes of the columns, are
18.353 m. by 30.98 m. The frieze
was decorated with garlands borne
by small figures of Eros and a
draped woman. The basilica that
was built upon the foundations of
the temple was of " Hellenistic "
type. About the temple was a
paved area, and a Corinthian por-
tico extended round the northern,
western, and southern sides. At
the east was a broad esplanade,
before which was a richly adorned
wall, with fourteen niches, and in
the middle a great entrance. Two
smaller entrances were at the ends
of the wall.
BITH YNIA. — Two Inscrip-
tions.— In Athen. Mitth. XXX,
1905, pp. 412-413, C. FREDRICK
publishes the inscription from a
relief dedicated to Asclepius, from
Brusa (' AyaOy TV^TJ \ rw $eo> Kara
€7rtra|y^v 'ATrdAAoovos), and an epi-
taph of the fourth century after Christ, from Nicaea, in which the (f>v\rj
AvprjXiavrj is mentioned.
BRUSA, KONIA, AND OTHER PLACES. — Inscriptions. — In
Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 323-330 (fig.), TH. WIEGAND publishes eight
inscriptions from Asia Minor. One, of the second century after Christ,
from Brusa, mentions the Daguteni, another from Brusa. of the same
period, contains the word (re^aorot^avr^? (flamen Augusti). A Latin hon-
orary dedication (Claudiae Eupatrae ; cf. C.I.L. Ill, Suppl. 14399 b) in
Konia mentions the tribus Hadriana Herculana. A Greek inscription
mentions the <{>v\r) 'AOrjvas II [oXta'Sos ?1 . A second Latin inscription men-
tions the princeps coloniae M. Ulpius Pomponius Superstes and his father as
sacerdotes Augusti (A ugustorum f) facti. From Uschak, near Smyrna, comes
an inscription in memory of Glyconis, who died, at the age of four years,
on the fourth of Daisios, 300 A.D. Notes on inscriptions from Perichar-
axis, Cyzicus, Poimanenon, Demirkapu, and Madytos are given, and a votive
relief with inscription TXavKtas 'ATroAAon/i KeareavoJ f.v\rjv is published
(see Athen. Mitth. 1904, pp. 254 ff.). A fragmentary funerary inscription
from Sagilar on Alazam-Dagh and a late metrical epitaph in Brusa close the
article.
CALYMNUS. — Bronze Copy of the " Spinario." — In B. Soc. Ant.
FIGURE 1. — HEAD OP APHRODITE FROM
APHRODISIAS.
ASIA MINOR] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 339
Fr. 1905, pp. 299-302 (fig.), A. HERON DE VILLEFOSSE publishes a small
bronze (height 0.055 m.) from Calymnus, acquired by the Louvre. It is
a rude, late copy of the figure of a boy pulling a thorn from his foot. Other
copies are mentioned. This one was the top of a lamp.
COS. — The Ancient Sanatorium. — In the Illustrated London News,
March 10, 1906, is a short illustrated article by R. CATON, giving a descrip-
tion of the sanctuary of Asclepius at Cos as made known by the recent
excavations of Dr. R. Herzog. (See Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 345.)
EPHESUS. — Excavations in 1904. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. VIII,
1905, Beiblatt, cols. 61-80 (3 figs.), R. HEBERDEY reports the results of the
excavations carried on at Ephesus in 1904. The library of Polernaeanus (cf .
Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 102) was almost completely excavated and its character
established by inscriptions. It had within two stories for books, supported
by rows of columns. Under a niche at the back was a well-preserved sar-
cophagus. The building was used for some other purpose and altered at a
later time. At the beginning of a side street somewhat east of the library
were remains of a propylon erected in the second century after Christ. Here
a rectangular pedestal was found, on which was an inscription that recorded
the pulling down of a statue of Artemis and the setting up of a cross. Remains
of two temple-like structures on high bases, perhaps monuments of victories,
were found. One of these was at a late period connected with a water
supply. On the other two long Latin edicts of the emperors Valentinian,
Valens, and Gratian (the second also in Greek), for the benefit of the
province of Asia and especially of Ephesus, were engraved. Several in-
scriptions throw light upon the organization of the association of Curetes.
The double church in the northern part of the city was investigated, and
inscriptional evidence was found to show that its peculiar form goes back
at least to Justinian's time. The church was dedicated to the Havayta
8o£os OCOTOKOS KOL atiTrdpOevos Ma/ata and is undoubtedly the place where
the ecumenical council of 431 A.D. was held. In Rec. Past. V, 1906, pp.
111-116 (4 figs.), JOHN EASTER gives a brief description of some of the
ruins of Ephesus.
Reliefs of Roman Date. — A new exhibition arrangement of the
objects from Ephesus at Vienna is occasioned by the addition of some
slabs in relief from a colossal monument, perhaps erected in honor of
Marcus Aurelius's Parthian campaign of 161-165 A.D. In style they
seem to have been designed to rival the * giant ' sculptures of Pergamon.
(Arch. Anz. 1905, p. 170.)
The Discoveries at Ephesus and their Results. — A slight sketch of
the history of Ephesus as it is connected with changes in the landscape,
beginning with the conquest of the native Carians by lonians, and the use
made of recorded distances in identifying sites and buildings, was given at
the November (1905) meeting of the Berlin Archaeological Society, by E.
PETERSEN, on the basis of O. BENNDORF'S recent introductory publication
of the excavations on the site ; and a letter was read from V. GROOTE, call-
ing attention to the discovery of a still earlier Artemisium without columns,
beneath the so-called ' old ' one, and the confirmation that it gives to the
origin of the Tonic style in this very temple. (Arch. Anz. 1905, p. 170.)
KOLOPHON NOVA (NOTIUM). — Discoveries, chiefly Inscrip-
tions.—In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. VIII, 1905, pp. 155-173 (10 figs.; fac-
340 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
similes), TH. MACRIDY gives the results of excavations carried on at Notium
in 1904 for the sake of obtaining building materials. The plan of the
Byzantine church was determined, parts of an ambo, several decorated
stones, an ancient stone chair, apparently from the Greek theatre, and several
inscriptions were found. One inscription gives a date (1060 A.D.), before
which the church must have been built. Thirteen ancient inscriptions also
came to light. No. 1 is a decree — probably of the senate and people of
Notium — for the establishment of games and sacrifices in honor of a certain
Athenaeus. The aywv was to take place in the 'O/^petoi/, which was prob-
ably a school, and is identified with a rectangular building previously known.
This, the earliest inscription found, seems to date from the middle of the
second century B.C. Nos. 2-6 are similar to seven previously known in-
scriptions, and relate to delegations sent by various cities to the sanctuary of
Claros. No. 7 is a list of persons who furnished wine to the people at an
assembly or festival. No. 8 gives a name, Bucia C. /. Dion(ysii?) in Latin
and in Greek. The remainder are names from gravestones. In B.C.H.
XXX, 1906, pp. 349-358, M. HOLLEATJX discusses the Greek inscription No. 1.
He identifies Athenaeus as the fourth son of Attalus I. The dytoi/ was to
be celebrated on the birthday of Athenaeus. The date of the inscription
cannot be later than 197 B.C., but cannot be much earlier. The inscription
proves that the power of Pergamon extended to New Kolophon, which at
that time occupied the site of Notium. Various notes on the text and a
complete reading of the first part of the inscription are given.
MILETUS. — Excavations from 1903 to 1905. — The fourth section
of T. WIEGAND'S preliminary report on the German excavations at Miletus,
covering the work from October, 1 903, to December, 1905, is published in Arch.
Anz. 1906, pp. 1-42 (16 figs.). To the early Ionian period belong the older
form of the sanctuary of Apollo Delphinius and a temple of Athena, besides
a number of religious inscriptions, one of which, in describing the route to
Didyma, tells of a shrine of Hecate outside the walls and a shrine of the
nymphs. The chief remains of the Delphinium belong to the Hellenistic
and Roman structures, the latter of the second century after Christ, with
Corinthian marble porticoes and a wide propylaeum toward the harbor.
Here were found inscriptions giving lists of eponymous magistrates, with some
gaps, from 523 B.C. to 20 A.D., and much other information valuable for the
internal history as well as the outside connections of the city. The early
temple of Athena contained pottery of a great range : late Mycenaean, geo-
metric, Rhodian, Fikellura, and native Milesian, including the inscribed
black-figured Attic shard which identifies the temple. About the Lion Har-
bor are a quay paved with marble and a Hellenistic portico 125 m. long, and
near it the foundations for a large marble tripod, surrounded by curved
benches and elaborate marine sculptures, reaching with the tripod itself to
a height of 11 m. When restored, it will give an excellent idea of the
magnificent colossal bronze tripods from which it is imitated. In the
North Market, which is of Hellenistic construction, considerably altered by
the Romans before Domitian's time, are numerous bases for monuments
and inscriptions, one of which, of a different orientation from the building,
bears a fifth-century stele, with rules for the banishment of the blood-guilty
and the public traitor. An early Christian basilica is found to contain an
elaborate Roman gate, and an inscription about the sale of the priesthood
GREECE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906
of Asclepius, pointing to an epoch when this section of the city was outside
the walls. Other remains studied or identified are a large marble Doric
temple ; the great two-story gate to the South Market, erected in early Im-
perial times and used well into the Byzantine epoch, which is sufficiently
complete to be restored; the stadium, with an elaborately decorated en-
trance ; baths erected by the younger Faustina and restored by the wife of
Macarius, which include a lecture hall and a hall decorated with statues of
Apollo and muses of the types found in the Archelaus relief at Priene ; the
stage buildings of the first Roman period of the theatre ; a large Heroon
within the city, of Hellenistic date but as yet nameless ; the necropolis, with
the tombs of Aristeas of the second century after Christ, of the Menestheus
family and others, and very many important and interesting inscriptions.
Means are secured for excavating next the temple of Didyma itself.
PERGAMON. — Continued Excavations. — In the autumn of 1905
the excavations in the upper gymnasium uncovered part of the court, of the
halls at the north side, and of the underground passage at the south side.
On the slope between the gymnasium and the second agora, the house of the
consul Attains was laid bare. Further digging and measurements at the
theatre of the acropolis showed that in the earliest wooden scene-building
the proscenium, as at Delos, extended along the short sides also. Examina-
tion of the tumuli in the plain of the Caicus showed that the Mal-Tepeh is
of Roman date, while the somewhat larger Jigma-Tepeh, in which the
sepulchral chamber has not yet been found, dates from the times of the
Pergamene kings. (W. D., Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, p. 414.) Four grave
mounds have been wholly or partly explored, with no striking results so
far. In the gymnasium roiv veov the eastern half of the Roman recon-
struction is now exposed, and a hall not earlier than the time of Marcus
Aurelius has been discovered. A short Aeolic dedication to Poseidon, of
the fifth century, is the oldest inscription yet found in Pergamon. The large
peristyle house below the gymnasium, dating from the time of the kings and
rebuilt in the second or third century after Christ, is completely excavated.
It contains Roman mosaic pavements and an inscription (an invitation from
Attains) in the form of a Homeric epigram. (Arch. Anz. 1906, p. 46.)
GREECE
THE WORK OF THE GREEK ARCHAEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
— The HpaKTiKa for 1903 (Athens, 1906) contains a record of the work of
the Greek Archaeological Society for that year. The secretary, P. KAVVA-
DIAS, furnishes a general report (pp. 9-26). B. LEONARDOS describes his
excavations at the Amphiareum at Oropus (pp. 33-35) ; CHR. TSOUNTAS,
excavations at Mycenae (p. 36) ; G. A. PAPABASILEIOU, excavations at and
near Chalcis in Euboea, with the text of six unimportant inscriptions (pp.
36-39) ; G. SOTERIADES, excavations at Chaeronea (p. 40), at Orchomenus
(p. 41), and at Thermon (pp. 41-49) ; K. KOUROUNIOTES, excavations at
Lycosura (p. 49), and at the Lycaeum (pp. 50-52) ; K. STEPHANOS, excava-
tions in Naxos, where Premycenaean graves were opened in several places
(pp. 52-57) ; K. KOUROUNIOTES, work in the museum at Olympia (p. 5£
P. KAVVADIAS, excavations at Epidaurus (pp. 20-21, and 59), with a new
publication (pi.) of the theatre there; N. M. BALANOS, the work on the
342 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Erechtheum and the Stoa of Attains at Athens (pp. 59-62). The
for 1904 (Athens, 1906) contains a similar record for that year. The Sec-
retary's report (pp. 9-19) mentions the work of restoration done at the
Erechtheum, the " Theseum," the temple of Apollo at Bassae, and the erec-
tion of several local museums. The excavations conducted were continua-
tions of those carried on in 1903. B. LEONARDOS describes those at the
Amphiareum at Oropus (pp. 27-28) ; G. A. PAPABASILEIOU, those in Euboea
(pp. 29-32) ; K. KOUROUNIOTES, those at the Lycaeum (pp. 33-34) ; G. So-
TERIADES, those near Chaeronea, Orchomenus, and Elatea (pp. 35-57) ; K.
STEPHANOS, those in Naxos (pp. 57-61) ; and P. KAVVADIAS, those at Epi-
daurus, with a new publication of the odeum (pp. 61-62 ; pi.). Descriptions
of the various excavations derived from other sources have already appeared
in this JOURNAL.
ACHLADOKAMPOS. — A Silenus. — An archaic bronze statuette
of a Silenus holding his phallus in his right hand has been found at Achlado-
kampos in Argolis, and has been confiscated by the police at Nauplia (G. K.,
A then. Mitth. XXX, 1905, p. 415).
ANDANIA. — A List of Names. — An inscription in three columns,
containing a list of names and record of money paid, has been found at
Andania (UavaO^vaui, November, 1905, p. 94, Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905,
p. 415).
ARGOS. — Prehistoric Settlements on the Aspis. — In B.C.H.
XXX, 1906, pp. 5-45 (72 figs.), W. VOLLGRAFF continues his report of his
excavations at Argos (see B.C.H. XXVIII, 1904, pp. 364. ff., Am. J. Arch.
1905, p. 107). On the hill called Aspis remains of Premycenaean settle-
ments were found, the walls of which were in two strata. Pottery was
found here similar to that found in the first and sixth cities at Troy,
black, with simple ornamentation of lines in relief. Other pottery has
simple painted geometrical decoration. The pottery discovered here is
divided into six classes. The early geometrical pottery is contrasted with
the geometrical style that followed the Mycenaean period. This later style
cannot be a survival of the early Premycenaean style. Various other ob-
jects found at the Aspis are described, such as terra-cotta figurines, similar
to those found at the Argive Heraeum : whorls, a bronze knife (imported),
etc. The relations of the discoveries made on the Aspis to those made
at Troy, in Crete, and elsewhere, are indicated. Some of the objects now
usually assigned to the fifth city at Troy are claimed for the first city.
ASTYPALAEA. — Inscriptions. — An inscription from the lintel of a
tomb, protesting against the offering of food and drink to the dead, who
cannot partake of them, has been found at Astypalaea. This, together with
one addition and one correction to the I.G.I., is published by W. H. D.
ROUSE, in J.H.S. XXVI, 1906, p. 178.
ATHENS. — The Numismatic Museum. —In /. Int. Arch. Num.
VIII, 1905, pp. 251-256, I. N. SVORONOS publishes a report on the Numis-
matic Museum at Athens for the year ending August 31, 1905. The museum
was enriched by 4484 coins, of which 79 are gold, 735 silver, 1183 alloy,
1719 bronze, 711 lead, and 57 of other materials. A professorship of numis-
matics has been established in connection with the museum (ibid. pp. 345 f .).
A New Copy of the Sauroktonos of Praxiteles. —In 'E<£. 'Apx-
1905, pp. 263-270 (pi.; fig.), A. S. ARBANITOPOULLOS publishes a marble
GREECE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 343
torso in the National Museum at Athens, No. 1623. Though badly battered,
it is surely identified as a replica (second to first century B.C.) of Praxite-
les's Sauroktonos, the only one yet found in Greece. It is life-size, as was
doubtless the original. As a possible explanation of the motif of the statue,
the author describes a superstition still current in Greece, especially in
Arcadia. A boy who has had a falling out with a good friend may become
completely reconciled if he can kill a lizard so suddenly by a single blow of
his fist that it immediately and completely ceases to show any signs of life.
The origin of this superstition, the author believes, is Apollo's atonement
in this way for the slaying of Hyacinthus.
An Attic Magistrate-list of Roman Times. — In 'E<£. 'Ap^. 1905,
pp. 181-186 (fig.), STEPHANOS N. DRAGOUMES publishes a stele containing
a list of Attic magistrates of the type represented by LG. Ill, 1005-1013.
Krjpvt; apxovros (not apxovri) is seen to be the correct title of the archon's
herald. The archon, KoiVros KOLVTOV 'Pa/xi/ovo-tos, may perhaps be the one
appearing in I.G. Ill, 1015 ( CTTI KOIVTOV), who was archon 57-56 B.C.
CARTHAEA (CEOS). — Inscriptions. — In B.C.H. XXX, 1906,
pp. 92-102, P. GRAINDOR continues his report of excavations at Carthaea
in Ceos (B.C.H. XXIX, 1905, pp. 331 ff. ;
Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 109; 1906, p. 103)
by the publication of seven inscriptions,
Nos. 17-23. No. 17, in honor of Bacchon,
nesiarch of the Cyclades under Ptolemy
Philadelphus, though fragmentary, shows
that Philocles, king of Sidon, was the
superior of Bacchon in authority. No. 18
is in honor of an unknown Hiero of
Syracuse, a delegate of Philadelphus. It
contains the name of Patroclus, son of
Patron, strategus and nauarchus of Phila-
delphus. The town called Arsinoe is
probably identical with Koressos, in Ceos.
No. 19 is probably a fragment of a decree
of the Nesiotae. The other inscriptions
are fragments of honorary decrees.
CORCYRA. — Terra-cotta Statu-
ettes.— A large number of terra-cotta
statuettes of Artemis has been found at
Langadia and brought to the museum atjrIGURE 2. — LARGE AMPHORA FROM
Corfu. In some instances a deer is stand- THE ROYAL TOMB.
ing before the standing figure of the god-
dess, as in the statuettes found by Karapanos at Canon, Corcyra. The style
is that of the fifth century B.C. (G. K., Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, p. 415.)
CRETE. — CNOSSUS. — Prehistoric Tombs. — In Archaeologia, LIX,
ii, 1905, pp. 391-562; 165 figs., incl. 13 pis. (also published separately),
A. J. EVANS describes and discusses the prehistoric tombs of Cnossus
discovered in 1904. Architectural details of the most important tomb, the
" Royal Tomb" at Isopata, are given by D. THEODORE FYFE, pp. 551-554.
The main necropolis is at Zafer Papoura, about 600 m. north of the pre-
historic palace of Cnossus, and Isopata is about two miles farther north.
344 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
The tombs are (a) chamber tombs, cut in the soft rock and approached by a
dromos, (b) shaft graves, each with a cavity below, containing the extended
skeleton, and with a roofing of stone slabs, and (c) pits giving access to a
walled cavity in the side, in which were extended skeletons. The " Royal
Tomb " at Isopata is a rectangular chamber (about 8 m. by 6), built of
limestone blocks, and originally roofed with a corbelled vault. It also has
other smaller chambers and a dromos. The contents of the tombs are
described in detail. (See Am. J. Arch. 1905, pp. 109 f.).
CRETE. GOURNIA. — Excavations at Basilikd. — For a fortnight
in May, 1906, Mr. Richard B. Seager continued excavations at Basilike,
some two miles south of Gournia. He uncovered : 1) a " Kamares " house
which yielded a quantity of cups with polychrome decorations ; 2) a bee-
hive tomb containing some gold and carnelian beads; and 3) some "larnax"
burials which proved rich in vases of the " Palace style " and of the suc-
ceeding period. It is probable that specimens of these vases will be granted
by the Candia Museum to the Free Museum of Science and Art, Philadelphia.
(Private letter.)
CRETE. — PHAESTUS. — The Palace, the Necropolis, the Tombs
at Hagia Triada. — In Mon. Antichi,*XXV, 1905, cols. 313-500 (10 pis.; 98
figs.), L. PERNIER describes the Italian excavations in the palace at Phaes-
tus in 1902-03. The pre-Mycenaean edifice is as clearly distinguished as
possible from the palace of Mycenaean times, with its megaron, and the
walls of different dates are marked on the plan. The relics discovered date
from neolithic to late Mycenaean times. Several fine specimens of Ka-
mares ware are published, as is also an interesting libation table from
the primitive sanctuary in the palace. The remains of early Cretan script
are published, with some discussion. This is the most complete publication
of the results of these excavations, the general scope of which has been
made known by earlier brief reports. Ibid. cols. 501-676 (4 pis. ; 128 figs.),
L. SAVIGNONI describes excavations and discoveries in the necropolis at
Phaestus. Here fourteen tombs of semi-elliptical shape, entered by a
dromos in the middle of the straight side, were excavated. These were
evidently tombs of nobles, and they contained numerous vases, seals, and
personal ornaments. Eight less elaborate tombs probably belonged to less
prominent persons. In these were terra-cotta sarcophagi. A few other
tombs were excavated in other neighboring places. The tombs of Phaestus
here described belong to the later part of the Mycenaean epoch (the author
says about the thirteenth century). Whereas the poorer people clung to
the ancient Cretan custom of burial in terra-cotta coffins, the nobles had
adopted the custom of laying the corpse on the floor of the vaulted tomb or
burying it in the ground of the floor. Ibid. cols. 677-756 (4 pis.; 47 fig's.),
R. PARIBENI describes a tholos tomb, a trench tomb, some sarcophagi buried
in the earth, a chamber tomb containing a painted sarcophagus, and a tomb
made by adapting for sepulchral use the walls of an earlier house, all at
Hagia Triada, near Phaestus. Several fine specimens of Kamares ware, a
number of seals, various bronze utensils, many primitive vases and terra-
cottas, some Mycenaean vases, and some gold jewellery are described and
published. In R. Stor. Ant. X, 1906, pp. 479-496, P. Due ATI describes the
discoveries at Phaestus and Hagia Triada, and discusses previous articles
concerning them.
GREECE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 345
Excavations from 1903 to 1905. — In Rend. Acc.Lincei, 1905, pp. 365-
405 (14 figs.)' F. HALBHERR gives an account of excavations in Crete from
December, 1903, to August, 1905. The excavation of the villa of Hagia
Triada was finished, work was continued in the necropolis and on the
acropolis of Phaestus, there were preliminary investigations on the acropolis
of Prinia and at Gortyri in the quarter of the Pythion, and there was some
excavation in the town of Hagia Varvdra, where remains of various periods
were found.
In the villa of Hagia Triada work was begun on the western edge of the
upper level ; here there is a paved area, forming a courtyard of irregular
plan. Near the south wall of this space were found nine new fragments of
the rhyton, parts of which were found in earlier excavations. It is now re-
stored. The vase is of steatite, decorated with four parallel zones of figures
in relief, three of which represent pugilistic scenes, the others a hunting-
scene. On the opposite side of the courtyard a structure was found, prob-
ably an altar, surrounded by votive offerings of terra-cotta and bronze. On
the west side of the courtyard are remains of a finely decorated pavilion.
South of the square of the chapels is the base of a wall or steps. East of
the square is a paved road. On this, facing the chapels, is a rectangular
storehouse of the first period, with alterations of the second period ; five
rooms were found full of broken vases and bronze implements. The area
of the first palace was cleared, and many vases and bronzes were found.
These prove that the palace was constructed in the first part of the late
Minoan period and destroyed in the second part. Under the palace are
remains of structures of the middle Minoan period.
Excavation was continued northeast of the palace, where three strata
were found, — Roman, Hellenic or Hellenistic, and prehistoric. The first
consisted of remains of a villa, or farm-house, with a paved court at the
west ; the eastern part of the house is well preserved, especially a large room,
evidently used for making wine. In the second stratum was the foundation
of a small temple; stamped tiles found near by show that it was dedicated
to Velchanos, that is, Zeus. Below this stratum are Minoan remains — an
open court before the entrance of the palace, adorned in its east side with
a small portico.
On the side of a hill northeast and northwest of the hill of St. George are
remains of a village, which existed in the time of the first palace. Many
houses were excavated, — one that of a rich family, — and many vases and
inscribed tablets were found. Between the palace and this village are
remains of a large, rectangular building of unknown use ; also another rec-
tangular structure, with very thick walls, possibly used as a storehouse for
treasure in time of danger.
In the necropolis, near the foot of the hill, a complex group of tombs
was excavated. There were vases, but no human remains, — a peculiar
rite, — the burial of the body in one place, the funeral equipment in an-
other. Below these graves are two 0oAoi, the most ancient tombs of the ne-
cropolis. The larger 0oXos is approached by a 8po/xos, connected with which
are twelve sepulchral chambers. ©dXos and chambers were full of bones.
It was evidently the burial-place of a tribe and in use for many years.
Bronze arms were found, stone knives, terra-cotta vases, ivory seals, etc.,
many of which show a strong Egyptian or Libyan influence. At the north-
346 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
east extremity of the necropolis are remains of constructions of the Roman
or Graeco-Roman period.
In the palace at Phaestus the eastern portico was excavated.
CYNURIA. — A Potter's Oven. — At Cynuria an ancient potter's oven
has been uncovered by Mr. Romaics. It was originally dome-shaped.
The diameter is 1.80 m. The walls are still standing to the height of
0.90 m. In the middle is a round pillar of brick to support the brick floor
on which the vases stood. In the floor were holes, through which the heat
came from the fire below. Flames rising through such holes might produce
the burnt spots sometimes seen on Greek vases. Fragments of pottery
found here date from the fourth century B.C. (G. K., Athen. Mitlh. XXX,
1905, pp. 415 f.)
DELOS. — Excavations in 1905. —In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp. 760-
783 (6 pis.), M. HOLLEAUX gives an account of the excavations carried on
by the French at Delos. The Agora of the Italians has been uncovered, the
Portico of Philip cleared, and extensive excavations conducted in the part
of the city near the theatre. Several statues of Roman times, three large de-
posits of coins, and several interesting inscriptions have been found. (See
Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 104.)
DIONYSO. — An Unfinished Statue. — In Melanges Nicole (Geneva,
1905), pp. 401-405 (2 pis.), G. NICOLE publishes an unfinished statue of
Pentelic marble, found near Dionyso, on Mt. Pentelicus. It is the first
known archaic " Apollo " figure of Pentelic marble. The technical pro-
cesses revealed are identical with those seen in the unfinished statue from
Naxos, in the National Museum at Athens, published by E. A. Gardner in
J.H.S. XI, pp. 130 ff.; pi. II.
KAPAKLY.— A Mycenaean Tomb. — At Kapakly, near Volo, the
ephor KOUROUNIOTES has continued the excavation of a Mycenaean dome
tomb (Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 105) which was about 10 m. in diameter and
7 m. high. Within were remains of about twenty skeletons. The fine
ornaments of gold are quite like those from Mycenae, though less rich. This
tomb is described in the Athenian periodical TLavaOyvaLa (October, 1905,
p. 60), in which discoveries in Greece are being promptly recorded and dis-
cussed. (G. K., Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 414 f.)
KOROPI.— Leaden Medals.— In J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905, p.
344, I. N. SVORONOS records the discovery of ninety-three leaden coins at
Koropi in Attica. The reverse of all is blank. On the obverse of eleven is a
monogram composed of the letters 4> I A , denoting the deme of Philadae or
Philaidae, on that of the rest an owl and a bunch of grapes. The probable
date is early in the third century B.C.
LEUCAS. — Excavations in 1905. —In a second 'Letter,' dated
March, 1906 (18 pp. ; map), W. DORPFELD describes his excavations and
investigations at Leucas, which he regards as the ancient Ithaca, in 1905.
In the plain of Nidri, on the eastern side of the island, numerous traces of a
prehistoric settlement were found. The two springs, mentioned in the Odys-
sey as near the town of Ithaca, were found in their proper places. Three
possible sites for the palace are to be investigated later. In the western part
of the plain, a rock sanctuary was found. A few graves were discovered.
The bay of Syvota, at the southern end of the island (identified with the
Phorkys-harbor, Od. XIII, 96), and several neighboring grottoes were exam-
GHEECE]
ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS. 1906
347
i a
>*F*IL«. * .
Wf- i1
348 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
ined. On the " Leucadian rock," the promontory of Ducato, little remains of
the temple of Apollo. A small prehistoric sanctuary near Chortata, in the
western part of the island, was examined. The monochrome pottery found in
various places on the island is identical with ware found at Olympia. This
is regarded as the native Achaean ware, which was not driven out by
" Mycenaean " ware in these remote regions. Additional testimony to the
fact that Leucas was an island in ancient times is adduced.
LOUSOI. — Statuette and Ornaments. — In private excavations at
the temple of Artemis Hemera, at Lousoi, the bust of an archaic statuette
of Artemis and some ornaments of silver and bronze have been found ;
among them a silver ring with the inscription KaAa in characters of the
fifth century. (G. K., Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, p. 415.)
OLYMPIA. —New Inscriptions. — In 'E^.'Apx- 1905, pp. 253-264
(4 figs.), K. KOUROUNIOTES publishes four new inscriptions from Olympia.
No. 1 is a catalogue, of the 216th Olympiad, of the dArrrai, officers whose
function it was to preserve order in the stadium during the games. No. 2
is part of a similar stele, on which are preserved the names of twelve men,
probably dA/irreu also. No. 3 is the base of a statue set up in honor of a cer-
tain orator Zrjvaiv 'Aoravos, perhaps the Z^i/w 'A^vaios of the second cen-
tury after Christ, mentioned by Philostratus, Lives of the Sophists, II, 24.
No. 4 (Aios A) was found engraved on the rim of a bronze vessel of about
the fourth century B.C. (cf . Olympia, Text, Die Bronzen, No. 868) . The A
seems to have a numerical signification.
PELION AND MAGNESIA. — Topography and Monuments. — A
somewhat detailed account of the Thessalian coast, from the Gulf of Volo
round the Magnesian peninsula to Cape Pori, with criticism of certain mod-
ern identifications of sites, is published by A. J. B. WACE in J.H.S. XXVI,
1906, pp. 143-168 (12 figs.). One important correction is the placing of
Sepias at the northern limit, Cape Pori, instead of at the end of the peninsula,
opposite Sciathus. Among the reliefs found are a Greek dedication on
behalf of a captive brother, in which the field is occupied by a descending
thunderbolt ; a Christian scene showing a group of monks in the refectory,
with one of their number reading aloud while the others eat ; and figures of
St. Michael and of the Virgin and Christ, in a church on the site of Deme-
trias, remarkable for the prominent position given to the Virgin.
SPARTA. — Temple of Artemis Orthia. — In the London Times,
May 8, 1906 (copied in the Boston Evening Transcript, May 26), G. A.
M ACM ILL AN reports that excavations carried on at Sparta by the British
School at Athens have shown that the walls (traced for four-fifths of their
extent) are Roman, not Byzantine, have brought to light at the theatre a
life-size statue of Asclepius and portions of reliefs that probably belonged to
the proscenium, and have discovered the site and slight remains of the tem-
ple of Artemis Orthia, on the right bank of the Eu rotas. The site is identified
by inscriptions. Many thousands of figurines of lead, of at least fifty different
types, have been found here, as well as some ivory cai'vings, including two
statuettes in the round, bronze statuettes of a horse and dog, large fragments
of bronze bowls and caldrons richly decorated in repousse work, smaller ob-
jects of gold and silver, a great variety of terra-cotta statuettes, large quan-
tities of pottery, and many inscriptions. Broadly speaking, the deposit
consists of objects of the sixth and fifth centuries B.C. The pottery is largely
ITALY] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 349
of " orientalizing " types, and scarabs and other imported objects show Ori-
ental influence in Laconia.
THEBES. — A Fragment of a Relief.— In Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905,
pp. 375-390 (pi. ; 5 figs.), L. CURTIUS publishes and discusses a fragment of
a relief in the museum at Thebes, discovered by G. Mendel in 1893, at Kopae
(Topolia). It is the left-hand corner of a pediment, which, when entire,
may have been about 4.88 m. long. A fallen amazon is represented. The
style is not unlike that of the pediments from Aegina, translated into relief.
The foot and part of the leg of a man facing the middle of the pediment
are preserved, and comparison with vase paintings, etc., makes it probable
that the scene represented was a combat of Heracles with amazons, four or
five figures in each side of the pediment. The pediment of the treasury of
the Megarians at Olympia presents a similar composition.
Mycenaean Tombs. — South of Thebes the director of the museum,
Mr. Keramopoullos, has opened a couple of Mycenaean tombs which con-
tained some gold ornaments. (G. K., Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, p. 415.)
THESSALY. — Unpublished Thessalian Inscriptions. — In 'E<£. 'Ap^.
1905, pp. 187-210, G. D. ZEKIDKS publishes thirty-seven miscellaneous in-
scriptions of Thessaly. Several new names of persons appear : 'ArreAe^os
(No. 5), B[ap]ovS€>x (No. 9), Bov^aXts (No. 9). ACK/XIOS (<A6M/«>s?) (No. 31).
®av/Atas (No. 6), ©eoTrpOTrt'Sas (No. l),Me'8/xos (<M€&/KOS?) (No. 31), M^rpo-
TroAis (No. 21), Moas (No. 8), OveXtVSas (No. 31), Ilaj/TaA/ojs (No. 8), n«0i-
Sas (No. 1), <3>vaAi/cos (No. 9). No. 7 is a list of victors in the Thessalian
ga"mes known as TO. 'EAev#epta in one of the latter years of the second
century B.C.
VITYLO (OETYLUS).— A Fragment of the Edictum Diocletiani.
— In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. L IX, 1906, pp. 20-22 (fig.), H. SCHENKL publishes a
fragment of the edict of Diocletian for the regulation of prices (C.I.L. Ill,
Suppl. 1926-1953). This fragment contains parts of nineteen lines of the
preamble, corresponding to I, 23-28, of Blumner's text. It was found in
1902 at Vitylo (ancient Oetylus), in Messenia.
ITALY
CAMARINA. — Tombs excavated in 1899 and 1903. — In Mon.An-
iiehi, XIV, 1905, cols. 757-956 (12 pis.; 124 figs.), P. ORSI gives the results
of excavations at Camarina in 1899 and 1903, in the course of which 520
tombs, of the fifth and fourth centuries B.C., were excavated. The torso of
a limestone statuette of a seated nude athlete, apparently a work of the
fourth century B.C., is published and discussed, as is also an Ionic bronze
tripod, a work of the sixth century. Some relics of the neolithic age
are also published. The individual tombs of the great necropolis of Passo
Marinaro are described, with their contents, as are the nineteen tombs at
Cozzo dei Saraceni. The foundations of a circular structure, probably a
tower, and scattered relics found outside of tombs at Passo Marinaro are
also described. Only sixty-four incinerations were found. Generally the
heads of the deceased were toward the east, but not always, nor was the
orientation at all exact. In form and character the tombs were very various,
but most of them were rectangular, built of tiles, with saddle roofs. The
extreme dates possible are 461 (the rebuilding of the city) and 258 B.C. (its
350 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
final destruction). Many vases, largely Attic lecythi, but including many
craters, were found and are published ; several terra-cottas and a few inscrip-
tions are also published, but none of exceptional importance. Ten of the
plates represent the paintings on red-figured craters.
DERUTA. — L. Velius Prudens. — A marble base with an inscription
in honor of the emperor Hadrian has been found at Deruta in Umbria.
The stone was dedicated by L. Velius Prudens, whose military career is
given in detail. (G. F. GAMURRINI, Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 196-197.)
GEL A. Iliupersis. — InR. Stor. Ant. X, 1906, pp. 497-500, A. AMANTE
describes and discusses a lecythus found at La Paglia, Gela. On it Astya-
nax is represented about to be slain by Neoptolemus in the presence of
Andromache and the dead or dying Priam. Evidently Neoptolemus intends
to kill the boy with his sword or spear, not by hurling him from the wall.
The version of the tale here represented probably originated with Stesi-
chorus, whose date is very slightly earlier than that of this vase. Repre-
sentations of Neoptolemus dashing the boy against an altar, in the presence
of Priam, are due to contamination of the two versions.
LILYBAEUM. — An Inscription. — Near Marsala in Sicily, on the site
of the ancient Lilybaeum, has been found a base bearing an inscription in
honor of T. Fulvius Aurelius Antoninus, son of the emperor Marcus Aure-
lius. On the other side of the base is a later inscription in honor of an un-
known person. (A. SALINAS, Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 217-218.)
MATERA. — An Early Necropolis. — A prehistoric necropolis near
Mt. Timmari in the territory of Matera, mentioned in Not. Scavi, 1900, pp.
345 sqq., has been systematically excavated and is described and discussed
in Mon. Antichi, XVI, 1906, cols. 5-166 (1 pi.; 148 figs.), by Q. QUAGLIATI
and D. RIDOLA. The dead were incinerated and their ashes placed in
covered urns, which were buried not far below the surface of the earth,
almost invariably with the mouth upward, in no evident order or arrange-
ment. Some of the urns had ornamentation of incised lines and dots. Some
bronze fibulae, razors, and pins, some ornaments of horn and bone, and a few
other objects were found. The necropolis shows close connection between
the people at Timmari and those of the terremare, that is, it offers a new
proof of the existence of an Indo-European Italic people in southern Italy
at the end of the age of bronze. Traces of the presence of such Italici
have been found even farther south, in what is now Calabria.
NAPLES. — The Greek City Wall. — In Arch. Stor. Nap. XXXI, 1906,
pp. 153-159 (4 figs.), E. GABRICI describes excavations connected with the
demolition, in 1905, of old buildings between Corso Umberto I (Rettifilo)
and Via Forcella in Naples. Several fragments of the Greek city wall came
to light.
LAKE NEMI. — The Imperial Galleys. — In The Illustrated London
News, February 17, 1906 (cf. Scientific American, July 14, 1906), is an
account of the investigations of the imperial galleys sunk in Lake Nemi.
The various objects from the galleys which were brought to the surface by
divers employed by Signer Eliseo Borghi (1895 and later) are to be bought
by the Italian government. It is proposed to drain the lake, either by a
new tunnel or the ancient Roman outlet, and to bring the galleys, which
are in great part preserved, to the shore. The article is copiously illustrated.
POGGIBONSI. — Early Bronzes. — Various objects in bronze from
ITALY] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 351
the early iron age have been found at Poggibonsi, near Siena. Among the
more important are diminutive wheels, some of rather intricate design,
possibly the heads of (bone or wooden) hair-pins. (G. A. COLINI in
B. Paletn. It. XXXI, 1905, pp. 203-216 ; 7 figs.)
POMPEII. — Regio V,Insula III. —In Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 203-215
(5 figs.), A. SOGLIANO describes in detail the results of excavations at
Pompeii in Reg. V, Ins. Ill, carried on from December, 1902, to the end of
March, 1905. East of the small fuller's shop previously excavated and
described is another shop, and, east of this, another, these two being-
separated by a long passage leading to a private house. This house has no
proper atrium, but, in its place, a small garden on one side of the long
entrance passage. Facing this passage is a room similar to a tablinum.
The ceiling of this room and that of another have been restored from frag-
ments of the stucco decoration. The walls of the house are adorned with
pictures. In one room is a representation of Ariadne on the island of
Naxos. In another house of this insula a plaster cast of a short ladder has
been secured.
The " House of the Count of Turin." — A. SOGLIANO has described the
" Casa del Conte di Torino " in Reg. Ill, Ins. I, at Pompeii. The very high
roof of the large atrium was supported by four fine Corinthian columns.
A fountain in the middle has the form of a satyr. The pilasters at the
entrance are decorated with the prow of a ship in bronze, and other
devices. {Rend. Ace. Lincei, 1905, p. 292, summary from Not. Scavi, 1905,
fasc. 8.)
A Thermopolium and a Shop. — In Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 9. (cf. Rend.
Ace. Lincei, 1905, pp. 296 f.), A. SOGLIANO describes a thermopoltum recently
excavated at Pompeii at the northeast corner of Reg. Ill, Ins. II, and a
shop on the other side of the Via di Nola in Reg. IV, Ins. II.
An Egyptian Table. — In Rend. Ace. Lincei, 1905, pp. 215-227 (3 figs.),
G. SPANO describes a fine table found at Pompeii in October, 1904. The
top of Porta Santa marble is supported by an arch, the ends of which rest
upon two pilasters, converging slightly toward the rectangular base on
which they rest. On this base, between the two pilasters, lies a male sphinx.
Arch, pilasters, base, and sphinx are of bronze, all parts except the sphinx
being decorated with inlaid silver. The table is of Egyptian origin, as is
proved by the form of the sphinx and by the fact that there was originally
a lotus flower at the top of the arch. The raised hands of the sphinx once
supported a vase, which stood at the front end of the base. A crater found
in the same house is also of Egyptian origin.
ROCCIANO. — The Road to Interamnia. — In the village of Roc-
ciano, near Teramo, a tomb of travertine has been found, bearing a frag-
mentary sepulchral inscription. The tomb indicates the course of a
branch of the Via Caecilia leading to Interamnia. (F. SAVINI, Not. Scavi,
1905, p. 198.)
ROME. — Excavations in the Forum. — Opposite the Basilica Julia,
near the Sacra Via, Comm. Boni has found remains of two rooms, one
about 5.5 m. square, the other about 5.5 by 2 m. In front of these rooms
was an open area, and many fragments of building stones, marble pave-
ment, etc., are scattered about. Boni explains the structure as a speaker's
platform, erected by Trajan for the proclamation of benefits to be conferred
352 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
upon the people, and calls it Tribunal Principatus. On the Palatine is a
similar structure of brick, near the Templuni Magnae Matris. Excavations
in the foundations of the church of Sta. Pudenziana, undertaken for the
purpose of finding a replica of the Laocoon group, mentioned by G. Celio,
have so far been fruitless. (FR. BRUNSWICK, Berl. Phil. W. February 17,
1906 ; LANCIANI, Athen. February 17, 1906.) In Cl. R. XX, 1906, pp. 132-
136, T. ASHBY, Jr., describes recent discoveries in the Forum and discusses
the latest writings on the Forum and its monuments. (See Am. J. Arch.
1906, p. 111.)
The Temples of Castor and of Concord in the Roman Forum. — In
Berl. Phil. W. January 27, 1906, and, more fully, in Cl. R. XX, 1906, pp.
77-84 (5 figs.), with additional notes, ibid., p. 184, A. W. VAN BUREN
reports that he has succeeded in distinguishing four distinct stages of con-
struction in the temple of Castor : IV, the present form due to Tiberius,
6 A.D. ; III, concrete core inside of the later one, the restoration of Metellus,
117 B.C.; II, concrete core lower than III, still earlier; and I, opus quadratum
of rather thin blocks of capellaccio, probably the original building of
484 B.C. The temple of Concord also shows four periods: IV, an imperial
restoration (cf . C.I.L. VI, 89) ; III, of the time of Tiberius, 10 A.D. ; II,
the restoration of Opimius, soon after 121 B.C. ; I, probably the original
building of 366 B.C.
The Right Arm of the Laocoon. — In Rom. Mitth. XX, 1905, pp. 277-
282 (pi.; 2 figs.), L. POLLAK publishes and discusses a marble right arm
which he bought from a dealer at Rome. It is evidently the arm of
Laocoon, not, however, from the group in the Vatican, but from a very
slightly smaller replica. The right arm was bent behind the head, and the
serpent was twined about the upper arm and the forearm. The arm of the
smaller son was doubtless bent, but not so much as that of the father.
Columbaria with Inscriptions. — In B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905, pp.
154-188 (2 pis.), G. GATTI reviews the discoveries made in the construction
of a new street, — the Corso di Porta Pinciana. The columbaria brought
to light along the line of the Via Salaria are mainly of the last days of the
Republic and the reign of Augustus. Thus the inscriptions commemorate
the freedmen and slaves of many of the most celebrated Roman families.
Of special interest are two pertaining to a medicus and an argentarius
respectively of Caecilia Metella.
A Manuscript of the Mirabilia Romae. — A hitherto unpublished
manuscript of the Mirabilia Romae is given by E. MONACI in Rend. Ace.
Lincei, 1905, pp. 347-364. It is of the twelfth century and probably the
earliest known manuscript of the work.
Various Discoveries. — The following discoveries are reported from
Rome. Near the Porta Maggiore a brick wall with stamps of the first
decades of the second century. On the Via Portuense a stele with a
sepulchral inscription of good period ; also inscribed pieces of lead pipe.
On the Via Salaria, in the area of the Velodromo, a travertine urn with
inscription; also remains of the cemetery which extended from the ancient
Via Salaria to the Via Pinciana; here were found two peperino sarcophagi,
many sepulchral inscriptions, and lamps, some of which were inscribed.
(G. GATTI, Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 199-201.) Near the fourteenth milestone
of the Via Appia an ancient tomb has been cleared and, inside, a peperino
ITALY] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 353
sarcophagus has been found bearing a late inscription. (E. GATTI, ibid.
p. 202.) The figured mosaic floor of a villa near Porta Furba has been dis-
covered, but complete excavation is impossible on account of proximity to
the railway from Rome to Naples. (B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905, pp.
266-267.) Fragments of a marble statue, probably that of an athlete, have
been found between Via Capo d' Africa and Via Marco Aurelio ; a large
piece of wall, of tufa opus reticulatum, has been uncovered in Via della
Lungara, opposite the bridge of S. Giovanni dei Florentini. (Rend.
Ace. Lincei, 1905, pp. 290 f., from Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 8.) Near
S. Croce in Gerusalemme, brick walls and a large square paved with
lava ; between Viale del Re, Via S. Francesco a Ripa, and Via Mastai
in Trastevere, a course of great travertine blocks, connected by iron bars,
and a small marble block, with a dedication to Bona Dea, have been dis-
covered. (Ibid. p. 295, from Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 9.) In his ' Notes from
Rome' in A then. February 17, 1906, R. LANCIANI calls attention to the
apparent fact that the early inhabitants of Rome buried their dead in the
bottom of a marshy lake (the early condition of the Forum), then mentions
the discovery at the base of Domitian's statue of the skeleton of a female
dwarf, who was apparently murdered. She belonged to a superior dolicho-
cephalic race. This skeleton has been fancifully connected with Rhea
Silvia, and traces of a monument recently discovered have been called the
Tribunal Principatus. A replica of the right arm of the Laocoon proves
conclusively that the right hand was not stretched upward, but rested on
the head (see above). Lanciani also mentions the discovery of bones of the
rhinoceros and other great animals, with large stone hammers of rude make,
on the island of Capri, where the emperor Augustus is said by Suetonius
(Aug. 72) to have found " bones of giants."
SANTA CROCE. — The Via Salaria. — Near the village of Santa
Croce, in the district of Cittareale, a considerable piece of the ancient Via
Salaria has been found — an important discovery as fixing the course of
the road at this point. (N. PERSICHETTI, Not. Scavi, 1905, pp. 215-216.)
VENICE. — Inscriptions in the Foundations of the Campanile.—
In June, 1905, ancient sepulchral inscriptions were found in the foundations
of the Campanile of S. Marco at Venice. (Not. Scavi, 1905, p. 195.)
VERONA. — The Roman Theatre. — The excavation of the Roman
theatre at Verona was begun in September, 1904. The whole orchestra and
the lower part of the cavea have been cleared ; the eastern entrance and
parts "of four arches supporting the cavea on the eastern side have been
excavated ; a piece of the foundation of the stage-building has been found;
architectural fragments, pieces of sculpture, inscriptions, and coins have
been found — among these, a granite head, probably belonging to a statue
of Isis, and a votive inscription to Juno Matrona. (Rend. Ace. Lincei, 1905,
p. 293, from Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 9.)
VARIOUS DISCOVERIES. — The necropolis of Alghero, Sassari,
Sardinia, and its rock-chambers are discussed by G. A. COLINI in B. Paletn.
7«.'XXXI, 1905, pp. 176-194 (4 'pis.; 5 figs.). A primitive tomb near
Andria, province of Bari, is described by A. JATTA, ibid. pp. 153-175
(3 pis.; 5 figs.). From the Isola Virginia (Lago di Yarese) five bronze
axes have been recovered along with objects in flint and primitive pottery.
(P. CASTELFRANCO, ibid. pp. 195-203; 1 pi.) Aeneolithic objects from
354 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
tombs in the vicinity of Viterbo, acquired by museums of Rome and
Florence, are described, ibid. pp. 145-153 (5 figs.), by L. PERKIER.
An important tomb recently explored near Castellina in Chianti had an
abundant funeral equipment of objects of iron, bronze, and bone, including
especially remains of the decoration of a biga. (Rend. Ace. Lincei, 1905, p. 290,
from Not. Scavi, 1905, f asc. 8.) A piece of ancient paved road has been uncov-
ered near the cemetery of Grottaf errata ; another piece has been found near
the cavalcavia Antonelli, where there are also remains of ancient walls of
opus reticulatum. (Ibid. pp. 291 f ., from Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 8.) An inscrip-
tion found near Grottaferrata mentions a hitherto unknown vicus of the
Tusculan territory, — the Vicus Augustulanus ; and the same inscription
shows that of the three aediles of Tusculum, two were duoviri iure dicundo,
the other a true aedile. (Ibid. pp. 295-296, from Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 9.)
A mosaic pavement — the floor of a large room in a house of the late
empire — has been found at Reggio, Calabria. It contained originally
eight figures of animals in two parallel lines, and, in the centre, the figure
of a mounted warrior. (Ibid. p. 297, from Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 9.) At
Teramo several tombs have been found belonging to the ancient necropolis
of Interamnia Praetuttianorum ; the funeral rites and equipment resemble
those of the earliest tombs of Hatria Picena and Aufidena. (Ibid. pp. 293 f.
from Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 9.)
In Rend. Ace. Lincei, 1905, pp. 335-337, the following discoveries in Italy
are summarized from Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 10 : A primitive tomb con-
taining a Villanova ossuary has been found on the south side of Vignalone,
the mountain of Lozzo in the territory of Bate. At Ravenna has been
found the funeral inscription of a member of the fleet of Ravenna, be-
longing to the trireme Providentia. Extensive explorations have been
made in the necropolis on the hill overlooking S. Martino at Civitella
S. Paolo, between the Faliscan territory and that of Veii. This was the
necropolis of Capena, probably situated on the neighboring hill overlooking
Civitucola. The tombs were in large part a camera, two being covered with
tumuli. The tombs a fossa were few ; these preserved traces of wooden cof-
fins and had holes in the side containing the funeral equipment. There
were a few tombs a pozzo. The chamber tombs, which date from the sixth
century B.C., had been used again in the Roman period. In one tomb the
base of a loom was found. At Casaboni, near Cotrorie, a small Roman
necropolis has been explored.
Ibid. pp. 444-448, the following discoveries are summarized from Not.
Scavi, 1905, fasc. 11 : Vase-fragments from Gallic and Roman tombs have
been found at Ripalta Nuova, near Crema, in the province of Cremona.
Two travertine sarcophagi, dating from the third or second century B.C.,
have been found near Todi. On the Via Labicana, near Torre Nuova,
have been found marble sculptures of great value, being parts of fine sar-
cophagi. These fragments were not found in situ, but had been moved and
buried in a neighboring field. The sarcophagi have been restored, where
restoration was possible. One has on its front the scene of initiation into
the mysteries of Eleusis; on the back, a mourning scene; on one short side,
a seated girl regarding a woman ; on the other, two ephebi. Another sar-
cophagus represents the myth of Selene and Endymion; another that of
Dionysus and Ariadne ; fragments of another show scenes relating to the
FRANCE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 355
origin of Rome. A cover of a sarcophagus represents a young man reclining
on a couch ; the work is of the beginning of the empire. Near Pozzuoli,
in the territory of ancient Cumae, a tomb has been found, on the tufa lid
of which is a Greek inscription of the fifth century B.C., which gives the
earliest information regarding the diffusion of Orphic and Bacchic mysticism
in southern Italy. About twenty tombs, nearly all lined with tufa slabs,
have been found at Francavilla a Mare. Near these tombs are two sub^
terranean galleries, which probably served as a reservoir.
SPAIN
ELCHE. — Iberian Pottery. — In C. R. Acad. Tnsc. 1905, pp. 611-620
(6 figs.), E. ALBEKTINI describes excavations carried on in the summer
of 1905 at Elche (Ilici).
Unimportant remains of
Roman occupation and
later buildings were
found. A Christian chap-
el, with a mosaic of vari-
ous ornaments of good
quality and parts of two
inscriptions in Greek, was
found under remains of
architecture, which were
in part Moorish. Most
interesting were frag-
ments of Iberian pottery,
adorned with linear orna- Fl(JURE 4 _ pAm^ SHARDS FRQM Ej ^
ments, representations of
animals, and human figures. Close relationship to Mycenaean decoration
is evident.
NUMANTIA. — The Iberian City. — In the Vossische Zeitung^l&rch
14 and 15, 1906, is a paper by A. SCHULTEN, in which he sketches the history
of Numantia and describes his excavations. The site is of great strategic
importance. The Iberian city, which was burnt by Scipio in 133 B.C., was
found under the remains of Roman times, and still lower were remains of
an early prehistoric settlement. Resemblances to the second city at Troy
are noted. Rude, early pottery was found, then later pottery with geomet-
rical ornamentation. This shows intercourse with Greece about the eighth
century B.C. The geometrical pottery continued in use until the second
century B.C. Iberian coins are found only in connection with remains of
Roman date. Numerous bones found among the Iberian remains show that
the people possessed many domestic animals and also hunted deer and other
game. On the neighboring hills are traces of Scipio's camps, early high-
roads, etc. Further excavations will probably produce further results. (Cf.
Arch. Anz. 1905, pp. 163-166.)
FRANCE
ALISE SAINTE REINE. — Excavations on Mont Auxois. — In
C. R. Acad. Insc. 1906, pp. 79-83, the Commandant ESPERANPIEU gives the
results of tentative excavations at Mont Auxois, the site of Alesia. Various
356 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
walls, great numbers of nails, Gallic and Roman coins, utensils, fragments
of sculpture, and many fragments of pottery, extending from the La Tene
period to late Roman times, were found. The place was burnt, apparently
about the fifth century after Christ, but afterward rebuilt. Excavations
were recommenced in 1906, and a sort of forge came to light, in the debris
of which were various utensils and a number of horseshoes, which is an item.
of interest in view of the uncertainty which has prevailed hitherto whether
the Gauls and Romans shod their horses or not. Among other discoveries
were various coins, a statuette of Mercury, and a medallion of Silenus. The
site seems to have been precipitately abandoned at the end of the fourth
century, apparently by reason of a barbarian invasion. (Chron. d. Arts, May
19, 1906, p. 158 ; C. R. Acad. Insc. 1906, pp. 201-203 ; fig.)
BEAUVAIS. — Intaglios in the Creusot Collection. — In R. Arch.
VII, 1906, pp. 318-319 (pl.)> F. POULAINE publishes nine intaglios in the
Creusot collection at Beauvais. 1. Human head wearing a cap shaped like
the upper part of a cock and supported by two bird's feet. 2. Sitting lion.
3. Warrior raising a child from the ground. 4. Four heads, three human
and one that of an animal, united in a composite four-faced shape. 5. Head
of Vespasian or Titus. 6. Head of Serapis. 7. Egyptian divinity seated
on a crocodile and surrounded by animals. 8. Dancing Faun. 9. Cupid
wearing a lion's skin (catalogue of the Raife sale, 1867, No. 662).
FROLOIS. — A Gravestone with Relief. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 19055
pp. 357-359, A. HERON DE VILLEFOSSE describes, from a drawing and letter
of M. PARISOT, a stele found some fifty years ago at a place called Samos or
Semo, now at Frolois. Beneath an arcade is a standing draped female fig-
ure, holding a drinking cup and a vase to pour from. The text of the
inscription, save the familiar D.M., is obscure. The same letter describes
a stone vessel at Frolois.
JUBLAINS. — A Bronze Vase. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 324-329
(fig.), C. CHABRUN publishes a bronze vase found near Jublains (Mayenne).
It contained 820 plated coins of known types. On the neck of the vase is a
somewhat rude relief representing a combat with lions, bears, etc. Two
hares remind us that Martial speaks of the presence of hares in the lion
hunts in the amphitheatre.
NE'RIS. — An Antefix of the Eighth Legion. — In C. R. Acad. Insc.
1905, pp. 597-601 (fig.), J. DECHELETTE describes a terra-cotta antefix found
at Neris and now in the museum at Moulins. It is adorned with the head
of a bull. The antefix was made in the shops of the eighth legion, which
had the bull as its emblem. A detachment of this legion was stationed at
Neris at the time of the revolt of Civilis.
ORGON. — Coins and Other Objects.— At Orgon a well 12 m. in
depth has yielded, besides coins and other objects, a life-sized head in lime-
stone of rude workmanship, but apparently based on an archaic Greek
original. (B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905, p. 277.)
PARIS.— Acquisitions of the Louvre in 1905. —In B. Soc. Ant.
Fr. 1905, pp. 364-367, A. HERON DE VILLEFOSSE and E. MICHON describe
the acquisitions of the department of Greek and Roman antiquities of the
Louvre in 1905. I. MARBLE AND STONE : 1. Marble head of a woman
wearing a mural crown. From near Smyrna. 2. Upper part of a stele rep-
resenting a siren. From Piraeus. 3. Funerary lecythus. From Athens.
FRANCE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 357
Published in Mon. Mem. Acad. Insc. (Mon. Plot), XII, 1905, pp. 177-199,
pi. xiii. 4.^ Funeral banquet. From Rhodes. Inscribed OvavdvSpov YAAa-
PI/ACWS | /cat T£S ywai/cos | TTOTTOUS Ka/SaAiWas (R. Et. Gr. 1904, p. 211, No.
7 ; B.C.H. 1904, p. 399). 5. Inscription from Erythrae (19 lines), relating to
the guardians of the marshes. 6. Greek inscription from Der'at in honor of
the emperor Gallienus. (Mitth. d. Pal V. 1897, p. 40, No. 7; Clermont-
Ganneau, Rec. d' arch, orientate, II, p. 242 ; Imcr. graec. ad res romanas perti-
nentes, III, No. 1286.) II. BRONZES. 7. Primitive nude seated figure from
Olympia. 8. Archaic Zeus, nude, brandishing a thunderbolt. From An-
dritsena. 9 and 10. Two fibulae, with engraved decorations (chariots, war-
riors, animals, birds, fish, boats, rosettes). From Sparta. 11. Small copy
of the ' Spinario.' Late Roman work. (B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, p. 300.) From
Calymnus. 12. Key, the handle of which ends in a female head surmounted
by a ring. From Cyzicus. 13. Standing female figure. The upper part is
nude, the lower is draped. The statuette was gilded. Cf . Beschreib. d. ant.
Skulpturen zu Berlin, p. 14, No. 21. From Smyrna. 14. Small dolphin,
from Darakia, near Cnidus. 15. Lower part of a statue of Adonis, No. 15
among the acquisitions of 1900. From Sidon. 16. Vase in form of an
askos. The richly wrought handle is adorned with the figure of a Bacchic
child, seated. From Beirut. III. PRECIOUS METALS AND GEMS : 17.
Gold ring in form of a serpent. From Darakia, near Cnidus. IV. VARIOUS
OBJECTS : 18. Terra-cotta disk. On its face is the standing figure of St.
Chnouti in relief, with inscription. From Egypt. 19. Fragment of a leaden
tabella defixionis (B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 291-294). From Sousse.
An Inscription on Lead. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 312 f., A.
HERON DE VILLEFOSSE publishes a list of names engraved on a thin sheet
of lead found at Olbia, which he copied in Paris. The names, Greek and
in Greek characters, are those of enemies whom the engraver of the list
wished to curse. Two similar tablets from Olbia are known.
ST. JEAN DE LA PORTE. — Ancient Bronzes.— In B. Soc.
Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 230-236 (pi. ; 2 figs.), Count O. COSTA DE BEAUREGARD
publishes two bronzes, found, with fragments of a pair of scales, near St.
Jean de la Porte (Savoie), in 1892. One is a mask of a young satyr, which
was originally made to be fastened on some surface, perhaps on a vase, but
has been filled with lead at the back and furnished with a ring, probably for
use as a weight. A very similar mask is in the Louvre. The second bronze
is a small female head, the hair of which rises and develops into the neck
of a swan. The swan's head curves over and forms a ring. Perhaps
this also was used in connection with scales. Both bronzes are fine
Roman work.
SAULT. — Antiquities in the Museum.— In R. fit. Anc. VIII,
1906, pp. 59-63 (6 figs.), A. D' AGNEL describes four-small terra-cotta heads
of poor workmanship, two marble portrait heads, a marble torso of a draped
woman, and a much-injured relief, which may have represented Heracles
slaying the Stymphalian birds. All are in the museum at Sault (Vaucluse).
TOURETTES-LEVENS. — A Latin Inscription. — The following
inscription, found at Tourettes-Levens (Alpes Maritimes), is published in
C. R. Acad. Insc. 1906, pp. 22-24: Caio dementis f. \ dementi Eraconis f. \
Publio dementis/. \ Vectinia Enimanuif. \ coiugiet fileis et \ Posila Quarta
Quinta \ patri etfratribus \ B. M.
358 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
LA TURBIE. — The Monument of Augustus. — Excavations have
been begun by the Societe frai^aise de fouilles archeologiques at Turbie
(Alpes Maritimes). The base of the monument erected in 7-6 B.C., in
honor of Augustus, to celebrate the Roman victories in Gaul, is found
to be 34 m. square. Some architectural fragments, some fragments of
decorative sculpture, and parts of the inscription, the text of which is
given by Pliny, have been found. (E. BABELON, C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905,
pp. 783-787.)
VELEM. Prehistoric Antiquities. — At the foot of St. Veit Mountain,
near Velem, two sites yielded a great number of objects ; a Celtic silver
coin, bronze pins, fibulae, spirals, etc., pottery, and clay pyramids. These
last were apparently used to support pots over the fire. The objects found
belong to various parts of the La Tene and Hallstatt periods. Bronze fibulae
were made by hammering as well as by casting in the Hallstatt period.
(K. FREIHERR v. MISKE, Mitth. Anth. Ges. XXXV, 1905, pp. 270-277; 13
figs.)
VERSAILLEUX.— A Bronze Mercury.— In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905,
pp. 284-286, J. DECHELETTE publishes (pi.) a fine bronze statuette of Mer-
cury in the possession of Mr. Paul Lacroix, at Chatillon-de-Michaille. It
was found at Versailleux (Ain). The god is nude, but for his sandals and
a cloak thrown over his left shoulder and arm. In his hair are wings. The
right arm is bent and partially extended forward. The left hand is broken
off.
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY
GRADO. — A Basilica and Roman Walls. —In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I.
IX, 1906, Beiblatt, cols. 1-24 (14 figs.), H. SWOBODA and W. WILBERG pub-
lish a report of excavations in the Piaaza della Corte at Grado. Roman
walls, belonging to some large structure, were found, and above these re-
mains of two churches. The earlier was without aisles. The nave was
19.02 m. long by 10.13 m. wide inside. Many remains of mosaic, sar-
cophagi, inscriptions, and marble ornamentation were found. This church
was built about the midde of the fifth century and rebuilt about 475 A.D.
Later, in the ninth century, a church with nave and two aisles was built on
the same site.
SOUTHERN ISTRIA.— Excavations at Val Catena and Elsewhere.
— In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. L IX, 1906, Beiblatt, cols. 25-48 (14 figs.), A. GNIRS
describes with many details the continuation of excavations at Val Catena,
on the island of Brioni Grande (cf. Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 130). The villa
near the southern temple (of Neptune?) was excavated. It was a great col-
lection of buildings, situated on four terraces. Near it was a second villa,
the remains of which are less important. Various fragments of architecture
belonging to the temple were found. In the villa were fragments of pot-
tery with potters' stamps, utensils, etc. On the mainland opposite Val
Catena, at the mouth of the Val Bandon, are numerous remains of ancient
buildings. On the shore is a large villa, the mosaics and architectural re-
mains of which are good work, probably of the first century after Christ.
Other remains of Roman structures were found at two points in the neigh-
borhood. A villa at Siana (Kaiserwald), near Pola, was also investigated.
In these places several potters' stamps were found. In Pola the theatre was
GREAT BRITAIN] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906
359
examined, and at different places in the city various fragments of archi-
tecture and sculpture, as well as two fragments of inscriptions on grave-
stones, were found.
Iff- TERRASSE
JULL 1 LJ
M
\l \MUO
• ,-*=*, i ° i
R
©
CELL
VINAR
(s
\
A
L
FORVA
•
•
•
Tr
n
5
.T
V:
XYSTVS
A\ l/^l
.A\ETER
n
&SE
_^
r
H
j
a z
A
•
B
c
• F
••••••MHB
«»•••»-»«••••
1
ITERRASSE |
7 • !z" i" t'
[ 1
—«^— —
FIGURE 5. — VILLA AT VAL CATENA.
GREAT BRITAIN
BATH. — A Bronze Vase. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XX, 1905, pp. 265-267
(pi.), F. HAVERFIELD publishes a bronze vase, with a handle ending in a
horse's- hoof, which was found at Bath. The vase is early Italian, but
whether it reached Bath in the second or third century B.C. or in modern
times is not known.
Various Minor Discoveries. — In Proc. Soc. Ant.XX, 1905, pp. 247-255,
A. T. MARTIN reports the discovery of a grave containing a small coffin,
probably of the Romano-British period, at Saltford, various specimens of
pottery, etc., in and near Bath, and traces of Roman roads. On Lansdown,
remains of an ancient road, two fortifications (which are not proved to be
Roman), and two tumuli were investigated. The most interesting object
found is a gold-plated ornament, probably an example of the sun-disk type.
CAERWENT. — The Excavations. — The results of the excavations
at Caerwent (Venta Silurum) in 1904 are published by T. ASHBY, Jr., in
Arckaeologia, LIX, ii, 1905, pp. 289-310 (3 pis. ; 7 figs.). Four houses were
360 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
completely excavated. One of these, house XII, is almost the largest yet
found at Caerwent. It contains a fine large mosaic with geometrical pat-
terns. In house XI a dedication to Mars Lenus, inscribed on the base of a
statue, was found. It is dated August 23, 152 A.D. Various fragments of
pottery, a few graves, a lime-kiln, and other remains are described. (Cf.
Athen. February 10, 1906; Cl. R. XX, 1906, p. 235.)
COLCHESTER. — An Artisan's Urn. — A Romano-British sepulchral
urn, found at Colchester and now in the Colchester museum, is published by
A. M. JARVIN in Reliq. XII, 1906, pp. 48-49 (fig.). Tools — pincers, ham-
mer, anvil, etc. — are moulded on the outside. It probably held the ashes
of a smith or armorer.
Late Celtic Burial. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XX, 1905, pp. 211-214 (pi.), II.
LAYER describes some terra-cotta vases of known types found near Colches-
ter. With them were some bronze articles, very ill preserved. The whole
is a new specimen of late Celtic burial.
HARPHAM. — Roman Mosaic. — A Roman mosaic found at Harpham,
E. R., Yorkshire, in June, 1904, is described by C. V. COLLIER, in Proc. Soc.
Ant. XX, 1905, pp. 215-219 (fig-). Its most striking feature is a maze or
labyrinth pattern. Few other remains now exists of the house which once
contained the mosaic.
LONDON. — Acquisitions of the British Museum in 1904:. — A con-
densed list of the additions to the departments of Egyptian and Assyrian,
Greek and Roman, and British and Mediaeval Antiquities and Ethnography
is given in Arch. Anz. 1905, pp. 166-169. Among the objects are the
following : A tomb built of finely sculptured and painted slabs, of the
Vlth Dynasty, the head of a granite portrait statue of a priest, of about
600 B.C., arid a large collection of scarabs from Egypt; an inscribed tablet
giving the history of the Assyrian king, Tukulti-Ninib I, of about 1275 B.C.,
here shown as a contemporary of Bibcashu, king of Babylon ; two gold bars
with Latin mint marks, probably from Aboukir ; various pieces of gold and
silver jewellery; a bronze relief possibly representing Anchises and Aph-
rodite, and a bronze statuette of Hermes, both once the property of Mr.
John Hawkins and belonging to the series found in Epirus in 1792 ; a
bronze warrior on horseback, detachable, from Lucania, fine archaic work
of the sixth century B.C. ; a bronze figure of a man, from the province of
Badajoz, Spain, of early Graeco-Celtiberian art ; a marble head, replica of a
good Greek work of the fourth century ; a miracle-figure of a goddess, with
holes connecting the mouth and breasts with a cavity behind ; a mirror case
of terra-cotta imitating silver ; an Ionic black-figured crater of the early
sixth century, on which the details are in white paint instead of incisions ;
some primitive dark-colored vases from a necropolis in Mysia belonging to
a civilization like that of the second city at Hissarlik ; the Morel collection
of 1452 objects in bronze, pottery, etc., illustrating the late Celtic and early
British period of the British Isles ; a series of colored casts from sculptures
in gesso duro in the palace at Cnossus ; three post-Christian Roman brooches
in bronze and enamel ; a number of volumes and pamphlets from the library
of the late Dr. A. S. Murray ; articles from the stone and bronze ages in
England, Scotland, and Ireland, some with Egyptian analogues ; carved
slabs, stone and iron tools, a rude vase, a gold ring, and a very remarkable
triple gold necklace found at Carlisle, all from the Romano-British period.
GREAT BRITAIN] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS. 1906
361
! PERISTYLE
" '
362 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
A Forged Archaic Head. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 130-141 (3 figs.),
S. REINACH publishes a marble head in the possession of the antiquaries,
Messrs. Spink, in London. It resembles the heads of the archaic ' maidens '
found on the Acropolis at Athens, but is said to have been found in Boeotia.
Ibid. p. 343, is a note stating that Mr. Jean de Mot, of the museum at
Brussels, declares the head to be a forgery which was offered to several
museums in 1904, when it was said to be from Athens.
OXFORD. An Unpublished Panorama of Rome. — At a meeting
of the British School at Rome, April 4, 1906, T. ASIIBY, Jr., discussed a pano-
rama of Rome in the Bodleian Library. Its author is probably Anton van
den Wyngaerde, and its date is before September 27, 1557. The view is
taken from a point about 150 yards east of S. Sabina, on the Aventine.
(Athen. April 21, 1906 ; Cl. R. XX, 1906, pp. 235 f.)
SANDY. BEDFORDSHIRE. — Roman Bronzes. — In Proc. Sac. Ant.
XX, 1905. p. 340 (fig.), W. RANSOM publishes a Roman bronze plaque,
bearing a head of Mercury in relief (front face), which was found at Sandy,
Bedfordshire, where several iron implements of Roman date were also
found. Several other Roman antiquities, found in London and near Cam-
bridge, are briefly described.
SILCHESTER. — The Excavations in 1903 and 1904. — In Arcliaeo-
logia, LIX, ii, 1905, pp. 333-370 (13 pis. ; 14 figs.), the results of the ex-
cavations at Silchester in 1903 and 1904 are described and discussed by
W. H. ST. JOHN HOPE and GEORGE E. Fox. Insula XXXIII was excavated.
It contained several houses and other buildings, but the most interesting
are the baths, which were completely excavated (fig. 6). Their plan and
history have been carefully studied, and the results of this study appear
in the plates and text.
ROMAN REMAINS IN SCOTLAND. — In Reliq. XII, 1906, pp. 1-18
(5 figs.), R. COCHRANE gives a sketch of investigations and publications
of Roman remains in Scotland during recent years. Most of these are
camps, more or less closely connected with the Roman wall. Such camps,
or sections of the wall, have been excavated at Barr Hill, Birrens, Camelon,
Castlecary, Rough Castle. Inchtuthil, Lyne, Cappuck, and Newstead. Coins,
pottery, glass, tools, and a few inscriptions and sculptures were found.
AFRICA
CARTHAGE.— A Fainted Marble Sarcophagus.— In C. R. Acad.
Tnsc. 1905, pp. 750-752, a marble sarcophagus, discovered in November,
1905, is described by A. L. DELATTRE. The inside measurements are:
length, 2.31 m., width, 0.70 m., depth, 0.86 m. The corpse had been con-
tained in a wooden coffin, adorned with painting and gilding, traces of
which are visible on the remaining fragments of wood. The bronze handles
were found. With the remains of the corpse were various objects, among
them a ring, on the carnelian bezel of which the figure of Nephtis and five
or six Punic letters, perhaps the name of the deceased, are engraved. In
the pediments of the sarcophagus (which is the largest discovered at Car-
thage), Scylla is represented en face, with wings, her waist encircled by
dogs, and with a serpent instead of legs. Several wooden sarcophagi were
found in the same chamber. Ibid. 1906, pp. 10-21 (6 figs.), the sarcophagus
and the objects found with it are described in detail.
AFRICA] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 363
A. Dedication to Bacchus.— In C. R. Acad. In*c. 1906, pp. 95-96, A.
HERON DE VILLEFOSSE publishes a dedication reported by A. L. Delattre
from. Carthage: Deo Libero \ amplissimae Karthaginis \ oenopolae cum meraris
omnibus. The stone on which it is carved was doubtless the base of a
statue. The merarii are probably drinkers of pure wine (merum). Inscrip-
tions, merum, da merum, mitte merum, etc., on drinking cups, found chiefly in
the Rhine country, seem to support this interpretation.
HENCHIR-ES-SRIRA. — A Temple of Saturn. — In B. Arch. C. T.
March, 1906, pp. 15-18, the discovery by A. DENIAU of a temple of Saturn
is reported. The temple is excavated in the rock. It measures 15 m. by 10 rn.
and had columns at the entrance. Besides some inscriptions, one of which
gives the name of the god, many stelae, lamps, and other obiects came to
light.
KHANGUET EL HADJAJ. — A New Formula. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr.
1905, p. 215, the following inscription, which ends with a new formula, is
published from a communication by P. GAUCKLER : Saturno A ug(usto)
sa\cru(m). C. Memmim \ Pudens sacerldos intravit \ sub iugu(m) l(ibens)
a(nimo).
ORLEANS VILLE.— An Inscription of Trajanus Decius. — In B. Soc.
Ani. Fr. 1905, pp. 320-322, J. TOUTAIN publishes an inscription copied at
Orleansville, Algiers, which gives the name of the emperor Trajanus Decius
in a slightly unusual form. It is probably part of a milestone. The text
reads: Imp. [Caes.'] \ Q. D[_ecio\ \ Trai[cmo] \ invic\to~\ \ pio feli[c] \ e
Aug. . . . | p. m. t[r~] ib. . . .
SOUSSE (HADRUMETUM). — A Tabula Devotionis. — Jn B.
Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 291-294, A. HERON DE VILLEFOSSE publishes a lead
tablet from Sousse on which are inscribed magic formulae in Greek
letters. About these are lines in the shape of a horseshoe, and a figure like
a pyramid appears among the letters. The words Iao> and ^o.f3ati)B are
among those read.
COLONIA THUBURNICA. — A Youthful Aedile. — In B. Soc. Ant.
Fr. 1905, p. 264, L. CARTON publishes (from the Bulletin de la Societe' arche-
oloc/ique de Sousse} an inscription of the Colonia Thuburnica, which reads :
D.M.S. | Q. Octavius Q.fil. Cornelius \ primus optime \ indolis adules\cens aedi-
lis | designatus \pius vixit an\nis xxiii m. vi \ diebus xvii \ h.s.e. The youth
of twenty-four was already aedilis designatus and would have entered upon
his office in his twenty-fifth year.
TIMGAD. — A Polychrome Statuette. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905,
pp. 255-257 (fig.), is a note by FR. CUMONT on a polychrome marble statu-
ette, found in 1904 at Timgad. It represents a youth in Oriental costume,
standing with legs crossed. Head and feet are missing. If the broken at-
tribute in the left hand was a pedum, the figure represents Attis; if it was
a torch, the figure is a dadophorus, or torch-bearer, such as appear at each
side of Mithra slaying a bull. The latter alternative is probable, and per-
haps a Mithraeum may be found at Timgad.
THE LAKE OF TUNIS. — The Fare at the Ferry. — In C. R. Acad.
Insc. 1906, pp. 118-121, A. HERON DE VILLEFOSSE publishes, in the name
of Father DELATTRE, the following inscription : Quid rataris transeuntes\
dare debeant. homo caballaris fl. IIII, homo pedester jl. I, | bur-
do carricatus cum burdonariu Jl. IIII, \ burdo levis cum burdonariu jl. II, \
364 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
camellus carricatus cum camelariu Jl. V, | [camellus levis] cum camellariu
ft. Ill, | [asinus (?) carricatus cum asin (?)] ario fl. 12 II, \ [asinus levis cum
'asinario Jl. II (?)]• This inscription was found between Goulette and
Rades, on the shore of the lake of Tunis. Here fi. is for follis, a small coin
in use in the third century and later. The word rataris seems here to desig-
nate the passengers in the rates or ratariae, ferry boats. In the itinerary of
Antoninus (57, 3), the reading Maxula Prates should probably be Maxula
p(er) rates.
UTICA. — A Punic Necropolis. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. IQQQ, pp. 60-
63 (cf. B. Arch. C. T. February, 1906, pp. 15 f.), A. L. DELATTRE describes a
Punic necropolis recently discovered at Utica. It contains many sarcophagi,
some of which are monolithic, others formed of several slabs. The graves
are arranged in various ways, not regularly as at Carthage. Many objects
of bronze and other materials were found, among them gold jewellery.
The necropolis belongs to about the fifth century B.C. Near the necropo-
lis a Roman house, with mosaics and frescoes, was discovered, and at no
great distance the ruins of a Roman monument, including remains of archi-
tecture of good style, columns, architraves, capitals, etc., came to light.
Several fine heads of statues, among them one that is probably a portrait
of an empress, were found here. A fragmentary inscription reads:
i vir amp | ...... tulit et ped ] . . . . misadvexi (f) \ . • (Af)ricanaru(m) \ .
(th)ermis. The excavations are conducted by the Count de Chabannes.
A Dial, Small Sculptures, Inscriptions. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905,
pp. 262 f., in a note by G.HAUVETTE, a marble dial decorated with the signs
of the zodiac, a small bronze statuette of a draped female divinity, a profile
of a woman in yellow marble, and a female head of terra-cotta are described.
Four inscriptions are published. One reads: /m[/?.] Ca[es] \ Caecilius Q.f.;
two are Christian epitaphs. All these objects were found at Utica.
UNITED STATES
BOSTON. — Acquisitions of the Museum of Fine Arts. — In 1905
the museum received as a gift from Mr. E. W. Forbes a fine bronze box-
mirror, with a relief representing Meleager and the Calydonian boar. The
relief was evidently originally intended for some other use. The design is
derived from the same original as that of the Attic vase published in Ann.
d. 1st. 1868, pi. LM (Lex. Myth. p. 2615). The relief belongs to about 400
B.C. A bronze statuette of a nude Zeus (published Ann. Brit. S. Ath. Ill,
pp. 149-152 ; pi. X, 1) is lent by Mr. Forbes. Three facsimiles on canvas of
frescoes in the Tomba Goliui at Orvieto (DENNIS, Cities and Cemeteries of
Etruria, II, pp. 52-61), and a restoration in plaster of the Acroterion from
an Attic grave stele (Twenty-ninth Annual Report, p. 55, No. 4), have been
purchased. (B. H. HILL, Thirtieth Annual Report (1905) Museum of Fine
Arts, pp. 46-48. Cambridge, 1906, University Press.)
The Egyptian Department of the Museum. — In the Thirtieth An-
nual Report (1905) of the Museum of Fine Arts at Boston, pp. 51-55, A. M.
LYTHGOE describes the arrangement by which he is working with Dr.
Reisner at Gizeh for the joint benefit of the Museum of Fine Arts and
Harvard University. A number of statues and reliefs of the Old Empire
have been found, and additional facts have been gained for the history of
UNITED STATES] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 365
the development of the mastaba. The museum has received from Mr.
Theodore M. Davis a representative selection of "foundation deposits"
from the tomb of Hatshepsut and several other objects, including the upper
half of a group of two fine limestone statuettes, with their inscribed base,
probably of the nineteenth dynasty, and (as a loan) three wooden ushabtiu
from the tomb of Ua and Tua. From the Egypt Exploration Fund antiqui-
ties from Sinai and Deir-el-Bahari, and a gold statuette of the ram-headed
god Hershef, from Ehnasya, have been received. Mrs. Emma B. Andrews
has given the museum some Coptic embroideries and glass inlays of the
New Empire. Some Coptic tapestries, etc., have been acquired for the
textile department (p. 57).
NEW YORK. — The Metropolitan Museum. — In the Bulletin of the
Metropolitan Museum of Art, May, 1906 (Vol. I, No. 6), pp. 77-80 (8 figs.),
GISELA M. A. RICHTER describes the collection of three hundred Greek vases
recently acquired by the museum. Almost half of the collection consists of
Attic black -figured and red-figured vases. Other styles are well represented.
Hid. pp. 80-82 (fig.)? E. R(OBINSON) describes the marbles from the Gius-
tiniani collection which were presented to the museum by Mrs. Frederick
F. Thompson in 1903. One draped female figure, which lacks the head and
hands, is a good specimen of Greek work of the fourth century B.C. A list
of the eleven statues and six busts presented by Mrs. Thompson, with
references to publications, is given. Ibid. pp. 82-83, E. R. assigns the
chariot from Monteleone di Spoleto to the sixth century B.C., and gives the
reasons for calling it Etruscan rather than Greek.
Bronze Statue of Trebonianus Gallus. — A bronze statue of Tre-
bonianus Gallus, which was dug up in fragments in Rome, near San Gio-
vanni in Laterano, early in the nineteenth century by Count Nicolas
Nikititch Demidov, has been restored by Andre and purchased from Rollin
& Feuardent by the Metropolitan Museum. Trebonianus is represented
nude, save for his shoes and a cloth that is draped over his left shoulder and
arm. He stands with raised right hand, and rests his weight on the right
foot. The statue is published by C. M. FITZGERALD in the Bulletin of the
Metropolitan Museum of Art, I, 1, November, 1905, pp. 12 f. (2 figs.).
Coins and Scarabs in the Metropolitan Museum. — The Ward col-
lection of ancient Greek coins and the Ward collection of Egyptian scarabs
have been presented to the Metropolitan Museum by Mr. J. Pierpont Morgan.
The former contains about one thousand carefully selected specimens,
many of them extremely rare and some unique, ranging from Spain and
Gaul to Asia Minor and northern Africa (see JOHN WARD, Greek Coins
and their Parent Cities}. This collection is described by F. S. BENSON in
the Bulletin of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, I, 3, February, 1906, pp. 42 f.
The collection of about 450 scarabs, amulets, and seals (see JOHN WARD,
The Sacred Beetle : a Popular Treatise on Egyptian Scarabs in Art and His-
tory, New York, 1902, Charles Scribner's Sons) is described, ibid. pp. 43-45
(14 figs.), by C. R. GILLETT.
Egyptian Antiquities in the Metropolitan Museum. — In tine Bulle-
tin of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, I, 4, March, 1906, p. 61, C. R. GIL-
LETT describes some Egyptian stonecutter's tools, a hoe, some wooden
figures, beads, and other small objects derived from the excavations of the
Egypt Exploration Fund at Deir-el-Bahari, Oxyrhynchus, and Ehnasya.
366 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
EARLY CHRISTIAN, BYZANTINE, MEDIAEVAL, AND
RENAISSANCE ART
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
CILICIA AND LYC AONIA. — Byzantine Churches. — Notes on a
Journey through Cilicia and Lycaonia. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp.
1-29 (24 figs.), GERTRUDE LOWTHIAX BELL publishes notes on a journey
in Cilicia and Lycaonia. Her chief interest is in Byzantine remains. She
describes the two basilicas at Budrum (Hieropolis Castabala), the basilica
at Kars Bazaar, and three basilicas at Anabarzus. An inscription,
GjTOYCGA8^, gives the date of the second basilica at Anabarzus, but the
significance of the letters is not clear, though the date probably falls in the
reign of Justinian, to whose reign the first basilica is also assigned. The
third basilica is Armenian. Ibid. pp. 385-414 (28 figs.), the churches at
Sheher, Ak Kale, Kanytelideis (four basilicas), and Yemishkum are
described.
THE CORPUS OF GREEK CHRISTIAN INSCRIPTIONS.—
The section of Byzantine Archaeology at the Archaeological Congress
held at Athens in 1905 adopted the following among other resolutions with
reference to the forthcoming publication, under the direction of Th. Homolle
of the museum of the Louvre, of a Corpus of Greek Christian inscriptions :
(1) the classification will be on a topographical basis ; (2) all Christian
inscriptions in Greek will be admitted (a certain discretion being left to the
editors) from the origin of Christianity to 1821 ; (3) the instrumentum will not
include seals, coins, or weights, and the words on scrolls or titles of images
will be omitted unless they have historical significance ; (4) in general, every
historic and dated mediaeval inscription will be reproduced in facsimile.
The conventional signs adopted are practically those of the /. G. (G. MIL-
LET in Byz. Z. 1906, pp. 496-502.)
CONSTANTINOPLE. — A Portrait by Gentile Bellini. — Although
Gentile Bellini spent almost the whole of the year 1480 at Constantinople
executing commissions for portraits at the court of Mohammed, only three
pieces resulting from his activity there are known, — a portrait in the Layard
collection, and two drawings in the British Museum. J. R. MARTIN, in Burl.
Mag. 1906, pp. 148-149, publishes a portrait which he found in an old album
purchased in Constantinople and considers to be a work executed by Bellini
during his sojourn in that city. It represents a young Turkish prince, tur-
baned and richly robed, sitting cross-legged and writing in a book which
rests upon his knees. The flowers in the background were painted by a later
Turkish artist, as well as the inscriptions in the upper right-hand corner,
which Martin believes should be translated ' Work of Ibn Muezzin, who
was a famous painter among the Franks .' The work is identified by com-
parison with the other products mentioned above of Bellini's year in the
East. The significance of ' Ibn Muezzin ' is yet to be discovered.
ITALY
ALBA. — A Signed Picture by Giulio Campi. — In Arle e Storia,
1906, pp. 17-18, EUCLIDE MILANO describes a picture by Giulio Campi,
a pupil of Giulio Romano, in the cathedral at Alba. It represents St. Law-
CHRISTIAN ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 367
rence before the emperor Valerian, about to be put to death. It is signed
and dated 1566.
FLORENCE. — Acquisitions of the Florentine Galleries. The
Uffizi has recently acquired : a panel by Melozzo da Forli, with an angel on
one side which originally formed part of an Annunciation, and on the other
side the lower part of a ' St. Benedict ' (described by CARLO GAMBA in
Rass. d'Arte, 1906, pp. 44-45); a 'Dominican Saint' by Cosimo Tura; a
« St. Sebastian ' by Lorenzo Costa ; two little panels of the Pisan School of
the fourteenth century representing episodes in the life of S. Romualdo ; an-
other representing the Virgin crowned by angels, the work of the goldsmith
Guardiagrele ; an anonymous panel, probably of the early fifteenth century,
with the portraits of the three Gaddi, — Gaddo, Taddeo, and Angelo ; a ' Ma-
donna and Child,' wonderfully preserved, by Jacopo Bellini; and in the col-
lection of auto-portraits, the likenesses of Romney, Girolamo da Castello, and
Bonnat. The Museo Nazionale has become the possessor of a ' Virgin and
Child' of Italian origin, dating from the end of the thirteenth or the begin-
ing of the fourteenth century, which has the hieratic stamp of the Byzan-
tine Madonnas. (Chron. d. Arts, March 24, 1906, p. 90.) A fragment of a
polyptych representing St. Louis of Anjou, Bishop of Toulouse, and attrib-
uted to Antonio Vivarini, was recently bought in Home for the Florentine
Galleries. (L'Arte, 1906, p. 151.)
A New Fourteenth-century Picture in S. Maria Novella. — A
painting was recently discovered in the sacristy of S. Maria Novella by
ALESSANDRO CHIAPPELLI, which he publishes and describes in L'Arte, 1906,
pp. 146-150. It represents Christ and the Virgin enthroned, with files of
saints and beati beside and beneath them. The beati are of the Dominican
order and bear their appellations on the nimbi which surround their heads.
Nearly all are of the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, and the most recent
is the Beato Maurizio d'Ungheria (1336), which gives a terminus post quern
for the picture. Chiappelli assigns it, after a comparison with the frescoes
of Nardo de Cione in the Strozzi chapel, to one of his followers.
A Rejected Design by Verrocchio. — In 1469 the Council of Six of
the " Universitk della Mercantanzia " at Florence opened a competition for
the painting of the Seven Virtues in the Sala di Consiglio of the Mercantan-
zia. The records show that of these figures, which are now in the Uffizi, the
contracts for ' Charity,' ' Faith,' and ' Temperance ' were awarded to Piero
Pollaiuolo, and that Verrocchio's design for the ' Faith ' was rejected, prob-
ably because he asked too much. MAUD CRUTTWELL, in Rass. d'Arte, 1906,
pp. 8-11, publishes a drawing in the Uffizi as Verrocchio's design for the
' Faith.' It is catalogued by Berenson in his Drawings of the Florentine
Painters as the work of a follower of the Verrocchian manner of Botticelli,
but Miss Cruttwell regards the manifest weaknesses of the drawing as due
to retouching by a later hand.
A New Gaudenzio Ferrari. — PIETRO TOESCA in Rass. d'Arte, 1906,
pp. 42-43, publishes a < Salvator Mundi ' in the Carrand collection of the
Museo Nazionale, which he regards as the work of the later period of Gau-
denzio Ferrari, posterior to the ' Crucifixion ' in S. Cristoforo at Vercelli
(1529).
Frescoes by Castagno and his School. — Vasari's account of Castagno
includes the notice that he painted in San Miniato al Monte in Florence,
368 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [ VOL. X, 1906
but these frescoes were supposed to have been destroyed. A ' St Jerome,'
however, which still exists in the upper church, is shown by internal evidence
to belong to Castagno and to be a work of his later years. To his school
are to be attributed the six medallions of Old Testament characters ; namely,
Noah, Isaiah, David, Joshua, Daniel, and Jonas, which adorn the spandrels
of arches in the atrium of SS. Annunziata, which have been hitherto as-
signed to Andrea Feltrini. (EMIL JACOBSEN in Rep.f. K. XXIX, 1906, pp.
101-103.)
IMOLA. — A Marble Cross. — A work of early Christian art has been
found at Imola, a small marble cross, having on one side the figure of
the suffering Christ, on the other Christ with head erect and face serene.
(Rend. Ace. Lincei, 1905, p. 293, from Not. Scavi, 1905, fasc. 9.)
MILAN. — A 'Capitello Istoriato.' — The Museo Archeologico of
Milan recently acquired from the church of San Bartolommeo in Bosco,
near Appiano, a capital with carved reliefs. The subject of these reliefs is
explained by D. SANT' AMBROGIO in Arte e Storia, 1906, pp. 3-5, who finds
that they refer to the Indian mission of the apostle Bartholomew and are
drawn from the apocryphal acts of that saint written by the author known
as the Pseudo-Abdias of Babylonia.
The Doors of the Cathedral. — The competition for the remodelling of
the doors of the Duomo at Milan, which is a part of the general project for
replacing the Renaissance fa9ade with a Gothic one consonant with the
rest of the building, was decided in favor of Ludovico Pogliaghi, whose
work is now nearly finished. The reliefs on the bronze doors represent
episodes from the life of Christ, the two vertical rows of panels being
separated by an immense tree, the foliage of which divides above and
frames a " Glorification of the Virgin." Along the base runs a row of
figures of the great archbishops of Milan. (R. Art Chre't. 1906, p. 71.)
Restoration of the 'Last Supper' of Leonardo. — The Italian Min-
ister of Public Instruction has appointed a commission to devise means for
restoring the 'Cenacolo' of Leonardo, which of late has deteriorated
rapidly. Besides connoisseurs like Corrado Ricci and Cavenaghi, the com-
mission includes chemical and other experts.
NAPLES. — A New Bernardo Daddi. — In L'Arte, 1906, p. 150, A.
VENTURI ascribes to Bernardo Daddi a ' Madonna with Four Saints ' in
the Museo Nazionale at Naples. It is the wing of a diptych, the missing
wing of which was probably painted with an Annunciation.
A ' Crucifixion ' belonging to an Altarpiece by Masaccio. — Vasari's
life of Masaccio contains the description of an altarpiece which he made
in 1420 for the Chiesa del Carmine in Pisa, of which three pieces — the
' Adoration of the Magi,' the < Crucifixion of St. Peter/ and the ' Behead-
ing of St. John Baptist' — are in the Berlin Museum, and two figures of
saints, a 'St. Paul' and a 'St. Andrew,' are in Pisa and Vienna, respec-
tively. The composition which occupied the summit of the altar consisted,
Vasari says, of " molti Santi intorno un Crocifisso,"and this is to be identified,
according to W. SINDA, with a ' Crucifixion ' in the Naples Museum. To
the left of the Cross stands the Virgin in rapt contemplation of the Cru-
cified. The Magdalene, kneeling at the foot of the Cross, stretches forth
her arms with a gesture of despair, while St. John stands to the right, with
head bowed in grief. (L'Arte, 1906, pp. 125-127.)
CHRISTIAN ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 369
PISA. — Another Bartolom^ Vermejo. — The identification of the
painter of ' St. Michael' belonging to Sir Julius Wernher, and signed 'Barto-
lomeus Rubens,' with Bartolome Vermejo of Barcelona (see Am. J. Arch.
1906, p. 131), has led to the "discovery" of another picture apparently from
the same hand, although hitherto ascribed to Lucas van Leyden. It is a
* St. Catherine crowned and holding a Book and sword,' with a vanquished
king at her feet, and is in the Museo Civico at Pisa. It is published and
discussed in Burl. Mag. 1906, pp. 282-283, by WALTER DOWDESWELL. In
Chron. d. Arts, January 13, 1906, p. 13, FIEREXS GEVAERT notes that the two
towers in the background of the central panel are the towers of Notre Dame
and the bell tower at Bruges.
ROME. — Changes in the Vatican. — The Pope has ordered the trans-
fer to the apartments of the " Floreria " of the pictures of the Pinacoteca
(including the famous 'Transfiguration'), which are now kept in three
small rooms on the third floor. The " Appartamenti Borgia," now occupied
by the Secretary of State, will be opened to the public, affording access to
Pinturicchio's frescoes. The large salons of the first floor, to which Ber-
nini's staircase leads and which had been divided into several small
apartments, have been restored to their original form. In one of the rooms
overlooking the Piazza San Pietro the tapestries attached to the walls
have been removed, revealing some excellent frescoes of the school of Guido
Reni and Carlo Dolci. (Chron. d. Arts, April 14, 1906, p. 114.)
A Carlo Crivelli. — D. F. PLATT publishes in Rass. d'Arte, 1906, p. 30,
a ' Pieta ' by Carlo Crivelli, at present in the collection of Dr. Nevin at
Rome. The figure of Christ is half gone, and the rest of the picture, while
free from retouches, is somewhat damaged. It comes from the Caccialupi
collection at Macerata.
An Autograph of Pirituricchio. — A document recently brought to
light by F. Briganti contains an autograph communication from Pinturicchio
to the vicar of Sta. Maria del Popolo asking him to preserve the scaffolding
which he used in decorating the choir of the church. It is dated 1510, thus
fixing the date of the frescoes. (Chron. d. Arts, April 21, 1906, p. 123.)
SICILY. — Little-known Monuments. — ENRICO MANCERI, who was
recently commissioned by the Italian government to form a catalogue of
the works of art in the Sicilian provinces of Catania and Caltanissetta,
gives the first-fruits of his explorations in an article entitled ' Sicilia ignota'
in L'Arte, 1906, pp. 1-18. The reproductions begin with the doorway of
S. Maria la Vetere in Miltello, dated 1506, which the writer considers the
first work of Domenico Gagini and Laurana. The same church possesses
a magnificent majolica ' Nativity,' placed over an altar in the right nave,
which has the characteristics of Andrea della Robbia. The duomo of
Piazza Armerina possesses a silver reliquary of 1405, with the date inscribed
upon the base, together with the name of the maker, "Simon de Aversa."
The article closes with a reproduction of the apse and campanile of Santa
Maria la Cava at Aidone, of the fourteenth century.
SIENA. — A Document proving the Origin of Niccold d'Apulia. -
The controversy regarding the origin of the sculptor Niccolo d'Apulia will
apparently be decided by the extract from a document in the archives of
Siena, published in L'Arte, 1906, p. 127, by A. VENTURI. This shows that
one of the witnesses to a monetary transaction of the year 1266 was
.370 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
" Magister Nicholaus de Apuli#." His name had hitherto been seen only in
the ambiguous collocation " Nicholaus Petri de Apulia," so that the desig-
nation " de Apulia " was applied by some to his father, and not to the artist
himself. This document also settles the question of his presence at Siena at
this time.
VENICE. — Contributions for the Campanile. — In Rend. Ace. Lincei,
1905, p. 290, is a summary of an article by G. GHIKAKDINI (Not. Scavi,
1905, fasc. 8), in which are collected all the facts relating to contributions
for the campanile at Venice made by the neighboring cities — Altinum,
Opitergium, and Aquileia — and by the cemeteries of the Istrian and
Dalmatian coasts.
A Portrait of Diirer. — KARL FREY, in a communication to the Societe
des Arts at Bern, announces the discovery of a portrait of Diirer in Marco
Marziale's < Supper at Emmaiis,' dated 1506, and preserved in the Acca-
demia delle Belle Arti at Venice. The master appears in the figure of a
pilgrim placed at the extreme left of the table, to the right of Christ.
(Chron. d. Arts, May 5, 1906, p. 142.)
VIBOLDONE. — Frescoes by Giovanni di Milano. — WILHELM SITIDA,
in Rass. 4oT 'Arte, 1906, pp. 11-14, publishes the earliest dated work of
Giovanni di Milano, consisting of a Madonna enthroned between St. John
the Baptist and archangel Michael on one side and Sts. Nicholas and
Bernard on the other. This fresco, which is in the choir of the church at
Viboldone, near Milan, bears the date 1349, and shows not only acquaintance
with the contemporary Sienese, but the unmistakable influence of Taddeo
Gaddi, thus confirming Visari's statement that Giovanni was the pupil of
the Florentine. Suida publishes also Giovanni's later frescoes in the oratory
of Mochirolo near Lentate, in the province of Milan, which were first at-
tributed to him by Giulio Carotti in the Arch. Star. Lomb. of 1892.
ZERMAN. — Frescoes by Paolo Veronese. — BERNHARD PATZAK, in
Rep. f. K. XXVIII, 1905, pp. 444-447, describes unknown frescoes executed
by Paolo Veronese in the village of Zerman, near Treviso. The principal
interest attaches to the Villa da Riva, once a favorite resort of the great
painter, which he decorated with frescoes both on the facade and in the
interior. The left wall of the fa9ade still displays a group of two women
embracing each other, apparently a 'Meeting of Mary and Elizabeth.' On
the other side appear the remnants of a ' Husband's Return,' a patrician in
a white mantle climbing a flight of steps, and a young woman, distaff in
hand, apparently awaiting him. Such fragments of the interior decoration
as have not been painted over show that the scenes were of a playful
character, putti, children riding a pig, etc. The facade of the parish church
was also painted by Paolo, and of this work the figure of St. Helena still
remains. Two wayside chapels in the village retain traces of frescoes from
the master's hand.
SPAIN
MADRID. — The New Velasquez in the Prado. — A. G. B. RUSSELL
in Burl. Mag. 1906, pp. 351-352, publishes the portrait of Don Diego del
Corral y Arellano, recently bequeathed to , the Prado by the Duchess of
Villahermosa. It was executed in 1631, just after Velasquez's return from
Italy, and shows the stimulus received from his journey, and particularly
CHRISTIAN ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 371
the influence of Tintoretto. The subject was an eminent jurist of the time,
frequently employed by the crown and knight of the order of Santiago,
the cross of which appears on his breast. The companion picture of Don
Diego's wife and child is regarded by Russell as almost wholly the work of
an assistant, while Justi refuses to allow Velasquez's claim to the authorship
of the male portrait.
The Villahermosa Tapestries. — At the Archaeological Museum are
being exhibited the tapestries which have recently been bequeathed to the
state by the Duchess of Villahermosa. They represent scenes from the life
of the Apostles, done apparently after Raphael's cartoons, and were executed,
probably in 1620, by Jean Raes of Brussels. (Chron. d. Arts, March 31, 1906,
p. 98.)
FRANCE
CHARTRES. — A Mediaeval Sarcophagus. — Recent excavations on
the site of the church of Notre-Dame-de-Jehosophat have unearthed a sar-
cophagus ornamented with foliage in the best style of the Chartres School
of sculpture. It is regarded as the tomb of the bishop John of Salisbury,
who died in 1180. (Chron. d. Arts, April 21, 1906, p. 122.)
DIJON. — A Lithograph after a Lost Painting. — In R. Art Chret.
1906, pp. 48-49 (fig.), H. CHABEUF publishes a lithograph which seems to
be copied from a miniature and shows some resemblance to the ' Adoration
of the Shepherds ' by the " maitre de Flemalle " in the Dijon Museum. It
represents the Circumcision, the scene being laid in a church interior, mani-
festly that of Notre-Dame de Dijon.
PARIS. — Acquisitions of the Louvre. — The Louvre has recently
acquired a ' Man with a Wine-glass,' from the collection of Count Wilczek
at Vienna, a picture of the fifteenth century which figured at the Exposition
des Primitifs. To the museum of sculpture has been added a statuette — a
weeping figure of a bearded man — from the tomb of Jacques de Malain,
which once stood in the church of St.-Martin de Lux, near Arc-sur
Tille (Cote-d'O). (P. VITRY, B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 198-199.) The
additions to the gallery of paintings of the years 1904-05, which have been
already noted in the Am. J. Arch, are described in Gaz. B.-A. XXXV, 1906,
pp. 203-309, by HENRY DE CHENNEVIERES. Reproductions are given of
the ' Assumption of the Virgin ' by Tiepolo, which formerly decorated a
ceiling in a palace at Genoa; the ' Virgin and St. Ildefonso' by Luiz Dai-
man ; the ' Portrait of King Ferdinand ' by el Greco ; a ' Portrait of
a Man ' by a Spanish master, and of some modern paintings. The
sculptures newly acquired by the Louvre are described by ANDRE
MICHEL in Gaz. B.-A. XXXV, 1906, pp. 393-414, and include two curiously
carved twisted columns from the Abbey of Coulombs in the diocese of
Chartres, belonging to the twelfth century ; a relief representing St. Matthew
writing at the dictation of an angel, from Chartres ; a stone figure of the
Virgin and Child of the region of Sens, the attitude of the Child illustrating
the inability of the fourteenth-century sculptors to express the grace of
infancy ; a beautiful Madonna in stone with traces of polychrome decora-
tions, a product of the He de France, also of the fourteenth century; a
wooden Virgin from an Annunciation group, of the Italian quattrocento ; and
372 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
a polychrome statue of the Madonna in stone, of the school of Champagne,
dating from the sixteenth century.
Miniatures by Jean Foucquet. — An early fifteenth-century manu-
script of the second half of a French version of Joseph us, originally the
property of the Due de Berri, was bought in London three years ago. It
contained a frontispiece in the style of Jean Foucquet, but the other twelve
illustrations had been torn out. Volume I of this Josephus is in the
Bibliotheque Nationale, and a note in that volume states that all but three
of the miniatures were made by Jean Foucquet, when the book had
passed into the possession of Louis XL The history of the Josephus is
narrated by H. YATES THOMPSON in Burl. Mag. 1906, pp. 80-85. It passed
into the library of Colonel Townley at the end of the eighteenth century, and
was sold at the sale of his library in 1814. The catalogue of the sale shows
that the missing miniatures were then in the volume. Ten of them have
recently been found in an album in the king's library at Windsor Castle
(4 figs.). The second volume, with the missing twelve pages restored, was
presented to the Bibliotheque Nationale on the occasion of King Edward's
recent visit to Paris.
Copperplates by Rembrandt. — A series of eighty-five copperplates by
Rembrandt, including ' The Descent from the Cross,' ' The Resurrection of
Lazarus,' ' The Death of the Virgin,' ' Dr. Faust,' etc., has just been dis-
covered in Paris. Out of the collection forty-five have been found to be in
perfect condition. It has been presented to the Ryks Museum by the
proprietors of L'Artiste, but a limited number (100) of examples on Japa-
nese paper will be offered for subscription at 1000 fr. per album. The
history of the collection will probably be discussed in the preface to the
above-mentioned reprint. (Athen. January 20, 1906.)
HOLLAND
THE HAGUE. — New Rembrandts. — Dr. Bredius, director of the
museum at The Hague, has recently acquired an ' Andromeda ' from the
Oultremont family, which is a work of Rembrandt's youth, painted about
1632, in a period when the artist was particularly preoccupied with mytho-
logical painting. (Chron. d. Arts, February 24, 1906, p. 59.) In Chron.
d. Arts, March 10, 1906, p. 74, the announcement is made that Dr. Bredius has
found another Rembrandt in Friesland, a picture representing Saskia as
Dido. The young woman, richly robed, is seated in a chair holding a
large parchment in her right hand. To her right appears a goblet, carved
from a cocoanut, and a copper basin. The background is gray, upon which
the figure stands out in forceful colors and intense light, qualities which will
appear to better advantage when the picture has received the cleaning
which it badly needs. Dr. Bredius believes that Rembrandt painted it in
1634, when he went to Friesland to marry Saskia, the sleeves of her mantle
being identical with those in the ' Sophonisba receiving the Poison ' in
Madrid, which was painted in that year.
GERMANY
BERLIN. — Acquisitions of the Kaiser Priedrich Museum. — The
Kaiser Friedrich Museum has recently acquired: an 'Adoration of the
CHRISTIAN ART] AECIIAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 373
Shepherds ' by Hugo van der Goes ; two panels of the ' Legend of St.
Bertin ' by Simon Marmion ; and a collection presented by James Simon
containing a 'Madonna' by Mantegna, a Gerard David representing four
saints in a landscape, some terra-cotta busts, a few Delia Robbias, and a
number of small Italian bronzes and medals. Some interesting additions
have also been made by the loans of private collections, such as the Carstan-
jen collection, containing a fifteenth-century painting of the Cologne School,
a ' Man reading,' and ' Rembrandt laughing,' by Rembrandt, a figure of a
girl and two portraits by Frans Hals ; the Thiem collection, containing :
' The Supper at the House of Simon ' by Dirk Bouts, a ' Virgin ' by
Memling, a Pieter de Hooch, a Van der Meer, and the < Portrait of a
Woman mounting a Stair ' by Van Dyck; lastly, a remarkable tondo by
Botticelli representing the Madonna surrounded by eight angels, lent from
the Raczinski collection at Posen. (Chron. d. Arts, May 12, 1906, pp. 152-153.)
The " Graphische Gesellschaft." — A society called Die Graphische
Gesellschaft has been founded at Berlin for the reediting of the rarest
prints of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, particularly ' The Bible of
the Poor' in the library at Heidelberg, the 'Seven Planets' (1450), the
1 Eunuchus ' of Terence (Ulm, 1461), and series of engravings on wood
and copper, e.g. the work of G. Campagnola, of the Italian master of 1515,
the ' Triumph of Faith ' after Titian, the copper engravings of Adam
Elsheimer, etc. A text by Max Lehrs, curator of the pi-int room in Berlin,
Max J. Friedlander, director of the Royal Museums of Berlin, and Paul
Kristeller will accompany each publication. The honorary committee
includes Bode, Bouchat, Sidney Colvin, Hymans, Corrado Ricci, the Duke of
Devonshire, the Prince d' Essling, and others. (Chron. d. Arts, February
24, 1906, pp. 58-59).
HUNGARY
BUDA-PEST. — The Sandor Lederer Collection. —In L'Arte, 1906,
pp. 96-107 (9 figs.), G. BERNARDINI describes the pictures, particularly
those of Italian origin, in this private gallery. Those reproduced are : a
'Madonna' by G. F. Carotto; a Santa Giustina attributed to Cavazzola ;
a 'St. Jerome' by Previtali ; a 'Female Saint' by G. B. Tiepolo; a
« Betrothal of St. Catherine ' by Girolamo di Santa Croce ; a ' Santa
Lucia (?) ' by Moroni; a 'Madonna ' by Romanino; an 'Adoration of the
Magi 'from the bottega of Bonifacio*; a 'St. Thecla ' by Giampietrino ;
and ' The Naming of St. John Baptist ' by Ferrari.
ENGLAND
LONDON. — Altar Cross and Candlesticks in the Victoria and
Albert Museum. — Forty-five years ago the Victoria and Albert Museum
acquired a beautiful cross of rock-crystal, carved with the crucified Christ
between the four evangelists and mounted on an enamelled three-sided ped-
estal of silver-gilt with panels of rock-crystal carved with a ' Mourning over
the Dead Christ,' a ' Resurrection,' and ' Descent into Hades.' A small
hexagonal vessel of similar workmanship which was exhibited along with
the cross was always thought to have something to do with it, but it was
only recently that the discovery of a Venetian pamphlet of the early part of
the last century, purporting to be a history of a cross made by Valerio Belli
374 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
of Vicenza (1468-1546) for Francis I, and at that time in private possession
at Venice, showed the real relation of the vessel and cross by its reproduction
of the original. The cross reproduced in the pamphlet is identical with
that in the Victoria and Albert Museum, save that the crystal globe now
in the middle of the stem is replaced in the drawing by a hexagonal mem-
ber which was evidently taken out and made into the vessel. With the
drawing of the cross appears another of one of the candlesticks which
accompanied the former and were also the work, the pamphleteer asserts, of
Valeric Belli. These are undoubtedly the candlesticks lent by Mr. Leo-
pold de Rothschild to the Silversmiths' Exhibition at St. James's Court in
1903. The authorship is not completely proved by the newly discovered
pamphlet, as we know nothing of the manuscript authority it cites ; but
whether by Valerio or not, a group of first-rate works by some craftsman
of his time is now reconstituted. (H. P. MITCHELL in Burl. Mag. 1906, pp.
124-128.)
The Exposition of the Royal Academy. — Together with the works
of English painters, to which the exposition was devoted, the paintings
placed on view last winter included a few Dutch masters, of which the
most important was ' The Family of the Painter ' by Franz Hals, a group
of five persons vivaciously painted in a landscape which perhaps shows the
hand of Van Goyen. The exhibitor of this almost unknown picture was
Colonel Ward, who also placed on view an equally new ' St. Sebastian '
by Van Dyck, which dates from the artist's early period. (Chron. d. Arts,
February 3, 1906, p. 36.)
The Rokeby Velasquez. — The 'Venus with the Mirror, and Cupid,'
by Velasquez, from the Morrit collection at Rokeby House, after consider-
able discussion had been roused by the prospect of its being sold abroad by
the syndicate which had acquired it, was finally bought for the National
Gallery for over $ 200,000 by the National Art Collection Fund. A repro-
duction of the picture appears as the frontispiece of the January (1906)
issue of the Burl. Mag., which devotes an editorial (written before the pur-
chase was accomplished) to the means by which masterpieces of art may be
acquired by the gallery and thus kept in England.
AFRICA
HADRUMETUM. — The Christian Catacombs. — A. HERON DE
VILLEFOSSE, in C. R. Acad. Insc., 1905, pp. 502-504, describes the extensive
catacombs at Hadrumetum. Many of the inscriptions, painted on tiles or
traced on the mortar, have disappeared ; all are of an extreme simplicity,
and with the exception of the epitaph of L. Stertinius Martialis, they do
not mention the age of the deceased, but merely his name with the date of
his death or the formula in pace. The catacombs resemble those of Tropaea
in Calabria, which is interesting in view of De Rossi's theory that the Chris-
tian community of Tropaea was partly composed of a colony from Africa.
The epitaph of L. Stertinius Martialis, who died at the age of seventy-
six years, presents the formula infante peregrinu, which means that he died
away from home, having been received transiently into the church of Had-
rumentum. Ibid. pp. 504-522, is a detailed report on the catacombs by
the excavator, Abbe LEYNAUD, which contains a reproduction of the plaster
CHRISTIAN ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL NEWS, 1906 375
bust of a man which was found in the catacombs in May, 1905. The
head, which is bearded and slightly tilted toward the left, is probably not
originally from the catacombs, but belongs to some neighboring pagan
tomb. It is a cast, evidently executed immediately after the death of the
subject.
ROUIS. — A Basilica with Inscriptions. — On a mound called Rouis,
about 28 km. from Tebessa, the commandant Guenin has discovered a
small basilica, which contained an inscription mentioning five Christian
martyrs who met their death in 304 A.D., under the proconsul Anulinus.
Among them is the hitherto unknown bishop of Theveste, Faustinus.
(A. HERON DE YILLEFOSSE, C. R. Acad. Insc. 1906, pp. 141-144.)
TABARKA. — A Christian Necropolis. — At Tabarka, in Tunisia,
recent excavations have found under several strata of late Christian graves
the remains of a large basilica with a nave and two side-aisles, a lateral
chapel, and subsidiary structures. A number of sepulchral mosaics were
found, the latest belonging to the Byzantine necropolis which partly covered
the church in the sixth and seventh centuries, the sanctuary itself having,
perhaps, been destroyed in the Vandal invasion. The earliest epitaphs are
laid in the floor of the church. One of these mosaics represents a building,
which seems to be the basilica itself, and bears the inscription : Ecclesia
mater \ Valentia in pacae (sic). Another represents a wooded landscape
with three men on galloping horses, and three doves, one of which holds in
its beak a cross ; the others hold a rose. Below is the inscription : Angelorum
(Ji)ospes | Martyrum comes \ vitamque spirans \ placidam • ad te sanc\te
prof ectus sit nost\ri memor • grata pie\tate • qua solet (palm) | Crescentius • diac •
| in pace • red(didit) \_animam~] III' kal . Aug. Below the inscription are
three symbolical figures representing Christ, the Church, and the faithful;
to the right a Constantinian monogramme, in the middle a ship with the
Alpha and Omega on its hull, and on the left a fish in the path of the ship.
(P. GAUCKLER, in B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 242-248.)
UNITED STATES
NEW YORK. — Acquisitions of the Metropolitan Museum.—
Among the works recently added to the Metropolitan Museum are: a 'Holy-
Family' by Baroccio; a 'Presentation in the Temple' by Luca Giordano;
the 'Grand Canal,' by Guardi; a landscape by Van Goyen; a portrait of
Don Sebastian Martinez by Goya ; a ' St. John ' by Murillo ; a 'Portrait of
Young Man' by Lorenzo Lotto; a 'Portrait of an Old Woman' by
icholasMaes; an allegorical figure by Carlo Cagliari; and two drawings
y William Blake. (Bull. Metrop. Mus. of Art, April, 1906, pp. 72-74.)
hree of these new pictures are described by ROGER FRY in Burl. Mag.
906, pp. 140-141. He regards as the most important the thoroughly char-
cteristic ; Portrait of a Young Man ' by Lorenzo Lotto, the face being one
of those melancholy types which Lotto loved to paint. The Nicholas Maes
admirably illustrates the period of transition from his earlier Rembrandtesque
manner to his later and less vigorous style, indicated in the treatment of
the accessories. Another transitional picture is Goya's ' Portrait of Don
Sebastian Martinez,' which is not so loosely modelled as his earlier works,
nor are the contours so hard as in his later period.
376 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [You X, 1906
AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY
COLORADO. — The Mesa Verde National Park. — An act of Con-
gress creating the Mesa Verde National Park was approved June 29, 1906.
The park is in the southwestern part of Colorado and contains many
monuments of the aboriginal inhabitants. Section 1 of the act defines the
boundaries of the park; section 2 gives it the name of Mesa Verde National
Park, places it under the care of the Secretary of the Interior, and provides
that prehistoric ruins within five miles of the park be under the same care ;
section 3 authorizes the Secretary of the Interior to permit excavations, etc.,
but only for the benefit of some recognized scientific or educational institu-
tion; and section 4 provides that wilful removal, injury, or molestation of
any ruins, relics, or other evidences of an ancient civilization or other prop-
erty from said park shall be deemed a misdemeanor, the penalty for which
may be a fine or imprisonment or both.
NORTHERN MEXICO. — Cliff Ruins of Cave Valley. —In the caves
of Cave Valley in the Sierras Madres of Chihuahua numerous remains of
broken pottery and also linear and pictographic designs on the walls have
been found. Structures of adobe are still well-preserved in some caves and
once existed in the others. ' A well-preserved skeleton and portions of two
others (one that of a child) were found in Olla Cave. (A. H. BLACKISTON,
Rec. Past, V, 1906, pp. 5-11; 8 figs.)
Casas Grandian Outposts. —In Rec. Past, V, 1906, pp. 142-147
(9 figs.), A. H. BLACKISTON describes ruins of large communal buildings,
of irrigation ditches, temples, fortifications, smelting works, and cliff-dwell-
ings, as well as pictographs, copper ornaments and weapons, metates, and
pottery in the Casas Grandes and the adjacent valleys of northern Mexico.
The power of the people who left these monuments had departed before the
coming of the Spaniards.
WISCONSIN, DODGE COUNTY.— A Turtle Pipe. — In the Bulletin
of the Wisconsin Natural History Society, IV, 1906, pp. 9 if., HENRY L. WARD
describes a turtle pipe presumably of Winnebago origin, belonging to the
Public Museum of Milwaukee. Turtle pipes are of a form comparatively
rare ; one was found near Naples, Illinois (J. R. HENDERSON, Report of
Smithsonian Institute, 1882, p. 690), and the turtle is represented among the
animal forms of the mounds of Wisconsin. It is also included in Squier
and Davis's list of animal pipes from Mound City, Ohio (cf. Anc. Monuments,
p. 152), although omitted from Hodge's list of Pueblo Clan totems
(Cf. Am. Anthrop. October, 1896, pi. VII, and McGuire, Rep. Smithsonian
Inst., U. S. Nat. Mus. 1897, p. 512).
Volume X 19O6 No. 4
AMERICAN
JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY
THE JOURNAL OF THE ARCHAEOLOGICAL
INSTITUTE OF AMERICA
EDITORIAL BOARD
Editor-in-Chief
HAROLD NORTH FOWLER
Associate Editors Honorary Editors
J. R. S. STERRETT THOMAS DAY SEYMOUR
ALLAN MARQUAND JAMES R. WHEELER
JOHN P. PETERS ANDREW F. WEST
CHARLES PEABODY J. DYNELEY PRINCE
Managing Editor
JAMES M. PATON
CONTENTS
A BRONZE STATUE OF HERACLES IN BOSTON
A PANATHENAIC AMPHORA WITH THE NAME OF THE
ARCHON THEIOPHRASTOS
ON DATING EARLY ATTIC INSCRIPTIONS
A DORYPHORUS ON A RED-FIGURED LECYTHUS
A BRONZE STATUETTE FROM NORBA
OINTMENT-VASES FROM CORINTH
INSCRIPTIONS FROM ROME
ON INSCRIPTIONS FROM SINOPE
ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS (January-June, 1906)
ANNOUNCEMENT OF INDEX
NORWOOD, MASS.
PUBLISHED FOR THE INSTITUTE BY
Cfje Nortoooli Press
NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
04-66, FIFTH AVENUE
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., LTD.
Annual Subscription, $5.00 Single Numbers, $1.50
PUBLISHED QUARTERLY
CONTENTS
ARCHAEOLOGICAL INSTITUTE OF AMERICA :
A BRONZE STATUE OF HERACLES IN BOSTON [Plates XIV,
XV] . . J. R. Wheeler 377
A PANATHENAIC AMPHORA WITH THE NAME OF THE
ARCHON THEIOPHRASTOS [Plate XVI] Joseph Clark Hoppin 385
MR. VAN BUREN'S NOTES ON INSCRIPTIONS FROM SINOPE -
David M. Robinson 429
AMERICAN SCHOOL AT ATHENS:
ON DATING EARLY ATTIC INSCRIPTIONS ....
Leila Clement Spaulding 394
A DORYPHORUS ON A KED-FIGURED LiECYTHUS [Plate XVII]
Robert Cecil McMahon 405
OINTMENT-VASES FROM CORINTH . . David M. Robinson 420
AMERICAN SCHOOL IN ROME :
A BRONZE STATUETTE FROM NORBA . Albert W. Van Buren 415
INSCRIPTIONS FROM SOME . . . . C. R. Morey 427
ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS (January-June, 1906)
Harold N. Fowler, Editor 435
Oriental and Classical A rchaeology: — General and Miscellaneous,
435 ; Egypt. 4:38 ; Babylonia and Assyria, 439 ; Syria and Pales-
tine, 440; Asia Minor, 441; Greece, 443 (Architecture, 443;
Sculpture, 444 ; Vases and Painting, 448 ; Inscriptions, 450 ; Coins,
454 ; General and Miscellaneous, 455) ; Italy, 459 (Architecture,
459 ; Sculpture, 400 ; Vases and Painting, 462 ; Inscriptions, 462 ;
General and Miscellaneous, 463) ; Spain, 466; France, 467 ; Aus-
tria-Hungary, 468 ; Great Britain, 469 ; Africa, 470. .
Early Christian, Byzantine, and Mediaeval Art: — General and Mis-
cellaneous, 471 ; Italy, 472 ; France, 476 ; England, 476 ; Africa,
477.
iii
CONTENTS
PAGE
Renaissance Art : — General and Miscellaneous, 477; Italy, 480;
France, 483 ; Germany, 485 ; England, 485 ; United States, 488.
American Archaeology : — General and Miscellaneous, 488.
ANNOUNCEMENT OF INDEX ....... 489
PLATES
XIV. Bronze Statue of Heracles in Boston.
XV. Head of Statue of Heracles in Boston.
XVI. A Panathenaic Amphora.
XVII. Doryphorus on a Red-figured Lecythus.
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE XIV
BRONZE STATUE OF HERACLES IN BOSTON
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE XV
HEAD OF STATUE OF HERACLES IN BOSTON
Institute
of America
A BRONZE STATUE OF HERACLES IN BOSTON1
[PLATES XIV-XV]
THIS is the small bronze statue which is briefly described by
Dr. Edward Robinson in the report to the Trustees of the
Museum of Fine Arts for 1897, page 25 f. It was seen some
years ago by Furtwangler in Rome, and was briefly mentioned
by him in Roscher's Lexikon, I, p. 2180.2 Its height is 1.01 m.
The most important restorations are the head and mane of
the lion-skin, a portion of the body beneath the lion-skin,
a piece on the right thigh, and another, a small one, on the
back. It seems likely that the lion-skin has been restored
so that the head falls too far down on the body of the
statue, since in other examples of the type it rests on the breast
just below the shoulder and does not hang down so as to con-
ceal the left hand. On the Boston statue, however, it quite
conceals this left hand, which was apparently intended to show,
since it is finished with reasonable care. The left arm is now
attached to the lion-skin and is not actually joined to the body,
a defect which is concealed except to close observation. The
statue was originally broken into many fragments, and these
have been skilfully pieced together and riveted to a core of
some kind. The club is missing, though the upper end of it
1 The writer, and the editors of the Journal, would express to the authorities
of the Museum of Fine Arts in Boston their thanks for the great courtesy
which has been shown them in the preparation of this article.
2 " Das beste erhaltene Werk dieser Art ist eineetwa em Drittel lebens-grosse
Bronzestatue im Privatbesitz zu Rom, ein treffliches Original etwa des 3. oder 2.
Jahrh. v. Chr." It should be noted that the Boston statue shows variation from
the norm of the ty^e in that the weight of the figure is carried on the left, not
on the right, leg.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 377
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 4.
378 J. R. WHEELER
is still visible in the grasp of the left hand. Indeed, the upper
part of the club was apparently cast with the hand, and the
lower part was probably separate and attached in some way.
The club did not rest on the ground, as the angle it makes
with the hand plainly shows. The weight of the figure is
borne on the left leg, and the right leg is bent. The hero's
right arm is extended forward to the full length, and the palm
of the hand is turned so as to be vertical, the fingers slightly
spread, as if he were about to shake hands with some one or to
take hold of something. The head is good and has consider-
able dignity, though the work on the hair is hasty and coarse.
There is also the twisted fillet about the hair, not uncommon
in statues of Heracles. The ends of the mustache droop on
either side, joining the curls of the beard, and the eyes, now
gone, were inserted. The frontal bone and temples are promi-
nent. The modelling of the body is in general good, though
distinctly less perfect, for example, than that of the seated
pugilist in the Museo delle Terrne at Rome, but the figure, it
must be granted, is too heavy for beauty. There is little of
the exaggerated muscular development found in some represen-
tations of Heracles, though the neck is rather too thick, and
there is a consequent enlargement of the muscles on the
shoulders and upper part of the back.
This statue was found in Umbria, near Spoleto, in or before
1872, probably in the ruins of a small, round temple near which
many bronze ex-votos of Heracles are reported to have been
found. It was thus in all probability closely associated with a
small rural cult of the hero-god, and may indeed have been the
cult-statue itself.
In regard to the general features of this type of Heracles I
quote Furtwangler's words in Roscher's Lexikon, I, p. 2180:
" Ein bei den Romern und zwar in republikanischer Zeit
beliebter Typus ist der des freundlich zu heiterem Willkomm
die Rechte vorstreckenden Heros (als Sefrovfjievos) ; er ruht dabei
auf dem rechten Beine [not in the case of the Boston statue]
und hat das linke im Schritte stark zuriickgezogen; die Linke
A BRONZE STATUE OF HERACLES IN BOSTON 379
1st in die Seite gestemmt und halt die Keule, die schrag
hinaussteht; die rechte Hand ist natiirlich leer; zumeist zeigt
dieser Typus bartige Bildung und einen frolichen, herzlichen
Gesichtsausdruck."
The following is as complete a list of examples of this type
of Heracles as I have been able to make up. It is of course
not unlikely that some may have escaped me, but the list is at
any rate the fullest which has yet been published.
FLORENCE
1. In the Museo Archeologico. Keinach, Repertoire, I (Clarac), 802 C
(1984 C). This is a bronze statuette about 0.30 m. in height, in excellent
condition. It is probably the best, after the Boston statue, of all the ex-
amples of the type, and in excellence of preservation and finish of detail it
is superior to the Boston bronze, though of course much smaller.
2. Ibid. Reinach, Repertoire, II, p. 220, 1. A bronze statuette about
0.20 m. in height, similar, but inferior to No. 1.
These two are published in Zannoni, Galleria reale di Firenze illustrata,
IV, 3, 114 and 113, a work to which I have not access.
NAPLES
3. In the Museo Nazionale (No. 5330). Reinach, Repertoire, II, p. 218, 6.
Antichita di Ercolano, VI (Bronzi II), p. 73. A small bronze statuette.
4. Ibid. (No. 5162). Reinach, Repertoire, II, p. 219, 1. Ant. Ere. VI
(Bronzi II), p. 85. (The reference in the Repertoire should be p. 85, not p. 73.)
A small bronze statuette.
5. In a shop at Naples in 1897, a badly worked bronze about 0.40 m.
high.
VIENNA
6. In the K. K. Miinz- und Antiken-Cabinet. Von Sacken, Die
Antiken Bronzen, pi. xxxix, 4, but figured on a larger scale pi. xxv, 1.
Reinach, Repertoire, II, p. 218, 2 and 3, apparently understands Von Sack-
en's representations to be those of two different statuettes, but they are
of the same figure on a different scale; cf . Von Sacken, p. 99. A bronze
statuette 0.33 m. high.
7. Ibid. Von Sacken, Bronzen, pi. xxxviii, 5. Reinach, Repertoire, II,
p. 214, 7. A bronze statuette 0.105 m. high. Inferior and stiff work (Etrus-
can, Von Sacken), but the weight of the body is carried on the left leg,
and the head has a fillet about it.
Von Sacken, p. 99, mentions two other statuettes of this general type
which a few years before his writing (1871) were in the hands of a dealer
in Vienna. His view of the statuette in Vienna is that Heracles is " redend
dargestellt."
380 J- R> WHEELER
PARIS
8. In the Louvre. Found at Portici. Reinach, Repertoire, II, p. 219, 4.
Ant. Ere. VI (Bronzi II), p. 77. Longpe'rier's Catalogue, No. 346. A bronze
statuette 0.61 m. in height, well preserved, but of coarse work. Von Sacken,
Antike Bronzen, p. 99, states that this statue (reference to Ant. Ere.) is in
the Studij at Naples, but the statement appears to be an error, since Mr.
Reinach informs me that it was given to Bonaparte in 1803, and that there
is no doubt whatever of the identity of the Portici statuette with the one
in the Louvre.
LONDON
9. In the British Museum. Catalogue of Bronzes, No. 1300. Height
2\ in. Weight of body on the left leg. Fillet on the head prominent.
No. 1294, 4i in. in height, is close to the type.
10. In the catalogue of the Bammeville sale, under No. 303 is described a
statuette representing this type of Heracles, height 0.22 m. It is described
as "d'un modele tres vigoureux " and assigned to the " epoque de
Commode."
This type of Heracles appears also among gems of the Roman
republican period.1 The best example is No. 1294 in Furt-
wangler's Beschreibung der Crewmen in Berlin.2 It is further
found on a coin of Zante struck in a period
of autonomy, but in Imperial times (Brit.
Mus. Catal. X, pi. 20, No. 21, Ae.). There
is in the Museum at Boston also a bronze
finger-ring (Fig. 1), procured at Athens,
which has on the bezel a figure of Heracles
that closely resembles the type in question,
though on the ring the hero holds a cantJiarus
FIGURE 1.— FROM in \^[s right hand and is walking forward
IN BOSTON instead of simply standing ; the club and
lion-skin are, however, disposed in much the
same way. The motif of the vase in the right hand, which is
not uncommon, is found also on a silver finger-ring in Bonn
(Furtwangler, G-emmen, Ixi, 31), which shows a beardless
1 Cf. Furtwangler, Roscher's Lexikon, I, p. 2180.
2 This is the same as No. 17, Taf. xxvii of his Gemmen, where it is classed un-
der the Hellenisiernde Gruppe of Italische Gemmen.
A BRONZE STATUE OF HERACLES IN BOSTON 381
Heracles strongly resembling in position and in the accessories
of the figure the type under discussion. The Bonn ring Furt-
wangler calls "grossgriechische Arbeit des 4 Jahrhunderts " B.C.
What date should be assigned to the Boston ring I am uncertain;
probably it is later than the Bonn ring, but it is nevertheless a
superior piece of work and may possibly be held to portray a
type of Heracles which had its origin when Greek art was still
able to create new forms.
There are besides the bronzes and glyptic figures mentioned
above several representations of a very youthful, beardless
Heracles which bear a strong resemblance to this type in the
position of the figure and in the manner in which the lion-skin
and club are carried. See Von Sacken, Bronzen, xli, i; Reinach,
Repertoire, II, p. 220, 2 and 6, p. 221, 5. These are all ap-
parently late and poor work.
Let us now consider briefly the question of the possible and
probable period when the conception of Heracles which the
Boston bronze reveals had its beginning. There certainly
seems to be no external evidence that the type was at all popu-
lar before the earlier Roman period. On the other hand, no
one will dispute Furtwangler's remark (Roscher's Lexikon, I,
p. 2177) as to Hellenistic and Roman art, that nothing essentially
new in the types of Heracles was created in this period; and
this fact naturally suggests the query whether the origin of the
Boston statue may not be placed somewhat earlier. Dr. Robinson
(Report, I.e.) remarks that the bronze "is probably a Roman
reproduction of a Hellenistic type." There appears indeed to
be no good reason for questioning the belief that the statue
itself is of Roman workmanship, and the only general doubt in
regard to this judgment is involved in the possibility of con-
necting the type with an earlier time — say with a Greek type
of the fourth country B.C. It must be admitted, however, that
such fine distinctions as to period come perilously near hair-
splitting.
In the first place the most distinctly characteristic feature
in the later development of Heracles types is the introduction
382 J. R. WHEELER
of the so-called " pathetic " element commonly attributed,
whether rightly or wrongly, to the influence of Lysippus. To
the so-called 8eJ;iov/jievos type this spirit is quite foreign, though
it is no doubt true that the " pathetic " conception of the hero
at no time excludes other and more active types ; so that its
absence cannot be regarded as necessarily indicative of early
tradition. It may further be noted from the list of examples
collected that there is apparently the indication of some varia-
tion in the tradition of the type. In the case of the Boston
bronze and of Nos. 7 and 9 the weight of the body is carried
on the left leg and the twisted fillet is bound about the hair ;
in the other examples the right leg carries the weight, and the
fillet, so far as imperfect illustrations admit of positive state-
ment, is absent. This latter attribute seems to point to a
somewhat idealizing conception of Heracles, and it is worthy
of notice that the fillet is found on some of the most dignified
specimens of the Greek types of the hero.1 Nos. 7 and 9 are
inferior examples, of little value in themselves, but they may
in a measure serve to strengthen the impression of earlier and
somewhat different tradition which the Boston statue makes.
It is the head of the statue which indicates this difference.
Its almost Attic dignity, and the modelling of the brow, remi-
niscent as it is of the best fourth century Greek art, point to
an original of good Greek workmanship. In this suggestive-
ness the Boston bronze surpasses all the other known examples
of the type. The contrast it presents here with the coarseness
of the Paris statuette (No. 8) is very marked, and even the
Florence bronze (No. 1), superior as it is in quality of finish,
1 Cf. Furtwangler, Masterpieces, p. 286. See also for the twisted fillet
Figs. 95 and 96, and especially 145, 146, and 147. In Fig. 145, a statue of Heracles
in the Villa Albani, the fillet does not show plainly, but the statue has it, as is
seen in the view in Clarac, 804 B, 2007 A. A good example of the twisted fillet
is to be found also on the Constantinople bronze published in the Monumenti, X,
38 = Reinach, Repertoire, II, p. 202, 3. The head of this fine bronze (Furt-
wangler, Roscher's Lexikon, I, p. 2172, thinks it shows " vorlysippischen Char-
acter" ), though differing in type from that of the Boston bronze, might well be
deemed about contemporary with the possible Greek original of the latter.
A BRONZE STATUE OF HERACLES IN BOSTON 383
is less suggestive, if I may judge from a very inadequate illus-
tration, of Greek tradition.
It is, however, the motif of the- lion-skin resting on the
neck and shoulder, which perhaps affords the strongest
reminder of a Greek fourth century original. In his interest-
ing discussion of a Praxitelean type of Heracles, Furtwiingler
(Masterpieces, pp. 340-342) touches on this treatment of the
lion-skin. I quote his words — or those of his editor and
translator — in regard to the arrangement of the skin on a
Heracles in the Villa Albani, and on the Heracles and Tele-
phus of the Museo Chiaramonti (Masterpieces, p. 340 f., Figs.
145 and 146). "The paws of the lion-skin are knotted
together on the right shoulder so as to produce the effect of
a chlamys, and the head of the animal falls over the breast ;
this is an innovation, for it is usually either drawn over the
hero's head or hangs over his arm. On the other hand, it is
easy to see that this draping of the skin with the head in front
is dictated by the same taste as the panther-skin of the ' Satyr
and the rest.' " This disposition of the lion's head is that
of the type of Heracles under discussion. On the Boston
bronze its true position is obscured by a mistaken restoration,
a fact which seems amply attested by all the other examples.
May we not therefore in this feature detect a still clearer trace
of good Greek tradition ?
I am not able to throw any light on the general motif of this
type of Heracles as it would have appealed to those who fos-
tered his cult. Von Sacken (Bronzen, p. 99) makes the sug-
gestion " vielleicht ist der Heros hier als Orakelspender
gedacht," but the simple idea expressed in be^iovpevos is prob-
ably as nearly right as any other. Such an artistic conception
might easily grow out of the representations which show the
hero with a cup in his extended right hand, or even more
directly from such a scene of reconciliation with Apollo as is
depicted on a vase (late fifth century?) reproduced by Cog-
hill, in Reinach's Repertoire des Vases, II, p. 4, 4. Nor is the
Theban relief, published in Reseller's Lexikon, I, p. 2187, and
384 J- -B- WHEELER
probably from the fifth century B.C., without its suggestion as
to the general artistic tradition of the type. How persistent
such traditions were is well shown in the discussion of
44 Heracles and the Apples of the Hesperides," J.H.S. XXV,
pp. 157 ff.
J. R. WHEELER.
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE XVI
^rcfjaeolocjical
Institute
of America
A PANATHENAIC AMPHORA WITH THE NAME OF
THE ARCHON THEIOPHRASTOS
[PLATE XVI]
ALTHOUGH the number of Panathenaic amphorae which is
scattered through the various public and private collections
both here and abroad is by no means small, only a very limited
series of them is provided with the name of the archon epony-
mos in addition to the regular athletic formula, and conse-
quently every new amphora found bearing such a name pos-
sesses interest in addition to its own intrinsic value. So far as
I know, the amphora here published for the first time is not
merely the only such complete specimen in this country to-day,
but is also as fine as any in Europe, if not the finest example
of its class.
The arnphora was acquired by me in 1899, and was found in
a tomb in the vicinity of Naples. Except for the fact that the
rim has been entirely broken off and reglued, the vase is intact
and in splendid condition. Here and there the white paint has
suffered slight abrasions, regrettably so in the face of the figure
of Olympias on the reverse. Otherwise there are no defects of
any kind. The vase is 80 cm. in height and is one of the
tallest examples of its kind. (PLATE XVI, 1, 2.)
Like all other Panathenaic amphorae, it bears on the obverse
the figure of the Athena Promachos, and on the reverse an
athletic scene. The goddess advances to right clothed in an
archaic Ionic chiton with rudimentary sleeves similar to those
worn by the female figures from the Acropolis (the Tanteri), with
two long swallow-tails which are thrown symmetrically over the
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the nog
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 4.
386
JOSEPH CLARK HOPPIN
right and left shoulders ; these, as well as the end of the peplos
and the girdle, are bordered by dots of white paint. On both
shoulders and breasts are crossing cords in white, with a knot
b.
FIGURE 1. — DETAILS OF OBVERSE OF AMPHORA.
in the centre badly faded, originally supporting the aegis, which
has now almost entirely disappeared. Her right arm (encircled
by a bracelet in brownish paint) grasps the spear, which is
badly faded ; her left arm holds the shield, of which little but
A PANATHENAIG AMPHORA 387
the under side is to be seen. On her head, which projects into
the tongue pattern forming the ornament of the neck of the
vase, is an Attic helmet with a tall crest.
On the feet are traces of sandals in light • fl
brown. Incised lines are employed for all , „
the details, and there is abundant evidence ^
that the white paint, which in addition to /V I
the details already mentioned is employed in
the face, neck, arms, and feet of the goddess, A
originally filled every incised line, but has 4
now been almost entirely worn away except ^*
in the lines of the helmet. ^ P
Supported on two bases on each side of
the goddess are two Doric columns with a *. fa
broad but very thin abacus, each sustaining
a figure. On the left-hand column (Fig. 1, a) £ A
is a female figure (Athena ?) to right, clad _,
in a Doric chiton, with a helmet on her Q
head, and holding in her outstretched right Q
hand what appears to be the tiller of a vessel. C
White paint is employed as usual for the "X
feet, face, arm, crest of the helmet, and the
tiller. Beside the column is (kionedon) the J^ /*
formula TON A0ENE0EN A0UON (Fig. 2, a). r>
The column on the right (Fig. 1, b*), which U '
is precisely similar to that just described, * V
supports the figure of a bearded man en face
(clearly Zeus), clad in a himation, which 0 £
leaves the torso bare, holding a sceptre in *j
his right hand, and in his left what appears &
to be a figure of Nike, though the white FIGURE 2. — INSCRIP-
paint has almost entirely faded. Around TIONS ON OBVERSE
his head is a fillet, also in white. Between
this column and the figure of Athena is the second inscrip-
tion, also kionedon, containing the name of the archon
Theiophrastos, OEI04>PA3TO£ HPXE (Fig. 2, 6). Although
388
JOSEPH CLARK 11OPPIN
both inscriptions have somewhat faded, there can be no doubts
as to their genuineness, as they have been baked into the clay ;
nor can any trace of the Q be found, the 0 being the only form
of the letter employed.
The reverse (PLATE XVI, 2 ; and Fig. 3) contains the usual
athletic scene consisting of four figures. In the centre two nude
boxers, their hands bound with the cestus, turn slightly towards
FIGURE 3. — GROUP ON REVERSE OF AMPHORA.
a paidotribes on their right, who is addressing them with out-
stretched right hand. He is clad in a himation which leaves
his torso bare, draped over his right shoulder, the end being
thrown over the left forearm, and holds a branch (drawn in
white paint) in his left hand. On his head is a fillet, also in
white. The most interesting figure, however, stands at the
left of the group, a woman entirely draped in a mantle, leaving
only the upper part of the face exposed, the lower being out-
A PANATI1ENAIC AMPHORA 389
lined beneath it. Below the himation appears the hem of her
chiton, also painted white. She supports her right elbow with
her left hand, which rests easily on a Doric column (in white),
while her right hand touches her chin with a thoughtful
gesture. Her hair is painted in faint brown ; white is used on
the pillar, her feet, the edge of the chiton, and her face, but
there unfortunately the color has almost entirely disappeared, so
that the features are hardly recognizable. Incised lines are
used for the details of all the figures, and, as on the obverse, were
originally filled in with white. Beside the head of the female
figure is the inscription OAYMPIA3 (0 A -/ /* fl \ A V)
painted and baked into the clay.
The panel of the reverse is considerably shorter than that of
the obverse. On the neck, on both sides, is an elongated tongue
pattern, and above, at the junction of the handles, a palmette
chain in series. The rim, shoulder, base, foot, and handles are
entirely covered with a black glaze, and have no decoration
except a narrow band of red at the upper part of the foot, which
forms a slightly raised moulding.
There would hardly seem to be any necessity for discussing
the subject of Panatheniac amphorae per se, as that has been
done at length elsewhere. 1 We may therefore set aside any
discussion as to their use or significance, since their position is
so well established. At the same time certain details of our
vase call for more extended treatment on account of their
novelty or some other peculiarity.
In De Witte's list thirteen amphorae are mentioned which are
provided with the name of the archon, to which number we
must add the Louvre amphora published by Pottier, with the
name of Hegesias, and the Eretria fragment with the name of
1 The most important articles on the subject are : De Witte, Ann. d. 1st. 1877, pp.
294 ff., and Man. d. 1st. X, pis. 47-48a, 48 f. ; Pottier, B.C.H. VI, p. 168; C.
Smith, Ann. Brit. S. Ath. 1896-1897, pp. 182 ff. ; Heermance, Am. J. Arch. 1896,
pp.331 ff. ; Rayet et Collignon, Hist. d. la Cer. Grecque, p. 140 ; Urlichs, Beitrdge
z. Kunstgesch., pp. 44 ff. ; Walters, History of Ancient Pottery, pp. 388 ff. ; Tarbell,
Cl. R. 1900, pp. 474, 475.
390 JOSEPH CLARK HOPPIN
Polemon published by Heermance. With those fragments which
bear the names of actual artists who have signed their work as
such or agonothetes we are not concerned. We have, then, rep-
resented by either vases or fragments twelve names as follows :
1. Polyzelos, 367 B.C. Brit. Mus. 603, Teucheira, (Cyrenaica).
2. Aristodemos, 352 B.C. Chicago (fragment), Athens?
3, 4. Themistocles, 347 B.C. Athens (two fragments), Athens.
5, 6. Pythodelos, 336 B.C. Brit. Mus. 607 & 608, Cervetri.
7. Nikokrates, 333 B.C. Brit. Mus. 609, Benghazi.
8,9. Niketes, 332 B.C. Brit. Mus. 610, (one in Capua.
collection of Feuardent),
10. Euthykritos, 328 B.C. Brit. Mus. 611, Teucheira.
11. Hegesias, 324 B.C. Louvre, Benghazi.
12. This amphora, catalogued by De Witte, and mentioned by Pettier,
has entirely disappeared.
13. Kephisidoros, 323 B.C. Louvre, Benghazi.
14. Archippos, 321 B.C. Louvre, Benghazi.
15. Theophrastos, 313 B.C. Louvre, Benghazi.
16. Polemon, 312 B.C. Athens (fragment), Eretria.
I am also under the impression that some time ago I saw the
photographs of an amphora with the archon's name, in the
possession of a dealer in Southern Russia, but I am unable to
verify this. At all events, we have, including the vase under
discussion, seventeen vases or fragments with archons' names,
and in four cases (Themistocles, Pythodelos, Niketes, and
Hegesias) the name of the same archon on two different vases.
At first sight there would appear to be some little difficulty in
identifying the name of the archon on our vase with that of the
Louvre; our form is ©eto'^/oao-ro? not ©eo^ao-ro? as there ; our
formulae are 'AOeveOev not ' 'AOrfvydev, ^/>%e not ap^wv ; lastly
the Q does not occur on our vase at all. But a glance at the
Louvre amphora shows that the figure on the column holding
the rudder is duplicated on our vase with almost photo-
graphic exactness and that the figures on the reverse of that
vase are almost identical in style with ours. Nor 'is the dif-
ference in the formulae an objection, since in the case of the two
amphorae bearing the name of Pythodelos we find the formula
on one and rjpw on the other. The absence of Q on our
A PANATHENAIC AMPHORA 391
vase is curious, but it shows clearly that even at the end of the
fourth century the older form 0 had not entirely disappeared.
The resemblance between the figures of Athena on our vase
and the Louvre amphora is not especially significant, since
there is a remarkable similarity in all the figures of Athena on
amphorae later than 336 B.C. We may therefore with perfect
safety date our amphora as belonging to the year 313 B.C.
One peculiarity of the amphora is this : that it is the first
case of a vase having the name of an archon already found on
another amphora, but coming from a different place. The
Louvre amphora comes from Benghazi, on the site of the ne-
cropolis of Berenice in the Cyrenaica ; ours undoubtedly comes
from Capua, as does No. 8 in our list. We thus have four
amphorae found in Italy (5, 6, 8, and the one under discus-
sion). In the absence of any data as to the exact spot in
which our vase was found, we cannot decide whether the con-
tention of Cecil Smith (loc. cit.) is correct, that the agonistic
victors were always buried in a special corner of the necropo-
lis, but we may safely assume two facts : first, that, as De
Witte suggests, the limited number of Panathenaic amphorae
found would show that only one painted vase was given to
each victor (the others filled with oil being probably un-
painted) ; and second, that the Panathenaic games, like those
at Olympia, attracted a number of athletes from different cities,
since we have now proof positive that during the Panathenaea
of 313 B.C. prizes were won by athletes from Magna Graecia
and from the Cyrenaica. This latter fact is by no means with-
out significance.1
The two figures on the columns are so similar to some of the
1 Professor Sterrett suggests to me that since Panathenaic amphorae were
frequently imitated in antiquity, it is possible that one of these two amphorae
may be an ancient forgery, and that the conclusion here advanced does not nec-
essarily hold. It does not, however, seem probable that these amphorae with
the archons' names were forged, and it is certainly doubtful whether the for-
geries were as good as the originals. Considering the fact that all the amphorae
with archons' names preserved to us represent the best work of their class, it
would seem unlikely that the Capua and Benghazi amphorae were not bona fide
prizes of the Panathenaic games.
392
JOSEPH CLARK HOPPIN
symbolic figures on the later tetradrachms of Athens as to sug-
gest the theory that a change in the composition of the figures
on the amphorae was synchronous with that of the reform in
the currency. Whether these represent statues well known to
the Athenians is decidedly problematical ; the figure of Athena
differs slightly in pose from a statue in the Uffizi (Furtwang-
ler, Masterpieces, p. 306, Fig. 130), attributed by Furtwangler
FIGUKE 4. — OLYMFIAS.
to Scopas. That figure, however, holds a spear, and though
the object held in the hand of our figure differs slightly from
that on the Louvre amphora, it is certainly neither spear nor
sword. As a suggestion, we may possibly recognize here the
copies of two statues in the Peiraeus, an Athena with a spear
and a Zeus with sceptre and Nike (Paus. I. i, 3 ; Pliny, N.H.
XXXIV, 74), usually attributed to Cephisodotus, though on
very slender evidence. The difficulty is, of course, that the
A PANATHENAIC AMPHOEA 393
Athena on our vase does not hold a spear, but the occurrence of
the two figures together is significant, and it may well be that
some modification of the type had taken place. However, this
is mere guess-work, as no satisfactory identification is forth-
coming.
But the really significant and unique feature of our vase is
in the figure of Olympias on the reverse (Fig. 4). That this
is intended to personify the Olympic games, and not the
mother of Alexander, the athletic scene would seem to make
absolutely certain. So far we know of but two instances where
the personification of Olympias occurs, the first in the well-
known portrait of Alcibiades crowned by Olympias and Pythias,
by Aglaophon, or more probably Aristophon (Satyrus ap. Athen.
xii, 534 d), the second on a coin of Acarnania (Imhoof-Blumer,
Miinzen Akarnaniens, 63). That our figure was suggested in
any way by the portrait seems most unlikely, as the attitude is
entirely different from what we should expect to have been
the case with the figure of Olympias in the latter. Obvi-
ously, the figure is entirely a creation of the vase-painter, since
we may safely assume that the type on the coin of Acarnania
is much later, and it is an interesting fact that we should have
here the first definite personification of such a figure.
Thus in style, execution, and preservation our amphora may
take rank among the very finest specimens known to us, and
constitutes a noteworthy addition to the antiquities now in
America. I regard it as by all odds the chef d'oeuvre of my
own collection.
JOSEPH CLARK HOPPIN.
American Sdjool
of Classical Studies
at
ON DATING EARLY ATTIC INSCRIPTIONS1
THE scholarly work of Dr. Wilhelm Larfeld treating of Die
Attischen Inschriften was published in 1902. 2 The second part,
entitled " Schriftzeichen," groups and dates Attic inscriptions
according to characteristic letter forms and direction of writ-
ing. Valuable as Dr. Larfeld's book is, one who has examined
the stones themselves may question the wisdom of his method,
as well as the absolute accuracy of his conclusions.
In his preface Dr. Larfeld maintains that the publications in
the C.I.A. form a sufficient basis for the study of the forms
of letters.3 Even if this position be tenable for one who
would produce " eine allgemeine Schriftgeschichte," we cannot
accept the O.I. A. as an adequate guide for a classification
based on specific letter forms. In certain instances Dr. Lar-
1 To Dr. Adolf Wilhelm acknowledgment is due not merely for the sugges-
tion of this line of work, but also for courteous assistance therein.
2Handbuch der Gr. Epigraphik, Zweiter Band, Leipzig.
8 " Eine alte Streitfrage ist es, ob die Inschriftenpublikationen des C.I.A. eine
hinreichend getreue Unterlage fur minutiosere Schriftf orschungen . bieten. Ich
stehe nicht an diese Frage, so weit die Ziele des vorliegenden Buches in Betracht
kommen, iin Allgemeinen durchaus zu bejahen. Hinsichtlich der altesten Schrift-
perioden zeigen doch z. B. Lolling- Wolters' iiberaus sorgfaltige Publikationen
von Akropolisinschriften in dem Katalog des athenischen epigraphischen Muse-
ums, die allerdings fur die betreffenden Abschnitte des Handbuches nicht mehr
benutzt werden konnten, in der Regel nur geringfiigige Abweichungen von den
entsprechenden Faksimiles des C.I.A. und andererseits muss die Darstellung
einer allgemeinen Schriftgeschichte ihre Aufgabe gerade darin finden, liber die
Zufalligkeiten des individuellen Buktus der einzelnen Schreiber hinaus zu den
jeweilig typischen Buchstabenformen vorzudringen. Lasst man dieses Postulat
aber gelten, so werden die mit peinlichster Sorgfalt hergestellten Majuskeltexte
des, C.I.A. als brauchbare Unterlagen nicht von der Hand zu weisen sein."
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 394
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 4.
ON DATING EAELY ATTIC INSCRIPTIONS 395
feld has recognized the uncertain foundation of his own work ;
for example, where the upright form of alpha, not indicated
by the C.LA., but pointed out by Dr. Wilhelm, has been
noted.1
Sometimes Dr. Larfeld indicates the " recumbent epsilon," 2
but again, although a stone shows that form,3 he has ignored it
because there the C.LA. failed him. Even in Dr. Lolling's Cat-
alogue4 are found various combinations of fragments ignored
by Dr. Larfeld, an oversight leading to results so incongruous
as the assignment of two fragments of the "Antenor basis"5 to
two different periods. Likewise where retrograde and normal
writing appear on the same monument 6 (according to Dr. Lol-
ling) Dr. Larfeld uses the separate fragments to illustrate his
theory that " the artists who in the beginning of their activity
still wrote from right to left or boustrophedon, gradually adopted
the practice of writing from left to right."7
A careful comparison of the Attic stones which antedate
480 B.C. with Dr. Larfeld's tables 8 has led to the conclusion
FIGURE 1.— POROS.
that the only " sufficiently accurate basis " for such classifica-
tion is furnished by the stones themselves. Lack of familiarity
with the material and general appearance of these has led to
strange associations of rough " poros " and finely cut marbles,
i Larfeld, p. 395, C.LA. IV", 373239; p. 402, C.LA. I, 466*, and IV">, 373^:
p. 405, C.LA. IVlc, 373241 ; et al.
2 E.g. Larfeld, p. 395, C.LA. I, 465 : p. 402, C.LA. I, 467 ; et al.
3 C. 7. A I, 345** (cf. Larfeld, p. 402); C.LA. IV* 3732" (cf. Larfeld, p. 404) ;
C.LA. IVlb, 373109 (cf. Larfeld, p. 405); et al.
4KardXo7os TOU er 'Aflijwus 'Eiriypa^iKOv Mowelov, Pt. I, 1899.
6 C.LA. IVi, pp. 88 and 181, No. 373^.
6 C.LA. I, 466* and 466". ? Larfeld, p. 403. 8 Larfeld, pp. 395-429.
396 LEILA CLEMENT SPAULDING
merely because both are " retrograde " or bear some common
letter form.
In general, Dr. Larfeld has fallen into errors natural to one
who depends upon printed works. Examination of the stones
in the Epigraphical Museum at Athens, with all their bewilder-
ing variations of form, style, and material,
suffices to disturb his nicely constructed
hypotheses based upon imperfect copies.
The study of Greek inscriptions is said to
furnish " a temptation to convert the uncer-
tain and indefinite into the definite and
certain." Stones of the post-Persian period
multiply so that "the ground of inference
becomes safer and the basis of proof is ex-
tended."1 This is not true, however, of
inscriptions earlier than 480 B.C. Compara-
tively limited in number and scope, these
pre-Persian stones demand especial caution
on the part of the student. This formative
period of the Attic alphabet shows no sudden
changes from fashion to fashion, but gradual
development. It follows that the inscriptions
cannot be grouped wisely in definite, abruptly
ending periods merely because they show
some special letter form or method of writ-
ing. Simply because a given stone bears
theta with a dot and not a cross in the centre
it cannot be ascribed certainly to 507 B.C. but
debarred from 509 B.C. We can say only
that about the year 508 B.C. the form 0 came
into vogue. It is not probable that in this
FIGURE 2. — MARBLE.
or any other case a given usage stopped.
abruptly. The exception to this statement is so unique that
it suggests itself immediately; the decree of Euclides in 403
1 Roberts and Gardner, Introduction to Greek Epigraphy. Part II, Preface,
p. 5.
ON DATING EARLY ATTIC INSCRIPTIONS 397
introduced the Ionic alphabet at once and finally into public
documents. But before this decree Ionic letters had been
creeping in for more than half a century.
Difficulty in exact dating is increased, as Dr. Larfeld would
admit, by the individual peculiarities of the stone cutter. While
an older workman was still writing retrograde his young con-
temporaries might have recognized the advantages of loustro-
phedon or of normal cutting* Ignorance and conservatism, too,
would give rise to errors and variations.
That these considerations are exerting an influence upon
students of the Attic alphabet appears from the fact that
Dr. Larfeld's five pre-Persian periods l replace the eight of Dr.
von Schiitz. 2 In a recent work, the student is warned that,
whether a larger or smaller number of divisions be made,
"the border line between period and period is necessarily
more or less arbitrary."3 The only fixed points lie at the
extremes of the pre-Persian period. From the eighth century
comes a Dipylon vase bearing the oldest Attic writing ; the
next inscriptions that can be dated positively belong to the last
quarter of the sixth century. These — the Pisistratus altar,
Antenor basis etc. — are far advanced along the line of artistic
writing. They are for the most part well arranged on the
stones, the letter forms are erect and neat, and stoichedon writ-
ing is clearly becoming the fashion. Between 700 and 525 B.C.
there are nearly two centuries wherein were cut the " early At-
tic " inscriptions. When we try to reduce these to some degree
of order, we are impressed with the variety of the evidence.
From, the stones themselves we are warned not to confine our
attention to letter forms or direction of writing. We observe the
brown, weather-worn poros, the odd shape of certain votive
columns, carefully disposed lines and letters here, contrasted
with irregular, inartistic grouping there. No printed copy
or even squeeze4 can do justice to the exquisite "Hekatom-
1 Vide supra, Note 8, p. 395.
2 A. von Schiitz, Historia Alphabeti Attici. Berlin, 1875.
3 Roberts and Gardner, op. cit., Introd. p. xi.
4 A good photograph is the most satisfactory substitute for the stone itself.
398 LEILA CLEMENT SPAULDING
pedon" inscription, the artistic gem of the Epigraphical
Museum at Athens.
Is it not clear that more than one characteristic of a stone
must be considered before it is assigned finally to any group or
period ?
First of all one turns naturally to the content of the inscrip-
tions, but this unfortunately is of little service in dating these
FIGURE 3. — THE HEKATOMPEDON INSCRIPTION.
early stones. Beyond a few artists' signatures we find little
except dedicatory formulas with names of various unknown
citizens. Even the artists' names are helpful in few cases,
since they are signatures of men concerning whom we know
nothing. This state of affairs is in contrast with that of
fifth century inscriptions, — >so largely decrees, — which are
often dated by the subject-matter, an introductory formula,
or an archon's name.
The place of finding might offer some indication of a date,
but this also in these early stones is seldom a guide. Many
Even this, however, does not perfectly represent material ; it may also require an
accompanying squeeze to determine what letters remain at broken edges.
:
«
ON DATING EARLY ATTIC INSCRIPTIONS 399
have been found built into church or house walls, and of
the places where some were found no record exists.
A third consideration should be that of material. In Athens
there are fragments of both poros and marble which hitherto
have been grouped together indiscriminately.1 In architecture
and sculpture, however, we associate poros with poros and
marble with marble, holding that the use of the former pre-
cedes that of the latter. Why not do likewise in epigraphy ?
Even on poros stones we find some well-cut letters with careful
joining of vertical and horizontal lines in a right angle, as well
as upright forms which are usually called "later." On the
other hand, many marbles have letters that slant, or are formed
with acute instead of right angles, as, for example, the " recum-
bent epsilon." This, however, need not be an argument for
the superior age of the marble, since it is much harder to cut
than poros. Accurate joinings and a succession of parallel
vertical lines would be comparatively easy in soft poros. But
when the stone-cutter first adopted marble, he would doubtless
find himself producing crude results. Thus a well-made poros
stone might antedate a marble on which the " older " letter
form appeared. In view of the ease with which poros may be
t, one wonders at the ragged, careless letters common on such
aterial, and is inclined to place these stones without question
in a very early period.2 Poros stones also are few in number.
In the Epigraphical Museum at Athens there are about thirty
of these against three hundred and sixty-six marbles. This,
too, indicates the superior age of the poros fragments, since
every additional half century must have seen the destruction
of many inscriptions. When marble was once introduced, its
1 In Dr. Lolling's KardXoyos rov tv 'Ad-^vais 'Eiriypa.<f>iKov Movcre/ov, Ft. I,
1899:
248 stones = Pentelic marble ; 6 stones = Naxian marble ;
71 stones = Parian marble ; 2 stones = Eleusinian limestone ;
23 stones — XCTTTO^KKOS ; 1 stone = Stone from Kara ;
8 stones = Attic marble ; 1 stone = " Island " marble.
7 stones = Hymettian marble ;
2 On poros stones alone do we find koppa (?), and with one exception
(C.I.A. IVi, pp. 43 and 128, 373* ; p. 80, 373«) they show closed eta (B)-
400
LEILA CLEMENT SPAULDING
cheapness and abundance suggest the likelihood of its prompt
and universal employment. Aside from its greater durability,
its superior qualities for artistic use must have appealed to the
Greek engraver. These points would lead one to group the
poros stones by themselves, and assign them in general to an
early period of writing.
We must not, however, forget the necessity of looking at
things from more than one point of view. The letter forms, as
has been said, have been the chief consideration hitherto, and
should not be underestimated. A growing tendency toward
upright lines and simple forms is to be expected, and is readily
traced in the fragments at our disposal. Yet the prevalence
of old and new forms intermingled must always be borne in
mind. This is well illustrated by an inscription which shows
both earlier and later forms of theta and
epsilon.1 Nor should the lengthening of
a line for ornament be confused with old
letter forms. For example, the well-known
" Hekatompedon " inscription 2 prolongs the
upright bar of epsilon below the line.
That this is not the survival of an older
form of the letter is shown by the pro-
longation of the slanting lines of the delta
below the horizontal bar, and a like exten-
sion of the vertical bar of the lambda below
the slanting line.
A fifth point is the form of the stone.
A fluted column is obviously harder to in-
scribe than a flat surface. Uneven lines
and letters need not imply as great age in
the former as in the latter. An interest-
ing example of the influence of form upon arrangement of
lines and letters is the Salamis decree.3 The stone-cutter
1 C.I. A. IV i, p. 185, 422i3.
2 C.I. A. IV i, p. 137, 18-19. Cf. supra, p. 398, Fig. 3.
3 C.I. A. IVi, p. 57, 1 a. Cf. Fig. 4.
FIGURE 4. — THE SALA-
MINIAN DECREE.
ON DATING EARLY ATTIC INSCRIPTIONS 401
began work at the upper right hand corner, and cut down
along the right edge, parallel to it. Six lines were made
stoichedon; then he saw that the increasing breadth of the
pedestal below had deceived him, and that the space would
not be filled by the decree. So he abandons the stoichedon
method, and spreads his letters out in an inartistic manner.
Direction of writing must also be taken into account. The
order of development seems to have been retrograde, boustro-
phedon, normal. But when convenient or familiar to the work-
man, it is probable that the two first were employed long after
the introduction of the third. Lines or letters upside down
would naturally be due to carelessness or eccentricity.
Closely connected with the last is a seventh consideration,
the general arrangement of the inscription. Stoichedon writing
was the fruit of years of good, bad, and indifferent work. A
gradual development from straggling letters and crooked lines
to such mathematical precision was natural, and is one guide
in the dating of early stones.
The eighth and last suggestion for dating would be the oc-
currence of grammatical or philological peculiarities, such as
the use of O for OY, or E for El, or the lack of gemination of
consonants. A familiar example of the last is the gravestone
of TeVH^o?.1
If now we examine these points and try to group those frag-
ments which obviously belong to the sixth and seventh centu-
ries B.C., we reach the following conclusions : About 525 B.C.
stoichedon writing was in use. Hence any stone so cut which
compares favorably in general appearance and erect letter forms
with the Salamis decree or the Antenor basis, may date from
the last quarter of the sixth century. Some anticipation of
stoichedon writing is already shown, however, where, as in the
Timarchus base,2 the letters are arranged in straight horizontal
lines. Perhaps such an inscription would go back to the
middle of the century.
1 C.I. A. I, 463.
2 C.L A. IV i, p. 89, 373 ". Cf. Fig. 5.
402
LEILA CLEMENT SPAULDING
Still earlier may come most of the stones which show irregu-
lar placing of lines and letters. The Pentelic column 1 dedi-
cated by 'Eo'/mo? and 'O(/xnaSe? is a good
piece of work, yet the lines are not straight,
and the general impression is less pleasing
than that of the Timarchus base. This may
be due in part to the difficulty of cutting on
a curved surface. A still earlier stage may
be represented by the
fluted column,2 which
shows a closed eta
as well as an inferior
technique. Finally,
those boustrophedon
and retrograde in-
scriptions which com-
bine old letter forms
with inartistic ar-
rangement and in-
ferior technique3 may
be assigned to the
earliest years of in-
scriptions on marble.
It is easy to con-
ceive of these stones
as covering the early
FIGURE 5. -THE Ti- gixth century, and
MARCHUS INSCRIPTION. _ _ „
reaching back before
600 B.C. For the seventh century
itself there remain — in addition to the
most poorly cut and badly arranged
marbles — the poros stones. The com-
mon use of the closed eta and the FlGURE 6._DEDICATION BY
appearance of koppa characterize the 'E6/>Tios AND 'o</><r«i5ej.
1 C.LA. I, 351. Cf. Fig. 6. 2 C.LA. IV 1, p. 79, 3732.
*E.g. C.LA. I, 467. Cf. Fig. 7.
ON DATING EARLY ATTIC INSCRIPTIONS 403
earliest work. But the use of poros stone and the tendency
to straggling lines and outspread, slanting letters, together
1
FIGURE 7. — EARLY INSCRIPTION ON MARBLE.
with a general lack of artistic arrangement, would seem to be
distinguishing features of those inscriptions that follow the
Dipylon vase.
The conclusions reached are, briefly, the following : From
the eighth century comes the Dipylon vase, with crooked iota
and primitive letter forms, combined
with retrograde writing. Some years, _
probably, elapsed before the iota be- I / \
came straight, as on the poros stones.
These, also, show koppa, which gives
way to kappa on the earliest marbles J *
and later poros stones. In sculpture
poros is used early in the sixth cen-
,T , , , ., ,. 1,1 FIGURE 8.— POROS.
tury. No doubt it continued to be
employed occasionally for inscriptions, as in the basis of the
Moschophorus.2 But it would not be strange if makers of
letters adopted marble before makers of statues. Obviously
the cutting of an inscription is a simpler undertaking than
the carving of a figure. The use of marble in epigraphy,
i Cf. Fig. 9. 2 C.I. A. IV i, p. 198, 373 «».
404 LEILA CLEMENT SPAULDING
therefore, may have been well established by the end of the
seventh century. This leaves for the sixth century marbles
with gradually improving technique and arrangement tending
FIGURE 9. — MARBLE.
to straight lines, and, by the middle of the century, perhaps,
to an almost universal use of normal writing. Somewhere
about 550 B.C. came the earliest attempts at stoichedon arrange-
ment, which was actually used by artists of Antenor's time.
FIGURE 10.
Finally, from the period of the Persian wars, 490 to 480 B.C.,
we have, in the same artistic hand, the fragment shown in
Fig. 10, the " Hekatompedon " inscription, and the " 'E\\dSa
Traaav" epigram.1
LEILA CLEMENT SPAULDING.
ATHENS, GREECE.
1 C. I. A. I, 333 (lines 1-2).
AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY, SECOND SERIES VOL. X (1906) PLATE XVII
American
of Classical
at
A DORYPHORUS ON A RED-FIGURED LECYTHUS
[PLATE XVII]
THE Attic red-figured lecythus 1 here published is in the Na-
tional Museum at Athens, and is interesting for several reasons.
It shows an ephebe in the walking pose of the Doryphorus of
Polyclitus, but antedates that statue by some years. The vase
is also of importance as belonging to the rare class of red-fig-
ured lecythi with representations of the funeral stele.2 I pro-
pose first to discuss the meaning of the scene, then to study it
with reference to Polyclitus's " Canon," and finally to treat of
its technique and the class to which it belongs.
The scene represents a young man walking past a stele from
the left, toward which he stretches out his right hand. With
the other he balances a pair of spears over his left shoulder and
holds the bridle of his horse. He wears a chiton well girt up,
which leaves his right shoulder bare,3 while over his left is
slung his cloak. On his neck hangs his petasus. He wears
a sword on his left side. The two-stepped stele seems to be
a Doric column without abacus, and not simply a slab of
1 From Eretria, No. 12133. My thanks are due to Mr. Stai's, Curator of the
Vase Collection of the National Museum, for permission to publish the vase.
The illustration is from a drawing by Gillie'ron. The dark red color of the mid-
dle fillet and the ends of the upper and lower fillets is represented by dots.
The whole middle fillet is red ; the other two fillets are white, with red ends.
2 The class has been discussed by Weisshaupl, 'E0. 'Apx- 1893, pp. 13 ff., pi. ii f.
3 The chiton is worn in the same way by the ephebe on the red-figured lecy-
thus, 'E0. *A/>x. 1893, pi. iii, which, as will be seen later, belongs to the same
workshop, if not artist, as our vase. The folds of the chiton are drawn there
with wash color, on our vase with the black varnish. The warrior in the grave
relief, B.C.H. 1880, pi. vii, wears his chiton in the same way.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 405
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 4.
406 EGBERT CECIL McMAHON
marble with a cornice.1 It is decorated with red and white
fillets.
The date of the lecythus may be fixed approximately by
the style. The eye of the youth, though now injured, was
drawn correctly in profile. The general style is rather free
and careless, as if the artist were an excellent draughtsman,
but did his work rapidly. The rhythm of the figure and the
fiery spirit of the horse are well expressed, and even though
every line is not drawn to its proper point, the effect of thin,
crumpled drapery is finely attained.
The round head and bodily proportions are paralleled on con-
temporaneous white lecythi.2 The vase belongs, then, to the
transitional period when archaic severity is just changing to
ease and flexibility; that is, to ca. 470-450 B.C. It is difficult
to limit the date more closely, though the middle rather than
the end of that period suits the style better. It must, how-
ever, be borne in mind that a style may continue unchanged
for a considerable time.3
The general meaning of the scene is clear. The youth
stretches out his hand to the stele in sign of reverence. This
motive is common on more than one class of vases.4 The
1 A number of grave lecythi, both white and red-figured, show the funeral
monuments in the form of Doric columns, e.g. the contemporaneous red-figured
lecythus, Athens, Museum, 1298, where the column stands on a base of one step
and has an abacus ; 1967, a column with three steps ; 1795, a later lecythus,
where the curving lines of the capital seem to indicate the rounding of the col-
umn. Others show what seems rather a flat stele with cornice, 1933, 1034, 1941.
When columns of a house are shown they more than once have bases. See the
white lecythus 'E0. 'APX. 1905, pi. i, and the " Athena " lecythus, No. 1968. On
the latter there is no abacus.
2 White Vases of the British Museum, pi. v, and several unpublished white
lecythi of the Athenian Museum.
3 The tendency has been to put back dates of red-figured vases some ten years
earlier than those given a few years ago. The severe red-figured style continues
through to ca. 470 B.C., and hence those vases with the eye correctly drawn in
profile and yet with somewhat severe outlines may be safely assigned to ca. 470-
450 B.C.
4 (a) White lecythi, White Vases, pi. 25 A, a youth approaching a stele to which
he stretches out his hand ; British Museum D 44, a youth leaving the stele looks
back and holds out his hand ; White Vases, pi. 25 B, a woman standing beside
her calathus holds out a lecythus. The inscription (UdrpoK\€ xatpe, see J.H.S.
A DORYPHORUS ON A RED-FIGURED LECYTHUS 407
representation of an ephebe-knight, as traveller or warrior, was
a familiar subject on earlier and contemporary vases. It is
found on cylices of Onesimus,1 and of others of the Euphro-
nian cycle, as well as on lecythi.2
In interpreting the meaning of the scene there are two possi-
bilities: (a) the youth has come from a journey, or is setting
out on one, and wishes to pay homage at the tomb of a relative;
or (£) he is the typical wayfarer who salutes the tomb as he
passes on. The artist has not given us any clear sign which
explanation to accept. To be sure the stele is filleted, but the
youth himself brings no fillet or offering, though on other vases
(e.g. Athens, Museum, 1640) such is frequently the case. Nor
need the fillets on the stele surprise us, if we accept the second
interpretation. It will be remembered that relatives often
visited the tomb and decorated it after the death of a person.
Popular belief was that the dead haunted the tombs, as we see
from the "eidola" fluttering about in scenes where the family
decorate the stele.3 Hence the propriety of such worship from
the pious traveller. The stranger is often addressed in Attic
grave inscriptions 4 of this time, so that he becomes a sort of
1895, p. 192) is false, as Mr. Bosanquet tells me, though the gesture clearly
denotes reverence for the departed. (6) Red-figured lecythus, Athens,
Museum, 12119, a hunter carrying a rabbit on his shoulder holds out his right
hand with a twig to an ithyphallic herm — a rural Priapus perhaps (the vase is
shortly to be published in the 'E0. 'A/9%.). The walking pose is of an earlier
type than that on our vase, but the date is very close, (c) Red-figured pelice,
Cab. d. Med. 897, pi. xiv, herm worship, (d) Black-figured oenochoe, Athen.
Mitth. 1880, pi. xiii, a man stretches out his hand to a statue of an athlete. See
for the general subject, Sittl, Die Gebdrden d. Gr. u. Rom., p. 305 f.
1 Hartwig, Meisterschalen, pi. 53 ff.
2 Red-figured aryballus, 'E0. 'A/>x. 1893, pi. ii, the ephebe with a red petasus
moves in a reverse direction to that on our vase, leading his horse. White ala-
bastron, Klein, Lieblingsinschriften2, p. 103; a bearded man, clad in chiton and
himation, with petasus on his shoulder, leads a horse. On other lecythi the
ephebe rides his horse past a stele, e.g. red-figured, Athens, Museum, 1293, or
without a stele, as on the later white, Athens, Museum, 1856, 12275. Of
the severe red-figured style is the ephebe on horseback, Athens, Museum, 1274.
A different pose is British Museum D 63, a youth seated on a rock, with his
horse facing him.
3 Pettier, Lecythes Blancs, p. 50 ff., 74 ff. ; Benndorf, Gr. u. Sic. Vasenb. pi. 14.
4 Kaibel, Epigr. Gr. Nos. 1, 22, 23.
408 ROBERT CECIL McMAHON
" genre " subject. More than one lecythus stands on that du-
bious ground between a particular scene arid "genre." The
typical traveller is not sharply distinguished from the relative.
On a grave lecythus a scene with a traveller doing homage to
a stele has the same advantage as the offering of the dedicatory
statue of the worshipper with his calf in the Acropolis Museum,
according to the usual interpretation of that work. It is the
perpetuation of a typical reverence for the dead (as the "Mos-
chophorus" represents a perpetual act of sacrifice), so frequently
inculcated for the stranger in the inscriptions. On this vase
the stranger continues his worship of the dead as long as the
vase itself lasts. The second interpretation then, as a genre-
like representation of the wayfarer, seems more likely for our
lecythus. The vase-painter had a limited number of motives
and worked without regard to a particular case. Hence scenes
are shown through conventional types, so that one cannot be
sure always how far the artist meant a picture to be individual.
The pose of the ephebe on our vase next deserves study, since
it so resembles the walking pose of the Doryphorus of Polycli-
tus. Our vase-painter, however, places the weight on the other
foot,1 and employs the motive of the outstretched hand. Besides,
the head of the ephebe is not turned to one side, as is that of
the Doryphorus. Nevertheless, the essential thing — the walk-
ing pose — is the same in both instances. It is of great impor-
tance then, if, as seems certain, the design of our lecythus is
earlier than the statue.2 Furtwangler 3 argued from the
"Munich Zeus " and the " Smicythus " base at Olympia that the
walking motive was introduced into sculpture before Polyclitus
by an artist of the Argive school of Hagelaidas. He denies that
1 Cf. the " Cyniscus " base at Olympia.
2 The Doryphorus, a mature work and one forming the model of a school,
can hardly be placed earlier than 450 B.C., and probably a decade later ; for the
proof that Polyclitus was in activity ten years before cannot put back so early
as 450 B.C. an academic " canon." See C. Robert, Hermes, 1900, p. 141 ff., for
the latest dating of Polyclitus on the basis of the dates of Olympic victors in a
papyrus from Oxyrhynchus.
3 Masterpieces, p. 212, fig. 90.
A DORYPHORUS ON A RED-FIGURED LECYTHUS 409
the Attic school used the motive. Our vase makes it possible
that the idea was known and used at an early date also by.
Attic sculptors — the relief from Pella l shows at any rate that
the motive in a modified form was early used in other than
Argive schools. Though the question be open for discussion
in sculpture, we can clearly trace the development of the walk-
ing motive on the vases from the awkward strides of archaic
art with its stiff joints to the flexible knees and rhythmic
body of our ephebe. A moving person is usually taking great
strides, or else is shuffling over the ground with both heels fast
on the earth.2 Easy walking, and especially that state of poise
when the weight is entirely balanced on one foot and the body
influenced by the rhythm of motion, is unknown.3 The first
half of the fifth century was a time of experiment, and the
vases serve as a commentary on the few extant works of sculp-
ture. The walking motive was but one of many problems set
before the artist. In the case of the Discobolus of Myron
there has already been noted a cylix which shows the same idea
and must precede it in time.4 Our vase adds another example
of such precedence of design over sculpture in the round. Not
1 Athen. Mitth. 1883, pi. iv. Collignon, Hist, de la sculpt, gr. I, 274, dates
it rightly about 450 B.C.
'2 First pose, Dionysus, Hartwig, Meistersch. pi. 32, Furtwangler u. Reichhold,
Vasenmalerei, pi. 16 f . The artist varies the monotony of the motive by setting
the play leg a little to one side as well as back. Second pose, Hermes, in Hart-
wig, pi. 21.
3 The centre of equilibrium would fall in the line of the stiff leg in our vase,
whereas in the earlier walking pose it would lie between the feet. The latter is
the case with the relief from Pella. The relief from Argos (Athen. Mitth. Ill,
287 ff., pi. 13) showing the continuance of the type in later Argive art is inter-
esting for comparison, since the ephebe is accompanied by a horse. Furtwangler
decided that the relief was a votive one to a hero and not from a tomb, and gave
the same use to the Doryphorus. Collignon, Hist. I, 490, on the contrary, thinks
the latter was set up in a gymnasium. In the Masterpieces, p. 228, Furtwangler
has changed his opinion arid holds that it was a votive statue of a pentathlete
set up both at Argos and Olympia.
4 Hartwig, pi. 63, 2. The same motive occurs on an unpublished black-figurec
lecythus with white ground, Athens, Museum, 12533. The design shows the discus
thrower turned entirely around with his upper body, his legs are seen in back
view, his left hand is raised above his head, and his right holding the discus is
swinging around very far to the rear. All his weight is on one foot.
410
ROBERT CECIL McMAHON
that vases were in any sense the prototypes of sculpture, but
• there were necessarily many studies made before the harder
work of the plastic art was commenced. In the loss of the
great artists' sketch-books the vases give more than one chrono-
logical proof that novelties of design were afloat in the art
world long before a sculptor carried them out in the round.
The merit of a great artist is that he knows how to weld his
idea and his material into a perfect whole.
Finally, we must study the use of funeral scenes on red-
figured lecythi and their relation to the more common white
ones. Weisshaupl, in the article already cited, has collected
the examples known to him. Now after a dozen years a con-
siderable addition can be made to his list of eight vases, both in
number and in variety of subject. We can
distinguish not only (a) scenes at the stele,
but also (6) those with the preparation to
visit the tomb, parallel to a number of white
lecythi.1 The limits of the date of manu-
facture must also be extended.
It should be said by way of preface that
Weisshaupl's No. 8, representing a sphinx
on a pedestal, hardly belongs to our class of
funeral vases. There are no mourners and
the subject seems merely a conventional and
decorative one, as on other lecythi we see
such a sphinx2 or siren.3 Moreover, the
lecythus is severe in style and thereby to be
grouped with those on which the winged
" Nike " and various mythological characters
are represented. Weisshaupl's No. 4 I have
FIGURE 1.— ATHENS, been unable to find in the museum at
MUSEUM, 12133. . , ~ , 1-1 • . - i • j
Athens, remaps his description, derived,
from the AeX-n'oi>, is inaccurate, and it is identical with No.
1639.
1 Festschrift f. Benndorf, p. 89 ff. ; Banner Studien, p. 154 ff.
2 Athens, Museum, 1348, Brit. Mus. E 634, 663, etc.
3 Athens, Museum, 1602, 1201.
A DORYPHORUS ON A RED-FIGURED LECYTHUS 411
The lecy thi with scenes at the stele fall into well-defined groups,
both by ornament and by style. The earliest class includes
our lecythus,No. 12133 (Fig. 1), and Athens, Museum, 1637, 1639,
1293, 1640 (Weisshaupl's No. 6, 'E<£. 'A^. 1893, pi. iii), 12134,
Boston, Museum, 445,
446. No. 12134 in the
Museum at Athens
forms the transition
to the next group.
This class has the well-
established shape of
the fine white lecythi
with wash outlines,
but usually a higher
shoulder. On this
are drawn three
black-figured pal- FIGURE 2. —ATHENS, MUSEUM, 12133.
mettes (Fig. 2), with dots sprinkled in, on the red ground.
These are finely drawn and are of the general shape of those
on the contemporary white lecythi. The general technique
is precisely that of the other red-figured vases. White and red
are sparingly used for details, as fillets and hair-bands. Prob-
ably all date very near 450 B.C. The earliest and finest example
is No. 1639, whose style comes closest to that of the fine white
lecythi with wash designs. The noble grace of the simple
poses and the fine drawing of the hands are those of the best
vases of that class. The scent represents a bearded man, hold-
ing his spear, to the left of an Ionic stele, while a woman stands
on the right, facing him. Nos. 1293, an ephebe with spears rid-
ing past a stele ; 1640, a youth and maiden decorating the stele
with arms and fillets ; and 12133 are very close in style, as though
from the same artist or at least workshop. The last two have
the same "laufender Hund" pattern below the design. The
two Boston lecythi1 are interesting for several reasons ; they
1 Mr. Bosanquet kindly lent me photographs of these lecythi, as well as those
from Palermo mentioned later.
412 EGBERT CECIL McMAHON
are the only red-figured lecythi with " stelae scenes " found in
Gela, for all the rest come from Eretria. They differ a little
in style from the two last mentioned, showing a tendency to give
many lines to the drapery, but No. 1445 has precisely the same
stele as No. 1293. They both have scenes of the " Orestes and
Electra " type. No. 1637 l is shown to be somewhat later by
the " acanthus " stele and the careless drawing. It has an
" Orestes and Electra " scene, as has also No. 12134. The date
of .this group may range over 460-440 B.C.
A second and later class is formed by three lecythi, Athens,
Museum, 1636,2 1298, 1299,3 which have the same shape as the
previous class, except that the foot has no notch at its upper
edge. The three palmettes of the shoulder are ugly and heavy
in drawing, and the style of the figures is unpleasing. The
women in Nos. 1298 and 1636 have the same black stripes on
their dresses. The style has degenerated from the earlier one.
The conventional ephebe, the bearded man, and the woman with
a tray occur.
The third group, Berlin, Museum, 2426, 2427,* Athens, Museum,
12804, shows that the artists of red-figured vases also imitated
the later class of scenes at the stele where one figure sits on the
steps. The date is ca. 440-420 B.C. The first two are twin vases,
according to Furtwangler's description. The peculiar use of
the egg-ornament in place of the meander is paralleled on other
red-figured lecythi.5 On Berlin, Museum, 2426, a woman sits
on the stele steps, leaning her head on her hand ; on No. 2427 is
an ephebe. In contrast to these simple scenes, the third lecy thus
offers us a group of three — a seated woman with a casket, a
woman with offerings, and an ephebe. The style is heedless
and the ornament ugly. The stele is of the later gabled shape.
The motive of the seated woman with her casket is frequent on
white lecythi.6 Two other red-figured lecythi with funeral
scenes I know by the kindness of Mr. Bosanquet.7
1 Weisshaupl, No. 7. 2 Weisshaupl, No. 3. 3 Weisshaupl, No. 5.
4 Weisshaupl, No. 1, 2. 5 Athens, Museum, 1511, Ann. d. 1st. 1850, pi. L.
6 Benndorf, Gr. u. Sic. Vasenbilder, pi. 15, etc.
7 The first, in the Louvre, has a scene of the " Orestes and Electra ' ' type. The
A DORTPHORUS ON A RED-FIGURED LECYTHUS 413
The scenes of preparation to visit the stele are harder to dis-
tinguish from simple domestic pictures. A lecythus with the
inscription TXaviccov /caXo? 1 represents a seated woman holding
a wreath, while her maid gives her a tray. This is probably
merely a domestic scene, and yet might easily be classed with
the funeral scenes. Another lecythus 2 is more clearly marked.
We see a seated woman with her head bent over a tray; a
mirror with fillets hangs in the background. Two lecythi from
Gela, now in Palermo, are interesting from their provenience.
On one a woman holds an alabastron ; on the other, a casket.
There are many of these dubious scenes, as Athens, Museum,
1343, 1344, 1648, 1598, 1275, 1502, etc. The difficulty of deter-
mining the meaning of the scene is that women used fillets for
various purposes, looked in their mirrors or caskets, and carried
alabastra, as well as plemochoae, without implying a "prepa-
ration " scene. Weisshaupl's interpretations of figures on the
white lecythi have the same uncertainty.3 However, when vases
are contemporaneous with those having stele scenes, and, more-
over, when they have the same style and ornament, there is at least
tlie presumption that a scene of preparation will have reference
to the grave-cult. In earlier times vases with mythological or
domestic scenes were placed in the tombs, both as utensils for the
dead and as pleasing by their ornament. With the desire for
vases more especially suited to the case the stele scenes were
evolved. These, like the preparation scenes, were frequent on
white lecythi, but the red-figured only have imitations of the
former class. The latter are independent in their development
from the earlier red-figured domestic pictures.
The red-figured lecythi with funeral scenes date ca. 470-
430 B.C. Our first group shows an attempt to rival the sue-
other, seen in the Paris market, represents a warrior and ephebe beside a stele.
A number of red-figured lecythi have low slabs resting on one or two steps and
figures doing reverence. Probably these are not stelae, but boundary stones,
low altars, or other sacred emblems, hard to define ; British Museum, E 604,
631, Athens, Museum, 1296, 12802. They show the adaptation of older scenes
of worship, as Athens, Museum, 1345, 1627, 1275, to the types of stele scenes.
i Athens, Museum, 1496. "2 Athens, Museum, 1312.
3 Festschrift f. Benndorf, p. 90 ff.
414 ROBERT CECIL McMAHON
cessf ul white lecythi in the old technique, as the " added white "
class with " /caXo? " names tries to rival the other white lecythi
with only outline drawing. Though some few still clung to
the past, the change to the white technique was an artistic
necessity with the change to funeral use, and the Attic people
as a whole appreciated the advantage. Not only did the white
color have a peculiar significance, but the quality of drawing
was improved. Our red-figured lecythi, in spite of their care-
ful execution, are therefore but rare. Comparison of the two
techniques will illustrate the advantage of the white. In place
of depending on fine inner lines and the warm color of the
clay, the white vases trust to pure outline and polychromy.
The Greeks, as usual, experimented widely, but finally chose
the best. As ten years have added new kinds of red-figured
lecythi with funeral scenes, so time may bring a complete set
of parallels to the white, but they can only count as experi-
ments, not as a real class.
ROBERT CECIL MCMAHON.
ATHENS,
May 2, 1905.
$fatertcan .Scfjool
of (Classical
in i&ome
A BRONZE STATUETTE FROM NORBA
THIS bronze statuette was purchased by me, in February,
1904, on the site of the Roman colony of Norba in the Vol-
scian territory,1 from a peasant boy, who stated that he had
recently found it on or near that site. It is at present deposited
in the Classical Museum of Yale University. The total height,
from the top of the head to the fracture in the right leg, is
0.070 m. ; from the top of the head to the pubes, 0.040 m. ;
from the top of the forehead to the chin, 0.008 m. ; to the brow
(top of the nose), about 0.002 m. ; to the bottom of the nose,
about 0.005 m. ; the extreme width (between elbows),
0.031 in. ; the width of the shoulders (between the out-
sides of the wings), 0.019 m. ; the extreme width of the
shoulders, 0.022 m. The figure is cast solid, in one piece,
except for the outer and upper parts of the wings, which,
being thin sheets, were attached later. The hair was engraved
later, also. Both legs from the middle of the shin, with feet and
basis, are lost, as are- also the upper parts of both wings. The
surface in general is well preserved ; but the face is disfigured,
and there is a deep horizontal furrow across the right upper
chest. The legs near the breaks have been somewhat damaged
by the workman who mounted the figure. The bronze has a
light-green patina ; but the original polish is still visible on
most of the surface. The modelling of the body is very care-
ful and spirited; the hair, however, is sketchily treated, the
strands being indicated by coarse, rather irregular lines.
The hair is arranged, in general, like that of the bronze
statuette of an athlete in the Louvre, said to have been found
1 For Norba, see Not. Scam, 1901, p. 504 ; 1903, p. 229 ; 1904, pp. 403, 423, 444.
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 415
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 4.
416
ALBERT W. VAN BUEEN
at Olympia (Ant. He*ron de Villefosse, Monuments Plot, I,
105, pis. xv, xvi), and attributed to the Argive school, in the
transition period between Agelaidas and Polyclitus, and of the
Apollo from the west pediment of the temple of Zeus at
Olympia (JErgebnisse, pis. iii, 22, 23 ; text iii, part i, p. 69),
whose date is about 460 B.C. Where these two coiffures differ,
that of the Norba bronze agrees now with the one, now with
a. FRONT VIEW. b. SIDE VIEW.
FIGURE 1. — BRONZE STATUETTE FROM NORBA. ACTUAL SIZE.
the other ; there seems to be a bang over the forehead, as in
the Apollo ; the ears are covered by the side locks, which are
brought back, producing the same effect as in the Louvre bronze ;
but as to the details of the coiffure one cannot be quite certain.
Concerning the face, in its damaged condition, nothing very
definite can be made out.
The modelling of the body finds its closest analogy in Poly-
clitan works. The extremely broad shoulders, the distinct
marking of the abdominal muscles, the pronounced groin
A BRONZE STATUETTE FROM NORBA 417
muscles, the deeply indented back, — all these one recognizes
as characteristic of the Doryphorus and its group ; although,
to be sure, the Doryphorus is less of a boy, and more of a man,
than the subject of our bronze, whose waist is somewhat
thinner, in proportion, and who, in general, is somewhat less
developed. The modelling of the Louvre bronze is somewhat
less advanced.
In striking contrast with the above features is the attitude
of our figure. This is pronouncedly later than the fifth
century. The boy is not walking, after the manner of the
Doryphorus and allied figures, but standing, in an easy resting
posture which is characteristic of the age of Praxiteles. The
slightly undulating line of the spine and legs, the head some-
what drooping and turned toward one side, the position of
the right arm, with the back of the hand resting on the hip,1
— all these, and still more the general effect produced by them
in combination, point to the earlier half of the fourth century.
As to the subject represented, there can be no doubt. A
winged ephebe, resting, with a discus in one hand, can hardly
be other than Eros, personified as a discus-thrower — Eros
Discobolus, or, perhaps better, Discophorus. It is a treatment
of the subject which would have been natural in the Praxitelean
age, but strange in the fifth century. As a matter of fact,
I know of no other representation of Eros holding the discus,
except on a gem, Furtwangler, Ant. Gremmen, pi. xliv, No. 23.
This is a different type from ours, and is merely adapted from
the ephebe-type seen on Nos. 21, 22, and 42 of the same plate.
Except, however, for the discus-motive, the attitude of the
Norba bronze bears a close resemblance to that of the Eros of
Parium by Praxiteles, to judge by the coins of that place.2
1 See Pierre Paris, E. Arch. XXXIX, 1901, pp. 320 f., with references there
given.
2 W. Klein, Praxiteles, p. 236, fig. 36. The coins show the left forearm
resting on a pillar. The two sides of the figure are reversed as compared with the
Norba bronze ; but still there is a distinct similarity between the figures. For the
position of the right hand, cf. also the Eros-figure on the medallion of Perganion,
op. cit. p. 181, fig. 28.
418 ALBERT W. VAN BUEEN
The presence of fifth century Peloponnesian head-dress,
fifth century modelling, and fourth century pose, feeling, and
subject, in the same work, is best explained by attributing
its composition to a fourth century school which took for its
models the Peloponnesian works of the fifth century, but
treated them according to the spirit of its own age.1
The question still remains, whether the bronze itself was
made in Greece proper, or whether it is an Italic copy of a
Greek original. This is a question difficult to settle in this
case, as the only detail in which the workmanship could not
perfectly well be Greek is the chiselling of the hair, which is
more crude and hasty than one would have expected from
comparison with the body. This circumstance may point to
Italic manufacture. If so, one might compare the two bronze
statuettes, — artistically, however, much inferior to the subject
of this paper, — found during the excavations at Norba in
1902, and published in Not. Scavi, 1903, pp. 253, 254. On
one of them — representing, apparently, Aphrodite — the
publishers remark : " . . . E di tipo greco del V. secolo a. C.,
ancora alquanto severo, con panneggio non privo ancora di
qualche durezza. Assai bella e sopratutto la testa dai linea-
menti nobili e dall' ovale gentile della faccia, contornata dalla
massa abbondante e rigonfia dei capelli.
" La statuetta e benissimo conservata, ad eccezione dei
piedi, che mancano ; e fusa in pieno ed e eseguita con molta
cura anche nei particolari, come p. es. nei cerchielli che ador-
1 The alternative hypothesis — to attribute it to an eclectic and archaizing
Graeco-Roman sculptor, of the school, say, of Pasiteles — does not appear
tenable in the case of the Norba bronze, which has a simplicity to which the
later eclectics did not often attain. If the supposition advanced in the text
is correct, the Norba bronze falls into the same class with the ephebe in Madrid,
published by Pierre Paris, E. Arch. XXXIX, 1901, pp. 316 ff., pis. 19, 20,—
a figure which, though only a Roman copy, and much reworked, still, with its
head-dress suggesting the Spinario, its Polyclitan proportions and modelling,
combined with its Praxitelean attitude, and, in particular, the motive of the
back of the hand resting on the hip, furnishes an interesting parallel, and
may serve as a type of a fairly large class of figures made by fourth century
artists endeavoring to adapt fifth century types to the needs of their own age.
See, for similar instances, Furtwangler, Masterpieces, pp. 276, 277, 300.
A BRONZE STATUETTE FROM NOEBA 419
nano 1' orlo del manto, e che sono incisi al bulino. Soltanto
un poco difettose sono le gambe, die traspariscono di sotto
all' abito che si attacca e quasi s' incolla alia persona ; cio
che sopra tutto sorprende nel lembo estremo del manto, che
aderisce dietro il fiance sinistro invece di penzolare libero.
In questo si ha ancora un resto di arcaismo.
"Pel sapore greco, che e in questa statuina, essa non puo
prendersi come un' imitazione fatta in Etruria, ma piuttosto
come un' opera eseguita molto probabilmente da un artista
della Campania su modello fornitogli dalla Grecia propria."
This description is decidedly exaggerated, considering that
the bronze is at best only an Italian imitation of a Greek
original. The second statuette is derived from a fourth
century Greek type.
It seems to me easier to believe that the subject of this
paper was made in Greece proper than that it was made in
Italy. If made in Italy, it was made by an artist closely
following Greek traditions.
ALBERT W. VAN BUREN.
American &d)ool
of Classical
at Stfjen*
OINTMENT-VASES FROM CORINTH
FIGURE 1. — Small owl, painted in early Corinthian style,
found in 1902 near the west end of the long South Stoa
(cf. Am. J. Arch. VI, 1902, Supplement, p. 19). Clay Corin-
thian, light green. The owl, 0.05 m. high, has underneath a
slight oblong projection which serves as
a base. Just behind this is a round
vent-hole on which one can whistle, the
interior being hollow. Probably the owl
was a child's plaything (for terra-cotta
playthings cf. Pettier, Les Statuettes de
Terrecuite, p. 263; R. Arch. XXXVIII,
1901, p. 273; for small Panathenaic vases
FlGURE L as playthings cf. J. H. S. XVIII, p. 300 ;
for an owl as plaything cf . Not. Scavi, III, 1895, p. 169, fig. 59).
It may, however, have been simply a very small ointment-
vase. The head is turned to the left. The eyes consist of
two round, slightly concave surfaces with a black dot in the
centre and around it a ring of orange color. Then comes a
ring of black, and outside this a row of brown dots. The
front of the owl and the bottom from the front to the vent-
hole are painted dark brown with white spots. The wings are
divided from the rest of the body by a line of clay left un-
painted, and consist of two parts separated by two vertical
incised lines, the front part being scales and the back part
having seven incised lines running toward the tail. The
spaces between these lines are filled in with purple stripes
painted over the brown. Two pairs of wavy lines cross the
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 420
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 4.
OINTMENT-VASES FROM CORINTH
421
incised lines from the top of the wings to the bottom. Be-
hind the vent-hole also are incised lines with purple stripes.
The style of painting is like that of the early Corinthian
ware and indicates that the owl belongs to the same period.
FIGURE 2. — Helmeted head, found in 1902 in the long
South Stoa near the steps leading up to the Old Temple (cf.
Am. J. Arch. VI, 1902, Supplement,
pp. 19-21). Clay buff. Height
0.05 m. On top at the back is a
break which starts from a small
round opening. On so much of the
crest as remains are traces of a
black checker-board pattern. The
mustache and the pointed and
prominent chin below the thick and
protruding lips are painted brown.
The edges of the helmet are also
brown. The main interest of this
ointment-vase, however, lies in the
fact that it comes from Corinth and is an early specimen
of the type of the helmeted head, examples of which, dating
mainly from the sixth century and coming mostly from
Rhodes and Italy, are in nearly every large museum. (In
the National Museum at Athens, No. 2074, from Mylasa ;
in Thera, cf. Hiller von Gartringen, Thera, Bd. II, p. 28,
No. 23, of Corinthian clay ; in Berlin, Furtwangler, BescJir.
d. Vasensammlung, Nos. 1304, 1305, 1306; in the Louvre, in
the Campana collection three specimens, cf. Graz. Arch. 1880,
p. 145, pi. 28; in the British Museum, Nos. A 1117-1123 ; cf. also
De Witte, Description des Antiquites et Objets d'Art qui com-
posent le cabinet de feu M. Durand, Nos. 1265, 1266 F ; De
tidder, Catalogue des Vases peints de la Bibliotheque Nationale,
[, pi. v, 197 ; Walters, History of Greek Pottery, pp. 128, 492,
)1. xlvi. Not. Scavi, II, 1894, p. 347, fig. 19 ; III, 1895, p. 182 ;
X, 1902, p. 500 ; Stephani, Vasensamml. d. Kais. Eremitage, No.
1472 ; Burlington Fine Arts Club, Exhibition of Ancient G-reek
FIGURE 2.
422 DAVID M. ROBINSON
Art, pi. xcvi, I, 59 ; Heuzey, Cat. des Figurines, p. 236 ; Man.
Antichi, XIV, 1904, p. 271, fig. 1 ; Furtwangler, Aegina, p. 389,
No. 36, pi. 112, 6 ; J. If. S. II, 1881, p. 69, an example in bronze.)
Other examples unpublished, which I have noticed, are
one from Myrina, in the Museum at Constantinople ; one
from Neandreia, in the collection of Mr. Frank Calvert, the
American consul at the Dardanelles (Nos. 46, 1 and 85, 2 in
the Calvert collection as catalogued by Dr. Thiersch for the
German Institute in Athens, cf. also Winter, Die Typen der
Figilrlichen lerrakotten, p. Ixii) ; one from Ophrynion, in the
same collection (Winter, op. cit. p. lix) ; two in Corneto ;
and one from Orvieto, in the Metropolitan Museum of New
York (No. 145, Rogers Fund, 1906). Heuzey, Les figurines
de terre-cuite du musee du Louvre, pi. 7, 2, is a good parallel
as regards form, and is said to come from Corinth. Walters,
op. cit. p. 128, note 2, wrongly says " from Cos." It is Egypto-
Phoenician, and is dated by an inscription in hieroglyphic
characters giving the name of the king Apries (599-569 B.C.).
This has been considered "le point de depart de la serie,
si Ton excepte les aryballes Corinthiens sur lesquels la tete
casquee est simplement figuree par la peinture " (Heuzey, Gf-az.
Arch. 1880, p. 159). But it is surprising that the oldest
example known of this type, which is in every respect
Greek, should not also be Greek. This ointment-vase from
Corinth (Fig. 2) is older, and the Egypto-Phoenician speci-
men was doubtless made after Greek ointment-vases in the
form of a helmeted head had been seen. So many have been
found in Rhodes (one comes from Cos, an island near Rhodes,
cf. G-az. Arch. 1880, p. 160, Note complement air 'e), which was a
centre of commerce, and where Greek, Egyptian, and Phoe-
nician met, that one might argue that Corinth was the origi-
nator of the type and exported examples to Rhodes, also a cen-
tre for the manufacture of terra-cottas and vases, and that the
Rhodian potter passed on the idea to the Phoenicians. The
Phoenician style may perhaps be seen also in De Witte, Cata-
logue de la collection d'Antiquites de feu M. Charles Paravey,
OINTMENT-VASES FROM CORINTH
423
No. 152, though Heuzey, loc. cit., says that it has all the charac-
teristics of a Greek product. But probably Rhodes itself was
the originator of this type of helmeted head, which appears
also on the sarcophagi of Clazomenae (J.H.S. IV, 1883, p. 11).
In any case the idea is hardly Phoenician, as Walters, op. cit.
p. 128, says. Another terra-cotta helmeted head was found at
Corinth in 1898. It is 0.03 m. high and is of later date, being
painted with black varnish, and it has a hole on either side of
the head for suspension. In its simplicity and lack of painted
decorations Fig. 2 differs from others. In almost every case they
have a semicircular front-piece protecting the forehead, the
fjierwTTov (cf. Pollux, Onomasticon, I, 135), which has a floral or
volute pattern incised and painted in red and white colors.
The TrapayvaOiSes are not as high as in Fig. 2, and give more
space to the eyes and are often painted with rosettes in white.
All these decorations are usually done over a black varnish.
But Fig. 2 has no black varnish, and no decoration except the
checker-board pattern on the crest and the lines along the
edges of the helmet and the features of the face. It may
also be stated that there is no decided break between the
cheek-pieces and the back of the helmet and that the bot-
tom does not project outwards.
FIGURE 3. — Male squatting figure, pour-
hole in top of the head. The legs are
drawn up so that the heels and knees
touch the body. The hands are closed,
thumbs up, and held against the upper
chest. The head shows all the signs of
archaism. It has the bulging eyes and the
so-called "archaic smile" and reminds one
of a satyr's face. The hair is long, con-
sisting behind of a heavy mass, with
horizontal lines across. It hangs down
on both sides of the face, resembling the
hair of the Apollo of Tenea. A string was passed through the
holes in the hair and in the hands, so that the figure could be
FIGURE 3.
424 DAVID M. ROBINSON
suspended. When so suspended, it would seem to have pulled
itself off the ground, by means of the string, raising its legs as
it did so. It was painted with simple patterns such as volutes,
rosettes, and rhomboids.
The type is that of the " Drinking Satyr," so often found in
Rhodes. Nos. A 1101, A 1102, in the British Museum, from
Rhodes, are almost identical with Fig. 3. No. A 1103 is
a very close parallel, but the left hand is laid flat over the
doubled right and the face is turned upwards more than in
Fig. 3. Nos. A 1102 and A 1103 are of buff Rhodian clay,
but No. A 1101 is grayish green, reminding one of some of
the green clays found at Corinth. Another parallel comes
from Neandreia, and is in the Calvert collection (Winter, op.
cit. I, p. 214, 4). An example in Syracuse from the necropolis
of Fusco is published in Not. Scavi, 1895, p. 154, fig. 39 (called
a Bes figure), and in the Louvre there is a specimen from
Italy. Another is given by Petrie, Naukratis, II, pi. xv, 4.
In the Boston Museum there is also a specimen from the
Bourguignon collection in Naples. The label says " Caricature
of a Phoenician Greek. Rhodian clay " (cf . Report of the
Boston Museum of Fine Arts, 1901, p. 32, No. 2). In the
Bonner Kunstmuseum is another such manikin with a smaller
and less archaic head, which Mr. Washburn has published,
Jb. Arch. I. xxi, 1906, p. 125, fig. 3. Similar in the position
of legs and hands are Winter, op. cit. II, p. 393, figs. 1-5, bearded
Sileni drinking out of a vase. In the museum at Vienna I saw
a figure from Tanagra1 (No. 63 in the catalogue) of yellowish
clay and covered with brown dots, which has the hands and
feet in exactly the same position and is suspended by means
of a string through the holes in the hair and in the hands,
but the head is far from being so archaic. The face is almost
identical with that of the "Drinking Satyr" of Corinthian fab-
rication, holding a celebe, published in B.C.H. XIX, 1895, pis.
19, 20. Corinth was perhaps the originator of the " Drinking
Satyr " type, since we know that the satyr was often repre-
1 This is probably the one mentioned in the Arch.-Ep. Mitth. Ill, 1879, p. 132.
OINTMENT-VASES FROM CORINTH
425
FIGURE 4.
sented in Corinthian art (cf. Athen. Mitth. XIX, 1894, pp.
510-525, pi. viii). This type is also closely related to that of
the wrongly named " Bes figures," cf . Orsi, Megara Hyllaea,
cols. 154-156 ; Hon. Antichi, I, col. 838 ; Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I.
Ill, 1900, p. 210, pi. vi ; Arrive Heraeum, II,
p. 28, No. Ill ; Winter, op. cit. I, p. 213 f.
FIGUKE 4. — Female figure, pour-hole in
top of the head, found in 1902 in the big
sewer, which is not earlier than the third
century B.C. Clay buff. Decorations brown.
Height 0.07 m. This is probably a sphinx,
like Winter, op. cit. I, p. 229, 4 (cf. Furt-
wangler, Beschr. d. Vasensamml. zu Berlin,
Nos. 1320, 1321, of Corinthian clay; Die
Bronzen ays Olympia, p. 201). The face is
flat and long, with prominent cheek-bones.
The heavy matted hair at the sides of the
face has holes for suspension. The hair behind is flat, with
horizontal lines continuing those in front, and is painted black.
The eyelids, eyebrows, necklace, and scales are painted brown.
FIGUEE 5. — Reclining ram, pour-hole in top of head, found
in 1902 in the same sewer as No. 4. The fore-part of a second
specimen was also found.
Clay Corinthian, light green.
Length 0.08 m. The fore-
legs of the ram are bent
back and the hind legs for-
ward, so that it can sit on
them. The head is held
well back and has spiral
horns on each side. There
is a hole for suspension from
the centre of the spirals
FIGURE 5. through to the side of the
neck on either side. The entire surface is covered with spots
in brown paint. Similar rams as ointment-vases are (the list
426 DAVID M. ROBINSON
is incomplete) No. 4155, from Eretria, in the National Museum
at Athens ; No. 9771, in the Andropoulos collection ; Furt-
wangler, op. cit. Nos. 1322, 1323, from Camirus, all of Rhodian
clay ; one in Dresden, from Italy (cf. Arch. Anz., 1898, p. 131,
No. 8) ; one from Sigeum, in the Calvert collection (Winter,
op. cit. p. Ixi); one from Clazomenae, in the Louvre (Winter,
op. cit. p. Ixx); one from Thera, of Corinthian clay (Hiller von
Gartringen, Thera, Bd. II, p. 28, No. 22) ; and some in the
museums of Taranto and Corneto.
Parts of ointment-vases in the form of a hare were also
found. Similar are Furtwangler, op. cit. No. 1325, from Cor-
inth, Nos. 1324, 1326, 1327, 1328, 1334, 1339, 2094, 2334, 3929,
all of Corinthian clay. Others in the National Museum at
Athens and in Boston are also of Corinthian clay, showing
that here again is a type which Corinth exported. One from
Orchomenus is B.C.H. XIX, 1895, p. 171, fig. 6 (cf. also
Wilisch, Altk. Thonind. p. 104 ; Furtwangler, Aegina, p. 382,
Nos. 92, 93, p. 383, No. 94, pi. Ill, 13).
Although types 2—5 show the close commercial relations
between Corinth and Rhodes, they were probably made at
both places, since specimens of both Corinthian and Rhodian
clay are known. Figs. 1-5 probably date from the seventh
century B.C.
DAVID M. ROBINSON.
JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY.
American
of Classical
in i&ome
INSCRIPTIONS FROM ROME
THE three inscriptions here published were found in Roberts'
Pharmacy, Piazza in Lucina, Rome. No. 3 has since, through
the courtesy of Mr. Gilbert Smith, been added to the museum
of the American School. All three are fragments, and the first
has been fixed into a wall in the pharmacy to serve as a shelf.
Nothing could be learned of their provenience.
I. MARBLE FRAGMENT, 0.33x0.20 m.
Dii 3 ~ M A N I B V S
„ C A N D I D I ~
quivix ~ D V 0 B V S ^ D I E B V S ~
II. MARBLE FRAGMENT, 0.33 x 0.22m.
JC-u
V N D I v V L I v I
DENQVIPATERN
CVMLAVDIBVSIC
III. MARBLE FRAGMENT, 0.61 x 0.40m.
dp. . . no N A s
di E M E R C V R I S
quivix. ann V S - XXXVII M E
ses . . . di I-! S - V - T R E B V N V S
equitum PROMOTORVM
The fragment is of late epoch, to all appearances of the latter
part of the fourth century. The characteristic mention of the
day of the week in the depositus-ioTvmla indicates that the in-
scription is Christian (v. 2 : di]e Mercuris, for Mercuri ; corn-
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the
Archaeological Institute of America, Vol. X (1906), No. 4.
428 C. R. MORET
pare the same form in De Rossi, Insc. Christ. Urbis Romae, I,
nos. 475 and 645). The Equites Promoti, the vexillatio of which
our defunct was trebunus, are mentioned in the Notitia Digni-
tatum among the vexillationes comitatenses sub disposition* magis-
tri equitum praesentalis (Not. Dign. ed. Seeck, p. 132 : cuneus
equitum promotorum) and several times among the provincial
troops (v. op. cit., index under Equites Promoti). A corps of
this name is also mentioned by Ammianus Marcellinus (xv,
4, 10 ... Bappo ducens Promotos . . . and xxxi, 13, 18 inter
hos etiam Promotorum tribunus Potentius). This seems, how-
ever, to be the first time that the Promoti have been found in
inscriptions, which gives the stone considerable importance.
C. R. MOREY.
archaeological
Institute
of America
MR. VAN BUREN'S NOTES ON INSCRIPTIONS
FROM SINOPE
BEFORE taking up in detail the notes which Mr. Van Buren
published in the last number of this JOURNAL (pp. 295 ff.) let
me say that my publication of the inscriptions from Sinope (cf.
Am. J. Arch., IX, 1905, pp. 294-333) was based in all cases
on a careful study of the stones themselves, on copies made
from the stones, and on squeezes; whereas Mr. Van Buren has
seen neither stone nor squeeze. The following comments I
write with squeezes and copies before me, and I find that the
copies as published are accurate, with the slight exceptions
mentioned below. Since the inscriptions on Roman milestones
are often very carelessly and inaccurately cut, readings not
based upon study of the stones themselves should be suggested
with caution.
Page 295, No. 50, Mr. Van Buren says that "TTPAITQ
REUNION is perhaps the stone-cutter's error for Hpaercapiavos,
the Latin Praetorianus." Since the letters are very carefully
and beautifully cut, it is improbable that this is a stone-
cutter's error. Perhaps it is the Paphlagonian spelling of the
name. In a Latin inscription from Pannonia (O.I.L. Ill,
11222) occurs the form Praetorinus, which in late Greek would
be TlpaiToopelvos. In No. 78, below, we have Casino for Casiano.
%. is doubtless a misprint for Z!, and ae a misprint for ai.
No. 51. The inscription is nearly complete, as my publi-
cation indicates, but there are no traces of a at the end of 1. 1.
In 1. 2 both my copy and my squeeze give the first letter of
'Eyvariov as below the e of 2]efro?. At most two letters could
have stood before the E of 'Eyvartov, and probably not even
American Journal of Archaeology, Second Series. Journal of the 429
Archaeological Institute of America. Vol. X (1906), No. 4.
430 DAVID M. ROBINSON
that, certainly not the four letters inserted by Mr. Van Buren.
The end of the same line also is correctly given in my publi-
cation, where the reading 'Eyi/artou o v[los] in an inscription of
Roman date is better than 'T&yvaTio £05, however desirable such
a reading might be if this were an Attic inscription of the fifth
century B.C. Traces of the second v exist on the stone, as I
indicated in the facsimile. In 1. 3 I had thought of a?r]o,
which Mr. Van Buren suggests, though I still prefer 7rp]b.
^irelpa often means "cohort," but also very frequently (cf.
Wilhelm, Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. Ill, 1900, p. 53 ; Ziebarth, Das
griechische Vereinswesen, 56, 58) " guild " or " club " or " organi-
zation," which seems to me preferable in this instance. My
reference to Larfeld's book, Grriechische Epigraphik (1888-94),
p. 285, is correct and need not be changed.
Page 296, No. 73. The reading L. Licinnius Fr(u)gi, which
I myself suggested, is, after all, preferable, and I have adopted
that reading in my ' Prosopographia Sinopensis ' (cf. Am. J.
Phil. XXVII, p. 274). The name Licinius is found not only in
Bithynia, but in Sinope itself. Cf. No. 33, 1. 2 and No. 45,
where we have K. Aueiwto? 3>povyi<; ( = Frugi), probably a
brother of L. Licinnius Frugi.
No. 74. The traces at the end of 1. 3 are as given in my
facsimile, but I am not absolutely certain that an H is meant.
S in line 4 I took to be an abbreviation for servus, as I indi-
cated in my publication of the inscription. As Mr. Van Buren
says, if the letters are H. S., meaning hie situs, their natural
position would be at the end of the inscription.
No. 75. " The copy given is evidently inaccurate. The in-
scription must have run essentially as follows." This statement,
repeated in the case of Nos. 76, 77, 78, is hardly correct. For
my restoration of the beginning of No. 75, cf. Am. J. Phil.
XXVII, p. 139, note 2. It is based on C.I.L. Ill, 6895, 12157,
and J.H.S. XX, 1900, p. 163, No. 7 (almost exact duplicates of
the first part of the inscription). Cagnat and Besnier (jft.
Arch. VII, 1906, p. 373) give a slightly different restoration.
Page 297, line 18 f. Mr. Van Buren says with regard to 1. 10
NOTES ON INSCRIPTIONS FROM SINOPE 431
of the inscription, "the numeral can hardly have been I,
unless it can be shown that the stone was found one Roman
mile from an important centre." The stone was not found
in situ, and round milestones could easily be transported or
rolled a long distance. My copy and squeeze both give
I clearly. It is certain that P did not stand there. Of course
it may be an error for P, but I am only stating the facts here.
Page 297, 1. 21. For Aur. Priscianus cf. also C.LL. Ill,
1418420, 1418421, 1418439. My interpretation of Pr. Pr. P. D.
N. M. Q. Eorum is to be found in Am. J. Phil. XXVII,
pp. 260, 277 : Pr(aeses) pr(ovinciae) P(onti) d^evotus') n(umini)
m(ajestati') q(ue) eorum.
Page 297, 1. 3. Mr. Van Buren would read in line 16 MAG
(for the L in 1. 24 is evidently a misprint). On the stone we
have rAG (cf. my facsimile). Perhaps the bar of A is a mis-
take of the stone-cutter and we should read A. There are no
traces on the stone of M.
Page 297, 1. 11. The reading of the stone is exactly as I
gave it, ETFLCOSTANOBBC ; and in the Am. J. Phil. XXVII,
p. 139, n. 2, I have changed my faulty transcription, though it
is adopted by Cagnat and Besnier, I.e., to Fl. Co(n)sta(nti}
nob(ilissimis) C(aesaribus). For similar milestones referring
to Constantine and his three sons, cf. C.LL. Ill, 12156,
1418417, 1418419, 1418420. In the Sinope inscription Jul is
omitted, and Costa is a unique error or abbreviation for Con-
stanti. For Constantino read Costantino, since N was not cut
before S. For the omission of n, cf. COST AN in J.H.S. XVII,
1897,- p. 273. Mr. Van Buren gives the sense that is wanted,
but puts into the inscription letters which do not belong there.
Page 297, No. 76. I have again compared my copy made
from the stone itself with my squeeze and find that it is accu-
rate in nearly all respects. The first letter of 1. 5 is F, but the
two horizontal lines have been connected, making it look like P.
The reading EM A YG MIX is correct, except that the second M
should be N. The whole is of course a stone-cutter's error for
ETMAYRNYM, T being omitted and G cut in place of R (a
432 DAVID M. EOBINSON
mistake due to the end of 1. 3), and M and Y combined (cf. Am.
J. Phil. XXVII, p. 139, n. 2). There is no such separate line
as MERIANO. In line 6 (7 in his text) Mr. Van Buren reads
MOBIL L CAESARIBB, which, he says, seems not to occur else-
where. But Nobill. occurs in No. 75, and Caesaribb. is given by
Cagnat, Cours d'Epigr. Lat. p. 383. My reading of CAESARI LL,
however, is correct. In Am. J. Arch. I.e., I transcribed Caesari.
L. L. (libens laetus). But I now think this is perhaps a stone-
cutter's error for Caesaribb, the L L being due to the L L at the
end of Nobill. Or, probably, we should transcribe Nobill. Caes.
Arill[us], Arillus would then be the name of the praeses, whose
cognomen was given at the beginning of the next line. For a
name Arilus, cf. De Vit, Onomasticon, s.v. The importance of
this inscription consists in the use of the word praeses in a
technical sense before Diocletian (cf. Am. J. Phil. XXVII,
p. 261). The reprint wrongly gives V for Y in every case.
Page 298, No. 77. My copy is accurate except at the end
of 1. 4, where read IX in place of N. Before IMP I am able to
make out clearly the vertical line of T, and after COS part of
V, proving conclusively that Mr. Van Buren's reading of lines
5 and 6 is wrong. There is no space between IMP and AVG
for TITVS. CAESAR. VESP, and COS. DES. VII is certainly er-
roneous. With the help of C.I.L. Ill, 6993 and 141883 and
B.C.H. XXV, 1901, p. 39, I should transcribe the inscription
thus, writing out in full to make everything clear :
Imp^erator) Caesar
Vespasianus Aug(ustus)
pont(ifex) max(imusy tr(ibunicia) pot(estate') [VIIII
imp (Aerator) XIIX
p(ater) p^atriae)] co(n)s(uT) [IIX] desig(natus) IX
T(itus} imp Aerator) (Caesar} Aug(usti) [f(ilius~) tr(ibunicia)
p(otestate) VII] co(n)s(ul) V[I] des(ignatu8') [VII]
In the last line Caesar seems to have been omitted and
perhaps also Trib. Pot. For the latter omission, cf. C.I.L. Ill,
6993. The PIOCAEIMP of my facsimile (R is wrong) is on
NOTES ON INSCRIPTIONS FROM SINOPE 433
the other side of the stone and possibly refers to Antoninus
Pins or M. Aurelius Antoninus Pius. A similar inscription
containing the name of Vespasian, which I was prevented from
copying, is in a village near Erikli Djami. For the road-
buildirig energy which marked the reign of Vespasian, cf.
Perrot, De Gal. Prov. Rom. p. 103 f.
No. 78. At the end of line 3 the letter is probably P and
not R, as I gave it, and in line 4 the third letter from the end
is meant for an E, though it looks very much like a B. In
line 3 (4 in Van Buren's text) after POT. IIII there is no
COS. Ill, but P.P follows immediately. The case is the same
in a duplicate of this inscription which I hope to publish soon.
For line 4 my transcription was wrong, and I am glad to adopt
Professor Hiilsen's reading, PROC. A. SI NOPE. M.P. Beneath
the inscription occurs AB which I failed to record in my publi-
cation. This was probably the thirty-second milestone from
Sinope toward the west. In 1. 6 Mr. Van Buren has omitted
the word Casino, which I gave, and reads not a single letter
there. With the help of the duplicate of this inscription, I am
now able to read from the squeeze :
5. curante Ad. Casino \_A-
6. tiano V. P. Pr. P. P.1
Aelius Cas(s)i(a)nus Atianus was, like Aurelius Priscianus in
No. 75, and Arillus in No. 76, the pr(aeses~) p(rovineiae) P(onti).
Page 299. Do not " read Carinus for Casinus," but for " em-
peror " read " praeses. No. 79 will be published in Am. J. Phil.
XXVII, 4, No. 108. For a study of the Roman roads in the
Pontus see Monro's article in J.H.S. XXI, 1901, pp. 52 f., and
Am. J. Phil. XXVII, p. 138.
DAVID M. ROBINSON.
JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY.
i My friend, Mr. Washburn, to whom I have shown the squeezes, confirms
this reading.
1906
January — June
ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS
SUMMARIES OF ORIGINAL ARTICLES CHIEFLY IN
CURRENT PERIODICALS
HAROLD N. FOWLER, Editor
Western Reserve University, Cleveland, 0,
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
The History of Buildings of Curved Plan. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX,
1905, pp. 331-374 (17 figs.), E. PFUHL discusses the history of buildings of
curved plan (Geschichte des Kurvenbaus), and concludes that the primitive
European house was round, that from the circular form the oval form devel-
oped, and that by combination with the Oriental rectangular form buildings
with apses arose. The rectangular form was adopted from the East and was
almost exclusively employed in classical architecture, though the round form
was retained in certain buildings of religious character. With the develop-
ment of Hellenism the primitive form again became prominent, and reached
its highest expression in the Pantheon.
Submarine Investigations. — In Ami d. Mon. XX, 1906, p. 60, is a
summary of a paper read by C. N. RAYDOS at the Archaeological Congress at
Athens. By means of diving-bells and appropriate apparatus, all the parts
of the eastern Mediterranean where remains of antiquity are likely to be
found, could be investigated, and any monuments found could be brought
to light, in about twenty years.
The Phoenician Tombs in Malta. — In Sitzb. Mtin. AJcad. ,1905, iii,
pp. 467-509 (4 pis. ; 7 figs.), A. MAYR describes and discusses Phoenician
tombs in Malta and objects derived therefrom. The tombs are the usual
square "chambers. A few busts and stelae exist. Anthropoidal sarcophagi,
of terra-cotta, probably date from about the fifth century B.C. A few terra-
cotta masks resemble those found at Carthage and elsewhere. In general,
the connection of Malta with Phoenicia seems closer than with Carthage.
1 The departments of Archaeological News and Discussions and of Bibliography
are conducted by Professor FOWLER, Editor-in-charge, assisted by Miss MARY H.
BUCKINGHAM, Professor HARRY E. BURTON, Mr. HAROLD R. HASTINGS, Professor
ELMER T. MERRILL, Professor FRANK G. MOORE, Mr. CHARLES R. MOREY, Pro-
fessor LEWIS B. PATON, and the Editors, especially Professor MARQUAND and Dr.
PEABODY.
No attempt is made to include in this number of the JOURNAL material published
after June 30, 1906.
For an explanation of the abbreviations, see pp. 135, 130.
435
436 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Comparatively large quantities of Phoenician (Punic) or native pottery
were found, but also some specimens of early Greek (Protocorinthian, Co-
rinthian), Attic, and Italiote vases. About the end of the third century
B.C. the custom of cremation began to become popular.
Monuments in the British Museum Illustrative of Biblical History.
— In the Biblical World, 1906, January, pp. 7-22 (8 figs.), C. H. W. JOHNS
gives a very complete account of the monuments, Babylonian, Assyrian,
Egyptian, and Greek, in the British Museum that are illustrative in one way
or another of statements in the Bible.
Archaeology and the Old Testament. — In the S. S. Times, April 22,
May 19, June 23, July 28, 1906, are four of six parts of a paper by JOHX
URQUHART, which obtained the Gunning prize of the Victoria Institute or
Philosophical Society of Great Britain. The other parts are to follow. The
evidence derived from archaeological discoveries for the historical state-
ments of the Old Testament is exhibited in popular form, with no references
to the place of publication of the inscriptions and other material discussed.
The whole essay is to be published in book form.
The Thirty Pieces of Silver. — In Archaeologia, LIX, ii, 1905, pp.
235-254 (7 figs.), G. F. HILL gives various versions of the legends con-
cerning the thirty pieces of silver received by Judas for the betrayal. The
pieces are generally connected with the Queen of Sheba and Abraham.
Between fifteen and twenty coins have been traced which have been vener-
ated as " Judas-pennies." Of these no less than eight are Khodian coins,
and none is such a coin as could have been in circulation in Palestine in
the time of Christ. The real thirty pieces of silver were probably staters of
Antioch or Tyre, and their total value was between $22 and $25 (£4, 10s.
and £5).
Ancient Moulds. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. IX, 1906, pp. 27-32 (5 figs.),
C. C. EDGAR gives technical and stylistic reasons for denying that the
plaster cast (ibid. VIII, 1905, p. 83, fig. 24) is, as Hauser claims, a portrait
of Ptolemy IV, and for ascribing it and the objects found with it to the
Roman period (cf. HAUSER, ibid. IX, 1906, Beilage, cols. 59 f.). He also
shows by extant specimens that casting in piece-moulds was known in
Egypt at the beginning of the Hellenistic period and became more general
in Egypt than elsewhere.
Breeds of Dogs in Antiquity. — In //*. Oesterr. Arch. I. VIII, 1905,
pp. 242-209 (12 figs.), O. KELLER, on evidence derived from coins and
other monuments, determines the characteristics of several ancient breeds
of dogs. The Maltese (Melitean) dog was a spitz, with pointed nose, long
hair, and curly tail. The Cretan hound was a large and strong grey-
hound, usually straight-haired. There were two breeds of Laconians.
One (dAcoTre/a's) was a small dog, with pointed nose and long, bushy tail, like
a fox ; the other was a large, strong dog, with smooth hair, long, thin tail,
and a nose not pointed, as was that of the Cretan hound, but not too heavy.
There were also two breeds of Molossians, one of which had the heavy nose
and mouth of the bulldog, but resembled more, perhaps, the Danish mastiff
or the great dogs on Assyrian reliefs. The other breed of Molossians was
a lighter, swifter animal, with pointed muzzle, resembling in general the
Thracian dogs. The watch-dogs often called in modern times Molossian
dogs (e.g. the dog in the Uffizi at Florence) have no claim to the name.
GENERAL] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 437
Ancient Artillery. — In Berl. Phil. W. March 3, 1906, M. C. P. SCHMIDT
gives a sketch of the progress made in the study of ancient artillery since
the publication (1853-55) of the Griechische Kriegsschriftsteller by Kochly
and Rtistow.
Georg Zoega.— The extraordinary achievements of G. Zoega, the most
scholarly of the three great archaeologists of the eighteenth century, were
the subject of an address by R. Kekule von Stradonitz, at the last Winckel-
mannsfest (December, 1905) of the Berlin Archaeological Society. (Arch
Anz. 1905, pp. 175-179.)
Materials for the History of Prehistoric Archaeology.— In R. Arch.
VII, 1906, pp. 239-259, E. T. HAMY publishes, with an introduction, a
paper on so-called thunderbolts (pierres de foudre}, by Nicolas Mahudel
(1737), in which he shows that these stones are prehistoric implements and
enunciates the theory of the Stone Age.
The Spiral Maeander in Germany and the Danubian Regions. — In
Mitth. Anth. Ges. XXXV, 1905, pp. 249-269 (55 figs.), Dr. WILKE dis-
cusses previous views and concludes that the spiral maeander is an analytic
development from complicated groups of figures. It spread from the Danu-
bian regions to western and central Germany, not in the opposite direction.
Stradonitz and La Tene.— In R. Et.Anc.VIll, 1906, pp. 111-119,C. JUL-
LIAN, k propos of Dechelette's translation of Pic's book on the Hradischt of
Stradonitz in Bohemia (Leipzig, 1906, Hiersemann), discusses the La Tene
civilization, which was Celtic and had trade connections with Greece. Ibid.
pp. 119-122, he finds that the Hallstatt civilization was not Celtic, but
belonged to the Sigynni. Ibid. p. 122, he emphasizes the importance of
Switzerland as the place where the La Tene and Hallstatt civilizations
came in contact with the Greek world.
Archaeology in Sweden. — The Antiquarisk Tidskrift for Sverige, IX,
4, contains a discussion (8 pp.) in Swedish of ceramics found in Nicaragua
in 1882-1883, a discussion (24 pp. ; 76 figs. ) of the same in French by C.
BOVALLIUS, and an article on graves in Gotland and their contents (129 pp.;
81 figs.) by G. GUSTAFSON. XI, 6 contains a summary in French of the arti-
cles in vol. XI ( ' Studies in Decorative Art,' by B. SALIN ; « Herring Fish-
ing in Scania in the Middle Ages,' by R. LUNDBERG ; ' Zoomorphic Ornamen-
tation in the Period of the Invasions — Merovingian Period,' by S. SODER-
BERG; < The National Names Gotar and Goter,' by M. ERDMANN). XIII, 4
contains (with brief summary in French), 'The Orient and Europe,' by O.
MONTELIUS (a German translation, <Der Orient und Europa,' appeared in
1899), « Some Mediaeval Memorial Verses relating to the History of Sweden,'
by L. FR. LAFFLER, < Some Further Words on the Pagan Formulae of Oaths
in Scandinavia,' by L. FR. LAFFLER, and ' The Original Arrangement of the
Church of Kalundborg and the Meaning of the Square Openings in the Walls
of the Church,' by E. EKHOFF. [The openings were intended to aid in the
use of the church as a fortress.] XV, 3 contains ' Brick Architecture in
Northern Europe and the Cathedral of Upsala' (154 pp. ; 42 figs. ; map), by
E. WR ANGEL, 'The Cathedral of Skara' (122 pp.; 66 figs.), by H. HILDE-
BRAND, and « The Cemetery of Bjars in the Parish of Hejnum, Gotland ' (143
pp.; 110 figs.), by F. NORDIN, E. EKHOFF, and T. ARNE. XVII, 4, 5 con-
tains < Swedish Place-Names/ by V. GODEL (58 pp.), and < Economics in Got-
land at the Time of Iver Akselson Tot '(15th century) (82 pp.). XVIII, 1 con-
438 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
tains « The History of the Population of Bornholm through the Centuries'
(vi, 276 pp.; 204 figs.), by K. STJERNA. The history begins with the La
Tene period, or earlier, and continues to the end of paganism.
The Campana Collection. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 30-51 (pi.), M.
BESNIER gives a list of the paintings and other objects from the Campana
collection distributed among the museums of Angers, Besan^on, Beziers,
Dieppe, Grenoble, Lisieux, Montpellier, Nantes, Orleans, and Tours. An
Annunciation and a Holy Family in Caen are published. Ibid. pp. 344 f.,
two letters are published ; one, from Paul Durand to Tarral, relates to Tarral's
restoration of the Aphrodite from Melos, to a terra-cotta and other objects in
the Campana collection, and to paintings in Paris ; the other, from Flau-
bert, relates to the polemic between Nieuwerkerke and Cornu caused by the
dispersion of the Musee Napoleon III. Ibid. pp. 423-460 (5 figs ), M. BES-
NIER gives a list of objects from the Campana collection now in the mu-
seums of Saint L6, Cherbourg, Avranches, Coutances, Caen, Bayeux, Vire,
Alen9on, Argentan, Evreux, Bern ay, Rouen, Havre, and Dieppes.
EGYPT
The Early Monarchs of Egypt. — In S. Bibl. Arch. XXVII, 1905, pp.
279-285, W. M. F. PETRIE discusses the order of the kings of the First Dy-
nasty of Egypt and of the kings before Menes, with reference to Sethe's recent
book on the same subject. Ibid. XXVIII, pp. 14-16, F. LEGGE takes issue
both with Sethe and Petrie in regard to the existence of kings before Menes,
and also disputes their identification of Menes with Aha, on which turns
the whole arrangement of the early kings. See also the paper of J. LIEB-
LEIN, ibid. pp. 29-32.
The God of the Oasis of Ammon. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1906, pp. 25-32
(fig.), E\ NAVILLE discusses the description of the god of the oasis of Ammon
given by Quintus Curtius (IV, 7), and connects the object of worship there de-
scribed with the so-called palettes of Egypt. The god had the form of an
umbo or 6ju,<£oAos, surrounded by precious stones and placed on a support
similar to the "palettes." In the "palettes" the round depression in the
centre was intended to receive such an umbo.
The Pyramid of Moeris. — In J.H.S. XXVI, 1906, pp. 176-177, H. R.
HALL adds a note to his article on the Two Labyrinths (J.H.S. XXV, pp.
320 ff., cf. Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 188) to explain that since it was the cus-
tom of Egyptian sovereigns to have two tombs at different places, the
Pyramid of Hawara, before which the Egyptian Labyrinth stood, and the
brick pyramid at Dashur may both be described as the tomb of Amenemhat
III or Moeris.
The Temple of Mentuhotep at Deir el Bahari. — In Melanges Nicole
(Geneva, 1905), pp. 391-399 (pi.), E. NAVILLE describes the temple of Men-
tuhotep, of the eleventh dynasty, at Deir el Bahari. The temple was built
in terraces and resembles the later temple of Queen Hatshepsu. In the
court was the foundation of what was once a pyramid on a nearly cubical
base. The surrounding colonnade had a back wall on which were reliefs.
In the cliff behind was a series of simple tombs, all of which had been rifled,
and some had been reoccupied. All were tombs of women, princesses and
priestesses. One broken sarcophagus was adorned with sculptures repre-
BABYLONIA, ETC.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 439
senting the princess, her attendants, granaries, etc. Six broken statues of
Usertesen III (XII dynasty) were found. (See Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 94.)
Magic Ivories of the Middle Empire.— In S. Bibl. Arch. XXVII, 1905,
pp. 297-304 (4 pis.), F. LEGGE describes other magic ivories in addition to
those published by him ibid. May, 1905. Ibid. XXVIII, 1906, January, pp.
33-43 (2 pis.), M. A. MURRAY discusses these so-called wands published by
Legge and reaches the conclusion from the number of figures referring to
birth and the number of astronomical signs that they are horoscopes.
The Race of the Founders of Sais. — In 5. Bibl. Arch. XXVII, Feb-
ruary, pp 68-75 (2 pis.), P. E. NEWBERRY shows the evidence that the
founders of Sais were not of Egyptian origin, and suggests that they were
of northern, possibly of Greek origin. The principal ground for this opin-
ion is that the shield of the early inhabitants of Sais was of the form used
by the Mycenaeans, Hittites, and aborigines of Latium.
The Vases Oacheb and Sochen. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 52-55,
A. BAILLET describes and depicts Egyptian vases called oucheb and sochen.
They are goblets or chalices, with more or less high stem, and were used
for pouring libations.
BABYLONIA AND ASSYRIA
An Account Tablet of Urukagina. — In /. Asiat. VI, 1905, November,
pp. 551-558, A. DE LA FUYE describes a tablet of Urukagina, king of
Lagash, about 4000 B.C., if we trust the chronology of Nabonidus. It con-
tains a curious specimen of governmental account-keeping that shows a
very high development of system in the management of the civil service at
this early period. It has a list of officials of various sorts, together with the
wages paid them. It contains 130 proper names of men and of women and
yields important information in regard to the measures of capacity in use at
Lagash in the time of Urukagina.
The Gods with a Turban.— In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1906, pp. 43-48, L.
HEUZEY discusses the gods with a turban on Babylonian cylinders. He
finds that after the kings of Ur obtained the hegemony in Babylonia the
gods represented on cylinders wear no longer (or seldom) the headdress with
bulls' horns, but a simple turban. He explains this by supposing that,
since the kings now received divine honors, a confusion arose, and it was
really the reigning king who was worshipped under the appearance of a
divinity.
Meaning of the Star of Stars and Gilgan in Babylonian Astro-
nomical Tablets. — In the Babylonian tablets it is recorded that when the
''Star of Stars" and the moon are parallel on the third day of the month
Nisan, in that year an intercalary month must be added. In S. Bibl. Arch.
XXVIII, 1906, January and February, pp. 6-13 and pp. 47-53, E. PLUN-
KETT contests the common view that the « Star of Stars " is identical with
Gilgan and that it equals Capella, and holds that Gilgan is the constellation
known as the « Southern Fish," and that the " Star of Stars " is the Pleiad
or chief star in the constellation of the Pleiades.
Chronology of Assurbanipal's Reign. — In S. Bibl. Arch. XXV11,
1905, pp. 288-296, C. H. W. JOHNS discusses the importance of the so-called
"Forecast Tablets" for the chronology of the reign of Assurbanipal.
440 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
These documents consist of three parts, the omens, the inquiry, and the
colophon. The second of these parts is the most important. It states the
cause which has led the king to consult the oracle, and among these causes
mention is frequently made of important historical events. On the basis of
these tablets Johns fixes the year 651 B.C. as the eponymate of Sagabu, and
thus fixes all the eponyms from 658 to 649 B.C.
SYRIA AND PALESTINE
Site of the Acra at Jerusalem. — In Pal. Ex. Fund, Quarterly Statement,
XXXVIII, 1906, January, pp. 50-54 (2 plans,) C. WATSON discusses the
evidence for the location of the Acra, or Forti'ess, of the Syrians in Jerusa-
lem, which the Septuagint equates with Millo, and Josephus equates with
the City of David. He' decides for a position within the Harem Enclosure
near the north corner of the Mosque of Aksa, above the great tank known
as Cistern No. 8. He maintains that Josephus's statement is correct, that
the Acra was originally higher than the Temple, but wras cut down by the
Hasmoneans. Cistern No. 8 he regards as the water supply for the fortress.
It has a capacity of at least 2,000,000 gallons. See also Quarterly Statement,
April, pp. 151 f .
The Description of Jerusalem by the Bordeaux Pilgrim. — In Z.
D. Pal. V. XXIX, 1906, pp. 72-92 (1 pi.), R. ECKARDT subjects the narra-
tive of the Bordeaux Pilgrim (333 A.D.) to an elaborate investigation, and
attempts to identify the places there described.
Comparison of the Results of the Excavations at Gezer, Megiddo,
Ta'anach. — In Pal. Ex. Fund, Quarterly Statement, XXXVIII, 1906, Janu-
ary, pp. 62-66 ; April, pp. 115-120, R. A. S. MACALISTER compares the
results obtained by him at Gezer with those obtained by Schumacher and
Sellin at Megiddo and Ta'anach. In general the three excavations yield
closely similar results. Civilization in the north and south of Palestine
was evidently one. The same pottery scale holds good in all three mounds.
The same periods are traceable, and the same finds are made at the same
levels. The most important differences between Gezer and Megiddo are
the absence from the latter of cave-dwellings, of standing stones, and of
double stone city walls. Egyptian influence also is more conspicuous at
Gezer, while Assyrian influence is predominant at Megiddo. The most
interesting discovery at Ta'anach has been the cuneiform tablets. It is
a mere accident, however, that similar tablets have not been found in Gezer.
Egyptian influence is also less at Ta'anach than at Gezer. The result of
the three excavations is to render certain the periods and the datings of the
periods for all Palestinian mounds.
The Identity of Khirbet el-Jehud with Beth-ter. — In Z. D. Pal. V.
XXIX, 1906, pp. 51-72 (1 pi.), E. ZICKERMANN gives an elaborate descrip-
tion of the ruins known as Khirbet el-Jehud near the village of Bettir, east
of Jerusalem, and comes to the conclusion that the view already adopted
by many is correct that this is the site of Beth-ter, the place where the
remnant of the Jewish people made its last stand against the Romans in
the reign of Hadrian.
The Lachish Tablet.— In Pal. Ex. Fund, Quarterly Statement, XXXVIII,
1906, April, pp. 148-149, C. R. CONDER gives a new transcription and trans-
literation of the so-called Lachish Tablet, discovered by Bliss at Tell-el-Hesy.
ASIA MINOR] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 441
The Erotic Graffito in the Tomb of Apollophanes at Marissa. - In
Pal. Ex. Fund, Quarterly Statement, XXXVIII, 1906, January, pp. 54-62
K. A. S. MACALISTER discusses the puzzling graffito in the tomb of Apollo-
phanes at Marissa and comes to the conclusion that the lines have been
written by three different persons. Line 1 is written by a woman, line 2
by her lover in reply, line 3 by the woman again, and line 4 by a third party
who discovers the correspondence and warns the lovers against this pub-
licity. Ibid. April, p. 146, the same inscription is discussed by C. R. CONDER
and on p. 158 again by MACALTSTER.
Newly found Weights. — In Z. D. Pal. V. XXIX, 1906, pp. 92-94,
DALMAN describes the various stone weights that have been found in the
latest excavations in Gezer and elsewhere and comes to the conclusion that
they fall into three groups. In the first series the shekel corresponds with
the Babylonian silver shekel with a weight of 21.8 g. ; in the second series
the shekel has a weight of 10.9 g. ; in the third it corresponds with the
Phoenician silver shekel with a weight of 14.5 g.
Ezekiel's Vision and Solomon's Basins. — In a recent monograph
(Ezekiel's Vision und die Salomonischen Wasserbecken, Budapest, 1906, F.
Kilian Nachfolger ; 40 pp. ; 8vo), L. VENETIANER discusses the biblical texts,
and finds that the " sea " in Solomon's temple received its water by a
conduit from Etam. From the " sea " the water flowed in pipes (or gutters)
into the ten basins, five at each side. The "orphannim" are not wheels,
but water pipes. The vision of Ezekiel typifies the union of Israel.
The Temples of Coele-Syria. — In Rec. Past, V, 1906, pp. 67-83
(13 figs.), B. W. BACON gives an account of a trip in Syria, with descrip-
tions and photographs of scenery and of ruins at Kal 'at '1 Fakra, el Frat,
Afka, Kal 'at Mha, and Sidon, and of rock-cut tombs near Sarapta.
ASIA MINOR
Hittite Inscription J II. — In S. Bibl. Arch. XXVIII, January, pp.
27-28, E. SIBREE compares the Hittite inscription known as J II with a
familiar form of Assyrian inscriptions and reaches the conclusion that it is
to be read " governor of the city of Carchemish, king of the land of . . ."
The Rock-cut 'Niobe.' — A slight contribution to the question whether
the rock statue on Mount Sipylus is the Mother of the Gods or the Niobe of
Pausanias, is made by H. S. COWPER, who visited the spot in January, 1905,
and found two long and lugubrious icicles hanging from the brow and chin
of the'figure. (J.H.S. XXVI, 1906, p. 179.)
Eurydicea. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. L VIII, 1905, pp. 229-230 (2 figs.),
F. IMHOOF-BLUMER identifies the city of Eurydicea, known by a small
series of coins (obv. head of Eurydice, veiled, to right ; rev. tripod, Evpv
SiKeW) with Smyrna. The name Eurydicea, given to the city by Lysima-
chus, was no doubt given up immediately after his death.
Poemanenum. — The conflicting evidence derived from the Roman road
system and the geography of the Byzantine wars as to the site of Poema-
nenum, in Mysia, is reconciled by F. W. HASLUCK by finding two sites, not
far apart— a lower one for the original settlement with its temple of Zeus-
Asclepius, and a higher one, to which the population may have removed in
less secure times. A grave relief found here, of the " Thracian horseman "
442 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
type, and one or two other reliefs show Persian influence. A new reading
of an important inscription from Proconnesus gives some interesting points
as to local names and worship in Imperial times. (J.H.S. XXVI, 1906,
pp. 23-31 ; Pl.)
The Water Service of Cities in Asia Minor. — In Jb. Arch. I. XX,
1905, pp. 202-210 (3 figs.), G. WEBER describes the means of supplying
water to the ancient cities of Magnesia ad Sipylum, Thyateira, Philadelphia,
Blaundus, Acmona, Prymnessus, and Cotyaeum, and gives a summary of re-
sults obtained in these and eight or ten other cities. Most of them had water
brought over the saddle or neck which connected the city hill with the
mountains, by means of a high-pressure main consisting of stone or terra-
cotta pipes, according to circumstances, and either laid on the ground
or raised on a wall or arches. These constructions are Hellenistic or per-
haps occasionally of Roman origin. At Cotyaeum, where a similar system,
but with wooden pipes made of bored-out logs, is now in use, the ancient
system may have been the same.
Neo-Fhrygian Inscriptions. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. VIII, 1905,
Beiblatt, coll. 79-120 (4 figs.), W. M. RAMSAY publishes forty-eight late
Phrygian inscriptions and republishes twenty-nine, with discussion of read-
ings and meaning. The Phrygian language lived on in the country after
Greek had become the language of the cities and more cultured regions.
Two Greek Reliefs from Asia Minor. —In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp.
225-235 (3 figs.), P. PERDRIZET discusses two reliefs from Asia Minor.
The first, from Tralles and now in Constantinople (C. R. Acad. Insc. 1904,
p. 46; B.C.H. 1904, pi. vii), represents a serving man engaged in pulling
with his right hand a rope that is tied to a ring fastened in the ground. A
plane tree spreads above the man. This slab was only a part of the whole
representation, probably that of Dirce and the bull. The serving man
is probably holding the bull by the rope. The second relief, in the
Warocque collection, probably came from Nisyros. Heracles is represented
breaking off a branch of the apple tree of the Hesperides. The serpent
hangs dead on the tree. Both reliefs are Hellenistic and " picturesque."
The second is greatly inferior in style and execution. A lecythus in Berlin
is published. On this Heracles is going away with the apples, and the
snake stretches out two heads after him.
Proconsules Asiae under Trajan. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. VIII,
1905, pp. 231-237, R. HEBERDEY, chiefly on the evidence of the inscriptions
on coins, gives a list of the proconsules Asiae for the twenty years of Trajan's
reign, one year before and three years after. The number or sign in
brackets designates the year of the consulship of the persons named, the
other numerals give the date of the proconsulship: 96-7, Carminius Vetus (?),
97-8, Secundus or Pedianus Fuscus Salinator (?), 98-9, Pedianus Fuscus
Salinator or Secundus (?), 99-100, Q. Julius Balbus (85), 100-01, unknown
(86?), 101-02, unknown (87?;, 102-03, unknown (88?), 103-04, C.
Aquillius Proculus (89?), 104-05, Albius Pullaienus Pollio (90), 105-6, un-
known (91?), 106-07, Ti. Julius Celsus Polemaeanus (92), 107-08, M.
Lollius Paullinus Valerius Asiaticus Saturninus (93), 108-09, C. Antius A.
Julius Quadratus (93), 109-110, L. Nonius Asprenus Torquatus (94), 110-
11, unknown (95?), 111-12, unknown (96?), 112-13, P. Cornelius Tacitus
(97), 113-14, M. Scapula (97?), 114-15, M. Eppuleius Proculus Ti. Caepio
GREEK ARCH.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 443
Hispo (98), 115-16, C. Fulvius Gillo Bittius Proculus (98), 116-17. Ti.
.Julius Ferox or L. Dasumius (99), 117-18, L. Dasumius or Ti. Julius Fe-
rox(V), 118-19, C. Julius Cornutus Tertullus? (?), 119-20, Mettius Modes-
tus (V), 120-21, Cornelius Prise us (?).
Two Edicts of the Emperor Valens. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. L IX,
1906, pp. 40-70, A. SCHULTEN publishes and discusses two edicts found at
Ephesus in 1904 (see ibid. VIII, Beiblatt, cols. 71 ff.; cf. Am. J. Arch. 1906,
p. 339). The first is addressed by Valentinian, Valens, and Gratian to
Eutropius, the author of the Breviarium, who was governor of Cilicia until
369 A.D., mayister memoriae in 369, and governor of Asia in 371, but was
deposed in 372 at latest. The edict dates, then, from 370 or 371 A.D. It
contains provisions for the management of the res privatae, or private
property of the Emperor, and for the benefit of the province of Asia, which
had suffered from extortion as well as from earthquakes. The second edict,
addressed to Festus, is inscribed in Greek as well as in Latin, and contains
provisions for the provincial games. This Festus was also the author of
a Breviarium. He was governor of Syria in 365 A.D. and magister memoriae
between 369 and 372, when he succeeded Eutropius as governor of Asia. The
provinciae coronatus or KO(7/u,ov/xevos v-rro TOV TT/S 'Ao-uxs o-re^avoii, the high
priest of the province, is the giver of the quadrennial games, and in that
capacity he bears the title 'Atnapx*??- In tnig e(*ict i* is provided that
smaller cities may hold games at Ephesus.
GREECE
ARCHITECTURE
The Age of the Temple of Athena at Sunium. — In R. Stor. Ant. X,
1906, pp. 84-92 (fig.)» P. DUCATI discusses the foundations of the temple of
Athena at Sunium, unearthed in 1898 and 1899 ('E<£. 'ApX- 1900, pp. 113-
150). The portico on the eastern and southern sides was an addition to the
original structure. The original structure, with its four interior columns is
shown, by its form and the method of building employed, to be very early,
even earlier than the Heraeum at Olympia. It is very similar to the
megara at Tiryns and Mycenae and marks an early stage in the development
of the Doric temple from the Mycenaean megaron. A similar close connec-
tion is observed between the temple of Apollo Pythius at Gortyna and the
Cretan palace.
Details of the Olympian " Treasuries."— A second article by L. DYER
on the communal houses at Olympia (see J.H.S. XXV, pp. 294 ff. ; Am. J.
Arch. 1906, p. 189) deals with the architectural details, and treats the buil<
ings in chronological order, beginning with the Geloan house, at the eastern
end of the row. From this early structure, ornamented with painted terra
cotta sheathing nailed on the stone, and with simple banded entablature,
the series extends through all stages of experimental Doric, including
columns without entasis, down to the Sicyonian house, which if
certainly older than the Parthenon or than the great Temple of Zeus,
scanting of labor on the parts less seen, such as the backs of columns am
capitals, and the sides of buildings that stood close to others, is noticeable,
especially in the house of the Megarians. The materials, which were
brought from home across seas, are quite as important as decoratio
444 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
letter-marks, in correcting earlier conjectures as to the cities to which the
houses belonged. (J.H.S. XXVI, 1906, pp. 46-83 ; 14 figs.)
A Building at Troezen. — In B.C.H. XXX, 1906, pp. 52-57 (2 figs.),
PH. E. LEGRAXD develops a suggestion of Fr. Studniczka concerning the
building at Troezen previously regarded by Legrand as a palaestra (B.C.H.
XXI, pp. 543 ff., pi. xiii; ibid. XXIX, pp. 292 if.; cf. Am. J. Arch. 1905, p.
355). Certain foundations along the inner walls are now interpreted as
foundations for klinai, and the building is regarded as a hestatorion.
Reconstruction of the Treasury of the Athenians at Delphi. — In
Ami d. Mon. XIX, 1905, pp. 355-359, an address delivered by TH. HOMOLLE
at the archaeological congress at Athens (1905) is published. The details
are enumerated which made the reconstruction of the Treasury of the
Athenians, at Delphi, possible, accurate, and desirable.
SCULPTURE
The Frieze of the Old Temple of Athena at Athens. — In Athen. Mitth.
XXX, 1905, pp. 305-322 (2 pis.; 4 figs.), H. SCHRADER discusses the relief
called " die wagenbesteigende Frau," No. 1342 in the Acropolis Museum
(Le Bas-Reinach, Monuments Figures, pp. 50 f.), and four other smaller frag-
ments of the same frieze. He shows that the frieze must have been of con-
siderable extent, that it was on the outside of some building, as the
weathering proves, and that the building was not destroyed by the Persians.
He concludes that the frieze adorned the old temple of Athena. It was,
therefore, a direct forerunner of the frieze of the Parthenon, and its subject
was probably the same. The old temple itself, as restored after the depart-
ure of the Persians, probably had four Ionic columns at each end. This
form of the temple might have something to do with the form of the Erech-
theum, which was, as Dorpfeld has shown, originally intended to be a long
arnphipro style Ionic structure, with a continuous frieze running all round
it. The old temple was, however, not removed when the Erechtheum was
built. This is shown by the weathering of the fragments of the frieze.
The Arcadian Artemis and the Goddess with Serpents. — In B.C.H.
XXX, 1906, pp. 150-160 (pi.), S. REINACH publishes the relief from Sa-
vigny-les-Beaune (Cote-d'Or) and develops his theory (see C. R. Acad. Insc.
1905, p. 308; Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 203) that the representations of deities
seen there are derived from statues at Rome which date from a time before
classical Greek art was introduced.. The figure with a torch and two ser-
pents he identifies with the Artemis of Lycosura, calling to mind the
tradition that Evenus came to Rome from Arcadia, and this Arcadian Ar-
temis he identifies with the goddess with the serpents represented by the
glazed terra-cotta figurine found by Mr. Evans at Cnossus.
A Portrait of Pythagoras. — In the Papers of the British School at
Rome, Vol. Ill, 1906, pp. 305-314 (2 figs.), KATHARINE A. McDowALL iden-
tifies as Pythagoras a head in the Capitol (Sala dei Filosofi, 80 ; Arndt-
Bruckmann, Gr. u. rom.Portrats, 151-152), representing a middle-aged bearded
man, who wears a turban.^ The original was probably a bronze of about
the middle of the fifth century B.C. The attribution is supported by coins,
especially a contorniate in Paris.
A Statue of the " Narcissus " Type. — A replica of the statue of a boy
leaning with the left hand on a pillar, which has recently passed from the
GREEK SCULPTURE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 445
Philip Nelson collection to Munich, is illustrated and briefly commented
upon by E. STRONG, in J.H.S. XXVI, 1906, pp. 1-3 (2 pis.). It is one of a
very large number of copies of a work of the second half of the fifth century,
assigned by different critics to Argive or Attic influence or to a combination
of the two, and because of the peculiarly individual expression of weariness
or languor, which extends to the face as well as the figure, it has been called
Narcissus, Hyacinthus, and Adonis. This characteristic,, rare in so early a
work, has more probably a sepulchral significance. A more complete
replica, found in the Nile Delta and now in the Louvre, shows some errors
in the restoration of the Munich statue.
The Eastern Pediment of the Parthenon. — In Jb. Arch. I. XXI, 1906,
pp. 33-42 (3 figs.), A. PRANDTL discusses the frieze on a puteal at Madrid
supposed to be copied from the Birth of Athena on the Parthenon, and vin-
dicates the claim largely on the ground that the figures stand at the angle
which would make their lines perpendicular to the slope of the gable, as should
be the case with pediment figures. By raising the central Victory into the air
as a hovering figure, and bringing the Zeus and Athena closer together, the
necessary triangular shape and compactness of design are obtained. The
more important figures, Zeus, Athena, and Prometheus, are clearly of fifth
century origin ; the commoner ones, like Nike, would naturally be modified
in a copy, to the later type. The so-called Nike, " East I," is really an Iris
from the other pediment, "West N," in the drawing attributed to Carrey.
Athlete or Apollo? — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. VIII, 1905, pp. 269-276,
PL LOWY discusses Hauser's theory (ibid. pp. 42 if. ; Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 468)
that the Diadumenus of Polyclitus (and also the Diadumenus of Phidias)
represented Apollo. He finds none of Hauser's argu-
ments conclusive. The palm trunk used as a support
in marble copies of the Diadumenus probably refers
to athletic victories, and the attributes of Apollo
added to the replica from Delos are not unnatural at
that place. Incidentally the identification of the
Diadumenus of Polyclitus with Pythocles the pent-
athlete is maintained.
The Posture of the Pythocles of Polyclitus.—
In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. IX, 1906, pp. 131-138 (10 figs.),
F. STUDNICZKA discusses the base of the statue of
Pythocles by Polyclitus (Olympia, V, No. 162-163) and
concludes that the posture was similar to that of the
Borghese Ares or of a small bronze figure from Anti-
cythera (Fig. 1), the weight being borne chiefly by
the left leg. This posture is essentially different from
that of the Doryphorus and other statues ascribed to F[G ^_ STATUETTE
Polyclitus. FROM ANTICYTHERA.
The Irene and Plutus of Cephisodotus. — In R.
Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 111-138, P. DUCATI argues that the group of Irene and
Plutus, by Cephisodotus, is a work of the end of the fifth century B.C.
arguments are based on the style of the drapery, the head of Irene, and the
figure of the infant Plutus. He suggests the end of the Peloponnesian AY ar,
403 B.C., as a probable occasion for the creation of the group.
The Atalanta of Tegea.— A brief study of Scopas, as seen in the recently
446 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1900
augmented series of fragments from the pediments of the temple at Tegea,
is made by E. A. GARDNER in J.H.S. XXVI, 1906, pp. 169-175 (fig.).
The head of the Atalanta, of which both head and torso are preserved, differs
from the male heads, both in being of Parian marble and in lacking the pas-
sionate intensity of expression recognized as characteristic of Scopas. This
partial use of a finer material may be compared with the use of foreign mar-
ble for the head of the Demeter of C nidus, and with the marble of the nude
parts of female figures in the Selinuntine metopes. The comparatively quiet
expression is perhaps due to a half -felt tradition that Atalanta was really a
goddess, and partly to the newness of intense facial expression in sculpture.
Beginning here with the warrior, the artist employed this later in female
faces as well. The Atalanta has, however, other characteristics which clearly
mark it as Scopadic and greatly in advance of its epoch. So every new
piece of evidence on Scopas shows more clearly his powerful influence on
later artists. Gardner finds points of resemblance between the Atalanta and
the sculptures from Lycosura, which confirm him in his belief that Damo-
phon was an artist of the fourth century.
A Ganymede of the School of Praxiteles. — In Melanges Nicole (Ge-
neva, 1905), pp. 445-450 (3 pis.), S. REINACH publishes an alabaster statuette
in the collection of the late Count Eugene de Sartiges. It represents Gany-
mede, nude, standing beside an eagle. The head, right arm, and legs below
the knees of Ganymede, the lower parts of the legs, the tail, and parts of the
wings of the eagle are wanting. The same motive exists in two statues, one
in the Uffizi (No. 308), the other, said to be a modem copy, at Newby Hall
(No. 5). The former was restored by Benvenuto Cellini, but he probably had
some reason for restoring it as Ganymede. The style and motive are Praxi-
telean, but the alabaster statuette is a later work, probably made in Egypt.
The Original of the Venus del Medici. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1905, pp.
623-628, A.MAHLER gives new reasons for the belief that the Venus dei
Medici is a copy of an original by Lysippus (see R. Arch. II, 1903, pp. 33 ff.;
Reinach, Recueil de teles antiques, p. 146). There are striking analogies
between the motif oi the Venus and that of the Apoxyomenus and between
the head of the Venus and that of the statue from Herculaneum in Dres-
den, which has been attributed to Lysippus. In the third Commentary
of Lorenzo Ghiberti it is stated that a statue was found at Sienna (about
the middle of the fourteenth century) on the base of which the name of Ly-
sippus was inscribed. This statue was destroyed as indecent (inhonestum) ,
and the imperfect description indicates that it was a replica of the Venus.
Moreover, Sicyoniaii coins of Roman date bear on the reverse the figure
of the Venus, probably in honor of the Sicyonian sculptor Lysippus.
The Discovery of the Aphrodite of Melos. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp.
193-199, is an extract from the papers of Claudius Tarral, an English
physician who lived in Paris under the second Empire, in which he dis-
cusses the discovery of the Aphrodite of Melos. He quotes Dumont
d'Urville (Annales Maritimes, by Bajot, 1821, p. 150), who declares that the
statue had arms4 and that the right hand held an apple. This is at variance
with the account of the consul Brest, with whom d'Urville disagrees on
other points. Ibid. pp. 199-202 (fig., representing the statue as restored by
Hofer, in the royal gardens at Wiirzburg), S. REINACH gives a bibliogra-
phy of the recent discussions of the statue and its discovery.
GREEK SCULPTURE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 447
" Alexander on Horseback.1'— In Melanges Nicole (Geneva, 1905), pp.
427-443 (5 figs.), E. POTTIER discusses the bronze in Naples called "Al-
exander on Horseback." It is not a portrait of Alexander, and the atti-
tude befits not the king, but one of his attendants. This is shown by
comparison with the sarcophagus from Sidon and other monuments.
The support, in the form of a steering oar, may refer to water ; hence this
bronze may be a copy of a part of the group by Lysippus which com-
memorated the horsemen slain at the passage of the Granicus. Perhaps a
mounted Amazon found at Herculaneum may be similarly derived from
the proelium equestre of Euthycrates.
The Azara Herm. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 79-110, ETIENNE
MICHON discusses the herm of Alexander, called the Azara herm, in the
Louvre. Although the artistic value of this herm has been overestimated,
it is a portrait of Alexander, for the inscription, which should be read 'AAe-
£av8/oos <&i\i7nrov MaKeSwv, is ancient.
Haggard Eyes.— In Melanges Nicole (Geneva, 1905), pp. 357-366 (3 pis.),
P. MILLIET, starting from a bronze bust in Naples (Rayet, Mon. de I'art
antique, iii, pi. 8 ; Brunn-Bruckmaim, Denkm. griech. u. rb'm. Sculptur^o. 323),
concludes that the " haggard eyes " of this and other works of the Alexan-
drian period result from the desire of novelty on the part of the artist. Pos-
sibly the cult of Dionysus may have some connection with this and other
manifestations of nervous strain.
A Pergamene Representation of the Labors of Heracles. — In Rom.
Mitth. XX. 1905, pp. 214-222 (fig.), W. AMELUNG discusses the much re-
stored group in Worlitz (tleinach, Repertoire de la statuaire, II, 2, p. 510,
No. 5), representing Heracles in the garden of the Hesperides, a fragment
of the same representation in the museum at Lambaesis (ibid. No. 3), a
much restored group of Heracles and the dead lion of Nemea in the Vatican,
and some related representations on sarcophagi, etc. He concludes that
there was a series of Pergamene sculptures representing the labors of Her-
acles. The composition of the groups was intentionally unsym metrical.
Such composition was not uncommon in Hellenistic times, but was given
up by the time of Augustus.
An Attic Stele with Bust. — There is in Athens the upper part of a
colossal grave-stele in which a portrait bust, very badly broken away, is
seen between the leaves of a palmette, above the spirals. Two Attic stelae
are known which have a female figure thus placed in the acroterion, but no
other example of a bust. The workmanship of this stone is too poor for the
fourth century, and the very limited analogy of palmette acroteria in later
times points to the second century B.C. If this inference is correct, we have
here evidence that the law of Demetrius against funeral portraiture was in
abeyance at that time. (II. SCHKADER, Jb. Arch. I. XXI, 1906, pp. 73-75;
fig.)
Laocoon. The various forms of the myth of Laocoon in literature and
art are discussed by R. FOERSTER in Jb. Arch. I. XXI, 1906, pp. 1-32 (10
figs.). He traces the story back from Virgil through Euphorion, Hyginus,
Sophocles, and Bacchylides to the Iliupersis of Arctinus and the Little Iliad,
and through an Etruscan scarab and an Apulian vase to the fifth century.
The original form seems to have made Laocoon priest of Apollo, acting for
the priest of Neptune, the number of victims two, the punishment sent by
448 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Apollo for an erotic desecration of his shrine, and the snakes transformed
human beings, with human names. The third victim may have been added
by Sophocles. The motive adopted by Virgil, desecration of the wooden
horse, is found as an alternative in the Little Iliad, and there too the inci-
dent is made a portent of the destruction of the city. The Vatican group
seems to follow the Apolline and erotic version. It is probably the Rhodian
original, made about 50 B.C. and brought to Rome about 70 A.D. [but see
Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 101], the work of Hagasander and his son Athanodo-
rus with a Polydorus, known only in this connection, who may have
belonged to the same family.
On Laconian Sculptures. — In A then. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 408-411
(2 figs.), B. SCHRODER makes two additions to his article, ibid. 1904, pp. 21 ff.
(Am. J. Arch. 1904, p. 360). A rude stone ending in a ram's head, which
was found in excavations at Baden, was probably a stone set up to protect
the corner of a house or the like from passing wheels, etc. (Prellstein), and
has nothing to do with Apollo Carneius. The animal represented in the
relief published I.e. pi. ii, is not a stag, but a hare. Other examples of ani-
mals wrongly drawn and represented as being larger (or smaller) than they
should be are cited, and the lid of a pyxis in Bonn is published. The relief
in question loses its mythological signification, and can no longer be con-
nected with the Amyclaean throne.
VASES AND PAINTING
Clazomenian Sarcophagi. — In Jb. Arch. I. XX, 1905, pp. 188-201 (4
figs.), L. KJELLBERG discusses four Clazomenian terra-cotta sarcophagi, of
the tapering form, which represent an earlier stage of decoration than others
of this shape. Instead of having the silhouette style of Attic black-figured
vases at the upper end, these are consistently of the early Rhodian-Milesian
style. The most archaic has only a lotus-bud-and-flower band at top and
bottom, and an interrupted meander along the sides; the other three have
animal groups at both ends and a simple twisted pattern for the sides. The
forms of lotus and palmette and the variety of filling ornament are to be
noted. The fourth and latest, with profile heads in the upper sections of
the sides, marks a transition to another group, similar to vases of late
Milesian style, which may be dated in the first part of the sixth century.
These early sarcophagi carry the history of Ionic decorative art and the cus-
tom of unburnt burial well back toward Homeric times, and suggest
problems as to local burial customs, which can only be answered by a thor-
ough study of all early Ionian cemeteries. The peculiar use to which terra-
cotta was put at Clazomenae shows the existence here of a nourishing school
of ceramics, to which the old Rhodian-Milesian style may owe its origin,
although its development was not confined to any one locality, and it
would more justly be called " Early Ionian."
The Geryon Vase of Euphronius. — In R. Stor. Ant. X, 1906, pp. 268-
283, P. DUCATI discusses the representation that balances the contest
between Heracles and Geryon on the well-known vase of Euphronius. Four
men are seen driving four cows and a bull. In his exploit against Geryon
Heracles had not so many companions; the cattle are therefore not those of
Geryon. Nor does the representation fit the contest between Heracles and
Neleus (Romagnoli, Rivista di Filol. Class. XXX, 1902, pp. 24-9-254). The
GREEK VASES] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 449
interpretation of the scene as the joint foraging expedition of the Dioscuri
and the sons of Aphareus, which preceded their fatal quarrel, solves all
difficulties.
A Hydria with Red Figures. —In Melanges Nicole (Geneva, 1905), pp.
406-410 (pi.; 2 figs.), G. NICOLE publishes and discusses the painting on a
red-figured hydria in the National Museum at Athens (Inventory No. 1179,
Collignon and Couve, Catalogue, No. 1248). Women are represented within
a house. One (fragmentary) figure stands on a ladder. The attitudes
are graceful and the drawing fine. The style is that of Meidias.
An Attic Vase with Representation of a Marriage Procession. —In
'E<£. 'A/ox- 1905, pp. 209-214 (double pi.), P. PERDRIZET republishes a red-
figured crater, found at Tanagra, and now in the National Museum at
Athens (cf. Hpa/criKa, 1889, p. 69, and Couve, Catalogue, No. 1341). The
scene represented is the bringing home (//,e'0o8os) of the bride. The chief
point of interest is a curious analogy to the English custom of throwing old
shoes after the bride, a custom not previously known to have been practised
by the Greeks.
Two Comic Scenes. — Two comic vase pictures — Dionysus surprised
by a troop of revellers led by Hermes and Hephaestus, and a satyr seated on
an altar behind which some figures are partially seen — are discussed by
E. PERNICE in Jb. Arch. I. XXI, 1906, pp. 42-52 (3 figs.). In the first, on a
hydria of the school of Amasis or Exekias in the British Museum, he sees
the pictorial representation of some epic hymn of Ionic origin (cf. the
Hephaestus scene on the Francois vase); in the other, on a black-figured
amphora at Oxford, of about 530 B.C., possibly a scene from a farce, as acted
about the altar of Dionysus at a festival of the god. This scene is more
fully given 011 a black-figured lecythus in Berlin, where Hermes brings the
three goddesses to the shepherd Paris. The Oxford vase has been differently
explained, and it may be merely a picture of some Ionian jesting poem or
story, but if the above explanation is correct, we are here brought very
near to the beginnings of drama.
The Vagnonville Vase. — On the Vagnonville Crater in the Museo
Nazionale, in Florence, is represented a mound on which sits a sphinx. A
satyr is attacking the mound with a pick or mattock, and a second satyr is
going away. At the foot of the mound are six holes, from which issue
flames. A similar mound on a vase from Eretria, now in the National
Museum at Athens, is evidently a grave tumulus. The natural explanation
is that the mound on the Vagnonville vase is a grave mound, surmounted
by a stone sphinx. The holes are air holes, and the corpse was burned in the
grave. This mode of burning the dead seems to have been common in
Attica, as well as in Eretria, and to have continued in use well into the fifth
century B.C. This form of mound is intermediary between the early dome
tombs and the later forms of graves. (R. ENGLEMANN, Jh. Oesterr.Arch. I.
VIII, 1905, pp. 145-155; 4 figs.)
The Rule of the Slipper. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 399-407 (pi.),
P. WOLTERS publishes the painting on a red-figured hydria from Vulci, now
at Wiirzburg (Campanari, Antichi vasi dipinti della collezione Feoli, No. 143;
Vr\ichs,Verzeichnis der Antikensammlung der Universitat Wurzhurg, III, No.
139). Before a youth who lies on a couch is a nude girl, who kneels and
is about to kiss his hand. At the left stands a boy, on whose back and other
450 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
parts are plain marks of a sandal. Evidently the girl has used her slipper
to some effect. On the girl's thigh is the inscription /caAos, inscribed there
simply because that was the most convenient place. Numerous analogous
cases are cited.
The Tholos at Epidaurus and the Painter Pausias. — In Melanges
Nicole (Geneva, 1905), pp. 611-613, P. CAWADIAS expresses the belief that
the paintings by Pausias in the tholos at Epidaurus (Pausanias, II, 27, 3)
were mural paintings, not movable pictures, and that he also decorated the
ceiling of the vault. The dates of Pausias and of the erection of the tholos
agree.
Apelles. — In an article on Apelles in Jb. A rch. I. XX, 1905, pp. 169-179
(1 fig.), J. Six compares the technique of this painter to that of Rem-
brandt, and discusses especially his Venus Anadyomene, which was carried
to Rome, and the reasons for its being considered by the ancients as un-
finished or damaged. A type of Heracles found in paintings at Pompeii
and Herculaneurn, and akin to sculptural types, may have originated in a
painting done by Apelles at Pergamon, in honor of Bar sine, after the death
of Alexander.
The Phoenissae of Euripides. — In Jb. Arch. I. XX, 1905, pp. 179-188
(pi.), R. ENGELMANN publishes and discusses an Apulian vase which is in
the old library of the Frati Gerolimini at Naples and which has been par-
tially or incorrectly described in several places before. It is a volute am-
phora, with Medusa-like medallions and swans' heads on the handles, and
an Amazon battle on the front of the neck. The main pictures, below on
the same side, represent the duel of Eteocles and Polynices and the dead
Menoeceus, who sacrificed himself for his country, lying in a little temple,
which probably gives the Apulian idea of the monument of Menoeceus near
the Neistan Gate of Thebes. The details agree in all essential respects with
the descriptions in the Phoenissae of Euripides, and it is probable that a
representation of that play was the source of the artist's inspiration.
INSCRIPTIONS
The Walls built by Coiion. — In Athen. Mitth. XXX, 1905, pp. 391-
398 (pi.), E. NACHMANSON publishes a fragmentary inscription from a
squeeze made in the Piraeus, in 1903, by W. Kolbe. The inscription is no
longer to be found. It gives part of the accounts of the building of the
walls under Conon. Other inscriptions of the same sort are published in
/. G. II, 830-833, and II, v, 8305-rf. The latest discussion of them is by
A. Frickenhaus, Athens Mauern im IV. Jahrhundert v. Chr., a dissertation of
the University of Bonn. Several criticisms of this dissertation, and some
new readings of the inscriptions, are given. The new inscription reads as
follows :
PH-H *|
ave{3aX\o[vTo at ^'AMU A |- H I- (?)•
Meya(petfc).
0a>j/ dptfyios FHHHP-
dvc/2aAAovTO at ^tAtai A f- H H
GREEK INSC.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 451
2u7raAiyr(Ttos).
s CTU A^/xoo-Tparo 393-2 B.C.
10 AAA
P h CTTio-Ktvfjs avaflao-fjiibv
1 1 1 1 1 fJ.LO-(Oo)T^) Aioi/vo-dSwpos Meya(pev's) .
KaraAt^^s CTTI <£iAoKAe'os 392-1 B.C.
AA]P /xio-(^o>r^s) 3>aei/j/os 'A^api/(ei;s).
15 h h o-Trj\r)s. f"1
Ke<£aAcuoi/ dpyupio F H H H A A.
PMHHHHPAAA.
An Unrecorded Attic Colony in Euboea. — In a. /?. XX, 1906, pp.
27-31, L. R. FARNKLL discusses the [epos i/op-os from Euboea ('E<£. 'Apv
1902, pp. 29 if., pp. 137 ff., and 1903, p. 133). He observes that the inscrip-
tion is in Attic dialect and script, and contains allusions not only to purely
Attic religion, but also to cults that seem to belong to the Euripus district
rather than to Attica. He concludes that the inscription was the ritual
code of an Attic colony sent to Euboea, and that the apxayeTrjs mentioned
is the leader of the colony.
Attic Decrees. — In 'E<£. 'Apx- 1905, pp. 215-252 (3 figs.), ADOLF WIL-
HELM publishes sixteen Attic decrees. Nos. 1 and 2 are decrees of the Athe-
nians; 3 and 4 (numbered 3 by mistake), of tribes; 5, of a derne; 6, of a
phratry ; 7, of the Attic Tetrapolis; 8, of the Mesogeioi ; 9-15, of various reli-
gious associations (duurot, etc.). Nos. 1 and 2 are similar decrees of nearly the
same date, in honor of priests of Artemis (KaAAumy). No. 9 is a decree of
the members of a Ouuros, apparently connected with the worship of the
same deity, in honor of their apx^pavLO-T^. All three were found near the
Dipylon and seem to have come from the precinct of Artemis, described as
in that neighborhood by Pausanias and perhaps to be identified with the
little precinct described by Mylonas in Ilpa/m/cci, 1890, p. 23. Nos. 3, 4, and
5 are new fragments belonging with I.G. II, 561, 564, 580 respectively.
Nos. 7, 8, 10, 12 (I.G. II, 601; 5, 923 c; 6 15; 618 respectively) are here
republished with corrected readings, new restorations, and notes.
An Athenian Decree. — In Melanges Nicole (Geneva, 1905), pp. 597-
602 '(pi.), A. WILHELM restores the inscription I.G. I, Suppl., p. 14 , 46 a, as an
honorary decree in honor of a certain KopiV0ios. It was regarded by Kirch-
hoff as part of a record of the negotiations between Athens and Corinth
described by Thucydides, V, 32.
A Liturgic Inscription from Delphi. — In Melanges Nicole (Geneva
1905), pp. 625-638, TH. HOMOLLE publishes the following inscription from
Delphi : PA8e AeA^ois 3>acreAiras TOV \ TriXavov SiSo/Jitv • TO 8a/j.6(n\ov cirra
Spa^/Aa? SeA<£'Ses 8|v' oSeAos, TOV Se IOLOV TeTopejs oSeAos- Ti/xoSiJco /cat
'lo-riat'jo OtapovTov, 'Epr'Ao apxovros. Here aSe = o>8e, IOLOV = iSuaTrjv. The
tariff for Phaselis is four Delphic obols for private persons, seven drachmas
and two obols for the state. He'Aavos is here the fee paid to the priest or the
oracle. The date is between 425 and 370 B.C.
Inscriptions from Delphi; The Athenian Theoria. — In B.C.H.
XXX, 1906, pp. 161-328 (4 pis.), G. COLIN publishes and discusses the
sixty-six Athenian inscriptions at Delphi relating to the Athenian theoria,
452 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
giving, with some omissions and changes, the substance of his book,
Le cuite d'Apollon Pythien a Athenes (Bibliotheque des Ecoles francaises
d'Athenes et de Rome, fasc. XCIII, Paris, 1905, Fontemoing). The earliest
inscription, a dedication of the hieropoioi, is dated probably between 330
and 324 B.C. A gap follows, the next inscriptions being records of four
Pythaids toward the end of the second century B.C. These are divided into
two groups. The officers and the composition of the Pythaids are discussed
in detail. The relations of the families of the Eupatridae, Erysichthonidae,
Kerykes, and Euneidae to Apollo and Delphi are explained, and the relations
of the Marathonian Tetrapolis to the Delphic cult are discussed. Then fol-
lows a discussion of the part played as escort by the ephebi and the knights,
an account of the women concerned, — the canephori, the pyrphoros, and
the priestess of Athena, — and a description of the games connected with
the theoria, — horse races, etc., musical, dramatic, and poetic contests, — and
a discussion of the part played by the Dionysiac artists and the company of
epic poets. In the first century B.C. Athens suffered from wars and was
poor. The theoria was therefore intermittent and far from splendid.
Under the Empire it was revived as a dodecas, or sacrifice of twelve victims.
Delphic decrees relating to the Athenian theoria are also published and dis-
cussed. Two plates show the exact position of the Athenian inscriptions
on the walls of the treasury.
Inscriptions from Hyettos and Hypata. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I.
VIII, 1905, pp. 276-285, A. WILHELM publishes, from copies found among
H. G. Lolling's papers, with notes by G. Korte, two decrees from Hyettos, in
Boeotia. The decrees, of about the middle of the second century B.C.,
were passed in an assembly held Trf.pl (^uAa/o}? r^s TrdAews, and mention
robberies and plunderings. One is in honor of Polemarchus and Hagias (?),
the other of some person (or persons) whose name is lost. Above the
decrees is the artist's inscription ['OJ/xoAan'x0? ^to/c/oarou [ e]7rot^cr[ev].
This artist is probably the father of the ^wKparr;? 'O/AoAanxou mentioned in
the inscription containing Boeotian names, published in the Ann. Brit. S.
Aih. 1897, p. 106, which belongs to a time about 125 B.C. Ibid. pp. 285-290,
Wilhelm discusses the inscription from Hypata, published by Lolling, Athen.
Mitth. IV, p. 209. The most important new reading given is in lines 5-7,
Kpifjjara a tKpLvav 01 XaA[/a |8«] s BiKaaral NIKOKA^S HoAta 1 [ypov for Lolling's
Kpi/xara a (.Kpivav Ot^aAt | [rycoi/ 01 ?] Sucaaral Nt/co/cA^s HoAia | [pxov- Several
proper names are discussed.
Kings and Queens of Pontus. — In B.C.H. XXX, 1906, pp. 46-51,
TH. REINACH discusses the Attic inscription in honor of Pharnaces I, found
at Delos (see B.C.H., XXIX, pp. 169 ff. ; Am. J. Arch. 1905, p. 354). He
points out the difficulties in the way of assigning to it the date 172-1, calls
attention to the fact that an inscription from Abonotichos (Num. Chron.
1905, pp. 113 ff.) proves that Mithridates Philopator and Mithridates Euer-
getes were not the same, and describes a silver drachma in the collection
of M. Yakountchikov, in St. Petersburg, with the inscription Ba(o-tAevs)
Mi(0pa8aT?7s). The type is identical with that of a coin inscribed Ba(<ri-
Ato-o-a) Aa(o8t/07) (Babelon-Reinach, p. 48, No. 9). Evidently the wife of
Mithridates III was named Laodice, as were also the wives of Mithri-
dates IV Philopator Philadelphus, Mithridates V Euergetes, and Mithri-
dates VI Eupator.
GREEK INSC.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 453
TOV fwwriKov. — In Hermes, XLI, 1906, pp. 69-74, A. WIL-
HELM republishes, with restorations, the inscription from Magnesia, No. 102.
He suggests that the inscription from Assos, Papers of the American School at
Athens, I, pp. 12 ff., is Magnesian, and proposes new readings in lines 1-4.
'Eiri TOV irapovTos. — In Hermes, XLI, 1906, pp. 74-77, A. WILHELM
shows that the expression em TOV Trapdi/ros (I.G. XII, 5,471, i, 11. 8 f. ; ii, 11.
8 ff. ; IX, 1, 11.97 ff. ; and VII, 4148, 11. 6 ff.) means, " for the present" or the
like, not "under the present archon." Similar expressions occur elsewhere,
e.g. G.D.L 3089 (Arch. Ep. Mitth. X, 198) and I.G. IV, 426 (Papers of the
American School V, 16).
Syntax of Boeotian Dialect Inscriptions. — The syntax of the Boeo-
tian dialect inscriptions is treated by EDITH FRANCES CLAFLIN in a Bryn
Mawr College Monograph (Monograph Series, Vol. Ill, 93 pp., 8vo, Bryn
Mawr, Pa., 1905).
A Roman Greek Inscription. — In Berl Phil. W. January 13, 1906,
E. HOFFMANN reads the inscription published by Bossari in Not. Scavi,
1898, p. 331, No. 182, as follows: HAovTei K<H A-jOy *al o-[e/A]v^ | <J>cp(re<£o-
vet'[^] <rvvTpo<f>OL r^vS' l[0]e<rav, | rf TOVVO/J.OL €<rr[iv 'Y]yeta.
The Epigram from Lusoi. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. VIII, 1905, pp.
174-184, C. ROBERT discusses the epigram from Lusoi given by Epigonus
(Westermann, Paradox. Graec. p. 186) and Vitruvius (VIII, 3,21). He pro-
poses some new readings. The fountain (Kprjvrj) derived its water from a
spring (TTT/Y^), the water of which was supposed to cause a distaste for
wine. The passer-by is informed by the epigram that he can drink the
water of the Kprjvrj without apprehension, and at the same time is warned
not to defile the Kprjvr).
Names mentioned by Josephus. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. VIII, 1905,
pp. 238-242, A. WILHELM discusses some Greek names mentioned by Jose-
phus in his Jewish History, the correct form of which is given by inscrip-
tions. For EvK\rj<s Mevdvopov 'AAt/xovVios, XIV, 149, read EvKA^s EeravSpov
Ai0a\i8rj<; and for Atowrtos or ©eoSdaios ©eoSwpov Soweu's read ©edSoTo?
©eo8w/oot> Sowievs. For CTTL lepew? Me//.voi/os TOV 'ApioreiSov, Kara Se irotrjo-iv
EvaW/Aou, XIV, 256, read CTTI icpecos NeWos TOV 'AptoTei'Sov, KOTO, mxipre' 8e
Mei/u'AAou. The family of Neon was an important one at Halicarnassus,
and several members of it are known from inscriptions. In the letter to
the Milesians, XIV, 244, for Ilpvravts 'Ep/xov read ILwVavis 2t/xov.
Notes on Inscriptions. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. 1905, Beiblatt, col.
123 f., A. WILHELM proposes some new readings in the inscription from
Delphi" published by E. Bourguet, De rebus Delphicis imperatoriae aetatis
(Montpelier, 1905), p. 14, and also in the papyrus fragment published in
On the Flinders Petrie Papyri (Royal Irish Academy, Cunningham Memoirs,
XI, Dublin, 1905), p. 334.
Greek Epigraphy in Europe. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 4
S. CHABERT continues his history of the study of Greek epigraphy in
Europe. He describes the University at Athens, the Greek Archaeological
Society, the French Ecole d'Athenes, the German Archaeological Institute,
the American School of Classical Studies at Athens, the British School at
Athens, and the Austrian Archaeological Institute, and gives a sketch of
the activity of U. Koehler, Heuzey, Perrot, Foucart and Wescher, Hamilton,
Waddington, Newton, F. Lenormant, Vischer, Kirchhoff, and others. Ibid.
454 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
pp. 145-164, the new Corpus (Inscriptiones Graecae) is described in general,
and volumes I-III (C.I.A.) in some detail. The collections and discussions,
by Wuensch and others, of inscriptions on lead, are also described. Ibid.
pp. 297-317, the arrangement and contents of the other volumes of the I.G.,
whether published or not, are discussed, and the contributions made to
epigraphy by Frankel, Dittenberger, Roehl, Cavvadias, Holleaux, Homolle,
Hiller v. Gartringen, Conze and Schuchhardt, Patou, Kaibel, Hicks, New-
ton, S. Reinach, Cauer, Collitz and Bechtel, and others are recorded. The
beginning of the Corpus Insc. Graec. Christianarum (C./.6r.C.) is described.
COINS
The Chronological Sequence of Some Athenian Coins. — In B.C.H.
XXX, 1906, pp. 58-91 (2 pis. ; 4 figs.), M. L. KAMPANES publishes nine re-
cently discovered Athenian coins, which he arranges in four series : I, a
tetradrachm, obv. Athena with an unadorned helmet; II, two tetradrachms,
obv. Athena with helmet adorned only with a crown of three olive leaves;
III, a tetradrachm similar to the last, but the helmet is adorned with an
anthemion scroll behind the ear; IV, four tetradrachms and a drachma,
similar to III, but the scroll is more elaborate. These coins are assigned to
issues beween that ascribed by Babelon, ' sur les origines de la monnaie a
Athenes,' J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, pp. 63 ff. to Hippias and those assigned
by him to the time just after the battle of Marathon. If, as is probable,
Babelon is right in his belief that the three olive leaves were added to the
helmet of Athena after the battle of Marathon, the newly discovered coins
on which these leaves appear must be as late as 490 B.C. Then the coin
which Babelon assigns to that time, which is manifestly later than these,
must have been issued later. It is shown that the coin in question was
probably not found among the " pre- Persian " remains on the Acropolis.
The development of types of coins at Athens in the fifth century B.C. is
discussed.
Attribution of Some Greek Coins. — In J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905,
pp. 177-194 (4 figs.), C. GEROJANNIS proposes, and supports by arguments,
the attribution of four coins in his posession, as follows : (1) To Lindus in
Rhodes about 500 B.C. Obv. Lion's head to right; in field, left, rose; the
whole within a dotted square. Rev. Incuse divided into two oblong com-
partments, scored with lines, /R. 28 mm., 210grs. (13.60 grm.). Brit. Mm. Cat.
Caria, etc., p. 35, 7 and 8, Head, Historia Numorum, p. 539. (2) To the city
of Rhodes, 303 B.C. Obv. Head of Athena to r. in Corinthian helmet. Rev.
Prow of galley ; above, 3Q]3ITI MO^, below, X. /R. 30 mm., 235 grs.
(3) To Aulae (?), Lycia, League coinage, first century B.C. Obv. Head of Apollo
to r., laureat, with long curls, bow at shoulder, on either side A-Y. Rev. A-Y,
lyre; in field 1. bow, r. arrow; the whole in incuse square. /R. 16 mm.
<4) Seleucia ad Calycadnum (Cilicia), first century B.C. Obv. Bust of Athena
to r., KATTI in crested Corinthian helmet; border of dots. Rev. TftN[OC] ;
Nike, draped, advancing to 1. ; in outstretched r. a wreath, border of dots.
/€. 19 mm.
Coins of Macedonia, Cyzicus, and Cos. — In /. Int. Arch. Num. VIII,
1905, pp. 339-343 (pi. ix, 17-22), I. N. SVORONOS publishes four silver
GREEK Misc.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 455
tetradrachms which he ascribes to Macedonia (ScioneV), one coin of Cyzicus
(an electrum distater), and one (a silver tetradrachm) of Cos.
Coins of the Ethetae. — In J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905, pp. 227-236
(5 figs.), I. N. SVOROXOS publishes a coin, found at Chalcis, in Euboea, and
now in Athens (/E.ZEY3 — E0ETQN about a head of Zeus, laureate, to 1.
Rev. butting bull to r. ; in exergue . . . E IQ N) . The head of Zeus resembles
the head on some Syracusan coins. A second coin of the same kind found in
Epirus, is also at Athens. On a third less well preserved coin in the col-
lection of the late Russian consul at Jannina, Mr. Trojansky, the inscription
in the exergue is clearly APTEIQN. The Ethetae were a tribe of Epirus,
who were perhaps collected into a city about the times of Kings Alexander
(342-330 B.C.) and Pyrrhus (295-272 B.C.), to which times these coins appear
to belong.
Kronos with Mural Crown on Coins of Byblus. — In /. Int. Arch. Num.
VIII, 1905, pp. 249 f., E. ASSMANN explains the headdress of Kronos on
coins of Byblus as a mural crown, with reference to Eusebius (Migne, Patrol.
Graec. 21, 81), CTTI rovrois 6 Kpoi/os reT^os Tre/oi^oAAei rfj kavrov oi/c^crct KO.L
Trptt)Tr)V troXiv KTI£« rrjv CTTI ^oii/iKiys Bu/£W.
Copies of Statues on Coins. — At a meeting of the British School at
Rome, March 12, 1906, PERCY GARDNER discussed the trustworthiness of
the evidence of coins regarding statues, and considered in detail the Artemis
at Patrae and the Themistocles at Magnesia. The objections of Studniczka
(Rom. Mitth. Ill, 1888, p. 297) to considering the figure on coins of Patrae
a copy of the Artemis Laphria of Menaechmus and Suidas are needless.
Statue and artists are assigned to the middle of the fifth century B.C. A
copy of the statue represented on a coin of Magnesia struck under Antoni-
nus Pius (Athen. Mitth. 1896) is probably preserved in the Glyptothek in
Munich. It was formerly in the Villa Albani. Furtwangler (Masterpieces,
p. 212) formerly regarded it as a Zeus. (Alhen. March 31, 1906 ; Cl. R. XX,
1906, p. 235.)
Ancient Clay Impressions of Coins and Seals. — In /. Int. Arch. Num.
VIII, 1905, pp. 323-338 (3 pis. ; 4 figs.), I. N. SVORONOS describes and pub-
lishes 75 clay objects in the form of coins. Some of these were probably
used as entrance tickets to theatres, others as coins to be buried with the
dead. Most of them are impressions of seals or of known ancient coins.
The types are very numerous.
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
The Place of the Cups from Vaphio in the History of Art. — In
Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. IX, 1906, pp. 1-19 (3 figs.), ALOIS RIEGL analyzes
the reliefs of the gold cups from Vaphio and compares them with other
works of art. They differ utterly in principle from Oriental works, as
well as from classical Greek works, and are more like reliefs of modern times
in their composition, in their representation of landscape, and in represent-
ing scenes, actions, animals, and men as they appear to the beholder
at a given moment, rather than as they are known, or supposed, to be.
They are subjective. This quality of subjectivity is peculiarly European.
The " Dipylon " style is essentially — at least in its human and animal fig-
ures— a relapse into Orientalism.
A Catalogue of the Sparta Museum. — A welcome result of the activ-
456 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
ity of the British School at Athens is a Catalogue of the Sparta Museum, by
M. N. TOD and A. J. B. WACE (Oxford, 1906, Clarendon Press, viii, 249
pp.; 81 figs. 8vo. 10.?. Qd. net; $3.40). The inscriptions are treated by Mr.
Tod, the sculptures and miscellaneous antiquities by Mr. Wace. Each of the
three sections contains, besides the catalogue with its minute discussion of
individual monuments, an introduction and full indices. The introduction
to the inscriptions describes previous publications, and discusses archaic in-
scriptions, decrees, letters from foreign states, honorary inscriptions, lists of
magistrates, etc., honorary and dedicatory inscriptions, inscriptions in honor
of Roman emperors, epitaphs, stamps on tiles and bricks, and fragments.
The introduction to the sculptures contains a brief summary of the ancient
literary notices of Laconian sculpture and a history of Laconian sculpture.
The theory that early Spartan sculpture was derived from Ionia is not
accepted ; on the contrary, the importance of the early Laconian school is
emphasized, and the connection of Spartan art with the art of Crete
especially noted. The material of the monuments is described, and the
archaic hero reliefs are discussed and interpreted, as are also the Dioscuri
reliefs. The various classes of minor antiquities are discussed in the intro-
duction to the miscellaneous antiquities. A list of casts and photographs is
added.
Bronze and Iron in Homer. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 280-296,
ANDREW LANG shows that whereas weapons are always (with hardly an
exception) of bronze, implements, such as axes and ploughshares, are fre-
quently of iron in the Homeric poems. He concludes " that the poems took
shape when iron was very well known, but was not yet, as in the ' Dipylon '
period in Crete, commonly used by sword-smiths."
Prehistoric Bronze. — In Melanges Nicole (Geneva, 1905), pp. 603-
610 (pi.), C. ZENGHELIS discusses prehistoric bronze in Greece. He finds
that the age of pure copper was followed by the age when copper was
used with an alloy of tin (arsenic or antimony) which was less in quantity
than in bronze properly so called. The alloy of copper and zinc (brass) is
later than the alloy of copper and tin. A method of determining the quan-
tity of tin in specimens of bronze by means of molybdate of soda is pro-
posed.
The War Chariot in the Later Parts of the Iliad. — In Melanges
Nicole (Geneva, 1905), pp. 233-240 (pi.), W. HELBIG, recognizing war
chariots on Dipylon vases (fifteen on one vase), explains the iTTTret?, two of
which were furnished by each of the forty-eight naucraries at Athens
(Pollux, VIII, 108), as men with chariots. Later nrTras were mounted hop-
lites, and still later (at Athens between 477 and 472 B.C., at Sparta in
424 B.C.) real cavalry was introduced. The Dipylon vases belong to the ninth
and eighth centuries B.C., the time when the Homeric poems were in process
of attaining their present form. The Homeric ITTTT^CS were irapa^drai, and
in the later parts of the Iliad they are not only the princes, but other men,
as they were at Athens.
Cremation and Burial in Ancient Greece. — In Melanges Nicole
(Geneva, 1905), pp. 95-104, W. DORPFELD maintains that in Greece, in
the Mycenaean age and also in the classical period, corpses were regularly
buried after being partially burned or dried in the fire. Total burning,
Ko.roLKo.iuv, which took place only when the ashes were to be removed, not
GREEK Misc.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 457
disti^uished ^m P-tial burning,
Primitive Athens. -The brief description of primitive Athens given
by Thucydides (11,15) is discussed in detail by Miss JANE E. HARRISON
(Primitive Athens as describedby Thucydides, Cambridge, 1906, University Press
New York, The Macmillan Co., ix, 168 pp. ; 49 figs. 8vo. $1.75.) The Pelas-
gikon, or Pelargikon, extended from a point to the north of the entrance
to the Acropolis to a point on the south side near the later Dionysiac theatre
The Olyrnpion, the Pythion, and the sanctury of Aglauros were high on the
northwest^ side of the Acropolis. The exact site of the neighboring sanc-
tuary of Ge Kourotrophos is uncertain. The sanctuary of Dionysus in the
Marshes and the Lenaeum were in the depression between the Acropolis, the
Areopagus, and the Pnyx. The Enneacrunus was at the edge of the hill
of the Pnyx, toward the Acropolis, and adjacent to it was the agora.
The sanctuary of Amynos is described. The remains of waterworks and
buildings are described and discussed, and many details of cult and mythol-
ogy are brought into the arguments. The duplication in the region near the
Ilissus of cults and sanctuaries that existed in the early city is explained by
the shift of population mentioned by Plutarch, De Exil. VI.
Tettix. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. IX, 1906, pp. 65-130 (30 figs.), F. HAU-
SER discusses the tettix worn in the hair by the Athenians of the early part
of the ftfth century B.C. He finds that it was a shield of metal (gold),
worn over the hair above the forehead and covering the Krobylus, which
was not a knot of hair at the back of the head, but a roll of hair above the
forehead. This fashion was given up at Athens between 450 and 440 B.C.,
apparently abolished by law, so far as young men were concerned, in 443.
It was not of Athenian origin, but was introduced at Athens in the sixth
century from Ionia. The name tettix is derived from the shape of the
gold band, which resembles that of the larva of the cicada. Sometimes the
gold ornament was designated by the plural rem-yes instead of the singu-
lar T€TTi£. The words Kpa>/?vAos, /copv/x/Jos, Kopv/z/ify, Kocrv/ji/Sos, and KOO--
vfji/3i) are virtually synonymous. The use of golden bands to cover
the hair above the forehead is traced from the Mycenaean epoch to the
time of the Roman Empire. Its origin and persistence is ascribed to
the belief that the hair, especially the front hair, was closely connected
with the welfare and the life of the person.
Triremes. — In Cl. R. XX, 1906, pp. 75-77, W. W. TARN discusses
recent articles on the ancient trireme (see Am. J. Arch. X, p. 199), and
maintains his view that thranites, zugites, and thalamites were respectively
in the stern, amidships, and in the bows. Ibid. p. 137, C. TORR replies. He
maintains that the rowers were not on one level, and the oars were arranged
in quincunx fashion on the column of Trajan and the Acropolis relief.
Ibid. p. 280, P. H. NEWMAN suggests that in the Acropolis relief the
upper part of the vessel is represented as projecting, thus forming a gallery
through which, not over which, the oars descend to the sea.
The Form of the Chlamys. — In Classical Philology, I, 1906, pp. 283-
289 (3 figs.), F. B. TARBELL publishes the paper on the form of the chlamys
read by him at the general meeting of the Archaeological Institute in De-
cember, 1905 (see Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 78).
The Treasuries at Eleusis. — In Melanges Nicole (Geneva, 1905),
458 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
pp. 531-535 (2 figs.), CHR. TSOUNTAS discusses the treasuries, Orjo-avpot, at
Eleusis, mentioned in the inscription of the year 329-328 (Dittenberger,
Sylloge, 587). The treasury mentioned in the singular number was a build-
ing, with roof and doors. The two Orfvavpoi mentioned were apparently
smaller and more difficult to open. They are explained as circular pits cut
in the rock beside the entrance to the telesterion. In these, contributions
were placed. One of these is still visible, though its stone covering is gone.
How the Lyre was Played. — At the April meeting of the Berlin
Arch. Society, M. C. P. SCHMIDT discussed the number and names of the
strings of the lyre. The longest string, although giving the deepest tone,
was called vTrdrr), the shortest string varr), and the others, after Pythagoras
systematized the matter, were named from the fingers that played them. Of
the eight strings, four belonged to the right hand and four to the left, as
the instrument lay in the lap. Very little is to be learned about the lyre
from vase paintings. (Arch. Anz. 1906, p. 58.)
Alexander's Funeral Car. — An addition to this discussion, partly
based on previous reconstructions, is published by H. BULLE in Jb. Arch. I.
XXI, 1906, pp. 52-73 (2 figs.). The main points, which involve three
slight changes in the traditional text, are : A design founded on practical con-
siderations, hence following wood, not stone, construction, and the " furniture
van" rather than the " coach " type ; a roof outlined by rods bent from the
corners to the centre and topped by a real crown of gold leaves resting on a
round support; a flat timber inner roof or ceiling; the number of columns,
4 by 6 ; the net set back one ceiling panel's width from the columns ; the
arrangement of the four pictures against the upper part of the net wall,
with Alexander in front, the Macedonian troops and the elephant force on
the two sides, and the fleet behind ; the body of the car supported on both
axles by rotating pivots (77-6X01) ; the animals yoked four abreast.
The Decorations of Gymnasia and Palaestr as. — No full description
of the interior of an ancient gymnasium or palaestra has come down, but
the mention in Cicero's Letters of ornamenta yvfjiva<n<i)8r) suggests that cer-
tain subjects of sculpture were considered especially suitable for such places.
Among these may be placed the patron deities, Apollo Lyceius, Hermes,
Athene Musica; personifications as Palaestra, Agon, Harmonia, Kairos,
known even in the fourth century B.C. ; human figures of founders, em-
perors, teachers ; typical athlete and ephebe figures, the Naples Doryphorus
having been actually found in a palaestra; fancy figures, as the Ribbon-
bearers of the Piraeus Museum ; statues of poets, reliefs like the Apotheosis
of Homer and the Tabula Iliaca; even wall paintings maybe conjectured as
the original of some of the palaestra subjects on vases. The picture can be
completed or made definite only through the careful study of inscriptions
and of the origin of existing statues. (J. ZIEHEN, March meeting of the
Berlin Arch. Society, ArcJi. Anz. 1906, pp. 49-55.)
The Pancratium and Wrestling. — The third part of E. N. GARDI-
NER'S study of ancient wrestling treats of some of the technical terms of
the art and especially of the pancratium, which may be compared to the
Japanese jiu-jitsu. It was a sort of systematized rough-and-tumble fight,
and not being directly useful for military purposes, was admitted to the
Olympian contests later than boxing and wrestling. The Spartans never
recognized it as anything more than a practice exercise. In it, hitting,
ITAL. AUCHIT.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 459
kicking, and the use of the closed fist were allowed, also breaking and dislo-
cating- bones, but not biting or « digging." It was fought standing or on the
ground, the two forms being distinct. 'A^ip^o's, sparring with the
open hand, which belongs to boxing rather than wrestling, was admitted to
the contests only as part of the pancratium. KAt/xaKw/xos meant climbino-
on the back of an opponent. (J.H.S. XXVI, 1906, pp. 4-22; 2 pis. ; 9 figs.)
The Iirirtis and their Squires. — In Jh. 0 ester r. Arch, I. VIII, 1905
pp. 185-202, W. HELBIG discusses Petersen's criticisms (ibid. pp. 77-83) of
his article ' Suf les ITTTTCIS Atheniens' in the Memoires de I' Academic des
Inscriptions et Belles-lettres, XXXVII, i, pp. 157 if. E. PETERSEN, ibid.
Beiblatt, col. 125, adds a brief note.
Bread at Low Prices or Gratis. — In Melanges Nicole (Geneva,
1905),. pp. 135-157, H. FRAXCOTTE discusses the measures taken in Greek
cities for selling bread to the people at low prices or distributing it gratis.
The expense was sometimes borne by private citizens, sometimes by the
state. The evidence is derived from numerous inscriptions. The Romans
derived the custom of distributions of bread from the Greeks. The price
of grain in Greece and Italy under the Roman Empire is discussed by C.
BARBAGALLO in the Rivista di Storia Antica, X, 1906, pp. 33-71.
ITALY
ARCHITECTURE
Vitruvius. — In the Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, XLI, No. 23, February, 1906, pp. 467-502, M. H. MORGAN dis-
cusses the language of Vitruvius to show that Ussing was wrong in assign-
ing him to the third century. In Harvard Studies in Classical Philology,
XVII, 1906, pp. 1-14, Morgan publishes notes on Vitruvius, in which he
shows that Vitruvius belonged to the Augustan period. The passage
(5, 6, 2 [117, 16]) supra autem alternis itineribus superiores cunei medii diri-
gantur signifies that in the Roman theatre " above the praecinctio the stairs
do not continue on the same lines as the stairs below it, but that they are
laid out on lines alternating with the lines of the lower ones." The plan in
Dorpfeld and Reisch, Das griechische Theater, p. 162, of. 164, is therefore
erroneous in this respect.
Rostra Caesaris. — In Rom. Mitth. XX, 1905, pp. 230-266 (13 figs.),
A. MAU shows that the construction of the hemicycle at the western end of
the Forum antedates that of the quadrangular structure in front of it.
This latter can hardly be earlier than the second century after Christ.
The hemicycle is the rostra Caesaris, on which Antony stood when he
delivered his funeral oration after Caesar's death.
The Old Column at Pompeii. — In Rom. Mitth. XX, 1905, pp. 193-205
(2 figs.), A. MAU refutes the arguments, by which G. Patroni (Studi e
Materiali, III, 1905, pp. 216-229) attempted to prove the Mycenaean char-
acter of the old column at Pompeii, and shows that the irregularities of its
lower part are due to alterations. The "Mycenaean base" which Patroni
finds in the temple in the Forum triangulare is also due to alterations in the
floor, which were executed not earlier than the end of the third century B.C.
The case is similar in the " casa del fauno."
460 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
SCULPTURE
Roman Historical Reliefs. — Iii the Papers of the British School at
Rome, Vol. Ill, 1906, pp. 213-271 (10 pis. ; 6 figs, in text), H. STUART JONES
discusses (I) the bas-reliefs in the Villa Borghese, attributed to the Arch of
Claudius, (II) the relief-medallions of the Arch of Constaritine, (III) the
" Aurelian " panels of the Arch of Constantine. The attribution of the
Borghese reliefs to the Arch of Claudius is based on a conjecture of Mbby's.
In the sixteenth century they were in the church of S. Martina. They were
sold to Giambattista della Porta and afterwards passed to the Borghese
collection. They probably once adorned the Forum of Trajan. Their
style, especially the substitution of height for depth in perspective, points
to the time of Trajan, to which Winckelmann assigned them. In two of
the medallions on the Arch of Constantine the original heads were replaced
by heads of Constantine, and in two, perhaps, by heads of Claudius Gothi-
cus, whose grandson Constantine claimed to be. Two reliefs in the garden
front of the Villa Medici, representing processions before the temples of
Magna Mater and Mars Ultor, are not, as had been supposed, parts of the
Ara Pacis, but are derived from the same monument, of Flavian times, from
which the medallions of the Arch of Constantine were taken. The reliefs
were appropriated by Claudius Gothicus, probably in restoring and enlarg-
ing the temple of the gens Flavia, to which the reliefs may have belonged
originally. The eight panels in the Arch of Constantine and three in the
Palazzo dei Conservator! belong to a monument erected in 176 A.D. to
commemorate the double triumph of M. Aurelius over the Germans and
Sarmatians. With the Emperor is Claudius Pompeianus. Stylistic and
historical details are discussed.
Fragments of Historical Reliefs in the Lateran and Vatican
Museums. — In the Papers of the British School at Rome, Vol. Ill, 1906,
pp. 273-294 (pi. ; 2 figs, in text), A. J. B. WACE discusses the development
of the style of Roman relief sculptures. A relief in the Museo Chiaramonti
which presents almost a duplicate of part of the relief of the Arch of Titus
representing the procession with the shewbread he assigns to the years 79-
81 A.D., and probably to an arch of Vespasian and Titus. The reliefs of the
Arch of Titus belong to 81-82 (?) A.D. A group of fragments in the Lat-
eran, some of which represent a procession of lictors, belong to a monument
of Domitian, not later than 83 A.D., and a fragment in the Belvedere, repre-
senting a triumphal procession, may belong to an arch set up to commemo-
rate the Chattic and Dacian triumph of 89 A.D. These, with the reliefs on
the Arch of Constantine, form a well-defined and progressive series of
Flavian historical reliefs.
Other Roman Historical Reliefs. — At a meeting of the British School
at Rome, March 12, 1906, A. J. B. WACE dis'cussed the six long reliefs on
the Arch of Constantine. In three of these — one representing a triumph,
another a congiarium, the third a scene on the rostra — the original head of
the emperor had been chiselled out, and the head of a later emperor, now
lost, inserted. The other three represent a battle by a river, a siege, and a
triumphal scene. These last three are Constantinian, and the other three
refer to Diocletian. Mr. Wace also spoke of the base of the obelisk of
Theodosius in Constantinople. The persons represented on the lower part
ITAL. SCULPTURE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 461
of the base are Constantine and his three sons, and the style agrees with
that of portraits of his period. The lower part of the base was, then,
originally intended for the obelisk. (Athen. March 31, 1906; Cl. R XX
1906, p. 235.)
The Decoration of Trajan's Forum. — At a meeting of the British
School at Rome, January 4, 1906, A. J. B. WACE discussed some reliefs
which were drawn (in the Palazzo dei Conservatori) in the sixteenth
century by several artists, including Panvinius and Pierre Jacques of Reims.
Only two now exist. These passed from the Borghese collection to the
Louvre. One represented an extispicium before the temple of Jupiter, the
other the sacrifice of two bulls. The first relief was found in 1540 in
Trajan's forum. It probably represents the nuncupatio votorum before the
Dacian campaign. The sacrificial scene probably belongs to a representa-
tion of the triumph of M. Aurelius and L. Verus in 166 A.D. Probably all
the reliefs in question belonged to the decoration of Trajan's forum, which
was, then, not finished until the reign of Hadrian, while its decoration was
continued under the Autonines. {Athen. January 27, 1906; Cl. R. XX,
1906, p. 137.)
Caracallus presented to the Senate. — At the second open meeting
of the British School at Rome, February 2, 1906, A. J. B. WACE discussed
a relief in the Palazzo Sacchetti, in Rome (Matz-Duhn, No. 3516), the style
of which is that of the time of Septimius Severus. It represents that
emperor presenting his son Caracallus to the senate when, after the defeat
of Clodius Albinus in 197 A.D., he declared him Imperator destinatus, and
gave him various other honors. (Athen. February 10, 1906; Cl. R. XX, 1906,
p. 235.)
The Reliefs on Trajan's Column. — At a meeting of the British
School at Rome, April 4, 1906, H. STUART JONES discussed the reliefs on
the column of Trajan, criticising some of the views of Cichorius and
Petersen. He concluded that in the first year of the second war Decebalus
advanced into Moesia. (Athen. April 21, 1906; CL R. XX, 1906, p. 235.)
Two Military Gravestones at Verona. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. IX,
1906, Beiblatt, cols. 49-56 (2 figs.), P. ORTMAYR and L. SIEGEL publish the
gravestones of the centurion Q. Sertorius Festus and the standard-bearer
L. Sertorius Firmus at Yerona (C.I.L. V, 3374 and 3375). Both men are
represented in relief, with their full equipment. The reliefs are products of
the same workshop, and their date cannot be earlier than 42 A.D., when
their legion (the eleventh) received the name Claudia pia fidelis.
A Relief Representing a Scene of a Tragedy. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I.
VIII, 1905, pp. 203-229 (pi.; 8 figs.), G. Rizzo publishes and discusses the
polychrome terra-cotta relief found in excavations near the Porta Salaria, in
Rome. (Not. Scavi, 1904, pp. 436 ff., 1905, pp. 19 ff.; cf. Am. J. Arch. 1906, p.
112.) The background represents two doors under arches, two pediments,
each supported by two Ionic columns, and two pilasters, one at each end.
On the whole, this agrees better with the theory that the action took place
in the orchestra than with any other theory, though the evidence of this
lief is not conclusive. The relief, which is of mediocre Roman workman-
ship, dates from the end of the Republic, or, at latest, from the early years
of the Empire. The persons represented are a woman holding by the hand
a Phrygian boy, a man (girt with a sword) who makes some announce-
462 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 190G
ment to the woman, and two smaller accessory figures. It is Odysseus
announcing to Andromache and Astyanax that the latter must die. It may
be a scene of the Aix/xaAamSes of Sophocles. Other related monuments are
discussed.
Roman Monument from Northern Italy. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I.
VIII, 1905, pp. 291-296 (double pi.; 3 figs.), R. v. SCHNEIDER publishes
and discusses a limestone ash -chest in the imperial " Antikensammlung" in
Vienna, formerly in the Palazzo Grimani and then in possession of the
dealer Richetti in Venice (HEYDEMANN, Drittes Hallesches Winckelmanns-
programm: Mitleilungen aus den Antikensammlungen in Ober- und Mittelitalien,
1879, pp. 18 ff.). On the front Dionysus and Ariadne, or a maenad, are rep-
resented, on one end laborers in the field, on the other two men playing a
game like chess or checkers. A similar representation is found on three
gravestones of similar material in Turin. All are doubtless from the same
region in upper Italy. The scene on the front may represent the deceased
in the form of Dionysus.
VASES AND PAINTING
An Inn on an Italic Vase-painting. — In Melanges Nicole (Geneva, 1905),
pp. 159-164 (2 pis.), A. FURTWAXGLER publishes a drinking cup with two
handles below which are heads (of a youth) in relief. On the shoulder are
geometrical patterns and a curious scene: at the right a chariot, and at the
left a woman tending a horse which is tied to a ring in the wall. The deco-
ration is painted in red varnish over a white base, which is applied upon
the black varnish that covers the entire vase. An inscription +ENON
( i.e. £evoiv) shows that the court or front of an inn is represented. The
drawing is very rude. The vase is Messapian, of the fourth century B.C.
The Frescoes from Boscoreale in New York. — The frescoes from
Boscoreale, discovered in 1899-1900 and purchased by the Metropolitan
Museum, of New York, in 1903, are briefly described by GISELA M. A.
RICHTER in the Bulletin of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, I, 1906 (No. 7,
June), pp. 95-97 (2 figs.). They are fine specimens of Hellenistic-Roman
painting, executed in the first century after Christ.
INSCRIPTIONS
Lollianus Mavortius. — In Rom Mitth. XX, 1905, pp. 283-285, O. SEECK
shows that the inscription C.I.L. VI, 1723, preserved only in old copies, is
the first part of C.I.L. VI, 1757. The cursus honorum of Q. Flavius Maesius
Eguatius Lollianus Mavortius is thus fully established. Incidentally some
other dates are fixed. So the second prefecture of Petronius Maxim us was
either between November 17, 375 A.D., and December 1, 376, or between
September 17, 377, and August 3, 378.
Inscription from Aquae Albulae. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. IX, 1906,
Beiblatt, cols. 55-58 (2 figs.), R. EXGELMAXX publishes an inscription from
Aquae Albulae, on the Via Tiburtina (Not. Scavi, 1902, p. 113), with cor-
rections and commentary. It was once on the front of a base on which was
the bronze portrait of a woman who had been benefited by the sulphur
baths. As restored it reads :
ITAL. Misc.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 463
EJfigtem car[ae tibi con]iugis Albula p[ono
puros quod} voli.us tu dea \restituis\.
Quos ego descri[psi pu]ro fulgenli m[etaUo~]
et compos voti n[wni] nis auxilio,
[virt]bus ecce tuis pos [ca]que salute co[prta
dono tibi] nymph[ae coniugis] eff \igiem.
The Collegium Fabrum in Aquileia. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. IX,
1906, pp. 23-26, O. CUXTZ discusses the inscription from Aquileia published
by Mommsen in Pais' Corporis inscr. Lat. suppl. Italica, No. 181. The de-
ceased ordains that his house be not sold nor mortgaged and that the
decuria Maronia, of twenty-five members, of the collegium fabrum shall re-
ceive twenty-five denarii, twelve and a half for a funeral offering, under fixed
conditions, and shall offer certain wine at the grave.
Inscriptions relating to Roman Antiquity. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp.
471-499, R. CAGNAT and M. BESNIER give text or references for 133 inscrip-
tions, besides a brief statement of the contents of articles dealing with
Roman epigraphy and of epigraphic publications relating to Roman antiq-
uity, published in 1905, August-December. Several of the inscriptions
published are in Greek. Indices are added, pp. 500-511. Ibid. VII, 1906, pp.
372-384, the summary is continued to include the publications of January
and February, 1906, comprising 78 inscriptions and some treatises.
Syllabification in Latin Inscriptions. — In Classical Philology, I, 1906,
pp. 47-68, WALTER DENNISON shows that Latin inscriptions do not gener-
ally follow the grammarians' rule that in dividing the syllables of a word as
many consonants should be placed with a following vowel as may stand at
the beginning of a word in Latin (or Greek). On the contrary, the division
is generally made between two consonants.
The Epitaph of Petronia Musa. — In Be.rl. Phil. W. April 21, 1906, R.
ENGELMANN corrects Cozza Luzi's interpretation (B. Corn. Roma, XXX,
1902, p. 264) of lines 1 and 11 of the epitaph of Petronia Musa (C.I.G. 6261,
cf Add. Ill, 1266). In line 1, Aetros is AITOS (tenuis) ; in line 11 epperai is
for Ip/oere.
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
Primitive Monuments of Rome and Latium. — Man. Antichi, XV,
1905 (846 cols. ; 27 pis. ; 217 figs.), is entirely devoted to the publication,
description, and discussion of the monuments of Rome and Latium before
the Republican period, by G. PINZA. The monuments of Praeneste are to
be treated separately, and are not included in this work. The monuments
found across the Tiber, to Caere, are also omitted. In general, this is a vast
collection of material. Tombs, remains of the stone age, the bronze age,
and the iron age, are catalogued and described. The topography of Rome
and the development of one city from the original independent villages, ar
discussed, as are the relations of the primitive monuments of Rome to thos<
of other places in Italy. The great variety of material described and
details included, make" a summary of this storehouse of informatic
impossible. TT..,
The Roman Forum. -The English translation of Professor Hulseii
Das Forum Romanum'is based on the second German edition, but has i
464 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
ceived several new illustrations and a new plan, and the text has been re-
vised and brought up to date ; in particular, alterations have been made in
the sections relating to the Comitium, the Middle of the Forum, and the
Archaic Necropolis. The book contains a complete description of the
Forum, with concise discussion of the questions involved, and with a bibli-
ography. (Cn. HULSEN, The Roman Forum, its History and its Monu-
ments. Translated from the second German edition by Jesse Benedict
Carter, Rome, 1906, Loscher & Co. (Bretschneider and Regenberg) ; New
York, Stechert. xi, 259 pp. ; 5 pis. ; 139 figs. 12mo).
The Septimontium and the Seven Hills. — In Classical Philology,!,
1906, pp. 69-80, S. B. PLATNER discusses various views concerning the
Septimontium, and adopts that of Wissowa. After the city grew beyond
the Palatine, it included the Palatium, Cermalus, and Velia (i.e. the entire
Palatine), the Oppius, Cispius, and Fagutal (i.e. the entire Esquiline), and
the Sucusa (Subura), which was the eastern or western point of the Caelius.
A festival, the Septimontium, was established, celebrated by the montani.
In later times, the old Septimontium was explained as referring to the
seven hills enclosed within the Servian wall ; viz. Palatine, Capitoline,
Aventine, Caelian, Esquiline, Viminal, and Quirinal. Still later, the Janicu-
lum is substituted for one of the others, and in the early Middle Ages the
Vaticamis also appears.
The Classical Topography of the Roman Campagna. — In the
Papers of the British School at Rome, III, 1906, pp. 1-212 (2 maps; 19
pis.), T. ASHBY, Jr., publishes the second part of his investigation of the
ancient roads in the Campagna and the monuments that mark their
courses (see^lm. /. Arch. 1903, p. 249). The present paper treats in great
detail of the Via Salaria, the Via Nomentana, and the Via Tiburtina, with
discussion of all doubtful points. The author's purpose is to publish all the
available information. In an appendix (pp. 198-200) the manuscript notes
of Diego Revillas (1690-1742), now in the author's possession, are discussed.
Addenda to the first part of the investigation occupy pp. 201-207. An in-
dex follows.
The Via Latina. — The topography of the Via Latina and of its villas
and villages, between the seventh and eleventh milestones, is discussed by
LANCIANI in B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905, pp. 129-145; 1 pi. (map).
Sacred Groves of Rome. — The sacred groves of Rome form the sub-
ject of a detailed monograph by G. STARA-TEDDE in B. Com. Roma,
XXXIII, 1905, pp. 189-232.
Nero and the Burning of Rome. — In Arch. Stor. Pair. XXVIII,
1905, pp. 355-393, G. S. RAMUNDO discusses the evidence relating to the
burning of Rome under Nero, and concludes that it was due neither to Nero
nor to the Christians, but was accidental.
Ancient Rhegium. — Ancient Rhegium is the subject of a book by Dr.
PIETRO LARIZZA (Rhegium Chalcidense \Reggio di Calabria'] . La Storia e
la Numismatica dai tempi preistorici fno alia cittadinanza romana. Reggio,
1905, the author; Rome, Loescher, 118pp. ; 15 pis. 8vo. 20 fr.). Various ques-
tions concerning the prehistoric inhabitants of southern Italy, the origin of
the name Italy, etc., are discussed, and the legendary and actual history of
Rhegium is given. The coinage of Rhegium, from the sixth century to 89
B.C., is treated in detail. The plates are all coin plates except one, which
ITAL. Misc.] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 465
reproduces a rude replica of the Laocoon group, now in the museum at
Reggio.
An Ancient Necropolis discovered in 1793 at Naples. — In Arch
Star. Nap. XXXI, 1906, pp. 27-124, V. FLORIO continues his 'Memorie
storiche ossiano Annali Napolitani dal 1759 in avanti.' On p. 119 the discov-
ery of an ancient cemetery in 1793, near the porta Capuana, is recorded,
and on p. 120 five Latin inscriptions from graves are published.
A Catalogue of Works of Art in Rome in Imperial Times. Latin
papyrus No. 7, in Geneva, has on the recto some statistics, in Greek, of lands
in the Egyptian nome of Arsinoe ; on the verso a Latin list of works of art
in Rome, with notes on their history. Unfortunately the text is very frag-
mentary. It was probably written about 225 A.D. The words Herculem
G is . ful seem to refer to the Hercules of Glycon, the Hercules Far-
nese. One fragment of the papyrus seems to contain a version of the story
of Apelles and Protogenes told by Pliny, XXXV, 81-83. The papyrus is
published, with facsimile, by JULES NICOLE (Geneva, 1906, Georg & Co.,
34 pp. 8vo. 5 fr.).
The Original Sources of Late Works of Ancient Art. — In Melanges
Nicole (Geneva, 1905), pp. 653-657 (pi.), E. LOWY republishes three reliefs
in Rome and three Pompeian wall paintings which represent the Judgment
of Paris. All are derived from one original, in spite of their differences in
details. The sarcophagus reliefs (Robert, Sarkophagreliefs, II, Taf. V, No.
11, Taf. IV, No. 10) are at least a century later than the Pompeian paintings.
The original must have been a painting of great power, and it must be con-
siderably earlier than the Pompeian paintings. An engraving by Marcan-
tonio, giving a restoration of this painting by Raphael, and the frieze of a
silver jug after Rubens are published as further illustrations.
Illustrations of Virgil.— In Berl. Phil. W. March 24, 1906, R. ENGEL-
MANN shows that the Pompeian painting of the death of Laocoon is an illus-
tration of Virgil and presupposes the well-known marble group, the date of
which (see Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 101) is now established. The mosaic from
Sousse (Mon. Piot, IV, p. 242) representing the departure of Aeneas from
Dido is especially characterized by the presence of a bacchante as an illus-
tration of Virgil. An engraving by Marcantonio is cited in illustration of
the use of the accessories in the Pompeian painting.
Roman Terra-cotta Lamps. — In Rec. Past, V, 1906, pp. 170-186 (32
figs.),E. W. CLARK discusses Roman terra-cotta lamps, in the classification
of which he follows Fink, except that he adds to Fink's four types a fifth
(type "A, 300-200 B.C.), earlier in date than Fink's type I, to include the
"Esquiline lamps."
The Altar of Peace of Augustus.— In Rec. Past, V, 1906, pp. 104-111
(4 figs.), J. C. EGUKKT describes the Altar of Peace erected by Augustus and
gives a sketch of its history.
The Salutations of Nero. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 142-144, H.
STUART JONES, in reply to E. Maynial (ibid. IV, 1904, pp. 172-178; Am. J.
Arch. 1905, p. 219), maintains that the sixth salutation cannot refer to the
capture of Tigranocerta, in September, 59 A.D., as Nero is called Imp. VI in
the Acts of the Arval Brothers of January 3 of that year, that the seventh
salutation refers to the capture of Tigranocerta (Tacitus, Ann. XIII, 41, 5),
and that the tenth salutation belongs to some time between 64 and 66 A.D.
466 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
The Imperial Titles of M. Aurelius Severus Alexander. — In R. Stor.
Ant. X, 1906, pp. 116-124, G. CASTALDI, employing epigraphic, numismatic,
and other testimony, fixes the dates of the titles, etc., of M. Aurelius Seve-
rus Alexander as follows: Imperial Salutations, I, 222 A.D., II, 233 A.D.;
Potestas tribunicia, I, March 11 to December 31, 222 A.D., II-XIV, beginning
January 1 every year from 223 to 235 A.D. ; Consulates, I, autumn to De-
cember 31, 221 A.D. ; II, autumn to December, 225, A.D. ; III, autumn to
December, 228 A.D. His departure from Rome to fight the Persians took
place in the latter part of 231 A.D. ; his departure against the Germans in
234 ; and his death, in March, 235 A.D.
The Illyrian Tax and the Boundaries of Provinces. — In Rom. Mitth.
XX, 1905, pp. 223-229, C. PATSCH finds that the known stations of the
vectigal Illyrici do not all lie at the boundaries of provinces. Domaszewski's
conclusions (Arch.-Ep. Mitth. XIII, pp. 129 ff.) are therefore in part incor-
rect. The vectigal was probably a road tax rather than an import duty.
Etrusca. — In five pamphlets, the last of which are dated 1905, Baron
CARRA DE VAUX takes up and develops the theory of Isaac Taylor that
the Etruscan and Pelasgian languages are akin to the Altaic. He discusses
a variety of Etruscan monuments and inscriptions, which he interprets by
means of Altaic languages (Paris, G. Klincksieck).
The Mano Pantea. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XX, 1905, pp. 324-334 (12 figs.),
F. T. ELWORTHY discusses the bronze hands with the index and second
fingers raised and the third and fourth fingers closed upon the palm, which
go by the name of Mano Pantea or Votive Hand. They are covered with
symbols of various deities in relief. Very few bear votive inscriptions, and
probably the hands were prophylactic, not votive.
Leaden Tesserae. — Leaden tesserae and their matrices form the sub-
ject of a second paper by L. CESANO in B. Com. Roma, XXXIII, 1905, pp.
146-153 (11 figs.).
Pliny's Journalist Methods. —In Rom. Mitth. XX, 1905, pp. 206-213,
F. HAUSER discusses Detlefsen's theory that Pliny used a censor's list in
making his citations of works of art in Rome (see Am. J. Arch. 1906,
p. 178), and concludes that such procedure is highly improbable, for the
censor's list, granted that it existed, would have been useless for Pliny's
purpose.
Studies in Roman History. — In publishing a second edition of
Christianity and the Roman Government, E. G. HARDY has added five essays
previously published in the English Historical Review, the Journal of
Philosophy, and in his Introduction to PlutarcWs Lives of Galba and Otho.
While the book is historical, not archaeological, it contains information
derived from inscriptions and other archaeological sources. (Studies in
Roman History, by E. G. Hardy. London, 1906, Swan Sonnenschein & Co.,
ix, 349 pp. 12mo.)
SPAIN
The Linares Bas-relief and Roman Mines in Baetica. — In Afchae-
ologia, LIX, ii, 1905, pp. 311-322 (3 pis. ; 16 figs.), H. SANDARS describes the
traces of Roman mining operations in Andalusia, the ancient Baetica,
sspecially those at Palazuelos, not far from Castulo. The place is called
" Hannibal's Mines," and probably the Carthaginians did work the mines
FRANCE] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 467
here. A relief at Linares, of Roman date, represents miners in a gallery.
Various other antiquities, chiefly utensils, are published.
FRANCE
The Greeks in Southern Gaul. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. IX, 1906, pp.
139-164, E. MAASS discusses the ancient sources of information concerning
Greek settlements in southern Gaul, especially the legend of Keltos and the
connection of Heracles with that region, which indicates an early Doric
settlement.
Gallo-Romaii Cities. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1906, pp. 102-196, A. BLAN-
CHET gives a list of 43 Gallo-Roman cities and the length of the circuit
walls of each. The walls built under Augustus and his immediate suc-
cessors are longer than those built later. So, at the beginning of the fourth
century, Autun had only one-twentieth of the area enclosed by Augustus,
and Nimes was only one-seventh of its former size.
Temple of Augustus and Livia at Vienne (Isere). — In Ami d. Mon.
XIX, 1905, p. 305 (cf. p. 350), CH. LENORMANT publishes the ground, plan
of the small hexastyle temple of Augustus and Livia at Vienne.
The So-called Statue of Ausonius at Auch. — In R. fit. Anc. VIII,
1908, p. 52 (fig.), PH. LAUZUN publishes the draped statuette (height 0.47
m.) in the museum at Auch, which has been called a statue of Ausonius
without any sufficient reason. It probably dates from a time before that of
Ausonius.
Mother Goddesses. — In R. Et. Anc. VIII, 1906, pp. 53-58 (2 figs.), G.
GASSIES publishes a statue found at Meaux, which represents a seated,
draped, female figure holding some apples in her lap. It may have been. a
pendant to the god with a sack, found at the same place. This goddess of
fertility is, like other similar deities, a mother-goddess. Similar figures
from other places, especially from Capua, are compared.
Records of Roman Surveys. — The fragmentary inscription found at
Orange, ancient Arausio (see Am. J.Arch. 1905, p. 223), is published with a
full commentary and discussion by A. SCHULTEN, in Hermes, XLI, 1906, pp.
1-44 (pi.). The previously discovered inscriptions of similar character are
also discussed. They are probably a record of part of the Gallic census of
Augustus, and may be dated about 20 B.C., certainly before 12 A.D.
The Coins found at Famars in 1824. — In R. Et. Anc. VIII, 1906,
pp. 165-167, CH. DANGIBEAUD publishes from a note of the Count A. de
Brembnd of Ars, a catalogue of coins found at Famars in 1824, which
seem to have been buried about the end of the fifth century after Christ.
A Decoration copied from a Coin. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp.
225-227 (fig.), A. BLANCHET publishes a stamped silver plaque in the Mu-
seum at Nancy, which decorated a fibula. On it is a seated female figure
holding in the right hand a Victory on a globe, in the left a sceptre,
inscription reads : invicta Roma uterefalix. The whole is copied from coins
of Priscus Attains, with the inscription invicta Roma aeterna.
Roman and Merovingian Rings. -In R. Arch. VK, 1906, pp. 165-
172 (24 figs.), CLAUDIUS COTE describes twenty-three additional 1
and Merovingian rings in his collection at Lyons (see Am. J. Arch. 1
p. 483). The materials are gold, silver, bronze, and iron. One of the mos
468 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
interesting rings has a double bezel on which Venus and Cupid are repre-
sented.
The Battle of Paris. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 173-176, A. BLAN-
CHET remarks a propos of the article by H. Sieglerschmidt (ibid. VI, pp.
257-271 ; Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 204) that the account given by Caesar (Bell.
Gall. VII, 57-62) leaves many points in obscurity. Ibid. pp. 209-210,
SEYMOUR DE RICCI maintains that Metiosodunum or Metlosodunum is
not Meudoii, but rather Melun, and that Genabum or Ceuabum was at
Orleans.
The Cult of Menhirs among the Celts. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1906,
pp. 146-152, ARBOIS DE JUBAINVILLE discusses the cult of menhirs among
the Celts, which persisted even to the time of Charlemagne. Perhaps it
was adopted by the Celts from the earlier inhabitants.
G-allo-Roman Notes. — In R. Et. Anc. VIII, 1906, pp. 64-73, the
'Chronique Gallo-romaine ' contains various notes chiefly on recent publica-
tions relating to Gallo-Roman antiquities. Ibid. pp. 168-172, C. J(ULLIAN)
gives a series of similar notes.
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY
The Treasure of Gold from Michalkdw. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. 1.
IX, 1906, pp. 32-39 (12 figs.), K. HADACZEK discusses the gold ornaments
FIGURE 2. — DIADEM FROM MICHALKOW.
found at Michalkdw (cf. ibid. VI, pp. 116 ff.), and assigns them to a time
between the eighth and the sixth centuries B.C. and to a place not inGalicia,
but somewhere in the northern Balkan region, between the Black Sea and
the Adriatic. The relations of the art exhibited here to that of Italy and
Greece and to objects found in graves in eastern Galicia are discussed.
King Ecritusirus. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. IX, 1906, pp. 70-74 (fig.),
W. KUBITSCHEK discusses a silver coin found in 1904 at Mallnitzer or Ober-
Tauern and now in the Carolino-Augusteum Museum at Salzburg. On each
side is a portrait head. The inscription, divided between the two sides of
GREAT BRITAIN] AECHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 469
the coin, reads Gaesatorix re[x\ Ecritusiri re<j(is) fil(ius). The names are
discussed. This Gaesatorix may be the son of the Kritasirus mentioned by
Strabo, VII, 3, 11, C. 304, who was defeated by Burebista about 60 B.C.
Sidrona ; Dusmanes. — In Jh. Oesterr. Arch. I. VIII, 1905, Beiblatt, cols.
119 ff., C. PATSCH notes that the Sidrini mentioned in the inscription found
at Bruska (ibid. col. 54) are the inhabitants of the town of Sidrona (Ptole-
maeus II, 16, 9 f.). He also (ibid. col. 121) identifies the fort Aow/xaves
(Procopius, De Aedificiis, 284, 5) in the territory of Naissus with the Prae-
sidium Dasmini of the Tabula Peutingeriana and Dasiniani of Geoqr Rav
192, 2.
GREAT BRITAIN
Palaeolithic Implements in Sussex. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XX, 1905,
pp. 197-207 (3 figs.), R. GARRAWAY RICE describes some palaeolithic im-
plements from the terrace gravels of the River Arun and the western
Bother. They were found at depths varying from 20 to 200 feet, and differ
greatly in type.
The Manufacture of Palstaves. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XX, 1905, pp. 258-
261, E. K. CLARK explains the method of casting palstaves and their bronze
moulds. Temporary clay moulds were formed from a permanent model,
and these moulds were converted into bronze. In the bronze moulds lead
celts were cast, which could be used as models for clay moulds, or could be
hollowed out to serve as core-boxes.
Iron Currency in Britain. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XXII, ii, pp. 179-194
(11 figs.), R. A. SMITH discusses various iron bars found in England, which
have been explained as unfinished swords. He concludes that they were
used as currency, and quotes Caesar's statement in Bell. Gall. V, utuntur out
aere, aut nummo aureo, aut taleis [some texts read annulis\ ferrets ad cerium
pondus examinatis pro nummo.
Roman Fulling in Britain. — In Archaeologia, LIX, ii, 1905, pp. 207-232
(11 pis.), GEORGE E. Fox, after some discussion of the fuller's establish-
ment at Pompeii, describes and discusses the Roman villa at Chedworth,
Gloucestershire, the Roman villa in Titsey Park, and a group of Roman
buildings uncovered at Darenth, Kent, in 1894-5. In all of these places he
finds arrangements for fulling. At Darenth there were two houses, one of
the corridor type, the other of the courtyard type. Here afullonica was es-
tablished, for the needs of which the two houses were joined together and a
third block added. Later this third block only was used as aful'onica ; the
other buildings were used as habitations, and a hall was added. Somewhat
similar changes took place at Chedworth and Titsey Park.
Bronze Dagger and Armlet. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XX, 1905, p. 335
(pi.) , H. S. COWPER publishes a bronze armlet, found some time ago in
Furness. It is made of a plate of bronze, hammered into a tube, and then
bent into a ring. It bears an incised pattern of rings and dots. It is of the
Hallstatt period, and may be imported. A bronze dagger, found near Al-
dingham, is similar to fig. 315 in Evans' Ancient Stone Implements (1881).
A flattened stone cone bought in Smyrna is also described. This may have
been used as an arrow shaft polisher.
Pins of the Hand Type. — In Proc. Soc. Ant. XX, 1905, pp. 3
(11 figs.), R. A. SMITH discusses the development of late-Keltic pins of
470 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
the so-called hand type from pins with a simple ring above a curve, which
may be dated about 400 B.C., to elaborately ornamented pins made more
than ten centuries later.
The Island of Ictis. — In Archaeologia, LIX, ii, 1905, pp. 281-288
(2 figs. ; cf. Proc. Soc. Ant, XX, p. 342), C. REID shows by geological
evidence that the islard of Ictis (Mictis) or Vectis mentioned by Timaeus,
Diodorus Siculus, and Caesar is the Isle of Wight, and cannot be St.
Michael's Mount.
AFRICA
The House of the Antistii at Thibilis. — In Melanges Nicole (Geneva,
1905), pp. 43-55 (2 pls.),R. CAGNAT describes the house of the Antistii at
Thibilis, in Algeria. vln the atrium was an altar (/arorium), with reliefs
representing garlands, serpents, and a youthful deity holding a cornucopia in
his left hand. His right hand holds a patera over an altar. Inscriptions, Genio
domus sacrum. Pro salute Q. Antistii Adaenti Postumi Aquilini leg(ati)
Aug(usti) leg(ionis) II A diutricis et Noviae Crispinae eius et L. Antisti Mun-
dici Burri et Antoniae Priscae matris eius et liberorum et famil(iae) eorum,
Agathopus lib(€rtus} ex viso d(ono) d(edit) and Q. Antistius Agathopus ex
viso d(ono) d(edit) idemque dedicavit K(alendi$) Mart(iis) Macrino et Celso
co(ii)s(ulibus), give the name of the owner of the house and the date
(164 A.D.). This Q. Antistius Adventus commanded the legion II Adiutrix,
which served against the Parthians in 164. Other inscriptions relating
to him and his important family are published.
The Route from Capsa to Tacape.— In B. 717". Soc. Ant. Fr. Memoires,
1903 (Paris, 1905), pp. 153-230, J. TOUTAIN publishes sixty-one milestones
from the Roman route from Capsa (Gaf sa) to Tacape (Gabes). The earliest,
which bear the name of the proconsul L. Asprenas, date from the year
14-15 A.D.; the latest date from the fourth century. These milestones are
discussed, and the few remains of antiquity along the route are described.
A Letter of J. P. d'Ollivier to Peiresc. — In B. M. Soc. Ant. Fr.
Memoires, 1903 (Paris, 1905), pp. 1-40 (3 pis.), L. POINSSOT publishes a
letter from J. P. d'Ollivier to Peiresc. It contains copies of several inscrip-
tions from northern Africa, w^hich lead to some criticisms and corrections of
the C.I.L. and, as several inscriptions are milliaria, to chronological and
topographical discussions. A note is added, pp. 275-276.
Coins of Galerius. — In B. Soc. Ant. Fr. 1905, pp. 273-276, J. MAURICE
discusses coins of Carthage on which the personification of Carthage appears,
and argues that Galerius is among the emperors in whose names these
coins (293-305 A.D.) were struck, and that coins were struck at Carthage in
his name under the second tetrarchy (305-306 A.D.).
The Economic Geography of Morocco. — In C. R. Acad. Insc. 1906,
pp. 135-138, M. BESNIER gives a list of the minerals, vegetables, and
animals (wild and tame) known to have existed in ancient times in Maure-
tania Tingitana (Morocco). The products of the different parts of the
province were rich and various.
MEDIAEVAL ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 471
EARLY CHRISTIAN, BYZANTINE, AND MEDIAEVAL ART
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
Christ, Michael, Gabriel. — In BerL Phil. W. March 24, 1906, EB.
NESTLE argues that the abbreviation X M f in inscriptions and manuscripts
consists of the initials of Christ, Michael, Gabriel, and does not stand for
Xpurroi/ Mapia yevva or the like. Ibid. April 21, A. DIETERICH argues that
yevva is a substantive, meaning " birth " and " mother," and that the letters
X M F signify Xpioros (Xp«TToi), XpioW) Mapia ycWa.
Byzantine Leaden Medals. — In J. Int. Arch. Num. Vill, 1902, pp.
195-222 (cf. Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 205), K. M. KONSTANTINOPOULOS con-
tinues his catalogue of Byzantine leaden medals in the Numismatic Museum
at Athens, describing Nos. 1058-1199.
Inscriptions on Byzantine Medals. — In J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII,
1905, pp. 223-226, K. M. KONSTANTINOPOULOS gives new readings of three
metrical inscriptions on Byzantine leaden medals, published by G. Schlum-
berger : 1. (R. Et. Gr. 1894, Melanges d'Arche'ologie Byzantine, I, p. 259),
<3?uAacr<Tei //.e <f>povpa /xaprvpov KaXXiviKaiv ; 2. (Sigillographie de V Empire
Byzantine, pp. 694 f .), Ava? [ju,e] <£poupeZ Ka[X]A[t]j/iKa)i/ fjuaprvpwv
a€(3a.crTov ©eoStopov TOV lPov7revi(<i))[Trj]v,
3. (ibid. p. 702), T^pai ypa<£as 'AvOrj/jmarov ^refjxivov.
The Leaden Medal of David of Trebizoiid. — In J. Int. A rch. Num.
VIII, 1905, pp. 237-248, G. P. VEGLERIS maintains that a certain leaden
medal (cf. Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 205) belongs to the last emperor of
Trebizond. Ibid. pp. 293-322 (pi.) K. M. KONSTANTINOPOULOS replies,
reaffirming his attribution of the medal to David Comnenus, brother of
Alexius.
Stone Images in Southern Russia. — In Rec. Past, V, 1906, pp. 35-39
(3 figs.), VLADIMIR RIEDEL offers an explanation of the numerous rude
stone images of women found in southern Russia. The heathen Slavs used
to bury the widow with her deceased husband. After the introduction of
Christianity, stone images may have been substituted for the widows them-
selves.
Sanctuary Rings. — In Reliq. XII, 1906, pp. 96-105 (11 figs.), J.
TAVENOR-PERRY publishes a number of sanctuary rings from various places.
These rings, held in the mouth of a beast, frequently a lion, were attached
to the doors of churches which had the right of sanctuary. Originally,
perhaps, those who desired the protection of sanctuary had to take hold of
the ring.
The Martyrdom of St. Thomas a Becket on a Swedish Font. -
In Reliq. XII, 1906, pp. 126-131 (4 figs.), a font at Lyncsjo, Sweden, is pub-
lished, on which the martyrdom of St. Thomas k Becket is represented, with
Christ blessing two of the disciples, the Coronation of the Virgin, and the
Baptism of Christ. The style, though rude, is vigorous and lively. In the
representation of the martyrdom of St. Thomas a Becket are some histor-
ical inaccuracies.
The Seal of Sveder de Apecoude. —In/?. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 4:
(2 figs.), J. Six calls attention to the importance of mediaeval seals for tl
study of schools of art, then publishes and discusses the seal of Sveder de
Apecoude, affixed to acts of the years 1332 and 1333 in the archives of
472 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
Utrecht. Sveder de Apecoude was one of the most important men of Utrecht
at that time. The central part of the seal is an ancient gem with a repre-
sentation of Leda and the swan.
Unpublished Monuments of Moslem Art. — Several works of Moslem
art, scattered here and there in the collections and museums of Europe, are
discussed by GASTON MIGEOX in Gaz. B.-A. XXXV, 1906, pp. 205-214.
The most noteworthy is a copper cloisonne basin in the Ferdinandeum at
Innsbruck, with a very Byzantine sovereign seated in a central medallion,
holding a sceptre in each hand. Two circular friezes bear inscriptions in
Persian and Arabic, the latter giving the name of an Ortokid prince of
about 1148 A.D. Cloisonne art dates back to the period of the Sassanids,
and its later renaissance may be due to Chinese influence spread over
western Asia by the Turks. A bronze lion in the museum at Cassel is
assigned by Migeon to the twelfth century and is an Egyptian product.
The chefs d'oeuvre, perhaps, of Moslem handicraft as represented in Euro-
pean collections are the ivory plaques in the Carrand collection bequeathed
to the Bargello in Florence and a little silver coffer, on which appear two
persons, seated and playing the harp and guitar. The latter is in the
treasure of St. Mark at Venice, and both plaques and coffer are of the
thirteenth century.
ITALY
The Inkstand of a Byzantine Calligrapher. — The "Treasure" of
the cathedral at Padua possesses a silver inkstand encircled by figures in re-
lief which appear at first sight to be of the latest period of Romano-Hellen-
istic art. On the cover is a Gorgon's head of almost classic workmanship.
The inscription around the lid, however, shows a closed omega which only
appears in Byzantine works of the ninth or tenth century. It reads :
+ /8a</>^5 So^eTov a> Ae'ovn Tras 7ropo<s (Holder of pigment, O universal resource
of Leo!) and another inscription on the bottom reads: + AtW TO rep-jrvov
OavfjM TOV (sic) Ka\X.iypd<f>(t)v (Leo, the delight and wonder of calligraphers).
A casket in the treasure of Anagni cathedral is cited in comparison. It
was originally entirely covered with silver plates bearing figures in relief,
but has lost many of them. Here the reliefs are done with stamps, while
on the inkstand they are really modelled. The casket is a work of the
thirteenth century, and the plates with figures in relief are made with
stamps copied from late Hellenistic monuments. So the colossus of Her-
cules, which stood in the hippodrome at Constantinople until the beginning
of the thirteenth century, is often found copied on Byzantine ivories. The
inkstand of Padua and the casket at Anagni belong, the former at the be-
ginning, the latter at the end of that period in Byzantine art which was
marked by interest in and imitation of the classical forms of antiquity, and
lasts from the ninth to the thirteenth century. (PIETRO TOESCA in
L'Arte, 1906, pp. 35-44.)
S. Antonio del Viennese at Borgo San Donnino. — A. PETTO-
REL.LI, in Rass. d' Arte, 1906, pp. 22-30, writes of the church of S. Antonio
del Viennese at Borgo San Donnino and the hospice connected with it. The
little church was built about the end of the twelfth or the beginning of the
thirteenth century, but was enlarged in the second half of the thirteenth.
The writer describes the frescoes of the thirteenth century, now almost
MEDIAEVAL ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 473
completely vanished, which once ornamented the church and hospice tnd
Vienne" ^'^ "" ^ ^ ^ ^^^ <* * Antonio del
Romanesque Wall Paintings at PerentUlo. — In Rep f K XXVIII
190^ PP. 891-405, Awusx SCHMABSOW gives a description^ a^edat on
of the welfth-century frescoes in the Abbey Church of San Pietro, near
Ferentilo on the road from Terni to Spoleto. The decorations practically
covered the whole of the church, but interest centres in the paintings of the
nave. The walls are covered at the top with a painted colonnade, remind-
ing one of the architectural perspectives on the walls of Ponipeian houses
Each arch seems to open into an airy space, through which flies a bird the
technique of which, like the architectural motif, preserves the classic tradi-
tion. Beneath the upper colonnade runs a second, through the openings
of which appears a mass of water filled with fish in lively motion. Lower
still comes the row of windows with the intervening spaces devoted to
frescoes. Under the windows is painted an architrave supported by col-
umns whereby the lower wall is again divided for the painted decoration.
Such a scheme throws much light on the architectural framework for com-
positions used by the early Umbrian school, which O. Wulff has recently
tried to derive from miniatures. The whole scheme of the nave frescoes
culminates in those of the triumphal arch, at the top of which appears the
Hand of God, blessing after the Greek manner, significant of a Byzantine
source of inspiration. The decoration of the nave begins between the win-
dows on the left as one enters, with the creation, in which God is repre-
sented beardless, or in the form of the Logos. The pictures on this side,
which are arranged in three rows, are all taken from the Old Testament,
and the series is continued in the history of the Kings on the other side, but
the generally poor preservation of the frescoes is here somewhat worse. It is
only in the third row that a subject from the New Testament occurs, the
" Adoration of the Magi." The " Return of the Magi " is a characteristic de-
parture from the early Christian tradition which controls the choice and
conceptions of the subjects, the scene being strongly Germanic arid mediaeval
in character. An early Christian element appears in the fish which lies on
the table in the "Last Supper." The decorations ended over the entrance
door with the Crucifixion, which, with most of the frescoes on the end wall,
was sacrificed to a restoration about 1500. The frescoes of the apse and its
neighborhood are of the middle of the fifteenth century, as a partially pre-
served inscription tells us. Schmarsow expresses the hope that the Italian
scholars will speedily provide for the proper publication of these frescoes,
" dies einzigartige Denkmal echt romanischer Malerei auf italienischem
Boden," the appreciation of which may well change the character of criti-
cism of pre-Giottesque painting in Italy.
The Frescoes at Santa Maria Donna Regina at Naples. — The
frescoes in Sta. Maria Donna Regina at Naples, founded by Maria of Hun-
gary, wife of Charles II of Anjou, are assigned by E. Bertaux doubtfully to
Pietro Lorenzetti of Siena, and inasmuch as the earliest works of this
master date from 1316 or 1320, Bertaux conjectures that the frescoes were
not completed until about the latter date, although the church itself was
plainly finished before 1316. VENTURI regards them as the work of three
hands — Pietro Cavallini, a pupil of his, and some painter, perhaps Sienese,
474 AME1UCAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
under his influence. The writer points out the close relations between
these frescoes and those of Cavallini in Sta. Cecilia at Rome, and closes with
a list of the principal works which may be attributed to him or to his
bottega. (L' Arte, 1906, pp. 117-124.)
The Silver Altar of Pistoia Cathedral. — In Reliq. XII, 1906, pp.
19-28 (5 figs.), E. A. JONES describes the silver altar in the cathedral at
Pistoia. The frontal, by Andrea d' Jacopo d' Ognabene, of Pistoia, was
made between 1293 and 1316 A.D. It is adorned with fifteen square panels
representing scenes from the New Testament in relief. At either end are
three figures, probably prophets. The left wing, by Pietro di Leonardo, of
Florence, consists of nine squares enclosed in a framework of delicate ara-
besque. Seven scenes from the Old Testament are represented, and, in ad-
dition, the Birth and the Marriage of the Virgin. Another Florentine,
Leonardo di Ser Giovanni, made (1371) the right wing, in the nine squares
of which he represented nine scenes from the life of St. James, the patron
of the cathedral. The earliest part of the altar, the seated figure of St.
James, is in the centre of the reredos. It is the work of Giglio Pisano, who
was engaged in 1349. Above St. James is Christ in majesty, holding a
book and surrounded by twelve cherubs. The rest of the reredos is deco-
rated with figures of saints and apostles in Gothic niches, busts in medal-
lions, an Annunciation (by Pietro d' Arrigo), and other figures and orna-
ments by various artists.
A Chronological Classification of Christian Sarcophagi. — In
L' Arte, 1906, pp. 81-85, F. Y. OHLSEN seeks to make a chronological classi-
fication of the sarcophagi of the Christian era in Rome, not only on the
basis hitherto used of historical data such as inscriptions, place of discovery,
etc., but with reference to style and technique. He finds that the stylistic
and technical periods coincide with the historical evidences of date. The
periods are ten in number, from 250 (" at the latest ") to the last, which
includes monuments from the fifth century to the Middle Ages. The
sarcophagus in Sta. Maria Antiqua is put in the first period, in spite of the
generally received attribution to the early fourth century. Pastoral repre-
sentations are divided into four periods : the first dates about 253 ; the
second is typified by the cover of the sarcophagus of Pope Melchiades (d.
311) in S. Callisto; the third belongs to the middle of the fourth century;
and the last to the middle of the fifth. The writer's criteria drawn from
costume are an extension to the reliefs of Wilpert's work on the early
Christian frescoes. He finds that the male figure in the imago clypeata at
first wears the toga fusa, which afterward becomes less loose, approaching
the himation in draping ; the contabulatio becomes frequent from the fourth
century on, and the fifth is marked by two crossing folds. The jewels of
women become more Byzantine with the lapse of time, and the mode of
dressing the hair is of assistance in dating. The trophies on the sides
of sarcophagi are in relief throughout the third century, but in the course
of the fourth the custom of incising them prevails. The writer signalizes
the constantly increasing variety of the content and the equally decreasing
power of expression in these monuments, and illustrates the resulting
form in which the scenes are many but executed individually with increas-
ing barrenness.
The "Titulus Fraxedis." — The church which bore the title of " Titulus
MEDIAEVAL ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 475
Praxedis "was restored practically to its present form by Paschal (817-
84), and is now known as Santa Prassede. It forms the subject of an
article by DE \\AAL in Rom. Quart. 1905, pp. 169-180. He rejects as
worthless the Gesta Potentianae et Praxedis, according to which Praxedis
from whom the "Titulus" was named, was a daughter of the Senator
Pudens, the friend of Peter and Paul. Our certain knowledge of the
history of the name and the church is summed up as follows : a Praxedis
was buried in the catacomb of Priscilla, together with a martyr Potenti-
ana; the "titulus Praxedis" first appears at the end of the fifth century
in the documents, but was built perhaps in the fourth century by an un-
known person or possibly by the woman Praxedis, who afterward received
a popular canonization by reason of being buried near St. Potentiana.
New Interpretations. — Inborn. Quart. 1905, pp. 181-193, WILPEUT cor-
rects another error in Rushforth's publication of the frescoes of Sta. Maria
Antiqua and offers solutions for three problems which have hitherto vexed
the Christian archaeologist. The miracles from the New Testament with
which John VII (705-7) decorated the Presbyterium of Sta. Maria Antiqua
run from right to left, not from left to right, as Rushforth says, and the
first scene is the " Appearance of Christ to his Disciples on the Road to
Emmaus," the identification being fixed by the inscription which Wilpert has
deciphered on the city in the background, cz'VITAS e^MAVS. The artist
thus followed Luke, whose account of the miracles following the resurrec-
tion begins with this episode. The subject is foreign to the catacomb
frescoes, but was hitherto thought to be represented in a group of Christ
and two disciples on a sarcophagus from Le Puy in France (L.E BLANT, Sar-
cophayes Chretiens de la Gaule, pi. xvii, 4). Wilpert shows that the latter
scene is only partly preserved, and a proper restoration would show two more
disciples to the right of Christ, thus making the customary centi-al group
of "Christ between four disciples" which is common on Gallic sarcophagi.
In the mosaics of the triumphal arch of Sta. Maria Maggiore, the two seated
female figures in the " Adoration of the Magi " have always troubled the in-
terpreters. While the one to the left of the enthroned Christ is generally
conceded to be Mary, the one on the right has undergone all sorts of ex-
planations, the latest being that of J. P. Richter and A. C. Taylor (The
Golden Age of Classic Christian Art, p. 337), who recognize in it a "Sibyl."
Wilpert makes it a repetition of the Virgin on the other side of the throne,
defending his theory with instances of similar repetitions of the same figure
in the same composition in early Christian art, and explains its occurrence
here as due to the desire to emphasize the double character of Mary as
Virgin and mother of God. A similar reference to the Council of Ephesus,
which vindicated to the Virgin her title of ^COTOKOS, and to celebrate which
the church was dedicated to her by Sixtus III, is supposed by AVilpert in
the mosaic in the centre of the arch, which represents a throne of gold
and precious stones, flanked by the symbols of the Evangelists and Peter
and Paul. On the throne is a gemmed cross and a wreath, the latter refer-
ring to the victory of orthodoxy at the council, and the cross and throne
being symbolical of the council itself, in view of the custom which provided
for the sittings of early councils a magnificent throne, on which rested an
Evangel, to symbolize the presence of Christ.
Sancta Maria Antiqua. — In Rec. Past, V, 1906, pp. 131-137 (6 figs.),
476 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
J. C. EGBERT describes the church of Sta. Maria Antiqua, its frescoes, and
the sarcophagi found in it.
S. Salvatore di Gallia. — P. SPEZE continues his historical and topo-
graphical studies relating to S. Salvatore di Gallia in B. Com. Roma,
XXXIII, 1905, pp. 233-263.
FRANCE
The Portal of the Cathedral at Rouen. — In R. Arch. VI, 1905, pp.
385-411 (4 pis. ; 4 figs.), LOUISE PILLION finishes her discussion of the sculp-
tures at the sides of the p or tail des libraires of Rouen cathedral. The whole
sculptured decoration shows excellent and homogeneous execution, sense of
life and composition, and that suppleness and largeness in the rendering of
forms which contemporary artists call le gras. The scenes and figures rep-
resented are derived from one of the mediaeval encyclopaedias, with stories
from Genesis, the Judgment of Solomon, figures of the Vices and Virtues,
and types taken from the Bestiaries or the Merveilles cFYnde.
Limoges Enamels. —In J?. Arch. VI, 1905, pp. 418-431 (6 pis.), J. J.
MARQUET DE VASSELOT concludes his discussion of Limoges enamels with
background of wavy lines (see Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 210). These enamels
of the twelfth and thirteenth centuries show strong Byzantine influence,
and even stronger influence of the school that flourished on and near the
Me use.
ENGLAND
Wall Paintings at Friskney, Lincolnshire. — In Archaeologia, LIX,
ii, 1905, pp. 371-374 (3 pis.), H. J. CHEALES publishes three much defaced
wall paintings in All Saints' church, at Friskney. The first represents the
Nativity, the other two, which are in the clerestory and form a pair, repre-
sent (1) King David and the Prophets and (2) a Pope and four Doctors
of the Church. The decoration belongs to the fourteenth century, perhaps
between 1320 and 1340. The other paintings of this church have been
published in A rchaeologia, XLVIII, L, and LII.
The Priory of St. Bartholomew, West Smithfield. In Archaeologia,
LIX, ii, 1905, pp. 376-390 (pi.)? E. A. WEBB gives an account of the Augus-
tinian priory of St. Bartholomew, at West Smithfield, from its foundation
by Rahere, in 1123.
Steetley Chapel. — In Reliq. XII, 1906, pp. 73-95 (12 figs.), G. LE
BLANC SMITH describes the Norman chapel at Steetley, Derbyshire.
Spanish Enamel-work of the Fourteenth Century. — A shield of
charnpleve enamel in the possession of Sir C. Robinson, belongs to a series
of enamels which, while apparently of Limousin workmanship, really prove
the existence of a similar but purely local technique, practised in Spain
itself from the twelfth century on. The arms of the shield are those of
Aragon and Anjou, and belong to Blanche of Anjou, queen consort of
James II of Aragon, from 1295 to 1310. The ring at the top of the shield
shows that it was to be used as a pendant for the breast-piece of a horse,
such as appears on the equestrian statuette of a young prince of the Carrand
collection in the Museo Nazionale at Florence. The escutcheon and statu-
ette are published in Burl. Mag. 1906, pp. 421-426, by A. VAN DE PUT.
He thinks that the statuette in question has been misnamed, and represents
KENAISSANCE ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 477
not the unfortunate Conradin, the competitor of Charles of Anjou for the
possession of Sicily, but Henry III of England's youngest son, Edmund,
titular king of Sicily from 1254 to 1263.
Moorish Origin of Certain Amulets. -In Reliq. XII, 1906, pp. 106-
L13 (9 figs.), C. B. PLOWRIGHT discusses certain amulets in use in England,
especially those in the form of a hand (common as knockers on doors) and
a shell. He suggests that they may be of Moorish origin, and were, per-
haps, introduced into England by the Crusaders.
The Thurible of Godric.— In Reliq. XII, 1906, pp. 50-53 (4 figs.), J.
KOMILLY ALLEN publishes a curious bronze object, 3| in. high by 2? in.
wide, which was found in Pershore (Worcestershire) before 1779, and is
now the property of Mr. Oswald G. Knapp. It resembles in form the top
of a Saxon spire, and may be part of a thurible.
Bowl with Zoomorphic Handles. — A bronze bowl with zoomorphic
handles, found at York in 1829, and now in the museum of the Yorkshire
Philosophical Society, is published in Reliq. XII, 1906, pp. 60-64 (5 figs.),
and this class of monuments is discussed. The ornamental designs resem-
ble those of Hiberno-Saxon manuscripts.
The Sculptured Caves of East Wemyss. — In Reliq. XII, 1906, pp. 37-
47 (7 figs.), J. PATRICK, continuing his description of the caves of East
Wemyss, describes the Factor's Cave. In this the most interesting carv-
ings represent a lion, a nude man and woman ("Adam and Eve"), and a
Viking ship. Other carvings are symbolic figures and signs.
AFRICA
Christian Inscriptions of Africa. —In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp. 177-
196, P. MOXCEAUX, continuing his ' enquete sur 1'epigraphie chretienne
d'Afrique ' (see Am. J.Arch. 1904, p. 326 ; 1905, p. 224), discusses the metrical
inscriptions, which are common from the third century to the Arab con-
quest, and publishes three inscriptions, with notes. Ibid. pp. 260-279,
twenty-four more inscriptions (Nos. 156-179), all, with two possible
exceptions, from Carthage, and all previously published by De Rossi, In-
script. Christ., Riese, AntJiol. Lat., or Biicheler, Carmina Epigr., are published,
with notes. Ibid. pp. 461-475, fourteen further inscriptions from different
places are added.
The Meaning of "Nomina Martyrum." — The word nomen has its
usual sense in the list of martyrs in the inscription of Anbuzza (C.I.L. VIII.
16396), but is used in the sense of " tomb " in a pagan inscription of the
same locality — Nomen hoc titulo Caelius Victor instituit. Thus from the
signification of " name " it came to mean " epitaph," and was soon employed
by Christians to denote the " relics" of martyrs. It seems to have preceded
the regular words "memoriae" or " reliquiae." (MONCEAUX in B. Soc. Ant.
Fr. 1905, pp. 208-209.)
RENAISSANCE ART
GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS
Dramatic Portraiture. — Under this title CLAUDE PHILLIPS writes in
Burl. Mag. 1906, pp. 299-315, of certain portrait painters, ancient and mod-
ern, who have given us their sitters in the midst of a " definite incident or
478 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
phase of feeling." He finds that portraiture becomes more and more su-
perficial as one approaches modern times, and ascribes the lack of penetra-
tion apparent in modern work partly to the usually indifferent relations of
painter and sitter, partly to the modern conventionality which veils the
character of the subject. The vivacity of Sargent's portraits, he remarks,
expresses not the spiritual, but the physical being of the sitter, screwed up
to its highest point of effectiveness. He pays a tribute to the " sensitive "
portraits of the Venetians, and notes a retrogression in the seventeenth
century, due to the material splendor with which Rubens cloaked his por-
traits, and the subjective quality imparted to their sitters by Van Dyck and
Rembrandt. Real portraiture was handicapped in the eighteenth century
in France by the striving after brilliancy of effect apparent in both painter
and subject, the exception being found in the " magically interpretative "
sculptures of Houdon. The same faults are found in the English, although
some of Reynolds's portraits are strongly dramatic. The series of portraits
selected by Phillips as examples, begins with the impressive group of Gio-
vanni Arnolfini and his wife, by Jan Van Eyck. The touching "Old Man
and Boy," of Domenico Ghirlandajo, in the Louvre, showTs an old man with
head and face scarred with disease, caressing a little boy, who raises his face
trustingly toward his elder. The ugly portrait of his wife, by Hans Burgh-
mair, in his " Portrait of the Painter and his Wife," has a pathetic realism
enhanced by the two skulls reflected from the mirror which she holds in her
hand. The tragedy of the portraits is carried out again in the accessories,
in a portrait by Lorenzo Lotto, of an unknown man, in the Borghese Gal-
lery, the subject being a richly dressed gentleman, with a strong face
stamped with an expression of sorrowing protest, pressing his left hand hard
against his side, with the right crushing a handful of flowers on the table
beside him, from which emerges a little skull. The incident as the means
of character-expression is used by Titian in "Charles V at the Battle of
Muhlberg," in the Prado, and a work remarkable for the impression of
religious ardor which it conveys, is the group of two nuns, by Philippe de
Champaigne, in the Louvre. The "dramatic" method is rarely found
among the moderns, Lenbach being an exception, and Eugene Carriere, in
his " Portrait of a Mother and Son" (New Salon, 1905), a notable one.
Unknown Works of Giovanni Boccati. — In Rass. bibl. dell' Arte Ilal.
1906, pp. 1-13, B. FELICIANGELI enumerates the works of Giovanni Boccati
which he has discovered in preparing a monograph to appear shortly. Of the
twelve which he assigns to him without hesitation, three are both dated and
signed, while two bear the date only. He also mentions a number of pic-
tures which he believes to have been wrongly attributed to Boccati by other
critics, notably Berenson. He publishes three paintings : a " Madonna and
Angels " in Dr. Nevin's collection at Rome ; a " Madonna and Saints " in the
National Gallery at Buda-Pesth, originally in Orvieto ; arid a "Madonna and
Angels " in Mr. Berenson's collections.
Drawings by Filippino Lippi. — In the Art Journal of January, 1906,
CLAUDE PHILLIPS published two panels by Filippino Lippi in the collection
of Sir Henry Samuelson in London, representing the one the Adoration of
the Golden Calf, the other Moses striking the Rock, and drew the conclu-
sion that the two pictures were those which Vasari says were executed by
Filippino for Matthias Corvinus, king of Hungary. In support of this he
RENAISSANCE ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 479
notes the resemblance of the face of an accessory figure in the " Moses " to that
of the king as shown upon his medals. GUIDO CAGNOLA in Rass. d' Arte
1906, pp. 41-42, observes that the pictures are later in style than 1488, the
year assigned by Vasari to the pictures for the king of Hungary, and point
rather to the period between 1496 and 1502, and the Strozzi half-moon
which appears on the right shoulder of the calf confirms him in the belief
that the pictures were done while the painter was working in the Strozzi
chapel. Cagnola publishes two of Filippino's drawings formerly in the
Habich collection at Cassel, sold in 1889 by the firm of Gutekunst at Stutt-
gart, one of which is evidently the design for the " Moses " published by
Phillips. The other is a " Moses saved from the Waters."
Architecture in Paintings by Jean Fouquet and Memling. — H. A.
VASNIER in Gaz. B.-A. XXXV, 1906, pp. 196-204, points out the almost uni-
versal disregard for truth in the architectural backgrounds of even so care-
ful painters as Albrecht Durer, and contrasts with them Memling and Jean
Fouquet, in whose works consciousness and evident knowledge of architec-
ture combined to make the buildings in their pictures true even to detail.
He cites particularly the " Arrival of St. Ursula in Cologne " by Memling, in
which a perfect view of the chief monuments of the city is given and the
interior of old St. Peter's in a miniature by Fouquet in the Grandes Chroniques
de France.. As a result of these observations, he offers this accuracy in the
architectural background as a criterion for attributions to these two artists.
New Attributions to Jan Mostaert. — In Rep. f. K. XXVIII, 1905, pp.
517-521, FRIEDLANDER adds twelve pictures to the list of Jan Mostaert's pro-
ductions. The first is a " Crucifixion " recently offered in London as a
Schongauer and coining from the collection of Lord Northwick. The heads
too large and hands too small, the careful avoidance of sharp corners in
drapery, bespeak the hand of Mostaert, of whom this is one of the most im-
portant works. The next four paintings are attributed somewhat doubt-
fully to Mostaert. The subject of all four is the " Ecce Homo " and they are
in Verona, Moscow, London, and Cologne respectively. The attribution
to Mostaert of the altarpiece in the National Museum at Copenhagen is an
important addition to the life of the painter, bringing him as it does into
relations with Christian II of Denmark, the donor. The next five works
which Friedlander asfiribes to the painter are portraits : a pair of portraits
of a man and his wife in private possession at Wiesbaden ; a " Portrait of a
Lady " in the University collection at Wurzburg, catalogued as " M abuse " ;
a portrait of a young man wearing the large flat hat customary among mem-
bers of the Imperial family about 1520, who Friedlander suggests is
Ferdinand I or Charles V. This picture was sold at Lepke's in Berlin as a
Holbein in 1888. The fifth is a male portrait in the Rijks museum at Am-
sterdam (No. 145). The last picture to be noticed is a St. Christopher in the
collection Mayer van den Bergh at Antwerp, apparently referred to by Van
Mander's remark in his biography of Mostaert to the effect that he made a
"great piece — a St. Christopher in a landscape."
The Development of Rembrandt's Etchings. — In Burl. Mag. 1906, pp.
87-96, C. J. HOLMES traces the development of Rembrandt as an etcher on
the basis of his etchings in the British Museum, showing that his later
works are due less to the creative power of genius than to the cumulative
effect of years of experiment. The badly bitten plates of his earlier period
480 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
show what faults he had to overcome, and more than one work of his early
maturity shows poor modelling. To correct this he set himself to work
from nature, producing in 1630 a number of studies from beggars, models,
and himself, with great improvement as a result.
Magic Coins. —In J. Int. Arch. Num. VIII, 1905, pp. 257-292 (2 pis.;
6 figs.), I. N. SVOROXOS discusses modern Greek traditions about coins. A
series of extremely rude medals, on which a sow with her young is repre-
sented, has been ascribed to different relatively early times, but Svoronos
ascribes it to the seventeenth or eighteenth century. There is a popular be-
lief that the possessor of a certain coin can find ancient treasures, and these
rude coins were probably made to palm off upon country folk as possessing
this magic quality. The reason for the type of the sow with young is not
clear. Perhaps it is connected with the popular belief that the hedgehog
finds the four leaf clover, which leads to the discovery of buried treasure.
Roman coins, on which the sow with young that indicated to Aeneas the
site of his city is represented, may have some connection with the type.
Various other types of magic coins and similar objects are discussed.
ITALY
Giotto's Authorship of the " Vele " disputed. — In the " Miracle of St.
Francis" in the lower church of S. Francesco at Assisi, VENTURI recognizes
the hand of a painter whom, from the outline of his faces, he calls the " oblong
master." He reappears again in the stories from the life of Christ in the
north transept, but here he is assisted by a painter who may be recognized
by the dark shadows he puts around the eyes of his figures and his deep,
black outlines. Comparing the frescoes of the cross-vault, the so-called
" Vele," with Giotto's in the Cappella dell' Arena at Padua, Venturi refuses to
admit that the former, while inspired by Giotto, can be his actual work, and
assigns them instead to the " oblong master," with traces here and there of
this painter of the dark outlines, who, by the way, must have had a hand in
the before-mentioned frescoes at Padua. The " oblong master " shows affinity
to Bernardo Daddi, to whom Venturi ascribes incidentally the triptych in the
sacristy of St. Peter's at Rome, hitherto attributed to Giotto. (L' Arte, 1906,
pp. 19-34.)
Lippo Memmi and Sassetta. — F. MASOX PERKINS, in Rass. d' Arte,
1906, p. 31, publishes two pictures by Lippo Memmi, both representing St.
Peter, one in the Chiaramonte Bordonaro collection at Palermo, there
attributed to Francesco Traini, and the other in the Louvre, where it bears
the name of Taddeo Bartoli. He mentions also a Madonna on a reliquary
belonging to Bernhard Berenson,'and another Madonna, in a polychrome
frame, belonging to C. Fairfax Murray, both of which he considers the
work of this artist. Mr. Perkins announces in the same article the discov-
ery in the Museo Cristiano at the Vatican of four pictures by Sassetta,
which he promises to publish soon in the Rassegna.
Drawings from the Antique attributed to Pisanello. — No drawings
from ancient coins are really by Pisanello except perhaps a head of Faustina
the Elder in the His de la Salle collection. Several drawings, mostly made
in Rome, where Pisanello was in 1431 and 1432, may be by him and are
certainly of his time and school. Some have been previously identified. A
RENAISSANCE ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 481
drawing in the University Galleries at Oxford is to be published l.v Mr
kidney Colvm. The river god on the verso of the Berlin sheet 1859 is a
copy of the Tiber (originally Tigris) of the Capitol. The drawimr iu
Berlin, No. 1358, representing a boar hunt, is derived from a sarcophagus
now at Mantua, but in Pisanello's time at Rome, from which the Venus on
a sheet in the Recueil Vallardi (fol. 194, No. 2397, verso) is also derived
The Hercules on this sheet is taken from an Orestes on a sarcophagus,
possibly that which was formerly in the Palazzo Giustiniani or that in '"the
Cathedral at Husillos (ROBERT, Sarkophagreliefs, IT, Nos. 156, 157, pi. M.
The third figure on this sheet is not identified. "(G. F. HILL, Papers of the
British School at Rome, vol. Ill, 1906, pp. 259-303 ; 2 pis. ; 5 figs, in text.)
The Work of Francesco Laurana in Sicily. — A document recently dis-
covered in which Francesco Laurana demands justice from the viceroy of
Sicily, stating that he has not been paid for certain works executed at Par-
tanna and is compelled to leave without recompense to perform contracts at
Sciacca, has thrown considerable light on the artist's activity in Sicily and
led to the multiplication of works assigned to him. The document is dated
1468, and the context shows that he must have been in Sicily before, al-
though hitherto his stay in Sicily has been supposed to be limited by the
years 1468, the date of the Mastrantonio chapel in S. Francesco at Palermo, and
1471, the date inscribed on the statue of the Virgin in the church of the
Crocifisso di Noto. The unpaid-for sculptures at Partanna have disappeared,
but in Sciacca we may recognize as Laurana's the north door of the church
of Sta. Margherita, the scheme of which is repeated in the aedicula of the
Capello Riggio in S. Francesco at Palermo. On the basis of these and the
already known works of Laurana, a number of Madonnas can be assigned
to him and some other pieces, of which the most important are the fountain
for holy water at the cathedral in Palermo and a remarkable bust of Pietro
Speciale, standing in a niche in the house of this gentleman at Palermo. (E.
MAXCEHI and S. AGATI in Rass. d' Arte, 1906, pp. 1-9.)
The Venus of Melos and a Madonna of Lorenzetto. — The figure of
the Madonna by Lorenzetto, commonly called the Madonna del Sasso, which
stands above the tomb of Raphael in the Pantheon is an evident imitation
of a replica of the Venus of Melos which stands in the Giardino della Pigna
of the Vatican, according to F. RAVAISSOX-MOLLIEX. The statue of Lo-
renzetto has larger and more powerful lines than the ancient work and has
lost some of the latter's elegance, a change perhaps due to instructions given
by Raphael to the sculptor. (Chron. d. Arts, April 21, 1906, p. 125.)
The Date of Two Portraits in the Uffizi. — The date of the portraits of
the Count and Countess of Urbino by Piero della Francesca has never been
certainly fixed, the suggestions ranging from 1459 to 1469, Berenson's
choice being 1465. New evidence proves that he is right. ADOLFO CINQUINI
publishes in L' Arte, 1906, p. 56, an epigram on the portrait of the Count, drawn
from a Vatican manuscript, and written by the Carmelite Ferabo, who lived
in Urbino a short time in 1466. The portrait was thus made before 1466,
and since Piero was absent from Urbino in 1460 and was working at Arezzo
in 1466, its execution must be put between 1461 and 1465, the latter date
being indicated by the mature appearance of the young Countess.
The So-called" " Beatrice d' Este " in the Pinacoteca Ambrosiana. —
In a recent monograph Luca Beltrami inclines to the acceptance of the tra-
482 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
ditional title of the " Beatrice d' Este " in the Pinacoteca Ambrosiana, and also
to its attribution to Leonardo. GUSTAVO FRIZZOXI in Rass. d' Art, 1906, pp.
17_21, reviews the evidence and finds that enough resemblance do^s not exist
between this picture and the portraits of Beatrice d' Este to warrant the
identification with the young princess of Ferrara. The authorship he
still considers doubtful, but thinks that the technique of the picture is too
rigidly "quattrocentistica" to be the product of Leonardo's hand, and that
the author must be found in a combination of portraitist and miniature-
painter, like Ambrogio de Predis. This was also the view taken by Morelli.
New Attributions to Antoniazzo Romano. — EMIL JACOBSEN in
Rep.f. K. XXIX, 1906, pp. 104-107, adds six works in Rome to the list of
paintings by Antouiazzo Romano. The first is the " Martyrdom of St.
Sebastian," recently discovered in Naples by Venturi and bought for the
Galleria Nazionale in the Palazzo Corsini. Venturi attributed it to Antoni-
azzo's master Melozzo da Forli, but Jacobsen regards the pupil as the
author, particularly noting the characteristic feet and toes. The " Madonna
between Sts. Peter and Paul" in the drawing- and print-room of the Palazzo
Corsini is also ascribed by Jacobsen to Antoniazzo, or a pupil of his work-
ing under the influence of Filippino Lippi. Umbrian influence is apparent
in the " Madonna and Child between adoring Angels " in the Capitoline,
which has been attributed to the obscure Ingegno, but has the high eye-
brows and small mouth of Antoniazzo's Virgins. A picture which has
hitherto escaped the notice of students is the " Madonna between John
the Baptist and St. Francis " in the chapel to the right of the high altar in
the Pantheon, which is called a Perugino in the church itself, but shows the
hand of Antoniazzo in the low foreheads of the saints. The Umbrian ele-
ment in Antoniazzo's art again appears in the lovely " Madonna " from the
Papal antechamber, recently added to the Pinacoteca of the Vatican (see
Am. J. Arch. 1906, p. 127). Lastly, Jacobsen is of the opinion that not
only the Crucifixion on the ciborium of St. John Lateran, but all the
painted decoration of the ciborium had its origin in Antoniazzo's bottega.
A Facade by Giuliano da San Gallo. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906, pp.
56-78 (2 figs.), M. REYMOND discusses a design by Giuliano da San Gallo
for the facade of the church of San Lorenzo, in Florence, which was left
unfinished by Brunelleschi, and urges that the design be carried out on the
church.
Sixteenth Century Engravings Illustrative of Classical Sculpture.
— At the first open meeting of the British School at Rome, January 4,
1906, T. ASHBY, Jr., discussed Sixteenth Century Engravings Illustrative of
Classical Sculpture. The number of exact reproductions of ancient works
of sculpture is less than one might suppose. The Speculum Romanae Mag-
nificentiae, by Antoine Lafrery, whose activity in Rome may be traced from
1544 to 1575, contains engravings of buildings and sculptures. Before 1570
appeared the Antiquarum Statuarum Urbis Romae Liber Primus, 52 plates
by Johannes Baptista de Cavelleriis. Before 1578 an enlarged work
(Books I and II) of 100 plates appeared, and 100 further plates, of much
inferior execution, were issued in 1595 as Books III and IV. Meanwhile
an album of 75 plates had been issued in 1584 by Lorenzo della Vacceria.
Two collections of busts were published by Lafrery, — those of Achilles
Statius, 1569, and Fulvius Ursinus, 1570. The famous woodblock plan of
RENAISSANCE ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 483
Venice of 1500, often attributed to Jacopo de' Barbari, was also discussed
(Athen. January 27, 1906; CL K. XX, 1906, p. 136 f )
The -Mysteries" and Baccio Baldini Engravings. - EMILE MALE
who recently published a study of the influence of the mystery-plays on
the art of their time (see Am. J. Arck. 1901, p. 503) has nJde an 'interest
ing discovery of a similar relation existing between the "Mysteries" pro-
duced in Florence in the fifteenth century and the series of thirty-six
engravings of Sibyls and Prophets which have always been attributed to
Baccio Baldim. In a mystery-play called the « Annunciation," dating from
the latter part of the fifteenth century, an angel invites the Sibyls and
Prophets to tell what they know of the Saviour whom God has promised
to men. These personages then reply each with eight verses, which are,
with some small differences, the very ones engraved by Baldini beneath his
figures. Both the play and the engravings must be later than 1481, as the
engravings, which we must now recognize as having been copied from the
costumes in the play, show the influence of Filippo Barbieri's book Dis-
cordantiae nonnullae, in which he informs his readers how each Sibyl was
costumed. (Gaz. B.-A. XXXV, 1906, pp. 89-94.)
^ The Garden and Antiquarium of Cardinal Cesi. — In Rom. Mitth.
XX, 1905, pp. 267-276 (5 figs.), D. GXOLI describes the palace and garden
of Cardinal Federico Cesi (died 1565). The house is now No. 1, Via del S.
Uffizio. The works of ancient art that once belonged to the cardinal passed
for the most part into the Ludovisi collection, and are now in the Museo
delle Terme; a few are in the Capitoline Museum.
Greek Patterns in Italian Embroideries. — At a meeting of the
British School at Rome, February 2, 1906, A. J. B. WACE discussed certain
patterns in Italian embroideries, tambour, and drawn-thread work. The
principal Greek pattern consists of a frieze composed of the tree of life, the
siren, the cock, and the double-headed eagle. Each of these elements
degenerates and becomes conventionalized. The more they degenerate,
the more they lose their geometrical Greek character, and become free and
natural. (Athen. February 10, 1906; CL R. XX, 1906, p. 235.)
FRANCE
The Altarpiece in the Hospice at Beaune. — F. DE MELY in Gaz.
B.-A. XXXV, 1906, pp. 21-38 and 113-130, describes and discusses the
altarpiece of the Hotel-Dieu at Beaune. The altarpiece, which represents
the " Last Judgment," is a retable of seven panels, a large central one with
three smaller ones folding up in it from each side. Above to right and left
were two small independent panels 'which folded over the figure of Christ
that occupies the upper centre of the composition. The panels have been
sawed in two and mounted on canvas to afford a view of the reverses which
contain portraits of Nicolas Rolin and his wife, the founders of the Hotel-
Dieu, a St. Sebastian, and a St. Anthony. The little panels which covered
the figure of Christ had in their backs the angel and Virgin of an annuncia-
tion. In the first article, which contains a reproduction, de Mely reviews
the conflicting opinions which have been passed upon the picture and points
out the inaccuracies in the descriptions of it. In the second he passes to a
detailed critique of the picture and arrives at the following main conclu-
484 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
sions : (1) the altarpiece was ordered for the hospice by the chancellor
Rolin and by Guigone de Salins, his wife; (2) it was begun about 1443 and
finished before 1448, so far as the interior was concerned, the backs of the
panels having been done at least before 1452 ; (3) several artists collabo-
rated in its execution, and Roger van den Weyden very probably painted the
portraits of Pope Eugenius IV, Philippe le Bon, Nicolas Rolin, and his son,
Jean Cardinal Rolin, Guigone de Salins, and others, which appear here and
there in the composition; (4) the Christ, Virgin, St. John, and St. Michael
in the centre are assigned by de Mely to Memling, whose signature he
believes to have discovered among the undeciphered words which are
painted in the border of the robe of Christ.
The Window of the Chapel of Margaret of Austria at Brou. — This
remarkable window, dating about 1525, has a double scheme of decoration.
The top is devoted to a frieze representing a long procession of patriarchs
and saints surrounding Christ. Below this is the main composition, an
Assumption of the Virgin with the praying figures of Philibert le Beau and
Margaret of Austria below. " Madame " ordered the window, together with
the other decorations of the church, from one van Boghem, a master-mason
of Brussels, who employed French workmen for its actual execution. The
frieze is a copy of a lost work of Titian's, first engraved by Niccolo Boldrini,
whose copy is preserved in the Uffizi, and afterward a stock subject among
engravers. The main composition is after Diirer's " Assumption " in the
series of woodcuts called " The Life of the Virgin," which he took from his
famous "Altarpiece of Jacob Heller," burned at Munich in 1674. It is
probable that this woodcut was one of the things presented by him to Mar-
garet during his visit to the Low Countries in 1520 and 1521, and thus be-
came the model for the window. The window has lost all of the finer
qualities of the Diirer, but the composition is not spoiled, and an original
value is added in the wonderful selection of the colors. (VICTOR NODET in
Gaz. B.-A. XXXV, 1906, pp. 95-112.)
The " Belles Heures " of the Due de Berri. — The manuscript of the
" Belles Heures," formerly in the possession of the family d'Ailly and now
in that of Baron Edmond de Rothschild, is described by PAUL DURRIEU in
Gaz. B.-A. XXXV, 1906, pp. 265-292. He finds that the illustrations are
by the same hands that painted the miniatures in the " Tres riches Heures"
at Chantilly, i.e. Pol de Limbourg and his brothers, but show an art less
advanced than the latter, having been finished in 1413, while the Chantilly
manuscript was not finished in the middle of 1416. In regard to the sub-
stitution of the landscape for the gold or conventionally ornamented back-
ground, a change which came about in the fourteenth century, the writer
observes that the earlier illuminations of the Due de Berri cling to the old
traditions, while Pol de Limbourg declares in favor of the new and presents
the first example of an artist who not only wishes to paint a landscape but
to express the "moods of nature," an attitude which did not thrive in Italy,
but becomes more and more characteristic of northern art.
Pictures by Taddeo di Bartolo in France. — In R. Arch. VII, 1906,
pp. 236-238 (pi.), MARY LOGAX BERKNSON publishes a Madonna by
Taddeo di Bartolo, of Siena, in the Musee Crozatier at Le Puy, and for
comparison, part of the triptych at Perugia. No. 1152 in the Louvre, a
St. Peter currently ascribed to Taddeo, is here ascribed to Lippo Memmi ;
RENAISSANCE ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 485
but No. 1622, a Crucifixion, catalogued as anonymous, is ascribed to Taddeo
A large triptych in the Museum of Grenoble (No. :!7") a Virgin in the
Musee des Beaux- Arts at Nantes (No. 306, there ascribed to Sinione Mart iui),
and a small crucifixion in the museum at Aurillac (No. 28), are all here
ascribed to Taddeo di Bartolo.
GERMANY
The Stations of Adam Kraff t. — Tu a monograph on the " stations "
of Adam Krafft in the churchyard of the Johanniskirche in Nuremberg
(Rep. f. K. XXVIII, 1905, pp. 351 and 495), CHRISTIAN GEYER arrives
at the conclusion that the donor of the stations was not Martin Ketzel, but
Heinrich Marschalk of Rauheneck, who had already caused the erection of
a similar work in Bamberg. The stations are a part of the same piece of
work with the tomb in the so-called Holzschuherkapelle, and both were
finished about the year 1506.
The New Rembrandt at Frankfort. — In Burl. Mag. 1906, pp. 168-175,
Rembrandt's "Blinding of Samson," recently acquired by the Frankfort
Gallery, is discussed by W. R. VALENTINER. Besides the more obvious
qualities of the great picture, he notes that the picture betrays the unmis-
takable influence of the baroque. The only approximately square shape
which is given to the picture, the draperies, the fantastic costumes, the
high relief at some points, reduced to little more than silhouette at others,
are all traceable to this influence. The sensuality of the picture, the cruelty
shown in depicting the very act of the blinding, reflect a time of strong
mental and physical excitement in the artist's life which can be identified
with that " Storm and Stress " period following his union with Saskia, whose
features are pictured in the Delilah.
A New Interpretation of the "Lovers" in the Ducal Museum at
Gotha. — In the painting of the early sixteenth century called the " Lovers,"
which represents a young gentleman and his sweetheart exchanging gifts,
the only clue to the identity of the person represented is the coat-of-arms,
which is that of the Grafen von Hanau. With this to start from, CARL
GEBIIARDT arrives at the conclusion that the youth must be Ludwig, a
younger son of Philip II of Hanau-Lichtenberg. The group can scarcely
represent a betrothal, as the bride's coat-of-arms is not present, and another
kind of connection is thereby indicated. Ludwig sustained such a rela-
tion with a woman whose name is not known. Gebhardt considers the pic-
ture a piece commemorative of a reconciliation after a quarrel and gives an
apposite explanation of the inscribed words which are put into the mouths
of the young nobleman and his mistress. He ascribes the picture to some
master of the upper Rhenish school, as Ludwig von Hanau-Lichtenberg
resided at the time the picture was painted in Sfcrassburg, or at least in Elsass.
(Rep. f. K. XXVIII, 1906, pp. 466-473.) KARL SIMOX takes exception
to Gebhardt's interpretation of the rhymed inscriptions on linguistic
grounds, and believes that they merely refer to the gifts. (Rep. f. K. XXIX,
1906, pp. 30-31.)
ENGLAND
The Fourteenth Century Mosaic in the Victoria and Albert Mu-
seum. — The large mosaic in the Victoria and Albert Museum representing
486 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
the nativity of the Virgin passed until recently for a part of the mosaic deco-
ration done for the facade of the Orvieto Cathedral by Andrea di Cione,
known as Orcagna. An article by FUMI in Rivista d'Arte for November, 1905,
purports to show that the work was not Orcagna's, but was executed by Fra
Giovanni Leonardelli and Ugolino di Prete Ilario in 1365. In 1785-1787,
the Orvieto mosaics were restored by two workmen from the Vatican named
Tomberli and Cerasoli, who took out certain badly damaged portions and
replaced them with copies. These portions were taken to Rome and sold to
an antiquary named Pio Marinangeli, who reconstructed the composition and
added the false inscription, stating that the mosaic was executed by Andrea
di Cione in 1360. This reconstruction, according to Sig. Fumi, is the mosaic
now in the Victoria and Albert Museum. (LIONEL CUST in Burl. Mag.
1906, pp. 433-434.)
The "Lovers'1 at Buckingham Palace. — Two articles on this picture
called the "Lovers" appear in Burl. Mag. 1906, pp. 71-79 (fig.). In the
first LIONEL CUST gives a history of the painting and its copies and de-
scribes it, by reason of the tradition attaching to the picture and pointing
alternately to Giorgione and Titian, as a work originating in Giorgione's brain
and executed by Titian. We find, in fact, in Van Dyck's Italian sketch-
book a copy of the painting, which is there ascribed to Titian. The figures
in the pictures are a young Venetian gentleman and a young woman of the
courtesan type, whom he supports in his arms. In the background appears
the head of a servant. According to Cust, Paris Bordone copied the scene
in the rather vulgar group in the Brera, and he contrasts the latter picture
with that of Buckingham Palace to show the impossibility of Bordone's
authorship. HERBERT COOK, on. the other hand, in the second article ex-
presses the opinion that the version in Casa Buonarroti at Florence may be
the original by Giorgione and that the hotter flesh tints and crumpled treat-
ment of the drapery betray the hand of Paris Bordone.
Venetian Portraits in England. — In Burl. Mag. 1906, pp. 338-344,
HERBERT COOK publishes again the "Portrait of a Venetian Gentleman" by
Giorgione, first claimed for that artist (as a copy) by Berenson. He com-
pares this portrait with three evident imitations of this ultimate style of
Giorgione's which show the vogue which Giorgionesque protraits enjoyed in
the first half of the sixteenth century. The first is a " Portrait of a Man "
in the collection of Sir Spencer Maryon-Wilson, by Basaiti; the second,
likewise a male portrait, is a signed work of the rare Domenico Caprioli,
and exists in the Bowes Museum, Barnard Castle; the third, a thoroughly
Giorgionesque male portrait by Cariani, is in the Duke of Devonshire's collec-
tion at Chatsworth.
English Miniature Painters. — The Burl. Mag. for January, February,
April, and May, 1906, contains a series of articles by Sir RICHARD HOLMES
on the miniature painters of England. The first two articles treat of
Nicholas Milliard (1537-1619), and contain some quaint extracts from
Hilliard's Treatise on the Art of Limning, one of which describes a
sitting given him by Queen Elizabeth. Some of his portraits are copies
of Holbein, and one at Montagu House affords us our best likeness of Prince
Arthur. The most noteworthy of the miniatures reproduced in the articles
is the full-length portrait of George Clifford, Earl of Cumberland, which is
also in the Duke of Buccleuch's collection at Montagu House. The third
RENAISSANCE ART] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 487
article takes up Isaac Oliver, whom Lionel Cust has found to be of Hugue-
not parentage, and the pupil of Hilliard. He was never the royal miniatur-
ist, like his master, but painted portraits of James I and of his court
besides other pieces which have disappeared, among- them a Burial of Christ
described in Van der Doort's catalogue. Among the reproductions the most
noteworthy are the portraits of the artist himself, a masterly piece, now in
\\ mdsor Castle, the so-called '< Mary Queen of Scots," in Dr. Mead's collec-
tion, and a fine Sir Philip Sidney with an elaborate landscape background
also m \\mdsor Castle. Peter Oliver, Isaac's son, who helped his father
turn out his long series of court portraits and continued it after his death,
is chiefly noteworthy for his delicate copies of the masterpieces collected by
Charles I at Whitehall, particularly of the Titians. Another artist fre-
quently employed by Charles I was John Hoskins (d. 1664), two miniatures
by whom are reproduced in the fourth article, a portrait of Falkland, and
one of the mother of Cromwell, showing Hoskins's skill in the delineation of
linen drapery.
Andrea d'Asola and Peter Ugellemeyer. — In Burl Mag. 1906, pp.
16-21, H. Y. THOMPSON publishes two illuminated pages of the Latin
Aristotle of Andrea d' Asola, father-in-law of Aldo Manuzio, and founder of
the printing house which his son-in-law made famous. At the bottom of
the first page appears the Latin hexameter: Ulmer Aristotilem Petrus per-
tluxerat orbi, which Thompson explains by recalling the fact that Nicolas
Jenson, whose presses were purchased by Andrea, had appointed in his will
a certain Peter Ugellemeyer as guardian of his children and administrator
of his estate. It was by him, then, that the presses were made over to
Andrea, and the Latin motto is a complimentary reference to Jensen's exec-
utor, Ugellemeyer being softened into the more tractable Ulmer.
The Exposition at the Burlington Fine Arts Club. — HERBERT COOK
discusses in L' Arte, 1906, pp. 143-146, some of the less-known Venetian
pictures which recently appeared at the exposition at the Burlington Fine
Arts Club. Two pictures by Lorenzo Lotto, belonging to Mr. Robert
Benson, came to light for the first time, a "Madonna" and a "Susanna,"
with a charming landscape background containing some Flemish elements.
Palma Vecchio was represented by a portrait, from the same collection, pos-
sibly of himself, and the remarkable " Miser " of the Kemp collection was
also in evidence, a picture assigned to an ancient copyist of Giorgione by
Berenson, but regarded as original by Cook. The " Triumphal Procession,"
belonging to Sir Frederick Cook, is of Giorgione's school.
A Gold Cup. — In Archaeoloyia, LIX, ii, 1905, pp. 233 f. (pi.), C. H.
READ publishes a large gold cup belonging to the Duke of Portland. The
bowl has a shell-like form, with elaborate projecting scroll-work enamelled
and set with jewels, and having at the back a figure of Pan with Cupid
seated astride of his neck, all modelled in the round; the stem is formed of
a pair of lovers embracing, and the foot is of a lozenge form, made up of
enamelled scrolls alternating with jewelled bands. The work is remarkably
fine and vigorous. It is probably German work of about the second quarter
of the seventeenth century.
488 AMERICAN JOURNAL OF ARCHAEOLOGY [VOL. X, 1906
UNITED STATES
Pictures in the Yerkes Collection in New York. — The paintings
in the collection bequeathed by Mr. Yerkes to the city of New York are
described by BERENSON in Rass. d' Arte, 1906, pp. 33-38. After disposing
of some of the more manifestly false attributions, he takes up four
works which offer particular interest to the student. A work by Corde-
gliaghi, a " Madonna with Donor," bears his signature, and is nevertheless a
close replica of the Madonna of Previtali belonging to Dr. Frizzoni. This
last case of close resemblance between the two, together with their similar
signatures, induces Berenson finally to adopt the belief that Cordegliaghi
and Previtali were one and the same. Andrea Solari's " Annunciation,"
which aroused interest at the Burlington Fine Arts Club Exposition of 1899,
is to be found in this collection. An " Assumption of the Virgin," typically
Sienese, would be at once ascribed to Bartolo di Fredi, were it riot for the
signature, which shows it to be the work of his son, Andrea di Bartolo, and
the second signed work of his which is known, the other being a picture in
SS. Pietro e Paolo at Buonconvento, mentioned by Milanesi. A palpably
false " Ghirlandajo," representing a female head, is a modern copy after
that interesting artist of Lucca who painted the tondo of the " Madonna and
St. Jerome, with a donor and his wife," in the possession of Francis Lathrop
of New York. Berenson cites two other works of his, a " San Biagio and
Santa Lucia" in Marchese Mazzarosa's collection at Lucca and a "Madonna
and Saints " in the Pinacoteca of the same city.
Pollaiuolo^ "Hercules and Nessus." — The superb Poll aiuolo in the
Jarves collection at New Haven, representing the rape of Deianira by
Nessus, while Hercules aims an arrow at the ravisher, is reproduced in
Burl. Mag. 1906, p. 441. In spite of the awkwardness of Deianira's posi-
tion as she is swung round by the centaur to protect him from Hercules'
shaft, the figures are among Pollaiuolo's best, and the landscape background
is an important monument for the history of Florentine landscape-painting.
The attitude of Hercules leads Miss BERTHA M. HOWLAND, in Burl. Mag.
1906, pp. 63-64, to suppose a direct or indirect imitation of this picture by
Diirer in his " Hercules fighting the Stymphalian Birds " in the National
Museum at Nuremberg.
AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGY
The Copper Age in America. — In Am. Ant. XXVIII, 1906, pp. 149 ff.,
STEPHEN D. PEET animadverts on the use of copper in widespread tracts in
both the Americas, and draws resemblances between the knives, spears,
hoes, helmets, and axes of America and of the Lake Dwellings of Switzer-
land. He concludes with a comparison of symbolism in America with that
in Babylonia and Egypt.
Bronze Age Pottery in Great Britain and America. — In Proc.
Soc. Ant. Scotland, XXXIX (ser. 4, vol. Ill), 1905, pp. 326 if., JOHN
ABERCROMBY discusses the ornamentation of the beaker-class of pottery.
The methods of decorating and the designs used are interesting in com-
parison with those of Pueblo and Mississippi American vases. (Cf. Bureau
of Ethnology Report, 4, 1882-1883, pp. 278 ff. and 427 ff.)
AMERICAN] ARCHAEOLOGICAL DISCUSSIONS, 1905 489
The Pillager Indians. — In Rec. Past, V, 1006, pp. 99-103 (5 figs.),
F. A. FLOWER describes the dwellings of the Pillager Indians on Flower
Island in Lake Burntside, north of Lake Superior. On this and the neigh-
boring islands fragments of three kinds of pottery with incised and raised
linear decoration are found, and the Indian king says his ancestors bought
the pottery from friendly Indians who lived farther south ages ago.
" Gorgets." — In the Bulletin of the Department of Archaeology of Phillips
Academy (Andover, Mass.), vol. II, 1906, C. PEABODY and W. K. MOORE-
HEAD discuss " The So-called Gorgets," and offer numerous suggestions as
to possible uses for that type of " ceremonial stone ".
The Old Stone Fort at Nacozdoches, Texas. — In the Quarterly of
the Texas State Historical Association, IX, 1906, p. 283, HERBERT E. BOL-
TOX discusses the " Old Stone Fort " at Nacozdoches. Proceeding from
the absence of mention of this fort in the accounts of Ybarbo, and
Father de Solis (1768), the author is of the opinion that it is posterior to
Gil Ybarbo's settlement in 1779.
INDEX
An Index to volumes I-X (1897-1906) of the American. Journal of
Archaeology, Second Series, is in preparation and will probably be issued
during 1907.
•X.
B,ND1NGSECT. APR
CC
1
A6
ser.2
v.10
American journal of
archaeology
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11